Pa Nalata

WT ASR
Ra ty

yw aa
i)

ARN Ge

ng!
ve

Fe a
Ley tie

f

a4
intl

via "i A in WUE. f
Na) Os
vi i a, | ;

tr

i\
r

2 “ 1 ; i *
. a f

THE

Pee Ld Re al So

.

Wik A

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

THOMAS ~SHEP PAR D. BeGes-,

CURATOR OF THE MunicipAL Museum, Hutt; Hon. SECRETARY OF THE YORKSHIRE
Naturatists’ Union; Hon. SECRETARY OF THE HULL SCIENTIFIC AND FIELD
NaturRa.Lists’ Ciup; Hon. Lire-MEMBER OF THE SPALDING
GENTLEMEN'S SOCIETY, ETC.;

AND

THOMAS® WILLIAM “WOODHEAD, (Fis,

LECTURER IN BroLocy, TECHNICAL COLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD;

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

J GILBERT BAKER, ERIS. F:L-S:, GEORGE T. PORRITT, F.L:S., F-E-S.,
PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G:S., JOHN W,. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
tH. NELSON, MB:O:.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.

1908. 1B8y 38

LONDON:

A. Brown & Sons, LTD., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.

PRINTED BY CHORLEY & PICKERSGILL, LEEDS AND LONDON.

Pale, Bux © E..

IN succeeding the able and experienced editorship of Mr. W.
Denison Roebuck, we asked the indulgence of the subscribers
in our work. This has been amply accorded, and our best
thanks are tendered for their practical aid and encouragement.
This has made our task a pleasant one, and we anticipate with
confidence a continued period of usefulness and increased value
for the journal. Our thanks are also due to our numerous con-
tributors for their continued interest, and the labour expended
in producing papers of permanent value.

Special efforts have been made to enhance the value of the
journal and sustain the interest of our readers by considerably
increasing the number of illustrations. Whilst feeling assured
of their appreciation, we must admit that the cost has been a tax
on our resources. We wish, however, to gratefully acknowledge
the generous aid in this direction both by contributors and
subscribers, without which the journal would have materially
suffered.

Everything has been done to publish the reports of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union Field Meeting’s, etc., as promptly
as possible.

Whilst it would be invidious to mention any particular paper
in the Volume, we should like to make special reference to the
contributions by Dr. Wm. G. Smith, on the Study of Plant
Associations, which have been so widely read and favourably
commented upon both at home and abroad. We have already
had evidence that much work is now being done on the lines
suggested by Dr. Smith in these pages.

The Editors have felt keenly the pressure on their space, and
have been tempted on four occasions to double the monthly issue.
This has so far increased the expenses that while we have to
record a considerable increase of subscribers, a greater increase
still is necessary to enable us to successfully cope with the
matter in hand. If this be forthcoming it is our desire to increase
both the number of pages and illustrations, as under the present
circumstances we have to delay the publication of papers of
considerable interest.

Mr. Roebuck has kindly prepared the Inde:: to the Volume.
Paes):
EAN. Ve

jie ania well
F rd:
Ill.

4 IV.
Be V.
at WEA.
Fee WAL
aa A
Be AIOE
ae WAIMIE
SP nls
X.
samen! le
5 ST
ELIT
UV
Be, OX VE

Lis] OR? PilAasces:

Interesting Northern Shells

C. P. Hobkirk aoe

Nearly complete Roos Carr Image

British Jet Necklace found in a Barrow on
Calais Wold...

A. H. Haworth

S. Chadwick

G. Norman ...

W. Spence te Sc

Yorkshire Naturalists at Filev ...

Cliffs near Gristhorpe ...

Common Buzzard’s Nest

Veterans...

POUL Sse ae one i a

Pot-holes in ‘The Trough,’ Sleightholme
Beck, Bowes ...

Washington Teasdale te

Mycologists at Helmsley—-Leaders...

Mycologists at Helmsley—Helpers

Pallavicinia Flotowiana (Nees) Schiffner ...

tol facelpino7

105
193

THE NATURALIST

FOR 1903.

EDITORIAL.

THE NATURALIST—PAST
THE Naturalist is one of the few natural bistory magazines that
has had an uninterrupted career for over a quarter of a century,
and it can be said to have existed, with slight breaks, for nearly
seventy years. The first series of Zhe Naturalist, edited by
B. Maund and W. Holl, and afterwards by Neville Wood, ran
into five volumes, the last four being printed at Doncaster.
This was between 1836 and 1839. The second series was edited
between 1851 and 1858 by Dr. B. R. Morris, succeeded by the
Rev. F. O. Morris. This was published at York, and consisted
of eight volumes. The third series contained two complete
volumes and one incomplete, and was published at Huddersfield
under anonymous editorship between 1864 and 1867. The
fourth set was also published at Huddersfield, commencing in
1875, and consisted of nine volumes, edited by Messrs. C. P.
Hobkirk and G. T. Porritt. In 1884 the place of publication
was transferred to Leeds, where it appeared under varying
editorship until 1889, from which date it has been issued most
regularly, edited solely by the present indefatigable President of
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, Mr. W. Denison Roebuck.
AND DUR RE:

It is sincerely hoped that the change in the editing of the
Journal, with the present issue, will not result in the magazine
deteriorating in popularity or scientific value. As the organ of
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union it is necessarily of primary
interest to Yorkshiremen, but its sub-title, ‘A Monthly Journal
of Natural History for the North of England,’ defines its scope.
It should be borne in mind that the future of the magazine
depends upon the contributors. Every effort will be made to
keep it of interest and value to northern naturalists, principally
by the publication of original articles relating to their district,
but also by recording within its pages particulars of any similar
work appearing elsewhere. These will appear under ‘ Northern

A

2 Editorial,

Notes and News,’ and copies of any papers bearing upon the
natural history of the district should be forwarded to the editors
for this purpose. Secretaries of Natural History and Scientific
Societies are also urged to forward all their publications to this
journal. It perhaps need hardly be stated how desirable it is
that as many additional subscribers as possible should be
secured. An increase in the subscription list would be the
means of many improvements being effected, not the least of
which would be an additional number of illustrations.

THE UNIONS PAST URRESEDENT:

Mr. Percy F. Kendall, F.G.S., whose: recently-delivered
presidential address is referred to on another page, has accom-
plished much for Yorkshire geology. Since his appointment at
the Yorkshire College, Leeds, in 1893, many most complicated
geological problems have been solved, and numerous excellent
pieces of field-work have been accomplished. His frequent
appearance on the excursions of various Yorkshire societies
during recent years has unquestionably resulted in the study
of his favourite pursuit being taken up by’ a whole army of
enthusiastic workers, greatly to the advantage of the science.
Such an impetus has been given to thorough scientific investiga-
tion by Mr. Kendall’s energy and example, that it can be truly
said his appearance in the county marks an era in the history of
Yorkshire geology. Mr. Kendall is probably best known on
account of his work on the glacial beds of the county. One of
his earliest Yorkshire papers was ‘ The Glaciation of Yorkshire’
(1894), whilst his latest, ‘A System of Glacier-Lakes in the
Cleveland Hills’ (noticed elsewhere), is a truly remarkable piece
of original work. Equally at home in other directions, however,
he has added greatly to our knowledge of the underground waters
of West Yorkshire, and the discovery of a fossiliferous horizon
in the Millstone Grit at Eccup, near Leeds, has been such that
its value, paleontologically, has not yet been fully realised.

THE PRESENT PRESIDENT.

Mr. W. Denison Roebuck, F.L.S., whose able editorship of
this journal during the last nineteen years places every northern
naturalist under a deep debt of gratitude, now occupies the post
of honour in the Union. In addition to his editorial work
Mr. Roebuck has conducted secretarial and other duties in
connection with the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, to the great

Naturalist,

Editorial. 2

ro)

advantage of that body, and of natural history generally. His
favourite study is conchology—a branch of science greatly
needing more workers in the county at the present time. In
recognition of his researches amongst the mollusca he was
elected President of the Conchological Society. The well-
known ‘Handbook of the Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire,’ of
which he is joint author, was published in 1881, and is indis-
pensable to the student of Nature situated in our greatest county.

PRESERVATION, NOU DESTRUCTION.

There is no necessity to remind the readers of this journal
that a Naturalist is essentially a preserver of the fauna and
flora of his country, and that anyone in any way exterminating
or destroying animal or plant life cannot claim that title.
When wholesale slaughter of mammal, bird, or insect takes
place, not merely to adorn the cabinet of the collector, and to
provide him with suitable exchanges, but purely for pecuniary
purposes, the perpetrator has certainly no claim. to the name,
but should be styled ‘slaughterer’ of the very worst type. We
had hoped that the passing of the ‘Wild Birds Protection Act,
1902,’ recently referred to in these columns, together with the
efforts of the Society for the Protection of Birds, and various
field clubs, would have put a check to the slaughter of our
rarer wild birds, or at any rate would have prevented any
publicity being made by dealers of their cruel, one might almost
say ‘criminal,’ ways. Yet this is not so.

A SCARBOROUGH ‘NATURALIST:’ (?)

A printed ‘ Price list of birds in the flesh for stuffing,’ issued
by a Scarborough dealer who styles himself a ‘ Naturalist,’ has
recently been placed in our hands. <A more atrocious and bare-
faced document it would be difficult to imagine. It requests the
purchaser to order as early as possible, ‘as many of the species
named are only obtained on migration,’ and the ‘ Naturalist’ will
do his best to procure any other species the purchaser may
require. He also has a large stock of British birds’ eggs in
clutches, with data, for which a special list is published. We
are further informed that ‘all birds are clean, fresh, and in good
condition, being sent per Parcel Post zmmediately after being
shot.’ The list contains the names of no fewer than ninety-four
British birds, nearly all of which are of rare occurrence, and not
one in the list deserves the fate of this ‘ Naturalist’s’ gun.

19093 January 3.

4 Bennett: James Motley and His Herbarium at Swansea.

PRICES PAID PE ORB LRD Sis biwsES:

From the ‘price list’ we learn that sixpence will buy a
freshly-killed Pied Wagtail, Meadow Pipit, or Skylark ; a Rock
Pipit, Fieldfare, Redwing, or Jackdaw can be secured for nine-
pence. ‘Grey Gulls, for screens, etc, 10s. per dozen’! King-
fishers, Owls, Divers, Buzzards, Grebes, Swans, Petrels, Terns,
and Ravens are priced, and last, but not least, a Golden Eagle!
In many cases two prices are given, the higher being for
‘choice, adult birds only.’ Copies of recent testimonials are
printed, the authors of which are surely almost as wicked as
the dealer. The initials and addresses of the writers are given.
A customer at Clown, near Chesterfield, writes :—-‘I am quite
delighted with Razorbill you have sent. It is a beauty; try and
get me another.’ A Halifax customer says :—‘I must say that
I am highly pleased with the Kingfisher; it is in grand con-
dition, and you must let me have another the first time you have
the chance.’ As we are informed in bold letters that the
‘Originals may be seen on application,’ it is to be hoped that
someone will apply for these letters, and let us know who
encourages dealers in their cruel and destructive work.

— +e”

JAMES MOTLEY AND HIS HERBARIUM AT
SWANSEA.

ARTHUR BENNETT, F.L.S.,
Croydon.

THE collection from which the interesting records are given by
the Rev. H. J. Riddesdell in the November Naturalist, p. 343,
was formed by Mr. James Motley, of Aberafon, Glamorganshire.

He was a member of the London Botanical Society, and
contributed plants to that Society, among them MMalva verti-
cillata .., which he discovered in 1845 in fields near Llanelly,
Carmarthenshire, and showed Mr. Bower the plant growing
there. He sent a note to the Phytologist (p. 973, 1847) on its
occurrence, and also noted under Auphorbia Peplis L.:—‘* When
quite a boy I found this plant growing abundantly on sandhills
at Porth Call in Glamorganshire, accompanied by Lavatera
arborea and Tamarix anglica,’ but the two former were gone
in 1841. He went out to Labuan in Borneo, and was murdered
by Mohammedan settlers.

See Phytologist, pp. 934, 973, 1847, and 221, 1848. Biog.
Index Brit. and Irish Botanists, p. 124, 1893.

Naturalist,

BOTANICAL SURVEY FOR LOCAL NATURALISTS’
SOCIETIES.

WILLIAM G. SMITH, B.Sc., Ph.D.,
Yorkshire College, Leeds.

ir has frequently been suggested, since the publication of the
first two maps of a method of botanical survey new to Britain,“
that the local Naturalists’ Societies should undertake regional
surveys of this kind for their respective districts. The subject
has been discussed at the conference of delegates from societies
to the British Association both at Glasgow and Belfast. As
yet, however, we have heard of no contribution to the survey
from any society, although we know of about a dozen individual
workers who have the survey in hand in different parts of
England and Wales, Scotland, and Ireland. In Yorkshire three
of us have during the past three years endeavoured to continue
the botanical survey, and hope soon to place the results at the
disposal of naturalists in the county. The work has brought us
into contact with several botanical members of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union, who have become interested in the work,
and have induced the Union to ask us to link ourselves more
intimately with it. It seems natural that men familiar with
a neighbourhood after years of observation should be useful
colleagues in such a survey. They have already given most
valuable aid both in Yorkshire and in Scotland. Yet we have
not succeeded so well as we might, and my experience is that
a local botanist, however willing and able he may be to assist,
has a certain difficulty in grasping the method. Even local
floras, including Mr. Baker’s ‘North Yorkshire,’ to our mind
the best of all, are disappointing when consulted for botanical
details. On the one hand, we have the local societies willing to
assist in botanical survey, a work which claims their interest,
and which lies within their sphere. On the other hand, there are
the few workers who have, more or less single-handed, attempted
the work, and find themselves unable to get much assistance
from the local botanical records or the local societies. Why
should this be so? The Y.N.U. has recently appreciated the
difficulty in appointing a committee for botanical survey, and
appointing to it representatives of both classes. It seems

“Smith, Robert, Botanical Survey of Scotland: 1. Edinburgh district ;
i. Northern Perthshire. John Bartholomew & Co., Edinburgh, 1g900.—
Also Scot. Geog. Mag., July and August 1900.

1993 January 3.

6 Smith: Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Socteties.

therefore an opportune time to consider the difficulty and to
propose some way to its solution.

There are two distinct points of view in regarding the plant-
life of a district. The existing literature on plant-life embodies
the past work of botanists and local societies ; it regards plants
almost entirely from the floristic point of view. The botanical
survey, on the other hand, considers the vegetation of an area.
The floristic method of study has as its first object the prepara-
tion of lists of species found in a certain area—parish, county,
or country—and the recording of their relative frequency or
rarity; the species in the lists are arranged under genera,
natural orders, etc., the whole constitutes the flora. The next
step is to consider the distribution of the species and genera
over the earth, to find where they occur, where absent, and to
compare one flora with another. Other questions of floristic
interest are the origin and migration of species, the present
conditions of existence, and the history of development. The
botanical characters of most importance in the study of flora
are those of the race, particularly the floral organs. In York-
shire we have a Flora for each of the Ridings, and several local
Floras. These are indispensable aids in the method now advo-
cated, they form a most valuable basis for further work, and we
are extremely fortunate in possessing them.

In considering the vegetation, the first step is to find out
what plants grow together under similar climatic conditions
and soil (edaphic) conditions, and to ascertain the essential
characters which adapt the plants of such a community to
their particular environment. Thus a peat bog, a dry heath,
and a limestone scar each represent an area of uniform environ-
ment; the list of species covering any one of these, includes
plants belonging to widely different genera and natural orders,
they have no kinship in the floristic sense, but they are related
in that all are adapted to live together under certain conditions,
the essential characters being found mainly in the leaves, stems,
roots, and other vegetative organs. The species found in a
particular environment constitutes a plant-association, and, by
arranging them in the order of their frequency, a picture of the
vegetation of the selected area is conveyed to the botanist. By
placing together the various plant-associations one may repro-
duce the whole vegetation of a parish, a.river-basin, or a country.
It is then possible to compare the distribution of vegetation
with climate, soil, and other factors of environment. The study
of vegetation thus becomes a study of plant-associations.

Naturalist,

Smith: Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Societies. 7

The scheme which we now propose is essentially this: to
study plant-associations. These are the parts which together
make up the vegetation, but at the present time there is a
general ignorance about the composition of these essential
elements. In setting this as the work of local botanists, it is
not forgotten that to them botany is a hobby taken up during
a leisure more or less limited, and it cannot be expected that
they can give the time necessary for the full and detailed studies
which a complete study of vegetation entails. The making of
vegetation maps, such as attempted in Yorkshire and elsewhere,
should for the present be taken up only by those whose mode of
lite allows of a long and careful training in botany in all its
aspects, including some knowledge of allied branches of science.
A course similar to what we now propose for the preparation of
a vegetation survey has been followed in compiling the existing
floras. The local worker who carefully observed and recorded
the species of a district has laid the foundation for the prepara-
tion of a parish or county Flora; the sum of those local Floras
is that of the whole country.

The suggestion that local societies and individual workers
should provide records of plant-associations introduces two
questions: (1) What is a plant-association? (2) How are the
records to be made?

On a recent occasion (British Association, Glasgow, 1901)
we dealt with the first question thus :—‘ The plant-association
may be defined as a community or society of plants living
together and adapted to certain conditions of environment. In
each association there are—(1) one or more dominant social
forms, (2) secondary or sub-dominant forms struggling for
dominance, (3) dependent species. For example, a natural
wood consisting entirely of oak trees has one dominant form—
the oak—whose presence is determined by the prevalent climatic,
soil, and other conditions, while its size and gregarious nature
give it dominance; in this wood there may be other trees or
shrubs (e.g., birch, mountain ash, or hazel), more or less
isolated, but which, given the opportunity by removal of the
oak, will become dominant forms ; the motley carpet of the oak
wood is made up of many species dependent on the larger forms
for shelter and shade, or living as epiphytes, parasites, and
humus saprophytes, and including not only flowering plants, but
ferns, mosses, lichens, and fungi. The association is thus a
mixed community with complex relationships, its members
struggling for existence and dominance, but it is a coherent

1903 January 3.

8 Smith: Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Societies.

whole, and may be studied as a unit. The association may be
considered broadly, or it may be limited to a few species; the
recent tendency is to make the term comprehensive and wide.’
The whole vegetation of Britain may be regarded as a type
agreeing generally with that of Central and Northern Europe,
and we find it so represented on existing maps of the vegetation
of the world. In Britain the type may be subdivided into a
lowland forest zone and an upland treeless zone, although
cultivation of the land and other influences of man have well-
nigh obliterated all traces of the real extent of these in primitive
times. In Yorkshire there is evidence that forest covered ‘the
whole of the lowlands up to or beyond the present valley or
clough-head belt of woodland, but there remains to be solved
the question whether this forest covered the high plateau up to
Over 2,000 feet above the sea, as it did in Northern Scotland.
The British forest zone includes several distinct types of forest
or woods. Thus in Yorkshire we have distinguished :—

(1) Lowland Beech woods on and eastwards from the

Permian tract.

) Lowland Oak woods.

3) The upper Oak belt in the narrow Millstone Grit valleys.
) The Ash-Hazel copse of the Mountain Limestone.

5) Pine woods.

These five kinds of woods we suggest as associations suitable for
local workers to record. Whether these include all the wood-
land associations is a question to be solved by the kind of
records we propose. Thus the distinction of the upper oak
belt from the lowland oak woods is the result of careful com-
parisons of the plants occurring in them, made by Messrs.
W. B. Crump and C. E. Moss, when preparing the Flora of
Halifax ; their results were further confirmed by workers in the
Huddersfield district.

Turning now to the moorland, the treeless region of the
present day, we find here certain well-marked types of vegeta-
tion. In the Yorkshire botanical survey we distinguish :*

(1) The Cotton-grass Moss, Moor, or Peat Bog of the high
Millstone Grit plateau.

(2) The dry Heath or Heather moor.

(3) The Grass Heath, where grasses predominate with
heath plants intermixed.

*A useful paper on these has just been published by Mr. C. E. Moss,
who carried out the botanical survey in South-Western Yorkshire (Halifax
Naturalist, December 1902).

Naturalist,

Smith: Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Societies. 9

(4) The Hill Pasture or Natural Pasture of the Limestone
dales, in which grasses predominate but the heath
plants are replaced by other species.

The above may be regarded as types or primary associations of
plants; their occurrence depends on well-defined differences
of soil, soil-moisture, climate, and, to a certain extent, on the
influence of man. If a botanist were to attempt to record them
in the way we suggest, he would find that each included several
secondary associations depending on more local conditions.
We have not attempted to indicate these latter associations in
the maps of the Yorkshire survey, but their composition is dealt
with in the text; in a future paper in this journal we propose to
consider them in more detail.

The hydrophytic vegetation of marshes and swamps also
presents well-marked plant-associations. Thus the marshy
vegetation of the moorland gathering grounds of streams con-
trasts strongly with the marsh vegetation of the slow waters
of the flat lowland.

Method of recording plant-assoctations. It is advisable that
the records should be taken in a way which will admit of easy
comparison. At this early stage, however, it is only possible to
sketch briefly a plan which will no doubt require modification as
time goes on and experience is gained. It will be one of the
objects of the committee on Botanical Survey to frame a work-
able method of making records. The first step in the case of
starting a record is to select a place where the vegetation is
fairly uniform, for example, a wood, a portion of a moor, or
some swamp. The size of the area is of minor importance,
although there are many advantages in having it as large as
possible—say, at least an acre. The identification of the place
should be ensured by colouring it on a ‘six-inch’ Ordnance
Survey map, or by tracing its boundaries from the ‘ 25-inch’ map
into the record book. For each plant-association dealt with
there should be a record book, suitable for carrying and using
out-of-doors ; for the present we suggest a quarto book of 100
pages ruled in squares. The information given may be arranged
under the following heads :—(1) Topography, (2) Flora, (3) Biology.

(1) The Topography includes all details about the station
itself. The following are factors likely to influence the vegeta-
tion, and therefore to be recorded :—(a) Altitude above the
sea, approximate slope, and exposure to north, south, etc. (4)
Geology and soil: the recognised name of the geological for-
mation, the character of the rock, the dip of the strata, and the

1903 January 3.

10) 6 Smith: Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Societies.

mode of weathering of the rock into soil; in this work the aid of
geological co-workers could be profitably called in. Notes on
the soil should include (a) the texture and character of the soil
and subsoil, (6) the state of the soil-moisture, whether always
wet or periodically dry, and whether drained or not. Special
attention should be given to the relation of the soil to the
underlying rock, whether the soil is immediately derived from
it, or whether the rock has become covered up by peat, glacial
deposits, or recent deposits. (c) Climate: including the tempera-
ture at different times of the year; rainfall and its distribution
throughout the year, as well as dew, fog, or other atmospheric
moisture. Where water is present in the selected area, its
temperature should be noted as frequently as possible.

(2) The Flora or record of all the species found on the area
is intended to show the constitution of the plant-association ;
which species are dominant, sub-dominant, and dependent, as
already indicated (p. IX.) ; also which plants are (a) characteristic
of the particular association ; (0) common, z.e., species which are
abundant, but not confined to this association ; (¢) occasional or
intruders from other associations. The final list can only be
arrived at after a series of visits, and the following method of
keeping records is recommended. On the first visit make a
rough list, then enter the species observed in the record book
(following the order of the London Catalogue, or a standard
Flora). An example may simplify :

First Page. Three Pages.
“TREES & SHRUBS. | 4th April. 20th May.

Ilex Aquifolium L.| Sub-dominant.) Scattered. | Old leaves. | First flowers. |

“Quercus Robur L.) Dominant. Thinly planted; | In bud. First leaves
f | loose canopy., and flower.
i Betula verrucosa |Sub-dominant.) Scattered ; more) In bud. Flower.
Ehrh. where no oak.
HERBS.
Ranunculus | Dependent. Many patches, , Late flowers. =
Ficaria Le: | moist places.
Scilla festalis Sal. 59 | Several large Young shoots. Flower.
j | patches.
'Pteris aquilina L. | Sub-dominant.! ae | Young leaves.

Four pages are necessary for each set of records. On the first
page the names occupy the margin, while the rest of the page is
left for notes ; the three following pages are left for the entries
made on each visit. In entering the names of plants after the
first visit, vacant lines should be left so that any observed later

Naturalist,

Smith: Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Societies. 11

may be inserted. Ina system of this kind it is only necessary
to write the names of species once; on each visit all that is
required is to indicate in the proper column the condition of
the plant. The noting of the phases of growth during the year
enhances the value of the list, and provides accurate details as
to time of leaf-unfolding, flowering, fruiting, etc. ; while it
enables one to distinguish the spring from the later summer
flora, and this, in the case of woods especially, is important.*

(3) The Biology includes notes on the adaptations of the
various plants to their environment, while remarks too long to
include in the Flora lists would also find a place here. The
biological details could not be attempted fully for every species
found, and we suggest that only characteristic plants be thus
dealt with. There is a wide scope for observations on even our
commonest plants, and this part of the survey should on no
account be neglected. The botanist who has followed recent
work will here have the advantage, but we believe that with
some guidance even a beginner would soon be able to record
the life of some one plant.

Each worker may begin with one association and extend his
operations. This may be done either by recording associations
quite distinct in character (e.g., a moor, a wood, and a marsh),
or by comparing different areas with similar vegetation (e.9.,
several oak woods). At first there is no need to attempt to
study a whole parish or other area, but simply to work at
several isolated associations in the way just indicated.

What results are to follow from the work recommended ?

(A) Personal. Exact observation and the reproduction of
what the eye perceives is the basis of science; in this respect
the scheme suggested will prove a valuable training to the field
naturalist. The scheme aims at more than mere identification
of plants; it will train in observation on the social conditions
and life of plants. Common plants will, in time, become familiar,
not only by their flowers, but by their leaves and other organs,
and the winter period will furnish material for observations
quite as interesting as the summer. Not only will an increased
interest be given to out-door botany, but many questions will
arise which will be best answered by indoor observation or
examination with the aid of the microscope; books, including

*Mr. T. W. Woodhead (Huddersfield) has recently shown me maps of
woods prepared by members of the Huddersfield Nat. Soc. These repre-
sent in a very graphic way the arrangement of plants in a wood, and it is
to be hoped that an account of this method will be given in these pages, so
that it may be incorporated into the working plan.

1903 January 3.

12 Smith: Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Soczeties.

those describing the vegetation of foreign countries, will have
an increased value. After an association has been carefully
studied, it will form a suitable topic for a paper to the Society,
and we venture to predict that there will be less difficulty in finding
topics for discussion at meetings of societies than at present.

(B) The Society. When a local Society has sufficient workers
it will be possible to obtain accurate information on all the
plant-associations of a neighbourhood. The records should
therefore be lodged with the societies, probably after being read
as papers. In sucha series of records of associations, there is
the basis of a map of the vegetation, and a more complete survey
than has yet been attempted. After the experience gathered by
work of the kind suggested, a vegetation map would be a prac-
ticable and useful work for the Society, and would form part of
a more complete regional survey.*

(c) General. The work of individuals and societies, if pro-
perly recorded, would be available in many ways. The value of
local Floras could be greatly extended if their pages gave more
information on the vegetation of a district, in addition to the
floristic details which at present are too often given in a dry and
and stilted manner. Mr. Crump’s ‘Flora of Halifax’ is an
example which we venture to quote. The flora is searchingly
dealt with in the manner usually found in Floras, but, in
addition, the habitat or station of a species is described in a
way which enables its place in the vegetation to be recognised.
In the Introduction the more important plant-associations are
described, and, so far as we are aware, this is the first attempt
of the kind made in Britain. The result is that the Introduction
as a description of the parish may be read with interest by a
general reader, who would never refer to the purely floristic
part. As a contrast take the usual Flora of a district. In
‘North Yorkshire’ we have a description of the various districts,
with an account of the geology, lithology, and climate of the
whole, presented in a way which makes it of the utmost value ;
whereas the description of the vegetation is a representation
from which a stranger could hardly form a picture of this
interesting area.

The work of the local societies would form part of the survey
of vegetation already begun in Yorkshire. In the parts as yet
untouched, namely, the North and East Ridings, the work done

*A useful paper on the work of local societies in preparing regional
surveys, written by Miss Newbiggin, is given in Scottish Geographical
Jagazine, December 1901.

Naturalist,

Smith - Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Societies. 13

by local men would be of great use in completing the survey.
Situated as we are the completion of this work will take many
years unless more colleagues are available. We have been, so
far, fortunate in securing two co-workers, who have heartily
entered into the more laborious parts of the work, and but for
them the botanical survey could not have progressed so far as it
has. It is now generally recognised that the botanical survey
could profitably be extended over the whole of Britain, and
sufficient work is now being done to give hopes that this may
be so. In the wider sense as applied to Britain the botanical
survey provides material, not only for the botanist, but for other
scientific workers. The relation of vegetation to altitude is
rendered evident in a way which admits of rapid comparison.
The influence of climate may be traced from the maps by the
meteorologist or geographer who has some knowledge of
common plants. A distinction between the vegetation of the
eastern side of Britain and the western is already evident,
especially when one refers to my brother’s unfinished field-maps
of parts of western Scotland and to the Yorkshire maps. The
method renders the maps of use to the geologist, and a relation-
ship between the geological—especially soil maps—and the
vegetation maps has already been shown in a way more con-
vincing than hitherto. As the study of associations proceeds it
becomes more evident how many plants of our flofa are bound
up into definite communities, although all do not thus fall into
distinct groups. Detailed studies of the morphology and
anatomy of selected species are suggested as a profitable field
for observations likely to throw more light on the relationships
of plants to their environment. From an economic point of
view the maps are useful guides. They show the dominant
woods of an area and indicate what trees are likely to be profit-
ably grown there. The distinction of grass moor from heather
is a guide to its value as grazing or shooting grounds respec-
tively, and an approximation of the area available for each
purpose may be attained.

The scheme here suggested, that local botanists and local
societies should prepare material for the larger survey, is an
experiment which we should like to see tried in Yorkshire, and
through the Y.N.U. Committee it should be easy for workers
to keep in touch.

Amendments and additions will follow as experience is gained,
and, after a good working scheme has been obtained, we should
be in a position to assist other societies beyond the county

1903 January 3.

YORKSHIRE GLACIER-LAKES.

For many years there has been a discussion amongst geologists
as to whether the glacial deposits were deposited under water,
or by land ice. The members of the old school advocated the
former, whilst the ‘neo-glacialists’ are in favour of the latter.
The late Professor Carvill Lewis, a most enthusiastic and far-
seeing American geologist, visited England in the eighties, and
unquestionably his work in this country marked an era in the
history of glacial geology. From that time the supporters of
the marine origin of the drift became fewer and fewer, and to-
day they are but rarely met with. The appearance of the
Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London for August
1902 practically puts the official seal of the austere council of
that Society upon the discussion in favour of the glacialists. It
is unquestionably a remarkable number of the journal, and the
Fellows have never previously seen the like. Of the 270 pages con-
tained within the covers no fewer than 100 pages are devoted to
a paper, ‘Ona System of Glacier-Lakes in the Cleveland Hills,’
by :Mr.-P. F. Kendall, F.G.S., and nearly. 40 pages:to ‘The
Glaciation of Teesdale, Weardale, and the Tyne Valley,’ by
Mr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, M.Sc., F.G.S. The former contains the
results of eight years’ work upon the Cleveland area by the
ex-President of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. It is divided
into ten parts, viz.:—(1) Introductory; (2) Modern Extra-
Morainic Lakes; (3) Pleistocene Lakes, and the Criteria for
their Recognition; (4) General Character of the Abandoned
Channels; (5) Pre-Glacial, Level of the Land; (6) Glacial
Deposits and Glaciation, of the Cleveland Area; (7) The Ice-
Sheets ; (8) The Extra-Morainic Lakes, I. The Vale of Pickering;
II. Newton Dale; III. The Eskdale System of Lakes; IV. The
Lakelets of Northern Cleveland; V. The Low-Level Phases of
Lake Eskdale; VI. Iburndale; VII. The Eastern Coastal Tract,
(a) Robin Hood’s Bay, (6) Peak to Cloughton and Hellwath
to Harwood Dale and Burniston, (c) Burniston to Scalby,
(d@) Scalby to Filey ; VIII. The Vale of Pickering: Eastern End;
(9) Sequence of the Ice-Movements ; (10) The Sea-Outlet of the
Lakes. Each of these is dealt with in detail, the field notes,
containing particulars of the sections, etc., upon which the
conclusions are based, being exceptionally valuable.

Mr. Kendall has been unable to detect any signs of the
presence of the sea in the Cleveland area at any time during the

Naturalist,

*
Yorkshire Glaciter-Lakes. 15

Glacial Period. Three main ice-masses appear to have been
concerned in producing the deposits: one from the Southern
Uplands of Scotland and the Solway, joined by the local ice of
the Tees; a second originating in the Tweed Valley, and driven
southward round the Cheviots by the pressure of the third,
or Scandinavian, ice-mass. The general order of events is
supposed to have been (1) the unobstructed passage of the
Teesdale glacier to the coast ; (2) the arrival of the Scandinavian
ice; and (3) the invasion of the Scottish ice.

Eller Beck and Fen Bogs.

The first of the extra-morainic lakes described is that of the
Vale of Pickering, the lowest of the sequence, which for a long
period received all the drainage of the district except that of the
western margin, and the outflow from which into Lake Humber
is now occupied by the River Derwent. Newton Dale was
the outflow of the lake-series of the Eskdale country. The
Eskdale system comprises a series of lakes connected by an
‘aligned sequence’ of overflows, and here it is possible to trace
the consequences of the shrinkage of the ice-masses, and to
follow out the low-level phases of the lake. The ice pressing
upon the northern face of the Cleveland Hills gave rise to

1903 January 3.

16 Vorkshtre Glacter-Lakes.

a series of lakelets, connected with which are the following set
of overflows :—Scugdale and Scarth Nick, Bilsdale, Kildale,
Ewe Crag Beck, Tranmire, and Egton Moor. Iburndale con-
tained a lakelet overflowing eastward. Behind a narrow
coast-strip of country, extending from Robin Hood’s Bay to
Hunmanby, there runs a gorge which receives all the drainage
of the ‘hinterland’ and carries it into the Vale of Pickering. In
the production of this arrangement the effects of an ice-sheet
shutting the seaward ends of the valleys is traceable; the
position of the main overflows was stable, and the drainage was
permanently deflected.

In dealing with the sequence of the ice-movements, evidence
is brought forward to prove that the Teesdale ice was the first
on the ground in question, but none of the lake phenomena
has been correlated with this first phase. The second phase
was the complete diversion of this ice in the Vale of York,
brought about by the growth of the Scandinavian ice-sheet.
The third is the invasion of Scottish-Northumbrian ice, which
may have passed out to sea and been driven inland again,
carrying flints and smashed sea shells with it, and may have
extended as far as Lincolnshire on the south and Whorlton on
the west.

In the matter of illustration the Geological Society appears
to have excelled itself. Mr. Kendall’s paper is accompanied by
no fewer than 34 illustrations in the text (maps, plans, sections,
etc.), three plates of photographs, and six large folding maps.
Undoubtedly this work constitutes ‘one of the gems of glacial
literature.’

The paper by Mr. Dwerryhouse is a continuation of the same
principles applied to another area, and is likewise an exceedingly
valuable piece of work. It also is illustrated by sketches of
sections, photographs, maps, etc. Mr. Dwerryhouse describes
the Topography and Structure, Glacial Deposits, Glacial Striz,
Boundaries of the Ice at the Period of Maximum Glaciation,
and the Glacial Lakes and Glacial Channels of Teesdale, Wear-
dale, and the Valley of the Tyne.

The accompanying illustration, used by permission of the
Geological Society, is from Mr. Kendall’s paper, and is a view
of Eller Beck and Fen Bogs from the north-west, showing
the ‘intake’ of the Newton Dale overflow channel and the
contrast between the contours of the Eller Beck and Newton
Dale valleys. The watershed is at the sharp bend of the
railway.

Naturalist,

THE MODERN METHOD OF STUDYING AGARICS.*

GEORGE MASSEE, F-L.S., F.R.H.S., V.M.H.

Royal Herbarium, Kew; Chairman of the Yorkshire Mycological Commuttee.

DuRING the preparation of a recently-published work on European
Agarics I was so much struck with certain observations bearing
on the complex affinities and distribution of various species, that
I have ventured to briefly allude to the subject here.

In the first place, when dealing with the entire body of
European Agarics—or gill-bearing fungi—it becomes obvious
that many widely-distributed species have been described under
different names in different countries. Secondly, many modern
species are in reality nothing more than slightly modified forms
of older and in many instances well-known species; the modi-
fications being in some instances of the nature often termed
geographical races, in others more restricted local variations.
In this connection the point to remember is the fact that these
modern so-called species still retain the distinctive specific
features of the older species from which they have been snipped,
and the local variation is the feature that has decided their
elevation to specific rank. The reason for this state of things
is not far to seek. It is mostly due to the fact that such species
are made by persons whose acquaintance is confined to the
fungi of one country, or even part of one country, and con-
sequently whose knowledge of the range of variation of any
given widely-distributed species is necessarily imperfect. Again,
the true or constant specific points that separate allied species
are always few in number and quite independent of any local or
geographical accessories that may predominate in any given
locality, yet how many mycologists could reel off on the spur of
the moment the true specific characteristics of any half dozen
species of fungi of their own selection.

I can readily imagine that if phanerogamists, entomologists,
etc., condescend to read this résumé, they will be inclined to
form a poor opinion of mycologists after this confession ; never-
theless, let them test themselves honestly in their own special
subject on the above indicated lines. It is comparatively easy
after years of field work to name correctly almost any species
encountered, but it is quite another matter to know exactly

those few constant points of distinction—-specific characters—
aa eee ee ee Es ee
* Paper read at the Y.N.U. Fungus Foray, Egton Bridge, rst. Oct. 1902.

1903 January 3. B

18 Massee: The Modern Method of Studying Agarics.

that separate one species from another. One method is rule-of-
thumb, the other scientific.

Another feature too obvious and general to escape attention
was the fact that in the case of large genera distributed
throughout Europe, the extra British species could be sand-
wiched between British species. What I exactly mean is this,
supposing three British species to be characterised by three
characters each, represented by 1, 2,354, 5, 63; 9.6, 9 tespec-=
tively, then we find three extra British species characterised
respectively by some other combination of these same characters,
thus, 1,93, 45" 2, 4, 7; 3, 8, 0,etc., Uhis* poimt, wasallastuared
more clearly by means of coloured diagrams of British and
exotic species of Leprota.

In the majority of even the largest genera of Agarics there
are not more than half a dozen constant specific points of dis-
tinction, and it is the correlation of two or more of these
characters that constitute a species. Consequently when these
distinctive features of a genus are once evolved, it seems
possible to have as many species produced as there are possible
combinations of the primary factors.

Now the above significance of the term species, as under-
stood by students of the Agarics at the present day, opens up
a wide field which can only just be alluded to at present.

Briefly it means that the species of Agarics are not of the
same value as the species of Phanerogams or of the higher
animals. In the latter each species, in addition to bearing the
generic marks, possesses at least one specific mark peculiar to
itself, in addition to the variously modified marks characteristic
of allied species.

In Agarics this is not the case, the species having no indi-
vidual special characters, but are made, as described above, by
the varied combinations of generic characters.

Hence genera, or sections of large genera in Agarics, are
only equivalent to species of the higher plants and animals,
whereas the so-called species of Agarics are merely forms of
such genera or sections, slowly approaching the status of
species in the higher sense, but as a rule yet lacking the hall-
mark of a true species in the absence of specialised individual
characters.

Such species in the process of evolution fit in beautifully with
the views of De Vries, expressed in his celebrated work on the
theory of species formation by mutation; and it is certain that if
this celebrated botanist had been a mycologist he would have

Naturalist,

Massee: The Modern Method of Studying Agarics. 19

found more convincing proof of the truth of his theory by
a study of the Agarics, than that afforded by such genera as
Gnothera and Epilobtum.

At last I am approaching the modern method of studying
Agarics. The scheme of classification of the higher Fungi
devised and perfected by Fries is the one generally followed at
the present day, and although the distinctive features were seen
by the naked eye, or at most those seen under a pocket-lens,
yet it is remarkable how generally accurate Fries was in the
formation of his genera, as shown when tested by modern
morphological and microscopic characters. The same may be
said of Fries’ species, which are in the majority of instances
supported by modern microscopic research. Of course there
are instances where minute spore characters, etc., show that
Fries had lumped allied species, which he himself would doubt-
less have separated, had the microscope been perfected as at
present, in his time. These remarks show that at the present
day we have unfortunately lost the power, to a very great
extent, of detecting those minute naked-eye characters which
were obvious to Fries and other observers of his time. At the
present day too many students depend almost entirely on micro-
scopic characters, which at best have as yet to be proved to be of
greater value than naked-eye characters; both have their special
merits and uses as aids in the discrimination of species, but in
studying Agarics it must ever be borne in mind that many very
important points can only be seen by the naked eye; points
which give great insight into the method of life of the living
plant, as quite apart from ascertaining its name, etc.

In the latest work by Fries on the classification of the
Agarics, the very large genus Agaricus is divided into primary
groups depending on the colour of the spores, as shown in the
mass when deposited on paper. This arrangement, as Fries
was very careful to emphasise, broke up a very large number of
species into groups, which on the whole made it easier to run
down any given species, while at the same time it widely
separated closely allied genera, as is inevitably the case when
artificial characters are used as a means of quickly ascertaining
the name of a particular Agaric or other organism, vegetable or
animal.

This division of the Agarics into purely artificial sections
depending on the colour of the spores alone, has been followed
by all modern mycologists, perhaps mainly as a quick means to an
end, that of ascertaining the name of a species, and the sections

1903 January 3.

20 Massee: The Modern Method of Studying Agarics.

indicated by Fries under these colour-groups have been raised
to the dignity of genera. This state of things was certainly
not intended by Fries, whose sub-genera of Agaricus as
contained in all his works previous to his last popular book—
Hymenomycetes Europzi—were composed of members included
respectively in each of his artificial colour-groups.

Modern methods of research, unknown to Fries, prove that
on broad lines his conceptions of generic affinity were correct,
and that the modern genera included under sections founded on
the colour of the spores are artificial, and as stated above only
represent portions of true genera, representatives of which are
not unfrequently scattered throughout all the colour-groups of
the old genus Agaricus.

The generic characters employed by Fries were the presence
or absence of a volva or ring, mode of attachment of the gills
to the stem, texture of stem, etc., all naked-eye characters. The
modern method, which supplements the macroscopic characters
employed by Fries, depends on the microscopic structure of
a transverse section of a gill. Numerous experiments have
proved that the gill structure is very characteristic and constant
for each genus, and tallies in the main with the genera as
indicated by Fries, but being more constant than the naked-eye
characters, enables a doubtful fungus to be placed in its correct
genus when other marks fail to do so. As an example the
modern method depending on morphology proves that the
modern genera 7rzcholoma, white spores; Enzoloma, pink spores;
Hebeloma, brown spores; and /Hypholoma, purple spores, only
form collectively one genus. This is only what was shown to
be the case by Fries, and evolved from macroscopic characters
alone; yet it is interesting to have this idea corroborated by an
entirely different method unknown to Fries. Similar lumpings
of other groups of modern genera can also be demonstrated
by the same microscopic characters, and was _ illustrated
more satisfactorily by means of diagrams than is possible by
writing.

Finally, I would venture to suggest to the members of the
Mycological Section of the Union the desirability of adding a
drawing of a transverse section of a gill to every drawing of
a fungus made; preferably the magnification should be 400
diameters, the acknowledged standard amongst mycologists.
If this were systematically done, we should be able to relegate
to their proper genera the numerous species whose proper
position is at the present day uncertain or debated.

Naturalist,

NOTES ON DERBYSHIRE ANNELIDS.

Rev. HILDERIC FRIEND,
High Wycombe.

In September 1902 I was able to spend a few days in the Peak
District, making my headquarters at Park Hall, Hayfield, the
Guest House of the Co-operative Holiday Association. During
that time I paid some attention to the Phanerogams, Fungi, and
Annelids, and though the flowering plants were not numerous
the worms proved worthy of study, the more so as I do not find
a single note among my books and memoranda relating to the
Annelids of Derbyshire. I regret to say that two or three
species were not determined, owing to my books being all
packed. I give a list, however, of those concerning which no
possible doubt can exist. The district as a whole does not seem
to be specially favourable to worms. Peat, Millstone Grit, and
the related soils and rocks do not afford the nutriment in which
our earthworms delight ; but the rich mould under the trees in
woods and by the side of woodland streams well repays examina-
tion. Manure heaps and garden soil also prove prolific. One or
two worms were found a few feet below Edale Cross, which is
a fairly good elevation, though I have found species a thousand
feet higher on Skiddaw and Ben Lomond. I should be glad
if collectors would enable me to complete the list. Special search
should be made for the Dendrobena found in the decayed
trunks of trees—either such as are lying on the soil, or the
stumps which are allowed to rot away in the woods after the
trees have been felled. The white worms need collecting at
different seasons of the year.

1. Lumbricus herculeus, (Savigny). On the lawn at Park
Hall, Hayfield, 2nd September 1902.

2. Lumbricus rubellus, Hoffmeister. In vegetable mould,
Park Hall gardens.

3. Allolobophora profuga, Rosa. A steel-blue worm with
yellow tail. Park Hall.

4. Allolobophora foetida, (Savigny). The Brandling; in
manure heaps, Park Hall.

5. Allolobophora subrubicunda, Eisen. Park Hall, Kinder
Bottom, and by side of a little stream near Edale Cross.

6. Allolobophora chlorotica, (Savigny). This worm is very
variable, and in addition to the type one or two varieties
occurred at Park Hall and Kinder Bottom.

1903 January 3.

to
to

The Hull Meeting.

7. Allolobophora caliginosa, (Savigny). Frequent in the
mould under trees at Park Hall.

8. Allolobophora terrestris, (Savigny). The largest species,
often confused with No. 1. Same locality.

g. Allolobophora rosea, (Savigny). Not at present known
to be common. Park Hall.

10. Allolobophora (Dendrobzna) beeckii, (Eisen). Three
or four specimens found in decaying trunks at Park Hall, where
I believe one other species at least occurs.

11. Allurus tetrzdrus, (Savigny). In the stream formed by
Kinder Downfall, by the farms at the bottom of the valley.

12. Fridericia magna, Friend. One specimen found with
No. 5 below Edale Cross. This worm has hitherto been found
by me only twice before, viz., first at Cockermouth and later at
Sutton Coldfield. It frequents roots of tufts of grass by the
side of streams.

13. Enchytreus parvulus, Friend. The aster worm, found
in vegetable mould under Kinder Low.

14. Enchytreus sp. A very common white worm found in
manure with the Brandling at Park Hall, specimens of which
I have not been able to examine for final identification. The list
is not despicable as a first attempt.

ee
THE HULL MEETING.

Tue 41st Annual Meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
was held at Hull on Wednesday, roth December, and will long
be remembered by the many members who attended.

The forenoon was spent at Hessle and along the foreshore
towards Hull. The geologists, under the guidance of Mr. J. W.
Stather, F.G.S., visited the chalk quarries, and also a very fine
section in the pre-Glacial gravels at Hessle, which on a former
occasion yielded remains of Rhinoceros, Elephas, Deer, and
Horse. The remainder of the party walked along the West
Dock Reservation, a favourite collecting-ground for aliens of
many descriptions, under the leadership of Mr. C. Waterfall.

Those who had not an opportunity of calling at Hessle went
straight to the Municipal Museum, where several special exhibits
had been arranged for the benefit of the members. These included
the Union’s collection of geological photographs, prints issued

Naturalist,

The Hull Meeting. 23

by the British Association Geological Photographs’ Com-
mittee, boulders collected by the members of the East Riding
Boulder Committee, local natural history and geological photo-
graphs by Messrs. W. S. Parrish, J. Hollingworth, A. Assert,
and C. W. Mason. Messrs. Backhouse exhibited models of
fungi, and Messrs. A. Brown and Sons had various specimens
which they have got together in connection with the recent
revival in nature study.

The sectional meetings having been held, the General Com-
mittee met in the Literary and Philosophical Society’s Hall,
behind the Museum, where the usual business was carried on,
and the usual discussion on the balance-sheet took place. It
was pointed out that, were the debt of the Union disposed of, it
would not be a difficult matter to carry on its work with its
present income, and it is to be hoped that the one or two hand-
some offers made at the meeting will be followed up from other
individuals and societies. Probably at no previous meeting have
so many changes taken place in the constitution of the Union ;
it is to be hoped that these may prove beneficial. Messrs. W. D.
Roebuck and E. Hawkesworth, having resigned the positions
they occupied, the following officers for 1903 were elected :—
President, Mr. W. D. Roebuck, F.L.S.; Treasurer, Mr. J. H.
Howarth, F.G.S., Somerley, Halifax; Editors, Messrs. T. W.
Woodhead, F.L.S., and T. Sheppard, F.G.S.; Secretary, Mr.
T. Sheppard, the Museum, Hull. Divisional Secretaries were
also appointed.

Before the presidential address was delivered an interesting
ceremony took place in the presence of members from all parts
of the county. This was a testimonial to Mr. Roebuck, in
recognition of his valuable services as Editor and Secretary. The
presentation was made by Mr. G. T. Porritt, F.L.S., F:E.S.,
and took the form of a beautiful illuminated address in book
form and clock and bronzes. There is also a substantial balance
to the credit of the Testimonial Fund. Mr. Porritt then pre-
sented Mr. Hawkesworth with a handsome silver cigar case,
in recognition of his services as Joint Secretary in recent years.

At 7.15 p.m. the chair was taken by the Sheriff of Hull
(Mr. Victor Dumoulin), who gave a cordial welcome to the
visitors. After certain formal business, Mr. P. F. Kendall,
F.G.S., read his address, entitled ‘ Problems in the Distribution
of Animals and Plants.’ Votes of thanks were then passed to
the President, Sheriff, the local Societies, and others, which were
suitably acknowledged.

1903 January 3.

24 Crossland: Addition to the Fungus Flora of Mulgrave.

From 8.30 to 10 p.m. a conversazione was held in the
Museum by invitation of the Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’
Club and Hull Geological Society. The members had thus an
opportunity of seeing the collections as. re-arranged. When the
Union visited Hull in 1889 the Museum was under the control of
the Hull Literary and Philosophical Society, but has recently
been handed over to the town, and in June last was opened
to the public. Under the new management more regard is paid
to docal natural history, geology, and antiquities. For a com-
parison of the Museum under the previous arrangement and at
present, references should be made to the description of the
collections on the programmes on the two Hull Meetings. <A
pleasant evening was passed in the Museum by about 250
members and friends, and refreshments were provided.

Several geologists stayed overnight, and on Thursday morn-
ing examined the sections now being exposed at Kelsey Hill, in
Holderness, under the guidance of Mr. Stather, President of the
Hull Geological Society, who reports that a numerous party of
members and associates, including Messrs. P. F. Kendall,
F:G:S., J.-H. Howarth, F.G:S., W. LL. Carter; MAv, Gruss
E. Hawkesworth, and J. Farrar, F.L.S., visited Burstwick and
Kelsey Hill, in central Holderness, to examine the glacial
gravels which, in the form of low hills, typically occur there.
Arriving at Kelsey Hill, it was seen that on the eastern flank of
the hill an extensive new quarry had been opened, exposing
a continuous section at least 4oo yards long, varying from
to feet to 30 feet in height. The beds consisted of fossiliferous
gravel, covered irregularly by boulder clay. From the gravel
shells were freely obtained, including numerous specimens of
Cyrena fluminalis. The disposition of the boulder clay with
regard to the underlying gravel was also remarkably clear and
significant.

The Burstwick Gravel Pit, famous for its extensive natural
collection of erratics, was also visited. Several examples of
Scandinavian rocks were recognised, and others from the
Cheviots and the South of Scotland. Details of these will
probably appear in the Boulder Report.

The Annual Meeting next year will be held at Sheffield by
invitation of the Sheffield Naturalists’ Society.

Sey energy See
FUNGI.

Addition to the Fungus Flora of Mulgrave.— Clavaria

flaccida Fr.—C. CrossLanD, Halifax, 11th December 1go2.

Naturalist,

bo

wi

BOOK NOTICES AND REVIEWS.
Martin Lister, M.D., F.R.S., by Rd. W. Goulding, Louth.

Architectural and Archzeological Society of the Counties of Lincoln and
Nottingham. Report for 1900. Reprint, 8vo., pp. 42.

Here, indeed lies ‘ good stuff in little room.’ Mr. Goulding
has done a real service to Natural Science by his masterly
memoir of one of Lincoln and Yorks’ most justly venerated
pioneers in the study of the Fields. This packed brochure
makes delightful reading by virtue not only of its author’s
skilled style—pen and way of using it, both—but in the copious
extracts from Dr. Lister’s neat and naive Correspondence about
‘simpling’ and ‘ snailing.’

This affords a worthy, and, for its compass a fully-lined
etching—a graving that preserves for us, with the true art that
conceals the machinery, a picture of the personality of one of
those (rare) men with the true scientific flair, who make us
marvel ‘how in the world’ they accomplish so much and so
accurately with such few advantages and poor tools! The
Darwin of his Day, Martin Lister laid the un-overturned
foundation of both zoological and botanical columns of classi-—
fication. For a pre-Linnean (writing down his observations
before the binomial System had birth in a book), he was,
indeed, as Mr. Wallis Kew (quoted) says :—‘ One of the most
notable zoologists this country has ever produced.’ Now, how
was this? He recognised that the truth—the facts about Nature
in all departments of research must precede all Inference and
Deduction: all fanciful speculation is ‘vain.’ I do not know
when I have had the pleasure to read such an entertaining,
informative mzultum-in-parvo/ Even on the Philologic side there
is a Savoury smack in most of the old-time words and phrases
used by Lister and his letter-writers. ‘I will compliment the
Royal Society with your [Thoresby’s] correspondence ’—how
fine the flattery !—and again, ‘I went out a simpling,’—and yet
again, ‘I have only one left [a Pill!] and am very nice to use it
lest I should have none when I have greater occasion’—‘a
competent state of health’—and many more, for which who
wish a Treat must go to the truffled dish themselves. I have
only indicated some of its salient constituents.

Yet room for a sprig of balm—sweet herb of feeling, must
be found. One of Dr. Lister’s love-letters to his wife, beginning
‘My deare Hart’ is as redolent of hearty affection as a sachet
of woodruffe in the linen chest is sweet after long years. ‘My
poor Deer Hart, be merry, make mad of thy selfe & barnes,

1903 January 3.

26 Book Notices and Reviews.

I shall like home twice as well at my returne, and I hope I shall
be more healthfullforat. <<. . . I pritheesagainjbe merrys ..-
for I doe it to gain my health and ease my spirits, overtired
with my calling and thoughts.’ . . . For Mistress Anne
Lister at her house in Lendall street in Yorke. What a gout
we have here !—‘ overtired’ with his—‘thoughts.’ Lister lived
many years longer than this wife, marrying a second time and
dying in ‘ February, 1711-12,’ but in his Will he directed that he
should be buried in the grave of his first wife at Clapham in
Surrey. He was.

The Orchidaceous genus Lzstera—of which two species grow
in Yorkshire, was named after him; likewise the specific name of
a Philippine land-snail of the genus Odda, allied to Helzx ; and
even (as Mr. W. D. Roebuck has pointed out to me) conferred
upon a British freshwater shell—Paludina listeri—now Vivipara
contecta.

In all, this is a memoir that confers upon Mr. Goulding the
distinction due to all thorough and modest work, although one
can read through the lines the real pleasure given its author
‘by the way’—the dark and dusty /allentis semita vite of old
tome and holograph—in a longer Journey than that of Lister’s
to Paris thirteen years before his death.—F. A. L.

= 0>e-

The Report of the Manchester Museum, Owens College, for 1901-2,
has just been issued, and contains particulars of the work accom-
plished during the year. Many important additions have been made to the
collections. In common with most provincial museums, the want of funds
is keenly felt. The income from all sources was £2,704, of which £108 was
spent in purchasing specimens. The Manchester Museum is an exceedingly
successful one, and deserves better financial support.

——_eo¢e—___-

‘Brown's Pocket Map to illustrate the Geology and Flora of the East
Riding,’ is a neat production in five colours. It can be obtained from
Messrs. A. Brown & Sons, Savile Street, Hull, for 4d., or, mounted on
linen, 8d. It is reproduced from Robinson's Flora of the East Riding.

e+e

Hull Museum Publications, No. 9, is the first of a ‘Quarterly Record of
Additions’ which the Museum is publishing. It deals principally with
antiquities (several of which are figured), though some important gifts of
geological and natural history specimens are “announced. “Remains of
chthyosauras thyreospondylus Phillips from the Kimeridge Clay of East
Yorkshire’ is the title of Publication No. 10, and contains a detailed and
illustrated account of the discovery recently made at Speeton, recorded in
these pages by Mr. J. W. Stather, F.G.S. The pamphlet also contains
a paper on the ‘ Educational Advantages of a Museum,’ and several items
under ‘Museum Notes and News.’ Publication No. 11 is the second
quarterly ‘Record of Additions.’ These publications are sold at one penny
each.

Naturalist,

Book Notices and Reviews. 27

‘The Flora of the East Riding’ has, by arrangement with the pub-
lishers, been issued to the members of the Hull Scientific and Field
Naturalists’ Club as Vol. 2 of the Club’s ‘ Transactions’ (for 1902).

a

‘Clouds and Weather Signs’ is the title of a beautifully-illustrated
pamphlet of 32 pp., by Commander D. Wilson-Barker, recently reprinted
from Knowledge and sold at one shilling.

———>e

The Commons’ and Footpaths’ Preservation Society is accomplishing
great work in the interests of field naturalists, judging from their ‘Report
of Proceedings during 1899-1901,’ just issued. The Society has brought its
influence to bear in connection with certain Yorkshire Water Bills, etc.,
with good effect.

oo
‘The Diatomacez of the Hull District’ is the title of a work published
by Messrs. Wesley & Sons, Essex Street, Strand, at 4s. 6d. It has been
written by Messrs. F. W. Mills, F.R.M.S., and R. H. Philip, and is illus-
trated by drawings of about six hundred species. The pamphlet is
reprinted from the ‘Transactions of the Hull Scientific and Field
Naturalists’ Club.’
————-.~e—

The Bradford Public Free Libraries are to be congratulated on the
production of a ‘Class List of Books in the Reference Library on Natural
Science.’ The various subjects are classified, and, in addition, the list con-
tains an index of subjects and an index of authors. This is the fourth of
a series of Class Lists, and the example set by Bradford might well be
followed by the Library Committees at other places.

ee

The summer issue of the ‘ Notts and Derbyshire Naturalists’ Quarterly’
(formerly the ‘Derbyshire Naturalists’ Quarterly’) (24 pp., 6d.) is to hand.
It contains papers on some pre-historic remains in Cornwall, ‘ The Ancestors
of the Horse,’ ‘ How to Choose a Microscope,’ etc., and also reprints articles
from the Zoologist and other sources. It is a pity that more matter does
not appear relating to the two counties named on the title of the publication,
and surely a few local notes suitable for publication might have been found
to fill the last page, which is left blank.

eee eS

Messrs. W. Lower Carter and W. Cash are to be congratulated on the
appearance of the ‘ Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological and Poly-
technic Society for 1902,’ which is largely devoted to papers bearing on the
Carboniferous rocks. | Mr. Robert Kidston’s ‘second paper,’ dealing with
“The Flora of the Carboniferous Period,’ should be particularly serviceable
to those interested in the Flora of the county at that remote time, and the
numerous beautiful plates will doubtless be appreciated by collectors of coal-
measure fossils. A specimen of Sigillaria on Plate LIX. shows some of the
difficulties in identifying species :—‘ The upper portion of this specimen shows
the Szgidlaria Brardii Brongt. ... and the lower part Sigz/laria denudata

G6ppert . . . in organic union. The intermediate portion is the S7gv/laria
rhomboidea Brongt. Quite a large number of the specimens figured are
Yorkshire specimens, collected by Mr. W. Hemingway. Dr. ‘Wheelton

Hind furnishes an elaborate description of the Garboniierous Rocks of the
Pennine system, with lists of fossils, comparative tables, etc.; and Mr. E. D.
Wellburn follows with notes ‘On the Fish Fauna of the Pendleside Lime-
-stones,’ and ‘On the Genus Ccelacanthus as found in the Yorkshire Coal
Measures,’ the latter being accompanied by a restoration of Coelacanthus.
Other papers are ‘ Ingleborough, Part II.,’ by Prof. T. McKenny Hughes ;
* he Circulation of Salt and its bearing on Geological Problems,’ by
W. Ackroyd; ‘A Striated Surface near Sandsend,’ by Mr. J. W. Stather ;
and ‘Notes on the Igneous Rocks of the English Lake District,’ by Mr. Alf.
Harker.

1903 January 3

28
FIELD NOTES.

MAMMALS.

Otter near Clapham.—During May last a young dog Otter (Lutra
lutra) was trapped by a keeper near Crina Bottom Farm. These animals
are now fairly numerous along the secluded reaches of the Wenning and its
tributary streams. —J. WALLING Hanpesy, Austwick, 11th Nov ember 1902.

Albino Rabbit near Horncastle.—An albino wild Rabbit (Lepus
cuniculus) has recently been seen near here, in the parish of Fulletby,
near Horncastle, in a warren. Black wild Rabbits are by no means
uncommon. I have one on my own ground at the present time, but a white
variety is very uncommon in my own experience and that of many others. —
J. Conway WALTER, Langton Rectory, Horncastle, 13th September 1go2.

Otters in North Lincolnshire.—Two Otters (Zutra lutra) have
recently been noticed at Barrow Haven, North Lincolnshire. One has
already been captured, and is ‘ preserved at the inn.’—-T. S.

Badgers at Sapperton, etc., Linc. S.—There are at the present
time some Badgers (JZeles meles) in a small plantation on Mr. H. M. Foster's
farm at Sapperton, Div. 15. My brother-in-law tells me that there have
been Badgers in that plantation for many years.

A Badger was caught last spring in a trap whicha keeper had set for

vermin, on Mr. Grayson’s farm at Lenton, Div. 15.—S. C. Stow, Court
Leys, Brandon, Grantham, 20th September 1902.

Cottingham Churchwardens’ Accounts.—Mr. F. E. Johnson,
F.C.S., has recently been examining the Churchwardens’ Accounts at
Cottingham, near Hull, and has kindly supplied us with the following
entries relating to ‘ vermin’ :—

1660. Item. To Christopher Wilson for a fox head se 5199 0
(This individual continues to catch foxes. )

Item. For getting Moales in the Ings and Common at

the rate of 2d. dozen.. : a breast (0)
(This entry occurs year after year. )
1664. Item. Paid for fox head ae a He ae Jay oO
36 Paid to Daniel Norwood for seven foumards’
heads... a 2) 4!
“ig Paid to Peter Newlove ‘ana Adam Smatiweod for
5 badgers’ and 10 foumards’ heads Be pace SO) 0
oc Paid to William Ellerton for 3 foumards’ heads ... 1 0
on Paid to Thomas Wilson for 8 foumards’ heads... 2 8
A Paid to Thomas Dobbee for badger’s head neon 16

The above is a sample of the yearly entries, and Mr. Johnson points out
that there is a remarkable similarity in payments over two centuries.

Some idea of the value of money at the time may be gathered from the
fact that 6s. was paid for a month’s labour on the common lands of the
church.

There is mention made of ‘ greyheads’ in the accounts ; query, do these
refer to badgers ?

A curious point is that after the extermination of ‘foumards’ and
badgers, the payments for vermin are entirely on account of sparrows. The
reason for this is perhaps obvious.

Naturalist,

Field Notes. 29
MAMMALS and BIRDS.

Gamekeeper’s Hoard at Kirk Smeaton.—In the ‘ Naturalist’ for
October igo1 was recorded a list of the ‘ vermin’ suspended on the branch
of a tree at Kirk Smeaton, noticed in the preceding June. On revisiting
the place recently the size of the hoard had considerably increased.
A few of last year’s stock still remained, though many had fallen to the
ground. This year the collection was as follows :—48 Stoats (Putorius
ermineus) and Weasels (P. vulgaris), 6 Sparrow-Hawks (Accipiter eee
2 Jays (Garrulus glandarius), and 21 Magpies (Pica pica), a total of
The Hawks included a fine female, killed a ee days previously, aad a
‘Tom-Hawk,’ as the small male is called.—T.

soos! SS

BIRDS.

Black Kite near Whitby.—Mr. J. A. Wilson, Baxtergate, informs me
that a Black Kite (Wzlvus migrans) has been shot at Mulgrave, and is now
in his hands for preservation.—THOS. STEPHENSON. 1, Pier Lane, Whitby,
Yorks., 22nd October, 1902.

Fork-tailed Petrel at Grimsby.—During one of the winter gales a
specimen of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Oceanodroma leucorrhoa) was blown
ashore and picked up dead ina back-yard. The bird has been set up and
presented to the Grimsby Museum.—A. SMITH, Grimsby Nat. Soc., 2nd
September, 1902.

Crossbill at Horton-in-Ribblesdale.—On 6th July igo1, an adult
female Crossbill (Loxvia curvirostra) was captured alive by a workman at
the Foredale Quarries. Upon examination a cicatrised wound showed that
the left scapula had been broken (probably by a falling stone during the
course of blasting operations). Near by the place of capture a small grove
of coniferous trees studs the hillside. The specimen (mounted) is now in
the possesion of Mr. R. Batty, an Austwick resident.—J. WALLING HaNnpBy,
Austwick, 11th November 1go2.

ee

FISHES.

Sticklebacks in Lincolnshire.—Fulfilling a promise made at the Don-
caster meeting of the Unions I publish Arthur Young’s note in full. See
‘Lincolnshire Agriculture,’ 1799, p. 259:—‘Sticklebacks in the East and
West Fens [are] so numerous, that a man has made 4s. a day by selling
them at a halfpenny a bushel. They come from the sea into Boston hayen
also, and the use of them, whenever [they are] to be had, [is] immensely
beneficial. They are the most powerful of all manures.

The species of Gasferosteus in the fen drains inland are the Ten-spined
(G. pungitius) and the Three-spined (G. aculeatus). We have them both
here, and my son and nieces had no difficulty in taking a score of each
species in one drain on the 29th August last. The Fifteen-spined Stickle-
back (G. spznachia) is the marine species which frequents Boston haven.—
E. ADRIAN WOODRUFFE PEACOCK, Cadney, Brigg, 8th September 1go2.

eA? Sa

CRUSTACEANS.

Crayfish in Nottinghamshire.—In Zhe Naturalist for February
1898, page 36, I stated that I had no knowledge of the Crayfish as
a Nottinghamshire crustacean. During the past summer, however, I have
received numerous specimens from Mansfield, where I am informed that it
occurs fairly commonly in the river Maun and the dams connected with it.—
J. W. Carr, University College, Nottingham, 3rd December 1902.

1903 January 3.

20 Field Notes.

SPIDERS.

Zora maculata and Oonops pulcher near Grimsby.—

Zora maculata is an addition to the Lincolnshire list of spiders. I took
it at Bradley (Div. 4) in March 1902.

Whilst visiting Newsham Woods (Div. 3) this summer, Mr. Parker and
I searched for spiders, and from rubbish in a crevice of a wooden hut we
took a single specimen of Oonops pulcher. This makes the third parish in
which this rare spider occurs in the Grimsby district.—ARTHUR SMITH,
5s, Cavendish Street, Grimsby, 1oth September 1902.

ee ee
BEEIEES.

Cionus scrophulariz in North Lancashire.—Thanks to Mr. Wallis
Kew’s paper (ante 149-55), | have seen the cocoons of Czonus scrophularie
in fair quantity this year, some very fine on Scrophularia nodosa between
Water Yeat and Arklid, at foot of Coniston Lake. They occur also
between Nibthwaite and Lowick, and in various lanes about Ulverston.—
S. L. Petty, Ulverston, 4th October 1902.

Pogonus luridipennis in Lincolnshire.— On 4th September 1902 my
wife brought home some ‘Samphire’ (Salicornia “herbacea) gathered at
Saltfleet. On searching amongst it I found three beetles, w hich I sent to
the Rev. A. Thornley, who submitted a specimen to Canon Fowler, and
writes me that they ‘have turned out to be (as he suspected) one ae the
very rarest of British beetles, viz., Pogonus luridipennis. The only locality
where it is taken at present is, he believes, Sheerness. The specimens from
this locality are, however, much larger, though coloured exactly the same,
and in all particulars quite the same.’

A specimen was also found among growing ‘Samphire’ at Humberstone
on 18th September, when a few members of the Louth and Grimsby
Societies, with the Rev. E. A. W. Peacock, visited that place.—C. S.
CARTER, 8, Bridge Street, Louth, 6th November 1902.

a

GEOLOGY.

A Lincolnshire Boring.—Mr. Henry Preston, F.G.S., has published
particulars of an important boring at Caythorpe, which, after passing
through the Northampton sands, penetrated 199 feet of Upper Lias,
19 feet of Marlstone, and entered the Middle Liassic Clays. An exami-
nation of the shallow wells in the Lincolnshire Limestone showed that the
rock has a well-defided dip to the west, down the face of the escarpment, as
though it had settled down upon the eroded surface of the Upper Lias. In
his opinion this settlement is probably the cause of a continuous spring
flowing from the junction, and it has given rise to an under-estimate of the
thickness of the beds of the Upper Lias. Mr. Preston is doing good work
in collecting details of Lincolnshire borings. Would that someone would

continue the work of recording Lincolnshire erratics, so ably started a few

years ago.
ee >

BOOK NOTICE.

Rural Studies Series, No. 1, ‘ Thoroughbreds and their Grass-Land,’ by
the Rev. E. Adrian Woodeuge Peacock.) Wadthens Balas haGas.s vie C S05
Vicar of Cadney, Brigg, Soil, Grass, and Game Specialist, is tne title oF
a pataphlet recently published by Goulding & Son, Louth. The author's
desire ‘is to call attention to the repeated and serious losses which arise
from want of observation and proper care in the management of pasture
and meadow-land used for horses,’ and to name such remedies as his
experience suggests. The price of two shillings, however, seems rather
high fora pamphlet of 16 pp.

Naturalist,

NORTHERN NOTES AND NEWS.

The Manchester Scientific Societies are considering the advisability of
having a central building in which their meetings may be held.

The report of the Botanical Exchange Club for rgot includes several new
records for Lancashire, notably Helleborus viridis, H. fatidus, Scirpus
caricts, and Carex teretiuscula.

The Annual Report of the Liverpool Geological Association just
received consists of a 16 pp. pamphlet, containing a list of the 41
members, abstract of proceedings, etc. ,

‘Blackpool and the Subsoil’ is the title of a paper recently read to the
Manchester Geological Society by Mr. Joseph Dickinson, F.G.S. The
subsoil, however, is but briefly referred to.

At a recent meeting of the Manchester Geological Society Mr. Gerrard
exhibited several fragments of insect wings from the Barnsley coal seam at
Monckton Main Colliery. The specimens were thought to be ‘fragments
of a Borrea, one of the Platypterids.’

The Hull School Board Head Teachers’ Association has issued a syllabus
of twenty lectures, to be delivered to scholars visiting the Hull Museum
during school hours. The lectures are delivered by the curator, Mr. T.
Sheppard, F.G.S., and are illustrated by specimens in the Museum.

Mr. Geo. Sills has an interesting note on ‘The Parentage of Sir Isaac
Newton’ in Lincolnshire Notes and Queries for October. He shows that the
‘History of Lincolnshire’ (1836) is in error on the point, and that Sir Isaac
was born at Woolsthorpe, and received his early education at Shillington,
three miles distant.

An appreciative notice of the late Thomas Comber, of Neston, Cheshire,
accompanied by a portrait, appears in the November Journal of Botany.
It will be remembered that so long ago as 1858 he published a list of the
Diatomacee in the neighbourhood of Liverpool, which served as a model
for similar lists which subsequently appeared.

In the same journal Mr. G. C. Druce gives particulars of some new
botanical records in Cumberland, made whilst spending a week at Keswick
last August. These occur in a short note headed ‘Cumberland Plants.’

Mr. E. A. Newell Arber,-M.A., F.G.S., gave the results of his recent
researches on the fossil flora of the Cumberland Coalfield to the Geological
Society of London on 5th November last. From the evidence obtained by
a careful examination of the plant remains he has been enabled to give
a more detailed classification of the rocks of the area than was previously
possible.

During September ‘tons upon tons’ of fresh small fish have been taken
to the destructor at Huil, having no detriment but small size. The same
thing has occurred in previous years. It seems a great pity that fish of so
small a size should be brought into the market. The skippers surely know
by now that it is useless to bring them to port. In view of the future of the
fishing industry in the North Sea, something should certainly be done to
prevent this wholesale capture and waste of undersized fish.

The Rev. J. H. Mackie, M.A., who so ably assisted the members of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union on their excursion at Sedbergh in August, has
left Sedbergh after twenty years’ residence there, for Filton Rectory, near
Bristol. It was noticed that the inhabitants of Sedbergh were subscribing
to a testimonial to the reverend gentleman, and the members of the Union
unanimously decided to follow suit. The result was that Mr. Mackie has
been presented with a set of the geological maps and memoirs, etc., of the
district around Filton.

1903 January 3.

32 Northern Notes and News.

The birds in the Blackburn Museum have recently been labelled by
Mr. R. J. Howard, who is also preparing a catalogue of them.

We understand that the Nobel Prize of £3,000 for researches in malaria
will be a personal one to Major Ross, of the Liverpool School of Tropical
Medicine.

“An Account of the Work of the Southport Observatory’ is given in the
‘Fifth Report of the Southport Society of Natural Science,’ by F. L.
Halliwell.

At a recent meeting of the Entomological Society, Mr. R. Louth
exhibited four specimens of a large form of Cupido minima (Lycena
minima) from Cumberland.

We would draw attention to the advertisement on the cover offering
Lees’s ‘ Flora of West Yorkshire’ for 5s., or 5s. 6d. post free. This should
put this valuable work within the reach of all botanists.

Mr. J. W. Stather, F.G.S., reprints his paper on ‘A Striated Surface at
Sandsend’ from the ‘Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological Society,
1902.’ Previously recorded striated rock surfaces on the Yorkshire coast
are at Filey and Robin Hood's Bay.

In support of Nature study, Lord Herries presided over a meeting of
about 600 teachers from East Yorkshire, at Beverley, in November. Prof.
Miall delivered an address, and a committee was formed to consider the best
plan for encouraging Nature study in schools.

Dr. Tempest Anderson, of York, in conjunction with Dr. J. S. Flett, has
issued a ‘ Preliminary Report on the Recent Eruption of the Soufriére in
St. Vincent, and a Visit to Mont Pelée, in Martinique.’ (Proc. Royal Soc.,
Vol. 70, pp. 423-445.) It is illustrated by several fine photographs.

‘The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for 1902’
have been issued to the members, from which we gather that at the
Society’s meeting on 16th April last Mr. Willoughby Gardner exhibited
Celioxys mandibularis Nyl. from the Cheshire coast, a species new to
Britain.

In view of Smith’s work in East Yorkshire, Yorkshire geologists will be
interested in a paper by Dr. Henry Woodward. F.R.S., on ‘ William Smith,
LL.D., ‘“‘ Father of English Geology, ’’’ printed in the * Proceedings of the
Bath Natural History ‘and Antiquarian Field Club,’ Vol. 10, Part 1, 1902.
The paper has three illustrations.

There is a valuable paper on the ‘Transportation of Glacial Boulders
from the Lake District to the North-West Coast’ in the ‘ Proceedings
of the Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society,’ Vol. 9,
Part 2. This is illustrated by a plan and photographs, and is by Mr. H. G.
Mantle, F.G.S

The Rev. J. C. Mitchell contributes a paper on the ‘ Results of Meteoro-
logical Observations taken in Chester during 1gor,’ in the gist Annual
Report of the ‘Chester Society of Natural Science,’ etc., recently issued.
The same report contains some interesting observations on the ‘ Flood at
Glyn,’ by Mr. F. E. Rooper.

‘Calcrete’ is the term applied by Mr. G. W. Lamplugh (Geological
Magazine, Dec. 1902, p. 575) to hard masses in sand and gravel beds which
have been cemented sporadically by solution and redisposition of lime
through the agency of infiltring waters. To those studying glacial and post-
glacial geology the term may prove useful. Mr. Lamplugh also suggests

“silerete’ for sporadic masses in loose material (e.g., ‘greywethers ’), and
‘ferricrete ’ when the binding substance is an iron oxide.

Naturalist,

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

AMOS BRIGISH “GOOSE-

At the Leeds Meeting of the British Association in 1858
Strickland read a paper on the ‘ Long-billed Carr-lag Goose,’ in
which he stated: ‘Before the beginning of this [nineteenth]
century, when the carrs of Yorkshire were the resort of count-

less multitudes and numerous species of wild fowl, giving
employment to numbers of decoy-men, fowlers, and carr-men,
I understand it was stated there were two species of Geese
frequenting and breeding in the carrs, known by these people by
the name of the Grey-lag and Carr-lag. What the Grey-lag was
is well known, as, fortunately, that bird retains the name
originally given to it by the fowlers. What the Carr-lag was it
is probably impossible now to demonstrate; but I have every
reason to think it was this Long-billed Goose, a bird that
resided and bred in the carrs along with the Grey-lag, and, like
that, is no longer to be found in these districts, and, as far as I
know, is not at present to be found in any part of this country,
and is now one of our scarcest British birds, or almost a lost
species. The bird is distinguished from the Bean-Goose by its
entirely different habits, and, as before stated, by its long bill.
It may be thought by some that this difference of length may be
the result of age; but this cannot be maintained, as its bill is
small and weak, suzfed to tts aquatic habits, very unlike the
short bill of the Bean-Goose, suited to its granivorous and
herbivorous feeding.’

“FOUND AGAIN.’

Strickland’s record appears to have been almost overlooked
by ornithologists for another half century, until Mr. F. Coburn,
in recently examining a specimen he secured at St. Abb’s Head,
in 1896, found that it differed materially from Anser segetum,
principally from its having a long neck and swan-like feet.
After a very careful inquiry he is led to the conclusion that the
specimen he has secured is no other than the long-lost Anser
paludosus described by Strickland. <A full account of this dis-
covery, apparently the first complete description of the species,
appeared in the December Zoologist.

As the bird seems to have been lost to the ornithological
world for a century, the question naturally arises as to where it
has survived since? It is to be hoped that collectors having old
stuffed specimens will carefully examine them in the hope of
establishing an authentic Yorkshire Long-billed Carr-lag Goose.

1903 February 1. c

34 Votes and Comments.

THE DEVIL'S ARROWS.

The Devil’s Arrows, near Boroughbridge, are amongst the
most striking of the many relics of pre-historic man preserved
in Yorkshire. At present three large monoliths are standing,
the weights of which are estimated to be 36 tons, 30 tons, and
30 tons respectively. The northern one is 18 feet high; the
others have a height of about 2214 feet each. They stand in
a line almost due north and south, the distance between the

The North Arrow.

north and central stones being 129 feet, and between the central
and southern stones 360 feet. Formerly there were more stones
standing. Leland, about 1538, saw ‘four great main stones.’
One was pulled down a few years later, and a part of it is
preserved in the district. The three standing vary in depth below
the surface from 4% feet to 61% feet, and the lower portions
are roughly squared off. - Mr. Alex D. H. Leadman, F.S.A.,
gives an interesting description of these Arrows in the January

Naturalist,

Notes and Comments. 35

Antiquary, illustrated by photographs, one of which is here repro-
duced by the courtesy of the Editor. Mr. Leadman no doubt
rightly considers that these stones were erected by the Britons,
and were probably connected with the earliest form of worship.
They are of Millstone Grit and were most likely procured from
Plumpton, eleven miles distant. The upper parts are grooved,
not artificially, but ‘by the hand of time and the rains of
centuries.’

THE BRADFORD MUSEUM,

Mr. Butler Wood, Chief Librarian of the City of Bradford,
has presented a report to his Committee on the future of
the Cartwright Memorial Hall, which is largely based on the
discussion which took place at the Bradford meeting of the
Museums Association (see Waturalist, September 1902, p. 288).
Curators from various museums expressed their opinions as to
the best method of utilising the limited space at the disposal of
the Committee, and it is only natural that Mr. Wood should
accept those recommendations which coincided with his own
views, viz., that the Museum should be devoted to Ethnology,
Archeology, and Art.

AND NATURAL HISTORY.

Unquestionably the report is correct in the statement that
‘the abandonment of the idea of the Natural History scheme
would doubtless cause disappointment to many interested in the
subject,’ and we trust that the scientific men of Bradford will do
their utmost to frustrate the attempt to exclude this section,
particularly in view of the fact that the Bradford Corporation is
already in possession of a goodly number of specimens, pre-
sented to and accepted by them to form a nucleus of a Natural
History Museum.

As was well pointed out by many of the Curators at
the Museums Conference, what could possibly be more
valuable to the inhabitants of Bradford than that the collec-
tions should be devoted to /ocal Geology, Natural History, and
Antiquities? Mr. Butler Wood has greatly interested himself
in local Antiquities ; consequently we find a recommendation to
the effect that a section should be devoted to these. It is a pity
that he was not similarly interested in Geology and Natural
History ; but others are, and we hope they will not allow the
present opportunity of stating their claims to go by.

1903 February t.

36 Notes and Comments.

BRITISH GEOLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHS.

Prof. W. W. Watts, the energetic Secretary of the British
Association Geological Photographs Committee, has rendered
great service to geologists by issuing a selection from the best
photographs in the possession of the Committee. The first
issue contains twenty-two photographs, each being accompanied
by a concise description. The illustration here given, for
which we are indebted to the proprietors of a/ure, is one of

Arco Wood Quarry, near Settle.

these photographs on a reduced scale. It shows Carboniferous
Limestone resting unconformably on Ludlow Slates, in -Arco
Wood Quarry, on the west side of Ribblesdale, about four miles
north of Settle, Yorkshire. The photograph was taken by
Prof. S. H. Reynolds, and the description is written by Prot.
J. E. Marr. The series is also issued as lantern slides, which
should be of great service to teachers of geology.

“RUNGUS BEORAW OR MONKS HE

After eleven successive annual Fungus Forays within the
county of Yorkshire, added to records previously and con-
temporaneously made, it has been considered advisable to
summarise the results in the form of an annotated list of
known Yorkshire species. The work has been undertaken by
Mr. G. Massee, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. (Kew), and Mr. C. Crossland,
F.L.S. (Halifax), Hon. Secretary of the Yorkshire Mycological
Committee.

‘The Yorkshire Fungus Flora’ will be issued to the members
of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union as ‘ Transactions,’ and the

Naturalist,

Petch: Notes on Holderness Birds. 37

first instalment, consisting of 52 pages, with records of 261
species (.Vidularia to Mycena) is ready for distribution. It may
be obtained by non-members from the Secretary of the Union,

price 1s.’ 3d: met:
ee

NOTES ON HOLDERNESS BIRDS.

tT. PETCH! BSc, BrAs,
Hedon, Hull.

ALTHOUGH a complete list of the birds which have occurred in
Holderness would be almost a catalogue of all the British
species, if would be very misleading to describe the district as
a favourable one for ornithological observation. For the study of
bird-migration Spurn is unrivalled, and our list has been swollen
by the accidental occurrence of rare visitors there, but our rest
dent species are few, and the summer visitors, which land in
such large numbers upon the coast, hasten away inland, and
seldom remain to breed east of Hull. Thus, in the summer, if
we except Spurn and Hornsea Mere, there are few localities in
which we can be certain of finding any but the commonest
species. In the winter, however, the district is at its best:
waders of all kinds frequent the Humber lands, ducks abound
on the numerous carrs, and there is always the possibility of
flushing a rare bird trom even the most unpromising locality.
This element of chance constitutes the chief charm of Holder-
ness, and the hope of meeting some species new to the observer
stimulates him to tramp abroad in all weathers, and lightens
many an otherwise monotonous walk.

Of our summer visitors the warblers form the least repre-
sented group. The Whitethroat and the Sedge Warbler are
abundant, and the Reed Warbler is common on Hornsea Mere,
though apparently absent from our other reed beds, but the
Lesser Whitethroat, Blackcap, and Garden Warbler do not
nest with us, though the last-named crosses Skirlaugh on its
autumn migration. Again, of the Wood Wren, Chiffchaff, and
Willow-Wren, we have only the last—the ‘Bank Wren’ of
the country boys—making the family at least numerically well
represented.

Our chief songsters, then, are the Blackbirds and Thrushes,
and when these are in full song there is no lack of melody:
indeed, I often think that in Holderness these sing better than
elsewhere, and I have frequently heard a snatch of Blackbird

1903 February 1.

38 Petch.: Notes on Holderness Brrds.

song almost an exact repetition of the ‘ que j’ai tant, tant, tant,
tant, battue’ of the Nightingale. This bird has been recorded
for Patrington in numbers which could only be paralleled in
a southern Nightingale county, but confirmation is wanting.
Nightingale recorders should remember two facts, and observe
accordingly : the bird does not sing only, or chiefly, at night ;
it is more often heard during the day, and may then be seen;
its red tail is unmistakable.

The Whinchat is observed in large numbers on migration at
Aldborough, especially in September, and may be found nesting
on drain banks and along the railway, sometimes within six feet
of the line. The status of the Stonechat is questionable : it may
be seen at Aldborough at any time except during the breeding
season, but is never common. Usually, a pair arrives on the
cliffs in August and remains through the winter. Another non-
breeding visitor is the Wheatear, which is abundant in the
Humber district and along the coast in April-May and August-
September. I saw a single bird on Spurn, 17th June 1899, but,
judging from its behaviour, it had no nest. Mr. J. A. Fisher,
however, reports a young bird, scarcely able to fly, at Crossmere
Hill, July rg00. The case of the Redstart is similar: it passes
Aldborough northward in April and May and returns in Sep-
tember, but it bred at Hedon in 1888. The Pied Flycatcher is
another May and September migrant at Aldborough, often over-
looked, for the majority seem to be hen birds. I have only seen
one cock, which remained several days in May 1899, delayed by
the cold weather ; when sitting huddled up on the wire fence
it might have been mistaken for a House Martin. The Spotted
Flycatcher (summer visitor) nests throughout the district, and
seems to have developed a preference for ivy-covered trees: it
is often common in August on the hedge on the guard bank at
Saltend.

The Yellow Wagtail is very common on the Humber lands
in April and September, and a few remain to breed there. Two
nests were found in the straw sides of lambing pens on Cherry
Cob Sands in 1899, but it usually prefers to build under the
shelter of a thistle, or in the middle of a cornfield. The Grey
Wagtail is a somewhat irregular autumn migrant at Hedon,
and the Pied Wagtail is migrant at Aldborough, returning
about ist March. Similarly the Corn Bunting—‘ Tit Lark ’—is
migrant throughout Holderness, and the resident Reed Bunting
—‘ Blackcap ’—receives considerable additions to its numbers in
the summer. In Holderness this bird builds in the lower branches

Naturalist,

Petch. Notes on Holderness Birds. 2¢
39

of hawthorn bushes on the drain banks, often several feet
from the ground, and many of those on Hornsea Mere occupy
a similar position, but it may be found, as in the Fens, amongst
reeds, at Kelsey Hill and Hornsea. There is a well-marked
variation, too, in the nest of the Sedge Warbler; the majority
are slight structures of bents, lined with horsehair, but many
are strongly built of moss and hay, and lined with feathers or
reed-heads. In 1899 I found both forms at Kelsey Hill, the
former on the fen, and the latter amongst the grass at the top
of the cliff.

Of our other summer visitors the Swift is local (Hornsea),
young Cuckoos are frequently seen at Aldborough in September,
Swallows (Hedon, 18th-2oth April), and Sand Martins are
common and the House Martin is increasing. In 1go00 a pair
of House Martins built their nest on a beam in a wagon shed at
Thorp Garth, Aldborough. They commenced to build about
four feet from the outer wall, but, evidently dissatisfied with
their position, moved along the beam towards the entrance,
leaving a horizontal line of clay two feet long. The site finally
chosen was two feet horizontally and one and a half feet
vertically from the top of the entrance, exactly such as a
Swallow would choose; the young birds had not left the nest
on 3rd September. On 5th September 1897 there were four
broods of Swallows at Aldborough, the members of three being
scarcely able to fly, and the fourth still in the nest; a single
bird was seen at Sproatley, 5th November 1895. I have seen
the Woodlark once (Sproatley, 28th April 1900), and heard the
Grasshopper Warbler near the same place, 6th May 1897. The
Ring Ouzel is seen at Aldborough on migration in April, and
a Red-backed Shrike occurred there, 4th May 1898; the latter
has bred at Beverley and near Easington, but there is not much
hope of its becoming a regular summer migrant when it meets
the fate of the last, which were allowed to bring off their
brood undisturbed in order that a case might be made of the
whole family.

Of our rarer residents, the Goldfinch—‘ King Harry’ or
‘ Redcap ’—nests in ever-diminishing numbers (Sproatley, 1893 ;
Hedon, 1893 and 1894), and is seen in farmyards in the winter ;
the Bullfinch is very local, nesting chiefly near Burton Constable
(shot at Hedon, November 1889, March 1895; Aldborough,
6th January 1899, December 1901); and the Tree Creeper is
rarely seen south of that place, though a single bird remained
all the summer in 1899 in the plantation on Cherry Cob Sands ;

1903 February 1.

40 Petch: Notes on Holderness Birds.

it has been seen in the winter at Hedon and Boreas Hill. The
Hawfinch, which is probably only a summer visitor, nested in
the Hull General Cemetery in 1885, and was seen at Roos,
3rd June 1899.

My coco-nuts and bones have never attracted any Tits
except the Great (Ox-eye) and the Blue (Billy-biter). The Coal
Tit is only an accidental visitor; one was seen at Hedon,
24th December 1897, and Mr. W. Kirk took a nest there in
1884. In the winter, small flocks of Long-tailed Tits are
occasionally met with (Aldborough, December 1896; Hedon,
27th December 1899), and the Goldcrest, which one naturally
associates with Tits, is then common. A large flock of Gold-
crests was observed at Aldborough, 2oth-22nd April 1899, and
what was probably the same flock was recorded at Rowlston,
with a note on the probable point of departure of migrants on
the Holderness coast, but only two were seen there, about the
same date in 1900. The Bearded Tit was recorded for Hornsea
Mere in 1g01*, but has not yet been seen by local ornithologists,
though the record should not remain unconfirmed long, as it
seldom travels far from its breeding haunts. It has a very
distinctive note, best syllabised as ‘ping-ping,’ and best imitated
on a banjo; the male has an orange beak and a long black
moustache. Its flight is undulating, and its long tail seems to
hamper it considerably in a moderate breeze.

In the winter, our resident species are reinforced by migrants
from the Continent: Larks are especially noticeable, and the
Wren and Lesser Redpoll are then far more common than in
the summer. Redwings and Fieldfares arrive in large numbers,
the latter often remaining till the end of April; occasionally
flocks of Snow Buntings, Bramblings (November 1896), and
Shore Larks (December 1895) are seen at Aldborough, and the
Tree Sparrow is then seen in the stackyards. From October to
April the Danish Crow forms a prominent feature of Holderness
bird life; we always reckoned his time of arrival as Hull Fair
day (11th October), but I saw eight at Flamborough, gth
August 1898. Mr. Fisher reports a single bird at Aldborough,
1st and 4th June 1902. I have looked in vain for the Grey
Shrike for many winters.

Holderness is not a game-preserving district, but we have
perhaps a more destructive agent than the gamekeeper, for
almost every Holderness farmer is a keen sportsman, and any
rare or brightly-coloured bird is soon shot. Consequently,

* The Naturalist, 1901, p. 230.

Naturalist,

Petch: Notes on Holderness Birds. 41

Carrion Crows breed unmolested in isolated spinneys or in trees
in the hedgerows, and rookeries are common, but the Magpie
nests only in one remote corner, and I have not yet seen
a Woodpecker or a Jay. As in all estuarine districts, the
Kestrel is the common hawk, often nesting in a deserted
Carrion Crow’s nest; the Sparrow Hawk is scarcer, but may
be seen fairly frequently. For many years the Kestrel and the
Barn Owl lived with the Jackdaws in Hedon Church tower.
The Short-eared Owl—‘ Woodcock Owl’—is frequently shot in
autumn, being flushed from turnips when Partridge shooting, and
the Corncrake often shares the same fate. This bird nests late
in Holderness, so that the eggs are frequently broken by the
reaper in July (Hedon, 23rd July 1895, 8th July 1899; Ald-
borough, 15th July 1895). The Water Rail is shot late in the
year (Kelsey, 15th December 1899; Aldborough, 30th December
1899), and a Spotted Crake was shot at Aldborough, November
1892. The Red-legged Partridge, as far as I have seen, does
not occur in Holderness.* At other times the Ring Dove is
shot in large numbers without causing any diminution; it is
always called the Stock Dove, but the true Stock Dove is very
local (Fitling). Similarly the ‘ Blue Rock’ is not Columba livia,
but an escaped domestic bird. The Turtle Dove has been seen
at Aldborough in August and September.

But it is along the shore, amongst the waders and sea
birds, that the ornithologist will find most to interest him. In
the nesting season we have the Lapwing, Redshank, Ringed
Plover, Oystercatcher, Cormorant, and Lesser Tern, though
three of these are then found only at Spurn, and the Cor-
morant’s home cannot be permanent. Lapwing and Redshank
are abundant, and the latter is certainly increasing, probably
because its nest is not as easily found as the Lapwing’s and
its eggs thus escape the notice of the ‘ Plover egg’ collectors.
On Saltend Common the Lapwing’s eggs are not laid in any
convenient hole: the construction of the nest occupies consider-
able time, and several are commenced and left unfinished. The
grass is first pulled up over a circle four inches in diameter and
left round the bare patch till dry; it is then placed round the
hole, and the bottom and sides are moulded into a saucer-shaped
hollow with its edge slightly raised above the surrounding level.
Sometimes bents are placed across, all in one direction, and
these, projecting on either side, make the nest much more
conspicuous. The Redshank, however, usually makes a bare

*See The Naturalist, July 1902, p. 223.

1903 February t.

42 Petch: Notes on Holderness Birds.

patch in the middle of a tuft of grass which meets over the nest
and hides the eggs, and there is no ‘run’ or path to it; occa-
sionally the nest is lined. The Redshank frequently alights
on the ridge of the shed on Saltend, and uses the numerous
molehills- as posts of observation from which to watch the
progress of intruders. The Oystercatcher, numerous on the coast
in August and September, and sometimes seen up the river as
far as Marfleet, has returned in late years to its former breeding
haunts at Spurn, and will, it is hoped, flourish with the Lesser
Tern and the Ringed Plover under more efficient protection.
The Ringed Plover’s nest on Spurn is often lined with small
white stones; it is one of the commonest birds on the Humber
mudflats at other times of the year, and its well-known whistle,
warning all other birds in the vicinity, is a constant annoyance
to the ornithologist.

The former monoiony of the coast from Hornsea to Withern-
sea has been somewhat relieved during the last ten years by the
presence of a colony of Cormorants on the wreck of the ‘ Beacons-
field,’ which ran ashore at Ringborough in 1887. One mast has
been left standing to warn the fishing cobles, and the Cormorants
have nested in safety on the cross-trees, there being, fortunately,
no means of disturbing them without an expenditure to which
even the possession of a local Cormorant’s egg could not per-
suade the most rabid collector. Sixteen have been seen on the
vessel at one time (31st August 1900); with a good glass
nestlings may be distinguished on the cross-trees, and the
young birds are easily identified in August by their white
breast and throat. In the winter they return from their fishing
grounds on Hornsea Mere or along the coast at sunset, but in
August and September practically the whole colony will be found
at home shortly after the tide has commenced to flow. Amusing
contests for the post of honour on the top of the mast are often
witnessed, in which the bird in possession is always compelled
to abdicate his position because his opponent attacks him from
the rear and glides upwards to alight. This mode of alighting
is very characteristic; when a bird approaches the mast at
a higher altitude it gradually descends in narrowing circles
and rises to its perch on the final curve.

In April and May, before the Golden Plover (4th May 1895),
Stint, and Curlew have departed to their breeding grounds, the
Common Sandpiper and the Whimbrel arrive in the Humber
district. There is no record of the breeding of the Stint in
Holderness. I saw a pair in summer plumage at Hornsea

Naturalist,

Petch: Notes on Holderness Birds. 43

Mere on 21st June 1899; but Stint and Curlew may be seen on
the Humber flats all the summer, though the majority gather
into large flocks in April, and after a few davs’ practice in the
estuary, leave us till the autumn. What is apparently the
smoke of a steamer trails across the Spurn flats many miles
away in the teeth of the wind in a manner quite opposed to all
the laws of aerostatics; suddenly it bends, vanishes for an
instant as the white breasts of its thousands of Stint turn
towards the sun, and then reappears to perform the same
evolutions, until the observer tires of watching.

The returning tide sets in in July; small parties of Knot
(17th July 1899) and Golden Plover (28th July 1894) are then
seen at Aldborough, and soon afterwards the Common Sand-
piper reappears along our drains, and the Whimbrel along the
coast, accompanied by the Turnstone, Godwit, and Stint.
Kingfishers are then common on the drains and creeks, and
Herons, young birds from inland heronries, are seen in flocks of
a dozen on the mud. In recent years the Green Sandpiper has
visited us in large numbers in August and September, and
several have been brought for identification; they are known
on Cherry Cob Sands as ‘White Rumps,’ the most local bird-
name I have yet met with, for I believe its use is restricted to
the members of one family. Later, Grey Plover are seen, but
they, like the Knot, generally remain in the neighbourhood of
Spurn, though a large flock was seen at Bilton, 21st December
1900. Amongst the accidental visitors I have met are the
Great Snipe (Cherry Cob Sands, 23rd August 1go1), the Grey
Phalarope (shot at a horse-pond, Aldborough, November 1894),
the Curlew Sandpiper (Saltend, 23rd April 1898), and the Green-
shank (Saltend, 15th August 1900).

In the winter, when the Lambwath stream overflows the
meadows on either side, the inland sea which extends from
Marton almost to Aldborough is a favourite resort of ducks
and waders. ‘Fleeting’ is then assiduously pursued by the
local sportsmen, who, crouching on the banks which alone
remain to show the farmer the limits of his fields, shoot the
duck as they come inland at dusk to feed. Rat-traps, baited
with corn and placed at the water’s edge, account for many
more. Wigeon, Mallard, and Teal form the majority, with
sometimes Pochard (December 1899) and Shoveller (December
1go1), and occasionally a Goose or Swan. Eleven Swans fre-
quented this locality last winter, and six were shot before
January, but I have not been able to trace them. I saw the

1903 February 1.

44 Petch: Notes on Holderness Birds.

remaining five on 6th January, but could not get near them;
they appeared to be mutes. Two Brent Geese were shot near
the head of Lambwath stream in November 1897. The Wigeon
may be heard whistling over Aldborough as late as April.
Pochard, Scaup, and Mallard are common on the Humber in
the winter, and flocks of Scoter may be seen off the coast
from August. Of our resident ducks, the Sheldrake breeds on
Spurn, and is reported to have nested in haystacks on Sunk
Island; the Common Pochard maintains a well-known colony
on Hornsea Mere, and the Mallard nests on the banks of ponds,
etc., throughout the district. Teal and Shoveller are often met at
the end of July, and the latter, as in other districts, is increasing.

Occasionally Merganser are found in the broads on Cherry
Cob Sands (December 1899), and the same locality provided
another Holderness record of the Stormy Petrel in November
1893, when one was shot while flying down a ditch. The Little
Grebe was formerly common on these ponds and sufficiently
numerous inland to acquire a local name, but of late years it
has been much rarer, though a flourishing colony has recently
been established near Hedon. I have never found the eggs in
March; the usual time is about the first week in May, and in
1899, when Mr. Richardson, of Sands House, kept a sharp
look-out for it, the first eggs found there hatched off on 16th
July. The Crested Grebe still manages to exist on Hornsea
Mere, but, like the Lesser Tern, the colony is too well known to
flourish. The Common and Arctic Terns do not breed with us
but pass along the coast on migration, and the Black Tern,
which formerly bred in Norfolk and is now a regular spring
visitor to that county, may often be seen at Spurn.

Last year (1901) a Blackbird with a white tail, except for
a few centre feathers, frequented Vhorngumbald (August), and
another with white tail coverts and white feathers in wings and
back was seen at West Newton (roth August) ; white Sparrows
are frequently seen at Newton Garth, near Paull. Mr. J. A.
Fisher, of Aldborough, has several abnormally-coloured Larks
which he has shot there. I have seen two clutches of Blackbirds’
eges in which all the eggs were a uniform blue; in one case the
nest was very slight, practically only a platform of hay. A Lap-
wing’s egg, with a bluish-white ground, and freckled with small
purple and gray spots, was found floating in a pool on Saltend,
13th April 1898; and a Whitethroat’s egg in my possession, taken
in 1889 from a nest in which all the other eggs were normal,
measures °5 by °3 inches.

Naturalist,

Pickard: Undescribed British Variety of Crstus. 45

With few exceptions, the foregoing notes relate to that part
of Holderness which lies to the south of the Hull and Hornsea
line, and merely place on record observations made chiefly
during vacation visits extending over a period of ten years.
No attempt has been made to include all the records relating
to this area, nor would this be desirable, even if space per-
mitted, since the ‘ Birds of Yorkshire,’ shortly to be published
by the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, will deal exhaustively with
the enormous mass of literature which has accumulated through
the labours of Cordeaux and others. My desire has been rather
to supplement the observations made at Spurn by a brief account
of the bird life of its hinterland.

ee
UNDESCRIBED BRITISH VARIETY OF CISTUS.

JOSEPH FRY PICKARD,
Leeds.
‘The gilded Cistus of the sun-kissed rocks,
The pale Primrose’s gayer heir ‘tis said,
That, with rose-petal cheeks and golden locks,
Looks in July to cheat the heart and head
With thoughts of bygone springs and bleating flocks ;
And which when o'er we know the summer fled.’
WHEN naturalists are on the field path even versified botany if
true to fact—being the result of observation—is spoil for their
cranial vascula. The ‘ Rock-Rose,’ for its gay frailty, somehow
always holds the eye on down or roadside bank, from its first
crumpled and creased petal to the last expiring star of autumn.’
I adopt the foregoing from my friend, Mr. F. Arnold Lees,
to whom and to Mr. Arthur Bennett I am indebted for informa-
tion, and by whom I am encouraged to add to the British Flora
what seems to be an as well-marked as it is a striking variety
of the Rock-Rose, and one of which no English handbook or
manual gives any description. Mr. Bennett informs me that he
has looked into some twenty Continental Floras and finds no
mention of my red-spotted form, except in the 1890 ‘Flora
Schleswig Holstein’ of Dr. Prahl. The vars. given in our
British Floras are—
a. genuina (the usual plant).
6. album (white flowered).
c. roseum (rose flowered).
d. surretanus (petals and sepals lanceolate and leaves dotted).

1903 February Ke

40 Pickard: Undescribed Variety of British Cristus.

Reichenbach in his ‘ Flora Germanice et Helvetice’ describes
two states of Helianthemum vulgare, Gert. (the Chamecistus,
Miller, of the present ‘ London Catalogue’), these being—

a. discolor (Figure 4,547).

b. concolor.

The concolorous variety of Germany would seem to be what in
this island is the prevailing type, although there the exception
rather than the rule. The variety I have to introduce has
crimson-specked petals, and is the dzscolor of Reich. usual in
Germany, as given above. I found it first in August 1902 on banks
to the east of Hetchell Crags, between Thorner and Bardsey, in
Mid-west York. Later I detected the same plant on Skirethorns
Warren, near Kilnsey, and a few specimens in Bastow Wood,
Grassington, in Mid-Wharfedale. After picking the first striking
examples I have looked for it in what I thought to be likely-soiled
areas about Silverdale, Arnside, and some other places on lime-
stone, on the supposition that some chemical quality in the soil
might account for its evolution, but, needless to say, in vain.
Further, | am informed by Dr. Lees that the other red-spot
species of Helianthemum are mainly associated with sand and
marine influences. The technical definition of my plant is
as follows :—-Helianthemum Chamecistus, Mill., var. dzscolor,
Reich. (Icones 4,547). Leaves larger, more elongate-lanceo-
late than the English type, silvery felted beneath; sepals as
in type, but tending to be flushed with pink. Petals maculate
with blood-orange at base, and more or less specked with
carmine at apex, both features retaining their coloration when
dried. The Kilnsey plant is not so deeply maculate as the
lime-soiled plant of Hetchell, but alkaline dolomitic soil can
hardly be the effective factor, seeing that there is the vegetal
colouring principle xanthophyll in Helzanthemum as in Hyperi-
cum, which tends to concentrate the orange-yellow into red in
the like-hued petals of both orders under the influence of
direct sunlight, and the nitrogenous acid always found in rain-
water.

From the evolutionary aspect, however, it is almost more
than singular that this varietal item in our Flora should turn up
in the identical district of Skirethorns and Grass Wood, which
in 1883, 1890, and 1902 has yielded another lime-soil variety,
the smaller blue Milkwort (Polvgala austriaca, Crantz, var.
amara-depressa), a lesser, perhaps hybrid, race of the rosetted
P. amara, Linn., known as British, in Kent, Surrey, and on
Cronkley Fell, North Yorkshire.

Naturalist,

47
GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF
DONCASTER.

HERBERT H. CORBETT, M.R.CSS.,

Doncaster.

THE phenomena presented by the glacial geology of this locality
having been a puzzle to glacialists for some time, it may be
worth while to make a statement of the observed facts, apart
from any theories in connection therewith.

Firstly, there is at Balby an isolated patch of Boulder Clay
about one mile long and half mile wide, with its long axis
running nearly from west to east. Its northern side is bounded
by Bunter Sandstone, with a capping of gravel in some parts.
The relations of the Boulder Clay and the Bunter were well
shown during some excavations in connection with the building
of the Doncaster Workhouse at Balby a few vears ago. The
clay was seen to rest upon the sandstone at angles varying
from 4o to 10, the steeper angles being at the western end,
and the slope being from north to south. In some sections
large angular fragments of the sandstone were seen embedded
in the clay. The base of the clay has been exposed in many of
the sections at the Balby Brickworks, and it is always found
to lie on a worn surface of Bunter. Its relation to the outlier
of Magnesian Limestone on its southern side has never been
exposed. The maximum thickness of the clay is about 4o feet.
Eastwards it gradually diminishes in thickness until it merges
into the low-lying land of Potteric Carr. The contained boulders
are as follows :—

PERMIAN Mar_s and Gypsum.

Lower MAGNEsIAN LiIMEsSTONE.—Very numerous and many
of them very large. Many of these are fossiliferous, containing
casts of Aximus, Mya, Turbo, etc. The fossil bed whence they
are derived crops out near Hampole and at several other places
along the escarpment of the Magnesian Limestone, e.g., Conis-
borough and Clifton.

Coat MEASURE Rocks.—These far outnumber all others.
They consist of Grits, Sandstones, Gannister, Shale, Coal,
Cannel, Clay-Ironstone, etc. Mr. Hemingway, of Barnsley,
who has examined them, refers a large proportion of them to
the Lower Coal Measures.

MILLSTONE GRITS.—Very numerous.

Numerous.

1903 February tr.

48 Corbett: Glacial Geology of Doncaster.

CARBONIFEROUS LIMESTONES, including YOREDALES and
CHERTS.—These are abundant and very varied. Many are
highly fossiliferous. A yellow fine-grained limestone has spines
of Hyalonema parallella, and some of the Cherts consist almost

entirely of the same fossil.

few.

IGNEous Rocks.—These, compared with the others, are very
One may examine thousands of boulders without finding

any far-carried erratics among them. Nevertheless a consider-

Scale of meles

I. SS 3 A FST

i \ % : i ORtE: Se ae ao a R-Torne

Patterice
Care

EXPLANATION OF Map.

Black =Boulder Clay. Vertical lines=Magnesian Limestone. Dots=
Gravel composed chiefly of Carboniferous Rocks. Horizontal Lines=
Gravels composed chiefly of Quartzites. Crosses=Gravels containing
a mixture of Carboniferous and Quartzite Rocks. Unmarked portion=
Warp and Peat.
able number have from time to time been found, and among
them are :—SHAP GRANITE, ENNERDALE GRANITE, QUARTZ POR-
pHyRyY from the Vale of St. John; AucGire ANDESITE from
Borrowdale; DraspasE from Eycott Hill; Wautn Sit_ and

numerous ashes, larvas, and agglomerates.
Naturalist,

Corbett: Glacial Geology of Doncaster. 49

There is another small patch of Boulder Clay about three-
quarters of a mile north of the Balby deposit. No distant
erratics have been found in this.

About four miles further up the Don valley, at Conisborough,
is a third deposit of Boulder Clay. This is of very small extent
and caps the Lower Magnesian Limestone at the Ashfield Brick-
works. The contained boulders are nearly all of limestone from
the immediate locality, but there are also a few well-striated
Mountain Limestones with Crinoids.

At Cusworth boulders up to a ton in weight are turned up in
the fields by ploughing. These consist of Grits, Gannisters,
Mountain Limestone, Whin Sill, Quartz Porphyry, and Basic
rocks that weather with a deep red crust. Of these the Whin
Sills and Limestones are rounded as if water-worn, while the
others are sub-angular. Along with these are quartzite pebbles
from the Bunter Sandstone.

Eastward of Balby and spreading in a wide fan-shape between
the river Don on the north and the outcrop of the Permian rocks
on the south is an undulating country, all of which below
25 feet O.D. is warp and peat, and all above 25 feet and reach-
ing to a maximum altitude of about 80 feet being covered with
gravels. These gravels may be divided into three kinds :—
Ist, Coarse gravels, chiefly composed of Carboniferous rocks.
2nd, Finer gravels, but with many large stones in them, com-
posed of a mixture of Carboniferous rocks and pebbles from
the Trias. 3rd, Fine gravels, composed almost entirely of
pebbles from the Trias. The range of these three gravels may
be seen by reference to the map.

The Carboniferous gravels fairly follow the right bank of the
Don from Balby to Barnby Dun. Wherever they are exposed
in section they are found to be strongly current-bedded with
the dip varying from 30° downwards invariably from N.W. to
S.E., i.e., towards Trent. This is the case even where they are
on the Don side of the watershed between Don and Trent.
The contained stones are largely Sandstones, Clay-ironstone,
Grit, and Gannister, but along with these are a considerable
number of Cherts. Many of these are deeply weathered, this
being particularly the case with those composed in a great
measure of casts of Crinoids. The more compact ones con-
tain Corals, Brochiopods, etc., and some are crowded with
spicules of Ayalonema parallella. A very few Lake District
rocks have been found also.

1903 February 1. D

50 Field Notes.

Eastward of these Carboniferous gravels the current bedding
becomes much less marked, and at the same time the percentage
of Trias-derived stones gradually increases. The average size
of the stones also decreases, but large boulders of Grit, Chert,
and Gannister are frequent, some of the latter being almost a
ton in weight.

Further eastward still, and extending beyond the county
boundary into Nottinghamshire and Lincolnshire, the gravels are
almost entirely composed of quartzites and metamorphosed sand-
stones and grits from the Bunter Beds. But throughout this
quartzite-gravel district there are numerous large sub-angular
boulders, e.g., Whin Sill at Hatfield, Granite at Wroot, Mill-
stone Grit at Everton, near Bawtry, etc. And near Harworth,
Notts., is to be seen a section in a gravel pit with quartzite-
gravel above and rounded boulders of fossiliferous Magnesian
Limestone below.

About two and a half miles from Doncaster on the Thorne
road are some old brickworks. The clay here is of considerable
depth (over 30 feet) and is thinly laminated warp clay. It is
situated at an elevation of about 4o feet above sea level. At
Barnby Dun a similar clay is found, capped by mixed gravels.
A boring for water at a point about 20 feet above sea level
passed through 108 feet of this clay.

Such are the facts observed. I leave the explanation of these

to others.
—__$<—- > <_

FUNGI.

Lycoperdon flavosum, Oed.— This well-marked puff-ball was
met with in Pecket Wood, Hebden Bridge, in August 1902, by
Mr. J. Needham. It has been submitted to Mr. G. Massee, Kew,
who states it to be as above, and a very good addition to the
British Fungus Flora.—C. CRrossLanpb, Halifax, January 1903.

Humaria Roumegueri, (Karst.) Sacc., var. carnosissima,
Phil., in Crimsworth Dean, Wadsworth.—While Messrs.
Jonas Bradley (schoolmaster, Stanbury) and Keighley Snowden
were walking over the moors at the head of Crimsworth Dean,
13th December 1902, they picked up some fine specimens of
this somewhat rare Discomycete and forwarded them to the
writer. On examination it was found to be an interesting form
intermediate between the type and the var., nearer, if anything,
to the latter. This is only about the second time it has been
met with in Yorkshire.—C. Crossianp, Halifax, January 1903.

Naturalist,

on
-_

ECONOMIC FUNGI.*

epee et OJ AINE ues:
The Museum, Kew.

Ir may be safe to say that there is no order of plants so widely
known and yet so little understood generally as the Fungi.
There are several works dealing with this subject, but there is
none which takes in all the useful fungi. This fact has induced
me to endeavour to gather together all the information possible
respecting them with the view of collating and presenting it in
a convenient form for reference.

From the information already obtained from various sources
the following is a selection, which I hope may prove of interest.
A few of the fungi are well known, such as Boletus edulis
and Polyporus fomentarius, and I have referred to them not so
much to point out their virtues, as to give them a place in the
distribution as British species, and from the fact that they are
either the most prominent or the only species of their genus.

Altogether there are known to be about 22,500 species, com-
prised in 870 odd genera, under 46 orders, exclusive of the
numerous forms classed as Fungi Imperfecti, the Saccharo-
mycetes, and Myxomycetes. Out of this large number there
are approximately only 200 species that are understood to be
of any value. Of these, at least

86 belong to the Order Agaricacez.

40 a ohh Polyporacee.
6 * x Hydnacee.
8 an i Clavariacez.

2 5 ae Tremellaceez.
3 515 ee Phalloidacee.
10 95 Se Lycoperdacee.

15 Ae 5 Helvellaceez.
5 eS ae Pezizacee.
3 5 4 Cyttariacee.
2 5 a Hypocreaceez.
8 3 + Tuberacez.
3 wG a Uredinacee.
I . a Ustilaginacee.
I 5 ne Mucoracee.

The following table shows briefly their systematic arrange-
ment. In the rest of the paper the few that are dealt with are
taken promiscuously; particulars as to conditions of growth,
country, and uses are given.

* Abstract of Paper read at the Y.N.U. Fungus Foray, Egton Bridge,
Ist Oct. 1902.

1903 February 1.

Flolland: Economic Fungt.

SYSTEMATIC ARRANGEMENT.

Hymenomycetes 4

Gasteromycetes {

6

|

‘|

Agaricacez

Polyporacez

Hydnacee ...
Tremellacez
Lycoperdacez
Hymenogastracez
Ustilaginacez
Mucoracee

Amanita muscarius Linn.
Chlorophyllum esculentum Mass.
Volvaria esculenta Mass.
Pleurotus cretaceus Mass.
Coprinus indigocola Oudem.
Polyporus Myllitte C.& Mass.
Polyporus fomentarius Fr.
Boletus edulis Bull.

Hydnum repandum Linn.
fTirneola polytricha Mont.
Scleroderma vulgare Worn.
Rhizopogon luteolus Tul.
Ustilago esculenta P., Henn.
Mucor exitiosus Mass.

Phycomycetes...
Daldinia concentrica Fries.

Claviceps purpurea Tul.
Cordiceps Hawkesit Gray.
Cordiceps Sinensis Sacce.
Cordiceps Gunnii Berk.
( Cyttaria Gunnii Berk.
.- Cyttaria Darwinit Berk.
| Cyttaria Berterti Berk.
‘ Morchella conica Pers.
.« Morchella esculenta Pers.
| Flelvella crispa Fr.

Sphoeriaceze ;

|

Pyreno mycetes ) Hypoc reacez

Cyttariacez

Ascomycetes ... -
Helvellaceze

wPezizaceasi.. ... Chlorosplenium eruginosum Tul.
| ( Tuber indicum Vitt.
| 7.
Tuber melanosporum Vitt.
Tuberacez... ig

mi | Tuber estivum Vitt.
Cheromyces meandriformis Vitt. |

Amanita muscaria L. Britain and Europe generally and parts
of Asia. On the ground. Used for poisoning insects,
more especially by the Laplanders ; as an intoxicant by the
Russians, Kamtchatdales, and Koriacs, and formerly used
in medicine as a cure for epilepsy.

Boletus edulis Bull. Europe. On the ground. Commonly eaten
on the Continent. The Italians dry them on strings for winter
use, and in Hungary a soup is made from them when fresh.

There are 17 other species of Boletus recorded as being
edible more or less, but none appear to be so generally
recognised or so safe as B. edulis. .

Claviceps purpurea Tul. Spain and other parts of S. Europe.
In the ovary of various grasses, chiefly Rye. The only
fungus which now occupies a place in the British Pharma-
copeia. Ergotine, the active principle of Ergot of Rye;
used for producing uterine contraction.

Naturalist,

Flolland: Economic Fungi. ba

Cheeromyces meandriformis Vitt. Italy, Germany, Bohemia,
and Britain. Underground. Known as the White Truffle.

Cordiceps Sinensis Sacc. China. On caterpillars. Supposed
by the Chinese to have healing properties; sold as a drug
in small bundles and eaten by them together with the
caterpillar on which the fungus grows.

Coprinus indigocola Oudem. Java. On the refuse of Indigo
((ndigofera tinctorta) after the colouring matter has been
extracted. Edible.

Chlorophyllum esculentum Mass. British Guiana. On the
ground. This is an edible species and, together with
C. Morgant Peck. and Chlorospora Eyret Mass., form the
new section Chlorospore or green-spored Agarics recently
constituted by Mr. Massee.

Chlorosplenium zruginosum Tul. Australia; Europe. Wood
stained with the mycelium was used at one time in the
manufacture of Tunbridge ware and fancy work.

Cyttaria Gunnii Berk. Tasmania.

Cyttaria Darwinii Berk. Tierra del Fuego.

Cyttaria Berterii Berk. Chili.

Growing parasitically on the living branches of ever-
green Beeches, and all are edible, the one in Tierra del
Fuego affording for several months the staple food of the
inhabitants.

Daldinia concentrica Fr. Europe, United States, Australia,
Tasmania, and West Africa. On dead trunks. Used by the
natives of West Africa as a purgative medicine, being
mashed up and mixed with lime-juice, the quantity of
Daldinia for a dose forming, when mashed, a small ball
about half an inch through with the juice of half a lime.

Aydnum repandum Linn. Europe and United States. On
trunks. The genus //ydnum appears to be the only one of
the group which is edible. In addition to repandum there
are at least five species recorded as being eaten :—/.
zmbricatum Fr., in Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and
France; Hf. levigatum Swtz., in the Alpine districts; 4.
coralloides Scop., in Germany, Switzerland, and France ;
H. Caput-Medus@ Bull., in Austria and Italy ; H. erzmaceum
Bull., in Germany and France.

Hirneola polytricha Mont. Australia, New Zealand, and
Africa. On decaying trees. Forms an important article
of food in China. The average value is £45 per ton,
and China appears to be the only market. This fungus

1903 February 1.

54 Holland: Economic Fungz.

is one of the few that can be classed as being of any special
commercial value.

Helvella crispa Fr. Europe; India. Amongst grass. Edible.

Morchella esculenta Linn. Europe and Asia. In woods.
Well known in the markets as the Morel. This species
is the one most commonly eaten in Europe. JZ. deliczosa Fr.,
in Java and Cashmere; J. bohemica Kromb., in Bohemia ;
M. gigaspora Cooke, in Cashmere; J. rimosipes DC., in
France and Bohemia; J/. carolintana Bosc., in S. United
States.

Mucor exitiosus Mass. Cape of Good Hope. Parasitic on
insects ; cultivated to destroy Locusts and Cockroaches.

Polyporus Mylittze Cooke& Mass. Tasmania. The Sclerotcum
is eaten by the Tasmanians and known as native bread.

Polyporus fomentarius Fr. Europe. On trunks. The
Amadon or German tinder, not used so much as formerly.

Pleurotus cretaceus Mass. N. India. Sold by the shop-
keepers at Peshawar at an average rate of 2% rupees
a seer (=2lbs.). It is said to be eaten with great relish
and considered rare enough to present to friends.

Pleurotus ostreatus Jack. (Oyster Mushroom.) Is relished
in several districts in this country.

Rhizopogon fluteolus Tul. Japan. Pine Forests. Edible.

Rhizopogon provincialis Tul. Is eaten by the peasants in
Provence.

Tuber zxstivum Vitt. Europe. Underground. This is the
Common Truffle of this country.

Tuber melanosporum Vitt. Europe. The French Truffle ;
always commands a high price in the markets.

Tuber indicum Cooke & Mass. India. Is eaten by the natives
in the Himalayas.

Ustilago esculenta P., Henn. Japan. Parasitic on the stems
of Zizania latifolia. The diseased stems are sold as a
vegetable in the market of Hanri, Tonkin. In Japan the
spores are used by the women for dyeing hair, and they
are also much used in connection with lacquer ware. This
fungus is notable as being the only Usé/ago of any economic
value. ;

Volvaria esculenta Mass. Nigeria. On coffee pulp. This
Agaric has recently been described. It is edible, and grows
on the coffee pulp after the refuse has become heated.

I am indebted to Mr. Massee for much assistance, and to

Mr. A. Clarke and Mrs. Rushton for photographs and drawings.

Naturalist,

on
qi

SOME NOTTINGHAMSHIRE TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA.

Pror. J. W. CARR, M.A., F.L.S.,

University College, Nottingham.

As I can find no mention of any Nottinghamshire Woodlice in
any published work, it may be worth while to place on record
the result of some casual gatherings of these Crustacea made
during the past summer (1902). No special search was made,
only those specimens that came in my way while collecting
other material being secured. Doubtless a systematic search in
suitable localities would result in the discovery of several other
species. My thanks are due to Dr. Scharff, of the Science and

Art Museum, Dublin, for kind assistance in identifying my

captures. The nomenclature is that adopted by Dr. Scharff in

his articles on Irish Woodlice in the /rish Naturalist for January
and February 1894. The names in parentheses are those used
by Bate and Westwood in the British Sessile-Eved Crustacea,

Vols It.

Trichoniscus pusillus, Brandt. (Philougria riparia). Among
Conocephalus conicus on the steep bank of a stream at
Burton Joyce.

Porcellio scaber, Latr. Very common under plant-pots and
stones in Nottingham gardens and elsewhere.

Metoponorthus pruinosus, Brandt. (Porcellio pruinosus). In
considerable numbers under a log in a Nottingham garden.

Platyarthrus Hoffmannseggii, Brandt. I have not found this
species about Nottingham, but the Rev. Alfred Thornley
recently sent me specimens taken by him at Clarborough,
near Retford. It is pure white in colour, destitute of eyes,
and lives in Ants’ nests.

Oniscus asellus, Linn. Abundant everywhere in and about
Nottingham under plant-pots in gardens, under stones,
logs, bark of trees, etc.

Philoscia muscorum, Scop. Sherwood Forest, near Edwin-
stowe, under stones among bracken.

Armadillidium vulgare, Latr. (Armadillo vulgaris). The * Pill-
millipede,’ so called from the facility with which it can roll
itself into a ball when alarmed, occurred in some numbers
under stones in a Nottingham garden. I also took one
while it was running across a road near Bulwell, on a sunny
afternoon in June, an unusual occurrence for so entirely
nocturnal an animal.

1903 February 1.

NORTH LANCASHIRE GALL NOTES IN 1902.

SISTER eBay.

Ulverston.

THE order is that of Mr. Connold’s ‘ British Vegetable Galls.’

Cecidomyia bursaria, Bremi. On Wepeta glechoma. Hedge-
bank near Mar! Park, outside Ulverston, 24th September.
In one case, three galls on a leaf stalk.

Erlophyes galli, Karp. On Galium aparine. Road between
Foxfield and Wreaks End, but in no great quantity (19th
August). Lane from Water Yeat to Arklid (19th Sept.).
Very fine on the roadside between the Blacking Mill and
Newland (28th July). Of this I have a good photo. West
End Lane and waste ground about the cemetery, Ulverston.

Cecidomyia urtice, Perris. On Urtica divica, L. Fairly well
distributed. Roadside between Water Yeat and Lake Bank.
Near Nibthwaite Grange. Side of road near Marl Park—
very fine; and by roadside from Dragley Beck to Conis-
head, and waste ground in cemetery, Ulverston. Very fine
on the pathway to railway station at Bolton-le-Sands
(V.C. 60).

Aphis atriplicis, L. On Chenopodium album. Roadside near
Stone Cross, outside Ulverston, oth July. In the shrubbery,
Dale Street Board School. In the first instance many of
the leaves bore full and empty cases.

Brachycolus steJiariz, Hardy. On Séellaria holostea, L.
Roadside below Bell Wood, between Lowick Bridge and
Nibthwaite. Lane from Water Yeat to Nibthwaite. On
roadside near Broad Dale, near Ulverston (11th August).
Of the latter I have a photograph.

Diplosis loti, DeGeer. On Vicia sepium, L. Hedgeside road
between Swarthdale and Swarthmoor Hall (11th August).

Siphocoryne xylostei, Schrk. On Lonicera Periclymenum, L.
Two clusters on Stoney Brow, near Broughton-in-Furness.
Lane, Water Yeat to Arklid (8th September).

I sent a plant of Vicia sepium and V. hirsutum to Mr. E. T.
Connold, of St. Leonards, and he was good enough to tell me
that the galls were, in their present conditon, undeterminable; the
maker may be either Dzploszs lotz or Cecidomyia lathyrt, both
from West End Lane.

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 7

un

I have seen also the supposed ubiquitous species on Acer
Pseudoplatanus (Phyllocoptes acericola), Corylus (Eriophyes avel-
lane), Prunus spinosa (E. similis), Rosa cantina (Rhodites rose),
and Rosa spinosissima (R. spinos?ssime), this last near Arnside,
V.C. 69, Westmorland portion, Crategus monoygna (Cecrdomyta

crat@gt).

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The Flora of the East Riding of Yorkshire, by James Fraser
Robinson, with list of Mosses by J. J. Marshall. A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.,
5, Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 7s. 6d.

The ‘ Flora of the East Riding of Yorkshire,’ in light green
apparel, with suggestions of aquatic plants, and with head and
tail piece sketches of local places, contrasts strongly with the
‘Flora of West Yorkshire,’ thick, solid-looking, but ‘full of
strange oaths’; while both look much more impressive than the
paper-covered numbers of the unfinished ‘North Yorkshire.’ Yet
the plain covers of the last enclose a study on plant-distribution
which has elevated it from a list of species and localities interest-
ing only to the local botanist, into a standard work on plant-
distribution, of interest all the world over. Since the earlier
part of ‘North Yorkshire’ was penned the study of plant-
distribution has advanced much, and the author of a Flora has
to-day many demands to satisfy. The day is past when a
statistical list of natives, casuals, etc., with their localities, can
be accepted as a Flora; although in the case of Alge, Fungi,
and Mosses, groups imperfectly investigated as yet, we must
content ourselves for a time with lists and notes on localities.
It is now expected that the author of a Flora should not merely
give statistics, but should interpret them and attempt to advance
some aspect of plant-life. In ‘North Yorkshire’ the account of
the geology becomes, in the chapter on lithology, the key to the
solution of problems in an area with a complex but interesting
flora and geology. The account of the climatology is correlated
with its results on plant-life. The descriptions of the river-
basins are pictures of the vegetation to which Yorkshireman or
stranger can turn again and again and see new points of
beauty ; it lacks completeness only because the pictures are
river-valleys, and the moorlands between are left in the back-
ground. The author of ‘ The Flora of West Yorkshire’ has
appreciated Mr. Baker’s lead in following up Thurmann’s
principles. By using Davis and Lees’ ‘West Yorkshire’ one
gets again a series of pictures of the vegetation, whose greatest

1903 February 1.

)

Reviews and Book Notices.

on
a

defect is that one can find out the rarer plants, but not the
common ones, which, after all, give the landscape its character
from the botanical point of view. It was, therefore, no easy
task which lay before the author of a Flora of the East
Riding. In the Floras of the North and West Ridings the list
of species is important, but the preliminary chapters are, at
least, equal in importance. In the ‘ Flora of the East Riding,’
now published, the list of species is of much greater importance
than the first fifty pages of preliminary matter. No attempt is
made to utilise the details collected in seventeen years to
advance any problem in distribution. The East Riding may
lack the variety of hill-vegetation found in the North and West
Ridings, but it has its own points of interest. It has a rich
aquatic vegetation contrasting with a very dry ‘Wold’
vegetation; it has glacial sands sharply defined from the
moist, cool boulder-clays; it has sea cliffs, estuarine mud
alluvial, and dry sea-coast sands, each with its own type of
plant-life. The hurried and general reference to these types of
vegetation is not of much use to one unfamiliar with the Riding
who may be in search for information. The author seems to
have some distinct ideas about maritime and estuarine floras
(see p. 36), but his notes do not allow us to discover which are
the 24 maritime species, which the 23 estuarine. The absence
of any elevation above 800 feet is considered a sufficient reason
for the omission of altitudinal range of plants. Altitude records
may be deceptive, because a single station may raise the range
of a species far above the normal range, but they are useful ;
in our own case we looked to this Flora with eagerness to verify
or control a little investigation on the range of aquatic plants
begun in ‘North Yorkshire,’ but this could not be done. The
question of indigenous versus introduced plants is an important
one in the East Riding. The list of escapes, etc. (pp. 47-53),
chiefly from Hull Docks, is therefore appropriate and will solve
many a puzzling find. It would, however, have been judicious
to give reasons in some cases for the statement ‘native’ or
otherwise. Thus the Beech tree is given as native. In ‘ North
Yorkshire’ it is given as a denizen, although occurrence as a
native is suggested ; in ‘West Yorkshire’ it is allowed to be
native only on the Permian tract. It is thus obvious that in or
near East Yorkshire we have the boundary limit of the Beech ;
it is a question which has been raised frequently, and we should
have liked to see it discussed rather more in detail. The map
of the East Riding provided with the book is on too small

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 59

a scale to be of much use; its redeeming feature is that it shows
the areas where glacial or alluvial deposits are present. To call
this a map of ‘Geology and Flora’ is ambitious. There are
now in the market several excellent road-maps, clearly printed
and with altitude shading or colouring ; it will be necessary to
use a map of this kind before one can find the localities men-
tioned in the Flora, or fully realise the author’s reasons for
selecting the botanical areas. The short account of the physio-
graphy of the East Riding only whets the appetite for more,
and it contains the embryo (which we trust will come to
maturity) of an account of the evolution of plant-life on land
reclaimed from the Humber estuary. The topographical sum-
mary and the few pages on the distribution of East Riding
plants reveal how interesting the Riding really is, and how
much could have been made of it. The summaries of East
Riding plants (pp. 41-46) need not have been so numerically
carried out. With the exception of that of genera, etc., it is quite
probable that another botanist would come to different results.
The attempt to arrange the species into habitats is an unfor-
tunate medley. Hygrophiles and xerophiles are habitat groups
generally admitted; maritime and estuarine would probably
have fitted in better as subdivions of halophytic plants; the
large number (one-third of the total) of ‘ ordinary (growing on
dry Jand generally)’ is an admission of weakness; while to
designate denizens, colonists, aliens, and incognita as habitats
is not in strict accordance with the meaning of the word.
A little guidance from ‘North Yorkshire,’ or the now standard
text-book of Warming would have prevented this. The local
names of plants are few for an agricultural county, e.g.,
Spergula arvensis, Plantago major, and many others seem to
have escaped local baptism. ‘Blood Geranium Cranesbill’ has
a better-known, though less elegant, name, while ‘ rough rigid
Trefoil’ is certainly stiff.

The list of Mosses is by another pen, and it is well that it
forms but an appendix. The list looks short, but this is
explained when one finds that nearly 60 species and varieties
recorded in Zhe Naturalist for the East Riding since 1898 have
been omitted, to say nothing of a larger number of locality
records. On pages 237, 239, and 243 names occur without
localities, and on pages 239 and 242 the same species are repeated
under different names, while Zortula montana and Physcomitrella
patens, marked as new East Riding records, were recorded by
Mr. Marshall himself in this journal in 1898, p. 240.

1903 February t.

60 Reviews and Book Notices.

It must not be forgotten that the ‘ Flora of the East Riding’
represents a large portion of the busy life of an enthusiastic
field-botanist. As such it is worthy of all respect, and to the
local botanist should form a stepping-stone to higher things.
Its shortcomings are due to recent great advances in regard to
plant-distribution ; an advance which we are proud to think
that ‘ North Yorkshire’ did much to bring about, and which we
regret to see has been but poorly followed up in recently-

published Floras. WW, (G, Si.
oo a

The December Halifax Naturalist is an exceptionally interesting number
and contains several notes on the natural history of the district, also an
instalment of the ‘Flora of Halifax.’ A paper by Mr. C. E. Moss, B.Sc.,
on the ‘Moors of South-west Yorkshire’ is a valuable contribution to our
knowledge of the vegetation of these interesting tracts; it is illustrated by
very suggestive diagt rams showing the dominant types of vegetation. In
the same number is a list of the ‘Vertebrates of the District,’ by Mr. H.
Pickles ; this includes 14 mammals, 2 reptiles, 4 amphibians, and 14 fishes.

— ee.

A most important ‘ Contribution to the Freshwater Algz of the North
of Ireland’ has just been made by a past President ‘of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union, Mr. W. West, and his son, Prof. G. S. West (‘Trans-
actions Roval Irish Academy,’ Vol. 32, Section B, Part I., August 1902,
plates). This magnificent work includes particulars of over a hundred
species new to Ireland, over a dozen of which are new to science, and
described for the first time. That little attention appears to have been paid
to the algze flora of Ireland in the past is shown by the fact that not a single
record had previously been made for Donegal.

I

“The Geology of the Great Whin Sill, an Analysis of the Theory of
Intrusion,’ is the title of a pamphlet of 89 pages, just issued by Mr. John
Lee, A.R.C.A., Darlington. The writer takes for his text a statement
made by Teall :—‘It is now admitted on all hands to be intrusive,’ but
apparently does quite agree with the ‘intrusive’ character of the Whin Sill.
He states (p. 88), ‘Ali the thought and ingenuity which its authors have
put into its construction is repeated ad infinitum in the one pathetic
formula, ‘intrusion and contact metamorphism,’ in answer to every question
that it is possible to put in regard to the Whin Sill.” The pamphlet is
illustrated by diagrams, one of which (p. 82) is rather curious.

—— @fo —

In 1891 the late Thos. Hick described to the Linnean Society a new
fossil plant found by Mr. W. Cash, at the Cinder Hills, Siddal, near “Halifax,
to which he gave the provisional name of Zylophura radiculosa, afterwards
altered to NXenophyton radiculosum. Hick felt some doubt as to its
systematic position and preferred to leave the question of its relationship
open, although the late Prof. Williamson was of opinion that its affinities
were with Stigmaria. By the purchase of the Hick and Cash collections
by the Manchester Museum several transverse and longitudinal sections of
this fossil came into the possession of that Museum. Prof. F. E. Weiss
has recently carefully examined these specimens, and is of opinion that
the plant was of stigmarian character, and that it can be identified as
the ‘root’ or rhizome of a Lefzdophloios, probably L. fuliginosus. Prof.
Weiss’ views are expressed in detail in ‘Notes from the Manchester
Museum, No. 8’ (publication 37). 1902. 19 pp. and 3 plates.

Naturalist,

61
FIELD NOTES.
MAMMALS.

Common Seal at Teesmouth.—A specimen of the Common
Seal (Phoca vitulina) was captured alive by a pilot on the sands
near the Tees Breakwater, on Sunday, 7th December 1go02, and
brought to Redcar, where it is being exhibited in the Lifeboat
House. See ‘Handbook of Yorkshire Vertebrate,’ p. 8, for
reference to the abundance of this species at the Tees mouth
a century ago.—-T. H. NELSon, Redcar, 2nd January 1903.

Seal at Ulrome.—A young Seal, presumably the Common
Seal, was caught on the sands at Ulrome, near Hornsea, on the
morning of 30th December. It was taken to Bridlington and is
being exhibited there alive. It is a young specimen. Another
example, 4 feet 2 inches long, was recently caught at Barmston,
and has since died. Another was washed ashore, dead, at Wils-
thorpe, a few weeks ago. They are all examples of the Common
Seal (Phoca vitulina). In my opinion Seals are not at all un-
common in this district, but they are shy and not often seen.
A few years ago I frequently heard of them in the vicinity of
Barmston outfall.—Tuomas Boynton, Bridlington, 3rd Jan. 1903.

pe eee
BIRDS.

Little Bustard at Kilnsea.—On the evening of 7th December
a Little Bustard (7e¢rax ¢etrax) was shot at Kilnsea, near Spurn.
As it was dusk at the time the bird was not found until the
following morning, when it had been considerably damaged by
acat. This is the first record of its kind I can remember in our
neighbourhood.—P. W. LoTEN, Easington, 24th Dec. 1902.

[In Handbook of Vertebrate Fauna (Clarke and Roebuck),
one at Beverley prior to 1844 (Allis); one in Holderness
(The Naturalist, 1896, p. 132). Cordeaux in ‘Birds of the
Humber District’ refers to a specimen which was shot at
Leven on 31st January 1862.—Ebs. |

Flamingo in Lincolnshire.—On Saturday morning, 22nd
November 1902, Mr. J. Hall, of Kirton Marsh, shot a male
Flamingo (Phenicopterus roseus) which was swimming in the
middle of the river at the outfall of the Welland. The plumage
was in perfect condition, and the appearance of the bird indicated
that it had been driven into this country by the recent stormy
weather. The specimen measured 5 feet 8 inches in total length,
and 6 feet from tip to tip of the wings. This is probably the speci-
men which escaped from Woburn Park recently.— F. M. Burton.
1903 February t.

62 Field Notes.

LEPIDOPTERA,

Convolvulus Hawkmoth at Barlby.—A specimen of the
Convolvulus Hawkmoth (Sphinx convolvul7) was taken at Barlby,
near Selby, September 1901, and is now in the Selby Museum,
where I have seen it.—W. Hewett, York, 6th January 1903.

Privet Hawkmoth.—A pupa of the Privet Hawkmoth (Sphinx
ligustrt)—one of a number received from Suffolk in the autumn
of 1901, and due to emerge in June 1902, was alive on 12th
October 1902 and on 3rd January 1903. The pupa is still alive
and healthy. This is a very unusual occurrence.—W. HEWETT,
York, 6th January 1903.

Sphinx pinastri at Middlesbrough.—I recently had the
opportunity of examining a specimen of this Hawkmoth that
had been taken in a garden at Linthorpe, Middlesbrough, in
1900. The insect was not in very good condition, the edges of
the wings being damaged and the colouring faded. It would
probably either be an immigrant or have come into port with
some ship, Middlesbrough being within easy distance of the
sea, and the garden in which it was taken only being some
three miles from the docks.—T. AsHton LorrHousE, Middles-
brough, 12th January 1903.

ee

COLEOPTERA.

Miccotrogus picirostris, F., in Cumberland. —On the tst
of July last I took a single specimen of this rare Weevil by
general sweeping in Gelt Woods. So far as I am aware there
is no record from this county. According to Fowler it is very
rare in the north.—Jas. Murray, Carlisle, 27th December 1go2.

Coleoptera near Carlisle in 1902.—The year 1902 has
been a poor one for beetles, but, notwithstanding, some good
things have been found. Bembzdium femoratum turned up on
the Petteril on r2th April and 11th October ; Chrysomela fastuosa,
sitting on a stone in Gelt Woods, 1oth May ; Podabrus alpinus,
near Wreay, 7th June. At Orton on 14th June occurred Praso-
curtis aucta, Telephorus figuratus (commonly), and Dasyées
plumbeo-niger. In the bed of the river Irthing, near Gilsland,
on 2nd July, I took a specimen of #gzalza sabuleti. Among
gravel on the Gelt on 9th August I took several specimens of
Homatlota currax and Tuchyusa umbratica, and in grass tufts by
the Petteril on 11th October a number of J/elanophthalma fuscula.
Jas. Murray, Carlisle, 27th December 1902.

Naturalist,

Field Netes. 63

BOTANY.

Sedum villosum near Ingleton.— Referring to the note on
Sedum villosum at Ingleborough in The Naturalist for December
1902, p. 384, it may be of interest to record that I found it last
July in Chapel-le-dale, about half a mile from the Vicarage,
where it was growing on a bare piece of ground near the stream
in some quantity.—Ww. R. Linton, Shirley Vicarage, Derby,
5th December 1902.

Cheshire Plants.—There is a small patch of boggy ground in
the waste land about Birkenhead Docks which I examined for the
first time this summer (1902). Amongst the moreinteresting plants
noted were Carex ovalis, Good. ; Carex Curta, Good. ; Hypnum
riparium, var. longtfolium, Schimp, and 7. aduncum, var. poly-
carpon, Bland. The two carices referred to occur together
on the opposite side of the Mersey, near Aintree, but I am not
aware of any record for the Wirral peninsula. The two mosses
also occur with the sedges near Aintree !—J. A. WHELDON, 60,

Hornby Road, Walton, Liverpool.

Plants in the Motley Herbarium (page 344 ante).—The
locality for Vaccinium Votrs-cdeea, ‘ Cloffa Pikes,’ isin Lancashire
West (V.C. 60). The entry is apparently rendered doubtful
because of the unusual phonetic spelling of the name, which is
rendered ‘Clougha’ on the maps. The plant named still grows
there plentifully, with much else of interest. Mosses and hepatica
are especially abundant and luxuriant amongst the huge roughly-
piled blocks of gritstone. Mr. Stabler wrote long ago ‘ Clougha
is a wonderful place for mosses.’ Surely high praise from one
who has so ably investigated the moss-flora of a county so rich
as Westmorland !—J. A. WHELDON, Liverpool.

Kantia submersa: a new British Hepatic.—A species of
Kantia, gathered by us on Cockerham Moss, West Lancashire,
in 1900, after lying in the herbarium since then as an unsolved
enigma has been at length satisfactorily determined to be
Kantia submersa, Arnell. Mr. Macvicar suggested this name
last year, and recently we submitted specimens to Arnell him-
self, who confirms the name, and says the Cockerham plant is
interesting in bearing gonidial gemmz, which had not been
observed when the original description of the species was drawn
up. A. submersa, Arnell, has hitherto only been found in Sweden
and Denmark, but will probably be found elsewhere if sought in
very wet places on moors and bogs.—A. WILSON and j. A.
WHELDON, Liverpool.

1903 February 1.

64
NORTHERN NEWS.

Mr. T. H. Nelson, M.B.O.U., of the Cliffe, Redcar, would be glad to
receive information respecting the weight, plumage, and dimensions of any
Grey Geese shot in Yorkshire, as well as dimensions and colours of bills
and legs. He would also be glad to receive entire heads of freshly-killed
Grey Geese.

Mr. W. Pickstone contributes a paper ‘On Sections of the South Lanca-
shire Coalfield in the Township of Pilkington and the Parish of Bury’ to
a recent issue of the ‘ Transactions of the Manchester Geological Society’
(Vol. 27, Part to). The sections are most interesting to the author, as all
the seams of the Lancashire coalfield are exposed in the area, and have
cost him £70,000.

We regret to have to record the death of the Rev. Prof. T. Wiltshire,
formerly Professor of Geology and Mineralogy at King’s College, London,
and Secretary of the Palzontographical Society from 1863. Yorkshire
geologists will recollect that so long ago as 1859 Prof. Wiltshire contributed
a valuable paper ‘On the Red Chalk of England’ to the Geologists’
Association, in which several Yorkshire specimens were figured.

‘Sea-birds and Plovers noticed in Lancashire and Cumberland’ is the
title of a paper by Thomas Hepburn in the October Zoologist. The following
birds are referred to:—Ringed Plover, Golden Plover, Lapwing, Oyster-
catcher, Common Snipe, Common Sandpiper, Redshank, Common Curlew,
Sandwich Tern, Common Tern, Lesser Tern, Black-headed Gull, Herring
Gull, Lesser Black-headed Gull, and Guillemot.

At the annual meeting of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union, held at
Lincoln on 11th December, reference was made to the proposed establish-
ment of a museum in the Grey Friars, Lincoln, by the City Council. It is
a pity that a public museum was not in existence long ago, as many most
valuable local relics have been removed from the county. The Rev. A.
Thornley, M.A., delivered an address on ‘The Equipment of the Field
Naturalist, and Mr. H. Preston, F.G.S., was elected President for 1903.
The field meetings held in 1903 will be at Huttoft and Panton.

We regret to announce the death of Mr. George Dent, of Harrogate,
which took place on the evening of 23rd December with most painful
suddenness. The deceased gentleman, who has always enjoyed the best
of health expired without a moment’s warning. Mr. Dent was passionately
fond of the country and its pursuits, and during the last few years had .
devoted himself to the study of ornithology. He possessed a very good
collection of eggs. He was an enthusiastic angler all his life, and few
excelled him in this sport. He was a most unassuming and unselfish
man; indeed, it is doubtful if it would be possible to find one who could put
himself so much in the background to assist others. His early decease, he
being only 40 years of age, is deeply regretted by all his friends.

Mr. N. F. Dobrée, F.E.S., of Beverley, an occasional contributor to these
pages, has presented his valuable collection of European Noctuz to the
Hull Municipal Museum, where it finds a home with the Swailes’ collection of
eggs and other important natural history collections. The Dobrée collec-
tion, which is well known to Yorkshire entomologists, is arranged in a
cabinet of 52 drawers, and contains over 5,000 specimens. It is also
interesting as it includes a large number of preserved larvae—Mr. Dobrée
being probably the first in this country to preserve larvze with their natural
colours. The collection is perhaps the best of its kind in the country, and
contains species not represented in the national collections at tbe British
Museum. It will be especially useful as a reference collection to Yorkshire
lepidopterists, as it contains continental representatives of many of our
county noctuze of forms totally different in appearance to them.

Naturalist,

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

DERBYSHIRE ROCKS.

Mr. Jonathan Barnes, F.G.S., the President of the Man-
chester Geological Society, has contributed some interesting
notes to the ‘Transactions’ of his Society, relative to the rocks
of Derbyshire. The first, ‘On a Metamorphosed Limestone at
Peak Forest,’ describes the changes in the Carboniferous
Limestone due to the contact of an igneous rock. These are
admirably shown in the accompanying illustration, for which
we are indebted to the Council of the Manchester Society.
Fig. 1 is a section of the unaltered limestone, with remains of

Encrinites, Polyzoa, and Foraminifera. Fig. 2 is the same rock
after contact with the dyke, when it exhibits a saccharoidal
structure resembling statuary marble. Both examples are
magnified fifteen diameters. In his ‘ Further Observations on
the Changes brought about by the Intrusion of Igneous Matter
into the Carboniferous Limestone of Peak Forest,’ published in
a later part of the ‘Transactions,’ Mr. Barnes describes and
figures some beautiful small quartz crystals occurring in the
limestone.

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGISTS.

If the health and vigour of a society can be measured by the
bulk of its Transactions the Liverpool Biological Society must
be in an enviable position. The volume recording the ‘ Proceed-
ings and Transactions’ of the past session (Vol. XVI., Session

1903 March 2.

E

«

66 Votes and Comments.

1901-1902) extends well over 500 pages, more than half of which
are concerned with a memoir on Pleuronectes by Messrs. Cole
and Johnstone, and one on Chondrus by Mr. O. V. Darbyshire.

The issue of these memoirs (Nos. VIII. and IX. of the
series) is a feature peculiar to the Liverpool Biological Society,
and is altogether admirable. Already teachers and students
have found them of great value, and those included in the
present volume more than sustain the high standard attained in
former years.

Another feature always looked forward to with great interest
is the ‘Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine Biology Com-

Slab of Sandstone probably from Storeton.

mittee and their Biological Station at Port Erin,’ by Professor
Herdman. In this he gives a resumé of the work done by
members of the L.M.B.C. in the Irish: Sea, at thesPort Exam
and Piel Laboratories. The work at Port Erin has outgrown
the accommodation of the old station, and the past year has
been marked by the opening of new buildings, which include an
aquarium, laboratories, and a fish hatchery. The volume in-
cludes a simply-worded guide to the biological station, which
will doubtless prove of great interest to workers and visitors to
Port Erin.

Naturalist,

Votes and Comments. 67

The presidential address on the Fauna indicated in the
Lower Keuper Sandstone is an attempt to classify and extend
our knowledge of the animals which have left traces in the
Triassic rocks, and as such will be of interest to biologists and
geologists alike. There is a great field for work in this direction,
and the subject would well repay workers in other favourable
parts of the kingdom. The accompanying illustration (kindly
lent by the Society) shows a slab of sandstone with natural casts
of two series of footprints. Other papers on Red Sea and Indian
Ocean Copepoda by A. Scott, and on Snake Venoms by Dr.
Hanna, will appeal to specialists. The volume closes by a paper
on the place of Geology in Economics and Education by Professor
Lapworth. Although it is difficult to see how such a paper finds
a place in the Proceedings of a Biological Society, it will repay
careful study and forms perhaps the finest apologza for geology
which has ever been written.

BOTANICAL SURVEY OF YORKSHIRE.

We are glad to find that steps have been taken to acquaint
the societies associated with the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
with the work of the Botanical Survey Committee. By the
generosity of Mr. John Farrah, reprints of Dr. Smith’s paper
on ‘Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Societies’ (Zhe
Naturalist, January 1903) have been sent to the secretaries of
these societies, and it is hoped they will do their best to place
the copies entrusted to them in the hands of those most likely
to take up the scheme as there outlined. If further copies are
required, they may be had on application to Dr. Smith, York-
shire College, Leeds. Some years ago (The Naturalist, 18099,
p- 353) Mr. Arthur Bennett, in commenting on Lord’ de Tabley’s
“Flora of Cheshire,’ said: ‘The future Floras of Britain will
not be quite in the same groove as those gone by; already the
idea that is being so strongly worked out in America with regard
to what Hackel called the cecological conditions of a Flora may
perhaps be looked for in Britain before long.’ Unfortunately,
local floras are still published, the authors of which seem quite
unacquainted with the advances made in this direction.

It is the object of the survey to encourage investigations on
these lines, and we would strongly urge upon all engaged in the
preparation of local floras to take advantage of the oppor-
tunities here afforded, and we are confident the result would be
a step greatly in advance of the bare lists now so common. We
wish the scheme every success.

1903 March 2.

68 Notes and Comments.

WHITE'S THRUSH IN YORKSHIRE.

What is apparently the fourth example of White’s Thrush
recorded for Yorkshire has just been placed in the Halifax
Museum, having been shot in Luddenden Dean, near Halifax,
on December 18th last. The first example of this species
recorded in Britain was shot in Hampshire in 1828, and Eyton
gave it the name of White’s Thrush (Zurdus whitez), in honour
of Gilbert White. Previous Yorkshire records are :—Hudders-
field (1864), Danby-in-Cleveland (1870), and Whitby (1878).

“A. CRAGTKEL.

White’s Thrush Oreocichla varia (Pall.).

A full account of the latest specimen appears in The Halifax
Naturalist for February, from the pen of Mr. A. Crabtree,
F.L.S., which is illustrated by the accompanying block, kindly
lent by the Editor.

PREHISTORIC REMAINS NEAR BRADFORD.

The inhabitants of Bradford are certainly to be congratulated
on the good work the Bradford Corporation has recently accom-
plished in connection with the preservation of the pre-historic
relics surrounding their city. The corporation, having acquired

Naturalist,

Notes and Comments. 69

Baildon Moor, the Bradford Historical and Antiquarian Society
sent a memorial to the city authorities urging them to preserve
the various stone circles, burial mounds, entrenchments, and cup
and ring markings situated on the moor. A plan was prepared
upon which the various relics of the early inhabitants of the
area were shown, and eventually the corporation visited the
moor, accompanied by the leading local antiquarians. It was
suggested that the larger examples (stone circles, entrench-
ments, etc.) should be protected by railings, whilst the cup and
ring markings, often occurring on small boulders, should be

Cup and Ring marked boulder on Green Crag, Rombalds Moor.

transferred to the Cartwright Memorial Hall. This is an excel-
lent idea, and in the case of the examples too large for removal
we would suggest that plaster casts be taken, after the manner
of those from Ilkley, etc., preserved in the Leeds Museum.

In a capital account of the pre-historic antiquities of the
Bradford district in the Bradford Antiquary, Part 7, 1902,
Mr. Butler Wood describes the various pre-Roman relics found
on Baildon Moor, as well as on Rombalds Moor and Harden
Moor. In addition to the objects already referred to, flint
weapons and implements, bronze weapons and ornaments, and
pit dwellings are enumerated. Two valuable plans and several

1903 March 2.

70 Notes and Comments.

excellent illustrations accompany the paper, one of which is
here shown, through the kindness of Mr. Harry Speight. It
illustrates one of the examples of cup and ring markings, the
precise significance of which may never be known. Probably
the least satisfactory of all the evidences of early man are
the pit dwellings. Some of the shallow pits on the moors,
which were thought to be ancient habitations, eventually proved
to be old coal workings, and it seems not improbable that the
accepted pit dwellings may be otherwise accounted for. At any
rate a little more evidence will be required than mere hollows
on a moor before archeologists will accept them as British
dwellings. In East Yorkshire Mr. Mortimer has shown that
some so-called pit dwellings are really cld iron-stone workings,
etc., and in one instance he demonstrated that a series of pits
were really the early stages of an entrenchment which had never
been completed.

MOLES

Possibly on account of the difficulty of observation, the
habits of the Mole have not been much studied by naturalists.
Between the times of Aristotle and Le Court, who ‘set up
as a scientific mole-catcher in France about 1708,’ little atten-
tion appears to have been paid to this animal. Le Court
imparted his knowledge to Cadet de Vaux, who in 1803
published a small work on the subject, and these observations,
particularly the more imaginative parts, have been copied and
handed down by almost every subsequent writer. Mr. Lionel
E. Adams has recently published (‘Manchester Memoirs,’
Vol. 47, No. 4, 1903) ‘A Contribution to our Knowledge of
the Mole (Zalpa eurvpea)’ which contains some very valuable
information on the subject.

AND THEIR FORTRESSES.

Mr. Adams’ method of studying the nature of the mole-
hills was to carefully slice away the tops of the mounds with
a spade until a run was visible. This was carefully followed
and opened with the hands till it descended to a deeper level,
when further slicing was necessary. As the work progressed
plans were carefully made on paper, and whilst the author has
secured about a hundred such plans, no two are exactly alike,
though naturally they have a certain resemblance to each other.
They show very simple and exceedingly complicated fortresses,
but not one exactly resembling the time-honoured figure,

Naturalist,

Kendall: Scottish Rocks tn East Yorkshire. xE

originating from Geoffrey Saint Hilaire, elaborated by Blasius,
‘and copied from him by every succeeding writer, apparently
without the slightest attempt at verification.’ By watching the
erection of these structures from day to day Mr. Adams is of
opinion that the galleries in the mounds are the natural,

incidental, and inevitable outcome of the work of excavating

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.
Plan of Complicated Fortress, with Elevation showing Spiral Gallery
several Blind Terminals. a= and Blind Terminals.

Apex of tunnels. 6, c, d= Out-
lets. e, f=Bolt-runs. N=Nest.

the nest-cavity and piling up the superincumbent mound. The
two figures, kindly lent by the Council of the Manchester
Society, represent a plan and elevation of one of the mounds,
and exhibit the internal structure. Several similar illustrations
accompany Mr. Adams’ notes. The latter part of the ‘Memoir’
is devoted to ‘Sexual Characteristics,’ ‘Enemies of the Mole,’
nCan tire Mole See? etc.

a pe

GEOLOGY.

Scottish Rocks in East Yorkshire.—The geological excur-
sion to Kelsey Hill and Burstwick, after the annual meeting of
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at Hull, was a great success,
and several new and important facts were brought to light.
Five or six boulders of the Trachytic rocks of South-eastern
Scotland were found. This is the first record of the occurrence
of these interesting rocks in England.—Percy F. KENDALL,
21st December 1902.

1903 March 2.

“I
ty

THE YORKSHIRE BOULDER COMMITTEE
AND ITS SIXTEENTH YEAR’S WORK, 1901-1902.

PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G:S., Leeds, Chairman,
AND
J. H. HOWARTH, F.G.S., Halifax, Hon. Secretary.
Tue results of the work carried on during the year with un-
diminished energy all over the county are of exceptional
interest.

Records which call for particular notice are the boulder of
diabase at Aldfield, near Ripon (the most westerly point to
which rocks foreign to the district have been traced) and the
boulders of limestone at Escrick, which resemble some of the
rocks of Swaledale. Carboniferous limestones rarely display
characters by which their exact place of origin can be deter-
mined.

A visit paid by the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic
Society to the Tweed Valley two years ago enabled members
of the Yorkshire Boulder Committee to acquire a familiarity
with some of the distinctive rocks of that region, with the result
that the Haggis rock, so well known to Scottish geologists,
is reported from several localities in the East of Yorkshire.

The interest of these observations is, however, eclipsed by
a remarkable series of boulders noted by Mr. H. B. Muff, now
of the Geological Survey of Scotland. Mr. Muff submitted to
his colleagues, Messrs. B. N. Peach and E. H. Cunningham-
Craig, a series of specimens of boulders from the country round
Whitby, collected by Messrs. Muff and Sheppard, and among
them were recognised rocks from the Southern Uplands of
Scotland, such as Haggis rock, Queensbury grits, and radio-
larian chert; Old Red Sandstone conglomerate of a Scottish type
and various volcanic rocks of which the source may be in either
the Cheviots, Pentlands, or Ochills. The authorities quoted
consider that it is unsafe to assign porphyrites specifically to the
Cheviots, as rocks of the same petrological character occur as
far north as the Ochills. The succeeding determinations show
that there is no improbability in this suggestion, for they include
a large suite of quite distinctive Highland rocks, namely, Leny
grits, Highland schists of Perthshire, Moine schists, and Ben
Ledi grits.

Additional localities in Yorkshire are given for the Scandi-
navian rhomb porphyries, augite- and zircon-syenites, and the

Yorkshire Boulder Committee : Sixteenth Year’s Work. 73

Secretary records a rock resembling the peculiar nodular gabbro
of Imenes, near Grimstad. A very satisfactory identification is
that by Mr. Stather of a boulder absolutely identical in structure
and constitution with the elawolite syenite (foyaite) of Kvelle,
near Larvik.

Reported by W. GREGSON, F.G.S.

ALDFIELD. Five miles west of Ripon.

One diabase, 11 in. x7 in. x5in. 600 feet O.D., on millstone
grit ; no angles.

Reported by P. F. KENDALL, F.G.S.
ESCRICK, NEAR YORK.

Several boulders of a Carboniferous limestone containing
many Brachiopods have been found here, which are quite unlike
anything I know in the Craven area. Mr. W. Horn, of Leyburn,
says they are different from any limestone in Wensleydale, and
suggests Swaledale as their place of origin. A single specimen
had previously been submitted to me from the same locality of
a yellowish, very crystalline limestone, which I recognised as
identical in colour and structure with that forming the matrix
of specimens of Woodocrinus from the famous quarry near
Richmond. The corroboration is interesting, and may be
valuable, as no distinctive Swaledale rock had previously been

found in the Vale of York. The specimens were all found by
Mr. E. M. Baines.

COXWOLD.

In a quarry beside Shandy Hall, and in digging foundations
for a house a little nearer the village, the erratics consisted
mainly of Carboniferous sandstone, limestone, and chert, with
a few small boulders (up to about 8 inches in diameter) of
Borrowdale andesite. A special search was made for Cheviot
porphyrites, with negative results.

KILBURN.

At corner of a road quarter-mile south of the village,
Borrowdale andesitic ash, containing many garnets. | Roadside
heap in the village, one Shap granite.

Reported by Rev. E. MAULE COLE, M.A., F.G.S.
CARNABY.

In digging a hole for a gate-post in the main street of the
village, on highroad between Bridlington and Driffield, one Whin
Sill, 22 in. x t9-in. x 12 m., pelished and flat: The*boulder
now lies by the roadside, opposite the blacksmith’s shop.

1903 March 2.

74. YVorkshtre Boulder Committee : Stxteenth Year's Work.

Reported by H. B. Murr, B.Sc., F.G.S.

The following boulders from East Yorkshire have been
identified. by. B.:N.; Peach}, Esq., FPORUS., FxG:S.,. and) iH: Hi:
Cunningham-Craig, Esq., B.A., F.G.S., of the Geological
Survey of Scotland, to whom Mr. Muff submitted them.

Rosin Hoop’s Bay.

Several beach boulders of andesites, porphyrites, and lampro-
phyres of Old Red Sandstone age from the Cheviot, Pentland,
and Ochill Hills.

? Old Red Sandstone, Scotland. One specimen.

‘Haggis’ rock, northern edge of Southern Uplands of Scot-
land. One specimen in upper boulder clay.

Red jasper (radiolarian chert), Southern Uplands of Scotland.
Beach boulder.

Leny grits, Highland schists, Perthshire. One specimen in
beach boulder clay.

Epidiorite, Highland schists, Perthshire. One specimen,
beach boulder.

Moine schist, Highlands. One specimen in upper boulder clay.
WHITBY.

Lower Old Red Sandstone, Scotland. One specimen in lower
boulder clay.

Ophitic dolerite (coarse) similar to the sills of Carboniferous
age in the ‘Midland Valley’ of Scotland. One specimen,
beach boulder.

STONEGATE, ESKDALE.

Queensbury grit, Southern Uplands of Scotland. One
specimen.

Leny grits, ? One specimen.

EcGron BRICKWORKS, ESKDALE.

Ben Ledi grit, Highland schists, Perthshire. One specimen
in boulder clay.

Most of these boulders have been sent to the Hull Municipal
Museum.

Reported by HULL GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

BARTON-ON-HUMBER.

Quarry in glacial gravels, half-mile west of the village. Gravel
consists mainly of local chalk and flint, but foreign rocks also
occur as follows :—

Two coarse conglomerates, 18 in. diameter.

One glaciated basalt 18 in. 3
One Cheviot porphyrite 12 in. 5

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Boulder Committee : Stxteenth Year's Work. 75

Amongst the smaller foreign pebbles, Cheviot porphyrites
are the most common, but Magnesian Limestone (Roker type)
greywackes, basalts, Carboniferous limestones, and Lias also
occurred.

Reported by Rev. E. MAULE COLE, M.A., F.G.S.
DRIFFIELD.
In the Highfiela Quarry, Rhomb-porphyryvy.

Reported by G. W. B. MActTurK.

BLUESTONE BOTTOMS, NEAR LITTLE WEIGHTON.

In this Wold valley, at an elevation of 250 ft. above O.D.,
numbers of drift pebbles occur, Cheviot porphyrites being
especially abundant.

Reported by JAS. FRASER ROBINSON.
WAWNE, NEAR HULL.
Pebbles of augite-syenite, Rhomb-porphyry, basalt, grey-
wacke, Cheviot porphyrite, black flint, and pink flint.

Reported by THOS. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.

EASINGTON, HOLDERNESS. On beach.

Shap granite, 8 in. x 8 in. x 8 in.
MEAUX, NEAR HULL.

Quartzite, 30 in. in diameter.

Pebbles of Rhomb-porphyry, Cheviot porphyrite, Carbon-
iferous sandstone, and Lias.

Reported by J. W. STATHER, F.G.S.
BURSTWICK, HOLDERNESS.

Foyaite (Brogger) Kvelle, 5 in. x4 in. x4 in.
DIMLINGTON, HOLDERNESS.

Zircon syenite, two small boulders.

Angermanland granite, 10 in. X5 in. x 5 in.

Coal Measure shale, with many Anthracosia, 6in. x 41n. x 2in.

Pebble of chalk, with plate of Warsupites ornatus attached.
MIDDLETON-ON-THE-W OLDS.

In a gravel and sand pit at west end of the village, 150 feet
O.D., occurs gravel consisting chiefly of water-worn chalk and
flint pebbles, with a small percentage of foreign pebbles, in-
cluding Rhomb-porphyry, coarse red granite, basalts, ganister
and grits, many Cheviot porphyrites, and Lias (Ammonites)
Out NEwTON, HOLDERNESS COAST.

Shap: granites ft..« 2. ft.x 2 ft.

1903 March 2.

76 Vorkshtre Boulder Committee - Sixteenth Vear’s Work.

WYKEHAM, VALE OF PICKERING.
In a sand-pit behind the Down Arms Hotel, a flint cast of
Ananchytles ovatus.

Reported by F. F. WALTON, F.G.S.

ALDBROUGH, HOLDERNESS.
Haggis rock.
HAYBURN WYKE.
Haggis rock.
HORNSEA, HOLDERNESS.
Rhomb-porphyry, with amygdules.
Shap granite, 18 in. x 12 in. x?
Shap eranite,, Sin.x (5 an. x 40m.
Bedded volcanic ash, probably Borrowdale series.
Lower Silurian conglomerates, greywackes (Queensbury
ribs), etc.

Reported by Rev. GEORGE STYLE, M.A.
GIGGLESWICK.

On Grammar School Cricket Ground the pavilion is set back
into’ a glacial moraine, containing numerous rounded to sub-
angular stones. They include Millstone Grits, Yoredale grits
and shales, Hardraw Scar limestone, Lower Carboniferous lime-
stones, and Silurian grits.

Nore.—This deposit and the worn rocks and_ roches-
moutonnées from the School buildings on to the Settle Golf
Links, by the Ebbing and Flowing Well, suggest an ice flow
coming over Buck Ha’ Brow. The moraine might, however,
have been laid down by ice coming down Ribblesdale by Horton
and Stainforth. Further evidence required.—J. H. H.

Reported by J. H. Howartnu, F.G.S.

LANGCLIFFE, NEAR SETTLE. .
In cutting for engine-bed at Mr. Christie’s mills, by river
Ribble, through about seven feet of top earth and drift with
boulders, dark lower limestone zz szfu exposed; finely grooved
and scratched, and very highly polished. Striae down valley.

Reported by W. Simpson, F.G.S., AND J. H. HowartTu, F.G.S.

MYTHOLMROYD, CALDER VALLEY.

In cutting for sewage drain by bridge over canal in village.

Deposit containing many rounded boulders and fewer sub-
angular. One to two feet of top earth. Boulders in sand three
to six feet. Shales zz sz/u below.

Borrowdale ash, 4 in. x 3 in. x 2 in., and numbers smaller.

Naturalist,

FHlolland: Economic Fungi—Supplementary Note. a7

Lake District andesites, a few small pebbles.

Eskdale granite, 6 in. x 5 in. x 2 in. and 3 in. x 3 in. x 2 in.

Ennerdale granophyre, 4 in. x 3 in. x 2 in.

Buttermere granophyre, pebble.

Rhyolite.

This deposit is on the opposite side of the river Calder to
that reported previously by Messrs. Simpson and Law, and
appears to be water-laid or re-sorted glacial débris.

HALIFAX, CALDER VALLEY.

In making a roadway and drains for developing Willow Hall
Estate between Sowerby Bridge and King Cross, Halifax, on
the east side of the Calder Valley.

575 ft. O.D. and 275 ft. above the river a deposit of clay
plastered along valley side from three to ten feet thick, and
lying on shales below the rough rock.

The lower portion a stiff, tenacious clay, almost stone free.
The upper a sandy clay, containing well rounded to angular
local rocks, varying in size from pebbles to three or four large
sub-angular blocks, the largest being 60 in. x 22 in. ~ 11 in.
GRISTHORP.

On beach.

Gabbro, similar to Imenes, South Norway.

Porphyrites (Cheviot type), abundant.

Red jasper, Southern Uplands of Scotland.

Quartz-porphyry.

Se

ECONOMIC FUNGI.
SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE.

pee OR EANID a helees .
The Museum, Kew.

It has been suggested that the divisions and figures in par. 3
of ‘Economic Fungi’ (Waturalist, February, p. 51) may not be
sufficiently explicit, and that, perhaps, it would be better to give
the number of all the species recorded by Saccardo to Vol. XVI.,
1902, that is, the latest summing up. The figures would then
be as follows :—52,157 species, comprised in 1,460 genera,
under 60 orders. I had avoided reference to any order beyond
Tuberacez, because after the Yeasts and certain Bacteria there
are but few species of any economic value.

1903 March 2.

78 Fawcett: Sturgeon at North Shields.

RINGING BEES.

EDWARD PEACOCK, F.S.A.,
Kurton-in-Lindsey.

Tue custom of ‘ringing bees’—-that is, of beating kettles and
pans at the time of swarming to induce them not to fly far
away—is, I believe, common throughout Britain. It is generally
regarded as mere folk-lore; I certainly have always considered
it as such, though when I kept bees, which I did for many
years, I was anxious to have the ceremony duly performed,
for the same good and sufficient reasons as moved Mr. Jonathan
Oldbuck to resent the weekly account with his baker being
rendered in a book instead of by a tally (‘The Antiquary,’
Chap. XV.). Now I have changed my opinion, and come to
the conclusion that our forefathers, in this as in so many
other matters, were wiser than we, whose minds are so often
clouded by pseudo-science. That bees are attracted by such
sounds is, I think, proved by the following incident :—

It is here the custom at Christmas-time for the ringers of
the Parish Church to go round to the houses in the neigh-
bourhood ringing hand-bells. On the day after Christmas they
visited the village of Northorpe, near Kirton-in-Lindsey. At
one of the farmhouses there they stationed themselves near
some hives of bees. We need hardly say the bees were
quiescent—not one was to be seen—but the men had only
rung a very short time when they ‘puthered out’ in great
numbers, alighting on the music books and the money-box.
The ringers were afraid of being ‘tanged,’ and, as one of
them told me, promptly ‘sheddled off’ to a safer spot.
I gather, however, from what they said that the insects were
not angry, but had aroused themselves from their winter’s
rest to enjoy the concert. If a similar fact has been observed
elsewhere, it would be well to have it recorded.

It is fair to add that I communicated the above facts to
a lady who lives in Hampshire. She and a friend clanged
a couple of bells close to the hives in the garden, but she tells
me that not a single bee made its appearance.

PeWala sere Be Le
FISHES.

Sturgeon at North Shields.—On Tuesday, 4th February,
a Sturgeon (Aczpensor sturio), 8% feet in length and 154 Ibs. in
weight, was landed at the Corporation Fish Quay, North Shields,
by the steam trawler Rose.—J. W. Fawcert, Satley, Darlington.

Naturalist,

79
MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF BAUGH FELL.

WILLIAM INGHAM, B.A.,
York.

As there are no records of these plants for the district, it will be
well to record all that were observed during the meeting of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to this fell on 2nd and 4th August
1902.

On 2nd August we drove to Rawthey Bridge through a
pouring and persistent rain, which continued for the greater
part of the day and much interfered with the success that would
otherwise have been forthcoming. At Rawthey Bridge, about
ten miles from our starting-point (Sedbergh), we left our con-
veyances, and began to walk for about three miles along the
shoulder of Baugh Fell to Uldale Force, a trying walk, owing
to the persistent rain, as the shoulder was very steep in many
places. We soon came to an outcrop of the Upper Silurian
rocks, forming the habitat of the following mosses :—Grimmzua
apocarpa Hedw.; Rhacomitrium lanuginosum Brid.; Trichostomum
tortuosum Dixon, in large masses; Zygodon viridisstmus Brown,
on a tree; Polytrichum piliferum Schreb.; Hypnum cupressiforme
var. ¢ectorum Brid.; and Hypnum Schreberi Willd.

Not far away, the outcrop of Mountain Limestone rocks
produced the following mosses :—Dcranum scopartum Hedw.;
Fisstdens decipiens DeNot.; Barbula fallax Hedw.; Ditrichum
flexicaule Hpe.; Tortula subulata Hedw.; Wersta rupestris C.M.,
in abundant fruit; Zvechostomum tortuosum Dixon; Tortula
intermedia Berk.; Barbula rubella Mitt.; Brvum caprllare L.; B.
pallens Sw.; Rhacomitrium lanugtnosum Brid.; Mntum rostratum
Schrad.; Orthotrichum anomalum var. saxatile Milde ; Grimmza
apocarpa Hedw.; Encalypta streptocarpa Hedw.; Bartramia
CGderi Sw., c.fr.; Philonotis fontana Brid.; Neckera crispa var.
falcata Boul., in large silvery masses, with stems curving
upwards and looking much like a large hepatic; /sothectum
myurum Brid.; Hurhynchium striatum B.&S.; Hypnum mol-
luscum Hedw., in large patches on the dry rocks; Ayvpnum
cupressiforme L., a frequent moss on these rocks ; Aurhynchium
prelongum B.&S. and £. Swartsit Hobk.; associated with the
Bartramia Gtderi Sw. is the rare hepatic Scapanza aspera Mill.
et Bern., of delicate green colour.

Close by these rocks grows Polytrichum alpinum L., and,
twining round its stems is the very filiform-stemmed hepatic
Lepidosia Pearsont Spruce, a new hepatic for Yorkshire. On

1903 March 2.

80 Ingham: Mosses and Hepatics of Baugh Fell.

the slope of Baugh Fell, about a mile beyond the rocks, are the
hepatics Mylia Taylort Hook.; Jungermania riparia TVayl.; //.
Flerkit Web. et Mohr; Aneura pinguis L.; Diplophyllum
albicans L.; Plagiochila asplentordes L.; and Metsgeria pubescens
Schrank. Here also we find Leucobryum glaucum Schimp., and
the following interesting bog mosses :—Sphagnum subnitens
var. flavescens Warnst.; S. recurvum var. amblyphyllum Warnst.
and var. mucronatum Warnst.; and S. papillosum Lindb. var.
sub-leve Limpr.; but the most interesting bog-moss is S. parv7-
folium Warnst., a new record for Yorkshire; Mr. Horrell has
found this Sphagnum on Widdy Bank, Teesdale. On this boggy
ground grow the mosses Hypnum fluttans var. falcatum; H.
tntermedium Lindb.; HY. falcatum Brid.; HZ. stramineum Dicks.;
FH. ochraceum Turn.; H. palustre L.; and a dark slender state of
Philonotis fontana Brid.

At this point Mr. Hugh Richardson pointed out the large
green masses of the calcicolous moss, Hypnum commutatum
Hedw., growing by the river side, its near ally 4. falcatum
growing higher up among the bog mosses. Mr. Pickard also
brought from the top of the fell a fine fruiting specimen of the
moss Polytrichum strictum Banks, with cubical capsules. On
drier ground and rocks grow Barbula rigidula Mitt. with
abundance of its characteristic gemme, like minute bunches of
grapes, a good mark of distinction from its near allies ; Zortula
muralis Hedw.; the Apple Moss, Sartramia pomiformis Hedw. ;
Dicranum scoparium Hedw.; Polytrichum piliferum Schreb. and
P. formosum Hedw.; Hylocomium splendens B.&S ; H. squar-
rosum B.&S.; and Hypnum Schrebert Willd.; and another
hepatic, Scapanta undulata L. with quite entire leaves,

Nestling on the sandy rock ledges above the Uldale Force is
the glossy moss, Plagiothectum depressum Dixon.

Crossing over the moor to Taith’s Gill we have a continuance
of some of the mosses already mentioned, as Wezsza rupestrts
C.M.; Fusszdens decipiens DeNot.; and Hypnum Schrebert Willd.,
but new ones make their appearance in this wonderful gill, viz, :—
Plagiobryum Zierit Lindb. ; the vivid green moss An@wctangium
compactum Schwg.; Brachythecium rutabulum B.&S.; and
Hypnum falcatum var. gractlescens Schimp.

Members who were present will remember the huge scooped-
out depression by the side of Taith’s Gill, close by the ‘intrusive
dykes of plutonic rocks,’ and just as we emerged from our
difficult walk along the side of this marvellous gill. At this
point occurs a 4ryum that has at present to come under B,

Naturalist,

Ingham: Mosses and Hepatics of Baugh Fell. 81

inclinatum Bland, as the specimen brought away was too small
to pursue the matter further. Mr. Dixon thinks it is a new
Bryum, and more of it should be found, so as to name it
correctly. In this same place grows the rare Sphagnum Gravetit
Warnst., associated with Sphagnum cymbifolium var. fusco-
rubescens Warnst. Three hepatics occur here, viz.:—/unger-
manta incisa Schrad.; /. riparta Tayl., and Nardia scalaris
Schrad.; also a harpidioid moss, Aypnum fluttans var. Jean-
bernati Ren.

On the second day, 4th August, we went by conveyance
along the Cautley Road to Cross Haw Beck, where we dis-
mounted, and then followed the beck to its source. The most
interesting moss met with was Tyrichostomum crispulum var.
elatum Schimp. (teste H. N. Dixon), and the most interesting
hepatic was Lejeunea serpyllifolia var. planiuscula Lindb., both
occurring near the source of the beck. Other mosses of this
beck are:—/ussedens viridulus Wahl. c.fr.; Barbula fallax
Hedw., in large patches; Tortula subulata Hedw.; Campylopus
flexuosus. Brid.; Wezsta rupestris C.M.; W. verticillata Brid.;
W. crispata C.M.; Ulota Bruchit Hornsch.; Grimmia apocarpa
Hedw.; TZyrichostomum tortuosum Dixon; Philonotis calcarea
Schimp., of fine, tall growth; Rhacomttrium aciculare Brid.,
a very tall growth; /ssedens bryoides Hedw.; Porotrichum
alopecurum Mitt.; Homalia trichomanotdes Brid.; Heterocladium
heteropierum B.&S.; Eurhynchium piliferum B.&S.; E. pre-
longum B.&S.; E. confertum Milde.; &. murale var. julaceum
Schimp. c.fr., a beautiful moss, growing on wet clay ; Amdly-
stegium filicinum DeNot.; Brachythectum rutabulum B.&S.;
B. plumosum B.&S.; Hypnum commutatum Hedw.; H. cupresst-
forme L.; H. palustre L.; H. molluscum Hedw.; H. cuspidatum
L.; HZ. intermedium Lindb.; and Aylocomium loreum B.&S.
Other hepatics besides the one above are /ungermanta ventricosa
Dicks.; Frullania dilatata L.; Plagiochila asplenioides L.;
Scapania purpurascens Hook.; and Metzgeria furcata L. By the
side of Upper Cross Haw Beck are deep masses of the Bog-
Moss, Sphagnum acutifolium var. flavo-rubellum Warnst.

Leaving this stream, we walked over to the very interesting
Hebblethwaite Hall Beck, which is very rich in mosses and
hepatics, but the time was too short to explore much of it.
The interesting mosses here are:—urhynchtum Teesdale?
Schimp., in fruit; 4. pumllum Schimp.; and Plagiothectum
depressum Dixon, with nerve almost obsolete, all occurring on
the wet entrance of the cave. Here also grows a delicate,
rather distant-leaved form of the hepatic, Scapaniu aspera Miill
et Bern., which is evidently derived from a fine growth of this
1903 March 2. F

82 Ingham. Mosses and Hepatics of Baugh Fell.

Scapania higher up the stream; so fine, in fact, that I gathered
it for the common Scapania undulata L.

The other mosses of this beck are :—Dichodontium pellucidum
Schimp.; Fzsszdens decipiens DeNot., handed down to me by
Mr. Morris from the upper rocks, and also found by myself on
the lower rocks; Barbula cylindrica Schimp., and another
specimen, found in fruit (which is rare), by Mr. Pickard; &.
rigidula Mitt.; B. tophacea Mitt., found by Mr. Pickard; B.
Spadicea Mitt.; Tortula subuluia Hedw.; 7. tntermedia Berk.;
Fissidens adiontotdes Hedw., at the mouth of the cave; Wersza
verticillata Brid.; Grimmza apocarpa Hedw.; G. apocarpa vat.
pumila Schimp. (teste H. N. Dixon); G. apocarpa var. gracilis
W.&M. and another slender form; 7richostomum mutabile Bruch.,
very near var. /zttorale Dixon (teste H. N. Dixon); 7. cortuosum
Dixon; Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt.; Mnium rostratum Schrad.;
Anomodon viticulosus H.&T.; Bryum pseudo-triquetrum Schwer.,
in large, deep masses near the cave; Meckera crispa Hedw.;
Mnium punctatum L.; Eurhynchitum Swartzii Hobk., a small
vellow form; &. pelzferum B.&S.; &. striatum B.&S.; Ambly-
stegium filictnum DeNot.; AHyvpnum commutatum Hedw.; #.
molluscum Hedw.; Hf. palustre L.

The hepatics of this beck, in addition to the Scapania aspera
above, are /ungermania riparia Vayl.; Porella platyphylla L.;
Plagiochila asplentoides L.; Jungermanita ventricosa Dicks. ;
Jetsgeria pubescens Schrank.; and Conocephalus conicus L.

Crossing over to Dove Cote Cave, we found the large stones
at the exit covered with vivid green masses of Brachythectum
rutabulum B.&S. Lower down, the side of Danny Bridge is
covered with masses of Aypnum molluscum Hedw., in fruit.

Along the Clough River was found an interesting moss,
Swartzia montana var. compacta (Hueben), teste H. N. Dixon ;
exactly like the figure in Braithwaite’s ‘ British Moss Flora,’
and recorded in that book from Ben Lawers. Other mosses
by this river are :——-T7richostomum tortuosum Dixon; Barbula
cylindrica Schimp.; and Wezsta rupestris var. compacta Schimp.

This completes the mosses and hepatics found in this short
tour of two days. The moss and hepatic flora of Baugh Fell
is undoubtedly interesting, quite as much so to the bryologist,
as the wonderful rock formation is to the geologist.

The moss, Weista rupestris, rock-loving, as the specific name
denotes, is the characteristic moss of these becks, occurring in
almost every nook of the rocks, and invariably fruiting.

The hepatic, /wnxgermania riparia, is the characteristic one
of this beautiful order of plants. These becks are richer in

these two than even Teesdale and Weardale. allel. 3
Naturalist,

LINCOLNSHIRE FRESHWATER MITES.

€. F. GEORGE, M:R.G:S.,
Kirton-in-Lindsey, Lincolnshtre.

Arrhenurus membranator, Sig.Thor. This singular-looking
mite has been discovered since the publication of Dr. Piersig’s
important work on the Hydrachnidz, which purports to describe
all the known species of Freshwater Mites in the world up to
June rgo1. It is figured and described by Dr. Sig. Thor in the
Zoolgischen Ansieger, No. 657-8, vom 25, November 1901. Place
of discovery, Hemnas, Smaalenene, in Norway. On 11th July

=

Arrhenurus membranator. 1, upper ; 3, under surface of male; 2, end of tail ;
4, under; 5, upper surface of female.
1902, whilst visiting with my brother at North Thoresby
(between Grimsby and Louth, Lincolnshire), I took two speci-
mens, a male and a female. Sig. Thor does not mention the
female, from which I gather he has not met with that sex.
I am, therefore, fortunate in being able to give a figure, as
probably no drawing or description has been previously pub-
lished. Fig. 1 represents the upper and Fig. 3 the under
surface of the male mite; the legs are not figured, they are
of the usual type, and the fourth internode of the fourth lee
carries the peculiar spur found on so many of the males of this
family.

1903 March 2.

84 Petty: North Lancashire Botanical Notes in 1902.

It will be seen by the figures that the general shape of the
creature is very much like several other species of Arrhenurus,
and Sig. Thor remarks that it belongs to the division ‘ Mega-
lurus’ of Carl Thon, of Prague. It is easily distinguished from
all other known species by the four rather long and very
remarkable projections at the end of the tail. I suppose the
appearance of these appendages suggested the name ‘ mem-
branator.’ Fig. 2 represents the end of the tail more highly
magnified than the Figs. 1 and 3.

The general colour of the mite is like yellowish parchment ;
any other colour of the integument is soon discharged when the
mite is placed in preservative solution.

Fig. 4 represents the under and Fig. 5 the upper surface of
the female. The perforated plates on the under side (one on
each side of the genital valves) are rather peculiar in shape, and
very nearly resemble those figured by’ Dr. Piersig as A. conzcus.
The upper surface has the circular depressed line common to all
female members of this family.

I am indebted to Mr. Soar for the figures, which he made
from my specimens, also for measurements of the mites, viz.:
Length of male, 1°32 mm.; breadth of male, 0°80 mm. These
differ slightly from Sig. Thor’s, who gives length, 1°15 mm. ;
breadth, o°80 mm. Length of female, 1°36 mm.; width of
female, 1°16 mm.; length of legs of male: Ist, 1°04 mm.;
second, o‘96 mm.; third, 1°04 mm.; fourth, 1°20 mm. Sig.
Thor gives the length of the appendage, 0°38 mm.

yy

NORTH LANCASHIRE BOTANICAL NOTES IN 1902.

Ss, LISRERSPEAaY,

Ulverston.

Tue following notes on North Lancashire plants have been
made this year with one exception—Cotyledon—at Newland,
where I have known it for several years; one spike was nearly
nine inches long. It is in the possession of the Rev. W. Wright
Mason, of Bootle, Liverpool. Lake Bank is at the foot of
Coniston Lake, where the gondola pier stands.

Clematis Vitalba L. At the highroad end of Birk Row bridge,
over the Crake (i.e., between Lowick Bridge and Nib-
thwaite). There is none of it about the farm hedges or
walls, and nothing to indicate how introduced. New
locality.

Naturalist,

Petty: North Lancashire Botanical Notes in 1902. 85

Ranunculus pseudo-reptans. Margin of Windermere from
just below Storrs, the county boundary, to near Blake
Holme. I do not remember any record of the plant from
this side of the Lake, i.e., the Cartmel portion.

Nymphea lutea L. In Beacon Tarn (say 535 ft.). The plants
grow too far from the shore to gather, but I was told
it was this. In Allen Tarn, foot of Coniston Lake, with
Castalia.

Radiola linoides Roth. On the roadside, and on the fell above,
between Lake Bank Hotel and Brown How. Miss Beever
only gives ‘ Coniston.’

Impatiens noli-me-tangere \.._ Bank of Foundry Beck, Lowick,
near the bridge.

Trifolium striatum L. Walney Island, 1902, Miss L. Burton.
A new record for Walney.

*Vicia sepium L. var. alba Gray. Roadside, Arrad Foot to
Greenodd. Mr. Arthur Bennett named the specimen and
another gentleman concurred. A third called it the following,

*Vicia sepium UL. var. ochroleuca Batard. On roadside
below Bell Wood, between Lowick Bridge and Nibthwaite
Grange. Named by Mr. Bennett. Neither of these varieties
is on record for V.C. 69.

Cotyledon umbilicus L. Ona wall at Newland, near Ulverston.
On rocks bordering railway near Haverthwaite. One plant
on wall near a cottage, Beech Hill Hotel and Storrs ; per-
haps planted there.

Centaurea nigra L. var.? dicipiens Thuill. Miss Hodgson
mentions a form approaching this. I found on the roadside
between Foxfield and Wreaks a form of nzgra which almost
fits the E.B. (ed. 3) figure DCCVII. in foliage and flower.

Centaurea Scabiosa L. Railway embankment between Ulver-
ston and Lindal (26th June).

*“Euphrasia nemorosa H.Mart. On the roadside and on the
fell above road, between Water Yeat and Greenholm Farm.
Unrecorded so far as I know. Named by Mr. Arthur
Bennett.

Euphrasia gracilis Fr. Roadside between Water Yeat and
Lake Bank. Named by Mr. Bennett.

Lycopus europzwus L.. Side of Windermere, below Beech Hill
Hotel. Not on record for the Cartmel side of Windermere.

1903 March 2.

86 Reviews and Book Notices.

“Melissa officinalis L. Alien. Ina field a few hundred yards
away from the cottages at Newland, near Ulverston. An
old escape ?

Dr. R. H. Beardsley, of Grange, has kindly allowed me to
include the following from a list of the late Dr. Amos Beardsley,
F.L.S., etc. :=—

Lathrea Squamaria |. UHampsfell, Lancs. ; Whitbarrow,
Westm.

Daphne Laureola . Grange, 1882.

My thanks are due to Mr. Arthur Bennett for his kindness in

naming specimens.
——- ————

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The Birds of Bempton Cliffs. By E. W. Wade. A. Brown and
Sons, Hull. Price 2s. net.

In this pamphlet the author gives a concise and most interest-
ing history of the birds of the famous Bempton, or, as they are
best known to the outside world, Flamborough cliffs, and he
performs his task in a masterly fashion as one who has had
a long experience of the subjects he loves to write upon.

He first deals with the scenery of the locality, than which
there is no grander feature on the whole of the east coast; he
then dilates on the threatened depopulation of the breeding
places by indiscriminate slaughter, which was, happily, put an
end to by the Wild Birds’ Protection Acts; next follows a
description of the different species of birds that frequent the
chalk cliffs, and full details of the life and economy of the
Guillemot, which is, needless to state, ¢he bird of Bempton.
In dealing with this matter, as the author is an expert climber
himself, he is enabled to give many facts at first hand, but in
addition, he has had the privilege of drawing upon old ‘Ned’
Hodgson’s vast store of reminiscences.

When Mr. Wade first visited the place the eggs of the
Guillemot were not in great request: some of the best specimens
might have been purchased for a few pence, but nowadays the
increased interest taken in oology has caused a corresponding
increase in the demand for varieties; naturalists from all parts of
the kingdom come to see the ‘climmers,’ and prices have accord-
ingly risen: as much as five shillings, seven and sixpence, and
even, in exceptional cases, half-a-sovereign being paid for
‘fancy coloured’ eggs.

It would not be doing justice to the author were I to quote

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 87

the paragraphs of greatest value to naturalists, and for these the
reader is referred to the pamphlet itself, which concludes with
particulars concerning the practice of ‘climming’ as tollowed at
the Yorkshire cliffs. As already stated, Mr. Wade is an accom-
plished cragsman himself. I have seen him ‘ ower cliff’ with,
and without, ropes. In the latter case his sure-footedness
reminded me of a chamois, and, on one occasion, when I wished
to descend to a ledge at the bottom of a little sloping path, and
suggested that a rope round my waist would be an advantage,
I was met by the remark from ‘Old Ned’: ‘Wy! Mr. Wade
wad hop down theer!’ so that it must have been some extra-

Guillemots on Hateley Shoot.

ordinary feat of daring which caused the same ‘Old Ned’ to
shake his stick and exclaim, ‘Eh! A’d a mahnd te warm yer’
(p. 18).

As regards the illustrations, which are from photographs
taken by the author, perhaps the best are those of Guillemots
on Hateley Shoot (one of which is repreduced herewith), but,
where all are excellent, it is difficult to institute comparisons.

Mr. Wade’s notes were read to the Hull Scientific and Field
Naturalists’ Club, and the pamphlet is issued by that society.

edly NI.

1903 March 2.

88 Reviews and Book Notices.

Manningham Park and its Trees. Compiled by members of the
Bradford Scientific Association and the Bradford Natural History and
Microscopical Society. 1903. 32 pp.

The Bradford Societies are to be congratulated on their idea
of publishing an account of the trees of Manningham Park.
This pamphlet, issued at 1d., gives an account of some twenty-
three species growing in the park. Botanically the pamphlet is
very weak, and there is a lack of uniformity of treatment. No
attempt has been made to indicate the seasonal aspect of the
trees, and the points of special interest are conspicuous by their
absence. We understand that the first edition of 2,000 copies
was exhausted early in December last, though the pamphlet is
dated 1903. Its ready sale indicates clearly a demand for such
a work, and with more care and labour expended on a new
edition, a very valuable work might be done in arousing an
interest in the natural history of trees. The poverty of the park
in species is remarkable, and efforts should be made to secure
many interesting additions. The idea is well worth adopting in
all our large towns, the parks of which contain in many cases
interesting collections. A good and reliable account would
serve as an excellent guide to teachers and scholars alike
interested in nature study. Its value would be enhanced by
adding a list of reference books in the Free Library, where
further details could be found. In this connection it would be
more useful to follow a standard Flora than the ‘ London

Catalogue.’
—_—_e¢oe—___

European Fungus Flora: Agaricacee. G. Massee, F.L.S., etc.,
Royal Gardens, Kew. (Duckworth & Co.)

Since the appearance of Cooke and Quelet’s ‘Clavis Svnoptica
Hymenomycetum Europzorum’ (1878), no further book of so
handy a nature dealing with the Fungus Flora of Europe has been
at the call of British Mycologists until this one made its welcome
appearance. The present volume treats only of the gill-bearing
fungi: the Agaricacee. It brings all the European species
together within a very small compass. The descriptions are
clear and concise, and embrace the most marked specific
characters in each case; they occupy from two to four lines
only, and thus enable the 2,750 species to be described on less
than 250 pages (The abbreviations employed are self-explana-
tory.) 1,553 are stated to be British. Non-British species are
indicated by being placed within brackets. One great boon to
the student will be that he can see at a glance, under any

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. &9

genus, what European species are still unknown in this country,
and where they fit in among ours. If the last ten years’ accumu-
lation of new British Agarics had been indicated by an asterisk
it would have formed an acceptable addition to the value of the
book; of course, these may be found by those who care to collate
the present work with Massee’s Brit. Fung. Flo. 1892-95.

There is a valuable synopsis at the head of each group,
and each genus is further broken up into sections, which
facilitates the tracking down of species.

The book represents an enormous amount of labour entailed
in extracting from the general descriptions the most pronounced
and constant features of each species.

The sequence of genera is rather odd; for instance, Russula
looks peculiar between Zyicholoma and Mycena; and Marasmius,
Lactarius, and Hygrophorus between Collybta and Clztocyde.
There may be some justification for it, but we must confess
we do not know of any. However, all the European genera
and species are there, fully represented, and that is the primary
object of the work.

The printing and general get-up of the book is good; it is
light, easily keeps open, and is as suitable in the field as at the
work-table. It can be safely recommended to every Mycological
student. The printers and proof-readers have had their eyes
about them. An hour’s special search failed to detect any
misprints. There is a slip of the pen at line 22, p. 245, where
‘specific’ has been written instead of ‘generic.’ The index is
all that can be desired. The price of the work (6s.) is very
reasonable. Cae:

ae SO

‘First Book of Forestry.’ By Filibert Roth (Chief of the Division of
Forestry, U.S. Department of Forest Reserves), 98 figures. 1902. Ginn
and Co. (London and Boston). 3s. 6d. This book is written in a style both
refreshing and suggestive of the woods. It is very different from any books
dealing with forestry in Britain, and there is little of the formal, statistical,
German method so evident in most of our text-books. The book is probably
too general to satisfy any examination in forestry, but, as the preface
explains, this is not intended. It is evidently written as an aid to Nature
study, but in this direction it is essentially a book for the teacher or senior
pupils. We have seen no book more likely to stimulate an interest in trees
in a youth who was already somewhat familiar with them. It is unfor-
tunately too American in its references to be quite as useful in Britain as it
might. Yet it sets forth in an apt and pleasing way the general principles
of forestry, which are much the same all the world over. Most of the
numerous illustrations are from photographs of forest of various kinds and
in various conditions. They greatly add to the value of the book, not only
for those interested in forestry, but for anyone desirous to learn about the
vegetation of the United States.—W. G. S.

1903 March 2.

go Reviews and Book Notices.

With the January number the well-known Waturalists’ Journal changed
its title to that of Vature Study, in order to keep pace with the times. The
contents are likely to prove of service to teachers and others interested in
this work.

See

‘British Cephalopoda: Their Nomenclature and Classification,’ by
W. E. Hoyle, M.A., is the title of ‘Notes from the Manchester Museum,’
No. 9. It contains a useful ‘ Key for the Determination of British Cephalo-
poda.’ The pamphlet is a reprint of Mr. Hoyle’s paper in the Journal of
Conchology, Vol. 10, No. 7.

ae xX SS

‘A Glossary of Popular, Local, and Old-fashioned Names of British
Birds,’ by C. Louis Hett (1902), is published by Messrs. H. Sotheran & Co.,
for one shilling. It is a useful pamphlet of 114 pp., and of suitable size for
the pocket. It is in three sections, the first being a list of birds accepted
as British by a committee of the British Ornithological Union in 1883; the
second is this list arranged in alphabetical order; and third, a glossary of
synonyms.

eee

‘Lake-Country Rambles.’ By William T. Palmer. London: Chatto
and Windus. 1902. 6s. This book appeals more to the tourist, or the
individual anxious to ‘do’ the Lake District during his summer holiday,
than to the Naturalist. Still, it contains points of interest to the student
of Nature, particularly in the chapters on ‘A Summer Fox-hunt,’ ‘ Badger
Ways,’ and ‘After Otter,’ though the keen ‘sporting’ element throughout
the book betrays the author’s acquaintance with mammal, bird, and fish to
vary according to the relative amount of sport they afford. Having passed
all his life within measurable distance of the fells, he is thoroughly acquainted
with them, and with their inhabitants, and his information is imparted in
a pleasant style, though the prominent part played by the author in the
various rambles and expeditions is a little irritating to the reader. The
book contains thirty chapters, most of which have previously appeared in
various magazines and journals, and a fine view of the Napes Needle forms

the frontispiece.
ee SS

The City of Manchester is well blessed with scientific societies of various
sorts. Publications from three of these have recently been received.

The first is the ‘Annual Report and Transactions of the Manchester
Microscopical Society,’ a carefully edited and attractive-looking volume.
This contains many most interesting papers, some of which are illustrated
by admirable plates. It is a pity that none of them have any bearing upon
the district around Manchester.

The ‘Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philo-
sophical Society’ are well known for their scientific value. Part 6 of Vol. 46
has just been issued, and, like the publication above, is sold for 1s. 6d.
Like it, also, it unfortunately contains little of interest to South Lancashire
beyond the fact that the papers are by local men.

The ‘ Report and Proceedings of the Manchester Field Naturalists’ and
Archzeologists’ Society for 1901’ is not of much interest or value to anyone
but the members of the Society—if to them. Judging from the balance
sheet, too much attention appears to be devoted to soirées, teas, and other
social functions. With an annual income of £115 (about all of which is
expended), something more might surely be accomplished in the matter of
publications ; and advertisements relating to cycles, boots, millinery, and
watches be dispensed with. No papers or scientific notes are published,
but about sixty pages are devoted to accounts of ‘pleasant excursions,’
presumably all written by the editor, whose name appears rather frequently
throughout. Some of these reports are illustrated by blocks lent by hotel
proprietors, etc. !

Naturalist,

FIELD NOTES:

MAMMALS.

Seal at Yarm, Yorkshire.—A Seal was seen in the Tees,
as high as Yarm, last week. It was shot, but sank and was
lost.—T. H. NELson, Redcar, 2nd February 1903.

Seal at Seaton Sluice.—A specimen of the Common Seal
(Phoca vitulina) was caught on the beach at Seaton Sluice,
Northumberland, on Friday, 28th November 1902, by a couple
of miners.—J. W. Fawcett, Satley, Darlington.

Seal at Bamburgh.—On Sunday, 30th November 1902,
a fine specimen of the Common Seal (Phoca vitulina) was
caught on the beach at Bamburgh, Northumberland, where it
had been left by the receding tide, by Mr. J. Atkinson, of
Armstrong Cottages, near that town.—J. W. Fawcett, Satley,
Darlington.

Seal at Seaham Harbour.—On 2nd February 1902, a
Silver-ringed Seal (Phoca vitulina) was caught on the beach
at Foxhole Dene, near Seaham Harbour, by Messrs. Fred.
Palmer, of the Lord Seaham Hotel, and John Stoddart. It
could not free itself from the broken water and was thrown
inshore, where it was caught after a determined resistance.—
J. W. Fawcett, Satley, Darlington.

Badger near Spilsby.—I am sorry to say that a Badger
(eles meles) has recently been killed at Old Bolingbroke, near
Spilsby. The destruction of these animals, comparatively harm-
less, and useful to the fox-hunter, is much to be regretted.—
J. Conway WatrtTeR, Langton Rectory, 15th January 1903.

Badgers near Ripon.—Two Badgers were captured in
traps in this neighbourhood last year. One, which was scarcely
at all injured, was sent to the Belle Vue Gardens, Manchester,
alive, and the other has been stuffed by a keeper here.—R. A.
SUMMERFIELD, North Stainley Vicarage, 22nd January 1903.

Otter in the Wear.—On Saturday, 24th May 1902, a large
Otter (Lutra lutra) was seen in the river Wear, near Framwell-
gate Bridge, in the City of Durham. During the middle of the
July following Otters were frequently seen in the Wear near
Stanhope, and were proving troublesome to the fish in that
portion of the river, several Trout having been picked up with
pieces bitten out behind the head. Similar ravages also took
place in the following October.—J. W. Fawcett, Satley,
Darlington.

1903 March 2.

g2 Field Notes.

Otter at Warkworth, Northumberland.—A fine male
Otter (Lutra lutra) was killed by the otter hounds near Barn-
hill, Warkworth, on 1st July 1902.—J. W. Fawcett, Satley,
Darlington. ts haa, aed

BIRDS.

Eider Duck in Durham.—An eider duck (Somateria
mollistma) was shot on the Wear at Stanhope on Friday,
22nd August 1902. It is only a casual visitant to the county
of Durham.—J. W. Fawcett, Satley, Darlington.

Kingfisher at Ripon.—It is interesting to note that during
the summer and autumn a Kingfisher frequented the Canal
basin, in the City of Ripon, and was frequently seen, by my
son, fishing there, though there are roads and houses on each
side and a noisy timber yard at the end.—R. A. SUMMERFIELD,
North Stainley Vicarage, 22nd January 1903.

Golden Eagle in Upper Wharfedale.—I visited Kettlewell
on 17th November, and found on my arrival that a large bird,
which turned out to be a young Eagle, had just been taken by
the keeper. The unfortunate bird had been caught in a trap,
which it had succeeded in carrying away, but as this impeded
its flight the bird was soon despatched by the keeper. Mr. B.
Pickering, of Bradford, who has examined the bird, states that
it is a male Golden Eagle (Aquzla chrysaétus) about two years
old. I have not heard of the capture of one of these birds in
this neighbourhood for many years.—W. A. SHUFFREY, Arncliff
Vicarage, Skipton.

[Mr. R. Butterfield has also favoured us with a note confirm-
ing the record.—Eps. |

Great Spotted Woodpecker near Middlesbrough.—By
the Northern Weekly Gazette for 11th January 1902 I see that
a mature male Great Spotted Woodpecker (one of a pair) had
been trapped close to the Albert Park, by means of a horse-hair
noose placed at the entrance of its sleeping quarters, on or about
27th December 1901. It seems a great pity that such despicable
destroyers of rarer birds cannot be severely punished. As some
of these individuals are members of Naturalists’ Field Clubs, it
would be well if those members of such who have national
interests at heart would take steps to have such characters
expelled from their lists of members. Some of the worst
destroyers of rarer birds and plants are members of Field
Clubs, under which they shelter their detestable actions.—
J. W. Fawcett, Satley, Darlington, 27th January 1902.

Naturalist,

Field Notes. 93

re)

Bittern, etc., in Lincolnshire.—On 12th November Mr.
Hall shot a Long-tailed Duck (Huarelda glacialts), on 26th
November two voung Eider Drakes (Somazcerta mollissima), and
on 5th December a Great Shearwater (Puffinus major), all on
the Kirton Marshes; on 30th November a Bittern (Bofaurus
stellaris) was shot on Washingborough Fen, in spite of its being
on the protected list.—F. M. Burton.

Albino Birds in Yorkshire.—A white Starling (Sturnus
vulgaris, L.) was seen at Weaverthorpe, Yorkshire, during the
summer of 1901; a white Blackbird (Zurdus merula, L.) was
observed at Hemingborough during the winter of 1901 ; a white
Linnet (Z7nota cannabina, L.) was seen at Buckton, Yorkshire,
during the winter of 1898. It was amongst a flock of the same
species.--W. Hewett, York, 6th January 1903.

Fight between a Heron and Peewits in Durham.—
One day in the third week of June 1902 a curious sight was
witnessed in Bollihope, in Weardale, when four Lapwings or
Peewits (Vanellus vanellus) attacked a Heron (Ardea cinerea)
in mid-air. The Lapwings made vigorous attacks on the Heron,
which, however, proved futile, and after receiving a few hard
knocks they were glad to let their opponent alone.—J. W.
Fawcett, Satley, Darlington.

Rough-legged Buzzard, etc., in Lincolnshire.—A fine
Rough-legged Buzzard (Sufea lagopas) was shot in December
at Eastville, near Boston. The recent rains seem to have
brought more Woodcock than usual. On 7th January I put up
a brace together, and a third not many yards away, in a short
walk in Ostler’s Plantations, near the Tower on the Moor,
Woodhall Spa. Owing to the very mild season, few wild fowl
have been seen. On 8th December three couples of wild duck
passed over, flying northward. On 12th September, with a bitter
east wind, eight wild geese passed over me, on their way,
apparently, to the Trent. This, before harvest was finished,
was very unusual.—J. Conway Watters, Langton Rectory,

15th January, 1903.
: : oe

REPTILES.

Ringed Snake at Durham.—At the October quarterly
meeting of the Durham County Naturalists’ Union (4th October,
1902) a couple of specimens of the Ringed Snake ( 7vopédonotus
natrix) which had been caught a short time previously in Pelaw
Woods, near Durham, were exhibited by Mr. Alfred Brock, of
Durham.—J. W. Fawcett, Satley, Darlington.

1903 March 2.

94 Field Notes.

LEPIDOPTERA.

Poplar Hawkmoth in Durham.—In June 1go2 a fine
specimen of the Poplar Hawkmoth (Smerinthus populz) was
caught near Greenside, in the parish of Ryton, in the county
of Durham.—J. W. Fawcett, Satley, Darlington.

Poplar Hawkmoth in Northumberland.—The month of
June 1902 was a plentiful one for the Poplar Hawkmoth in
various parts of Northumberland, and remarkably fine specimens
were caught at Corbridge on 14th June, and at Cornhill School-
house, Cornhill-on-Tweed, on 17th June, by Mr. R. Hall.—.
J. W. Fawcett, Satley, Darlington.

Lepidoptera New to Cleveland Taken in _ 1902.-
Cymatophora flavicornis, taken at Carlton-in-Cleveland in
April; Avpszpezves ruberata, bred from larve taken at Great
Ayton; Cucullia chamomille, taken at rest on fence at Great
Ayton, 31st May; Zarentia filigrammaria, bred from larve
taken at Ginsborough; Chezmatobia boreata, common among
Birch at Kildale in November.—T. AsHtTon LorrHouseE, Middles-
brough, 12th January 1903.

eee
COLEOPTERA.

Cionus scrophulariz in Westmorland.—No doubt Cvonus
scrophularie is pretty widely distributed. Dr. Johnson, of
Grasmere, brought me on 5th June rgo01 specimens of the
perfect insect, which was abundant on the Mullein plant
(Verbascum Thapsus) in his garden. Examining our own garden
plants, it was found to be numerous there too, resorting to the
lower parts of the large woolly leaves. The beetles were pairing,
and soon disappeared. Mr. Wallis Kew’s interesting paper
apprised me of the earlier life-history of this weevil, and last
year I looked out for it in the garden. Nothing was seen of it,
however, till 24th June, when again the perfect insects were
found on the Mullein plant which stands on the bank of the
river Rothay. But on 28th July, when gathering flowers
a quarter-mile higher up stream, we came across Figwort
(Scrophularia nodosa) greatly infested by it, the feeding snail-
like grub and the larva being present. Are there, then, since
Mr. Wallis Kew says that the imago emerges in some ten days
from the cocoon, two generations of this beetle in the summer ?
And does it always resort to another plant when perfected ?
[ should say that there may be Figwort plants nearer to our
garden Mullein than those found infested.—Mary L. ARMITT,

Rydal.

Naturalist,

95
NORTHERN NEWS.

The Halifax Corporation has planted fifty acres of land with young
Ash, Larch, Sycamore, and Pine.

Mr. J. E. Clark contributes an article on ‘Lake Pickering’ to Zhe
Friend tor January, illustrated by Mr. P. F. Kendall's map of the Cleveland
area.

In the January Journal of Lotany Messrs. Wilson and Wheldon record
Kantia submersa from Cockerham Moss, Lancashire—a new British
hepatic.

Mr. Samuel Moore contributes a ‘Note on an Unmapped Toadstone
Bed in the Derbyshire Mountain Limestone’ to the February Geological
Magazine.

Messrs. Wheldon and Wilson, in the Journal of Botany for December,
give localities for mosses and hepatics discovered in West Lancashire since
their previous list, published in 1gor1.

The Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society has awarded the
1903 Wilde Gold Medal to Prof. F. W. Clarke, of the U.S. Geological
Survey, and a Dalton Medal to Prof. Osborne Reynolds, F.R.S.

A brief account of the history of the Sunderland Museum appears in the
December Museum Journal, trom the pen of Mr. J. M. E. Bowley, curator.
The museum contains a particularly fine series of Permian fossils.

In the Geological Magazine for January Mr. J. Lomas has a note on
“The Quartz Dykes near Foxdale, Isle of Man.’ Various quartz veins are
enumerated, and the author considers that these are true igneous dykes.

The items of interest to northern readers in the December Zoologist are
all ornithological. Rev. F. C. R. Jourdain gives ‘ Rough Notes on Derby-
shire Ornithology, 1900-1902.’ A Little Bunting is recorded at Durham,
and a Knot at Bowden, Cheshire.

In the January Mew Phytologist Mr. F. W. Oliver has a note ‘On the
Identity of Sporocarpon ornatum Will. and Lagenostoma physoides Will.,’ in
which he points out that the former is nothing else than a transverse section
of the latter—a seed from the Halifax coal-measures.

In view of the assistance received from the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
Winter Lecture Scheme, the Barnsley Naturalists’ Society has decided to
contribute a guinea per annum to the Union’s funds in addition to the usual
fee. We trust this excellent example will be followed by others.

The ‘Seventh Report of the Southport Society of Natural Science’ con-
tains abstracts of papers read at the Society's meetings. The only one of
interest to northern readers is on ‘ Caves,’ by H. Broderick. A ‘ List of the
Lepidoptera of Southport and District,’ by E. B. Hobson, occupies pp. 37-46.

‘The Migrations of the Fieldfare ( Zurdus pilaris) and Lapwing ( Vanellus
vulgaris) during 1880-1887’ are dealt with in detail by Mr. W. Eagle
Clarke, in the ‘Report of the Committee on Bird Migration in Great
Britain and Ireland,’ submitted to the Belfast Meeting of the British
Association.

In reference to the note headed ‘Silverdale Plants,’ in Zhe Naturalist
for October 1902, p. 316, Mr. S. L. Petty writes as under :—‘In reply to
Mr. Kirkby, ve Cotoneaster, may I be allowed to call his attention—and
Mr. Pickard’s also—to the statement in my paper, ‘Bird sown?’ I never
looked on the plant, whatever species it might be, as native at Silverdale.
Under these circumstances the ‘ardent botanist’ need not trouble himself.
As both the above gentlemen know, I object to botanical Kensal Greens.
As.a field man I must leave the species I see where found; the ‘ardent
botanist’ is under no such obligation and knows it. My thanks are due to
Mr. Pickard for the correction.

1903 March 2.

96 Northern News.

Mr. Wm. Ingham, B.A., of York, has prepared a pamphlet entitled
‘Observations of Nature’ for the use of teachers. It contains (1) ‘ Scientific
Methods of Discovering the name of a Flower,’ and (2) ‘ Observations on the
Scientific Method above.’ It has 14 pp., and is sold by A. Brown & Sons,
5, Farringdon Avenue, for 3d.

Mr. Charles Bailey, M.Sc., F.L.S., gives some interesting notes ‘On the
Adventitious Vegetation of the Sandhills of St. Anne’s-on-the-Sea, North
Lancashire (Vice-County 60)’ in ‘Manchester Memoirs,’ Vol. XLVII.,
1902-3, No. 2. These are accompanied by plates illustrating Ambrosia
artemtsiefolia, L., and Vicia villosa, Roth.

Besides particulars of mollusca exhibited at the meetings of the
Conchological Society, the Journal of Conchology for January contains two
notes of ‘interest to’ northern readers, viz.: ‘Report on the Leasowe
Ramble, 12th July 1902,’ by R. Standen, (p. 258), and ‘ Helzx rotunda, Miill.,
m. s?zrstrorsum, at Castleton, Derbyshire’ (p. 284).

The ‘Zoological Record for 1901’ was issued in December. The value
of the work cannot be over-estimated.. Over one thousand entries appear
in the list of periodicals consulted, and during the year over 2,000 new
generic names were registered. In future the ‘Record’ will be increased
in usefulness by the divisions being issued separately.

Three notes of interest to northern coleopterists appear in the December
Entomologists' Record, viz., Coleoptera taken in 1902 in the Southport dis-
trict; a day amongst the Coleoptera on the southern end of Lazonby Fell,
and Coleoptera in Barron Wood, Cumberland. The same journal also
contains other notes of interest to our entomological readers.

The ‘Report of the Committee of the Natural History Society of
Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, shows that the
Society is in a flourishing condition, having a membership of 231. Several
additions have been naive to the Society’ s Museum, including some local
Specimens, and the new curator, Mr. E. L. Gill, has overhauled and
rearranged some of the collections.

Mr. G. W. Lamplugh has recently visited the well-known ‘ Sponge-
gravels’ at Faringdon, and finds that the belemnites, which occur so
abundantly there, are not Jurassic, as usually supposed, but may be referred
to the 4. speetonensis of Pavlow, which occurs in the &. brunsvicensis zone
in the Lower Cretaceous at Speeton and in Lincolnshire. Mr. Lamplugh’s
observations are printed in the January Geological Magazine.

The first annual Conference of persons in the North of England interested
in Higher Education was held at Manchester on 2nd and 3rd January, and
was very successful. Over 3,000 teachers and others accepted invitations
to attend. Professors Miall, Weiss, Armstrong, and Messrs. Hoyle, Wager,
Lomas, and others familiar to our readers, contributed papers or took part
inthe discussions. Exhibitions were arranged to illustrate Nature study, etc.

Mr. J. Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S., a native of Leeds, is the editor of the
‘ Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society and Field Club.’
Vol. 11, Part 3, has recently been issued, and contains two contributions by
the editor, one a record of meteorological observations, and the other a list
of works on the geology of Hertfordshire. Mr. Hopkinson has recently
been appointed to the direction of the Ray Society, vacated by the decease
of Prof. Wiltshire.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on 4th December the Rev. John
Gerard exhibited specimens of a Polygala from Grassington, which had
been named P. amarella Crantz. He also showed a monstrous form of
Geum rivale Linn., from between Long Preston and Settle; the terminal
flower was apparently normal, but about 1% inches below the calyx there
appeared a whorl of about twenty petaloid members, on extremely long
‘claws, and surrounded by a series of leaf-like bracts.

Naturalist,

THE NATURALIST, 1903. Pirate I.

INTERESTING NORTHERN SHELLS.

18 19 20 21

J. W. TAYLOR, DEL. TAYLOR BROS., LEEDS.

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

AN IMPORTANT WORK

In view of the enormous interest attached to the study of
Conchology, and the great variety of land, freshwater, and
marine forms, it is somewhat surprising that this branch of
natural history has not more devotees. In nearly every instance
the ‘shell collector’ develops into an ardent malacologist, and
consequently it is found that ‘the hewers of wood and drawers
of water’ rarely rest until they have added considerably to our
knowledge of the creatures they examine, if then. In calling to
mind the various conchologists in the northern counties hardly
one can be remembered who does not put heart and soul in his
work. One of the most enthusiastic of these is unquestionably
Mr. J. W. Taylor, of Leeds, who with the aid of pen and pocket
has placed naturalists under a deep debt of gratitude for the
excellence of his work. So long ago as 1894 Mr. Taylor issued
the first part of his ‘Monograph of the Land and Freshwater
Mollusca of the British Isles,’ which was duly noticed in these
pages. (Vaturalist, 1895, pp. 14-17.) From that time part
after part appeared, at intervals, until eventually Volume I. was
completed, to the admiration and profit of all interested in
shells, though at considerable sacrifice on the part of the author.
It is to this volume we now call attention, the sub-title of which,
‘Structural and General,’ defines its scope.

ON SHELLS.

It is a substantial work, of over 450 pages, with six coloured
plates, and nearly eight hundred illustrations in the text; well
printed on good paper—both letterpress and illustrations being
the work of Mr. Taylor, and every page proves conclusively
that it has been a ‘labour of love.’ Of the coloured plates we
cannot speak too highly. They appear to be as near perfection
as it is possible to reach. We trust that all those who are able
will encourage the author in his difficult task by purchasing
a copy of the completed volume (only a very few of which
remain on hand), and also by continuing to subscribe to the
work, which, it is sincerely hoped, may be completed at no very
distant date, though the careful manner in which it is conducted
necessitates a certain amount of time being occupied.

1903 April 1. G

98 Notes and Comments.

INTERESTING NORTHERN SHELLS: (PLaTe I.).

The figures on the plate, for which we are indebted-to the
publishers, have been selected at random, and all are connected
with the district covered by this magazine. They will convey
a far better idea of the nature of the illustrations than any
words of ours, and they also indicate the variety of subjects
dealt with. Figs. 1-4, dorsal and side views of two examples
of Planorbis carinatus Mill, showing the grotesque and irregular
coiling due to abnormal conditions; collected in Leventhorpe
Pastures, Leeds; Fig. 5, Planorbis spirorbis monst. priscum
from Gorton, near Manchester; Fig. 6, an example of a gib-
bously inflated univalve (Zamna auricularia var. gtbbosa) from
Moortown, Leeds; Fig. 7, Lzmncea palustris var. lacunosa from
Leeds; Fig. 8, Z. peregra, showing three distinct and separate
peristomes, from Allerton-Bywater; Fig. 9, Z. peregra, showing
parallel linear markings, probably due to injury, from Penistone ;
Fig. 10, Z. peregra var. labiosa, with reflected lip, from Hud-
dersfield; Fig. 11, an example of Z. stagnalis with gibbously
inflated body whorl, from Osmondthorpe, Leeds; Fig. 12,
L. stagnalis, showing by the irregular growth the baneful
influence of chemical refuse discharged into the lake, from near
Prestwich, Lancashire; Fig. 13, an example of a concentric
operculum (Vzvzpara contecta), from Southport; Fig. 14, Helzx
nemoralis var. conica, from Seacroft, near Leeds; Fig. 15, A.
cantiana var. albocincta, snowing supposed atavistic evidence of
spiral banding, from near Osgodby; Fig. 16, variety of #.
nemoralts from Spurn; Fig. 17, H. aculeata, showing corona of
spines, from Bassenthwaite ; Fig. 18, Unzo fumidus Phil., show-
ing the dwarfing and distortion of the shell owing to proximity
to the dam, from Yearsley Lock, near York; Fig. 19, Pupa
secale var. edentula from Ingleton; Fig. 20, Ageca tridens,
showing the inflexible calcareous lamella, assumed to represent
the Clausium, from Roundhay, near Leeds; and Fig. 21,
Pistdium henslowanum, showing endogastric direction of the
umbones, from Cockerton, Darlington.

RELICS OF THE STONE AGE:

Mr. C. H. Read, F.S.A., Keeper of the Department of British
and Mediazval Antiquities in the British Museum, has issued an
admirable ‘ Guide to the Antiquities of the Stone Age.’ This
will be most useful to those interested in the early history of
Britain, and the value of the Guide is considerably increased by
the ten plates and 142 illustrations in the text, which illustrate

Naturalist,

Notes and Comments. 99

the principal types of Paleolithic and Neolithic objects. Par-
ticularly useful is the account of the various Bone-caves that
have been found in Britain from time to time. Two of the
illustrations are here reproduced through the kindness of the
Trustees of the British Museum. The first is an engraving
of a horse’s head on bone, from Cresswell Crags, Derbyshire,

and is of Paleolithic Age. The second represents a peculiar
type of Neolithic arrow-head, showing parallel or ‘ripple’
flaking. Implements of this type are exceedingly rare in
Britain, and appear to be confined to the neighbourhood of
Bridlington. _—-—

‘THE BIRDS OF YORKSHIRE.’

We would like to draw particular attention to one of the most
important works yet undertaken by the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Umion,. viz, “The, Birds of Yorkshire, by. T: H.. Nelson;
M.B.O.U., with the assistance of W. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S.,
M.B.O.U., and Mr. Fred Boyes.

The scope of the work will be comprehensive, and the
account of each species will include succinct accounts of dis-
tribution, faunistic status, migration, nidification, variation,
vernacular nomenclature and folk-lore, with full details when
necessary, and critical and detailed particulars of the occurrence
of the rare species ; while under each species will be incorporated
a verbatim reproduction of the account given of it by Mr.
Thomas Allis, in 1844, whose list (the earliest Yorkshire one) of
that year has never been published.

Illustrations will be included of noted bird-sites or haunts,
and interesting phases of bird-life within the county, the number
of which will depend upon the amount of the subscription list.

The work will be shortly issued, and intending subscribers
should send in their names at once to the Secretary of the Union,
at The Museum, Hull, from whom a detailed prospectus can be
obtained.

HUDDERSFIELD MUSEUM AND EDUCATION.

The excellent work Mr. H. Crowther is doing in Leeds by
his museum lectures is well known. Recently he delivered
a lecture to a number of children and teachers of the elementary

1903 April r.

100 Notes and Comments.

schools of Huddersfield in illustration of his scheme. The
intense interest taken in it by the children made it evident to
all that such lectures would form a very valuable method of
instruction, and not only serve to greatly brighten the school
life of the children but also widen their interest in the common
objects around them. It is to be hoped that the new education
authority will take the matter into their serious consideration,
and do something to develop the local museum at Huddersfield
now struggling for existence against great odds, and render it
of real value to the town, and an important adjunct to their
educational institutions. Excellent work is being done in other
towns in this direction, notably in Liverpool, Manchester, and
Hull, and we trust Huddersfield will not long lag behind.

AN EAST YORKSHIRE ERRATIC.

One of the finest glacially striated boulders ever found in
East Yorkshire has just been placed in front of the Municipal
Museum at Hull. It was found at a depth of 15 feet in the
boulder clay at Kelsey Hill, near Burstwick, in Holderness,
during the excavations made for gravel by the North Eastern
Railway Company. It is of Carboniferous Limestone, originating
in all probability from Teesdale. It measures 4 ft. 9 in. long,

3 ft. 5 in. high, 2 ft. 5 in. wide, and weighs about 1¥% tons.
It is crowded with fossils, e.g., corals (three species), Productus
semtreticulatus, stems of encrinites, etc. One face of the
boulder (4% ft. by 3 ft.) is beautifully planed and striated.
This striated surface formed the under side of the boulder when
first found. The District Engineer, Mr. Edward Smith, was
good enough to arrange for its removal from the gravel-pit to
Hull, free of charge. Some idea of its appearance can be
gathered from the accompanying block, kindly lent by Mr.
J. O* Fara:

Naturalist,

IOI

CHRISTMAS AFTERNOON’S FUNGUS RAMBLE.

W. N. CHEESMAN,
Selby.

AFTER a hearty Christmas dinner, I reversed the old adage
by deciding to ‘walk a mile’ instead of having a ‘rest awhile.’
So, shouldering my vasculum and donning my strong boots, I
set off for Stayner Wood, once part of Selby Abbey’s possessions.
In 1257 Sir Richard de Berlay, Knt., quit-claimed the Park of
Stayner to Selby Abbey, and the Commissioners’ valuation of
1540 runs: ‘Item ther is a wod called Stayner pke set with
yong okes & some tymber trees cont xxvi acres the herbage
wherof ys worth by est yerely xv*.’ It is about a mile from
the town, and is now used as a game preserve.

One of my boys wished to accompany me, and the desired
permission was given. As we went along I tried to interest the
boy by telling him that many years ago there was a subterranean
passage (tradition so states) from Selby Abbey to Stayner Wood,
by means of which men could elude their pursuers. This was
in the old times when all agarics would be called by the good
old-fashioned name of ‘ toadstools,’ instead of the 1,500 names
by which British species are distinguished at present. On
approaching the wood, a grass field, which in September was
aglow with yellow, red, and pure white Hygrophori, was drawn
a blank, except for a few surviving puff-balls (Lycoperdon
gemmatum and L. pyriforme), which still possessed their
characteristics for amusing my companion. The first inlook
to the wood was not promising; a thick covering of dead
bracken was strongly in evidence, and not the least sign of
a fungus in sight. I was ruminating on the wine and dessert
I had forfeited that afternoon, when my lad came running up
with something in each hand—in one was a piece of rotten
stump, and on it a lovely little white, cup-shaped fungus about
one-eighth of an inch diameter (Dasyscyvpha virginea), and in the
other a larch twig with another like gem, but with a bright
orange-coloured disc and white margin (D. Calycina). We then
commenced the search in earnest. The old stump was covered
with the white Dasyscypha, and all the larch twigs on the ground
bore some of the orange ones. It appears that the mycelium
of this little fungus is very destructive to the larch and other
conifers, especially when growing in a damp soil. We found it

1903 April 1.

102. Cheesman: Christmas Afternoons Funeus Ramble.
i . So

almost useless to look for fungi down the drives and open spaces
in the wood ; in September these were all ablaze with Amanzta
muscaria, the big scarlet king of fungi, which is at once the
handsomest as well as the most poisonous of our British species;
the orange-coloured Pestza aurantia, and many others. Our
examination of old stumps and rotting wood proved most
fruitful: Polystictus versicolor, with its varied hues and multi-
coloured zones; the ubiquitous Stereum hirsutum, and here and
there S. purpureum and Xylaria hypoxylon, the black and
white ‘candle-snuff’ fungus ; Corticzum lacteum, C. sebaceum,
Polystictus velutinus, Porta vaporaria, etc. On the under sides
were one or two species of resupinate A/ydnez, especially
H. farinaceum ,; also Merulius lacrymans, the dry-rot of timber,
which, when in growing state, exudes drops of water. My boy,
after asking its name, said that second word (/acrymans) meant
something about crying, as it occurred in his last Latin lesson
at school, and he did not see why a fungus should be called by
that name; but when I pointed out to him the tears it was
shedding, perhaps for the havoc it had wrought, his face
brightened, and he seemed to realise this old botanical
‘chestnut.’ In one corner of the wood devoted to oak trees
Scleroderma vulgare, a hard, rough-coated puff-ball, was very
abundant, and not far away we found on ash trees a few
specimens of Aypoxylon concentricum, about two inches in
diameter, shaped like the half of a potato, as hard as wood,
brown outside, black inside, and with concentric zones like
woody rings. The spores of this plant being enclosed in ascz
fixes its position in the order Ascomycetes, and is widely
removed from the puff-balls.

A solitary Dedalia quercina was growing on an oak tree
which had been cut to accommodate a fence. On the same tree
was a large old beefsteak fungus (/7s/ulina hepatzca) ; probably
the spores of both had got to the tissues of the tree through
the wound made for the fence.

My scout here signalled for help, and I found him struggling
with an old broken plank floating in a deep drain. The plank
had on it several patches of a white resupinate Polyporus which
I afterwards found to be Poria medulla-panis. We had a narrow
escape from a ducking whilst trying to land the big fish, but
eventually it was gaffed. Some of the white Porza was
collected, and what had appeared to me from the bank as
a strip of red rag on the plank was really a Porza, also in form
like the medulla-panzs, but brilliant scarlet in colour. It took

Naturalist,

Cheesman : Christmas Afternoon’s Fungus Ramble. 103

me some hours that evening trying to run it down, but without
result. A specimen sent to our Mycological Secretary, Mr. C.
Crossland, brought the news that it was Porza medulla-panis,
but attacked by another fungus, probably //ypomyces rosellus,
parasitic on it, and the authorities at Kew afterwards confirmed
his determination.

Calocera viscosa, a rich, dark orange-coloured, coral-like
fungus, was seen on a Fir tree stump. The black-spotted leaves
of the Sycamore revealed the presence of the Sycamore Blight
(Rhytisma acerinum), The Saddle-flap or Razor-sharpener
(Polyporus squamosus) was observed; one specimen, high up in
an Ash tree, seemed to be quite three feet across. The next find
was a central-stemmed Polyporus. This was to me a rarity; it
was growing in a crowded place and not well formed. Mr.
Crossland puts it down to P. drumalzs.

Armillaria mellea was not observed in the flesh, but several
dead trunks and uprooted trees which had been strangled in its
deadly embrace were seen still bearing the network of black-
brown, cord-like mycelium by which this destructive agaric is
distinguished. Avmzllaria mellea is an edible fungus, and makes
a passable dish; in some seasons it is extremely plentiful, and
causes some annoyance and disgust to inexperienced Mycologists
by the different aspects and forms it assumes. In other seasons
it is rarely seen; for instance, at the week’s Fungus Foray last
September at Egton Bridge only a single specimen was observed,
and that was growing in the middle of the road in Mulgrave
Woods (Whitby), unusual in place and unusual in its solitude,
as the general habit of the plant is densely czspitose.*

My boy said he thought that when a tree became sickly or
decayed that fungi came to it and infested it. I tried to explain
to him that trees and plants had diseases like human beings,
and that botanists who studied these matters could enumerate
almost as many of the diseases of plants as doctors could tell
us of the number of complaints which affected mankind, and
that the diseases of plants were caused almost entirely by fungi.
As an example, I pointed to a lofty Birch tree near by,
‘ornamented’ with numerous large specimens of the Birch
Polyporus (Fomes betulinus), and on nearing it we found several
on the ground which had dropped with the dead branches. The
mycelium was insidiously permeating the host plant under the
bark and literally sucking the victim’s blood. Several of the

*See Yorks. Fungus Flora Trans. 28, p. 24.—EDs.
1903 April 1.

104 Petty: Crayfish tn Nottinghamshire.

plants were quite nine inches across. I must not forget to
record a very pretty violet-shaded Polyporus (Polystectus abietinus)
which was growing on Fir wood.

The light was now waning, and we left the wood to make for
home, but a large old stick-heap attracted attention. It seemed
to be the accumulation of years of the dead and dying trees of
the wood, for the use of the neighbouring farmstead, and here,
in about twenty square yards, we found the greater part of the
species which had been already observed during the afternoon’s
ramble, also another of the central-stemmed Polypored (P. varius)
growing in profusion on Birch. One, which was perhaps to me
the most interesting find of the day, was Lenaztes betulina. This
is one of the gilled fungi (Agaricacez), but of a hard, woody
texture, and very similar in appearance to some of the
woody Polyporer; it is, in fact, a sort of connecting link
between these two great families. The specific name of this
plant indicates that it gives a preference to the Birch for its
habitat, but in this case it was growing on the Alder (Adnus
glutinosa), which is in the same natural order as the Birch, viz.,
Cupulifere.

The only gilled fungi seen during the afternoon were
Crepidotus mollis, Marasmitus peronatus, Coprinus comatus, and
C. niveus. The two latter being too frail to travel, were eaten
on the spot and found pleasant in taste, having a nutty flavour.

As we walked home in the gloaming, I thought (between my
boy’s anxious questions about fungi) it was a pity that so many
botanists should hybernate for several months every year when
there was so much new and interesting work to be done in
cryptogamic botany. My Christmas holiday was charmingly
employed with many microscopic treasures, such as Vectra
cinnabarina, Peniophora quercina, Tremella mesenterica, Trichia
varia, etc.; and, what is particularly interesting, nearly all
those mentioned have dried without change in form or colour,
and I am now arranging them in a case for our local museum.

a

CRUSTACEANS.

Crayfish in Nottinghamshire (ante p. 29).—Many years
ago I and others caught Crayfish in the stream from the tarn or
lake at Shireoaks—in the ‘ Park,’ as I think it was called. If
this should meet the eye of any old Pestalozzians no doubt
they can confirm what I say.—S. L. Perry, Ulverston, 7th
January 1903.

Naturalist,

Pe
’ em ba ais aT :
7 te
yo

an § RS ‘s)
ve ; |

THE NATURALIST, 1903. PLate II.

105

gn Memory of
CHARLES P. HOBKIRK.

Born 13th January 1837. Died 29th July 1902.

Tue debt of gratitude which the naturalists of Yorkshire owe to
the memory of their deceased friend, Mr. Charles P. Hobkirk,
is simply incalculable, and the services which in virtue of his
many-sided nature he was able to render to the cause of natural
science in his dearly-beloved native county have been great and
far-reaching in their effects. As the historian and particularly
as the pioneer natural historian of Huddersfield, his native
town, as the guide, philosopher, and friend of many a young
bryologist, as one of the Editors of this very journal at a
critical time in the development of the natural sciences in
Yorkshire, and as an active member and _ office-bearer in
the Huddersfield Naturalists’ Society and in the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union down to the very last active year of his life,
and as regards his private relationships with us, his fellow-
workers, he is entitled to a high place among the scientific
notabilities of Yorkshire.

He was a Huddersfield man by birth and by descent, the
only son of Mr. David T. Hobkirk, who was engaged in the
woollen trade. He was born on the 13th January 1837, so that
when he died he was in his 65th year.

By profession he was a banker, entering the West Riding
Union Bank in 1852, when he was 15, rising there to the position
of cashier, and in January 1884 becoming manager of the
Dewsbury branch. He left the service of this bank in November
1892, returning to Dewsbury in 1894 as manager for another
bank, and finally retiring in March 1897. He then lived at
Horsforth and afterwards at Ilkley.

His scientific abilities and his energetic temperament soon
brought him into prominence. In 1859, when he was but a
year or so over age, he published his admirable book on
‘Huddersfield: its History and Natural History,’ which is a
veritable treasure-house of information on the fauna and flora of
the district, the foundation on which all subsequent work was
based. The list included the plants, the mammals and birds, and
the lepidoptera of the neighbourhood. This little work reached
its second edition in 1868, when the various lists were amplified
and others added.

About the years 1864 to 1867 was published a series of ‘ The
Naturalist,’ which extended to two volumes and a portion of

1903 April 1.

106 In Memory of Charles P. Hobkirk.

a third, the editorship of which was anonymous, but with which
we believe our deceased friend had much to do. At all events
he was the author of various papers in it, including notes on
British Mosses, in which among others Zetraphis pellucida
(1864), Schzstostega osmundacea (1864), Fisstdens bryordes (1865),
Bartramia fontana (1865), and Grimmia engyria (1866) were
treated of. He also wrote in 1866 on the Forms of Crategus
oxyacantha, on the occurrence in Britain of Rosa cuspidata, and
gave an account of M. A. Deéséglise’s Revision of the Section
Tomentose of the genus Rosa.

‘The Naturalist’ collapsed in 1867, but in 1875, after a gap
which was partially bridged over by a Wakefield published
magazine, ‘The Yorkshire Naturalists’ Recorder’ of 1872, it was
again revived at the desire of the West Riding Consolidated
Naturalists’ Society and practically as the organ of that body,
and Mr. Hobkirk, in conjunction with his firm and life-long
friend, Mr. Geoge T. Porritt, F.L.S., became editor. This
joint-editorship lasted nine years, until 1884, when the editor-
ship passed into other hands, and the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union afterwards took up the financial responsibility.

Coincidently with the editorship of this journal, Mr. Hob-
kirk was most active as a member of the Huddersfield
Naturalists’ Society, of which we believe he was more than
once President (certainly in 1873), also as one of the leading
spirits of the old West Riding Consolidated Naturalists’ Society,
at whose meetings he was a diligent attendant, and one of the
chief botanical referees, which task was often shared by the
Rev. William Fowler. More than once, we believe, Mr.
Hobkirk was President of the W.R.C.N.S.

In the series of developments whereby the old West Riding
Society became transformed into what we know as the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union, Mr. Hobkirk took an active and leading
part. In fact, he was the first to go of a quartette of members
who took part in what may be called a ‘sub-committee meeting’
at which the reform of the old Society and the present con-
stitution of what soon became the ‘Y.N.U.’ was first put into
a definite form which was almost identical with the present
practice and procedure of the Union, everyone of its leading
features being definitely outlined at that meeting.

In the proceedings of the Union Mr. Hobkirk was an indis-
pensable member—his geniality and urbanity, thorough grasp
of business, and full appreciation of every scientific aspect, con-
tributing no little to the scientific success which has always

Naturalist,

In. Memory of Charles P.. Hobkirk. 107

characterised its proceedings. Mr. Hobkirk was a’member of
the Executive throughout, down to the very year of his illness,
and in 1892 the Union showed its grateful appreciation of his
services by making him President. The history of the Union
formed the subject of his address, delivered at Huddersfield in
his absence from illness.

A botanist throughout his life, he was a bryologist by
specialist preference, and it was as a student of the mosses
that he made his mark in science.

In 1873 he published his ‘Synopsis of the British Mosses,’
a handy volume giving brief terse descriptions of all the
genera and species found in Great Britain and Ireland, a little
work of which a second edition appeared in 1884, and which has
proved useful to many a young student who needed a useful
stepping-stone to the more advanced and technical works of
Schimper and Braithwaite.

The same year (1873) he read a paper to the British Associa-
tion at Bradford on ‘The Mosses of the West Riding of York-
shire,’ which was afterwards printed in ‘ The Journal of Botany,’
following it up in 1879 and 1880 with additional records.

In 1877 he compiled, along with Henry Boswell of Oxford,
the first ‘London Catalogue of British Mosses,’ and this reached
its second edition in 1881, both published for the Botanical
Locality Record Club.

Mr. Hobkirk’s intellectual activity took other forms. He
was the first to prepare and have printed a River-Drainage Map
of the West Riding for scientific purposes in 1872, and he also
interested himself in evolutionary problems, moot points of vege-
table physiology, the preservation of our native plants, and other
like topics. He even essaved in pure literature, writing in
1881-82 a novel which was published in ‘The Huddersfield Weekly
News,’ the title being ‘Sir John de Eland, Knight, a Legend of
the 14th Century,’ and his nom-de-plume ‘ H. P. Carlton.’

Appreciation of his worth was not wanting. Not only was
much tacit and spoken confidence reposed in him, both in
business, scientific, and private life, but on each of the two
occasions on which he changed his place of residence he was
presented with silver plate and an illuminated address, on leaving
Huddersfield in October 1884 and Dewsbury in December 1892.

He was married at Huddersfield on the 5th of August 1863,
and his wife, after a long and painful illness, died before him.
‘He lost his youngest son unexpectedly about a month or two
before his own decease.

1903 April 1.

108 Speight: Beavers in Yorkshire.

An attack of enteric fever while at Dewsbury had pulled him
down much, but he brightened up considerably on retiring to
live at Ilkley. His own illness was a painful one, of long dura-
tion, which, on the 29th of July 1902, came to an end, at
Ilkley. He was buried at Huddersfield Cemetery, when the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union was officially represented, and the
wreath deposited on his grave in the Union’s name was a crypto-
gamic one, being of Reindeer Moss, most appropriately fitted to
pay the last tribute of respect from his scientific colleagues to a
departed student of cryptogamia. R.

BEAVERS IN YORKSHIRE.

HARRY SPEIGHT.

In Messrs. Clarke and Roebuck’s useful monograph on
‘The Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire’ (1881) it is stated that
the only grounds for surmising that the European beaver ever
inhabited Yorkshire are afforded by place-names, such as
Beverley, in the East Riding; Beaverholes and Beaverdike, in
the Forest of Knaresborough; and Beevor Hill or Beverhole,
near Barnsley, in the West Riding. But there is, I understand,
a document in the possession of the Corporation of Beverley
which proves the actual existence of the animal in that neigh-
bourhood in the twelfth or thirteenth century, and it is
a significant fact that the ancient chain of the Mayor of
Beverley—a relic of the fourteenth century—consists of eagles
(emblem of St. John the Evangelist, to whom the church was
dedicated) and beavers. The situation of the place by open
water meadows, as the name implies, was well suited for the
habits of the beaver, and there are many other spots, especially
in the low-lying districts of Holderness, where one might expect
this aquatic creature found a solitary existence late in historic
times. No doubt it was of the same family as still exists in
Scandinavia and Northern Europe, cut off in early ages by the
encroachments of the North Sea.

The names quoted by Messrs. Clarke and Roebuck favour
a late English survival, and I have also thought that the
extensive and retired ‘Marshes’ at Bolton Percy a_ very
likely spot where the creature might have survived even to
a later period than in the more inhabited district of Beverley.
In searching the old Parish Accounts at Bolton Percy a year

Naturalist,

Sheppard: Beavers in East Vorkshire. 109

ago I discovered this entry under the date 1790:—‘ Pd. for
a bever head, 2d.’ It is of course possible that this may not be
the record of a true beaver, and may be intended for some other
animal. Any information on the subject will, I am sure, be
welcome to all students of Yorkshire history.

rt
NOTE ON ABOVE PAPER.

BEAVERS IN EAST YORKSHIRE.

THOMAS SHEPPARD, F.G.S.

‘BEVER-HEADS’ is an item occasionally found in old parish
accounts, and refers to heads of the otter, not the beaver.
A single skull of a beaver, however, has been found near
Beverley, and was described and figured by Ed. Tindall in
a paper, ‘Remarks on the Extinct Fauna of the East Riding
of Yorkshire.’ (Report of Proceedings of the Geological and
Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of Yorkshire, 1869,
pp. 7-14). As this paper seems to have been almost overlooked
by later writers, I give the paragraph referring to the beaver in
full:—‘ Of the former animal [beaver] a very fine skull was
exhumed during some extensive drainage operations on the
banks of a river near Wawne, in the neighbourhood of Beverley,
in 1861, by Dr. Brereton, and who has kindly allowed the
specimen to be exhibited at this meeting. The skull, it will be
observed, has every indication of having belonged to a mature
individual, measuring six inches in length, and four inches in
width across the posterior part of the zygoma. The nasal bones,
One incisor, and six of the molar teeth are wanting; in every
other respect the skull is in a fine state of preservation, and
deeply coloured by the peat.’ Under and side views of it
accompany Mr. Tindall’s notes. It would be interesting to
know where this skull now is.

The greater part of a skeleton of a beaver was found in the
peat-bed at Withernsea a few years ago by Mr. Pygas, jun., of
Withernsea. This peat-bed is occasionally exposed.on the beach
at low tide, near the remains of the pier. The late Dr. H. B.
Hewetson borrowed the bones for his ‘Museum’ at Easington,
but, unfortunately, their present whereabouts is unknown.

Some beaver bones were obtained by Mr. Thomas Boynton,
F.S.A., during his excavations of the ancient lake dwelling at
Ulrome, in Holderness, proving that it existed in East Yorkshire

1903 April 1.

110 field Notes.

contemporaneously with Neolithic man.* Mr. J. R. Mortimer
has also met with beaver remains in his excavations amongst
British wold barrows. For example, a beaver’s tusk was
found in the Duggleby Howe, opened in 1890. This specimen
is figured on Plate 9, which accompanies Mr. Mortimer’s paper,
‘An Account of the Opening of the Tumulus, ‘Howe Hill,’
Duggleby.’ (Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., 1892, Vol. 12,
Pt. 2, pp. 215-224). Another beaver tooth was found in a
barrow on Painsthorpe Wold. Canon Greenwell, in his ‘ British
Barrows,’ 1877, p. 138, describes an instrument made from
a beaver’s tooth, found in a barrow in the parish of Langton,
East Riding.

These known instances of the occurrence of the beaver in
East Yorkshire in prehistoric times certainly seem sufficient
justification for the assumption that some place-names probably
are derived from the former presence of beavers in the
vicinity.

a

FUNGI.

Geaster fageniformis Vitt.—A fine sample of this rare
Geaster (Earth-Star Fungus) was found at Cantley, near Don-
caster, last November, and forwarded to me by Dr. Corbett.
The only other Yorkshire record, so far as we are aware, is
Beckfoot Lane, Bingley, 1882-3 (Lees’ Fl. W.R.). Unfortunately,
only one specimen was sent, which is now lodged in the Kew
Herbarium.—C. CrossLanp, Halifax, February 1903.

Lachnea fimbriata Quel. (Cooke’s ‘ Mycographia,’ Pl. 113,
Fig. 405).—It may be as well here to place on record this new
British Discomycete, referred to in the ‘Mycological Report’
for last year. It was first noticed on the 2nd October 1902,
growing on moist dust lining the wall of the cellar window area
at my place of business. It continued to flourish till the end of
November, and produced many good crops of ascophores in all
stages of development. These were distributed to various
centres, both at home and abroad, where they were likely to
prove of interest. It is a well-marked species, hitherto only
recorded for France.—C. CRossLanD, Halifax, February 1903.

* These consist of half the lower jaw with incisor and molars, also
three other incisors and some molars, and several bones. Mr. Boynton
also informs me that many of the timbers in the lake dwelling showed
traces of the ‘cutting’ of the beaver.

Naturalist,

LINCOLNSHIRE FRESHWATER MITES. °

C. F. GEORGE, M.R.C.S.,
Kirton-in-Lindsey, Lincolnshire.

Piersigia limophila Protz. This is to my mind one of the
most beautiful and interesting of all the water mites. It appears
to be scarce, and was first described by ‘ Protz’ in ‘ Zoologischen
Anzeiger” for 1896, page 410. It belongs to Koch’s division,
‘Sumpfmilben,’ or mud mites, having no swimming: bristles on
the legs ; it crawls about on the surface of the mud in a tolerably
active manner, but cannot swim. Its differences in structure
from all other water mites necessitated the formation of a new
genus, ‘ Prerstgia,’ and, so far, I am not aware that another
species of the genus has yet been discovered. I found it in
the parish of Manton, near Kirton-in-Lindsey, in April, 1902.
Its colour was a very rich scarlet, with dark blotches produced
by the contents of the ceca. The numerous plates of chitin
embedded in the skin are of various shapes, and complicated
structure, and are admirable objects for the microscope. The
thoracic plates are large, and clearly defined ; the genital plates
are large, and covered with acetabula; the anal plate is of
singular shape, and thickly perforated; and in addition to these
numerous plates there is a network of very fine chitinous threads,
reminding one of a suit’ of chain armour. The proboscis, or
snout, is circular at its apex, and can be either retracted or bent
underneath, and this the creature frequently does when crawling
about. The palpi have the distal joint sunk somewhat into the
next internode, and the third joint has the distal end enlarged
and provided with a rather remarkable bunch of hairs. The
figures are sufficient to give a good idea of the creature, but
nothing short of actual examination under the microscope will
show clearly the complicated structure of the various pieces
of chitin.

Piersig, in his description in ‘Das Tierreich,’ says ‘sex
unknown.’ My specimen, however, was unmistakably a mature
female, for its sack-like body was crowded with eggs, and
doubtless the specimens taken by Protz were also females. If
such be the fact, the male has yet to be discovered.

Figure 1 represents the dorsal surface of the mite, and if
coloured scarlet (the legs a little paler than the body) would give
a good general idea of the creature, as seen under a low power
of the microscope.

1903 April 1.

112 George: Lincolnshire Freshwater Mites.

Figure 2 shows the epimera, genital, and anal plates on the

under side.

Figure 3—the chitinous plates embedded in the dorsal skin,
best seen after soaking in preservative solution for some time.

Figure 4—the thoracic plates and eye capsules.

Figure 5—genital and anal plates, highly magnified.

Figure 6—the proboscis with one palpus attached, and
showing the enlarged third joint and bundle of hairs.

Figure 7—one of the chitinous dorsal plates, much magnified.

Piersigia limophila Protz.

Figure 8—a portion of the delicate network-like layer of
chitin.

The measurements of the creature are:—Body, length,
2°40 mm.; body, breadth, 1°92 mm.; first leg, length, 1°28 mm. ;
second leg, length, 1°44 mm.; 3rd leg, length, 1°44 mm.; palpus,
0°56 mm.; proboscis, 0°34 mm.

Mr. Soar kindly drew the figures for me, and also gave me

the measurements.
ONetcraies

HOLIDAY AMONGST NORTHERN MOSSES.

Rev. C. H. BINSTEAD,

Breinton Vicarage, Hereford.

On 30th June 1902 I met two friends—Rev. A. Ley, of Sellack,
Herefordshire, and Rev. W. R. Linton, of Derbyshire—on
the way North, our destination being Chapel-le-Dale, situated
between Whernside and Ingleborough. Mr. Ley had been there
in the previous year, and found the region so rich in Hawkweeds,
in which he is specially interested, that he determined to visit
it again and asked us to accompany him. We arrived in the
evening of one of the few hot days granted to us during
a memorably dismal summer. The object of my visit being
mosses, in the search for which I found Mr. Linton an
enthusiastic companion, the wet and cold weather that had
prevailed during the early summer was a matter of some
indifference, and decidedly better for these plants than the
droughts which we have had in some recent years during the
holiday season. We spent four days at Chapel-le-Dale, and
from there explored the fine gorges above Ingleton, the mist
and wet that mostly prevailed rendering the high ground
uninviting. It goes without saying that in such gorges the
mosses were numerous, and amongst other species which we
found must be mentioned in particular the rare and little-known
Hypnum tncurvatum Schrad. I had long wished to visit the
Ingleton neighbourhood in order to investigate the habitat
there of this species with which I had become somewhat
familiar through having found it in several localities about
Kendal, the only other district, so far as 1am aware, in which
it occurs in Britain. Mr. Linton and I had the pleasure of
finding some good patches in perfect fruit, and it was with
no little satisfaction that we observed it in several places.
Other species worthy of remark were Swartsia montana Ldbg.
on damp rocks near the stream in one of the gorges (fruit
abundant), and Mnzum orthorrhynchum B.&S., which grew in
large tufts in the sandy deposit about rocks near one of the
waterfalls, but no fruit was found.

On 3rd July we visited Heseltine Ghyll, and there found
the rare Zygodon gracilis Wils. on limestone walls which, but
for the occurrence of this moss, would have been quite unin-
teresting ; and occasionally in similar habitats we found rather
poor Pseudoleskea catenulata B.&S. It struck me as remarkable

114 Binstead: Holiday amongst Northern Mosses.

that these species should apparently be restricted to the walls.
Not a trace of either could I find on the rock of which the
walls were built. Other mosses were numerous at Heseltine,
and the place itself attractive. We regretted that the exigences
of trains would not allow us to explore it carefully. Amongst
other species we noticed plenty of fine Orthothectum rufescens
B.&S. and Bartramia Gdert Sw. Mnium affine Bland was
also good. In its typical form I have only once found this
moss in Britain. The Heseltine specimens would seem to
belong to a form intermediate between the type and the
common bog forms.

On 4th July, the weather being wet and cold, and the main
objects of my visit to North-west Yorkshire having been accom-
plished, I left for Scotland, and on the following day found
myself established in the comfortable Bridge of Lochay Hotel
at Killin, the beautiful place in Perthshire so well known to
botanists as a centre from which to explore Ben Lawers and
other hills rich in good things. One of the visitors at the
hotel was Mr. LI. J. Cocks, of Bromley, a good bryologist,
with whom I made some pleasant excursions. We visited the
familiar Craig Chailleach and the neighbouring points of
Cruben, King’s Seat, and the Ptarmigan Mountain, these being
the prominent hills in the range to the north of Killin. This
range is composed largely of mica-schist, which is always rich
in mosses, and on it are found a large number of the rarest
British species, many of them occurring on no other hills in
Britain save Ben Lawers. As the range is already familiar to
bryologists, it will be enough to mention a few only of the
species which we found there. Amongst the rarest were Camp-
tothecium nitens Schp. (found by Mr. Cocks), Plagiobryum demts-
sum Ldb., Tayloria lingulata \.db., Thuidium decipiens DeNot,
T. Philiberti Limpr., Mnium spinosum Schwer., M. cinclidiotdes
Hiibn., Zzmmza Norwegica Zett., Webera albicans var. glacialis
Schp., Amblystegium curvicauie Ldb., Myurella apiculata B.&S.
Of these, one had always supposed the latter to be extremely
rare even on the Craig Chailleach range of hills. A careful
search, however, revealed it in some abundance throughout
the cliffs of these hills. Owing to its habit of growing amongst
other species it might be overlooked by anyone not having
it in mind. It is quite a little gem when viewed through a lens,
and its slender stems may be found in almost every tuft of
Encalypta that one examines, mosses belonging to the latter
genus being apparently its favourite hiding-places.

Whilst staying at Killin I visited some moorland where,
seventeen years ago, I found a quantity of the rare Zaylorza

Naturalist,

Binstead: Holiday amongst Northern Mosses. 115

tenuis Schp., and again had the pleasure of gathering a fair
quantity of it. Like some of its near relations, it has a way
of ripening its capsules unevenly, and fine tufts had to be left
undisturbed owing to the fruit being immature. Other tufts
had capsules fully ripe and discharging yellow-green spores
in remarkable profusion. In 1885 I found it in open, swampy
ground, but on my recent visit all I could see of it was growing
in seclusion amongst heather.

On 12th July [ went from Killin to Fortingall, at the entrance
to the beautiful Glen Lyon, which is some 26 miles in length
and extends nearly to Ben Douran and the West Highland
Railway. The botanist contemplating a visit to this Glen would
do well to provide himself with a cycle: the road up the Glen
looks good, and near its head are some mountains but little
known on account of their distance from everywhere. The
principal attraction of the lower part of the Glen, from the
point of view of the bryologist, and undoubtedly of the tourist
also, lies in the wild river-gorge, with its profusion of great
rocks. On these, as might be expected, occur some interesting
mosses, foremost amongst which are Bryum Mildeanum Jur.,
which is fine there. Other interesting species are Grimmia
robusta Ferg., Gr. commutata Hiib., and Gr. ovata var.
cvlindrica Hib.

i refrain from expressing an opinion with regard to the
specific value of Grimmia robusta Ferg., which to the student
of Grimmie is at any rate a very interesting moss. The
Glen Lyon specimens, though good, are not so fine as some
I gathered on rocks by a small lake in the mountains near
Glengariff, in Ireland. For the benefit of bryologists wishing
to become acquainted with it, it may be worth while to observe
that it seems to evince a preference for large rocks near water,
it being in this respect like Gr. subsquarrosa, which, though
found in other habitats, is never so fine as when growing very
near water—for instance, upon boulders on the shore of Loch
Tay. Gyr. commutata Hib. is generally a rare species in Britain,
at any rate in our hills, where, if anywhere, one would naturally
expect to find it. It grows plentifully on old stone-tiled roofs
of buildings to the west of Hereford, and in Radnorshire I have
found it growing on basalt and fertile. In Scotland and the
English Lake District, however, it seems rare. Specimens from
Glen Lyon are very slender and elongated. Gy. ovata var.
cylindrica is another rare moss, and, like that just mentioned,
was found in a slender and elongated state on rocks by the
Lyon. Indeed, so much alike are the two forms that it is
difficult to distinguish them with the naked eye.

1903 April r.

116 Binstead: Holiday amongst Northern Mosses.

Whilst at Glen Lyon I made several attempts to work on
Ben Lawers, but owing to the wet and cloudy weather was
able to do but little. On one occasion I had the pleasure of
meeting Mr. Cocks there, and, with him, of exploring the West
Ravine, where we found many good things, notably Zzmmza
austriaca Hedw., one of the rarest of British mosses, growing
in company with Aypnum cirrhosum, another rare species.
Amongst other species found by us on Ben Lawers may be
mentioned Hypnum Halleri L.f., Hyp. sulcatum Schp., Blindia
cespiticta Lab., Heterocladium squarrosulum L., Mycorella apicu-
lata (in several places), Brachythecium plicatum B.&S., Barbula
icmadophila Schp., Hylocomtum pyrenaicum Ldb., and Fy/o.
umbraium B.&S. The latter was found amongst boulders, and
was poor. To see it at its best one should visit the woods of
the Ballachulish neighbourhood, where it grows luxuriantly.
I may mention here that I found it fertile on Connor Hill,
co. Kerry, in 1896.

On one of my visits to Ben Lawers I came across Hypnum
turgescens Schp., not hitherto recorded as British, but somewhat
frequent in bogs in Norway, where I first became familiar
with it. The Ben Lawers’ specimens are as fine as any I have
seen, and the moss seemed quite at home there. For obvious
reasons I refrain from indicating the part of the mountain
where I found this Hypnum, but I may add that it will give
me pleasure to send a specimen to any bryologist who has
not received one through the medium of the Moss Exchange
Club. It may also be worth while to record the occurrence on
Ben Lawers of very fine and plentiful Awlacomnion turgidum
Schwgr. This species seems not to be very rare on the
Perthshire mountains, but I had not previously heard of its
being found on Ben Lawers.

Of Schiehallion, to which a day was given, there is little to
be said. This mountain, otherwise fascinating, proved very
bare of plants of all kinds. It gives rise to the Keltney Burn,
which towards Loch Tay becomes a deep and _ precipitous
gorge, rivalling the gorges above Ingleton, in Yorkshire. Like
many other such places, it proved to be disappointing to the
bryologist, and much rough scrambling resulted only in the
observation of such mosses as might have been expected in
a locality of the kind. Wezsta curvtrostris C.M., however,
occurred on dripping rocks.

Allusion has been made ta the indifferent weather experienced
in the summer of 1902. It was mainly owing to this cause that
I was denied a supreme pleasure of the student of the British
mosses—a long day in genial weather upon Ben Lawers.

Naturalist,

EQUIPMENT OF THE FIELD NATURALIST.*

Rrv. ALFRED THORNLEY, M.A., F.L.S,, F.E.S.,
South Leverton, Lincoln.

Ir may be expected from the title of these notes that I am
going to refer to butterfly nets, killing bottles, vascula, and
such necessary impedimenta of the field naturalist. My object,
however, is to call attention to another kind of equipment, much
more important, I venture to think, than these things to which
I have just referred. I allude to that mental equipment without
which field work becomes vain and unprofitable. Do we not
see everywhere around us ghosts of the temporary passion for
natural history which held us at one time? In this way nothing
is more pathetic than the sight of the microscope standing in
enforced idleness under its glass shade in the sitting-room or
study, or the dusty collection of insects somewhere about the
house, all telling the usual story of a short-lived ardour. Why
have we abandoned the hobby that once fascinated us so greatly?
It is perhaps not always easy to answer this question ; but I will
dare to say that the ideas with which we started to investigate
Nature were not adequate to the task. That which we thought
so fascinating proved at last monotonous, and so was given up.
When we had collected all we could—when we had amassed
heaps of plants and animals, we did not know how to study
them. Then there came a time when there was but little more
to collect, and then what next? The ideal was attained, and in
its attainment proved most unsatisfactory and there was nothing
beyond. The first thing then in the field naturalist’s thoughts
should be ‘study,’ not the mere amassment of material. It is
better to know the life-history of a single beetle than to possess
the three and a half thousand species which the British list
contains. Then it is important that this study should be wide
enough. The field naturalist should learn all he can, all he has
time for. It is a common thing to find some who pay exclusive
attention to some order or group of living things and refuse
almost to look at anything else ; consequently they are shock-
ingly ignorant of things which lie close around and beside them,
and are inextricably correlated with those very objects in which
they are most interested. There are lepidopterists who will not
look at beetles, or flies, or bees, or birds, or flowers; and there
are botanists who will not look at insects. Now, whilst it is an

* Presidential address delivered to the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union,
11th December 1902.

1903 April r.

118 Thornley: Equipment of the Field Naturalist.

excellent thing for a time to work at one group of living things,
this need not be done at the cost of totally neglecting all others.
The conclusions gathered from a special study are usually more
sound and valuable when that special study has been preceded
by a good general knowledge of the whole subject, and not only
of one branch of it. Which of us, in reading those charming
letters of Gilbert White, the prince of naturalists, does not feel
that the fascination of them springs from the full and generous
knowledge with which his mind was stored. Suppose he had
become a mere collector of beetles, what would the world have
lost? I say, therefore, to the field naturalist, read all you can
until the purpose of your study becomes clear to you. Our age
is rich in books telling us how to go to work. Need it be said
that every naturalist should provide himself with a good general
‘Natural History’? There are so many that it is almost per-
plexing to recommend one before another. For those who have
time and leisure I would recommend a little study during the
winter months-of some of the small primers of botany, zoology,
or biology. It is surprising what a lot one can learn in this
way, even if one can only get in half an hour’s reading a day:
but the present craze for reading novels and magazines is much
against serious reading of all kinds. The general reading I lay
stress upon, because it is a most important thing; without it
the mind fails to see in their proper perspective the facts which
it has learnt. How many crude and absurd theories have been
floated through this defect of general knowledge! Inquire into
the educational history of our most noted specialists, and it will
be found that most of them are men of wide and varied learning.
The great danger of the educational system of the present day
is that it tends to specialise too early, just as the weakness of
the old education lay in its generality and too great diffusiveness.

Once more every naturalist should keep a diary. A brief
entry of anything of interest is easily made, and the habit of
thus noting things is readily acquired. The value of such a
diary is very great. It should always be at hand, for interesting
things have a trick of happening at most inconvenient times.
I need hardly state that any specimens acquired should be at
once labelled, localised, and dated. The neglect of this simple
but necessary rule has caused me lately a great deal of dis-
appointment and almost irritation. I have seen many collections,
but the bulk of them have been practically useless to me. They
consisted of mere accumulations of insects from almost every-
where, and their scientific value was exceedingly small.

Naturalist,

Thornley: Equipment of the Field Naturalist. 119

Granted then that our naturalist has read widely and
generously on those subjects which will be of use to him in his
vocation, it cannot be doubted but that he will attain to some
kind of proper ideal, and that he will recognise in what direc-
tions his work will lead to the best results. For example,
‘collecting’ will mean to him no longer the act of accumulating
specimens, but will be looked upon as a valuable aid to the
fascinating study of the distribution of living forms, not only in
his own county but finally over all the earth. From this point
of view the study of the commonest insect will be as full of
interest to him as that of the rarest—-a thought quite alien to
the mind of the average collector. And to give another example
of study as dominated by the scientific ideal, the naturalist will
never account that his study of an object is complete until he
has seen it in contact with its proper environment, until he has
traced out those numerous correlations upon which its very
existence depends. Natural history is really the study of cor-
relations—no animal or plant exists for itself, but for the good
of the rest. For example, an ichneumen fly depends for its
existence upon a certain caterpillar. The caterpillar in its turn
depends upon a supply of leaves of a certain tree, the tree depends
upon its roots being encased in a mantle consisting of the
mycelium of a fungus. Destroy the last of these links and you
destroy all. Or take the correlated-life of an oak tree. What
amout of study would ever make us accurately acquainted with
the whole? Yet herein lies the very fascination of the subject ;
the infiniteness, so to speak, of it; the feeling that there is
always something to learn, something to be found out. That
every line, colour, sound, movement, odour has some meaning
with respect to the whole. To find out this meaning, to be able
to put questions to Nature in the expectation that we shall
get some answers which will go towards elucidating the won-
derful mystery of the whole, that it is which makes natural
history the most enchanting of all studies. Thus studied it
leads always to acertain elevation of mind, a feeling which is
a true symptom that we are on the right road. Our eyes are
open to see the immense wealth of that Nature by which we
are surrounded, to appreciate the infinite beauty and grace of
form which everywhere exists, makes us feel—

This world’s no blot nor blank,

It means intensely and means good,

To find its meaning is my meat and drink.
Now I take it that it is the very purpose of Natural History
1903 April r.

120 Thornley - Equipment of the Field Naturalist.

Societies to set a high ideal of Nature study to the multitude,
and to direct into profitable channels the desultory work which
we so often observe in individuals. For example, what great
use might be made of the camera in connection with the attitudes
of birds, or the positions of leaves and flowers at different times
of the day. I recently saw a beautiful lantern slide of a field of
sleeping daisies, and then the same wide awake in the morning.
I once had given a pretty photo of a Leaf-cutter Bee at work on
a rose tree; and I have seen lately a wonderful slide of two
butterflies asleep on a flower, and covered with dew drops. In
infinite ways the camera might be made to do us great service.
What could be more suitable for museum decoration than a fine
series of Nature photographs? But the subjects are infinite
which may rightly engage the attention of naturalists, and all
have to do with the relation of living things to their environ-
ment—a conception now conveniently expressed by the term
‘bionomics.’ Mimicry, pollination, instincts, the movements
and attitudes of plants and animals; such studies as these, as
well as accumulating an accurate series of records, invaluable
for the purposes of distributional zoology, will afford plenty of
opportunity for work. Too often one gets from individuals the
laconic reply, ‘I do not collect anything,’ to which one feels
inclined to make answer, ‘ My friend, you are not required to
collect anything, but to observe everything. ’

Nature study just now has sprung into notoriety—there is
something almost like a boom init. After years of educational
experimenting our authorities seem lately to have found out
that Nature teaching has a remarkable power in bringing out
the observational faculty, having discovered that the ordinary
curriculum of study has a tendency to train the memory, but
does little for the observing powers. Moreover the very con-
ditions under which Nature must be studied in the highest
degree contributes to the health of the individual. It brings
him out into the open fields and shady woods, to the purified
atmosphere of the mountain top. It provides abundance of
material at the least cost, and an infinite variety of subjects for
study. This spirit then being in the air, so to speak, ought to
lead to some accession to the ranks of Natural History Societies,
and in the future they should be a recognised and honoured
factor in that ideal of education which the nation has now set
before itself. Let naturalists seize the opportunity, and by
vigorous action play their part in leading the minds of those of
our day and generation to profitable study and elevated ideas.

Naturalist,

ORCHIDS OF THE DERWENT VALLEY.

J. W. FAWCETT,

Darlington.

Tue Derwent is a tributary of the Tyne. It is formed by the

junction of two small streams—the Beldon and Knuckton Burns

—which unite about a mile west of Blanchland, and is about

twenty-five miles in length, with a watershed having a total

area of about 200 square miles. For the first twenty miles or

so of its length it forms the boundary between the counties of

Northumberland and Durham. The valley, which is noted for

its scenic beauty, is rich in floral treasures, and seems to be

particularly so in the Orchid family, fourteen species out of

twenty-one recorded British ones being found within its limits.

Its geological structure is the Millstone Grit in its upper portion

and the Coal Measures in its lower portion, with a small area

of Carboniferous Limestone (Fell-top Limestone) between them

near the centre of the valley. The following is a list of the

species of Orchids found in the valley, the result of my own

personal observation. The letters D. and N. appended after

the localities signify that the places are in Durham or

Northumberland, and the figures 1, 2, 3 that the strata on

which they grow is (1) Millstone Grit, (2) Carboniferous Lime-

stone, and (3) Coal Measures.

Malaxis paludosa Sw. Muggleswick Common (D. 1).

Neottia Nidus avis Rich. The Sneep (N. 1 and 2); near Alansford on
both sides of the Derwent (D. 2 and N. 2); rare.

Listera cordata R.Br. Beldon Moor (D. 1); Blanchland Common (N. 1);
Edmundbyers and Muggleswick Moors (D. 1 and 2).

Listera ovata R.Br. The Sneep (N. 1 and 2); and Muggleswick Woods
(ID a ebatel ae

Epipactis latifolia All. In Gibside Woods (D. 3); Chopwell Woods (D.
3); woods near Shotley Bridge (D. 3 and N. 3); woods near Muggles-
wick (D. 1 and 2).

Orchis Morio L. In Chopwell Woods (D. 3); in Hamsterley Woods
(D. 3); in woods near Shotley Hall (N. 3); in woods near Muggleswick
(D. 2); in thickets near the Sneep (N. 2).

Orchis mascula L. Frequent in woods and pastures at Chopwell (D. 3) ;
Medomsley (D. 3); Shotley (N. 3); Muggleswick (D. 1 and 2).

Orchis latifolia L. In damp pastures near Swalwell, Lintzford, Shotley
Bridge (all D. 3); and at the Sneep (N. 1 and 2).

Orchis maculata L. Common in damp pastures throughout the valley.

Habenaria conopsea Seuth. Frequent in meadows and dry pastures at
Gibside and Medomsley (D. 3) ; and Shotley (N. 1).

weil Aci bifolia R.Br. On pasture lands at Medomsley (D. 3); Shotley

1903 April 1.

122 Smith: Diatoms near Grimsby.

Habenaria chloroleuca Rid. At Gibside (D. 3); Medomsley (D. 3);
Shotley (N. 3); Muggleswick (D. 1); Greenhead (N. 1); Edmundbyers
(D. 1) ; Hunstanworth (D. 1); and Blanchland (N. 1).

Habenaria viridis R.Br. The Sneep (N. 2); Muggleswick Moors (D. 1) ;
Edmundbyers (D. 1); Blanchland (N. 1).

Habenaria albida R.Br. Knuckton Burn (D. 1); Blanchland Common
(Nea):

SS SS

DIATOMS NEAR GRIMSBY.

ARTHUR SMITH, F:L-S., F:E.S:, Ere,

Hon. Secretary and Curator of the Grimsby and District Naturalists’ Society.

Tue following species were recently collected by myself, and
have been placed on one of a series of ‘type slides,’ now being
prepared towards obtaining a representative set of Lincolnshire
Diatoms. The specimens were taken from a series of filtered
dippings in Clee Parish, some from the algze-covered sides of
the trough of a spring, others from a brook near by.

The specimens occurring under this half-inch of cover glass
are enumerated below and have been confirmed by Mr. W. J.
Wood, F.R.M.S.

Cymbella affinis Kutz.
Stauroneis Legume Ehr.
Stauroneis Smithii Grun.
Stauroneis anceps Ehr.
Navicula amphirhyncus Ehr.
Navicula lanceolata Kutz.
Navicula gregaria Donk.
Navicula cuspidata Kutz.
Navicula amphisbzena Bory.
Pinnularia Brebissonii Kutz.
Pinnularia viridis Kutz.
Vanheurkia rhomboides

var. Saxonica Rab.

Pleurosigma Spencerii

var. Smithii Grun.

Pleurosigma acuminatum Grun.
Pleurosigma attenuatum W.Sm.
Gomphonema parvulum Kutz.
Rhoicosphenia curvata Grun.
Achnanthidium flexellum Breb.
Achnanthes microcephalum Kutz.
Eunota gracilis Ehr.

Synedra ulna Ehr.

Synedra ulna var vitrea.
Fragilaria construens Ehr.

Fragilaria construens var. binodis.

Fragilaria construens var. venter.
Fragilaria capucina Desm.
Meridion circulare Ag.
Diatoma vulgare Bory.
Diatoma elongatum Ag.
Diatoma hiemale Heib.
Surirella ovalis Breb.
Surirella ovalis var. minuta Breb.
Surirella ovalis
var. pinnata W.Sm.
Surirella ovalis
var. Brightwellii W.Sm.
Surirella ovalis var. apiculata.
Surirella bifrons.
Surirella ovata Kutz.
Surirella linearis W.Sm.
Cymatopleura Solea W.Sm.
Cymatopleura Solea
var. apiculata W.Sm.
Nitzschia dissipata Grun.
Nitzschia acuminata Grun.
Nitzschia angustata Grun.
Nitzschia paradoxa Grun.
Nitzschia Denticula Grun.
Hantzschia amphioxys Ehr.

Naturalist,

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The Flora of the Liverpool District, illustrated by Drawings and
Photographs. Edited by C. Theodore Green, M.R.C.S., etc. Liver-
pool, D. Marples & Co., 1902. Price 5s.

This work gives localities for over 1,060 species, of which
804 are figured by Miss E. M. Wood; and 14 photographs,
some of which could have been made to serve a scientific
purpose, are reproduced as illustrating the scenery of the
district. There is an introduction of eight pages; and a chapter
is appended by Mr. J. J. Fitzpatrick, who contributes seven
pages on the geology of the district, and Rev. J. Cairns Mitchell,

Hightown Sandhills.

who supplies 22 pages of valuable meteorological notes and
tables. The Phanerogams, Pteridophyta, and Characee re-
corded grow ‘within fifteen miles of the Liverpool Town
Hall, and two miles of Southport.’ This area at first sight
seems very unnatural; but if the mountain limestone area of
Flintshire had been left out of account, as it might well have
been, the unnaturalness would have been more apparent than
real. There would then have been left a lowland district, with
underlying rocks all of sandstone—Coal Measures, Bunter, and
Keuper, sometimes obscured by glacial clay, peat, and coast
sand. Such an area affords a capital opportunity of studying

1063 April 1.

124 Reviews and Book Notices.

the effect of the subsoil on vegetation; and it is greatly ta
be regretted that the editor and his committee have not dis-
cussed this and similar problems. In fact, the absence of
a descriptive account of the district from the botanical point
of view constitutes the greatest blemish of, what is in many
respects, an excellent flora. The definitions given of ‘ denizen,’
‘colonist,’ ‘casual,’ and ‘alien’ reveal on the part of Liverpool
naturalists a painful apathy concerning the work of the late
Mr. H. C. Watson. It is iterated with provoking frequency
that certain species, e.g., Clematis, Pyrus Aria, Lycium, Galan-

Water-Lilies near Bromborough.

thus, and Larix are denizens, but ‘always planted’ or ‘always
introduced.’ Even on the inaccurate definition of denizen
given—‘a plant of non-British origin, whether \ naturalised
or not’—the flora is by no means consistent. After this
looseness, the editor has only himself to blame if his readers
are inclined to doubt whether V7ola carpatica, recorded from
rail-banks and waste places about the mosses, is really, as he
states, a native, and if the student of plant distribution who
wishes to ascertain the geographical limits of species fails to
find the book of real help. It is a matter of surprise that in

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 12

wn

a book intended for field botanists the nomenclature of the
8th, rather than that of the latest, London Catalogue should have
been followed. A speciality has been made in recording ballast
plants ; and it is interesting to learn that while most of these only
find a temporary home, yet some others show signs of becoming
naturalised. <A list of the latter plants in the introduction
would have been of value. It is stated that during the last
thirty years some species have become extinct, or much more
scarce, and three reasons are given to account for the fact

growth of population, better farming, and ‘depredations of
fern and herb gatherers, and also of unwise field botanists.’
There are probably other causes which the editor does. not
state; and seeing that records date from Withering’s Flora
(1776-1818), these too brief observations could profitably have
been extended over more than thirty years. The figures are so
delightfully clear that it seems a pity that they were not made
of even more service to field botanists. This could have been
done by the addition of sketches of characteristic parts, e.g.,
roots, tubers, radical leaves, and fruits; and by giving dissections
of the more minute organs. Very occasionally Miss Wood has
done these things, and then mostly with success. Drawings of
allied species are most helpful in identifying allied species ;
and though such are often given, there are exceptions (e.g.,
Ranunculus Lenormond: and R. hederaceus, Betula alba and
B. glutinosa, Potamogeton natans and P. polygontfolius). Ovcca-
sionally varieties are figured, and the drawings of Juncus congesta
and /. umbellata are decidedly good; but not much essential
difference is discernible between the figures of Z7rzophorum
angustifolium and £. latifolium. The stipules of Prunus Cerasus
are not shown, though usually the figures are well done. Several
ballast introductions are figured, perhaps for the first time in this
country. These include Achinospermum lappula and Asphodelus
fistulosa. On the whole, the Liverpool botanists are to be con-
gratulated on the appearance of their ‘Flora,’ which is well
got up in every way, and in which the species are accurately
determined and carefully localised. We are indebted to Dr.
Green for the illustrations here given. GE. MM:

ae ac

Amongst other valuable additions to the Union's library received are :—
‘The Annual Report of the U.S. National!Museum,’ ‘Smithsonian Institution,’
1900, a substantial volume of great value to naturalists and those interested
in museums ; the ‘Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural
Sciences,’ also illustrated with numerous plates ; and Blackwood’s Magazine
for March, which contains an article by Mr. E. Robinson, ‘ Winter on the
South Downs,’ of interest to ornithologists.

1903 April 1.

126 Reviews and Book Notices.

‘The Lepidoptera of the British Islands.” C. G. Barrett, F.E.S.
Vol. VIII. London: Lovell Reeve & Co. 902. This is a further
contribution to the histories of the Geometrina, and comprises the large
families Actdaliide and Larentide. The numerous species are treated in
the same exhaustive manner as in the previous volumes, the life histories,
descriptions of local and casual variation, &c., being almost everything
that can be desired. Ina few species the matter is not quite up to date, as
in the case, for instance, of Hypsipetes elutata, where little is said about the
striking forms of the South-west Yorkshire moors, where probably the
most beautiful forms in Britain occur, and where the range of variation is
infinite. We notice the same omission, too, regarding the striking forms
of Cidaria immanata and C. russata which occur in the same district, and,
so far as we know, nowhere else in Britain. True, some of the forms are
figured in the coloured plates representing the species; but as one edition
of the book is without plates there is, of course, in it no allusion to them.
The coloured plates are for the most part excellent, though here and there
the ‘browns’ are a little too pronounced. One or two errors, too, have
crept in, as inthe figures of Oforabia filigrammaria, where an extraordinary
buff-coloured variety from Dunford Bridge, Yorkshire, and belonging to
a Yorkshire lepidopterist, is credited to a London entomologist, and
vice versa. Still, these are minor matters, and detract comparatively little
from the value of the work. Yorkshire lepidopterists, too, will be glad to
find that specimens from their county figure fairly largely in the illustrations.
Altogether the book, so far as it has gone, is by far the best of its kind we
have, and will probably remain such for many years to come. When com-
pleted, it will be too expensive for possession by the majority of lepidopterists,
but for that reason it ought to be on the shelves of every Free Library, and,
of course still more so, in the library of every Natural History Society and
Field Club.—G,. T. P.

So

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Northumberland, Durham, and New-
castle-upon-Tyne. By John E. Robson, F.E.S. The first part of this list
appeared in May 1899; and we have now received the second part, which
has just been issued. To call the work a catalogue or list, however, is
somewhat misleading, as in reality it is a good deal more than either. An
account—forming almost a short chapter—is given of each species, repre-
senting, we suppose, nearly all that is known of it in the large area treated
of. We say ‘nearly all,’ because we feel sure a good deal must also be
known on a subject in which almost every lepidopterist is now specially
interested, but which is largely neglected in this work. We allude to ‘local
variation.. We know of course that the extraordinary melanism in so
many species which seems to be so rapidly spreading and increasing in
Yorkshire and Lancashire, has not yet made itself felt to any extent in the
more northern counties; but that very many of the species in Northumber-
land and Durham do differ considerably from their brethren in southern
counties, especially where there is but little melanism, we have no doubt,
and a comparison with these would have been not only interesting but
extremely valuable. At the same time, as the general information given on
each species goes far beyond what is found in most county lists, it may have
been deemed inadvisable to still further extend it. The first part of the
work reached to the end of the Noctuina; the second part is devoted
entirely to the Geometrina. The Micro-lepidoptera are still to chronicle,
but when completed, we think, the catalogue will rank among the best of
our county lists. When it is finished we shall hope to notice it again ina
critical comparison with the ‘List of Yorkshire Lepidoptera,’ the supplement
to which will, we hope, by that time also have been published.—G., T. P.

es

An account of the fish in the freshwater aquarium, the Dobrée collection
of Noctuz, etc., appears in Hull Museum Publications, No. 12, just issued.
(A. Brown & Sons, Hull. 1d.)

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 127

Under the editorship of Mr. J. Lomas the Liverpool Geological
Society has issued a valuable number of Proceedings, containing three
papers of interest to Lancashire and Cheshire naturalists. The first is
a useful record of sections exposed in the Heysham Harbour excavations,
etc., by Mr. T. Mellard Reade, who has once more been favoured with
a ‘list of foraminifera’ by Mr. Joseph Wright. Mr. W. Edwards gives a
concise account of the drifts in the neighbourhood of Crewe, and Mr. H. C.
Beasley continues his excellent work amongst the Triassic footprints. This
is a description, with figures, of two curious four-toed prints. The papers
of more general interest are by Mr. C. C. Moore, Mr. T. H. Cope, Prof.
T. G. Bonney, and Mr. J. Lomas. There are several ‘plates,’ some of
which, however, are rather crude.

—— eo
Messrs. Macmillan & Co. have recently reprinted Prof. L. C. Miall’s
‘Aquatic Insects.’ Since the appearance of the work in 1895 (see

Naturalist, 1896, pp. 51-52) it has been largely read, and has unquestionably
done much towards inducing field naturalists to take an interest in this
somewhat neglected branch of natural history. The reissue of the work
has given the author an opportunity of adding two pages of ‘additional
notes, mostly references to works published since the first issue. ‘The
Natural History of Aquatic Insects’ is already well known to most of our
readers, but those who have not had the pleasure of perusing its pages
should not fail to take the earliest opportunity of doing so, particularly as
the author has been greatly assisted in his work by well-known Yorkshire
naturalists.
i >

‘The Natural History Transactions of Northumberland, Durham, and
Newcastle-upon-Tyne’ (Vol. 14, Part 1, 1902), just to hand, contain several
valuable papers, and we must congratulate the society on the decidedly
local flavour of its proceedings. Dr. G. S. Brady writes :—‘ On Copepoda
and other Crustacea taken in Ireland and on the North East Coast of
England’ (plates), and also ‘Report on Dredging and other Marine Research
off the North East Coast of England in 1g01’—papers which should be
perused by all interested in marine zoology. Mr. J. G. Baker gives
‘Biographical Notes on the early Botanists of Northumberland and
Durham,’ which forms a valuable continuation of his address on ‘ Yorkshire
Botanists,’ delivered at the Barnsley meeting of the Yorkshire Union in
1884. The presidential address of Mr. T. Thompson contains a review of
the year’s field work, and also contains some interesting ornithological
matter.

— @@0e —

‘Thoroughbreds and their Grass-land,’ No. II., by the Rev. E. A.
Woodruffe Peacock (Louth, 16 pp., 1902) has just been issued. It enters
‘a little more fully into matters of general interest to horse-breeders.’ It
is sold at the more reasonable price of 6d.

——_2#e

A paper in the Linnean Society's journal (Zoology, Vol. 28) by Professor
G. S. West deals with a branch of micro-zoology too much neglected by
English observers—‘ Freshwater Rhizopods and Heliozoa.’

Among many interesting observations, perhaps the most striking is that
in which Mr. West describes Vampyrella lateritia seen in the act of making
burglarious entry by perforation of the cell wall into a filament of
Mougeotia, and feeding on the enclosed protoplasm and chromatophore.

The author describes 68 species found in Britain by himself, including
six which have not previously been described. Of these two (Gromia
stagnalis and Acanthocystis paludosa) are recorded from Lincolnshire and
Yorkshire localities. One form described is referred to a new genus.
(Leptochlamys ampullacea). The figures are well drawn and the paper will
be invaluable to students of these obscure forms of life.

1903 April 1.

FIELD NOTES.
MAMMALS.

Bos primigenius in Holderness.—A collection of bones
of Bos primizgenzus, from the peat at Kilnsea, near Spurn, has
been presented to the Hull Museum by Mr. J. W. Webster. The
specimens include several vertebra (including the atlas), scapula,
radius and ulna, ribs, etc.—T. S.

——eoe——

BIRDS.

Black Kite near Whitby: a Correction.—-With reference
to the record of the Black Kite near Whitby, in the January
issue of Zhe Naturalist (p. 29), which appears to have been
inserted under a misapprehension, Mr. Eagle Clarke and I have
examined the bird and find it to be a Montagu’s Harrier, C7zrcus
pygargus (L.).—T. H. Netson, Redcar, roth March 1903.

poi igi. te tae

MOLLUSCS.

Testacella scutulum in North Lincolnshire.—-On the 17th
of December I received a young Zest¢acel/a from Miss Susan Allett,
Caistor. My friend Mr. J. W. Taylor has named it, and says
“It is undoubtedly 7. scu¢udum, and therefore an addition to the
fauna of North Lincolnshire.’ It was taken in the garden of
Nettleton House, which is in Caistor Parish.—E. ADRIAN
WoopRUFFE Peacock, Cadney, Brigg.

Yorkshire Fusi.—A good deal of confusion exists in York-
shire lists between /usus /slandicus Chann. and Fusus gracilis
Da Costa. This is primarily due to the fact that in Sowerby’s
Index of British Shells, which was much used by collectors
forty years ago, /. gracilts is called /. Lslandicus. Accordingly,
Ferguson records /slandicus tor Redcar, and the Rev. J. Hawell,
in his List of Cleveland Shells (Proc. Cleveland Nat. Field
Club), falls into the same snare, and records ‘dead shells
from Staithes.’ The true /usus Jslandicus Chann. is a very
deep-water shell, of which only two or three British examples
are known—it is, in fact, abysmal, or nearly so. I do not think
there is the slightest doubt that it was /. gracilis Da Costa that
Ferguson took from the Redcar boats and Mr. Hawell found at
Staithes. Neither of these collectors mention /. gracilis, and
it is not very rare on the fishermen’s lines at any of the Yorkshire
fishing stations, though much less common than 4. entiguus.—
W. C. Hey, oth February, 1903.

Naturalist,

Field Notes. 129

HYMENOPTERA.

Bedeguar Galls at Caythorpe, Div. 13, S. Lincs.—This
gall is frequent on the wild rose (Rosa canina) almost every-
where, but, | think, seldom in such quantity on one rose-bush
as it was on one I saw on the roadside between Court Leys
and Caythorpe on 15th November. The bush is on the grass
away from the hedge, and is about 5% ft. high and 4 ft. through.
There were 46 new galls upon it, and the remains of some
belonging to season 1go1. Each gall contains many larvae, and
is caused by the puncture of a small insect (Rhodites rose).
On 5th February I found that many of these galls had been
broken open by birds, and the inmates extracted.—S. C. Srow,
Grantham, 9th February, 1903.

gg gt

LEPIDOPTERA.

Plusia bractea Fb. at Doncaster.—Among some insects
brought to me to be named, last week, was a specimen of the
above-named species. Its captor, Mr. E. B. Tonkinson, tells
me that he took it at flowers of Clematis, on 15th August 1902,
along with P. gamma. It seems to me to be a very remarkable
capture, dracfea being usually considered to be a high moorland
species, and rare at all times. —-H. H. Corwerrt, Doncaster, oth
March 1903.

Plusta bractea was exceptionally abundant in its known
localities in Scotland and Ireland last year: a lepidopterist
friend told me he ‘could net them faster than he could box
them,’ so it is perhaps not extraordinary that one should
wander to Doncaster.—G. T. P.

slates ie als
COLEOPTERA.

Pogonocherus bidentatus Thoms. near Doncaster. —|
took a specimen of this species at Dodworth, ou Thursday, the
5th inst. It is, I believe, rare in Yorkshire.—-H. H. Corpetr,
Doncaster, 9th March 1903.

Ocypus similis F. near Doncaster.—I was collecting in
Armthorpe Lane, near Doncaster, in late summer 1902, and in
a sand-pit under a log of wood I captured one specimen of
Ocypus similis F. It is not included in Hey’s list, and Fowler
mentions the peculiarity that it does not occur between the
south-eastern and the northern counties. For these reasons
I thought it was worth recording. —H. V. Corsett, Doncaster,
24th February 1903.

1903 April 1. l

130 Field Notes.

FLOWERING PLANTS.

Cerastium tetrandum near Liverpool,—Recent confirma-
tion of this species is asked for in the lately published ‘ Flora of
Liverpool District.’ It occurs abundantly throughout the sand-
dune tract in both Cheshire and South Lancashire, extending
northwards to West Lancashire, where also it is plentiful on the ~
coast of the Fylde area. A few specific localities may be named
and might be readily doubled:—West Kirby, Wallasey, Sea-
forth, Hightown, Southport, and Lytham.—J. A. WHELDON,
Liverpool.

Rubus macrophylloides in Cheshire.—This somewhat un-
common bramble (2. macrophylloides Genev.) occurs plentifully in
Eastham Wood, Cheshire, growing amongst R. vosaceus var.
silvestris R. P. Murray. The similarity in shape of the leaves
of these two plants has no doubt contributed to the plant now
first recorded for Cheshire being overlooked. Mr. Rogers named
my specimens, and ‘forma umbrosa’ appended by him to the
name is easily accounted for by the nature of the habitat—a
densely-shaded oak wood.—J. A. WHELDON, Liverpool.

Omphalodes verna in Forge Valley.—This lovely plant—
a native of north Europe—has somehow or other become
naturalised in Forge Valley. My eye was caught by its large
and brilliant flowers last spring. It has probably been brought
down from some garden at Hackness by the river Derwent.—
Wm. C. Hey, oth February 1903.

Sambucus Ebulus at Ropsley, Div. 15, S. Lincs.—Last
August I saw Dane’s Elder (Samducus Hobulus) in abundance
near Ropsley village, Div. 15. On visiting the locality again at
the end of September in the hope of taking some seeds, I found
that three small berries were the sole crop. This is only the
seventh record for the county, A common Elder (Sambucus -
niger) close to was laden with berries, one branch also bearing
fully opened flowers (30th September).—S. C. Srow, Grantham,
gth February 1903.

Saxifraga stellaris in Durham.—On 4th July 1902 I found
the Starry Saxifrage (Saxzfraga stellaris), a somewhat rare wild
plant in Durham, growing in some profusion near Bollihope, in
Weardale.—J. W. Fawcett, Darlington.

Salvia verticillata at Birkenhead,—This handsome alien
flowered freely in waste ground near the Birkenhead Docks this
summer (1902). It has been reported from the Lancashire por-
tion of the area embraced by the Flora of Liverpool, but is
apparently new to the Cheshire side of the Mersey. It is a
native of South Europe.—J. A. WHELDON, Liverpool.

Natetralist,

NORTHERN NEWS.

The paragraphs in our issue of January as to the indiscriminate slaughter
of birds for profit were intended to apply to the practice and not to any
particular individual. We have heard from a trustworthy local authority
that Mr. Clarke, of Scarborough, has been for the last twelve years a
valued and helpful member of the local Field Naturalists’ Society, of which
he has occupied the presidential chair.

Our attention has been called to an advertisement, emanating from
Grasmere, in which ‘large clumps’ of Parsley Fern are offered at 1s. per
dozen, or 6s. fer cw. If these are wild ferns, as is probably the case, it is
perhaps as well to point out how difficult it is to cultivate this species. We
were hoping that the Lake District flora was well protected. We under-
stand the matter has been brought under the notice of the Lake District
Association, who are inquiring into it.

The members of the Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club have
undertaken a natural history survey of Hornsea Mere, and hope to publish
the results of their work in a volume next year. The Secretary of the Club
will be glad to have particulars of any finds made by members of the Union
that are worthy of recording.

Of the 412 additions to the British Association’s Geological Photographs’
Committee's Collection during 1902, 88 are fron: Yorkshire, 21 from
Cumberland, 16 from Westmorland, 6 from Durham, 3 from Derbyshire,
and 1 from Lancashire. The greater part of these have been contributed
by Mr. Godfrey Bingley, of the Yorkshire Geological Photographs’ Com-
mittee.

Owing to the recent heavy landslips at Scarborough, the naval battery
in the Castle Yard is considered dangerous, necessitating its removal,

The Ripon Corporation is considering the advisability of adopting the
Museums Act, and taking over the museum and library belonging to the
Ripon Naturalists’ Club and Scientific Association.

We regret to record the death, on the 17th January, of Charles Donald
Hardcastle, who has been so intimately acquainted with Leeds naturalists
and geologists for many years. He was Vice-president of the Leeds
Co-operative Naturalists’ Field Club, and was a member since its formation
fourteen years ago. He also passed through the presidential chair of the
Leeds Geological Society. Ina quiet way Mr. Hardcastle did much good
work. He was born at Armley in 1824.

A detailed description of the Heaton Park Borehole, near Manchester,
which reaches to a depth of 790 yards, is given by Mr. Joseph Dickenson
in the ‘ Transactions of the Manchester Geological Society,’ Vol. 28, Part 3,
just issued.

La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes’ for March (Paris) contains lengthy
summaries of two papers appearing in our January issue, viz, that by
Dr. W. G. Smith on ‘ Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Societies’ and
Mr. G, Massee’s on ‘The Modern Method of Studying Agarics.’

With reference to the note by Mr. Edward Peacock on Ringing Bees,
which appeared in our March issue, Dr. C. F. George writes as follows :—
‘I read with much pleasure Mr. Peacock’s interesting paper on this subject,
but am sorry that he has changed his opinion in consequence of the incident
he relates. I have been a bee-keeper uninterruptedly for over forty years ;
it has been one of my hobbies during the whole of that time. I have inter-
viewed some of the ringers alluded to by Mr, Peacock, and find that the
event took place about midday, and that before commencing ringing their
books, etc., were placed om the bee-stand, and near to the entrance of
a hive!! I leave it to bee-keepers and naturalists to draw their own
conclusions. Verbune sap.’

1903 April-r.

Northern News.

4
ioe)
S)

We have pleasure in drawing attention to the notice recently issued by
the Clerk of the East Riding County Council in reference to the protection
of birds and their eggs. The readers of this journal have every reason to
be thankful for the interest taken by the Council in local bird life. The
following is an extract from the circular :—

‘The time during which the killing or taking of Wild Birds is
prohibited by the Act of 1880 shall be extended, so far as concerns the
Administrative County of the East Riding of Yorkshire, so as to be
between the last day of February and the first day of September in
each year.

‘During the period between the 31st day of August in any year and
the 1st day of March following the killing or taking of Wild Birds on
Sundays is prohibited on the foreshore within the East Riding of York-
shire, including the estuary of the Humber, and on the tidal portion of
the River Hull.

‘The taking or destroying of Wild Birds’ Eggs is prohibited for
a period of five’ years from the date of this Order (13th February 1903) :—

‘(1) On the Promontory of Spurn, including Kilnsea Warren south
of the line taken by the road leading from the village of Kilnsea towards
the site of the Old Village of Kilnsea.

*(2) On Hornsea Mere and the lands immediately adjoining, the
boundary of which area commences at a point on the Hornsea and
Seaton Road 7 chains east of Mill Lane, and proceeds in a south-
easterly direction along the road past the north-east side of ‘Great
Wassand’ for a distance of about 51 chains, thence along a footpath
on the south side of the Mere to Lelly Lane, thence north-easterly for
1% chains along the north side of Lelly Lane, thence in a north-westerly
direction along “the boundary fence dividing property belonging to Mr.
William Bethell and Mr. Constable to the Mere, thence along the edge
of the water of the Mere to and along a stream passing the west front
of Ventnor House, to the Hornsea and Seaton Road, and then along
the south side of the said road to the above-mentioned point 7 chains
east of Mill Lane.’

It is pleasing to notice that the Leeds Naturalists’ Club shows signs of
exceptional activity just now.

Mr. Edward Bailey, of Mansfield, has presented an extensive and
valuable collection of Natural History specimens to his native town as
a nucleus of a museum.

The Back Bequest has been granted by the Royal Geographical Society
to Dr. Wm. G. Smith, of the Yorkshire College, Leeds, for his papers and
maps on ‘ The Geographical Distribution of Vegetation in Yorkshire.’

The schools in East Yorkshire are interesting themselves in the ‘ Bird
and Tree Day Competition’ instituted by the Society for the Protection of
Birds. The handsome silver challenge shield given by the society is at
present held by the St. Mary's Boys’ School, Hull.

The Eastern Morning News records that a female Otter, weighing
12 lbs., was caught near Driffield in February. A dog Otter was captured
in the same stream the previous season. The same paper records the
appearance of a Seal at Bridlington early in March, and the capturing of
a Badger at Driffield about the same time. In the Yorkshive Weekly Post
Mr. W. Morris records a Cormorant near Sedbergh on 7th March, and
Mr. Duckworth records a Bewick’s Swan on the Splway Marshes on 28th
February 1903.

The Rev. W. J. Wingate, of St. Stephen’s Vicarage, Bishop Auckland,
has issued an appeal for the names and addresses of Durham residents
interested in Natural History, for the purpose of forming a Union of
Durham Naturalists on the lines of the Yorkshire Union. We trust that
those interested in the subject will forward their names to Mr. Wingate.

Naturalist,

WEST YORKSHIRE BOTANICAL NOTES.

LISTER ROTHERAY,

Long Preston.

THE following list of West Yorkshire plant localities is intended
to. serve as a complementary one to ‘Lees’ Flora of West
Yorkshire.’ Those marked with an asterisk * are new additions
to the river drainage areas in which they occur, whilst the
others, though additional records, mostly show their wider
distribution in their separate drainage areas than is given in
that excellent work. On this account they will perhaps prove
interesting to West Yorkshire botanists generally, as showing
that many species therein given have a wider range of occur-
rence than is often supposed. Some few records are not my
own; in such cases the authority for them is given, specimen
plants having either been shown or given to me from the
localities named in corroboration of the truth of the record.
With these few exceptions the others are my own observations.
The arrangement of the species is that of the 9th edition of the
‘London Catalogue of British Plants.’

Thalictrum collinum Wall. Small gill at Coniston-with-
Kilnsey. Limestone escarpment at Skirethorns, near
Threshfield, Wharfedale.

Var. calcareum (Jord.). Small gill at Coniston-with-Kilnsey.
Limestone escarpment at Skirethorns, near Threshfield,
Wharfedale.

“Thalictrum flavum Linn. Heslaker Lane, Broughton.
Meadow border by river Ribble at Long Preston.

“Ranunculus trichophyllus Chaix. Otterburn Beck, Bell
Busk.

Ranunculus Flammula \. var. radicans Nolte. Marshy
ground by Ribble at Long Preston.

Ranunculus Lingua L. Old bed of river Aire, near Gargrave.

Ranunculus auricomus L. Roadside between Wigglesworth
and Hellifield.

Trollius europzus L. Ditch margin at Wigglesworth.

Aquilegia vulgaris L. Rocky limestone gill between Litton
and Halton Gill in Littondale. Roadside bank beyond
Wigglesworth going to Paythorne.

Actza spicata L. Limestone crevices west of Sulber Nick,

between Selside and Clapham.

1903 April 1.

134 Rotheray : West Yorkshire Botanical Notes.

Berberis vulgaris L. Very plentiful in Buckden Woods, but,
like many others, planted there.

Nymphea lutea L. Very abundant in Ribble opposite Long
Preston.

Papaver Argemone L. Noted for several years on the rail-
way bank west of Skipton.

Meconopsis cambrica Vig. In an old lane, close by a stile,
leading across a meadow towards Inman Lodge, Upper
Ribblesdale.

“Nasturtium palustre DC. Ribble banks at Wigglesworth
and Long Preston.

Draba incana Linn. | Limestone escarpment near Heights
Farm, Skirethorns, near Threshfield.

Cochlearia officinalis L. Banks of Scaleber Beck, from the
Force to its junction with the Ribble.

Cochlearta Armoracia L. Refuse heap and on a piece of waste
ground in Long Preston village.

FHlesperts matronalis L. Known for many years in a hedge at
Stirton, Skipton.

*“Sisymbrium Thalianum }.Gay. Wall top at Wigglesworth.
Plentiful at Long Preston.

Sisymbrium Sophia 9 Farmyard at High Bradley, near
Skipton.

Erysimum perfoliatum Crantz. Manure heap from corn mill,
in The Ings, Skipton.

Diplotaxis tenuifolia DC. Established for several years on
the railway embankment (Colne Section) about a_ mile
beyond Skipton.

Lepidium ruderale L. Waste ground in a pasture near to
Hawbank, Skipton.

Lepidium Draba L. Established for many years on the rail-
way bank to Gargrave, just beyond Skipton.

Thlaspi arvense 1. Found several times on the railway
banks beyond Skipton, and once on the roadside leading
from Bell Busk to Coniston Cold.

Viola palustris L. Boggy places on moor between Long
Preston and Settle.

Viola odorata L. Hedgebank in old lane near Conscience
Farm, Long Preston.

Viola lutea Huds. Roadside near Upper Settle, going to
Long Preston, and pastures near to Scaleber Force.

Naturalist,

Rotheray: West Yorkshire Botanical Notes. 135

Cerastium glomeratum Thuill. Waste ground in a meadow
and by roadside crossing over the moor to Settle, at Long
Preston.

Stellaria graminea L. Pastures by Ribble at Long Preston,
and in pastures near to Scaleber Force.

Arenaria verna L.. South slope of Penyghent, at 2,000 feet
elevation.

Arenaria trenervia L. Roadside banks from Long Preston
to Wigglesworth, and between the latter place and Helli-
field.

Sagina nodosa Fenzl. Damp hillside by Scaleber Beck at
Long Preston, and wet ditchside by road between Ribble-
head and Selside.

Montia fontana Linn. f. erecta Pers. Small gill on the
moor between Long Preston and Settle.

Malva moschata |... Railway bank between Skipton and
Gargrave.

Linum usttatissimum L. Sewage field at Long Preston, in
plenty, but only adventive.

Geranium sylvaticum LL. Rocky wood west of Ribblehead
Station, in abundance. Railway bank between Giggles-
wick and Clapham.

“Geranium pratense L. Common about Long Preston and
district.

Geranium columbinum L. Small gill behind Coniston-with-
Kilnsey.

Geranium lucidum 1. Old walls near Wigglesworth.

Euonymus europeus L. Wood at Swilla Bottom, Ingleton.

Rhamnus catharticus L. Wood at Swilla Bottom, Ingleton.

“Acer campestre L. Two small trees in hedge between
Wigglesworth and Hellifield.

Genista anglica L. Moor above Long Preston among the
heather.

Genista tinctoria L. Very abundant in the railway cuttings
from Skipton to Long Preston, and between Giggleswick
and Bentham.

Ulex Gallii Planch. Observed on a shaly pit-hill at Egypt,
near Thornton, Bradford, in September 1891, in full flower.

“Medicago denticulata Willd. 8. apiculata (Willd.). Grain
refuse heap from corn-mill at Skipton.

1903 April 1.

136 Rotheray : West Yorkshire Botanical Notes.

Medicago arabica Huds. Waste ground in cornfield at
Woodhouse Hill, North Bierley.

“Trifolium arvense L. Very abundant on the railway bank
north of the viaduct, Dentdale Head, in August 1897.
Anthyllis vulneraria L. Exceedingly plentiful in the railway

cuttings between Clapham and Bentham.
Lotus uliginosus Schkuhr. Roadside, near Halton West,
going towards Wigglesworth.

Prunus domestica Linn. In September 1900 I found this
species in fine fruit in the gill by the church at Kirkby
Malham.

Prunus Avium L. Gill at Kirkby Malham.

Prunus Padus L. Hedge by roadside between Hellifield and
Wigglesworth.

Spirza Filipendula L. UDry, rocky pasture, west of Grass
Wood, towards Coniston-with-Kilnsey.

*“Potentilla rubens Vill. Rocky wood, half a mile west of
Ribblehead Station.

Rosa pimpinellifolia L. f. spinosissima L. Limestone
scars in Sulber Nick, and among heather on Ingleborough
Fell. Also in Linn Gill. Very common in Grass Wood,
Grassington.

Rosa arvensis Huds. Very common about Hunsworth and
Oakenshaw, where it supersedes A. canzna.

Parnassia palustris L. Wet places in Scaleber and Bow-
gillber Gills, between Long Preston and Ryeloaf Hill. Also
near Crummack Farm, top of Crummack Dale.

Sedum villosum L. Margin of Cam Beck near the old
County Bridge, top of Linn Gill. Moist rocks by roadside
between Darnbrough and Malham Tarn House.

Hippuris vulgaris L. Watery places on margin of river
Ribble at Long Preston.

Myriophyllum spicatum L. Wigglesworth Beck, before it
enters Ribble, in plenty.

Myriophyllum alterniflorum DC. Wigglesworth Beck and
stream draining wet land between Ribble and Wigglesworth

Hall.

AEgopodium Podagraria L. Hedgebank in old lane at Long
Preston.

Myrrhis Odorata Scop. Plantation at Wigglesworth, one
plant.

Naturalist,

Rotheray : West Yorkshire Botanical Notes. 137

*“Silaus flavescens Bernh. Roadside between Ribble and
Hellifield at Long Preston.

*“Valerianella dentata Poll. Cornfield border, near Huns-
worth Wood, North Bierley.

Antennaria dioica R.Br. Pasture on west side of Crummack
Dale, near Norber. Ingleborough Fells, among the heather.
Pasture above Gordale going towards Cove.

Gnaphalium uliginosum L. Drain margin at Wigglesworth,
and Ribble bank, Long Preston.

Gnaphalium sylvaticum L. Margin of Ribble at Long
Preston.

Xanthium spinosum L. Waste ground at Horton, Bradford.
Shown to me by Mr. J. Beanland.

Senecio viscosus L. Waste ground about disused coal pits
in plenty, at Beeston, Leeds.

Senecio erucifolius L. Canal bank from East Marton,
towards Barnoldswick.

Carlina vulgaris L. Bowgillber Gill, Long Preston.

Serratula tinctoria L. Bushy pasture, near Kettlewell, and
Grass Woods, Grassington, in plenty.

Centaurea Cyanus L. Cornfield at Oakenshaw, North
Bierley.

Campanula lJatifolia L. Thicket by Ribble at Wigglesworth,
and Grass Wood, Grassington.

“Campanula persictfolia L. Roadside between Skipton and
Embsay.
*Lysimachia vulgaris L. Thicket by Ribble at Wigglesworth.

Lysimachia Nummularia L. Border of small plantation at
Wigglesworth, and small gill draining into Bowgillber Gill,
between Long Preston and Ryeloaf Hill.

Lysimachia nemorum L. Very abundant in wet places and
small rills in Bowgillber Gill.

Erythrea Centaurium Pers. Meadow border near Botterby
Wood, Skipton. Plant shown to me by Mr. J. B. Kipling.

Gentiana campestris L. Sulber pastures, between Selside
and top of Crummack Dale, and pasture bottom of Linn
Gill, near to Nether Lodge Farm.

Menyanthes trifoliata L. Boggy place in heathy pasture
on the moor above Long Preston. Ditchside in meadow
near to Inman Lodge, Upper Ribblesdale.

1903 April 1.

138 Rotheray: West Yorkshire Botanical Notes.

Borago officinalis... Oberved several plants this summer
(1902) on the ash-tip at Long Preston.

“Lamium maculatum L. Margin of old lane at Grassington.

Chenopodium Bonus-Henricus L. Waste ground at Long
Preston, and roadside near Grassington.

Daphne mezereum L. . Grass Woods, Grassington. I insert
this on the authority of Mr. J. Crowther, who has a plant
in his garden, obtained there fifteen years ago.

Humulus Lupulus L. Hedge in an old lane at Long Preston.

Salix repens L. Damp pasture by Ribble between Ribble-
head and Thorns Gill. Damp hillside bordering Scaleber
Beck, and very common among the heather on the moor
above Long Preston.

Juniperus communis L. Plentiful in Sulber Nick, north of
Crummack Dale.

Epipactis latifolia All. Ingleton Fell towards Chapel-le-Dale.

Habenaria conopsea Benth. Roadside between Wigglesworth
and Paythorne in plenty.

Habenaria albida R.Br. Meadow near Brow Gill Cave.

Habenaria viridis R.Br. Damp pasture between Ribblehead
and Thorns Gill, and also pasture above Wharfe village in
Crummack Dale.

Habenaria bifolia R.Br. Meadows near Hellifield and by
roadside between Wigglesworth and Paythorne, abundant.

Habenaria chloroleuca Ridley. Pasture adjoining Thorns
Gill and near Nether Lodge, bottom of Linn Gill.

“Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus L.. Meadow at Meer Syke Farm,
going from Wigglesworth to Clitheroe.

Polygonatum officinale All. Wood near Pecca Falls, Ingleton.

Convallaria majalis L. Limestone Scars in Sulber Nick.
Wood west of Ribblehead Station and Ingleborough Fells,
towards Chapel-le-Dale, in abundance.

Allium vineale L. — Shore of Eshton Tarn, Gargrave. Speci-
men sent to me by Miss L. Tranter.

Narthecium Ossifragum Huds. Heathy pasture on moor
above Long Preston.

Paris quadrifolia L. Noted one plant of this species growing
by a block of Silurian rock near the top of Crummack Dale
in May 1899.

Luzula maxima DC. Bowgillber Gill, Long Preston.

Naturalist,

Rotherav « West Yorkshire Botanical Notes. 139

Luzula erecta Desv. c. sudetica. In the old lake bed top of
Crummack Dale.

“Typha latifolia L. Marshy ground bordering river Wenning
at Low Bentham.

Sagittaria sagittifolia L. Canal between West Marton and
Thornton-in-Craven, along with Bofumus umbellatus.

Potamogeton crispus L. Drain from wet land near to Wig-
glesworth Hall, and in the river Ribble at Long Preston.

Scirpus cetaceus L. Margin of Scaleber and Bowgillber
becks, and in the rills draining thereto. Margin of Ribble
at Long Preston. Ditch between Hellifield and Wigegles-
worth.

Scirpus lacustris L. River Ribble between Long Preston
and Wigglesworth, in plenty. At Skipton, also in river
Aire.

Scirpus Caricis Retz. Boggy ground in Bowgillber Gill,
above Long Preston.

Carex pulicaris L. Boggy place between Broadwood and
Swilla Bottom, Ingleton. Small gill on moor above Long
Preston.

Carex pilulifera L. Small gill draining into Scaleber Beck
on moor above Long Preston.

Carex pallescens L. Grassy border of Thorns Gill, near
Ribblehead.

Carex sylvatica Huds. Bastow Wood (higher part of Grass
Wood), Grassington.

Carex fulva Good. Grassy rill margin draining into Scaleber
Beck, above Long Preston.

Melica nutans L. Bastow Wood, Grassington. Linn Gill.

Polystichum lobatum Presl. Bowgillber Gill, Long Preston,
on grit.

Polystichum angulare Presl. Ingleborough Fell, towards
Chapel-le-dale.

Lastrea Oreopteris Presl. Fairly common in most of the
small gills draining into Scaleber and Bowgillber becks
above Long Preston. Also at Shipley Glen towards Baildon
Moor.

Lastrea Filix-mas Presl. c. paleacea Moore. Ditchside by
road between Wigglesworth and Halton West, and sparingly
in Bowgillber Gill along with the type.

1903 April 1.

140 Peacock: Equisetum hyemale tn Lincolnshire.

Lastrea rigida Presl. Limestone pavement of Ingleborough,
behind the Hill Inn, Chapel-le-dale. Have known the plant
here above twenty years.

Phegopteris Dryopteris Fée. Wood between Shelf and Royds
Hall going towards Norwood Green, along with Scelopen-
drium vulgare.

Phegopteris calcarea kée. Ingleborough lower scars, behind
Southerscales, in plenty. Also limestone crevices west of
Sulber Nick, between Selside and Crummack Dale.

Phegopteris polypodioides Fée. Scrubby ground, amongst
grass, on lowest scar of Ingleborough, west of Souther-
scales. The plants in this station differ from those of any
other of the same species I have ever seen, the stipes being
much shorter, whilst the frond is also much shorter and
narrower and of a reddish-green colour. In fact, the tallest
plants scarcely exceed eight or nine inches in height.

Equisetum maximum Lam. Bowgillber Gill, above Long
Preston.

Egisetum sylvaticum L. Bradley Moor, near Skipton.
Scrubby pasture near Nether Lodge, bottom of Linn Gill.

Equisetum limosum Sm. Abundant in the Ribble between
Long Preston and Wigglesworth.

Lycopodium Selago L. Plentiful in the bend on the highest
ridge of Ingleborough, opposite Chapel-le-dale, along with
Cryptogamme crispa. Old lake bed between Clapham village
and Norber.

Lycopodium clavatum L. Glassy slope of Ingleborough, near
to Meer Gill.

Lycopodium alpinum lL. Sparingly at the eastern corner of
the bend of the highest ridge of Ingleborough, opposite
Chapel-le-dale.

Selaginella selaginoides Gray. Wet places in Sulber Nick
and Sulber pasture, adjoining head of Crummack Dale.

ee
HORSETAILS.

Equisetum hyemale in Lincolnshire.—Edmund Oldfield
recorded Aguzsetum hyemale in 1829 for this county. It has not
been seen since till Miss Susan Allett sent me it this season
from a damp wood, ‘ River-head,’ South Kelsey.—E. ADRIAN
WooprurFE Peacock, Cadney, Brigg, 1st November 1902.

Naturalist,

141
BIBLIOGRAPHY :

Papers and Records published with respect to the Natural History
and Physical Features of the North of England.

GEOLOGY AND PALAEONTOLOGY, 1900.

Compiled and edited by
THOMAS SHEPPARD, F.G.S.

Particulars of papers, etc., omitted from the following list
will be gladly received and included at the commencement of
the 1991 Bibliography. Every effort will be made, however, to
ensure these lists being as complete as possible.

The lists for 1901-1902 are ready and will be published as
soon as possible, and it would render them more complete if
editors of periodicals, secretaries of societies, and especially
authors of papers in local journals, etc., would send copies to
the editor at the Museum, Hull. Reprints and authors’ separate
copies should bear the name of the publication, the number of
the volume or part, the orzgznal paging and the acéual date
of publication.

As regards dating, we would suggest to editors and secre-
taries that care be taken to give the actual date of publication
on the wrapper of all parts of journals and transactions ; there
is often difficulty and uncertainty, and we might instance some
Transactions as not even stating the year of publication of the
various parts. Bibliographers would greatly appreciate attention
to this point.

The Watsonian vice-counties are adopted throughout these
bibliographies as more convenient and uniform in extent than
the political counties; those comprised within the North of
England are the following :—

sau leincoln ous 54, Lincola IN. 7s, Notts.; 57, Denby; 58,
Cheshire; 59, Lancashire S.; 60, Lancashire W.; 61, York S.E.;
o2,.Vork Nis: 63, Y ork Si Wi64,, York Mid W..5.65, York
N.W.; 66, Durham; 67, Northumberland S.; 68, Cheviotland ;
69, Westmorland with Furness and Cartmel; 70, Cumberland;
and 71, Isle of Man; with their adjoining seas.

Previous instalments of the Bibliography of Geology and
Paleontology have appeared as follows :

For 1884, in ‘Naturalist,’ Dec. 1885, pp. 394-406.

i FOSS, a Nov. 1886, pp. 349-362.
33) . PSOG, x June 1888, pp. 178-188.

1903 April =

142 Bibliography - Geology and Paleontology, rgoo.

For 1887, in ‘ Naturalist,’ Feb. 1889, pp. 61-77.

sa seLOoes x April-May 1890, pp. 121-138.
43) LOOG; 56 Nov. 1890, pp. 339-350.
LOO: ay Oct.-Nov. 1891, pp. 313-330.
“5 sife LOGI *e July-Aug. 1892, pp. 219-234.
is, LOO2s “ts Sept. 1893, pp- 2052/2:

5a LOO 35 ‘ Sept.-Oct. 1898, pp. 273-296.
is. DLOOAS - March-April 1899, pp. Sree
ee OOS. 40 Oct.-Nov. 1899, pp. 305-324.
i OOO, fs June 1900, pp. 173-191.

Fat? LOOT, 3h Jan.-Feb. 1901, pp. 17-36.

= OOo 45 Oct.-Nov. 1901, pp. 305-324.
i OOO, 3 Oct imge2, app. oi7-346-

I have to thank Mr. W. Denison Roebuck, ens: and
Mr. Alfred Harker, M.A:, F.R.S., F.G.S., for assistance.

1900.
ANON. [not signed]. YORKSHIRE, ETC.
British Association, Bradford, 1900. Catalogue of Temporary
Museum in the Girls’ Grammar School [includes several interesting
Geological exhibits relating to Yorkshire, etc., lent by Mr. P. F. Kendall],
S pp. 1goo0.
ANON. [not signed]. YORKSHIRE, ETC.
Geology at the British Association [a review of the work of
Section C at the Bradford meeting, containing numerous references to
Yorkshire Geology]. Nature, 11th Oct. 1900, pp. 587-588.
ANON. [not signed]. DURHAM.
An Erratic Boulder [on Dovefield Hill, near Crook Railway
Station; a gabbro, weighing about five tons]. Trans. Weardale Nat.
Field Club, Vol::1, No. 1, 1900, p. 324.
ANON. [not signed]. YORKSHIRE,
Excursions | British Association | Bradford, 1900 | [includes par-
ticulars of the Geology of the various places visited]. 1900.
ANON. [not signed]. YORKSHIRE.
British Association for the Advancement of Science. Bradford
Meeting, 1900. Handbook. For the use of Members taking part in
Geological Excursions. 6 pp., sections, etc.
ANON. [not signed]. NORTHUMBERLAND S,
The Northumberland Coalfield. Coll. Guardian, Vol. 79, 1900, pp.
63-64, 160-161, 208-200, 350, 400-401, 498-499.
ANON. [not signed]. DURHAM.
The Durham Coalfield. Coll, Guardian, Vol. 79, 1900, pp. 111-112,
303-304, 450-451, 543-544, 688-680.
ANON, [not signed]. LANC. S.
The Lancashire Coalfield. Coll. Guardian, Vol. 79, 1900, pp. 979-980,
1025-1026, 1078, 1126, 1219-1220.
ANON. [not signed]. DvuRHAM.

[Note recording the erection of a large Shap Granite Boulder,
weighing twelve tons, in the public park, Darlington, in memory of the
late Dr. R. T. Manson]. Nature, 1st Nov. 1goo, p. 11.

Naturalist,

Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, 1900. 143

ANON. [not signed]. NOTTINGHAMSHIRE.
British and Irish Building Stones. XI. Nottinghamshire [an
account of the Liassic, Triassic, and Permian strata of Nottinghamshire
from the point of view of their fitness for building purposes]. Building
News, 21st Sept., Vol. 79, pp. 386-387.
ANON. [not signed]. LAKE DISTRICT.
Some Recent Papers by Professor W. M. Davis [reviewed ; some
physical features in the English Lake District attributed to troughs
which have been deepened and widened by ice-action]. Geol. Mag.,
Dec. 1900, pp. 574-575:
ANON. [not signed]. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Home Office. | Mines and Quarries: | General Report and Statistics
| For 1899, | Part I.—District Statistics. | Statistics of the persons
employed, output, and | accidents at Mines and Quarries in the United |

Kingdom, arranged according to the Inspection | Districts. . . | London
| 1900.
ANON. [not signed]. CHEVIOTLAND, YORKSHIRE S.E.

The Palzontographical Society of London: Annual Volume (LIII.)
for 1899. Issued December, 1899. [Review of; refers to a new species
of Dithyrocaris (D. dunniz) from tail pieces found by Mr. John Dunn in
the Redesdale shales, Northumberland; and Vuculana speetonensis,
sp. nov., and Nucula lamplughi, sp. nov., from the Speeton Clay].
Geol. Mag., Feb. 1900, pp. 82-85.

ANON. [not signed]. LANc. S., CHESHIRE.
Obituary. George Highfield Morton, F.G.S. Born July 9, 1826.
Died March 30, tg00. [Briefly refers to Morton's geological work in the
Liverpool neighbourhood]. Geol. Mag., June 1goo, p. 288.
ANON. [not signed]. Lanc. S.
The Great Crosby Boulder [brief notice of this gypsum erratic;
see ‘*T. Mellard Reade” in the 1899 Bibliography]. Science Gossip,
Jan. 1900, p. 246.
ANON. [not signed]. Lanc. S.
[Record of] A Slight Earth-shake near Manchester at about
1.17 a.m. on 7th April; felt at places in the immediate neighbourhood of
the Irwell Valley fault]. Nature, 3rd May 1900, p. 17.
ANON. [not signed]. York S.E,
The Mortimer Museum at Driffield [briefly refers to Geological
and Archeological contents]. Naturalist, May 1900, p. 130.

W. ACKROYD. See ‘F. W. Branson.’

BE: G, ALDRIDGE. LANC, S,, CHESHIRE.
Building Stones around Liverpool. Quarry, Vol. 5, 1900, pp. 325-327.

HuBERY JOHN ALLEN. FURNESS.

Iron and Copper Manufacture in Furness from the Earliest Times
till the 19th Century [a paper read in February 1886]. Furness Lore:
being Trans. Barrow Nat. Field Club for three years ending March 1882,
printed 1900, pp. 128-132.

[G. L. APPERSON; Editor; not signed. ] YorK S.E.

Driffield, in Yorkshire [the Museum at; notice of the catalogue
prepared by Thomas Sheppard]. Antiquary, January r1gor, p. 4.

Lorp AVEBURY [SIR JOHN LUBBOCK]. YORK EsVETeC.

Pre-historic Times as illustrated by Ancient Remains and the
Manners and Customs of Modern Savages. Sixth edition. 1900.

1903 April 1.

144 Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, 1goo.

JOHN BARKER. DuRHAM.
The Limestones in Weardale [describes beds of Carboniferous
Limestone and refers to their fossils, etc.]. Trans. Weardale Nat. Field
Club, 1900, pp. 50-56.
J. BARNES AND W. F. HOLROYD. DERBYSHIRE.
Some Further Notes on the Sea Beach in the Carboniferous
Limestone, Derbyshire. Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 26, 1900,
pp- 406-473.
J. BARNES AND W. F. HOLROYD. DERBYSHIRE.
On the Mottled Carboniferous Limestone of Derbyshire. Trans.
Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 26, 1900, pp. 561-567.
[J.] BARNES AND [W. F.] HOLRoyp. DERBYSHIRE.
La Blue-John-Mine a Castelton (Angleterre) [describing mode of
origin of the caves of the district and discussing the formation of the
fluor-spar ; the latter is considered to have been formed after the eleva-
tion of the Carboniferous Limestone, but before the deposition of the
Permian; the cause of its colour is also discussed]. Mém. Soc. Spélé-
ologie, Vol. 4, pp. 1-19.
F. A. BATHER. YORKSHIRE, LANCASHIRE, ETC.
The Genera and Species of Blastoidea, with a List of the Specimens
in the British Museum (Natural History) [includes particulars of the
Gilberston collection from Lancashire and Yorkshire, the J. Rofes collec-
tion from Yorkshire, etc. ], pp. x. +70, 1899.
F. A. BATHER. CHESHIRE.
Wind-worn Pebbles in the British Isles [describes an example
from Bowden, a suburb of Altrincham, Cheshire, ete.]. Proc. Geol. Assn.,
Vol. 16, Part 7, 1900, pp. 396-420.
F. A. BATHER. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
A Record of, and Index to, the Literature of Echinodermata

sublished during the year 1599, with a few items from previous years
i F
[reprinted from the ‘ Zoological Record’ oA 1899, publ. 1900; contains

brief references to Northern Counties], pp. 4+ 101.
J. A. BEAN. See *C. W. Fennell.
ALEXANDER BEAZELEY. YORK S3E. LING) Nae EG:

The Reclamation of Land from Tidal Waters [refers to the
denudation of the coast; the accumulation of material in the Humber,
etc. ], pp. xii. + 314, 1900. Reviewed in Nature, 19th July, 1900, pp. 266-7.

B. S. BECKWITH. YorRK N.

A Ten-Days’ Driving and Walking Tour in the North-west
Yorkshire Dales [brief geological notes]. Darlington; 24 pp.; 1900
[query, reprinted from local newspaper].

L. L. BELINFANTE. NORTHERN COUNTIES.

Geological Literature | added to the | Geological Society’s Library
| during the ; Year alee December 31st, 1899 [contains particulars of
numerous papers, etc., referring to the Northern Counties], 1900, pp. 1-176.

L. L. BELINFANTE [not signed ; edited by]. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Abstracts of the Proceedings of the Geological Society of London.
Session 1899-1900. [Many of the papers refer to the geology of the
Northern Counties.] 1900; pp. 1-124.
THOMAS BELL. DURHAM.

On the Working of Coal Mines under the Seas; also under the
Permian Feeder of Water in the County of Durham. Trans. Manch.
Geol. Soc., Vol. 26, 1900, pp. 554-559:

Naturalist,

Bibliography - Geology and Paleontology, 1g00. 145

C. Ec. BERTRAND. LANc. S., YORK S.W.
On the Structure of a Stem of a Ribbed Sigillaria [compares with

specimens from Oldham and Halifax]. Rep. Brit. Assn. 1899 (publ. 1900),
Dover Meeting, pp. 926-927.

THOMAS BLASHILL. YORK S.E.

Sutton-in-Holderness | The Manor, The Berewic, and | The Village

Community | by | Thomas Blashill, F.R.I.B.A. |. . | Cheap Edition |
London [brief geological notes]. 1900; pp. iv. +iv. + xvi. + 302.

WILLIAM BOADEN. DERBYSHIRE, CUMBERLAND.
Microscopic Geology [a paper read in March 1880; very briefly
refers to Derbyshire, Cumberland, etc.]. Furness Lore: being Trans.
Barrow Nat. Field Club for three years ending March 1882, printed 1900,
PP 34-36.
J. W. Bonn. YorkK Mip W. AND S.W.
Records of Investigations in the Carboniferous Strata of the Leeds
District. Trans. Leeds Geol. Assn., Vol. 12, 1900, pp. 32-37.
T. G. BONNEY. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
The Bunter Pebble-beds of the Midlands and the Source of their
Materials [brief references to the Lake District, Lancashire, Cheshire,
etc.]. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 56, May 1900, pp. 287-306.

F. W. BRANSON AND W. ACKROYD. York Mip W.
[The Underground Waters of North-west Yorkshire. Part I.
The Sources of the River Aire]. III. Report of the Chemical Sub-
committee [gives results of tests of water charged with different solu-
tions, after reappearing at the springs, etc.]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and
Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 1, 1900, pp. 13-21.

A. W. BRIGHTMORE. Lanc. S., CHESHIRE.
Floating Stones [pieces of earth, etc., noticed floating down the
Mersey at ebb tide; probably having been detached from the banks
during the quiescent period of high water]. Nature, 8th Feb., 1900,
p- 346.
BENNETT H, BROUGH. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
The Duration of the British Coalfields [a review of ‘Les

Charbons Britanniques et leur épuisement,’ by E. Lozé]. Nature, 7th
June, 1900, pp. 124-125.

A. J. JUKES-BROWNE. Line. N. aNnD S., YORK S.E.
The Cretaceous Rocks of Britain. Vol. 1.—The Gault and Upper
Greensand of England [including the Red Chalk of Lincolnshire and
Yorkshire; an account of this formation is given, with stratigraphical
details and fossil lists; also chemical analyses of the red chalk of
Candlesby and Langton and of the red marly chalk of Speeton, and
descriptions by W. Hill and J. J. H. Teall of the mineral constitution of
the Red Chalk]. Mem. Geol. Survey, 1900, pp. xiv.+499. Reviewed in
Nature, 25th Oct. 1900, pp. 617-8.

B. A. BURRELL. YorK Mip W.
The Composition of some Malham Waters [Details of the chemical
constituents of the waters in the district]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt.
Soc., Vol. 14, Part 1, 1g00, pp. 45-48.
F. M. BuRTON. ' Linc. N.
Large Fairy Rings at Fillingham Castle [Brief notes on the
geological nature of the subsoils]. Naturalist, Dec. 1900, p. 367.

1903 April 1. S

146 Libliography : Geology and Paleontology, 1900.

F. M. BURTON. Linc. N.
Lincolnshire Coast Boulders [criticises Mr. Harker’s notes in a
previous issue]. Naturalist, March 1900, pp. 93-96; April, p. 97.
F. M. BURTON. NOTTINGHAMSHIRE.
Gravel beds on which the Stapleford Woods are situated [as noted
on the excursion of the Linc. Nat. Union to Newark, 29th June 1899].
Naturalist, April 1900, p. 120-121.
W. J. P. BURTON. DERBYSHIRE.
The Lead Ore Deposits of Derbyshire [gives historical notes and
describes the mode of occurrence of the ore]. Derbyshire Naturalists’
Quarterly, Vol. 1, No. 3, Oct. 1900, pp. 45-49.
W. J. P. BURTON [not signed]. DERBYSHIRE.
The Gritstone of Derbyshire [describes the Grit, its contained
fossils, etc.]. Derbyshire Naturalists’ Quarterly, Vol. 1, No. 1, May
1900, pp. 2-5.
GEORGE CALDWELL. Lane. S.
On White Sandstone Nodules found in No. 1 Pit, Lord Derby’s
Siding, Rainford. Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 26, 1900, pp. 591-592.
C. S. CARTER. Linc. N.
Neolithic Implements near Louth [records arrow heads, scrapers,
etc., presumably of flint]. Naturalist, Oct. 1900, p. 291.
C. S. CARTER. Linc. N.
Red Chalk Fossils at Redhill, near Goulceby, Lincs. N. [gives five
or six additions to the list in the Geological Survey Memoir]. Naturalist,
Oct. 1900, p. 291.
W. LOWER CARTER [not signed]. YORKSHIRE.
Secretary’s Report, 1899 [refers to the work accomplished on the
excursions, etc.]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., 1900, Vol. 14,
Part 1, pp. 99-124.
W. L. CarTER. See ‘P. F. Kendall.’
EDWARD MAULE COLE. Yorks. N.E. AND S.E.
Moraine near Filey [points out a good position for viewing ‘the
great moraine which dammed back the waters of the Rye’|. Naturalist,
March 1g00, p. 68.
H. H. CORBETT. YORKS3 Savi
One dolerite [boulder at] Cusworth [In the Yorkshire Boulder
Committee and its Fourteenth Year's Work]. Naturalist, Dec. 1900,
p- 3601.
M. COSSMANN. YORKSHIRE, ETC.
[Review of a paper] ‘On the occurrence in British Carboniferous
Rocks of the Devonian Genus Palzoneils, with the description of the
new species P. carbonifera,’ by Dr. W. Hind, in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
1900. Revue Critique de Paléozoologie, Oct. 1900, p. 152.
M. COSSMANN. YORKSHIRE, ETC.
[Review of] ‘A Monograph of the British Carboniferous Lamelli-
branchiata, Part 4,’ by W. Hind.’ Revue Critique de Pal., Oct. 1900,
pp: 155-156.
T. A. COWARD AND CHARLES OLDHAM. CHESHIRE.

The | Birds of Cheshire |.|.. and a map of the county | .
Manchester |. | . | 1900 | viii. + 278 [brief geological notes]. See Review
in the Naturalist, Sep. 1900, pp. 285-287.

Naturalist,

Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, 1900. 147

W. H. Crorts. YorK S.E.
A specimen of Post-Arche[ajn granite from Angermanland or
Aland [at Easington; in the Report of the East Riding Boulder
Committee, 1898]. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99 (publ.
1900), p. 5.
W. H. Crorts. York S.E.
[Boulder of Rhomb-porphyry at] Brantinghamthorpe [in the
Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its thirteenth year’s work]. Naturalist,
Dec. 1900, p. 356.

W. H. CRorts. MORES ER
The Upper Flintless Chalk at Beverley [apparently 170 feet thick,
as flint was met with in a boring at 176 feet]. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc.,

Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99 (publ. 1900), p. 27.
W. B. Crump [not signed].
[The Flora of Halifax.] Introduction. Chapter 1. The Parish of
Halitax. [Geological notes.] Halifax Naturalist, June 1900, pp. ix.-xvi.
S. W. CuTTRiss. York Mip W.
‘*Cave-Hunting in Yorkshire’’ [summary of lecture delivered to
the Halifax Scientific Society]. Halifax Naturalist, April 1900, p. 18.
ERS IDAIGVINS: YorK Mip W., LAKE DistTRICT.
Modern Denudation in North Wales [also cites instances in Craven,
Cumberland, Westmorland, etc.]. Geol. Mag., Jan. 1900, pp. 18-20.
ELIZABETH DALE. DERBYSHIRE.
The Scenery and Geology of the Peak of Derbyshire [a general
account with special reference to particular sections, fossil localities, etc.,
and discussion of the origin of the scenery], pp. viii. +176, with figures
and a map, Buxton and London. Reviewed in Nature, 22nd Novy. 1900,
p- 80.
W. M. Davis. LAKE DIsTRICT.
Glacial Erosion in France, Switzerland, and Norway [referring to
examples of ‘ over-deepened main valleys and hanging lateral valleys’ in
the English Lake District]. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 29, July
1900 ; reviewed in Geol. Mag., Dec. 1900, pp. 575-576.
CHARLES DAVISON. LINCOLNSHIRE, LANC. S.
On Some Minor British Earthquakes of the Years 1893-1899
[the Rutland earthquake of 28th January 1898 was felt in Lincolnshire,
and an ‘earth-shake’ occurred at Pendleton, near Manchester, on 27th
February 1899]. Geol. Mag., April 1900, pp. 164-177.
R. M. DEELEY. DERBYSHIRE.
Fine Section of Boulder-clay at Crich [Large exposure of boulder-
clay resting upon a striated floor of Mountain Limestone recently
exposed]. Geol. Mag., Oct. 1900, pp. 476-477.
C. E. DERANCE. LANCASHIRE.
The Salford Earthquake. Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 26, 1900,
PP: 495-490.
E. Dickson. Lanc. S.
Notes on Glacial and Post-Glacial Deposits near Southport
[describes an area of about 35 square miles on the southern side of
the Ribble estuary, which is principally occupied by the site of a post-
glacial mere, details of which are given]. Proc. Liverp. Geol. Soc.,
Vol. 8, Part 4, 1899-1900 (publ. 1900), pp. 454-462.
WILLIAM MORLEY EGGLESTONE. DuRHAM.
Glacier Footprints in the Wear Valley [describes striated surface
at Jack’s Crag, near Stanhope]. Trans. Weardale Nat. Field Club,
Vol. 1, No. 1, 1900, pp. 78-16.

1903 April 1.

148 Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, rgoo.

W. M. EGGLESTONE. DURHAM.

Pectolite—a Mineral new to Durham [found in a basalt quarry at

Burtreeford, near Cowshill, Weardale]. Trans. Weardale Nat. Field
Club., Vol. 1, No. 1, 1900, pp. 125-126.

W. M. EGGLESTONE. DURHAM.

Crystals within Crystalis [small cubes of galena embedded in
quartz crystals from Old Faw Mine]. Trans. Weardale Nat. Field
Club, Vol. 1, No. 1, 1900, pp. 122-123.

J. V. ELSDEN. YORK Mip W. AND S.W.
[The Coalfields of] Yorkshire. Coll. Guard., Vol. 79, 1900, pp. 112-120,
145-157, 197-207, 245-259, 309-322; maps.
C. W. FENNELL AND J. A. BEAN. YORK MID W.
[The Underground Waters of North-west Yorkshire. Part I.
The Sources of the River Aire.| II. Engineering Report [gives details

of the gaugings of water at Malham Tarn, Malham Cove and Aire Head].
Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 1, 1900, pp. 11-13.

C. Le NEVE FOSTER. NORTHERN COUNTIES.

Output and Value of the Minerals raised in the United Kingdom
in 1899. Summarised in Nature, 15th Nov. 1900, pp. 72-73.

; YORKSHIRE, LANCASHIRE, CHESHIRE, DERBYSHIRE,
E. J. GARWooD [Secretary]. ISLE OF MAN.
Life-Zones in the British Carboniferous Rocks.—Report of the
Committee [includes (i.) Report on Carboniferous Rocks and Fossils,
South Pennine District, by Dr. Wheelton Hind; (ii.) Report on
Carboniferous Rocks and Fossils, North Wales District; (iii.) Report
on Carboniferous Rocks and Fossils, Isle of Man]. Rep. Brit. Assn.,
1899 (publ. 1900), Dover Meeting, pp. 371-375.
R. A. GATTY. Lanc. S., YORK S.W.
Pigmy Flint Implements [found in large quantities in East
Lancashire and South Yorkshire in association with other worked
flints of Neolithic age. The Reliquary and Illustrated Archeologist,
Vol. 6, 1900, pp. 15 et seq.; summary in Nature, 18th Jan. 1900, p. 282.
ARCH. GEIKIE. DERBYSHIRE, CHESHIRE, ETC.
Summary of Progress | of the | Geological Survey | of the |
United Kingdom | for | 1899 (publ. 1900), 214 pp.
J. G. GOODCHILD. CUMBERLAND.
Formation of Maritime Peat [citing an occurrence at Maryport,
and arguing that such cases do not necessarily imply changes of level].
Geol. Mag., Aug. 1900, p. 381.
Maria M. GORDON. ISLE OF MAN.
Similar Geological Structures in South Tyrol and the Isle of Man
{calling attention to the resemblance as regards mechanical disturbance
between the two districts as described by the writer and G. W. Lamplugh
respectively]. Nature, 22nd March, 1900, Vol. 61, p. 490.
Maria M. OGILVIE GORDON. ISLE OF MAN.
Rock-Structures in the Isle of Man and in South Tyrol [remarks
on G. W. Lamplugh’s recent paper and points out the parallelism in the

general sequence of geological events in the Isle of Man and in South
Tyrol]. Nature, 3rd May rgoo, p. 7.

J. Gowan. See ‘A. C. SEWARD.’
A. GREENWELL. YORKSHIRE.
Some Yorkshire Clay Pits. Quarry, Vol. 5, 1900, pp. 515-524.

Naturalist,

Bibliography - Geology and Paleontology, 1900. 149

W.S. GRESLEY. DERBYSHIRE.

Coal Plants. Incontrovertible Evidence of Growth in situ. [Brings

evidence forward from observations made in the South Derbyshire Coal-
field, etc.] Geol. Mag., Dec. 1900, pp. 538-542.

W. GUNN, CHEVIOTLAND.
The Geology of Belford, Holy Island, and the Farne Islands,
Northumberland (Explanation of Quarter-Sheet 110 S.E., New Series,
Sheet 4). [Describes in detail the Carboniferous strata of the district
with the Whin Sill and basic dykes; the Glacial, Post-Glacial, and
Recent Deposits; with remarks on the Economic Geology; and (as
appendices) Lists of Fossils, Vertical Sections, Glossary of Local and
Mining Terms, and Bibliography.] Mem. Geol. Surv. Engl. and Wales ;
8vo., pp. iv. +155; London, 1900. Reviewed in Geol. Mag., May 1900,
peed
EDMOND HARFIELD. YORK S.E.

The Way of a Waterspout [describing the violent one which
struck Langtoft (date not given, but presumably that of 3rd July 1892) ;
an account illustrated by reproductions of photographs]. Pearson’s
Magazine, Nov. 1900, Vol. 10, pp. 531-535:

EG.) LARTEEY. CUMBERLAND.

On the Constitution of the Natural Arsenates and Phosphates.
Part III.—Plumbogummite and Hitchcockite |The mineral from Roughten
Gill, formerly believed to be a zinc silicate and since referred by Miers to
plumboresinite, has been analysed and found to be identical with the
hitchcockite from Georgia]. Min. Mag., July, Vol. 12, pp. 223-233.

JOHN HAWELL. YorK N.E.

A Peat Deposit at Stokesley [describes a bed of peat occurring

at a depth of seven feet]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. :4,
Part 1, 1900, pp. 49-51.

E. HAWKESWORTH. York N.E.

Mammoth’s Tooth at Staithes [found on the beach]. Naturalist,
Dec. 1900, p. 360.

CHEVIOTLAND, YORK MID W. AND S.W., CHESHIRE,
WHEELTON HIND. DERBYSHIRE, ISLE OF MAN.
A Monograph of the British Carboniferous Llamellibranchiata.
Part V., pp. 361-476, Pl. XL.-LIV. [including the genera Sanguznolites,
Solenopsis, Allorisma, Tellinomorpha, Solenomya, Conocardium, and Cheno-
cardia. The new species are Sanguinolites hibecnicus from Castleton,
S. V.-scripta from Congleton Edge and Redesdale, S. inxterruptus from
Thorpe Cloud, Dovedale, and Castleton, S. striato-granulatus from
Eskerhouse and Hill Stebden, S. odlongus from Park Hill, Castleton, and
Bolland, S. striatus from Redesdale, S. ovalis from Holt Head, near
Saddleworth, Solenopsis parallela from Lowick, and A/lorisma monensis
from Scarlett Point and Balasala (Isle of Man)]. Palezontogr. Soc.,
Vol. 54, 1900; see Review by M. Cossmann in Revue Critique de Paleo-
zoologie, Oct. 1900, pp. 155-156.
WHEELTON HIND. YORKSHIRE, LANCASHIRE, ETC.
Report on Carboniferous Rocks and Fossils, South Pennine
District. [In ‘ Life-zones in the British Carboniferous Rocks—Report of
Committee.’] Rep. Brit. Assn., 1899, publ. 1900, Dover Meeting, pp.
371-375:
WHEELTON HIND. CHESHIRE.

On a Series of Agglomerates, Ashes, and Tuffs occurring in the
Carboniferous Limestone Series of Congleton Edge. Trans. N. Staff.
Field Club, Vol. 34, 1900, pp. 80-86.

1903 April 1.

150 Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, 1goo.

WHEELTON HInpD. YorK Mip W.
On the Occurrence in British Carboniferous Rocks of the Devonian
Genus Pale@onezlo, with a description of the New Species P. carbonifera
[The new species described and figured is from the shales above the
main mass of limestone in the beck, south of Hammerton Hall, Slaidburn,
Yorkshire]. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 56, Feb. 1900, pp. 46-49; see
Review by M. Cossmann in Revue Critique de Paléozoologie, Oct. 1900,
p-. 152.
G. J. H|INDE]. WESTMORLAND.
A Memoir of the Palzozoic Reticulate Sponges constituting the
Family Dictyospongide. By James Hall. [Reviewed; points out that
apparently the oldest representative of this family has been found in the
micaceous shales of the Upper Ludlow of Westmorland, and has been
described by McCoy under the name of Zetragonits danbyi|. Geol. Mag.,
May 1900, pp. 230-232.
BENJ. HOLGATE, YORK S.W. AND MID W.
Description of Coals of Bradford, Halifax, and Leeds [exhibited
at the Bradford Meeting of the British Association]. 12 pp. pamphlet,
1900.

PuHitiep HOLLAND. See ‘T. Mellard Reade.’
W. F. HoLRoyp. See ‘J. Barnes.’

J. H. Howartu. YorK Mip W.
The Underground Waters of North-west Yorkshire. Part I.
The Sources of the River Aire. I. Introduction [Refers to previous
investigations and summarises what is known of the problem]. Proc.
Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 1, 1900, pp. I-11.

J. H. HOwarru. YORKSHIRE.

Some Yorkshire Erratics and How to Recognise Them [abstract
of Lecture]. Trans. Leeds Geol. Assn., Vol. 12, 1900, p. 14.

J... HowartH: “See “PP. F. Kendall®

J. A. JORDAN. Linc. N.

[Boulder of Shap Granite at] Gainsborough [in The Yorkshire

Boulder Committee and its Fourteenth Year's Work]. Naturalist, Dec.
1900, p. 362. (See also Naturalist, 1902, p. 128.)

PERCY F. KENDALL. LAKE DISTRICT, ETC., YORKSHIRE.

The Geological Conditions of Underground Water Supply [gives

many interesting details of interest to North of England geologists].
Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99 (publ. 1900), pp. 13-18.

P. F. KENDALL. YORKSHIRE.

The Glacial Lakes and River Channels of Yorkshire [abstract of
Lecture]. Trans. Leeds Geol. Assn., Vol. 12, 1900, pp. 27-28.
Percy F. KENDALL. : YORKSHIRE.
On the Glacial Drainage of Yorkshire [describes the effect
produced when the edge of a glacier or ice-sheet obstructed the rivers
of the adjacent country, ponding up the water to produce a lake, the
overflow of which was carried into some adjacent, valley as a river].
Rep. Brit. Assn. 1899, publ. 1900, Dover Meeting, pp. 743-744.
Percy F. KENDALL. YorK Mip W.
[The Underground Waters of North-west Yorkshire. Part I.
The Sources of the River Aire.]} Appendix. Malham Tarn Flushes and
Malham Cove [points out the effect of horizontal and vertical fissures
upon the water on its journey from Malham Tarn to Malham Cove].
Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 1, 1900, pp. 38-44.

Naturalist,

Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, 1goo. 151

P. F. KENDALL. York«K N.E.
[Boulders at] Barugh Hill, near Robin Hood’s Bay [etc., in The
Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its Fourteenth Year's Workj.

Naturalist, Dec. 1900, pp. 361-362.
P. F. KENDALL [Secretary]. YORKSHIRE, CHESHIRE.

Erratic Blocks of the British Isles. Report of the Committee
[With one exception all the records in this report are made by members
of the Yorkshire Boulder Committee.] Rep. Brit. Assn., 1899 publ. 1900,
Dover Meeting, pp. 398-402.

PERCY F, KENDALL AND J. H. HOWARTH. YORK N.E. AND S,E.

The Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its Thirteenth Year’s
Work, 1898-9 [contains numerous valuable records, principally in the
East of Yorkshire]. Naturalist, Dec. 1900, pp. 355-360.

YorK S.W. AND N.E.,
PERCY F, KENDALL AND J. H. HOWARTH. Linc. N.

The Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its Fourteenth Year’s
Work, 1899-1900. Naturalist, Dec. 1900, pp. 361-364.

YorkK Mip W.
Percy F. KENDALL, J. H. HOWARTH, AND W. LOWER CARTER.

[The Underground Waters of North-west Yorkshire. PartI. The
Sources of the River Aire.] IV. Report of the Geological Sub-Committee
[describes the rocks exposed in the area, and the geological results of the
investigations]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 1,
1900, pp. 22-38.

P. F. KENDALL AND H.-B. MUFF. YORK N.E.

[Boulders at] Goathland, near Scarr Wood; Moss Dyke, Goathland,
[ete., in The Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its Thirteenth Year's
Work]. Naturalist, Dec. 1900, pp. 357-360.

W. B. KENDALL. FURNESS.

Glacial Deposits in Furness and District [a paper read in December
1879, dealing with drift beds and boulders]. Furness Lore: being the
Trans. Barrow Nat. Field Club for three years ending March 1882, printed
and published in 1900, pp. 25-30.

W. B. KENDALL. FURNESS.

Submerged Peat Mosses, Forest Remains, and Post-Glacial Deposits
in Barrow Harbour [read November 1880]. Furness Lore: being Trans.
Barrow Nat. Field Club, three years ending March 1882, printed 1900,
pp- 55-62 and plates.

P. M. C. KERMODE [Secretary]. ISLE OF MAN.

Irish Elk Remains. Report of Committee [reports further
investigations; list of plants, etc., given]. Rep. Brit. Assn., 1899, publ.
1900, Dover Meeting, p. 376.

R. K{ipsTon]. LANc. S., YORKSHIRE.

Studies in Fossil Botany. By Dukinfield Henry Scott [Reviewed].
Geol. Mag., Dec. 1900, pp. 567-571.

PHILIP LAKE. LAKE DISTRICT.

Bala Lake and the River System of North Wales [briefly compares
with the river systems of the Lake District]. Geol. Mag., May 1900,
pp. 204-215.

G. W. LAMPLUGH. EIN Co Ne ge OR Ka Sabi

Note on the Age of the English Wealden Series [refers to the

Lower Cretaceous beds at Speeton and in North Lincolnshire]. Geol.
Mag., Oct. 1900, pp. 443-445.
190g April 1.

152 Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, 1900.

G. W. LAMPLUGH. ISLE OF MAN.

Report on Carboniferous Rocks and Fossils; Isle of Man District

[In ‘Life-zones in the British Carboniferous Rocks; Report of Com-
mittee’]. Rep. Brit. Assn., 1899, publ. 1900, Dover Meeting, p. 375.

G. W. LAMPLUGH. ISLE OF MAN.
On Some Effects of Earth-movement on the Carboniferous
Volcanic Rocks of the Isle of Man [Makes an examination of the
coast sections in the Carboniferous Volcanic Series between Castleton
Bay and Poolvash, with the result that he has discovered evidence that
the strata have undergone much deformation in pre-Triassic times, and
probably before the Upper Permian rocks of the island were deposited],
Quar. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 56, Feb. 1900, p. 11-25; Abstract in Geol.
Mag., Feb. 1900, p. 89; Nature, 18th Jan. 1900, pp. 285-286; Sci. Goss.,
Feb. 1900, p. 287; see Quarry, Vol. 5, 1900, p. 324.

HERBERT LAPWORTH. LAKE DISTRICT.

The Silurian Sequence of Rhayader [compares the graptolite fauna
of Rhayader with that of the Lake District, etc.]. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., Feb. 1900, Vol. 56, pp. 67-137.

ROBERT Law. See ‘ W. Simpson.’

Hi: Louis: DERBYSHIRE, NOTTINGHAMSHIRE.
Dolomite [Abstract of Lecture; gives chemical analyses, etc.,
of specimens from Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire] Trans. Burton-on-
Trent Nat. Hist. and Arch. Soc., Vol. 4, Part 2, 1897-99, publ. 1900,
pp. 111-116.

EE. LOzZE. NORTH OF ENGLAND.
Les Charbons Britanniques et leur epuisement [including a general
geographical and geological account of the British Isles, a detailed
description of the several coalfields, and an estimate of the existing
supplies of coal in the country and their probable duration]. Two vols.,
8vo., pp. ix. +559 and vii. + 668; Paris. Review in Nature, 7th June
1900, pp. 124-125.
JOHN LuBBOCK. See ‘Lord Avebury.’

R. TAYLOR MANSON. DURHAM.
Outlines of the Geology of South Durham [reprinted from the
Darlington Half-holiday Guide; gives a general account of the geological
formations, and is illustrated by various geological sections], 1900. See
Naturalist, May 1900, p. 140.
J. E. MARR, CUMBERLAND.
Notes on the Geology of the English Lake DlIstrict [prepared for

the summer excursion of the Geologists’ Association]. Proc. Geol. Assn.,
Aug. 1900, pp. 449-483.
J. E. MARR. LAKE DISTRICT.

Long Excursion to Keswick [with supplementary excursions to
Causeway Foot, Eycott Hill, and Threlkeld Mine, under the leadership
of John Postlethwaite]. Proc. Geol. Assn., Vol. 16, 1900, pp. 526-5323
map.

JOHN E. MARR. . LAKE DISTRICT, ETC.
The Scientific Study of Scenery [with numerous references to
the Lake District, West Yorkshire, etc.]. 1900. 8vo., pp. ix. + 368;
London.
EDWARD A. MARTIN, YORK S.E.
A History of Chalk [briefly refers to the Speeton Clay of East
Yorkshire and its zonal divisions]. Science Gossip, Jan. 1900, p. 235.

Naturalist,

Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, 1900. 153

EDWARD A. MARTIN. YORK S.E.
Water-line in Chalk [refers to a paper read to the Hull Naturalists’
Club by J. R. Mortimer in which it is stated that the water-line in the
chalk of Yorkshire in no place exceeds 300 feet, and is not a horizontal
plane, but rises northwards and westwards]. Sci. Gossip, April 1g00,
Pp. 350.
J. McDONALD. CHESHIRE.
A Carboniferous Crustacean [records the discovery of a specimen
of Necroscilla wilsont H. Woodward in the Middle Coal Measures at
Poynton, Cheshire]. Sci. Goss., Oct. 1900, p. 157:
A. T. METCALFE. DERBYSHIRE.
The River Scenery of Derbyshire [explaining the part played by
the Geological Structure of the county]. Derbyshire Naturalists’
Quarterly, Vol. 1, No. 2, July 1900, pp. 21-25.
H. A. MIERS. CUMBERLAND.
Note on the Hitchcockite, Plumbogummite, and Beudantite
analysed by Mr. Hartley [identifying the Roughten Gill mineral as
a pseudomorph of hitchcockite after pyromorphite]. Min. Mag., July 1900,
Vol. 12, pp. 239-243.
J. MONCKMAN. YORK Mip W. AND S.W.
Short Geological Excursions. [Bradford.] Handbook British Associa-
tion Excursions, 1900, pp. 1-6.
J. P. Morris. LAKE DISTRICT.
The Geology of the Lake District [on general lines: a paper read
in March 1884]. Furness Lore: being Trans. Barrow Nat. Field Club,
three years ending March 1882, printed 1900, pp. 124-127.
J. R. MORTIMER. YORK S.E.
Notes on the History of Driffield Museum of Antiquities and
Geological Specimens [describes the conditions under which the Driffield
Museum collections were obtained]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc.,
Vol. 14, Part 1, 1900, pp. 88-96, and Trans. Hull Sci. and Field Nat. Club,
Vol. 1, Part 3, 1900, pp. 135-141.
HERBERT B. MuFrF. YorK N.E.
Mammoth’s Tooth at Robin Hood’s Bay [found on the beach ;
presumably derived from the Boulder Clay]. Naturalist, Oct. 1900, p.
291.
Eb. MuEE. see “PP. EF. Kendall.

R. D. OLDHAM. CUMBERLAND.
Beach Formation in the Thirlmere Reservoir [observed since
Thirlmere was used for the Manchester water supply]. Geol. Mag.,

Oct. 1900, p. 473-
R. D. OLDHAM. LAKE DISTRICT.

The Basal (Carboniferous) Conglomerate of Ullswater and its
Mode of Origin [concluding that the conglomerate is a torrential deposit,
formed on dry land near the foot of a range of hills, in a generally dry
climate]. Geol. Mag., Dec. 1900, p. 564.

CHARLES OLDHAM. See ‘T. A. Coward.’

C. O’SULLIVAN. DERBYSHIRE.

The Dales of Derbyshire [including geological notes]. Trans.
Burton-on-Trent Nat. Hist. and Arch. Soc., Vol. 4, Part 2, 1897-99, publ.

1900, pp. 49-64.
1903 April 1.

154 Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, 1900.

W. S. PARRISH. ; Linc. N.
The Caeeee Section at Frodingham, Lincolnshire [showing
sand, peat, gravel, and Lias Limestone, probably one of the finest sec-
tions of its kind in the country ; photo. as frontispiece to the volume}.
Trans. Hull. Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99, publ. 1900, pp. 26-27.
W.S. PARRISH. YOrK S.E.
The [Hull Geological Society’s] Photographic Committee’s Report
[enumerates list of local geological photographs, sent to the Yorkshire
and British Association Geological Photographs’ Committees], Trans.
Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99, p. 6.
EDWARD ADRIAN WOODRUFFE PEACOCK. Linc. N. AND S.
Lincolnshire Naturalists at Frieston [geological notes]. Naturalist,
May 1900, pp. 141-144.
EDWARD ADRIAN WOODRUFFE PEACOCK. Line. N.
Lincolnshire Naturalists at Linwood Warren [geological notes;
gives list of thirteen species of fossils from the Kimeridge Clay at Market
Rasen, collected by Mr. W. Lewington]. Naturalist, Sept. 1900, pp. 273-
276.
EDWARD ADRIAN WOODRUFFE PEACOCK. Linc. N.
Lincolnshire Naturalists at Saltfleetby [on 8th June 1899; geology
briefly referred to]. Naturalist, March 1900, pp. 75-79.
Max PEACOCK. Line. N.
Kimeridge Clay Fossils: Market Rasen [list of seven species
given]. Naturalist, Dec. 1900, p. 360.
H. PRESTON. Linc. N. AND S.
Naturalists at Lincoln [geological notes; points out that there
is no evidence in favour of the ‘Marlstone Rock’ bed occurring at
Lincoln]. Naturalist, Aug. 1900, pp. 248-251.
HENRY PRESTON. Linc. N.
The Stone Curtain at Roxby [figures and describes a mass of
calcareous tufa deposited from a petrifying spring, in Roxby-cum-Kisby,
North Lincolnshire]. Sci. Goss., Dec. 1900, pp. 193-194.
H. PRESTON. NOTTINGHAMSHIRE,
Keuper Marl [address on ihe: on the Excursion of the Lincolnshire
Naturalists’ Union to Newark on 29th June 1899]. Naturalist, April
1900, pp. 117-119.
G. T. Prior. CUMBERLAND
RAS Florencite, Plumbogummite (Hitchcockite), Beudantite,
and Svanbergite, as PenIbe rs of a natural group of minerals [discussing
the true nature and formula of the Roughten Gill hitchcockite]. Min.
Mag., July tg00, Vol. 12, pp. 249-254.
T. MELLARD READE. CHESHIRE, LANC. S.
A Contribution to Post-Glacial Geology. Foraminifera of the
Formby and Leasowe Marine Beds [describes several species of
foraminifera from these deposits, twenty-four of which are figured on
Plate V.]. Geol. Mag., March 1900, pp. 97-105.
T. MELLARD READE AND PHILIP HOLLAND. CUMBERLAND.
The Phyllades of the Ardennes compared with the slates of
North Wales. Part II. [An analysis of a green slate from Buttermere,
Lake District, added for comparison]. Proc. Liverp. Geol. Soc., Vol. 8,
Part 4, 1899-1900, publ. 1900, pp. 463-478.
F,. R. COWPER REED. ISLE OF MAN.
Woodwardian Museum Notes: A New Carboniferous Cephalopod,
Pleuronautilus ? scarlettensis, sp. nov. [collected by Prof. Hughes’ party

Naturalist,

Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, 1900. 155

in 1892 at Scarlett Quarry (Carboniferous Limestone), Isle of Man].
Geol. Mag., March 1900, pp. 105-106, Plate VI.
J. F. ROBINSON. YorK S.E.
{Boulder of basalt at] Wassand [in the Report of the East Riding
Boulder Committee, 1898]. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99,
publ. 1900, p. 5.
W. D. Roesuck [Editor, not signed]. YORKSHIRE.
Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, Part 26.
Issued to the members for the year 1900, [Contains reprints of the
circulars issued for excursions during 1897-1900, which include numerous
geological notes.| 1900.
FRANK RUTLEY. - WESTMORLAND.
Additional Notes on some Eruptive Rocks from New Zealand
[citing for comparison an Ordovician rhyolite from the northern end of
Dufton Pike, which Mr. P. Holland finds to contain 69 per cent. of silica].
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Aug. 1900, Vol. 56, pp. 493-510.
HAROLD SALEs. YORK S.E;
{Boulders at] Willerby, near Hull [from Boulder Clay resting on
Chalk; local and foreign rocks noted]. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5,
Part 1, 1898-99, publ. 1900, p. 5.
M. E. SAUVAGE. Lanc. S., YORK S.W.
[Reviewing a paper on] ‘‘The Fish Fauna of the Lower Coal
Measures of the Halifax and Littleborough Districts,” by E. D. Welburn,
in Proc. Yorks. Geol. and P. Soc., 1898 ; Revue Critique de Paléozoologie,
Paris, Jan. 1900, pp. 2-3.
M. E. SAUVAGE. YorK N.E.
[Reviewing a paper] ‘‘On the Fossil Fish of the Upper Lias of
Whitby,” by A. Smith Woodward, in Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc.,
1898 ; Revue Critique de Pal., July 1900, pp. 110-111.
M. E. SAUVAGE. York S.W.
{Reviewing a paper] ‘‘ On a New Species of Lepracanthus from the
Yorkshire Coal Measures,” by E. D. Wellburn, in Geol. Mag., 1899;
Revue Critique de Pal., July 1goo, p. 115.
Dil SCOml. LANc. S.
Notes on the Occurrence of a Seed-like Fructification in certain
Paleozoic Lycopods [from the Lower Coal Measures of Hough Hill,
Stalybridge, and of Moorside, Oldham; a fruit resembling a Lepi-
dostrobus, here named Lefidocarpon lomaxt|. Proc. Royal Soc., Vol. 67,
1900, p. 306; summary in Nature, 29th Nov. 1900, pp. 121-122.
DUKINFIELD HENRY SCOTT. Yor«K S.W., LANc. S.
Studies in Fossil Botany [containing thirteen chapters devoted to
the microscopical structure, morphology, and affinities of Carboniferous
plants, and one on the Mesozoic Gymnosperms ; a large proportion of the
material described is from the Yorkshire and Lancashire Coalfields],
pp. xiii. + 533, London, 1900. Reviewed in Geol. Mag., Dec. 1900, pp.
567-571, and Nature, 15th Nov. 1900, pp. 53-54-
A. C. SEWARD. YorkK S.E.
The Jurassic Flora of Britain [brief Abstract of Address on East
Yorkshire Fossil Plants]. Rep. Brit. Assn., 1899, publ. 1900; Dover
Meeting, p. 926.
A. C. SEWARD. YORK SE:

Catalogue | ofthe | Mesozoic Plants | inthe | Departmentof Geology
| British Museum | (Natural History). | The Jurassic Flora. | I. The York-
shire Coast. | Plates i.-xxi. | by | A. C. Seward, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.,

1903 April t.

156 Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, 1go0.

|. . | London |. . | 1rg00. [A valuable volume, profusely illustrated with
beautiful plates and process blocks ; principally describes specimens from
the Scarborough and Gristhorpe Beds, collected by the late Mr. W. Bean],
PP» Xil. + 347.
A. C. SEWARD. , YorK N.E.
Notes on some Jurassic Plants in the Manchester Museum [some
of the plant remains collected by the late Prof. Williamson, near Scar-
borough, now in the Manchester Museum, have been carefully examined
by the author, with the result that he finds many of them identical with
fossil plants described previously under other names by Brongniart,
whilst others figured by Lindley and Hutton under one name are shown
to be identical with other plant-remains which have been differently
identified]. Mem. and Proc. Manch. Lit. and Phil. Soc., Vol. 44, Part 3,
1900, 27 pp. and 4 plates; Abstract in Nature, 8th Feb. 1900, pp. 358-359 ;
reprinted in ‘ Notes from the Manchester Museum,’ No. 6, 1900.
A. C. S[Ewarp]. YORK GNGE:
The Norwegian North Polar Expedition, 1893-96: Scientific Results
[etc., review of; compares the numerous examples of small Ginkgo
leaves, collected on this expedition, with the larger-leaved Ginkgo digitata
of the Inferior Oolitic rocks of North-East Yorkshire, suggests that ‘it is
not improbable that in the fragmentary fossils from Cape Flora we have
the remains of a flora but slightly younger than that which has left abundant
traces in the Lower Oolite strata of more southern latitudes’|. Nature,
Vol. 62, 14th June 1900, pp. 146-148.
A. C. S[EWARD]. LANC, S:; EDG:
Botany at the British Association [a review of the botanical work
accomplished at the Bradford Meeting of the Association; including
references to Coal Measure plants from the South Lancashire coalfields,
etc.]. Nature, 18th Oct. 1900, pp. 610-614.
A. C. SEWARD AND J. GOWAN. YORK N.E.
The Maidenhair Tree (Ginkgo biloba, L.) [refers to the Inferior
Oolite beds of the Yorkshire coast, where a Jurassic representative of
the Maidenhair tree occurs (Ginkgo digitata)|. Annals of Botany, Vol. 14,
No. 53, March 1900, pp. 109-154, plates 8-10.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YORK S.E.
Notes on some Remains of Cryptocleidus from the Kellaways Rock
of East Yorkshire [found in a sand pit on Mill Hill, near Brough ; hitherto
remains of Cryptocleidus were only recorded from the Oxford Clay].
Geol. Mag., Dec. 1900, pp. 535-538.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. CUMBERLAND.
Striz as Evidence of Ice Action [criticises Dr. P. Q. Keegan’s note
in a previous issue to the effect that striae can be caused by ‘inroads of
the weather, lichens, etc.,’ and suggests that the striz on the rocks
‘edging the valley where the Derwentwater reposes’ are evidence of ice
action]. Science Gossip, Feb. 1rgoo, p. 277.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YORK S.E.
Saurian Remains in the Kellaways Rock, Brough, East Yorkshire
[describes some remains of Cryptocletdus from the Kellaway Sands on
Mill Hill; remains of which have not hitherto been found below the
Oxford Clay]. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99, publ. 1900,
Pp. 23-24.
T. SHEPPARD. YorE S:E.
Tooth of Oxyrhina macrorhiza from the Red Chalk at Speeton
[found by F. Lamplough; an addition to the Red Chalk fauna of
England]. Trans. Hull Sci. and Field Nat. Club, Vol. 1, Part 3, 1900,
p- 119.

Naturalist.

Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, 1go0. 157

unr

THOMAS SHEPPARD. YorkK N.E.
{Boulder of Rhomb-porphyry at] Yedmandale, near West Ayton
{In the Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its Thirteenth Year's Work].
Naturalist, Dec. 1900, p. 356.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. York S.E.
[Boulders at] Atwick, Brough, Dimlington, Holmpton, Hornsea,
[and] Withernsea [In the Report of the East Riding Boulder Committee,
1898]. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. V., Part 1, 1898-99 (publ. 1900), p. 5.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YORK S.E.
Notes on a French Type of Bronze Axe found at Hull [at a depth of
40 feet; brief geological notes]. Antiquary, Aug. 1g00, pp. 246-247.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. Linc. N.
Note on a Roman Vase recently found in North Lincolnshire
[resting on peat under five feet of old Humber silt ; geological structure
of neighbourhood briefly referred to]. Antiquary, April 1900, pp. 120-121.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YorRK S.E.
British Remains near Brough [brief report of paper describing
a British interment, with bronze dagger and bone pin, found at Brough].
Hull Literary Club Magazine, Vol. 2, Part 1, 1900, p. 64.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YORK S:E:
| Descriptive Catalogue | of the | Specimens in the | Mortimer
i eee | of | Archeology ard Geology | at Driffield. | (with illustrations. )
| By | Thomas Sheppard, EGS. | One SEN net. | Wondonelss en's
| | 1900. [Under the heads of Preface ; Notes on the History of the
Museum; General Exhibits; Archzeological Section; Geological Section;
Bibliography ; and Index]. 82 pp.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YorK S.E.

Prehistoric Man in Holderness [gives an account of the geological
structure of the district, and describes in detail the lake-dwellings, earth-
works, tumuli, and various relics of prehistoric date found in the neigh-
bourhood]. Antiquary, Feb. rgoo, pp. 38-44, and March, pp. 80-87; and
Trans. Hull Sci. and Field Nat. Club, Vol. 1, Part 3, 1900, pp. 71-89
(plates) ; in Journal Assoc. Architect. Societies, 1900 (plates) ; Abstract in
Hull Literary Club Magazine, Vol. 2, Part 1, 1900, pp. 39-43.

THOMAS SHEPPARD. YORK S.E., Linc. N.

Local Archzological Notes. (a) Note on a Bronze Mould and a
Hoard of Bronze Axes found at Hotham Carrs, East Yorkshire. (b) On
a French Type of Bronze Axe found at Hull. (c) On a Roman Vase
recently found in North Lincolnshire [Including geological notes].
Trans. Hull Sci. and Field Nat. Club, Vol. 1, Part 3, 1900, pp. 120-126
(plate).

THOMAS SHEPPARD. NORTHERN COUNTIES.

Bibliography: Papers and records published with respect to the
Natural History and Physical Features of the North of England. Geology
and Palaeontology, 1896 [contains references to and summaries of 186
papers, etc.]. Naturalist, June 1g00, pp. 173-191.

THOMAS SHEPPARD. WORKS He eING. Ne

Bibliography : List of papers referring to the Geology, etc., of the
the East of Yorkshire and North Lincolnshire, which have been published
during 1898 [gives titles, summaries, etc., of eighteen papers]. Trans.
Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99, publ. 1900, pp. 27-28.

T. S[HEPPARD] AND J. W. S[TATHER]. YORK N.E. anv S.E., Linc. N.
Field Meetings [of the Hull Geological Society] during 1898 [report

on the; describes visits to Filey, Muston, and Flixton (Glacial, Oolites,
and Chalk); East Halton and Killingholme (Glacial) ; South Cave (Oolites

aon April 1.

158 Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, 1900.

and Glacial); Doncaster and Balby (Trias and Glacial); Withernwick
and Marton (Post Glacial); Malton and North Grimston (Oolites); Lincoln
(Lias and recent) ; Holme-on-Spalding Moor (Trias and Glacial); Spurn
and Easington; Speeton (Cretaceous and Glacial); Brough (Oolites) ;
and Middleton-on-the-Wolds (Chalk). Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5,
Part 1, 1898-99, publ. 1900, pp. 7-11.
J. SHIPMAN. Not;ts.
[Address on local geology to the Linc. Nat. Union on their Excursion
to Newark, 29th June 1899]. Naturalist, April 1900, p. 119-120.
WILLIAM SIMPSON. YORK S.W.
Notes on a Section exposed in Commercial Street, Halifax [Section
in Rough Sand-rock, the topmost bed of the Millstone Grits, showing
effects of upthrusts]. Halifax Nat., Dec. 1900, pp. 100-102.
WILLIAM SIMPSON. YORK, S.W.
Norland Clough: I.—Its Geology [describes the beds of the Millstone
Grit, etc.]. Halifax Naturalist, June 1900, pp. 30-32.

Wm. SIMPSON AND ROBERT Law. YORK S.W.
[Bolders at] Mythoimroyd [In the Yorkshire Boulder Committee
and its Fourteenth Year’s Work]. Naturalist, Dec. 1900, pp. 362-363.

W. J. SOLLAS. YORKSHIRE, LANCS.
Fossils in the Oxford University Museum. II.—On two new
genera and species of Crinoidea (Brahmacrinus ponderosus and Cicero-
crinus elegans) [two specimens of the first-named species are from the
Carboniferous Limestone of Yorkshire; there are some examples in the
British Museum from Preston, Lane.] Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 56,
May 1900, pp. 264-272.

HARRY SPEIGHT. YorK Mip W.
Upper | Wharfedale. | being a complete account of the | History,
Antiquities, and Seenesy Laer |e aA eByaltHanny Speichtyi|ieeen| aren
illustrated | London |. . | 1900 [contains notes on the geology and pre-

historic archeology). 518 pp:
J. W. STATHER. YORK S.E.

A Buried Valley in the Chalk at Flambro’ Station [the railway
cuts this obliquely, and exposes beds of gravel, sand, etc., containing
foreign boulders]. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99, publ.
1900, pp. 12-14.

J. W. STATHER. YORK N.E., S.E.

{Boulders at] Ayton, East; Bainton-on-the-Wolds [etc., in The
Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its Thirteenth Year's Work].
Naturalist, Dec. 1900, pp. 356-357.

J. W. STATHER. YORK N-E., SiE.

{Abstract of paper on the relative proportions of different types of
boulders on the East Coast; in the Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its
Fourteenth Year’s Work]. Naturalist, Dec. 1900, pp. 363-364.

J. W. STATHER [Secretary]. YORK N.E.

Report of the East Riding Boulder Committee, 1898 [and gives
particulars of section and boulders at Scalby Mills, near Scarborough,
and boulders of Shap granite at Burniston, near Scarborough]. Trans.
Hull. Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99 (publ. 1900), pp. 5-6.

J. W. STATHER. See ‘T. Sheppard.’
M. H. STILEs. YORK S.W.

Freshwater Sponges in Yorkshire [describes and figures the
bi-rotulate spicules of Spongilla fluviatilis and the fucitorm spicules of
S. lacustris, from a sub-fossil deposit on the borders of Askern bog].
Naturalist, Nov. 1900, p. 331.

Naturalist,

Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, 1900. 159

MARK STIRRUP. LANE. S.
The Earthquake of February 27th, 1899. Trans. Manch, Geol. Soc.,
Vol. 26, 1899, pp. 174-178.
A. H. STOKES. DERBYSHIRE.
Castleton: Geology, Mineralogy, and Mining [an account of the
Carboniferous rocks of the district, and of the galena, zinc-blende,
barytes, fluor, and other minerals]. Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., Vol. 18, pp.
268-278 ; see also Proc. Midl. Inst. Min. Eng., Vol. 15, pp. 334-346.
W. H. THOMPSON. YORK N.E.
The Pioneers of Yorkshire Geology [refers to William Smith,
John Phillips, and W. C. Williamson, and their work on East Yorkshire
geology]. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99 (publ. 1900),
pp. 22-23.
ROBERT F. TOMEs. YorK N.E. AnD S.E.
Contributions to a history of the Mesozoic Corals of the County of
York [describes specimens from Malton, Whitby, Speeton, etc.]. Proc.
York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 1, 1900, pp. 72-85.
A. R. WALLACE. YorK N.E.
Studies: Scientific and Social [boulder of esa aren figured,
found by J. W. Stather]. See Proc. Y. G. and P. S., tgo0, p. 103.
F. F. WALTON. Linc. N. AND S.
The Lincoln Lias and its Fossils [gives list of seventy-four species
collected from the Lincoln pits in 1899, and indicates the pits from which
they have been taken]. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, Part 1, 1898-99
(publ. 1900), pp. 18-21.
F. F. WALTON. YorK S.E.
[Boulders of Rhomb-porphyry at] Brandesburton [etc., in The
Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its Thirteenth Years Work].
Naturalist, Dec. 1900, p. 356.
F. F. WALTON. Linc. N. AND S.
The Marlstone at Lincoln [shows that in all probability Mr. J. H.
Cooke is in error in his identification of the presence of the Marlstone in
the Lias of Lincoln]. Naturalist, Sep. 1900, p. 288.
THoMAS WARD. CHESHIRE.
The Subsidences in and around the town of Northwich in Cheshire.
Trans. Inst. Min. Engineers, Vol. 19, 1900, pp. 241-262.
STEPHEN WATSON. DURHAM.

Recent Mineral Deposits and their Relation to Vein Formation
[examples from local mines referred to]. Trans. Weardale Nat. Field
Club, Vol. 1, Part 1, 1900, pp. 57-62.

A. WATTS. CHEVIOTLAND.

Geological Notes on Holy Island [a brief notice of the Carboniferous
strata, the raised beaches, sand-dunes, etc.]. Nat. Hist. Trans. North
Durh. and Newc., Vol. 13, pp. 421-422.

W. W. Warts (Secretary). YORKSHIRE, LANCASHIRE, ETC.
Photographs of Geological Interest in the United Kingdom.—Tenth
Report of the Committee [includes several northern county records, par-
ticularly a large series from the Yorkshire Geological Photographs
Committee to which however credit is not properly given]. Rep. Brit.

Assn., 1899, publ. 1900, Dover Meeting, pp. 377-397:
F. E. WEIsS. Lance. S.

On a biserial Halonia belonging to the genus Lepidophloios [on the
evidence of a specimen of Halonia from the Hough Hill Colliery, Staly-

1903 April 1.

160 Bibliography - Geology and Paleontology, rgoo.

bridge, shows that stems exhibiting the structure of Lepidodendron
Suliginosum (Williamson) should be referred to the genus Lepidophloios].
Rep. Brit. Assn., 1899, publ. 1900, Dover Meeting, p. 927.
~EpGAR D. WELLBURN. YorK S.W.
On the Occurrence of Strepsodus sulcidens, Handcock and Atthey,
in the Yorkshire Coal Measures [describes a fine mandibular ramus in
the Brighouse Museum, obtained from the Yorkshire Coal Measures].
Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 1, 1900, pp. 86-87.
EpGAR D. WELLBURN. YORK S.W.
On the genus Megalichthys, Agassiz: its history, systematic
position, and structure [refers to the specimen in the Leeds Museum,
etc.|. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 1, 1900, pp. 52-71.
EpGarR D. WELLBURN. YorK S.W.
On Rhadinichthys monensis, Egerton, and its Distribution in the
Yorkshire Coalfield [the remains of this fish are mostly found in a frag-
mentary condition; but it has a wide distribution, and occurs in several
of the coal-seams in the Lower and Middle Coal Measures]. Geol. Mag.,
June 1900, pp. 260-263.
LIONEL B. WELLS. LINCOLNSHIRE.
Section of Strata above the Barnsley Coal passed through in the
Borehole at South Carr, Lincolnshire. Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 27,
1900, pp. 57-64.
J. E. WILSON. YorkK Mip W. AND S.W.
Geology [of the Bradford District; prepared in connection with
the British Association Meeting]. Handbook to the Neighbourhood of
Bradford, 1900, pp. 118-133.
ETHEL M. R. Woop. LAKE DISTRICT.
The Lower Ludlow Formation and its Graptolite-fauna [gives
details of the Zones in which certain species of graptolites occur, and
compares the lithological and paleontological features of the graptolite-
zones of various districts]. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 56, May 1900,
pp- 415-492; Abstract in Geol. Mag., June 1900, pp. 276-278, and Nature,
12th April 1900, p. 578.
HENRY WooDs. Linc. N.
A Monograph of the Cretaceous Lamellibranchiata of England.
Part Il. [recording Trigonta robinaldina ?, T. keepingi, T. nodosa, and
7. tealbyensis from the Lower Cretaceous strata of Tealby and Claxby].
Palzontog. Soc., Vol. 54, 1900, pp. 73-112, plates xv.-xix.
A. SMITH WOODWARD. YorK Mp W.
On a New Species of Deltodus from the Lower Carboniferous
(Yoredale Rocks) of Yorkshire [found by the Rev. Addison Crofton, M.A.,
in the dark-coloured limestone of the Yoredale series in Blackthorn
Farm, between Long Preston and Slaidburn, North Yorkshire; the
specimen is named Deltodus croftonz after its discoverer]. Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., May 1900, pp. 419-420, and plate ro, figs. 2, 2a, and 2b.
HENRY WOODWARD. See ‘T. Rupert Jones.’

H. B. WLoopwarp]. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Scenery and Geology [Review of ‘The Scientific Study of Scenery,’
by John E. Marr; the Lake District, Yorkshire, etc., briefly referred to].
Nature, 8th March 1goo, pp. 441-442.
Davip WooLacotTt. DuRHAM.

On the Boulder Clay, Raised Beaches, and Associated Phenomena
in the East of Durham. Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., Vol. 1, pp.
247-258.

Naturalist,

161
NOTES AND COMMENTS.

HERRING! GULL’S NEST.

The accompanying photograph of a typical nest of the
Herring Gull (Larus argentatus) was taken on the cliffs
not far from Whitby, and illustrates a paper by the late
R. Lofthouse in the Proceedings of the Cleveland Naturalists’
Field Club (Vol. 1, Part 4), just issued.. The nests were some-
times quite exposed, sometimes sheltered under ferns and
grasses ; they were made of dried grass and feathers, and varied

Herring Gull’s Nest.

considerably in bulk and construction. The same author has
notes on the Snow Bunting. The Editor, the Rev. J. Hawell,
contributes an admirable paper on ‘The Evolution of Cleveland
Scenery,’ in which he gives particulars of some valuable work '
he has carried out in the district, principally in reference to the
Glacial deposits. There are several other papers, those of
particular local interest being ‘Cleveland Lepidoptera,’ by T. A.
Lofthouse ; ‘Cleveland Coleoptera,’ by M. Lawson Thompson;

and ‘ Ornithological Notes,’ by C. Millburn.
1903 May rt.

162 Notes and Comments.

COAST EROSION.

The hills are shadows, and they flow
From form to form, and nothing stands ;
They melt like mist, the solid lands,
Like clouds they shape themselves and go.

The question, of coast erosion is always an interesting one,
and to some people a serious one. The amount of land annually
wasted around our coast by the ceaseless assailing of the sea,
as shown by the reports of the British Association Coast Erosion
Committee, is truly alarming. Messrs. George Newnes Ltd.
have just published a very useful summary of the subject, by
Beckles Willson, in their shilling ‘Story’ series. In this the

Submerged Forest on the Cheshire Coast.

author refers to the amount of land wasted, from the earliest
records, in various parts of the country. Of particular interest
to our readers are his descriptions of the erosion of the
Holderness and Cheshire coasts, which are illustrated by maps,
photographs, etc. {one of which, showing the ‘submerged
forest’ on the Cheshire coast, is here reproduced, by the kind
permission of the publishers). Particulars of the ‘submersion’
of many hundreds of square miles of territory, and no fewer
than thirty-four towns and villages, are enumerated, and we
quite agree with the author’s opinion that in view of the

Naturalist,

Votes and Comments. 163

importance of the subject it is a pity there are no Par-
liamentary statistics, although there is scope for valuable official
investigation.

A NEW MANCHESTER FIELD CLUB.

Notwithstanding the numerous scientific societies in Man-
chester, the recent appearance of Part 1 of the Proceedings of
the newly-formed ‘Manchester Field Club’ clearly indicates
that this society is doing excellent work, and there seems every
appearance of it continuing to do so. The part issued contains
136 pages, which are occupied by reports of indoor and outdoor
meetings, lectures and addresses, etc. Amongst the latter are
‘The Oxlip and its relations with the Cowslip and Primrose
in England,’ by Charles Bailey (illustrated); ‘Geology of

Askern Pool, Yorkshire.

Dunham,’ by Mark Stirrup, etc. The society goes far afield in
its excursions, and curiously enough the only photograph shown
in illustration of the rambles is of Askern Pool, in Yorkshire,
showing the growth of Azppuris vulgaris, here reproduced.
The size of the pages is rather larger than we like to see, but
this is the only complaint we have to make with the publication.
With Mr. Mark Stirrup as president, Mr. A. Griffiths as secretary,
and Mr. C. Bailey as editor, the success of the society is assured.

1903 May 1.

164 Noles and Comments.

IN-AUIS URE Sap ive

The increased interest now being taken in Nature study
must be most gratifying to all naturalists. It is also a pleasing
sign to find the educational authorities doing so much to
encourage the study of natural history amongst children.
Various articles on the subject have also appeared in the
popular magazines. One of these, of particular interest, occurs
in the April ‘Royal Magazine’ from the pen of Mr. Wilfred
Mark Webb. In this the writer reviews the work accomplished
in various Yorkshire and other schools, and illustrates his
remarks by several well-chosen illustrations, one of which is
here reproduced by the courtesy of the editor. It represents
a group of Bootham boys on a Nature study excursion in a
district familiar with our readers. ‘ Pearson’s Magazine’ for

Bootham Boys on a Nature Study Excursion.

the same month also contains two illustrated papers of interest
to naturalists, viz., ‘The Migration of British Birds,’ by Harry
F, Witherby, and ‘Do Monkeys Speak,’ by R. L. Garner.;

BRITISH BRONZE AXES.

It is remarkable what a large number of hoards of British
bronze axes have been found in the northern counties from
time to time. Sometimes as many as forty have been unearthed
together, and in many instances they were evidently in the
possession of the bronze casters, as they are not unfrequently in
the rough. In one or two instances the moulds used for casting
have been found with the hoards. One of the most recent
discoveries was made last year near Urswick, Furness. This

Naturalist,

Notes and Comments. 105

consisted of six socketed axes, and has been described by
Mr. Harper Gaythorpe in the ‘ Transactions of the Cumberland
and Westmorland Antiquarian and Archeological Society,’ just
published. Two of the axes are quite plain, the other four
being ornamented with ribs and pellets. One specimen is
evidently a spoilt cast, and was no doubt intended for remelting.

British Bronze Axes.

Another has never been used, but is just as taken from the
mould, the edge being a quarter of an inch thick. The largest
specimen is five inches long and weighs 14 oz., the smallest is
four inches long and weighs 1014 oz. Five of the examples
are here shown through the kindness of the editor of the
Transactions.

1903 May 1.

166 Bayford: Beetles and Electric Light.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF VEGETATION IN
YORKSHIRE.

A paper of the greatest interest and value to botanists, bear-
ing the above title, by Dr. Wm. G. Smith and Mr. C. E. Moss,
appears in the April number. of the ‘Geographical Journal’ of
the Royal Geographical Society. This forms Part 1 of the
Botanical Survey of the County, and deals with a portion of
the West Riding extending from Penistone to Keighley north-
wards and from Todmorden to Castleford eastwards. It is
illustrated by nine photographs and accompanied by an excellent
map, coloured to show the distribution of the dominant types of
vegetation; the map is a half inch to the mile reproduction of
the field maps prepared during the progress of the survey.
A limited issue of special reprints with text, and cloth-mounted
map, pocket size, will shortly be available, and may be obtained
from Messrs. J. Bartholomew & Co., Edinburgh, or from the
authors. We hope to give a detailed notice of this paper in
our next issue. We understand that Part 2, which will deal
with the Harrogate to Skipton district, will probably be ready
in June.

> >

BEETLES AND ELECTRIC LIGHT.

BE. G. BAYFORD,
Barnsley.

ARTIFICIAL light has long been known as an attraction for
moths, and lepidopterists have used this knowledge to advantage
in their quest of certain genera. Other orders of insects are
attracted, although in a lesser degree, beetles amongst them.
At the beginning of the collecting season it may be as well to
draw the attention of coleopterists residing in areas where the
electric light has been installed to this fact. <A little time
devoted to a careful examination of the standard and the
ground within a radius of nine feet around it will not be
altogether thrown away. My time for observation during 1902
was very limited, and the results consequently meagre. The
following notes will, however, indicate the minimum of success.

The families principally represented are the Carabidz and
Lamellicornia. There is something ludicrous in the sight of
a wingless Carabus nemoralis essaying time after time to climb
a standard, only to fall as often to the ground. One evening
there was quite a swarm of a common Amura. These, par-

Naturalist,

Riddelsdell: Further Notes on Yorkshire Plants. 167

ticularly the former, might have been there for business purposes.
Just as the Bats circle round and round the lamps and hawk
trom one to another, picking off the moths which often swarm,
and as the cats at the foot wait for those which fall stunned by
contact with the lamp, so the beetles may have discovered what
an ample supply of food assembles there. Almost any night in
the season Aphodius rufipes and Geotrupes spiniger will occur.
The Silphidze also is well represented. In this neighbourhood
Necrophorus humator is of common occurrence, while ruspator,
vespillo, and mortuorum are by no means infrequent. But the
best species I have hitherto met with is Necrodes Littoralvs,
which I have taken only in this way. It is an uncommon
species, but easily taken, either when at rest on the standard, or
on the ground, stunned by impact with the lamp.

ee

FURTHER NOTES ON YORKSHIRE PLANTS IN THE
BICHENO HERBARIUM AT SWANSEA.

Rev. H. J. RIDDELSDELL, M.A.,
Aberdare, South Wales.

Dr. F, ARNOLD LEES writes some very interesting details con-
cerning the records from plants now at Swansea, published in
‘The Naturalist’ for November 1902. I will quote some of his
remarks :—‘ The old school men exchanged and corresponded
much as the hortosiccans of to-day do, and the source of many
of the North-west and Mid-west Yorkshire specimens is easily
obtainable. For example, all your 1839, 1840, and 1841—or
nearly all—were gathered by the late Dr. J. Deakin Heaton, of
Leeds. I hold corresponding specimens from his herbarium.
Likewise the peripatetic botanist Henry Ibbotson . . . used
to wander up and down the dales and further afield, Teesdale,
Clova, etc., collecting for gentlemen willing to pay a trifle for
plants from places they had not time to visit. And he used to
send Mr. Motley plants—usually with loose labels of bluish
paper, written in a neat sloping bank clerk hand . . ._ Like-
wise John Bohler, of Sheffield in Derbyshire, circa 1821-30.
And Brunton for Woods, 1774-1800.

As to Vaccinium uliginosum Bicheno’s is noé the first ‘record’
for Yorkshire. The name appears in Dr. J. Fothergill’s list of
Wensleydale plants (he lived at Carr End, Semerwater, about

168 Riddelsdell: Further Notes on Yorkshire Plants.

1750), contributed to Whitaker's Richmondshire. (2) 7 ute
was found ‘‘in a pasture called ‘Rough Earth’ at Mossdale
Head,” by Mr. J. Brunton, about 1775, and a specimen sent to
Joseph Woods [and inferentially to Bicheno also]|—who (J. W.)
makes a note to the foregoing effect in Townsend’s copy of
Old Botanist Guide (1805), which was originally Woods’s copy.’

Dr. Lees’s comments show a combination of close acquaint-
ance with facts, and of bold deduction from facts, which almost
carries one the whole way. As regards Vaccinium uliginosum
and Brunton’s discovery of it in Wensleydale, quite the whole
way: and no doubt Mr. Baker’s account of the plant in the
second edition of ‘North Yorkshire,’ p. 335 of No. 15 of the
Y.N.U. Transactions, needs reframing in the light of the facts
stated by Dr. Lees; my remark in ‘The Naturalist’ for November
1902, p. 337, was based (in too loosely-worded a form) upon
Mr. Baker’s account.

But Dr. Lees’s zzferences are not quite persuasive. The
statement that ‘all your 1839, 1840, and 1841—or nearly all—
were gathered by the late Dr. J. Deakin Heaton, of Leeds,’
may be true; but the ev/dence for its justification is wanting.
I believe I am right in saying that there is no evidence on
Motley’s labels or sheets that any of his plants came either from
Heaton or Ibbotson, or Bohler; while the ‘inferentially to
Bicheno also,’ of the Vaccinium, overlooks the fact that the
record is for 1775, while Bicheno was not born till about 1785!
Dr. Lees commits the same oversight in chronology in a further
remark on the Wewm record. Moreover, why should not Motley
have been in Yorkshire in 1839, 1840, and 1841? It is not at
all probable that he procured éy correspondence from Yorkshire
a large number of quite common plants, easily obtainable on the
spot in South Wales. The case needs much more careful
investigation in this particular direction before Dr. Lees’s
inferences can be accepted; though to have turned one’s atten-
tion to the matter, and to have effectively aroused interest in it,
earns for Dr. Lees a further gratitude for the ever-accumulating
good work done by him for botanical knowledge.

Mr. Petty kindly writes, with respect to the records of
Bicheno (‘The Naturalist’ for November 1go2), that Dow Crages
(p. 340), the locality catalogued for Lancashire, is in *‘ V.C. 69 ;
an outlier of Coniston Old Man.’ The plant ‘ was first recorded
for North Lancashire portion of V.C. 69 by either Willisel or
young Merrett in Merrett’s Pznax, 1666, from the Old Man,’
though the hill was not mentioned by that name.

Naturalist»

SOME POINTS
IN THE BIOLOGY OF HEPATIC.

F. CAVERS, B.Sc.,
Yorkshire College, Leeds.

IF one may judge from the number of additions which have been
made to the literature of the Hepaticz during the last few years,
it would appear that the study of this group of plants is grow-
ing in favour with botanists in this country, who now have
in Mr. W. H. Pearson’s ‘Hepatice of the British Isles’ a
splendidly-illustrated work of reference, besides the handy and
inexpensive ‘Key to the British Hepatic,’ by Mr. Macvicar,
and the useful ‘List of the British Hepaticze,’ by Mr. Lett.*
The object of the present paper is to set forth briefly some of
the outstand-
ing facts in
the biology of
the Hepatic,
leaving out
of account
the organs
concerned in
the propaga-
tion of the
species and
dealing solely
with the vege-
tative organs,
with — special
references, £0
the various
ways in which these are modified and adapted to the special
needs of the plant.

Most people who are interested in plant-life are familiar with
the ribbon-like or thalloid shoots of Warchantia polymorpha and
Lunularia cruciata, which are so often seen covering the soil in
greenhouses, the green branched thallus usually bearing on its
upper surface the characteristic circular (Zarchantia) or crescent-
shaped (Lunularia) cups, which contain numerous small brood-
bodies, or gemme. The surface of the thallus is divided up into
polygonal areas, each area having in its centre a small light

Fig. 1.—Fegatella conica. Growing point from above, showing
the reflexed scales and the areolation of the thallus. x 10.

“Lett, H. W., a list, with descriptive notes, of all the species of hepatics
hitherto found in the British Islands. Eastbourne, 1902.

1903 May 1.

170 Cavers: Some Potnts tn the Biology of Hepatice.

spot, found on closer examination to mark the position of a pore
which leads into an underlying air-chamber. An allied form,
commonly found growing in large patches on stones beside
streams, is /egatelia conica, readily distinguished from Mar-
chantia and Lunularia by the fact that the surface-marking of
the thallus is much more distinct, both the areas and the pores
being wider (Fig. 1). #egatella conica is of historical interest,
being the form to which Micheli in his ‘Nova plantarum genera,’
published in 1729 at Florence, gave the name Hepatica fontana,
the generic name being suggested by a supposed resemblance
between the branching ribbon-like thallus and the lobes of the
liver. The statement, which has been handed down in many
books even to the present day, that Marchantia and its allies
are of medicinal use in liver complaints, apparently originated in
an application of the old adage, ‘similia similibus curantur.’
The Hepatice are, from the economic point of view, an entirely
useless group of plants, but to the student of plant-evolution
they form perhaps the most important group of all, a group
which is above all an extremely generalised and ill-defined one
and includes forms showing a remarkable range in regard to
structural complexity. The Hepaticz occupy a unique position
in the vegetable kingdom, serving as a connecting-link between
the Algz on the one hand and the Vascular Plants on the other.

One of the most convenient forms with which to begin a
study of the biology of the Hepatic: is Pel/za, which is very
widely distributed in this country, usually forming large patches
on the banks of streams. The green, flattened, ribbon-like
plant-body or thallus is attached to the soil by numerous colour-
less or reddish root-hairs. Its upper surface is smooth, not
showing the pattern observed in the forms already mentioned ;
it is usually from ten to about fifteen cells in thickness along the
middle line, the broad midrib passing gradually into the thinner
lateral wings, which become reduced to a single layer of cells at
the margin. The thallus consists throughout of compact tissue,
the upper layers being made up of chlorophyll-bearing cells,
whilst the lower layers are colourless; there is, however, no
sharp limit between the green and the colourless regions. Two
species of Ped/za are abundant in Britain, and it is sometimes
difficult to distinguish these when in the sterile condition,
unless sections of the thallus are examined. In P. epzphylla,
which is monoecious, many of the cells of the thallus have their
walls strengthened by broad thickened bands, yellow or brown
in colour; P. calyctna, which is dicecious, does not show these

Naturalist,

Cavers: Some Points in the Biology of Hepatice. 171

fibrous thickenings. Many of the cells contain brown spherical
or elongated oil-bodies, usually six or seven in each cell. These
bodies are evidently to be regarded as products of excretion ;
even after plants have been kept in total darkness for several
weeks the oil-bodies remain unchanged in the older parts of
the thallus, whilst the newly-formed branches contain them in
abundance. Oil-bodies are found in a large number of Hepatica,
and it has been found that they play an important part in the
economy of the plant by rendering the tissues distasteful to
snails and other animals, which rarely attack fresh plants,
though they will eat pieces which have been soaked in alcohol
to remove the oil and then washed.in water. Very frequently,
the cells forming the lower colourless portion of the thallus are
found to be traversed by fungal hyphae, which ramify through
the cell-cavities and often bear swollen vesicles. The fungus-
infested or mycorhizal zone extends in the midrib to within
a very short distance of the growing-point, and is especially
well developed in the larger and more fleshy plants.* The
growing-point lies at the bottom of the deep notch found at the
anterior margin of each branch, and is occupied by a single
large cell, the apical cell, from which are cut off new cells that
give rise to the whole of the tissues. The superficial cells in
this region grow out to form club-shaped hairs, which secrete
mucilage, and this serves to absorb and retain moisture and to
prevent the delicate newly-formed tissues of the growing-point
from becoming dried up.

Starting from a relatively simple form like Pe//za, the
differentiation of the plant-body in the Hepatica may be traced
along three diverging lines. (1) The thallus remains simple in ex-
ternal form, but becomes differentiated internally and may attain
a highly complex structure. Beginning with Rzccza, we have in
the Marchantiales a beautiful series of forms showing gradual
elaboration of the thallus. (2) The thallus remains simple as
regards internal structure, but becomes differentiated into a
cylindrical midrib and a single-layered wing on either side, e.g.,
Metzgerta. In some of the forms belonging to this type, the
midrib shows a well-defined strand of long narrow cells with
pitted walls, having a remarkable resemblance to the vessels of
higher plants. The thallus may further become differentiated
into a cylindrical basal portion which is colourless or brownish,

* The writer has recently observed a well-developed mycorhizal zone in
Aneura pinguis, fresh material of which was kindly sent by Mr. P. Furley,
of Aberystwyth.

1903 May 1.

172 Cavers: Some Points tn the Biology of Hepatice.

and creeps along the soil, and an ascending portion with broad
green wings, e.g., Pallavictnia Lyellit. The wings often become
folded or divided into lobes, or repeatedly forked and spread out
like a fan. From such forms there is an almost insensible
passage into the strictly foliose type (3), that of the leafy
Jungermanniales, comprising the great majority of the species
of Hepatice. Here we find a slender stem, bearing a row of
leaves on either
side, and often also
a third row on the
lower surface.

In Rececza and
its allies the struc-
ture of the thallus
is fairly simple. In
the common A.
SlGU Ca; Otel
found forming
rosettes on damp
soil, the branches
of the thallus are
narrow and _ strap-
shaped, showing a
median longitudinal
groove on the upper

Fig. 2.—Riccia glauca. Part of a transverse section of surface, which is
thallus, with a fertilised archegonium containing a young deepest towards the

capsule. % 50.
notch in which lies

the growing-point. In sections, the thallus is seen to consist of
a compact colourless lower zone and a filamentous upper zone,
each of the green filaments consisting of a single row of cells ;
between the filaments there are deep, narrow air-spaces (Fig. 2).
The uppermost cell of each filament is larger than the rest, and
forms, with the corresponding cells of the neighbouring’ fila-
ments, a continuous epidermal layer. These epidermal cells
contain colourless sap, with few chloroplasts or none at all;
they doubtless serve to protect the underlying green cells from
excessive illumination, besides partially closing the air-spaces
and thus checking evaporation and at the same time preventing
the entrance of water into these spaces. The lower surface of

* For an excellent supply of living plants belonging to this species, the
writer is indebted to the kindness of Mr. Geo. Webster, York. Material of
other British species was also kindly sent by Mr. W. H. Pearson.

Naturalist,

Cavers: Some Points in the Biology of Hepatice. is

the thallus bears long, colourless root-hairs and a series of thin
green scales ; each of the latter becomes after a time split in the
middle, but the two lateral rows of scales thus formed ultimately
become withered in the older parts of the thallus. In the species
of Riccta which grow in drier and more exposed situations, e.g.,
R. nigrella, the scales, which are large and violet-coloured,
appear to play an important part in enabling the plant to resist
the effects of extremes of temperature or of prolonged periods of
drought. Under such adverse conditions the plant becomes
rolled up, with the
ventral surface out-
wards, covered by the
closely-overlapping
St ahes.« Lngo ther
species with a similar
xerophytic habitat,
GiGan Ae eZee, Ke:
tumida, the epidermal
cells on the upper sur-
face, especially at the
margins of the thallus,
grow out as_ long,
colourless hairs, which
doubtless serve to re-
tain water. In RB. crys-
fallina, which grows

Fig. 3.—Ricciocarpus natans. 1., Part of a trans-

on wet stones in verse section of the thallus ; IT., epidermis in surface
streams, the air-spaces view, showing two pores; III., terminal portion ot
one of the long pendant scales. x 30.

become drawn out into

wide chambers which remain open above, forming a series of
shallow cavities separated by thin vertical partitions. These
partitions form a network, as seen from above, and give this
species its remarkably crystalline appearance in the fresh and
moist condition ; the ventral scales are very small, each consist-
ing of a short row of cells and soon becoming withered off. In
_Ricciella fluitans the air-spaces grow in width, but at the same
time the epidermal cells grow out horizontally so as to form
a roof over each chamber. If the plant is growing on the soil
the roofing-in of the chambers remains incomplete, a small pore
being left above each chamber, but in the sterile aquatic plants,
which grow submerged in water, the chambers are completely
closed. In Ricctocarpus natans the broad heart-shaped thallus
is thick and spongy, consisting almost entirely of air-chambers

1903 May 1.

174 Cavers: Some Points in the Biology of Hepatice.

arranged in several tiers and separated by thin partitions (Fig. 3).
Each of the uppermost chambers opens by a pore, whilst the super-
posed chambers communicate with each other by means of
small pores in the partitions. The sterile floating plants bear
no root-hairs, but are provided with numerous long strap-shaped
scales which hang down into the water. The terrestrial fruiting
form of R. xatfans is, however, provided with root-hairs, and the
ventral scales become fewer, shorter, and broader, whilst the
air-chambers are less developed than in the aquatic form,
the compact ventral tissue increasing in thickness at the expense
of the upper spongy tissue. In the case of Recciella fluitans
the result of transferring the aquatic plants to a solid sub-
stratum is to induce the development of root-hairs, whilst the
ventral scales, which are very small and apt to be overlooked in

es
AY)
VEX

Fig. 4.—Fegatella conica. Vransverse section through midrib of thallus showing the upper
zone of air-chambers and the lower zone of compact tissue, with tour of the mucilage
sacs. Sm. rh.. smooth-walled root-hairs ; tub. rh., tuberculate root-hairs; v. s., ventral
scales. X 30.

the aquatic form, become much larger ; the new branches lose

the characteristic strap-like form and are shorter and broader, as

in the ordinary terrestrial species of Azccza.

In Fegatella conica the air-chambers are arranged in a single
layer; they are wide but ‘shallow, separated from each other by
thin vertical partitions, and roofed over by the single-layered
epidermis (Figs. 4-6). All the cells bounding the chambers
contain chlorophyll, and those forming the floor grow up into
short filaments, each ending in an elongated cell which is
produced into a pointed colourless beak (Fig: 5). The compact
tissue below the air-chambers is thickest in the midrib; in the
wing on either side it is reduced to four or five layers of cells,
gradually thinning out towards the margin of the thallus. In
the midrib the compact tissue is traversed longitudinally by

Naturalist,

Cavers: Some Points in the Biology of Hepatice. 175

several strings of cells which contain mucilage. Very often
there is a_ well-
marked zone of
cells extending
across the midrib
and containing
densely interwoven
fungal hyphe ; this
mycorhizal zone
generally lies im-
mediately below the

air-chambers. The

< : ry Fig. 5.—Fegatella conica. Part of a vertical section
lower surface of the of the thallus, showing an air-chamber, lined by
midrib bears two pointed cells and opening above by a pore in the

longitudinal rows

epidermis. 180.

of ventral scales, each scale consisting of a nearly circular free
portion which is reddish or purple in colour, and a basal colour-

Fig. 6.—Fegatella conica. Longitudinal section through growing point of
thallus. X., initial-cell; P., pore; A.C., air-chamber; V. S., ventral
scales; M.C., mucilage cells; O. C., cell containing a large oil body.
x 180.

less portion which is attached to the side of the midrib by its
outer margin, whilst its inner margin overlaps the scale next in
front. The notch in which lies the growing-point of each branch
is partly filled by the overlapping coloured appendages of the
younger scales, which bend upwards and backwards over the
growing-point (Fig. 6). From the sides of the midrib there

1903 May 1.

176 Cavers: Some Potnts in the Biology of Hepatice.

spring tufts of wide smooth-walled root-hairs which pass
straight downwards into the soil and often have branched
ends. Besides these root-hairs, which serve to attach the plant
and to absorb water, we find narrower ones which spring in small
tufts from the bases of the ventral scales and which pass back-
wards, lying in a groove on the lower surface of the midrib and
covered by the overlapping scales. Each of these narrow root-
hairs shows on the internal surface of the cell-wall a series of
peg-like ingrowths, and it would appear that root-hairs of this
type serve both to conduct and to store up water, which may be
retained between the hairs as well as within them.

It is in the higher Marchantiales, including /egate//a and
its allies, that the thallus reaches the highest type of internal
differentiation. The different forms belonging here, though all
more or less polymorphic, varying in structure as well as in
external habit when growing in different surroundings, are
readily distinguished on examining sections of the thallus. Each
genus shows its own characteristic features which remain con-
stant and enable us to identify the plant even in the absence of
tertile specimens. Confining our attention to the British forms,
we find that in Marchantia, Lunularta, Pretssta, and Targionta
the structure of the thallus is similar in ground-plan to that
found in Fegatedla, the tissue being differentiated into (1) an
epidermal layer, one cell thick, forming a roof over (2) a single
series of air-chambers, each opening by a pore in the epidermis
and containing numerous green filaments which arise from the
floor; (3) a compact zone of colourless cells, underlying the
air-chambers and forming the greater part of the midrib but
becoming reduced to a thin layer in the lateral wings ; (4) root-
hairs and scales arising from the lower surface of the midrib and
showing the same arrangement as in Fegatella. In Lunularia
and Zurgionia the pores are of the same type as in Fegatella,
each pore being surrounded by several concentric rings of cells
which all lie in nearly the same plane, but in Marchantia and
Preissia the pores are ‘barrel-shaped,’ each being bounded by
four or five superposed rings of cells forming a hollow cylinder
(Figs. 8, 9). In all these forms the compact tissue contains oil-
bodies, which are large and spherical or ovoid in form and occur
singly in the cells. In Prezssza and Targzonza there is almost
invariably a well-developed mycorhizal zone in the midrib, the
cells being often nearly filled by the branching. fungal hyphe,
which bear in some cases large vesicles.

(To be continued.)

Naturalist,

177
FUNGI OF MASHAM AND SWINTON.

CHARLES CROSSLAND, F.L.S.,

Halifax; Hon. Sec. Yorkshire Mycological Committee.

Last year Mr. W. A. Thwaites, of Masham, continued his
investigations into the fungus flora of Masham and Swinton,
commenced in August 1901 (vide ‘The Naturalist,’ January
1902, pp. 21-31). The district worked lies between the two
places named and is mostly in the valley of the Burn; ,116
species have been added to the 416 met with in igor. They
will be found classified in the following list, with host, habitat,
and date when collected, added. None are new to the British
flora. . A few hosts, attacked by parasitic fungi, are given in
addition to those generally found in the text books, viz.:—
Caoma orchidis on Gymnodena conopsea; and Dasyscypha calycina,
the larch disease on the Weymouth pine and Spruce fir. The
number of herbaceous-plant parasites in the shape of Uredines
is a noticeable feature ; 17 were noted in 1go1, and to these 21
more have been added. Out of 66 British species of Helotium
Mr. Thwaites has succeeded in collecting no less than 20. The
dates show that fungi of one kind or another are to be met with
all the year round.

BASIDIOMYCETA:. _ Clitocybe Fr.

C. phylophila Fr.

AGARICACE:. On dead oak leaves, October.
Agaricee. C. pithyophila Fr.
Leucosporee. In a wood, March.

C. cyathiformis Fr.

On the ground in a moist wood.
C. laccata (Scop.) Laccaria B.&Br.

var. amethystina Bolt.

On the ground in a wood, October.
Collybia Fr.
C. nummularia (Bull. ).

Among grass, road-side, March.

Amanita Pers.

A. muscaria (L.) Fr.
Also from Jervaulx.

Lepiota Fr.

L. amianthina (Scop.).

- Ina pasture, March.

Tricholoma Fr.

T. terreum

var. atrosquamosum Chev. Mycena Fr.

In open woodland. M. saccharifera B.& Br.
T. gambosum Fr. On dead bramble, June.

In pasture, May. M. discopoda Lévy.
T. sevum Gillet. On dead twigs, August.

In meadow, October. Pleurotus Fr.
T. nudum (Bull. ). P. serotinus (Schrad.).

In wood-side pasture, October. On dead stump, November.
T. brevipes (Bull.). P. chioneus (Pers.).

In wood-side pasture, March. On dead branch, May.

1903 May 1. M

178 Crossland: Fungt of Masham and Swinton.

Lactarius Pers.
L. serifluus (DC.) Fr.
Among grass, November.
Russula Pers.
R. rubra (DC.) Fr.
Lentinus Fr.
L. cochleatus Fr.
On decaying stump, July.
Panus
P. stypticus (Bull.) Fr.
Ochrospore.

Flammula Fr.
F. inopoda Fr.

On fir stump, April.

Melanospore.

Panzolus Fr.
P. fimicola Fr.

In pasture, April.
Psathyra Fr.
P. corrugis (Pers.).

In pasture, April.
Psathyrella Fr.
P. gracilis Fr.
" Among grass, road-side.

POLYPORACE 42.

Polyporus Mich.
P. Rostkovii Fr.
On dead stump, July.
P. elegans Fr.
On dead stump, August.
P. petaloides Fr.
On dead stump, August.
Fomes Fr.
F. igniarius Fr.
On stump, Sole Beck Gill, and
near Swinton, July and Sept.
Poria Pers.
P. obducens Pers.

HYDNACE2..
Hydnum L.

H. repandum L.

In wood-side pasture, October.
H. alutaceum Fr.

On pine rail, April.

CLAVARIACEE.

Clavaria Vaill.
C. fusiformis Sow.

Among grass in pasture, Sept.

C. rugosa Bull.

On bare soil, November.’

THELEPHORACE4A3.
Corticium Fr.
C. sebaceum (Berk. ).
Covering old rope laid on the
ground, June.
C. lacteum Fr.
On wood, April.
Cyphella Fr.
C. capula Fr.
On moist dead branch, March.
TREMELLACEA.. |
Tremella Dill.
T. frondosa Fr.
On oak stump, November.

UREDINACE AE.
Melampsoree.
Melampsora Cast.
M. epitea (Kze.&Schm. ).
On Salix viminalis, August.
M. vitellina (DC.).
On Salix fragilis, August.
Coleosporium Lév.
C. senecionis Pers.
= Peridermium pini Chev.
Ecid. on pine leaves (Pinus syl-
vestris), April and May. Uredo.
and Telento. on Senecio vulgaris,
August.
C. sonchi (Pers.).
AEcid. on Tussilago farfara, May.
Puccinee.
Uromyces Link.
U. geranii (DC.).
AE cid. on Geranium pratense, June.
U. valerianz (Schum. ).
Ecid. on Valeriana dioica, May.
U. parnassiz (DC.).
On Parnassia palustris, July.
U. poz Rabh.
fEcid. on
April; on R. repens, May.
U. rumicis (Schum.).
On Rumex acetosa, July.
U. alchemillae (Pers. ).
On Alchemillze vulgaris.
April.
U. ficaria (Schum.). » _
On Ranunculus ficaria, April.

Ranunculus ficaria,

Uredo.,

Naturalist,

Crossland: Fungt of Masham and Swinton.

Puccinia Pers.
P. pulverulenta,Grev.

On Epilobium montanum = in
garden. AEcid., June; Teleuto.,
August.

P. pimpinella (Straus.).

“Ecid. on Anthriscus sylvestris,
May.

P. menthe Pers.

On garden mint, 26th
Mostly AXcid.; Teleuto.
tules just beginning to show
on; the

May.
pus-
leaves. Same on
Mentha arvensis.
P. caricis (Schum. ).
Ecid. on Urtica dioica.
P. obscura Schrot.
fEcid. on Bellis
October.
P. suaveolens (Pers.).

perennis, 3oth

On Carduus arvensis, May.
P. hieracii (Schum.).
On Hypocharis radicata, 27th
_ April; Leontodon hispidus, 28th
May; Hieracium pilosella, 4th
June.
P. centaureze Mart.
On Centaurea nigra, July.
P. betonicee (Alb. and Schw.).
On Stachys Betonica, 19th April.
P. fusca (Relhan.).
On Anemone nemorosa, April.
P. bunii (DC.).
On flower stalks of Bunium flexu-
osum, 19th April.
P. valantize Pers.
On Galium cruciata = Valantia
cruciata L., 18th May.
Phragmidium Link.
P. fragariastri (DC.).
On Potentilla fragariastrum.
Czoma
Czeoma orchidis Alb.& Schw.
On Gynminodena conopsea, Orchis
latifolia, and Listera ovata.

ASCOMYCETE.

PYRENOMYCETAE.
Erysiphe Hedw.
E. polygoni (DC.).

On garden pea, September.

1903 May 1.

{79
Spheria

S. spermoides Hoffm.
On decorticated wood, July.
S. acuminata Sow.
On dead herbaceous stem, June.
Hypoxylon Bull.
H. fuscum Fr.
On hazel twig, April.
Nectria Fr.
N. epispheeria Fr.
On an effused, decaying pyreno-
mycete, April.
Cordyceps.
C. entomorrhiza Fr.
On dead pupa partially buried in
soil, August.
C. militaris (L.) Fr.
On dead beetle at the roots of
grass, August.
ONYGENACE~..
Onygena
O. equina Pers.
On decaying sheep horn, March.

DISCOMYCETEA:.
Morchella
M. esculenta (L.) Pers.
Among grass and dead leaves,
shaded road-side, May.
Mitrophora
M. gigas (Pers.) Lév.
On sand among thin grass, river-
side, May.
Helvella
H. crispa (Scop.) Fr.
Mitrula
M. phalloides (Bull.) Chev.
=. paludosa Fr.
On dead leaves in swamps, July.
Geoglossum
G. glabrum Pers.
Among grass, October.
Vibrissia
V. Guernisaci Crouan.
On dead sticks in water, March.
Geopyxis
G. cupularis (L.) Sacc.
On the ground among moss in
woodland, June.
Peziza Dill.
P. reticulata Grev.
On the ground.

180

Humaria Fr.
H. convexula (Pers.) Quel.
On soil among moss, October.
Lachnea Fr.
L. coprinaria (Cke.) Fr.
On cow dung.
Sclerotinia
S. tuberosa (Hedw.) Fckl.
Growing from sclerotia in a bed
of Anemone nemorosa, April.
S. Curreyana (Berk.) Karst.
Growing from sclerotia formed in
the interior of previous years’
rush stems (Juncus), April.
S. Durizana (Tul.) Quel.
Growing from sclerotia on decay-
ing Carex, May.
Ciboria
C. ochroleuca (Bolt.) Sacc.
(=Hym. firma Phil.)
C. amentacea (Phil.) Fckl.
On fallen male-catkins
glutinosa, March.
Helotium Fr.
H. imberbe (Bull.) Fr.
On decaying wood of Alnus gluti-
nosa, April.
H. pallescens (Pers.) Fr.
On dead wood, March.
H. aureum Pers.
On dead twigs partially overrun
by moss, July.
H. virgultorum (Vahl.) Karst.
On dead twigs, March.

of Alnus

H. gramineum Phil.

On decaying grass stems, May.
Mollisia Fr.
M. atrocinerea (Cke.) Phil.

On herbaceous stems, June.
M. mercurialis (Fckl.) Sacc.

On dead stems of

perennis, June.
Tapesia
T. fusca (Pers.) Fekl.
var. rosea Mass.

On dead stems of Rosa, June.
Pseudopeziza Fckl.
P. benesueda (Tul.) Mass.

On dead Alder-branches, March.
Dasyscypha Fr.
D. crucifera ( Phil.) Sace.

On dead twigs, July.

Mercurialis

Crossland: Fungi of Masham and Swinton.

D. letior (Karst.).

On decaying raspberry canes
(Rubus Idzeus), July. Karsten
in his latest description says :—
‘ Differs from D. bicolor in the
septate paraphyses and thinner,
closely septate hairs, and in
growing only on Rubus species.’

D. calycina Fekl.
=Peziza Willkommii Hartig.

On Scotch fir (Pinus syivestris),
February; Weymouth pine
(Pinus — strobus), February ;
Spruce fir (Abies Douglassii),
February.

It appears from the above that
this fungus is not confined to
larch and Scotch fir, but infests
the Weymouth pine and Spruce
fir also in this country.

Cenangium
C. abietis (Pers.) Rehm.

On Pinus sylvestris and P. strobus.
A saprophyte on dead, fallen, fir
branches, but in these cases the
fungus was at work before the
dead branches had parted from
the trees, Feb.

Ombrophila
O. clavus (A.&S.) Cke.
On decayed grass stems, May.
Orbilia
O. leucostigma Fr.
var. xanthostigma Rehm.

On wood, also on a
partially enveloping the wood,
August.

Caloria
C. fusarioides (Berk.) Fr.
On dead nettle-stem, June.
Coryne Tul.
C. urnalis (Nyl.) Sacc.
On dead wood, October.
Phacidium
P. multivalve Kze. and Schmidt.
“(=P alicts Phe)
On dead holly leaves, May.

PHYCOMYCETAE.

Peronospora
P. arenaria Tul.

Corticium

On Cerastium triviale, June.

Naturalist,

Carr: Nottinghamshire Fungi. 181

Pilaria Cephalothecium
P. anomala Schreea. C. candidum Bon.
On dung of wood pigeon, June. On bark, June.
Helminthosporium

HYM ENOM YCE TA. H. dendroideum B.& Br.

On dead twig, July.

Oidium Isaria Pers.
O. monilioides Link. I. arachnophila Ditm.
On grass leaves. The conidial On dead spider laid among moss
stage of Erysiphe graminis, in a wood.
May.
Cephalosporium M VXOM YCE TAE.
C. acremonium Corda. Stemonitis
On rush stems, June. S. typhina Roth. Fl., Germ. I. 527
Aspergillus (1788).

Arcyria Hill.
A. rubiformis (Pers.) Mass.
On moss, June.
Didymium Schrad.
D. farinaceum Schrad.
On leaves, May.
Craterium Trent.

A. glaucus Link.
On decaying leaves, September.
Botrytis
B. fasicularis (Corda.) Sacc.
On dead thistle-stems, May.
B. cinerea Pers.

War. isclerotiophila Sate.) + @ e.anfasuan Mass.
On dead stem of some Umbellifer, On herbaceous stem, April.
April. Physarum Pers.
Ovularia P. sinuosum (Bull.) Rost.
O. obliqua Oud. . On herb stems, grass, moss, etc.,
On living leaves of Rumex obtusi- September.

folia, April. Said to be the Leocarpus
conidial stage of Spherella L. fragilis (Dicks.) Rost.
rumicis. On grass stems.

SS SSS

FUNGI.

Nottinghamshire Fungi.—In the ‘Transactions of the
Nottinghamshire Naturalists’ Society’ for 1897-8, a list of all
then-known Nottinghamshire Basidiomycetous Fungi. was
given; and this was supplemented in the ‘Transactions’ for
the following year by a few additional records. To these lists
may now be added three more species of considerable interest,
viz., Cyathus striatus Hoftm., found growing gregariously on
a piece of rotting sack-cloth, half buried among dead leaves and
chips of bark in a woodyard at Wollaton, on 3rd January 1903 ;
Geaster Bryantit Berk., Arnold, 5th January. 1903, on ground
in hedge-bank ; Pleurotus applicatus Batsch.,. on rotting log,
Arnold, 4th November 1902. I am indebted to Mr. Carleton
Rea, M.A., Secretary ta.the British Mycological, Society, for
these identifications.—J. W. Carr, University College, Notting-
ham, 21st January 1903.

1903 May 1.

THE POLLARD WILLOW.

MAX E. PEACOCK,
The Manor, Bottesford, Lincolnshire.

In early days, when our’ village life was governed by Manor
Courts, instead of Rural District Councils, the wants of the
inhabitants were regarded. At that date Willow trees played
a part of no inconsiderable importance. From them were
procured the pegs with which the thatch of reed, rushes, or
straw was held firmly on house, barn, and-stacks; they also
were used as stakes for staithing the banks of rivers and becks.
Wooden scoops, bowls, spoons, trenchers, and cheese vats were
of this wood, and in fact it played a very important part in our
domestic architecture. Old manor rolls show that laws were in
force regarding their planting and protection. At a manor
court held at Bottesford, North Lincolnshire, on rst April 1579,
the following, among other regulations, was decreed by the lord
and jury:—‘Item, that everie husbandman within this lord-
shippe to sett euery yere vj willowes, and euery cotiger iij, and
to preserve them from cattle; in doing the contrary euery
husbandman to forfayte xijd, and euery cotiger vjd.’

From this extract we gather how it came about that against
ponds and hollows in our meadow and pasture lands little
clumps of Willows may be seen yet standing. The date at
which some of these old patriarchs of past rural economy were
planted must be considerable. We can remember some that
had grown hollow with age that would contain four ordinary men
standing up within the trunk. The Pollard Willow seems to be
able to retain life and flourish when the entire bole is eaten out
by grub, beetle, and caterpillar; the outer rim of bark and an
inch or two of wood only is needed for the growth of a good
crown of branches. These ancient trees have been chopped,
buckheaded, or pollarded for generations, yet in spite of age
and ill-usage they still put forth a goodly crop of long, straight
shoots after each application of the bill-hook.

It is not so much of the trees themselves we are about to
write as about the birds, beasts, fishes and reptiles, plants and
shrubs that we have known make use of them in one way or
another. We have a note about some Willows that to the best
of our belief were planted as stakes about 150 years ago, but an
earlier date might be assigned to them-by some people.- On look-
ing through these notes we find a list of birds that have built in

Naturalist,

Peacock: The Pollard Willow. 183

them. In. 1869 these two old trees furnished the site for nests
of the following birds :—Starling (S¢urnus vulgaris), Sparrow
(Passer domesticus), Tree Sparrow (P. montanus), Spotted Fly-
catcher (Wuscicapa grisola), Stock-Dove (Columba cenas), and the
Great and Blue Tits (Parus mayor and P. ceruleus). At the
same time the following plants had found a root-hold in the
decaying wood, leaves, and soil that had collected on their
ancient crowns :—Gooseberry, Bramble, Elder, Raspberry,
Briar, grass of various sorts, and the Male-fern. On the stems
of the trees were several funguses, the only one worth remark
to us as young folks being one which is locally called the Colts-
foot fungus. The name is given on account of its appearance,
which is very much like a horse’s foot when in an unshod,
natural state.

Some other Willows we have notes of have not been planted
so long, but they have begun to play their part in helping the
reproduction of nature at their own expense. In 1867 we found
a Thrush (7urdus musicus)'s nest in the crown of a Willow that
stood along with others on the pond side, but it was in an
unfinished state. However all went well and the eggs soon
followed the completion of the nest, the eggs hatched into birds,
which took wing in due course, and the nest was untenanted for
a short time. However on paying it a visit one day some time
later, we discovered that a Wren was making a nest on the
underneath side of the old Thrush’s nest; this nest also pros-
pered, and again the young birds were reared beneath the shade
of the leaves of the Willow. When this later lot had betaken
themselves to wing we did not pay much attention to the nests,
but on passing it we noticed that the autumn showers had
caused fermentation to take place in the materials of the nests,
and the heat had caused the seeds of grasses carried by the
Thrush as nest maierial to germinate. Both grass and small
weeds, not recorded by name, were growing on the mass of
sodden material that had been the home of two happy families
that season. Later on, when snow and sleet were blowing
across moorland and fen, a Long-tailed Field Mouse took up
her abode here and made a store-room of the top nest and
a sleeping-room of the Wrens’ nest below. Here the fawn-
coloured, white-bellied, little creature, with its long, tapering
tail, would often be seen when the spring came running up the
gnarled stem; but she deserted the spot in the early days of
April. She, however, had left a trace of her occupation.
Amongst her store of winter provisions were some hips from

1903 May :.

184 Peacock: The Pollard Willow.

a sweet briar-bush which grew in the garden hard by. One of
the seeds that she had not nibbled put forth roots, and before
the end of summer was growing into a little sprig. The grasses
of the previous year had seeded, and these also sprung up, only
to die down after reproducing their kind, the hot August
weather being too much for them. However, the briar throve:
and grew. The mere sprig of twenty odd years or more ago is
now a large bush with long trailing branches reaching down to
the waters of the fish-pond. The bole of this Willow is about
six feet in length, but wind and weather have made the old
pollard trees lean somewhat at an acute angle over the pond,
some of the boughs hanging into the water itself. Here in the
spring comes the Toad (Bufo vulgaris), with her husband at her
back, to twine her string of eggs from twig to branch and branch
to twig. Perch (Perca fluviatilis), Roach (Leuciscus rutilus),
Dace (Z. vulgaris), and Tench (7tnca vulgaris) love this place,
as also does the slimy Bream (A dramis brama), for in winter the
depths of the pool are warm and in summer’s heat the trees
make a cool shade. The Kingfisher (Alcedo tspida), too, has
a particular liking for this spot and haunts it frequently. On
one occasion a Fox (Vulpes vulpes) that was hard pressed made
for some Willow trees we know well. He could easily mount up
the inclined trunk, and when once amongst the boughs he found
no difficulty in getting into a fairly snug place, on a limb that
reached some fifteen feet over the pond; here he remained, the
hounds being quite at fault. Those who had watched him were
by far too pleased with his clever action to betray his lurking-
place. Badgers (Meles meles) and Otters (Lutra lutra) have
both been known to lay up and bring forth young in the fast-
nesses of its roots. The roots extend many feet into the high
bank that borders on the pond. Otters are now no more,
and the Badger is nigh extinct in the district we speak of;
but yet an odd one comes at times, and when this is the
case the Willow row bank is sure to become his home as
long as: he makes a sojourn in the neighbourhood. From the
tallest and largest Willow grows a Mountain Ash tree, whose
bright scarlet berries tempt many a bird to come and feed.
Brambles, Elders, Raspberry, Gooseberry, Briars, Thorns, Black-
thorn, and various grasses and other plants have taken root in
one or another of the decaying crowns. For years now the axe
and bill-hook have not been: used, so they form quite a thick
mass from each stole top. Birds of various orders come here
each season to: nest as sure as the spring arrives. Waterhens.

Naturahst, »

Peacock and Stow: Lincolnshire Galls. 185

(Gallinula chloropus), Coots (fulica atra),and Dabchicks (Poediceps

fluviatilis) have chosen the long, trailing boughs that hang across
the water as an anchorage for their nests. Wild Ducks (Anas
boschas) have also bred in the stoles amongst the branches on
more than one occasion. In fact the old trees do more towards
helping nature to reproduce her kind than any other trees we
wot of. A list of plants, animals, birds, reptiles, and fish that
make use of the Willow would indeed be remarkable both for
length and variety. From fungi to foxes is a large field of
observation, but the Willow furnishes examples of all life
between these two. Not only has this been the case, but both
lads and men have sheltered within the crumbling boles when
a thunder-shower has caught them when fishing. Snug and dry
in the Willow retreat they still could fish in spite of thunder,
hail, and rain.

What curious shapes some of these old remnants of our
ancient manorial system have; some are bent double like unto
old men, others lean, some this way some that, vet others again
are nearly cleft in twain from crown to root, still they put forth
new wood and leaves. They truly are picturesque in decay as
well as being handsome in their prime. Fox-hunters have
a kindly feeling for this tree, because they point out to them the
dangers ahead; they know well that these trees grow beside
brooks, deep drains, ponds, and in boggy, trappy places, and
steer clear accordingly.

a

LINCOLNSHIRE GALLS.

Rev. EDWARD ADRIAN WOODRUFFE-PEACOCK, L.Th., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
Vicar of Cadney; Hon. Sec. Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union,
AND
Miss S. C. STOW,
Brandon, Grantham.

THE nomenclature adopted is that of E. Connold’s ‘British
Vegetable Galls,’ and to the author our thanks are due for much
kind help in naming specimens.

North Lincolnshire V.C. 54 contains Divisions 1-12, South
Lincolnshire V.C. 53 Divisions 13-18.

The asterisk (*) means on the authority of Rev. E. A..W.
Peacock and the dagger (7) on the authority of Miss SoC. Stow.

Adelges abietis L. On Adies excelsa, N. Div. 2, Broughton, 1896, *.

Andricus curvator Htg. On Quercus pedunculata, S. Div. 13, Court
Leys, September 1902, Thomas Stow.

1993 May 1...

186 Peacock and Stow: Lincolnshire Gulls.

Aphilotrix fecundatrix Htg. On Quercus pedunculata, S. Div. 13, Court
ieys,. 1902,

Asphondylia pimpernellz F. On Daucus Carota L., N. Div. 5, Kirton-
Lindsey, August 1902, *.

Aulax glechomez Htg. On Nefeta Glechoma Benth., N. Div. 2, Bottes-
ford Moors, 27th June 1go2, *

Aulax hypocheoeridis Kieffer. On Hypocheris radicata L., N. Div. 3,
Howsham, September rgor, *.

Aulax papaveris Cam. On Papaver Rheas L., N. Div. 2, Broughton
Wood, 13th August 1902, *

Biorhiza aptera Fbr. On Quercus Robur L., N. Div. 2, Broughton Lane
Plantation, August 1902, *

Brachycolus stellariz Hardy. On Stellaria Holostea L., N. Div. 2, Bot-
tesford, 1893, *; on Stellaria: graminea L., S. Div. 13, Court Leys,
September 1902; Haddington, September 1902, +.

Cecidomyia bursaria Bremi. On Nefeta Glechoma L., S. Div. 13, Court
Leys, September 1902; Div. 14, Cranwell, October 1902, }.

Cecidomyia crategus Wtz. On Crategus monygna Jacq., S. Div. 13
Caythorpe, August 1902; Haddington, September 1902, +; Div. 15,
Sapperton, September 1902, +.

Cecidomyia marginem-torqguens Wtz. On Salix viminalis L., N.
Div. 2, Bottesford, 1902; Div. 3, Cadney, 1902, *.

Cecidomyia rosaria Lw. On Salix alba L., S. Div. 15, Brandon, Sep-
tember 1902, ft.

Cecidomyia persicariz L. On Polygonum amphibium L. and the vars.
terrestre Leers and. hirtulwm Van. Bise., S. Div. 13, Court Leys,
August 1902, f.

Cecidomyia rosarum Hardy. On Rosa canina L., S. Div. 15, Brandon,
September 1go2, f.

Cecidomyia sisymbrii Schrk. On Sisymbrium officinale Scop., N. Div. 3,
Cadney Beck bank, July 1902, *.

Cecidomyia Ulmariz Bremi. On Sfirea Umaria L., S. Div. 13, Cay-
thorpe, September 1902; Haddington, September r1go2, ft.

Cecidomyia urticz Perris. On Urtica dioica L., N. Div. 2, Scunthorpe,
1902; Div. 3, Cadney, 1899, *; S. Div. 13, Court Leys, September
1902; Haddington, September 1902; Div. 14, Cranwell, October 1902 ;
Div. 15, Sapperton 1902, ft.

Cecidomyia veronice Bremi. On Veronica Chamedrys L., N. Div. 1,
Amcotts, 1878; Div. 2, Bottesford, 1874; Div. 3, Cadney, 1891-1901 ;
Caistor, 1902, *; Div. 2, Scunthorpe, 1902; Div. 10, Revesby, rgo1, +;
S. Div. 13, Fulbeck, 1896; Leadenham, 1896; Caythorpe, 1902, *;
Div. 13, Harmston, 1900; Coleby, 1900; Haddington, 1902; Div. 14,
Cranwell, October 1902; Div. 15, Sapperton, 1902 +; Div. 15, Great
Ponton, 1902, *.

Ceuthorhynchus sulcicollis Gzll. On Lrassica napus, N. Div. 2, Bot-
tesford, 1893; Div. 3, Cadney, 1896; Div. 5, Kirton-Lindsey, 1900, * ;
S. Div. 13, Court Leys, November 1902, Thomas Stow; on Brassica
rutabaga, N. Div. 2, Bottesford, 1876; Hibaldstow, 1899-1902; Div. 3,
Cadney, 1891-1902, *; S. Div..13, Court Leys, February 1903, +; on
Brassica Sinapistrum, N.. Div. 2, Hibaldstow, July 1902, *. But only
found when looked for on ground which had lately been ‘ roots.’*

Cynips Kollari Htg. On Quercus pedunculata, S. Div. 13, Court Leys,
1902 ; Haddington, 1902, +.

Diastrophus rubi Htg. On Rubus plicatus W.&M., N. Div. 1, Amcotts,
1878; Div. 2, Bottesford, 1876; Div. 3, Cadney, 1898, *; on Rubus
cestus L., S. Div. 15, Stubton, February 1903, +. Many of the pupz
had been picked out of these galls by birds.+

(Zo be continued.)

Naturalist,

187

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

A list, with descriptive notes, of all the species of Hepatics hitherto found
in the British Islands, by Henry William Lett, M.A., M.R.I.A., Rector of
' Aghaderg, co. Down. Price 7s. 6d., to be obtained from the author,
Aghaderg Glebe, Loughbrickland, co. Down, Ireland.

This is one of the latest additions to the literature of the British Hepaticae.
By the title of the book the author only offers to give a list of all the known
species of these plants hitherto found in the British Islands with dese riptive
notes.

He states in the preface that the language of the work is not that usually
found in botanical books, which needs the assistance of a dictionary of
botanical terms, but simple plain English,

For conciseness of description the use of the simple botanical terms
generally employed appear to be much more appropriate than the words
‘back and front’ applied to the description of a plant. The author gives
an explanation of his reason for the use of these terms, from which it may
be gathered he describes the ‘front’ of a leaf or stem as the upper or
antical surface, and the ‘back’ as the under or postical surface.

Some of the botanical terms in ‘general use, such as areoloae, bracts,
calyptra, capsule, elaters, gemmee, etc., are used by abbreviations, which
the author explains, and to these might have been added the words antical
and postical for the upper and under surface of leaf and stem.

There are 61 names of genera givenin the list, with short descriptive
characters of each. In the descriptive notes of the 243 species, the most
distinctive characters of each are printed in italics, which is a help to the
student, but as many are difficult to determine without the aid of drawings,
Mr. Pearson’s work, ‘Hepaticz of the British Isles,’ with figures and
descriptions of all Seon n British species , Will still be required. Mr. Pearson
has followed the classification of the late Dr. R. Spruce, whose classical
work, ‘Hepaticee Amazonicze et Andinz,’ published by the Edinburgh
Botanical Society, 1884, is one of the best works on this tribe of plants ever
written. The ‘Conspectus Hepaticarum’ of Spruce, in which he arranges
these plants into sub-orders, tribes, and sub-tribes, is by far the most natural
arrangement we have seen, and is now generally followed by all the best
writers on them, both on the continents of Europe and America.

Canon Lett might have given an outline of it and arranged his 61 genera
after this ‘Conspectus’; it would have added greatly to the value of his list,
and possibly not much to the cost of the book.

The names of the species in this work are, without exception, printed
with small initial letters. We consider it better that specific names given
in honour of eminent botanists or travellers should be prefixed by capital
letters, as is the general rule amongst botanists.

In the December number of the ‘Journal of Botany’ for 1902, p. 422,
there is a comprehensive notice of this work by S. M. M., to which our
readers’ attention may be called. Several inaccuracies are there pointed
out which should not have occurred, seeing that the descriptions have been
recently drawn up in nzarly every instance from freshly-gathered specimens.
Canon Lett has followed Dumortier by placing the /ungermania Doniana
Hook in the genus Bagzania Gray, see page 173. which is perhaps the
greatest error in the book.

Spruce described amongst his South American gatherings a sub-genus of
Jungermania under the name Anastrophyllum, and considers /. Doniana H.
the one European. species belonging to this group. It certainly is not
a Bazzania, and if not put under Spruce’s sub-generic name, it would have
been better kept as /ungermania Doniana Hook (for this see the description
of Anastrophyllum Spruce in ‘ Journal of Botany’ for 1876, p. 235).

The index in Canon Lett’s book is novel in having the specific names
placed before the generic ones, and we cannot see any advantage in
departing from the plan generally followed.

The book will be useful to beginners, and students get in a handy form,
at a cost within the reach of all, a very comprehensive list of the British

1903 May I

188 Reviews and Book Notices.

Hepatics and a good working book which will be a great help in their studies
of this interesting but difficult group of plants.

There is a good bibliography, which includes a list of the best works
of British and ‘Continental writers on this tribe, and adds much to the
value of the book.

We may call attention more particularly to two papers by the late Dr. R.
Spruce. The first is on JWarsupella Staberi n.sp. and some allied species of
European Hepatice, by R. Spruce, published in the ‘Revue Bryoloogique’
for 1881, page 89. This is a most excellent treatise, and although published
in a French periodical it is written in English, and is an excellent account
of the division of the old genus /Jungermania into the more modern
numerous genera. The second is the pamphlet on Cephalozia (a genus of
Hepaticz), its sub-genera and some allied genera, by Richard Spruce,
printed for the author at Malton, 1884. This is a brochure of 96 pages, in
which is given the key to the new classification of the Hepaticze adopted
by the author in his great work, *‘ Hepaticae Amazonice et Andinz.’ Both
these are treatises of the greatest value and learning, and the careful study
of which will much assist all students of the British Hepaticz.—M. B.S.

The twenty-sixth annual report of the Lancashire and Cheshire Entomo-
logical Society has just been issued, and is principally devoted to an
illustrated paper on ‘Our Cockroaches,’ by Mr. E. J. Burgess Sopp. The
Society has also issued, separately, a catalogue of its library.

— oo —

The Conchological Society of Great Britain has just issued a valuable
census of the ‘ British Land and Freshwater Mollusca,’ by Lionel Adams.
Unfortunately, the reprint does not give the names of the referees by
whom these specific determinations of the shells submitted for record have
been made.

ODO

‘The Proceedings of the Liverpool Naturalists’ Field Club for the Year
1902’ has been published. It is principally occupied by an interesting
botanical résumé (including a description of the field meetings of 1902),
by Miss E. M. Wood.

== Oo ===

‘The Fiftieth Annual Report of the Nottingham Naturalists’ Society’
(for 1901-2), just issued, contains two papers. The first is the presidential
address of Mr. W. Bradshaw, in which he reviews the work of the society
during the half-century ; the second being by Mr. J. J. H. Teall, on ‘ The
Life History of a Mountain Range.’

eS

Probably few provincial cities can boast of so successful an Astronomical
Society as Leeds, the tenth Journal and Transactions of which (for 1902)
are just to hand. It comprises nearly roo pages, every one showing
that the society is essentially a working society—the names appearing in
the list of officers being a guarantee for this. The various aspects of
astronomy are dealt with by different writers in a particularly able manner.
An excellent portrait of the ‘late’ president, Mr. H. J. Townsend, forms
a frontispiece.

— @}0 —

The Transactions of the City of London Entomological and Natural
History Society for 1902, issued February 1903, price 2s., contains reports
of meetings with summaries of the more important exhibits, list of members,
and annual report. Several papers of interest read before the society are
also included, the more important being ‘ Observations on the early stages
of Phyllocnistis suffusella Zell,,’ by A. Sich, ‘ Stauropus fag,’ by A. W. Mera,
‘Lepidoptera in British Guiana in 1gor,’ by W. J. Kaye, and ‘* Importance
of certain larval characters as a guide to the classification of the Sphingids,’
by A.. Bacot.

Naturalist, |,

Field Notes. 189

‘Familiar Wild Birds,’ with coloured plates, is being published in 6d.
instalments by Messrs. Cassell & Co.

— edo —

From the ‘ Quarterly Journals of the Northants Natural History Society
and Field Club’ it would appear that the society isin a flourishing condition,
and blessed with a goodly number of able workers. The journals contain
several interesting articles, archeology, geology, botany, and meteorology
receiving particular attention, They are also well illustrated, the repro-
duction of Mr. Roberts’ photograph of Maidwell Dale being a work of art.
Mr. Beeby Thompson contributes several geological papers, and Mr. H. N.
Dixon has a good paper on Liverworts. We should hardly accept the
Rev. T. W. Freckleton’s record of a palzolith ‘in the boulder-clay cliffs at
Hornsea, near Hull’ (p. 149). If the object is a true implement, which is
doubtful, it will surely be of neolithic age, and much later than the boulder-
clay.

tt

Great Spotted Woodpecker near Spurn.—On roth March
a male Great Spotted Woodpecker (Dendrocopus major) was seen
near here.—P. W. Loren, Easington, 19th March 1903.

Raven near the Tees Mouth.—On 6th March 1903 a
Raven, Corvus corax (male), was shot at Seaton Carew, on the
north side of the Tees mouth. The bird was first noticed on
28th February, the day after the great gale, but is probably
an escape. It committed considerable havoc amongst the
poultry yards of the Seaton inhabitants before it was. finally
killed.—T. H. Netson, Redcar, roth March 1903.

Grantham Bird Notes.—The neighbourhood of Grantham
is fairly good for birds. I have taken three or four cuckoo’s
eges from the nests of as many Spotted Flycatchers. About
1890 I even found one of the grey variety in a Redstart’s nest.
The Great Crested Grebe nests in the Denton neighbourhood,
and the Turtle Dove at Easton. Kingfishers are plentiful on
the Witham and little streams. In 1900 the Spotted Wood-
pecker nested in Belton Park. Mr... R. Ringer, taxidermist, of
this town, has also had the following birds to set up during the
last eighteen months. A Waxwing from Easton; two Rufous
Moorhens from Grantham ; a Hobby from Boothby ; a Nightjar
from Gonerby ; an Osprey from Stoke. A Golden Eagle was
also shot some years ago at Stoke. Perhaps my own» most
interesting discovery was in an old tree which was blown down
in Belton Park. Under the nest of the Tawny Owl which
I knew was in this tree and had been for years, I found two

ites May Ey

190 Freld Notes.

owl’s eggs. They were of the same size, but, unfortunately,
one was broken by the fall of the tree. The perfect eg¢e
measures 142 x 1,%, of an inch. These are rather large eggs for
this species, and must have been forsaken, as they were buried
deeply in castings and old nesting places were above them. —
J. ARTHUR NETTHAM, Grantham, September 1902.

Blackheaded Gull in Cumberland, 1705. — (Continuing
the notes from Bishop Nicolson’s ‘ Diaries’ for North Country
items, ‘ Naturalist,’ 1901, September. 1902, June and July). On
5th June 1765, Bishop Nicolson writes, ‘ . . . In the even-
ing, at v° Bishop’s Moss, we took Eggs and young ones of the
white (black-cap’t) Larus.’ TransCumb. and Westm. Antiq.
and Archzeol. Soc., Vol. 43; mew Series, pp; Ti-12)) 1903. ane
locality is near Carlisle. —S. L. Perry, Ulverston, 13th April 1903.

ede

FLOWERING PLANTS.

Ononis repens in Cumberland.—-Mr. Geo. Gissing, the
novelist, has given, no doubt unconsciously, confirmation of
the fact, recorded by the late W. Hodgson, A.L.S., that Ononzs
repens \.. (¢nermzs Lange) is the more prevalent form .on the
coast line of Cumberland. He writes in the ‘ Private Papers of
Henry Ryecroft,’ 1903, p. 99, ‘A little plant of which I am very
fond is the rest-harrow. When the sun is hot upon it the flower
gives forth a strangely-aromatic scent, very delightful to me.
I know the cause of this peculiar pleasure. The rest-harrow
sometimes grows on sandy ground above the sea-shore. In my
childhood I have many a time lain in such a spot under the
glowing sky, and, though I scarce thought of it, perceived the
odour of the little rose-pink flower when it touched my face. Now
I have but to smell it and those hours come back again. I see
the shore of Cumberland, running north to St. Bees Head ;
on the sea horizon a faint shape which is the Isle of Man :
No child, one thinks, would lav its face on Ononzs spinosa L.
(horrida Lange).—S. L..Petty, Ulverston, 13th April 1903.

Purple Variety of the Wood Anemone.—During a ramble
in Margery Wood, south of High Hoyland, on the 13th April,
I saw a fair-sized patch of Anemone nemorosa bearing deep purple
flowers. I counted thirty-two within a space of about two yards,
which formed quite a:distinct contrast amid the thousands of
blossoms of the ordinary white colour in the immediate vicinity.

-W. E. L. Watram, Newsome.

Naturalist,

Northern News. 1g1

MOSSES and LIVERWORTS.
Addition to Baugh Fell Mosses.—-ypnum fluitans, Gr.

exannulatum var. pinnatum Boul., forma acufa Sanio.—I found
this rare moss on the shoulder of Baugh Fell, by the Rawthey
river, and. omitted to record it in my paper. © In the ‘ British
Moss Flora’ it is recorded from Ben Lawers by Hunt, 1865, and
Holt, 1880; and Mr. G. Webster, of York, has found it. near
Widdale Head, on the south-east of Baugh Fell. It is a distinct
and interesting moss as forming the connecting link between
var. pinnatum Boul. and var. brachydictyon Ren.—W. INGHAM,
York.

Hepatics New to Yorkshire.—Scapania rosacea (Corda).—
This I found on the bank of the river Tees, from High Force to
Wince Bridge, in June 1897. It was in my herbarium as a small
form of S. e@guzloba ; but, with fuller knowledge of this genus,
it turns cut to be 5. rosacea. Herr Kaalaas, of Christiania, says
that plants resembling mine in all essential characters grow
generally on somewhat dry and shaded rocks in the neighbour-
hood of Christiania. Kantia submersa Arnell.—This I found in
the Vale of Pickering, south of Goathland, on 18th August 1902.
It grew ina wet, boggy place among Sphagna and the bog form
of the hepatic, Scapania nemorosa.—Wn. INGHAM, York.

NORTHERN NEWS.

The first field meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union for this year
will be at Cowthorpe on the gth May. Arrangements are being made and
it is hoped that all who can will be present as the district is an exceptionally
interesting one.

The following excursions have been arranged bythe Yorkshire Naturalists’

Union during the present summer :—

For York Mid W.—Cowthorpe, Saturday, 9th May.

For York S.E.—Filey, Whit-Monday, tst June.

For York N.E.—Goathland, Saturday, 27th June.

For York N.W.—-Bowes, week end, 1st to 3rd August.

For York S.W.—Wharncliffe Craggs, Thursday, 3rd September.
The Fungus Foray will be held in the Helmsley district, from 26th
September to 1st October.

In the March ‘Entomologists’ Record’ Mr. F. H. Day records Pselaphus
dresdensis for Cumberland.

At a recent meeting of the Linnean Society Mr. John Clayton expressed
the opinion that the age of the Cowthorpe Oak, near Wetherby, had been
greatly exaggerated, and that 500 years is the extreme limit of its age.

In the ‘Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the Rochdale Literary and
Scientific Society’ reference is made to the approaching completion of the
town’s museum, when several collections in charge of the Society will be
handed over.

1903 May 1.

192 Northern News.

The Leeds Naturalists’ Club is undertaking a survey of the fauna and
flora as now existing within the city boundaries.

‘The Northern Scientific Club’ has been formed in Newcastle ‘to serve
as a social meeting- place for men interested, professionally or otherwise, in
scientific work.’ The Hon. C. A. Parsons, F.R.S., is the president.

An earthquake caused a slight tremor through Derbyshire, Nottingham-
shire, Staffordshire, Cheshire, and in South-West Yorkshire on 24th March.
Professor Milne attributes the disturbance to ‘some adjustment or slight
slip on the line of a pre-existing fault or fracture in the earth’s crust.’

In the ‘Journal of Conchology’ for April, C. H. Moore records the
occurrence of Vertigo alpestris at Holker, Lancs., a new locality for this
species.

In the ‘ Proceedings of the Manchester Field Club,’ Vol. 1, Part I. (1899),
issued January 1903, p. 48, is a record of Viola ericitorum Schrader. (V.
canina Bab.) growing on a turfy hill-slope overlooking the brook which runs
from Maltby to Roche Abbey. This plant is not recorded for the Trent
drainage district in Lees’ ‘ Flora of West Yorkshire.’

Messrs. C. Crossland and J. Needham give an interesting account of
“The Flora of a Boulder in March,’ in the April ‘Halifax Naturalist.’ Nine-
teen species of plants are recorded from one block of grit. In the same
publication Mr. W. B. Crump has an interesting paper on ‘The Roosting
Habits of Rooks.’

We much regret to record the death of Mr. Edward Birchall, of Leeds,
a member of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, which occurred on 6th April.

We would draw special attention to the offer on the cover of the
‘Naturalist ’ made to readers of the journal, in order that they may secure
back numbers at a cheap rate. The offer will be shortly withdrawn.

A memorial tower to the late Rev. F. O. Morris, the naturalist, was
opened by the Archbishop of York, on the 16th April, at Nunburnholme,
where Morris was Rector for 39 years. The cost of the tower and bells
was £1,100.

Mr. W. H. Crofts has hes elected President of the Hull Geological
Society for 1903-4.

We should like to congratulate Mr. P. F. Kendall. F.G.S., a past president
of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, on his election on the council of the
Geological Society of London.

In the April number of the ‘ Journal of Botany’ (Vol. xli., p. 113) Mr. Wm.
West gives a detailed description of Polygala amarella Crantz. This milkwort
was found by Mr. H. Andrews at Grassington nineteen years ago, and has
been gathered frequently since. Last year Mr. John Cryer collected it in
the neighbourhood of Grass Wood and Dibb Scar, and devoted some time
in working out its distribution, an account of which he adds to Mr. West's
description. The plant had frequently been named either P. calcarea or
a form of P. depressa by British botanists, but on specimens being submitted
to Prof. Chodat, of Geneva, he identified the plant as P. amarella Crantz.
An excellent plate accompanies the account of the plant.

In the same number of the ‘ Journal of Botany’ (pp. 115-126) Mr. William
Ingham gives a list of the Mosses and Hepatics of the East Riding. We
notice Mr. Ingham omits all mention of the Moss list in the ‘ East "Riding
Flora.’ =

Mr. George Daniel records a curious conflict between a bat and a starling
in the Rectory garden at Huggate. The two were found locked together,
the bat apparently having its teeth through part of the bird’s beak the starling
having hold of the bat’s head. After ‘being handled by the children they
were put upon the lawn, w hen the starling placed its foot on oe Dae s head
and released its beak, then flew away.

Naturalist,

- — .-. ee eo ol La zr - - i, S629 pale Al ) ee ee,
. s* = 7 ‘ oe Va cake oo, « a i
a ; K, ; AS ane eT ae ee sah

THE NATURALIST, 1903. PLATE III.

NEARLY COMPLETE Roos CARR IMAGE.

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

AN EARLY SCANDINAVIAN RELIC.
In 1836, whilst excavating at Roos Carrs, near Withernsea,
a model boat and warrior crew, carved in Scotch fir, was unearthed.
The warriors were armed with shields and clubs, and had eyes
of quartz. Poulson, the Holderness historian, briefly referred
to the find in his work and figured the ‘ boat,’ with one warrior.

Since then the objects have been frequently described in anti-
quarian journals in England and abroad. Fortunately they
were kept in the Hull Museum, though slightly mutilated. The

accompanying illustration shows the object in the museum, each

figure being about fourteen inches high. It will be noticed
that only one shield is shown. They prove to be of early

Scandinavian (pre-Viking) age, and examples bearing very great
resemblances* have been found in Scandinavia or the adjacent

*For detailed description and figures see Hull Museum Publications,
No. 4, 1901. See also ‘Reliquary,’ April 1903, and Trans, East Riding
Antiq. Soc., rgor.

1903 June tr. N

194 Notes and Comments.

German mainland. ‘Idols’ of wood, apparently of a somewhat
similar character, are also referred to in the early Sagas. Quite
recently a fifth wooden image was brought to light, which
throws some light on the probable original appearance of the
‘warriors.’ With it was the right arm, bored for the reception
of a club, and one of the top small shields, only known pre-
viously from Poulson’s drawing. This is shown on Plate 3, and
has been hidden away in private lands for three-quarters of
a century. These objects are of particular value, as they
probably are the earliest known traces of the invasion of this
country by the Scandinavians. We are indebted to the editor
of the East Riding Antiquarian Society’s Transactions for the
use of the illustrations.

MAMMOTH’S TUSK AT BROUGH.

The neighbourhood of Brough, East Yorkshire, has yielded
many interesting remains of extinct mammals. In the gravels
on the top of Mill Hill, teeth, tusks, etc., of the Mammoth
(Elephas primigentus), Elephas antiquus, Bison, Deer, Horse,
etc., have been found from time to time. Some years ago
a tusk ten feet long was recorded by Mr. G. W. Lamplugh.

Unfortunately it was too far decayed for removal. Later,
a smaller tusk was obtained and sent to the York Museum.
Another pit has now been opened on the hill, from which
several portions of Mammoth tusk and teeth have been obtained.
Recently a fine tusk, three feet four inches long, shown in the
illustration, has been unearthed at a depth of nine feet. This
was in a very friable condition when found, but after being
treated with glue, etc., turns out to be a very fair specimen.
It shows traces of crushing, and is rather damaged on the under
side, where it rested on the clay. Mr. Featherstone has kindly
placed the specimen in the Hull Museum, in company with other
objects from the same locality.

Naturalist,

Votes and Comments. 195

PRE-HISTORIC BONE DISEASE.

Dr. W. Wright has contributed the results of an examination
of eighty pre-historic East Yorkshire skulls (in the Mortimer
collection) to the ‘Birmingham Medical Review.’ The bone
disease usually took the form of tubercles and ridges on the skull.
The bronze-age skull here figured, which is from a barrow on
Painsthorpe Wold, shows a marked thickening of the frontal and
parietal bones as they bound the coronal suture, and symmetrical

nodosities on either side of the anterior part of the sagittal
suture. One skull showed conditions suggestive of syphilis,
whilst other deformities were due to injury. One clear case of
fracture was noted, on the frontal bone above the right orbit,
which had healed with but little deformity. Amongst other
bones in the collection several interesting features were noticed.
The so-called osteoarthritis of the spine had apparently been
acommon complaint. This condition has been described ‘as if
the bony matter had been poured in a stream over I: irger surfaces
of a bone and then congealed.’

TEETH OF EARLY MAN.

The excellent condition of the teeth in pre-historic skulls has
long been envied by those living in more ‘civilised’ times.
Dr. Wright reports that of all the teeth which he examined, and
many of the skulls had their complement, only one was found to
be carious. The occurrence of alveolar abscesses was indicated
in five cases. It is pointed out that the comparative immunity
of the molars is seemingly due to the rapid wearing down of
their crowns to a flat surface by the dirt and grit mixed with the
coarsely-milled grain, and by the pulps being quickly calcified.

1903 June t.

196 Yorkshire Naturalists at Cowthorpe.

MANX GEOLOGY.
Mr. G. W. Lamplugh’s appointment to survey the Isle of
Man a few years ago was hailed with satisfaction by all
British geologists. From 1892 to 1897 Mr. Lamplugh worked
assiduously at the geology of the island, evidences of which
appeared occasionally in the ‘ Quarterly Journal’ and elsewhere ;
his paper on the ‘Crush-Conglomerates’ being a remarkable
piece of original work. Since 1897 the appearance of the
completed Memoir on the Geology of the Island has been
anxiously awaited. It has now appeared, and has certainly
by far exceeded the most sanguine expectations. The favour-
able nature of the ‘boundaries’ to the area surveyed by Mr.
Lamplugh has enabled him to complete his Memoir in a much
more satisfactory manner than is usually found in the Survey
Publications, and of this full advantage has been taken. The
volume is surely as complete an account of the geology of the
island as it is possible to prepare. It has over 600 pages, is
well illustrated by numerous sketches, maps, sections, and
photographs. It is divided into three sections: (1) Introduc-
tory, (2) Stratigraphy, and (3) Economic Geology. There are
numerous appendices, and a very complete bibliography, includ-
ing papers up to January 1903. Prof. W. W. Watts has
prepared the petrographical descriptions. Whilst Yorkshire
geologists have reason to regret Mr. Lamplugh’s departure
from his native county, they cannot but feel proud of the good
work he is accomplishing elsewhere.

a OO

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT COWTHORPE,
oth MAY, 1903.

Ir rarely happens that the members of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union meet in the field in such miserable weather as that expe-
rienced on the first excursion for the present year. Little
evidence was visible of the ‘merry month of May,’ ‘ May fill-
dyke’ being far more applicable. The rain which had fallen
during the few days prior to the excursion continued steadily
and uninterruptedly all day on the oth, to the discomfort of the
members, numbering nearly a score, who had reached Allerton
in the hopes of seeing something of Allerton and Ribston Parks,
and the Cowthorpe Oak. The weather was cold, dykes were
full to the brim, fields were in places flooded, the Nidd was
swollen and turbid; in fact, were it not for an occasional fruit

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Cowthorpe. 197

tree in bloom, or the green on the hedges, or the note of the
Cuckoo and the sight of Swallows, it would have been difficult
for the members to have persuaded themselves that it was really
May and not February.

But the Cowthorpe Oak, the main object of interest in the
district, Aad to be seen, and was; but only after trudging
through Hensingore, walking, or rather sliding, down steep
lanes, wading through pools, and crossing fields sodden with
rain. In this way the irregular surface of the morainic material
was forcibly noticeable, the clay-lined depressions being occupied
by miniature lakes.

The Oak, now a gigantic wreck, a mere relic of a former
giant, was fully in keeping with its surroundings—a picture of
misery ; hollowed, split, shrunken, its branches propped up by
numerous supports, fastened together by stout wire and nails,
the upper parts quite dead, the lower ones sending forth young
shoots and new leaves, which as summer comes on may show
even more forcibly that there is life in the old tree yet. It was
most obvious, however, that its days were numbered, and the
members felt grateful to Mr. John Clayton, who had planted
a sapling close by, reared from an acorn from the large tree.

According to Mr. Clayton’s measurements made in 1899,
the girth of the tree on the ground is 54 ft. 3 in., and its height
37 ft. Formerly the dimensions were much greater.

The members adjourned to the Walshford Bridge Inn, where
the tea and meeting's were held. The President, Mr. W. Denison
Roebuck, occupied the chair. From the reports given by Rev.
E. P. Blackburn, Messrs. R.* Fortune, T: A. Lofthouse, E.
Hawkesworth, J. Farrah, W. Ingham, H. Ostheide, and the
President, it appeared that but little had been accomplished in
the way of records. The President produced a fine Morell,
which was destined for the table of the Union’s first president
on the following day.

Tea earlier than usual, for once there was ample time for
the meeting. At this Mr. Roebuck presided, and after thanking
the members for his election, referred to the circumstance
that the first field meeting under the change of secretary-
ship was held under the shadow of the Cowthorpe Oak—
precisely where, in 1877, the first /edd meeting of the Union
was held, when Mr. Roebuck commenced his secretarial duties.
Cowthorpe was planned to be the opening excursion of 1877,
but was altered and became the second. Pontefract actually
was the first place, but as the kindness of the local clergymen

198 Yorkshire Naturalists at Cowthorpe.

in showing their churches exhausted the whole day, the
members never actually got out into the field, and two
important resolutions passed at Pontefract clearly defined the
scope and the objects of the Union. First, it was resolved that
the Society, which had hitherto borne the title of West Riding
Consolidated Naturalists’ Society, should extend its sphere to
the whole county of York, and be henceforth known as the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. An amendment that it be York-
shire Naturalists’ and Archeological Union was defeated by
a large majority, and ecclesiastical and architectural archaology
was definitely excluded, and it was understood that the Union
dealt with the sciences essentially of /oca/ application, mainly
zoology, botany, and geology, also meteorology and prehistoric
archeology. Such sciences as astronomy, chemistry, physics,
mathematics, which had no local application whatever, were not
such as a society, holding field excursions and dealing with a
definite topographical area, could discuss. The next resolution
was of equal importance as defining the attitude of the Union as
regards sight-seeing and leadership, and it emanated from the
rank and file of the Union. It was resolved that the secretaries
be instructed in future carefully to abstain from arranging visits
to churches and field lectures, so that members might be free to
engage in actual and active investigations. Leaders, of course,
were necessary, but not lecturers, and their function was to be
that of topographical experts and to conduct to points of natural
history interest. These points being settled by spontaneous
action of the main body of members and associates, the Cow-
thorpe district was the first visited by the Union under its now
well-known title and initials, and the first scene of actual field
work. And that day was the forerunner of many meetings at
which new friendships were formed and old ones more firmly
cemented.

The President went on to say that to himself the 21st May
1877 was memorable, as it first brought him into contact with
Mr. John Emmet, the great pioneer of natural history research
in those parts, and one of the most valued of the Union’s sup-
porters to the day of his death. At that time also Dr. Wesley,
of Wetherby; Mr. John Harrison, of Wilstrop; Mr. J. Teunant,
of Skewkirk; and Mr. W. J. Milligan, of Wetherby, were
prominent as local workers, and afterwards their number was
reinforced by Dr. Arnold Lees, who came to that district as the
successor to Dr. Wesley. Of the survivors, the Union were
fortunate in still having the services of Mr. J. Jackson and
Mr. R. Andrews. Wye ee

Yorkshire Naturalists at Cowthorpe. 199

As might be expected, the reports of most of the sectional
officers were ‘maistly nowt,’ as one member so aptly expressed
it. The weather had been even too wet for the conchologists.

With regard to the botanical section, the Rev. W. Fowler
states that the few mosses, fungi, and alge collected proved to
be very common ones, with the exception of Morchella esculenta,
from Ribston Park. As some compensation for the wet day, it
was interesting to see how well the Dandelion and Greater
Stitchwort protected their pollen; the former by the closing of
its capitulum and the latter by the bending of its stalk. A horse
trough by the road-side so abounded in an alga, Raphidium
polymorphum, as to cause the water therein to appear yellowish-
green. Its breadth is about the ;;3 of an inch, in strong
contrast to that of the Cowthorpe Oak, say 17 feet, yet each
lives and multiplies, is equally adapted to it surroundings, and
fills its appointed place in nature.

Mr. E. Hawkesworth, the president of the geological sec-
tion, who had done his best to carry out his programme,
reported that the district does not offer any very great attraction
to the geologist. To the west of it the ridge of Permian rocks
slopes gently away eastward, passing beneath the Bunter Sand-
stone, which is seen in only a few places, being covered by the
vast glacial and post-glacial deposits of the Vale of York.

Probably because of the paucity of fossils, neither the
Permian nor Triassic rocks of the district receive much atten-
tion, though they present many interesting problems.

Stretching from Boroughbridge to the north, in a southerly
and easterly direction, is a series of well-defined ridges of glacial
origin, terminating in the famous moraines at York. Provided
better weather, these ridges would have afforded ample work
for the few geologists present, as there are good sections cut into
them at Flaxby, Clareton, Grafton, and Hopperton. A visit
was made to one of these ridges, or series of ridges, occupying
the ground between Allerton Park, Flaxby, and Clareton. The
highest parts run up to the 200 feet contour line, but they are
very irregular both in height and shape. Some time was spent
in the examination of a pit near Flaxby village, where the stones
are extracted and broken up for road metal. The section shows
a considerable thickness of sandy material full of stones, varying
in size from two feet to the smallest pebbles. There is no trace
of stratification, the stones being distributed higgledy-piggledy,
large and small, throughout the mass. Most of them are sub-
angular, some well striated and polished. The most remarkable

1903 June 1.

200 Field Notes.

feature of the section was the great variety of Carboniferous
Limestone boulders, fine-grained, hard, black, grey and blue
limestone, without traces of fossils; coarse and fine encrinital,
limestones, some highly crystalline; black limestones, .with
splendid corals; limestones with many Product and other
fossils ; and cherts—truly a fine collection. There are-a few,
coarse grits, more finer sandstones, but only two or three
specimens of igneous rocks were seen. Evidently these ridges
are of morainic origin, from the shape of the stones and their
mode of occurrence. From wherever they came, the carrying
agency must have passed over and picked them up from the
outcrop of almost all the Carboniferous Limestones and Yoredale
Rocks of North-west Yorkshire. .

In conchology Rev. E. P. Blackburn records that the weather
was too wet and cold for the animals to crawl about. At Hun-
singore were found Zzmax agrestis sylvatica; L. maximus, small
and typical; Z. /fuwlvus, a small dark form found not in the
house but in a wall; Avion hortenszs, aduit, common and pale ;
Fyeromia hispida var. hisprdosa ; and Vitrea alliarva. At Flaxby
immature Helzx nemoralis and H. hispida.

Votes of thanks were passed to the landowners for per-
mission to visit their estates, and another to the Chairman for
his services, and eight new members were elected.

Nothwithstanding the weather, not one regretted his presence
at Cowthorpe on 9th May. Aes

= +

FUNGI.

Fungi of Masham and Swinton: Corrections.—For
Leucosporee read Leucospore ; Puccinee read Pucciniee; Dis-
comycetee read Discomycete; Hymenomyceta, p. 181, read
Hyphomycete.—C. CROSSLAND, Halitax.

Geaster Bryantii in Lincolnshire. — Miss Susan Allatt
sends from Nettleton, near Caistor, a rare and interesting
fungus, viz., Geaster Bryantiz Berkeley, distinguished from other
distinctly pedicellate Geasters by its groove round the top of
the pedicel, conical sulcato-striate peristome, and dark brown
spores. It was growing under a Hawthorn hedge, and is two
inches in diameter. It was gathered during the last week in
March, and the endoperidium is still full of spores. A note on
Geaster fornicatus will be found on page 288 of the September
number of last year, and a correction on page 316 of that for
October.—W. Fow ter, Liversedge Vicarage, 27th April 1903.

Naturalist,

THE NATURALIST, 1903.

British JET NECKLACE, FOUND IN A Barrow ON CaLais WOLD.

eat

=
?
i.
i
es
+
‘
i

PLATE

IV.

201

NOTES ON SOME PREHISTORIC JET ORNAMENTS
FROM EAST YORKSHIRE.

J. R. MORTIMER,
Driffield.

JET, sometimes called ‘ black amber,’ is familiar to most people,
and, like amber, has a vegetable origin, is easy to work, and
takes a high polish. In Yorkshire it is found in situ in the
Liassic shales near Whitby, and also occurs as pebbles in
the Holderness Glacial beds and on the coast. It is likewise
found in similar situations in France, Spain, and other parts
of the Continent.

We first become acquainted with the manufactured form of
the mineral in British graves, in the form of buttons, studs,
pendants, beads, and necklaces.

The specimens in my own collection were found in 29 separate
deposits with human remains, 23 occurring with inhumed inter-
ments, and 6 with cremated burials. They include 5 necklaces,
1g pierced buttons, 3 long links, 2 pendants of rough jet, 3 single
beads, 2 dumbell-shaped studs, 1 spindle-shaped object, and
2 pierced circular rings— 37 in all.

Of the necklaces, which consist of beads of various shapes,
four (one of which consists of over 630 beads) accompanied
inhumed bodies, almost certainly those of females, and one was
found with cremated bones, probably also those of a female.

Of the nineteen buttons (Fig. 5) found with fourteen inter-
ments, all accompanied inhumed interments, except in three
instances of cremated deposits with each of which a single
specimen was found.

The three long links (Fig. 4) are of uncommon occurrence.
Each accompanied an unburnt body, and their use is uncertain.

The two pierced pendants of rough jet had most likely been
used as charms, suspended from the neck. One was found with
a cremated body, and the other with an unburnt body.

Of the single beads two were with a cremated body, and the
position of the third was not ascertained.

The two dumbell-shaped studs were found with the remains
of a young temale, and as they occurred one on each side of the
neck it is possible they were worn as ornaments in the lobes of
the ears.

1903 June 1.

Mortimer: Jet Ornaments trom East Vorkshtre.

Figs. 1-3.—Necklace and Ornaments of Jet (Barrow No. 75), in the
Garton Slack Group.

Naturalist,

Mortimer: Jet Ornaments from East Yorkshire. 203

The grooved spindle-shaped piece was found with a portion
of a whorl of an ammonite, accompanying the remains of
a youth. Probably both were deposited as charms.

The two pierced and ornamented rings are amongst the
rarest and most skilfully made articles of jet found with British
interments. p

In addition to these jet articles there were also found accom-
panying interments a long oval button of amber and the greater
portion of a hard wood button, both pierced in a similar manner
to the jet ones.

All the above-mentioned specimens will be figured and fully
described in my book now in the press,* a specimen illustration
from which (Plate IV.) has been kindly lent by the publishers,
Messrs. A. Brown & Sons. And it is to be hoped that these
specimens, when no longer in my custody, will not be allowed
to leave their native home, the East Riding.

Fig. 4.—Jet Link, or ‘ Slider,’ Fig. 5._Jet Button or Stud,
from Aldro. from Bishop Wilton.

Besides those found in the graves I possess jet beads which
have been found on the surface of the land at various times, but
it is uncertain to what period they belong.

The Rev. Canon Greenwell, F.R.S., F.S.A., has also pro-
cured several examples from the barrows on the Wolds, adjoin-
ing my field of research. According to the particulars in his
valuable book, ‘ British Barrows,’ 16 interments have produced
26 jet articles, comprising 3 necklaces, 2 single beads, 12 pierced
buttons, 6 rough pendants, and 2 pierced circular rings.

All these articles were found with inhumed interments except
in three instances where they accompanied cremated bones.

In addition to these 26 articles Canon Greenwell, during
excavations made since the publication of ‘British Barrows,’
found three or four more jet articles, bringing up the number to
probably 30 specimens.{ In the Canon’s researches, as in mine,

* Forty Years’ Researches in British and Saxon Burial Mounds of East
Yorkshire, with over 1,000 illustrations.

+See Archzologia, Vol. LII. A very large jet link was found a short
while ago in the ‘ Maiden’s Grave’ near Argam.

1903 June 1.

204 Mortimer: Jet Ornaments from East Yorkshire.

the necklaces and beads were found with female remains, while
the buttons and rings accompanied the bodies of males.

In the Lake Dwellings at Ulrome Mr. T. Boynton, F.S.A.,
found two portions of jet armlets. The same gentleman gave
some jet studs, etc., to the British Museum, which had been
found in a barrow at Fylingdale.

Besides the discoveries already mentioned an unknown
number of jet articles was exhumed during the excavations
made in the East Riding from 1849 to 1853 by the late Lord
Londesborough, and by the late James Silburn, of Pocklington.
These probably number a dozen or so.

In addition to the jet objects, the late Lord Londesborough
in 1851 found in a stone cist at Kelleythorpe, near Driffield,
accompanying a body, three amber buttons, a drinking cup,
a bronze dagger, part of the head of a hawk, and a stone wrist-
guard to which were attached four bronze rivets with gold
heads. This is the only instance I remember of gold having
been found with interments of the Bronze Age in East Yorkshire.

The records of amber buttons or ornaments of the Bronze
Period have been nothing like so frequent as those of jet. As
far as I know the three amber buttons found near Driffield,
a piece of amber found by the late James Silburn in a barrow
on Huggate Pasture,* and an amber button which I found with
a body on Acklam Wold are all that have been obtained
belonging to this early period in East Yorkshire.

A large amber ring was found with an interment at Arras, .
near Market Weighton, by the late Rev. W. Stillingfleet, in
1818, but being accompanied with iron articles it would belong
to a much later period (the Early Iron Age). Still later—during
Anglo-Saxon times—amber was largely used in the construction
of necklaces, while the use of jet seems to have been almost
wholly discontinued.

Taking together the authentic instances mentioned, there
have been no fewer than 77 jet articles found with Early British
interments in the East Riding, and I do not think that any other
part of England of the same area has produced so many. Of
this number 37 are in my collection, and the remaining 40 have
been dispersed, never, I fear, to return to this district. It is
probable that a few other jet objects belonging to the Bronze
Period may have been found in East Yorkshire of which I am
unaware.

* Crania Britannica, page 82.

Naturalist,

Mortimer: Jet Ornaments from East Yorkshire. 205

Pig. 6.—Jet Bead
from Langton
Wold.

Fig 7.—‘ Fastener’ (?) of
Jet from Rudstone.

Fig. 8.—Flat Jet Bead from
Helperthorpe.

Fig. 12.— Jet Beads from Egton.

1903 June r

206 Mortimer: Jet Ornaments from East Yorkshire.

From whence were these jet buttons and ornaments obtained ?
And where were they manufactured? Have they been imported
or are they of local production ?

Judging from my specimens [I am inclined to peters that
they have been obtained through both sources. Some of the
pendants are merely rough pieces of jet, pierced from opposite
sides in a manner which might have been readily accomplished
with a pointed flint. Though most of the buttons have well-
polished conical fronts, the piercings at their backs are such as
would not be difficult to make with a pointed stone or even
bone. In many instances also the flat backs of these buttons
have evidently been cut and scraped with an instrument no
better than a flint knife ; and there are other articles which have
probably been shaped by the same crude tools.

But on examining some of the better executed ornaments it
seems clear that the work could not have been produced by
stone or bone tools alone; such, for instance, as the boring of
the broad flat beads, the drum-shaped and long cylindrical
beads that chiefly compose many necklaces, and must have been
pierced with small metal drills finely tempered.

There are also the very delicately-cut and pierced discs of
jet, measuring as little as 44 of an inch to ¥ an inch in diameter,
and often but ,', of an inch in thickness, of which some of the
jet necklaces are mostly composed (see Fig. 1). I am of opinion
that these could only have been produced by an exceedingly
fine-toothed saw of metal, as they appear to have been so truly
cut. As the borings in the long beads are mostly from opposite
ends, meeting half way, some of them may have been made
with the bronze drill-shaped awls (used as bow drills) possessed
by the Britons. Such objects, generally named awls and
prickers, are not infrequently found with British interments.
No remains of a bronze saw has, as far as I know, ever been
found with a British interment in East Yorkshire, or even in the
British Isles. Nevertheless, such a tool may have been used by
them, as I possess the root end of a oak sapling, about 2% inches
in thickness, showing on its lower end several fairly clean cuts
which must have been made by a metal axe; while some 6 to
8 inches from its thick end is a cross incision half through the
piece of oak. When first found this cut was well-defined and
showed that it had been made by a saw about % of an inch
wide. This must have been of the Bronze Age, as the piece of
wood was taken with many others, much decayed, from under
the centre of a very large British barrow not later than the

Naturalist,

Mortimer: Jet Ornaments from East Yorkshire. 20

“I

Bronze Age, on Rigg’s farm, near Thixendale. These pieces
had formed part of a dwelling, made apparently of wattle work,
plastered with clay.*

Reasoning from the variable and wide range of skill dis-
played in the manufacture of these jet articles it may be safely
inferred that many of those most rudely made are of British
workmanship, the jet having for the most part been locally
obtained. Some of it may probably have been obtained direct
from the cliff sections in the neighbourhood of Whitby, whilst
some may have peen picked from the beds of drift. On the
other hand, I think it highly probable that the more skilfully-
made articles are of foreign origin, having been imported
from countries more advanced in metallurgy and the arts
generally.

To-day foreign jet almost entirely supersedes the English
article, and it is highly probable that in the Bronze Age it was
imported into this country in the form of manufactured articles.
It is also very likely that our earliest bronze tools and weapons
were similarly obtained from a foreign source. There were
commercial interchanges with this island at a very early period ;
and, as always in commercial dealings with uncivilised tribes,
beads and other attractive ornaments would be much in request,
jet and amber being among the most valued.

Dr. Thurnam? says ‘ By the ancients jet and amber were not
only sought after for ornaments, but found a place among drugs
and amulets. They were believed to exert a wonderful power
over the brain, nerves, and uterine system, and were believed to
afford a test of female chastity.’ It is possible that a belief of
this kind may have been held by the East Yorkshire Britons.
The virtue of jet as a charm seems to have survived into
Romano-British times, but during the later Anglo-Saxon period
amber appears to have superseded jet, judging from the frequent
presence of the former and the almost entire absence of the
latter in the graves of this period in East Yorkshire.

For the loan of the blocks of East Yorkshire jet ornaments,
accompanying these notes, I am indebted to the Clarendon Press,
Rev. Canon Greenwell, F.R.S., Sir John Evans, K.C.B., F.R.S.,
and the Archeological Institute.

* Presumably one of the occupants of this dwelling had been buried out-
side the entrance of the hut, which had subsequently been pulled down and
a large mound raised over the débris.

+Archeologia, Vol. XLIII.

1903 June 1.

208

SOME POINTS
IN THE BIOLOGY OF HEPATICAE.

EF. CAVERS, B.Sc.,

Yorkshire College, Leeds.

t

(Continued from ‘The Naturalist,’ May 1903, p. 176.)

Marchantia and Lunularia grow chiefly in open but moist
situations, where there is little danger of complete drying up.
They have large air-chambers with wide pores, the epidermis
contains chlorophyll, and the ventral scales and root-hairs are
well developed. In these forms, as in Fegazel/a, the thallus is
not adapted to withstand desiccation ; if left dry for a few days
the plants wither and die. The structure of the thallus varies
considerably with varying conditions of the environment as to
light and moisture. The influence of light on the thallus-
structure was pointed out by Stahl, and may be readily observed
if young plants are raised from gemma, some being set in direct
sunlight, others in more or less deeply-shaded places. The
plants that receive the greatest amount of light show the
thickest thallus, the air-chambers being well developed and con-
taining numerous branched green filaments, and the epidermis
being thick and nearly colourless. In plants exposed to diffuse
light the thallus is thinner, the chambers shallower, and the
epidermis having abundant chlorophyll. Finally, young plants
kept in deep shade show no air-chambers or very shallow ones,
and the thallus is green throughout. Observations in the field
give analogous results, though the differences between the
shaded and the exposed plants are not so sharply marked as in
the cultures of gemme. Sometimes in examining patches of
Marchantia, Lunularia, and Fegatella which are growing beside
streams, we find parts of a patch becoming submerged in the
water. These submerged parts are long and narrow, the scales
and root-hairs are poorly developed, and the air-chambers show
a gradual reduction in size and often disappear altogether.
This leads us to the consideration of two rare British forms
which occur in very moist and deeply-shaded situations, namely,
Dumortiera trrigua and Cyathodium cavernarum. In the former
air-chambers are absent from the older parts of the thallus ;
chambers are laid down as usual at the growing-point, but they
later become disorganised. In exotic species of Dumortiera no
traces of chambers can be detected at all, but in D. Azrsuta the
epidermal cells grow out to form short green filaments. In

Naturalist,

Cavers: Some Points in the Biology of Hepatice. 209

Cvathodium the thallus has a very simple structure, consisting
only of two horizontal layers of cells, united by vertical plates
which form the partitions between the large air-chambers ; each
chamber opens by a single wide pore in the roofing layer, whilst
the lower laver of cells bears a few smooth-walled root-hairs.
In both Dumortiera and Cyathodium the ventral scales are greatly
reduced, each scale consisting of a simple or branched row of cells.

On the other hand, the genera Zargionta, Pretssia, and
Reboulia, each represented in Britain by a single species, are
chiefly found in exposed situations, where the plants are
liable to become dried up at times. In these forms the thallus
is capable of resisting the effects of continued drought, often
becoming rolled up in the same way as ARiccza nigrella, and
reviving when water is again supplied. The ventral scales are
large and deeply coloured, usually extending on to the lower
surface of the lateral wings or even reaching the margins of the
thallus. In Zargzonta and Prezssta the chambers are relatively
narrow and deep, the
epidermis consists of
large cells which con-
tanniatile, of) io
chlorophyll, the green
filaments are well
developed, and_ the
pores are small. In
Targionia each of the
green filaments in the
central portion of
the chamber ends in
a large globular cell
containing very few

chloroplasts; these Fig. 7.—Targionia hypophylla. The upper figure

x Ae represents a transyerse section of the thallus, x 30;
swolle A} colourless the lower a single air-chamber, X 180. V.S., ventral
cells doubtless serve scales ; adv. br., an adventitious branch.

to screen the underly-

ing green cells from excessive light (Fig. 7). In Prezssza* the
compact tissue of the midrib is traversed by numerous very long
and narrow fibrous cells, having thick brown-coloured walls

*Fruiting specimens of Preissia commutata and other interesting
Hepaticze, collected in various Yorkshire localities, were generously pre-
sented to the writer by Mr. W. Ingham, B.A., York. The writer has
collected large quantities of Reboulia hemispherica on Malham Moor, near
Skipton.

1903 June t. fe)

210 Cavers: Some Points in ihe Biology of Hepatice.

(Figs. 8, 9). In Reboulza the development of the air-chambers
begins in the usual manner, but the primary chambers rapidly
grow in size and become partitioned up by thin plates, so that
in vertical sections the thallus is seen to be largely made up of
a network of chambers, recalling the structure of Rzcczocarpus
natans (Figs. 10, 11). In the midrib there is a fairly thick zone
of compact colourless tissue below the spongy green tissue, but
in the thin wing on either side, the compact tissue is reduced to
two or three layers of cells or even to a single layer. The large
cells of the epidermis are colourless and their outer and vertical
walls are strongly thickened, especially at the angles between
adjacent cells. It will be seen that Redboulza differs considerably
in structure from the remaining British Marchantiales, from
which it is therefore readily distinguished when sections of the
thallus are examined. The same type of structure is found in
several other genera which together form a well-marked group,
the ‘Operculate’ of Leitgeb (e.g., Plagiochasma, Grimaldia,
Fimbriaria). All of these forms are, like Reboulia hemispherica,
typically found in elevated regions, especially on limestone
rocks, and are
adapted to en-
dure _ periodi-
cal drying-up,
to which they
are exposed in
Dea tie 7 euen
most of these
forms, as also
in Tuargionta,
the thallus be-
comes rolled

Fig. 8.—Preissia commutata. Part of a transverse section of the up when dry,
thallus. A. C., air-chamber; P., a pore; Ep., epidermis; Sm. rh., so that the
smooth-walled root-hairs ; tub. rh., tuberculate root-hairs ; V.S.,
ventral scales ; Scl., sclerotic fibres of the midrib. » 4o. dorsal green

tissue comes
to occupy the interior of a tube, whose outer surface is formed
by the lower side of the thallus, bearing the broad purple scales.
In this condition the thallus retains its vitality during long
periods of drought, and on being moistened becomes unrolled
and resumes its ordinary mode of life. From Mattirolo’s
interesting observations and experiments on Gvimaldia dicho-
toma it appears that the rolling-up of the thallus depends on the
fact that the cell-walls in the ventral compact tissue are largely

Naturalist,

Cavers: Some Points in the Biology of Hepatice. 211

mucilaginous, so that on losing water they become shrunk, and
on being again moistened return to their original condition.
Mattirolo found that when plants of Grizmaldia were cultivated
in a moist chamber, they ultimately lost the property of resisting
desiccation, the ventral scales formed on the new branches being
smaller and remaining green. Exactly similar results have been
observed by the present writer in the case of Reboulia. The
chief biological features of the xerophytic Marchantiales may be
thus summarised : (1) the sharply-marked epidermis, the cells of
which contain little or no chlorophyll and have thickened walls ;
(2) the relatively narrow and deep air-chambers, with small
pores ; (3) the well-
developed compact
Wen trahtissus,
adapted for the
storage of water
and reserve food-
materials and_ for
causing the rolling-
up of the thallus ;
(4) the large and
deeply-coloured
ventral scales,
adapted for holding
water by capillarity
and for protecting
the growing-point,
in addition to cover-
ing the rolled-up
thalbasiy) (5)\\the
well-developed
tuberculate root-
hairs. In Prezssza,°
as noted by Geebel,
the lowest ring of
cells surrounding
the ‘ barrel-shaped’
pore is capable of

being narrowed so Fig. 9.—Preissia commutata. 1., Shows a single air-
as to close the pore, chamber in vertical section, with its barrel-shaped pore
; : and branched green filaments ; II., part of a longitudinal
these cells acting in section through the midrib, with portions of two fibres ;
the same manner as HL, IVa a: Poe in surface view (IIL., showing the upper
: ring of cells; IV., the lowest ring); V., an isolated

the ‘ guard-cells * in sclerotic fibre. All x about roo.

1a03 June 1.

212 Cavers: Some Points in the Biology of Hepatice.

the stomates of higher plants. Of the British Marchantiales,
Targionia hypophylla is the most markedly xerophytic, the
faculty of resisting drought being more highly developed in
this form than in Prezsstza and Reboulza, which, though showing
certain adaptations for a xerophytic habitat, are intermediate in
this respect between the thoroughly xerophytic Zarg7vonza and
the forms which are in nature seldom exposed to the risk of
desiccation, e.g., Marchantia.

Out of about 230 species of Hepatice occurring in Britain 18
belong to the Marchantiales, 16 to the thalloid Jungermanniales,
and the remainder, nearly 200, to the foliose Jungermanniales.
When we take into account the Hepaticz of the whole world,
the disproportion between the thalloid and the foliose forms
becomes even more striking, for of about 4,500 species only

Fig. 10.—Reboulia hemispherica. 1., The whole thallus in transverse

section, X 15; II., part of the epidermis as seen from above, showing
three pores, x 40; III., a ventral scale, with a single pointed appendage
(app.), X 40.

about 500 are thalloid, the remaining species all belonging to
the foliose Jungermanniales. The single genus Plagzochila
contains more species than the whole of the thalloid genera
together, whilst /7ud/anza comes second with over 300 species.
The foliose Jungermanniales show endless variety in the modi-
fication of the leaves. In most cases these are flattened, either con-
sisting of a single rounded lobe (e.g., Wardia), or deeply divided
into two lobes which may be either about equal in size (e.g.,
Cephalozia) or markedly unequal; in the latter case the upper
lobe is usually larger than the lower, but the reverse holds good
in some forms (e.g., Scapanza). The margin of the leaf is often
fringed with fine outgrowths (e.g., Pézlidiwm ciliare), or the
leaf may be cut into numerous lobes (e.g., species of Lepzdogza) ;
from these forms there are various transitional stages to those

Naturalist

Cavers: Some Points in the Biology of Hepaticea. 213

in which the whole leaf is made up of numerous fine filaments
(e.g., Blepharostoma, Trichocolea), or is reduced to two or three
such filaments (e.g., Avachniopsts). Amongst many curious
forms met with in exotic Hepaticee* there may be mentioned
Micropterygtum, in which each leaf bears a wing or keel similar
to that of the moss-genus /7sszdens ; Schistochila, in which the
leaf is usually provided with several wings of this kind;
Stephaniella, in which the leaf bears numerous green filaments
which cover its entire upper surface. In a few forms there is
a rudimentary midrib consisting of several rows of elongated
cells (e.g., Diplophyllum albicans, Herberta) or of a single row of
large colourless cells (e.g., Arudlania tamarisct, Neurolejeunea) ;

Fig. 11.—Reboulia hemispherica. Part of a transverse section ot the
thallus, showing the upper spongy tissue with two pores, and portion of
the lower compact tissue with starch-containing cells. 150.

but in practically all cases the leaf consists throughout of a
single layer of cells, though in a few species it is in part several
cells thick (e.g., Schzstochila pachyphylla). The division of the
leaf into lobes or filaments and the production of filamentous or
flattened outgrowths from its surface may be regarded as simple
adaptations for retaining moisture, but in many species we find
more elaborate modifications to serve the same function. Most
of the species in question live as epiphytes on the bark of trees,
or, in many exotic forms, cover the leaves of trees with a dense

* The writer's best thanks are due to Mr. Matthew B. Slater, F.L.S., for
many fine specimens of tropical Hepatice.

1903 June 1.

214 Cavers: Some Points tn the Biology of Hepatice.

matting, sometimes hanging downwards as festoons. In these
forms either the whole leaf or a part of it is converted into
a sac or pitcher in which water is stored. This may be effected
by the whole leaf becoming folded longitudinally, so as to
resemble the valves of a mussel-shell (e.g., MJvytzlopsis), or
becoming dilated at the base (e.g., Mowellza curvifolia) ; or the
lower lobe of the leaf is sharply bent on the upper (e.g., Scapanza,
Radula, Porella, most Lejeunee). In Frullanta and Pleurosza
the lower lobe of the leaf is modified to form a hemispherical or
cylindrical sac (Fig. 12); in Lepzdolena sacs of this kind are
borne both on the lateral and the ventral leaves (amphigastria),
and in Coluroleyeunea the whole leaf is converted into a pitcher.
In Pleurosta and Colurolejeunea the opening into the cavity of
the sac is guarded by a valve which readily opens inwards but
not outwards, and as the remains of small animals (rotifers,
crustacea, insect-larve) are sometimes found in the pitchers, it
has been suggested that these liverworts resemble in miniature
the well-known insectivorous ‘ pitcher-plants.” In many of the
leafy Jungermanniales the rhizoids are found to be traversed
by fungal hyphe,
which pass into the
lower cells of the
stem, forming a
mycorhiza com-
parable with that
found in various
thalloid Hepaticze
(e.g., Fegatella,
Preissia).

An interesting
but {somewhat
obscure feature in
Fig. 12.—Two species of Frullania; ventral views showing the biology of the

the three rows of leaves, the lateral ones bearing pitchers. He patice is the

tag presence of Voséoc-
colonies in their tissues. Chains of this blue-green Alga are
frequently observed in the cells of the compact ventral tissue of
the Marchantiales, whilst in B/asza and the Anthoceroteze they
are found inhabiting special organs. In Blasva these organs
have the form of hollow spherical outgrowths from the lower sur-
face of the broad stem, two of these ‘auricles’ usually occurring
at the base of each leaf; in the Anthocerotez the Vostfoc-colonies
are contained within special chambers in the tissue of the host-

Naturalist,

George: New British Water Mites. 215

plant, each chamber at first opening by a small pore, but later
becoming closed. Whether or not this association of /Vostoc with
the liverwort can be regarded as a case of symbiosis, there seems
to be little doubt that a relationship of this kind exists in those
Hepaticz whose tissues contain a mycorhiza-like zone of cells
containing the hyphe of a fungus.

NEW BRITISH WATER MITES.

C. F. GEORGE, M.R.C.S.,;
Kirton-in-Lindsey, Lincolnshire.

Arrhenurus pyriformis n.sp. This very singular-looking
mite was found at Manton, near Kirton-in-Lindsey, 20th
August 1902. It differs greatly in general contour from any
other male Arrhenurus I have yet seen; indeed at first sight
it looks more like a female than a male, differing, however,
in having the anterior wider than the posterior, whilst in oval
females the posterior is
widest and roundest ;
besides this, the pre-
sence of the conspicu-
ous process, or spur,
on the fourth joint of
the last leg, which is
only found in the male
sex of Arrhenurus, at
once settles the ques-
tion. In colour it much
resembles the female
A. caudatus, being
blue, with an oval por-
tion on the anterior
part of the dorsum,
reddish brown, and
more diaphanous than Arrhenurus pyriformis n.sp. (t) Dorsal, (2)
the rest part of the ventral surface of male, (3) last leg showing spur on
chitinous skin of the = ‘thJoint
body. One remarkable circumstance not common in the male
Arrhenurus is the fact that the depressed oval line on the back
is complete posteriorly as well as in front. The perforated
plates on each side of the genital opening are well shown in
Mr. Soar’s figure. The female is at present unknown.

1903 June tr.

216 Fawcett: Little Stint in Durham.

Fig. 1 is the dorsal surface; Fig. 2 is the ventral surface ;
Fig. 3, the fourth and fifth joints of the last leg, highly magnified,
to show the process or spur.

Mr. Soar gives the following measurements :—Length of
body, 1:28 mm.; breadth of body, 098 mm.; length of first
leg, o'80 mm. ; second leg, 0°96 mm. ; third leg, 1°044 mm. ;
fourth leg, 1°28 mm.

Arrhenurus mantonensis n.sp. This mite was taken in
August 1902 in the parish of Manton, near Kirton-in-Lindsey.
It belongs to Piersig’s first division of this family, viz., with
a more or less cylindrical tail. The general colour of the body
is reddish-brown, the tail part yellowish, the Y-shaped mark a
pale yellowish-red. The epi-
mera are bluish and the legs
green; the eyes crimson. The
part distinguishing this mite
from others of this division is
the end of the tail; examining
the mite on its dorsal aspect
this part will be seen to be
sloped off rather suddenly from
above, the end of the tail being
nearly square; in the centre

Arrhenurus mantonensis n.sp. instead of a deep notch is a

small spot or papilla; the
outer corners of the tail are nearly square, only slightly
rounded; just above the slope are some chitinous portions,
arranged in a pyramidal form, and anterior to these is a rounded
mound or projection, somewhat nipple like. The palpi and legs
are of the normal type, the fourth joint of the last legs are
provided with a rather large spur of the usual kind.

Mr. Soar, who as usual supplied me with the figures, gives
the following measurements :—Body length, 1°47 mm.; breadth,
o'72 mm. ; length of first leg, 0°12 mm. ; second leg, 1°12 mm.;

third leg, 1°20 mm. ; fourth leg, 1°44 mm.

oo

BIRDS.

Little Stint in Durham.—A specimen of the Little Stint
(Tringa minuta) was shot on the Wear at Sunderland on
15th December 1902.—J. W. Fawcett, Satley, Darlington,
ist April 1903.

Naturalist

THE NATURALIST, 1903. PLaTE V.

HULL’S CONTRIBUTION TO SCIENCE.

THOMAS SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,

Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union; Curator of the
Municipal Museum, Full.

HAVING regard to the size of the third port and the important
part it has played in the history of the country, Hull’s contri-
bution to science on the whole cannot be looked upon as a
large one. Moreover, what has been accomplished is but little
known to-day, and the following notes are written with the
object of placing upon record particulars of the work of some
of Hull’s scientific worthies.

With the exception of the last few years, the past quarter of
a century has witnessed a very sad state of things so far as
Hull’s scientific attainments are concerned. During that period
almost all that was ever accomplished has been forgotten, and
of our former workers in the paths of science it truly might be
said that ‘the good is oft interred with their bones.’

As in every other walk of life, the progress of science, great
and recognised as its advantages are, has its disadvantages.
The continual studies of a whole army of workers has resulted
in almost every possible branch of science being thoroughly
pursued ; new studies have sprung up in every direction in
alarming numbers; students are following their vocations in
continually narrowing grooves, and the ‘specialist’ has been
created or evolved. The effect of all this is that it is impossible
for any human being to have even an elementary knowledge of
everything. Informer years it was no rare event for an educated
man to be fairly conversant with all the then known sciences :
to-day this is utterly impossible. Our life is much too short.
The average scientific man must now know ‘something of
everything and everything of something,’ or as near ‘every-
thing of something’ as he can get.

Many illustrations of what has been accomplished in the
matter of the specialisation of research could be given from the
records of various societies.*

The scientific societies formerly existing in Hull have died
a natural death, or have so altered their modus operandi as to be
hardly recognised, except in name. New societies have been

*Excellent examples are quoted by Sir Michael Foster in the ‘Naturalist '
for 1899, pp. 210-211.

1903 June 1.

218 Sheppard: Hull’s Contribution to Science.

formed, which to a certain degree are carrying on the work
formerly done by their predecessors. The various and numerous
institutions, ranging from the Literary and Philosophical Society
to the smallest guild or mutual improvement society con-
nected with a church or chapel, have resulted in the interest
being squandered. Photography and the magic lantern are in
part responsible for this. The reading and discussion of strictly
scientific papers before large audiences is now almost a thing
of the past. The ‘popular lantern lecture’ is far more accept-
able, and if the membership of the societies is to be kept up, the
demands of the members in this respect must be catered for.
The Hull Literary and Philosophical Society (now, I regret to
say, a Literary and Philosophical Society by name only) is by
no means alone, but has shared the inevitable fate of similar
societies in almost every provincial town in the country. Its
very existence to-day is due to the fact that its officers have
decided to alter the nature of its proceedings to meet the times.
Had its original plan been adhered to, the income would certainly
not have met the expenditure, and it would have had to be num-
bered with many other once useful societies, now no more. The
formation of numerous societies dealing with special subjects
has also greatly interfered with the centralisation of scientific
thought. Particular reference is made to the Literary and
Philosophical Society because it is the only local one that can
look back for any great length of time, and because its career
is so very characteristic of the times, and the rise and fall of its
science department chronicles the state of scientific activity in
the town during the last eighty years.

In October, 1822, just over eighty years ago, a few gentlemen
met at the Dog and Duck Tavern, primarily to discuss the
advisability of purchasing a collection of curiosities from Mr.
W. W. Hyde, in order to form a museum for the town. At the
same time the necessity for some scientific institution was felt,
and it is found that on the proposition of Mr. W. H. Dykes,
seconded by Mr. Fielding, the following resolution was unani-
mously passed :—‘ That an Institution be formed at Hull for
the general promotion of Literature and Science.’ On the same
date as the above-mentioned meeting, the collection of curios
was examined and purchased for £480. On November 6th
the ‘Code of Laws of the Hull Literary and Philosophical
Society’ was adopted, and by January ist, 1823, the society had
paid £15 in advance for the use of two rooms above the news-
room of the Exchange. By July the President (Dr. J. Alderson)
had delivered an address, which was printed, and a further
collection of fossils, shells, birds, etc., had been secured

Naturalist,

Sheppard: Hull's Contribution to Science. 219

for £700. Amongst the first list of honorary members of the
Society occur the names of W. Spence, A. H. Haworth, P. W.
Watson, and the Rev. J. B. Emmett—some of the foremost of
Hull’s scientific worthies. The first paper read and discussed
by the members was ‘On the Geology of the Neighbouring
District,’ a significant title and an appropriate subject, and no
doubt one of the main reasons of the early success of this Society,
as a Scientific body, was toa large extent due to the /oca/ flavour
of its addresses and discussions.

The following interesting entries occur within the first year’s
report :—‘ Mr. John Murray, F.S.A., F:L.S., etc., well known
as an able lecturer on various branches of science, being at that
time (January 1824) in Hull, the Council engaged him :
to deliver a course of twelve lectures on chemistry, for the sum
of £42. These lectures were given in the Exchange and proved
highly advantageous to the Society, as the expenses exceeded
the receipts by only 46 7s. 9d., for which sum all the members
of the Society had free admission to them; besides which they
were the means of adding considerably to the number of the
members on account of the privilege just mentioned.’

Again, ‘Mr. Smith, the well-known laborious author of the
geological maps of England and Yorkshire, and his nephew,
Mr. J. Phillips, being in this county in November, the Council
eagerly embraced the opportunity of engaging these gentlemen
to deliver a course of nine lectures on the interesting study of
geology, for the sum of 450, which were given at the Assembly
Rooms in the month of December, and illustrated by numerous
drawings and specimens, in which the Society’s museum was
again found to be exceedingly useful; and it must be satisfactory
to the members to learn that it was pronounced by those com-
petent judges to contain a highly valuable set of specimens.
The [net] cost to the Society of these lectures was only £12 9s.,
and they were accompanied by an accession to the list of
members fully counterbalancing that sum, so as, in point of
fact, to have been enjoyed by the Society gratis.’ After this
Phillips frequently lectured in Hull, and also arranged the
geological collections in the museum and added specimens to
the cases.

This was in Phillips’ young days, even before he was
appointed to the curatorship of the museum at York, and the
Hull Society had every reason to be proud of securing the
services of the man who eventually proved to be one of York-
shire’s most brilliant geologists, as well as those of his uncle,
William Smith, the father of English geology. As a memento
of their visit, however, the Hull Museum possesses some of the
1903 June 1.

220 Shephard: Full’s Contribution to Sczence.

identical specimens presented by Smith and Phillips, and, more
important and valuable still, several of Smith’s original hand-
coloured geological sections, published in 1819, which have now
been framed and receive a deservedly prominent position in the
new geological gallery. That these were found but a few
months ago ina cellar under the Museum, discarded and dirty,
is but one other piece of evidence of the change that latterly has
taken place in Hull’s appreciation of science.

To return to the Lit. and Phil. : the rooms in the Exchange
were soon inadequate for the collections and meetings, and
in 1831 the Society removed to the building now known
as the Assembly Rooms, in Jarratt Street, part of which
had been specially constructed for its convenience. ‘The Hull
Literary and Philosophical Miscellany’ was published by the
Society in October 1844, and continued to appear for a few
months. It contained papers, etc., read at its meetings. In
June 1855 the collections were removed to their present home in
the Royal Institution, Albion Street. This was opened by the late
Prince Consort in 1854, and cost about £7,000, Charles Frost,
F.S.A., a thoroughly scientific man, then being the president.

From that time the desire, or necessity, for a large income
slowly but surely affected the nature of its meetings and the
quality of its work. The popular lecture made its appearance.
Huxley, Thackeray, and many other scientific and literary
leaders were induced to visit the town. The difference between
these and the local ‘lights’ must have been most marked; the
desire for first-rate lectures increased, the available funds at
the disposal of the Society were more and more encroached upon
for lecturers’ fees, to the neglect of other matters. Competition
with the somewhat similar institutions in the town aided in the
general destruction of the ‘ philosophical’ element, and assisted
in the growth of the entertaining lantern lectures by more or
less eminent men, including even the nobility. To-day the
principal work of the officers of the Society, besides attention toa
certain social element, is the preparation of an attractive syllabus,
which necessitates a very large expenditure. Classes in chemistry
and other subjects were held later in the Society’s rooms, and
under its auspices, but these were gradually discarded, their
places being taken by the School Board and other classes ; and
even its Museum, valuable as some of its contents were, became
a source of anxiety to the members, and was eventually handed
over to the town on certain conditions in January 1901.

(Zo be continued.)

Naturalist,

to
to
~

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

Geographical Distribution of Vegetation in Yorkshire, by Dr.
W. G. Smith, Yorkshire College, Leeds, and C. E. Moss: Part 1 (from
the ‘Geographical Journal,’ April 1903), 27 pages, 8vo., with a map and
9 photographs.

This is an eminently suggestive paper, which should be
studied carefully by all who are interested in local botany, and
especially by those who are likely to write upon the subject.
The map relates to the southern half of the West Riding of
Yorkshire and shows, by means of different colours and mark-

Walshaw Dean. Grass heath in the moorland valley of a stream. Cotton-grass
moors on distant heights.

ings, how the different classes of plant-station are distributed
through the district. They are divided primarily into four
groups, viz., (1) Moorland, (2) Transition Moorland, (3) Wood-
land, and (4) Farmland. Each of these is subdivided into three,
four, or five subordinate classes. In the present area farmland
with wheat, and farmland without wheat, together take up
three-fourths of the whole space. In the southern half of the
West Riding cultivation does not reach nearly so high as it
does in the limestone regions of North Yorkshire and South

1903 June t.

222 Reviews and Book Notices.

Durham, where cabbages, potatoes, and turnips are grown up
to 1,800 or 2,000 feet. The woodlands are scattered throughout
the cultivated area, often in the form of parks, and are more
massed on the hillsides. They are subdivided into three kinds,
Scotch Pine or Larch, Oak, and Oak mixed with Beech. So far
north the Beech cannot be regarded as a native, and, of course,
the Conifer are also planted. The moorland occupies a com-
paratively small area towards the western boundary of the map,
and is divided into three groups, according to whether Bilberry,
Cotton-grass, or Calluna predominates. As most of the readers

Crimsworth Head. Edge of a Cotton-grass Moor, with dark patches of heather
on the slopes and grasses near the stream.

of ‘The Naturalist’ will be aware, a committee has been
appointed by the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union for the purpose
of extending this kind of survey to other parts of the county.
The northern half of the West Riding is finished, and the map,
with its accompanying text, is expected. to appear in the June
number of the ‘Journal of the Royal Geographical Society.’
Of course in other parts of the county some other types of
station will be represented. In the present area there is no sea-
board, neither high cliff, sandhill, or marshy ground intersected
by tidal ditches, and no high ground pastures with a thin layer

Naturalist,

Field Notes. 223

of soil over limestone, such as carries the lowland pasture plants
up to a great height, no chalk wolds and no cliffs of limestone
or basalt. I shall be greatly interested in seeing the survey
extended to the North Riding, with which I am personally most
familiar. The highest point of the hills included in this map is
1,900 feet, so that no portion of the area reaches up into
Watson’s ‘ Arctic Region,’ and the number of northern (Scottish
and Highland types of Watson) that occur within its bounds is
much smaller than in the northern tracts included within the
county. The nine photographs, by Mr. W. B. Crump, M.A.,
of Halifax, show characteristic stations of different types, and
in the text a list of the commonest and most characteristic
plants of each type is given. This is the first area in England
that has been dealt with in this comprehensive manner. Two
tracts in Scotland, North Perthshire and the neighbourhood of
Edinburgh, have been similarly dealt with by the late Mr. Robert
Smith, whose death at an early age was a great loss to British
botany. Similar surveys have been carried out by Professor
Flahault, of Montpellier, in France, designed principally to show
the distribution of certain trees; and a large number of photo-
graphs, similar to those of Mr. Crump, will be found in a book
published in 199 by Professor Conway Macmillan, entitled
‘Plant-life in Minnesota.’ In the list of books cited H. C.
Watson’s ‘Cybele Britannica’ is included, but not his more
recent ‘Topographical Botany,’ in which Yorkshire is divided
into five vice-counties, and a separate catalogue of plants given
for each. It is now nearly forty years since I came away from
Yorkshire, and it gives me great pleasure to see that a new
generation of botanists has arisen who are doing such thorough

and excellent work. J. G. Baker.
a

FIELD NOTES.

FISHES.

Pike at Hemphone Lock.—-At Hemphone Lock, on the
river Hull, there is a weir and the water from the clews rushes
against a wall on the bank of the stream with great violence.
At this point during March a Pike of 2 lbs. jumped clear of the
water right on to the top of the wall, a perpendicular distance
of two feet, and was easily captured. There was a similar
occurrence a few years ago at the same place, the Pike in that
instance weighing g lbs. It is not at all remarkable for members
of the Salmon family to leap a considerable distance, but I have
seldom known Pike leap as high as recorded above.—H. M.
Foster, Hull, 9th May 1903.

1903 June 1.

NORTH ERN NEWS.

A thrush’s nest in a turnip top is recorded at Little Driffield ; and in the
same district a blackbird has brought off its brood in a cabbage.

The 32nd annual report of the Sheffield Naturalists’ Club includes a
record of Eupithecia isogrammata, an addition to the Yorkshire list of
lepidoptera.

The 1902 report of the Moss Exchange Club, of which Mr. W. Ingham,
B.A., is the Secretary, is to hand. The Club is evidently accomplishing
good work in this branch of study.

In a paper on ‘ The Elk in the Thames Valley’ (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
Feb. 1903, p. 80), Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., refers to antlers of Alces
machlis from Barmston and Carnaby Moor, in East Yorkshire.

We regret to record the death of Mr. James Bedford, of Leeds, and
Mr. A. Millward, of Harrogate, both for many years members of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, which took place recently.

In the April Journal of the Quekett Club Mr. D. J. Scourfield gives a
‘Synopsis of the known species of British Freshwater Entomostraca.
Part 1. Cladocera,’ in which several Lake District forms are enumerated.

The 1go02 Annual Report of the Huddersfield Naturalist and Photographic
Society shows that good work has been done during the year. Mr. C. Bulmer
suggests that the geologists should devote their attention to the question of
‘How the scenery of the Huddersfield District has been affected or modified
by Geological Faults... Botanical and ornithological notes are also given.

In the same report Mr. C. Mosley records the following local occurrences
under the head of Lepidoptera. The Orange-tip Butterfly, Small Copper
Butterfly, Orvgyza antiqua, Liparis auriflua, Hydrecia petasttes, Cucullia
umbratica, Xanthia cerago, Amphydasis betularia and var. doubledayaria,
Boarmia repandata (a very dark specimen) and Scotosta dubitata.

We regret to learn that Mr. G. P. Bulman, of Newcastle, is dead.
Notwithstanding his early age (26), he had accomplished much work
amonest the marine mollusca of Northumberland, and had also carried out
some interesting experiments relating to heredity.

The Milnsbridge Naturalists’ Society had a Sunday meeting on April
26th, at which over 350 working men were present. The meeting was
presided over by Mr. A. Townend, and Messrs. Goldthorp, Knutton, and
Boothroyd, and others addressed the meeting.

Originating in a suggestion from the Bradford Botanical Society, the
Bradford Corporation has recently opened a botanical garden in Lister
Park, covering about two acres.

At the annual meeting of the Darlington Naturalists’ Field Club, held
towards the end of April, it was announced that the late Dr. Manson's
books had been purchased for the society's library ; also that a boulder of
Shap granite, over nine feet long—the largest for the district-—-had been
discovered on the Cliffe estate.

The Durbam County Naturalists’ Union, at present consisting of seven
field clubs, with 134 members, held its quarterly meeting on Saturday,
4th April. A paper was read by the Secretary of the Union (Rev. W. J.
Wingate) on ‘County Organisation. He suggested dividing the county
into districts, each to be worked systematically by the members. It was
decided to make a classified collection of card records, containing par-
ticulars of species, dates, localities, local observations on their habits,
life-histories, and varieties. It was also decided to publish a County
Naturalists’ Record Book for distribution amongst the members, with a
view to collecting material for a natural history survey of the county on the
lines advocated by Dr. Wm. G. Smith in the January number of ‘The
Naturalist.’ In this way work will be provided for the beginner, as well as
for the advanced naturalist, and it is hoped the use of these record books
will make the field days more profitable than they usually are.

Naturalist

=
a aw
>
‘
- ’
te }
a bdy q a
me
fs i
a
' =. se
i
7 x
Ds aed f
‘
ee
eb
'
we bi
+=
.-
- :
he
J
i
t
‘ fi %
sy
®
‘
sug
-
an?
4 hen
3]
4 ‘ J
2's nae
rig
=
a
pS
a .
£ ve
j .
9 a
AP Shee
iret. st
er « 3
* |
; - x
; =f
q oi]
Pee | |
a ~ F _
i a
- 7
i a
Or 4 [ ia
sess
. = A mal
ea!

i
“2,

* a ATOR Taig
. ‘ A a 7
Pie Te wri ae my :
ae I ‘se
9” * 2 = ot a
i uy Le a 2
te “oe

hi

: Se ee ak ;

THE NATURALIST, 1903. PLATE VA.

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

IN MEMORY OF SAMUEL CHADWICK, F.G.S.

A once familiar figure at the excursions of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union was Samuel Chadwick, F.G.S., of Malton,
well known throughout East Yorkshire as an _ enthusiastic
collector of fossils and antiquities. Situated in an exceptionally
favourable area, he found plenty of work among'st the Cretaceous
and Oolitic rocks, and secured quite a large number of valuable
specimens, some of which proved to be new to science. He was
essentially a field geologist, and rarely seemed so happy as when
leading a party of fellow workers across the Wolds, from quarry
to quarry, his tall figure being always in the van.

The specimens he collected were distributed to the York,
Scarborough, and Whitby Museums, though his principal
specimens are to be found in the Malton Museum, in connection
with which he took a deep interest. Amongst the principal
items in the latter collection are: a collection of sponges,
etc., from the Chalk; a fine series of fish teeth, etc., from the
Oolites near Malton, including some complete palates; several
large Oolitic ammonites ; a remarkably fine fin of Asteracanthus
ornatissimus, and a set of Speeton clay fossils. He also placed
many fine British flint and bronze implements in this Museum.

Amongst his more important discoveries was a series of fossil
sponges from the Oolites at Settrington, Langton Wold, and
Suffield, one of which was named after him. These were
described by Dr. G. J. Hinde in the Paleontographical Society’s
Monograph for 1893 (‘Sponges of the Jurassic Strata’). They
are :—Corynella chadwickt, C. langtonensis, Holcospongia poltta,
and Blastinia aspera.

On the formation of the Yorkshire Boulder Committee,
Chadwick took an interest in its work, and recorded many
far-travelled erratics in East Yorkshire. He was secretary of
the committee in 1890, and drew up its fourth report (‘The
Naturalist,’ 1892, pp. 155-158). He occasionally contributed
short notes to this journal, but was not a great writer.

Chadwick was one of the founders of the Malton Naturalists’
Society, and was always one of its prominent workers. Bee
culture was another of his hobbies, and with this he was
particularly successful, and gave lectures on the subject under
the auspices of the East Riding County Council. He was also
a prominent Freemason.

1903 July 1. P

226 Votes and Comments.

He left Malton in 1895, with his wife and’ family, for New
Zealand, to resume the occupation of sheep-farming, in which
he had been engaged there as a young man in the early sixties.
He apparently prospered well in New Zealand, until 18th March
last, when he died suddenly, of heart disease, at the age of 58.
The following extract from a recent New Zealand newspaper
shows that he continued to do good work after leaving
England :—

‘The mortal remains of the late Mr. S. Chadwick, J.P.;
were interred in the Ormondville Cemetery on the 21st March,
in the presence of a large concourse of people, who thus certified
to the very high esteem in which deceased was held by his
fellow-men. . . . He was the originator of the scheme for
establishing the Waikopiro Institute and Library, of which he
was president and trustee. In educational matters he was also
to the fore, as through his indefatigable zeal the Education
Board was induced to establish the Whitukura Public School,
Mr. Chadwick holding the chairmanship of the committee.
His energies were also moved in the direction of obtaining for
the Waikopiro settlers good roads; and what great improve-
ments have been made in that direction the settlers well
know. . . . He was the right stamp of a settler, and his
name will for ever be kept green in the annals of the sage)
of Waikopiro.’

For much of the above facts the writer is indebted to
Chadwick’s life-long friend, Mr..M.B.-Slater,F.LiS.1) Dos:

CAVE REMAINS. IN DERBYSHIRE.

Professor W. Boyd Dawkins has just described* a collection
of mammalian remains from a cavern near Doveholes, Derby-
shire, which is of exceptional importance. The cave was first
discovered in 1901, and was fully exposed in 1go02, and consisted
of a large chamber and a small passage, both being eroded in
a master joint in the Carboniferous Limestone. The cave was
filled with stratified yellowish red clay, mixed with pebbles of
quartz, etc. Scattered here and there in the mass. were
mammalian bones and teeth, some worn and in the condition
of pebbles, others unworn and with sharp fractures. These
include bones of Machatrodus crenatidens, FHyana, Mastodon
arvernensis, Elephas meridionalis, Rhinoceros etruscus, Equus
Stenonsis, and Cervus etueriarum (?). The discovery has added
one species (Machatrodus crenatidens) to the Upper Pliocene

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., No. 234, 1903.

Naturalist,

Notes and Comments. 227

fauna of Britain. ‘It is the only Pliocene cave yet discovered
in Europe, and is the only evidence as yet available of the
existence of the Upper Pliocene bone-caves, which, from the
nature of the case, must have been as abundant in Europe as
those of the succeeding Pleistocene Age. From this point of
view it affords a striking illustration of the fragmentary nature
of the geological record, and of the general effect of denudation
on the surface of the land.’ The specimens are deposited in
the Manchester Museum.

A NEW YORKSHIRE FOSSIL.

In the same journal Mr. A. C. Seward describes an addition
to the Mesozoic flora under the above name. Amongst a collec-
tion of plants sent to the author by the Rev. J. Hawell, of
Ingleby Greenhow, a few fragments of Dzctyosamites were
detected. They were collected from a bed of ironstone on the
northern face of the Upleatham outlier, near Marske-by-the-Sea,
Yorkshire. The plant-bed from which the remains were found
is low down in the Estuarine Series, and is probably of Lower
Estuarine Age. The remains proved to represent a new species,
and were-named after their discoverer. The find is of particular
interest also as it proves the occurrence in the Jurassic plant-
beds of Yorkshire of a genus previously supposed to be confined
to Japan, India, and Bornholm. The specimens are to be
deposited in the British Museum.

THE YORKSHIRE CHALK.

A paper of. great interest to Yorkshire geologists was
recently read before the Geologists’ Association of London by
Dr. A. W. Rowe, of Margate. The author dealt with what he
called the white chalk of Flamborough Head—that is to say,
with all the chalk above the Belemnztella plena marls exposed
on the coast between Speeton and Bridlington. He spoke of
the special difficulties presented by the chalk of Yorkshire to
field-workers, such as its extreme hardness, the scarcity and
poorness of its fossils, and the inaccessibility of some of the
most important sections. But the chief interest of the paper
consisted in the attempt to show that the mass of Yorkshire
chalk is divisable, by means of its contained organic remains,
into definite beds or zones, similar to those previously worked
out by the author in the Upper Cretaceous rocks of Kent, Dorset,
and Devon. The lecture was illustrated by photo-lantern slides,
and by a model of the district on a scale of six inches to the
mile and one inch to 100 feet, which had been specially con-,
structed by Mr. C. Davies Sherborn. This model, it was

1g03 July 1.

228 Notes and Comments.

announced, would be presented to the Hull Museum, in recogni-
tion of the friendly assistance given by the members of the Hull
Geological Society to Dr. Rowe and Mr. Sherborn when in

Yorkshire.
ANCIENT EARTHWORKS.

There are many interesting earthworks distributed up and
down the country which it would be well to have thoroughly
explored before they are for ever defaced by agricultural or
other operations. Carefully-prepared drawings and descriptions
are consequently always welcome. A very interesting type of

DY YW, = “. i
ae UD 51) :
Hes Pi aa oie sal
RIS tats ili
Towner inn BAMPTON.
W.G.C. mens. dol. igor.
° 10 20

Plan of Ancient Earthworks.

earthwork, probably British, shown in the accompanying plan,
has just been described by Miss Noble.* This is known as
Towtop Kirk, and is situated at Bampton, Penrith. The earth-
work is an irregular circle, about 150 feet in diameter, and
encloses ‘hut circles,’ etc. During 1go02 a detailed examination
of this site was made under the direction of Mr. W. G.
Collingwood, full particulars of which are given by Miss Noble
in her interesting paper.

*Trans. Cumb. and Westmorland Antig. and Arch. Soc., 1903, p. 265.

Naturalist,

229
THE CHEMISTRY OF SOME COMMON PLANTS.

P. QO. KEEGAN, LL.D.,
Patterdale, Westmorland.

Club Moss. Lycopodium selago. This is a plant of the
hills never seen till you ascend some 1,000 feet or so. There
scattered on the parched surface, or hanging festoon-like from
the clefts of the wild weather-worn rocks which jut sharply
from or crown the highest ridge of mountain ground, you
observe its clustered tufts of bristly rods. Its habitat is
eminently non-moist and gritty and nearly barren, although it
manages to carry about an equal weight of water. About the
beginning of July the plant is in a pretty fresh condition, and its
chemistry is then, so to speak, in an embryonic condition or
stage. The products of assimilation predominate. Nevertheless,
there is about 3 per cent. in dry of wax with some cholesterin,
and a considerable admixture of carotin, but no resin or gly-
ceride. The alcoholic extract (after benzene) consists of a pasty
mass which encloses no tannin or phloroglucin, etc., and mere
traces of rutin, but yields distinctive reactions of a glucosidal
bitter principle of no very decisive or well-defined character.
The aqueous extracts of the plant are specially rich in albu-
menoids, mucilage, sugars, pentosans, anda curious admixture of
starch and amylo-dextrin. The ash amounts to about 1°6 per
cent. in fresh, and contains 62°4 per cent. soluble salts, 10°9
sand and silica, 1°5 lime, 5 oxides of iron and alumina, 2°6
phosphorus, and 2°7 sulphur. The well-known spores contain
47 per cent. fat-oil (composed of glycerides, free fat acids, and
phytosterin), also wax, 3 sugar, 1°5 mucilage, and a peculiar
nitrogenous principle called pollenine, and their familiar com-
bustibility (theatrical lightning) seems to depend on the peculiar
configuration as well as upon the highly oxidisable character of
the constituents.

Wild Hyacinth. Scilla festalis. This very beautiful and
elegant plant hangs its silken bells in darksome avenues of the
woods when the soft caress of the fresh sylvan air heralds the
advent of spring. It occurs mostly on siliceous soils, and shuns
lime. The bulbs enclose inulin and starch as reserve materials ;
on 2nd July they have no starch or tannin, but a great quantity
of a gelatinous substance which yields levulose and glucose by
the action of dilute acids. The fresh leaves contain over go per
cent. of water and are excessively mucilaginous ; much carotin

1903 July r.

230 Keegan: The Chemistry of Some Common Plants.

and wax may be extracted from the dried substance and some
free phloroglucin apparently, but no starch, sugar, or alkaloid
is detectable ; the fresh leaves yield 1°12 per cent. of ash rich in
alkaline salts, in phosphorus (over 4 per cent.) and in sulphur,
but poor in lime and silica. The flowers present the rare com-
bination of richness and purity of tint with power and sweetness
of scent. It is extremely difficult to determine precisely what
the chromogen of the pigment really is, but that it is extremely
sparse and exceedingly powerful there is not the slightest doubt,
also that the particular period of the year and the shady covert
wherein the efflorescence bursts into full expansion are agencies
operative in the case. The ash of the flowers contains 44°7
per cent. soluble salts, 10 lime, 16°6 P?O’, and 5°4 SO*. The
whole plant is extremely rich in potass, soda, phosphorus, and
chlorine, although no starch is ever produced in the leaves,
the carbohydrate constituent of the mucilage being apparently
the chief product of assimilation.

Dock. Rumex obtusifolius. This is a_ very familiar
wayside plant, conspicuous by reason of its almost tropically-
developed leaves. Its chemical development harmonises there-
with ; it is eminently pronounced. The root is a veritable
storehouse of constituents, its tissues readily responding to the
usual tests for starch, mucilage, resin, tannin, phloroglucin, etc.
The tannin is iron-blueing, phlobaphenic, precipitates gelatine
and bromine water, but not tartar-emetic, and yields on potass-
fusion protocatechuic acid and phloroglucin. A special feature
of the root which causes it to turn bright yellow (like medicinal
rhubarb) when freshly cut is the presence of various derivatives
of anthraquinone, viz., chrysophanic acid, nepodin and lapodin,
all allied to alkannin, madder dye, etc., and like these yielding
beautiful red colours in contact with alkalies. The leaves
about 1st August contain much carotin and wax, but little
or no fat or resin, also quercetin and tannin, free phloroglucin,
very much pectosic mucilage, some starch and levulose (free or
as inulin), very little proteid, but a copious supply of pectate of
calcium and 11°7 per cent. of ash in dry, holding 43°4 per cent.
soluble salts, 20 lime, 6°3 P?O*, etc, In certain summers the
leaves decay early and assume a very ‘loud’ flame of colour due
to an admixture of carotin and ordinary erythrophyll. Altogether
it is clear that in this plant the process of deassimilation is very
advanced, and high hydrocarbon residues are produced which in
these climes are uncommon and inexplicable save by cousinship
with tropical outgrowths.

Figwort. Scrophularia nodosa. The floral parts of this
organism present an extraordinary aspect and the plant itself

Naturalist,

Keegan: The Chemistry of Some Common Plants. — 231

shoots up with eminent vigour and obtrusiveness. The
chemistry is very noteworthy, indeed very remarkable in some
respects. For instance, it contains free cinnamic acid, a body
that is not found, I believe, in any other British plant. The
leaves contain much carotin, some free palmitic and butyric
acids, and a good deal of resin. The tannin is identical with
that of coffee beans (caffeetannin). Choline also occurs and
some mucilage, but the amount of proteids, starch, sugars, etc.,
is evidently below the average. The ash of the dried leaves
amounts to 8°g per cent., and is rich in phosphorus and sulphur,
moderately rich in lime, but rather below the average in potass.
On the whole the plant is decidedly more odoriferous than would
be supposed; in the course of the analysis the efluvia emanating
from the various cinnamene derivates, the choline, and the
butyric acid suggest and recall that even in darkest Britain
there is a pseudo-imitation and aping after the ‘perfumes of
Arabia.’ At all events, although the ‘tropical’ suggestiveness
is not so strong as in the Dock tribe, the hydrocarbon derivatives
being on a lower footing, we have here a plant whose chemical
features are worthy of careful and profound study and contem-
plation.

Hawk-bit. Hieracium hirtus and autumnalis. The
‘splitting’ systematist revels in the Hawkweeds, but after all
their physiology as revealed by chemistry does not seem to be
quite so contentious or diverse. In fact, the entirety of one of
the largest, best characterised, and most natural orders in the
vegetable kingdom, i.e., the Composite, is distinguished by a
special peculiarity in the process of deassimilation, whereby
while an abundance of tannin is produced it is nevertheless in-
complete, and hence there is likewise a very appreciable evidence
of volatile oils, resins, bitter principles, ete. The plants under
review do not present any very special feature. There is very
little carotin in the leaves, but resin is present in considerable
quantity. The alcoholic extract is bitter and contains rutin
which precipitates bromine water, and a tannin which does not.
The latter is allied to caffeetannin and is a derivative of styrol.
Some mucilage, a small quantity of inulin, but very little protein
or starch are observable. The ash is very high, viz., 12°6 per
cent., and is rich in lime, but rather poor in potass and phos-
phorus. The flower heads are tinctured by carotin, and contain
much rutin, some inulin, and (air-dried) 7 per cent. of ash
having 44°3 per cent. soluble salts, 16°4 lime, 9°28 P?O°, and
5°3 SO*:

Knapweed. Centaurea nigra. This is also a very common
composite plant belonging to the division or sub-order Cynaro-
1903 July r.

LS)

32 Keegan: The Chemistry of Some Common Plants.

cephale of the great order Composite, which is specially
eminent for a peculiarly repulsive bitterness of taste. The con-
stituent to which this is due is called cnicin, and is of silky
needles very soluble in, alcohol, and may be regarded as a
compound of resin with some impure or decomposed carbo-.
hydrate residue; it dissolves red in sulphuric acid, green in
HCl. The leaves contain much carotin, also wax, resin, and
fat-oil. It is rather peculiar that even as late as mid-October
they contain a large quantity of rutin which precipitates bromine
water, but not quinine, whereas the fully evolved tannin reacts
precisely the reverse. There is no levulose, and very little
detectable proteid or starch, but there is much oxalate of calcium
in fine crystals, also 10 per cent. of ash in dry containing 37 per
cent. soluble salts, 29°4 lime, 3°6 P?O*, 4:9 SO*, and 5°8 CL.
The flowers contain also much bitter principle, and their pig-
ment although pure and beautiful is not well developed; the
ash is rather small in quantity and contains 37°7 per cent.
soluble salts, 15 lime, 17°4, P?O°,.and 4:5 SO*%.. It is: clear;
judging from the above analysis, that the division of Composite
which this plant represents is even more backward, so to speak,
in chemical development than the Corymbifere.

Cranesbill. Geranium pratense. ‘This plant, on the
contrary, is extremely powerfully developed in a chemical sense.
It is very local in distribution, doubtless for this very reason, its.
marvellous root appanage being very fastidious as respects
quarters wherein to find a fully suitable lodgement. The
chemistry of the rhizome vies with that of any of our native
products of a similar character. Starch and mucilage are
prominent constituents, and there is over 10 per cent. of tannin
which is iron-blueing, and yields under the action of dilute acids
a brilliant vermilion-red phlobaphene. It is a very distinctive
catechol tannin with powerful chromogenic groups oxidised by
alkalies to protocatechuic acid almost entirely (distinguished
from Rosacew). The leaves exhibit a pretty commanding
faculty for starch formation. They also contain tannin, con-
siderable sugar, some malic and oxalic acid, but no free phloro-
glucin, and (blades only) 7°5 per cent. of ash in dry having 38°8
per cent. soluble salts, 25 lime, 9°5 P?O°, etc. The pigment of
the blossoms is highly developed and approaches a true blue as
closely as any flax or balsam flower can possibly do. None of
these, however, it may be averred, are genuine blues, they being
invariably and, as it were, inevitably dashed with red, the
approach to the coerulean tint being probably dependent on the
comparative ‘purity’ of the chromogen, or perhaps it does not
possess sufficient ‘ acidic functions.’

Naturalist,.

Gane § ce
Me
b ‘

THE NAVURALIST, 1903. Prater VI.

NY IGE

PLATE

NATURALIST, 1903.

THE

233.
HULL’S CONTRIBUTION TO SCIENCE.

T. SHEPPARD, F.GS.,

Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union; Curator of
the Munictpal Museum, Hull.

(Continued from ‘The Naturalist,’ June 1903, p. 220.

It should be stated that a temporary revival of real scientific
work in connection with the Society took place some years ago,
when Dr. (now Sir) Albert Rollit took an interest in its pro-
ceedings. The exceptional ability and enthusiasm of this
gentleman greatly improved the Society in many ways, and
unquestionably it was a sorry day for Hull when he left the
town for ‘fresh fields and pastures new.’

The close of the career of the Hull Mechanics’ Institute was
surely anything but desirable. It was founded in 1825 ‘for the
instruction of the members, at a cheap rate, in the principles of
their respective arts, and in the various branches of science and
useful knowledge.’ As in the case of the Philosophical Society,
Dr. John Alderson was the first president. The inaugural
address was given in the Exchange Room; meetings were
afterwards held in the Vicar’s Room; and, later, three rooms:
were taken in Parliament Street. We then learn* that ‘after
some time the newsociety became important and rich’ —frequently
a bad sign! After one or two successful transactions, it built
a suitable home in Charlotte Street ;f but even this proved too.
small, and a house in George Street was bought, ‘at the back
of which a large lecture-hall{ was erected.’ In the autumn
of 1842 the hall was opened with a fea party, public meeting,
concert, and ball! A museum, model-room, and library were
connected with the Institute. Bazaars, literary soirées, and
polytechnic exhibitions were held, and half a century ago this
Institution appears to have flourished well. To-day a few
paintings, busts, and books scattered in different parts of the
town are evidence of the former existence of the Mechanics’
Institute. J. F. Young, a botanist of some repute, was its.
librarian.

In the midst of all this scientific activity an event took place
which greatly stimulated the desire for knowledge, not only in
our own town, but throughout the country. I refer to the great

* From Sheahan.
+ Now used by Messrs. Forster & Andrews, organ builders.
+ Now used as a music-hall !

1903 July 1.

234 Sheppard: Hull's Contribution to Science.

Exhibition of 1851. Probably the full benefit to the. country of
this Exhibition will never be realised. It came at the right time,
was managed in th® proper way, and was one of the many
successful achievements of the late Prince Consort. Its benefit
to Hull, though of an indirect character, was unquestionable.
A local committee was formed, and prepared a valuable case of
Hull’s exports and imports at that time. After the Exhibition,
this case was placed in the Museum, together with a beautiful
bronze medal which was awarded to the Hull Committee for the
exhibit. The Museum still possesses the medal.

The maximum of interest in scientific matters at Hull may
safely be said to have been in 1853, in September of which year
the British Association visited this town. John Phillips, the
first and energetic secretary of the Association, was early known
to Hull scientific men. He had lectured to them; he had urged
them to attend the meetings of the Association at Oxford and
Cambridge. This was when the Literary and Philosophical
Society was young, and its members who accepted Phillips’
invitation returned to their friends with glowing accounts of the
meetings ; their enthusiasm became infectious. One result was
that at the Belfast meeting in 1852 an invitation was received
for the Association to visit Hull in the following year. A tew
weeks later* Charles Frost read a paper to his Society ‘On the
Prospective Advantages of a visit to the town of Hull by the
British Association for the Advancement of Science.’ This was
printed and largely circulated. The idea evidently ‘caught on’;
the Corporation subscribed #100 to the guarantee fund for
defraving the expenses of the visit, and the number of subscrip-
tions of £50, £25, 420, and £10 from Hull people is, in the
light of the present day, simply astonishing. Since then Belfast,
Oxford, and Cambridge, the three places already mentioned,
have each been visited twice by the Association; but not so
Hull—not once—and there appears to be little prospect of a
visit being again paid to this port for many years to come.

The ‘Hull’ Report of the ’53 meeting is a substantial volume
of over 400 pages, and indicates the amount of work accom-
plished, especially when it is remembered that most of the
papers are printed in abstract. A perusal of its pages is of
interest, and conveys some idea of the local activity at that time.

The papers discussed at the meetings were largely con-
tributed by Hull workers, and the subjects were very varied.
Amongst the local authors we find Dr. Horner, Dr. Munro,

* On November 16th, 1852.

Naturalist,

Sheppard: full’s Contribution to Science. 235

Dr. Bell, Dr. (late Sir) Henry Cooper, Rev. J. Selkirk, James
Oldham, J. G. Kemp, J. D. Sollitt, W. Lawton, and J. A.
Forster—a truly magnificent array—all good men, but all, alas,
no longer with us. Of the three papers selected to be printed
in extenso in the report, two were by James Oldham, viz., ‘On
the Physical Features of the Humber’ and ‘On the Rise,
Progress, and Present Position of Steam Navigation in Hull’—
both exceedingly valuable contributions. J. D. Sollitt, an ardent
microscopist, wrote ‘On the composition and figuring of the
Specula of Reflecting Telescopes,’ ‘On the Chemical Constitu-
tion of the Humber Deposits’ (a paper having some bearing on
the recent discussion on the origin of the Humber mud) ;
also a paper—in conjunction with R. Harrison—‘On the
Diatomacea found in the Neighbourhood of Hull.’ Sollitt,
like Robert Harrison and George Norman, was greatly interested
in diatoms, and at least one species (Azlacodiscus Sollitianus
Arnott*) was named after him. It should be stated that the
local microscopists at that time were exceptionally active and
paid particular attention to the manufacture of their lenses,
obtaining much more successful results with their instruments
than was achieved by workers in other parts of the kingdom.

William Lawton, Hull’s greatest Clerk of the Weather,
contributed a paper ‘On the Meteorology of Hull,’ in which he
refers to the observations taken by Dr. Fielding and the Literary
and Philosophical Society. This excellent work is now carried
on in Pearson’s Park.

F. J. Pearsall, F.C.S., the first salaried curator to .the
Hull Museum, read three papers to the chemical section, viz.,
“On changes observed in wood from the Submerged Forest at
Wawne, in Holderness,’ ‘On Crystals from the sea coast of
Africa,’ and ‘On Lime Flowers, or peculiarly-formed substances
from the brickwork of one of the Reservoirs of the Hull Water-
works before final completion for use.” G. G. Kemp wrote
‘On the Waste of the Holderness Coast,’ and fifty years later
the same subject forms the title of numerous papers and articles
of varying worth.

In the Zoological section Dr. Horner read notes ‘On some
Discoveries relative to the Chick in Ovo and its liberation from
the Shell.” Ethnology was represented by Charles Beckett,
who discoursed ‘ On the Dialects north and south of the Humber,
compared.’

*A specimen of this has recently been taken by Mr. R. H. Philip, in the
river Hull, near Haworth Hall.

1903 July 1.

236 Sheppard: Hull’s Contribution to Science.

Dr. Henry Cooper read papers ‘On the Mortality of Hull in
the autumn of 1849’* and ‘On the Prevalence of Diseases
in Hull.’ Dr. Munro contributed ‘Statistics relative to the
Northern Whale Fisheries from 1772 to 1852,’ a paper contain-
ing many interesting figures, as does also a paper ‘On the
Causes, Extent, and Prevention of Crime, with especial reference
to Hull,’ by the Rev. James Selkirk, chaplain to the Hull
Gaol. J. A. Forster and George Locking read papers to the
section on Mechanics, but these hardly come within the scope
of these notes.

Such is a summary of the titles of the scientific papers read
at that meeting of the association. Were a meeting to be held
here this year it is pleasing to be able to state that there would
not be any difficulty in securing valuable papers by local workers
on as great a variety of subjects as those read in 1853. But
that is on account of the revival in scientific matters that has
taken place in recent years. Fifteen or twenty years ago it
would have been impossible to have done this.

In 1840 the Hull Zoological Gardens, consisting of about
seven acres of land, were opened and were much appreciated
fora time. They were situated on Spring Bank and contained
many valuable animals. In its latter days various non-zoological
attractions were introduced to secure support, and the gardens
were abandoned about 1862, the site now being built upon.
A fountain, the ‘ruins,’ various trees, etc., were transferred to
the parks.

The Botanic Gardens, in Linnzus Street, were established in
1812, and were eventually transferred to that excellent site now
occupied by Hymers College and grounds. They shared the
same fate as that of the Zoological Gardens. A brief reference
will be made to them later. Botanic Gardens Station will ever
remind Hull people of what they have lost, though to a certain
extent three parks carry on the work.

References should be made to the work accomplished by
Hull societies other than those already mentioned. Apparently
the earliest of these was founded in June 1792 by the then Vicar
_ (Rev. J. H. Bromby) and eight others. This was called the
‘Society for Literary Information,’ and seems to have had a
successful career for five or six years. The more important
papers read at the meetings were selected for printing, and the
manuscripts were bound into two large quarto volumes—one of

* On the occasion of the cholera outbreak.

Naturalist,

Sheppard: Hull’s Contribution to Science. 237

which, I believe, is still in the possession of Mr. E. S. Wilson,
of Hull. The papers were never printed.

Half a century ago Hull hada ‘ Micro-Philosophical Society’ —
a curious title, subsequently changed to the Hull Natural History
and Microscopic Society. George Norman, William Hendry,
and.a few others met at the Royal Institution bi-monthly, and
published the very valuable results of their work in the ‘ Micro-
scopical Journal’ and other publications. The ‘ Diatom’ fever
was then at its height, and almost everyone fortunate enough
to possess the then expensive luxury, the microscope, sampled
drains, ditches, ponds, and earth in search of these beautiful
and varied forms of life.

The Hull Microscopic Society—consisting of gentlemen who
met alternately at each other’s private residences—also flourished
at that time, and supplied articles to the London scientific
journals dealing with the work accomplished. Probably the
portrait of Dr. Henry Cooper sitting at a table with his micro-
scope, now hung in the Council Room at the Royal Institution,
is a relic of one of these enthusiasts.

In the early ’eighties the Hull Field Naturalists’ Society was
founded, its scope being well indicated by its title. Its members
met at the Royal Institution. Somehow, however, interest in
its work seemed to ‘ fag,’ new members were difficult to obtain,
and a few years ago the Society ‘amalgamated’ with the Hull
Scientific Club, which consisted for the most part of younger
men, and was founded in 1886. The Field Naturalists’ Society
numbered amongst its earlier members the late E. Peak, Mr.
N. F. Dobrée, Mr. J. Stears, Mr. G. H. Hill, and others. It
issued no publications, however, and few records of its work
appear to exist. The Hull Scientific Club (called the Hull
Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club since the amalgamation)
has always encouraged young workers as well as older men, and
its present flourishing condition is no doubt largely due to this fact.
In 1898 it issued the first of a series of Transactions—a modest
pamphlet of 28 pages, and since then each annual publication
has increased in size, the volume for 1902 having over 250 pages.
These volumes contain papers read at the club’s meetings, and
are of some value, inasmuch as they contain original papers of
focal interest only.

The first meetings of the Scientific Club were held in a small
room in Scale Lane, and, after two or three changes as the
membership increased, is now lodged in the Young People’s
Institute.

1903 July 1.

238 Sheppard: Hull’s Contribution to Science.

The Hull Geological Society was founded in 1888, and’ has
met regularly in the Royal Institution. Since 1894 it has issued
a small volume of Transactions periodically, containing par-
ticulars of papers read at its meetings and of work done in the
field. Mr. J. W. Stather and Dr. F. F. Walton are prominent
members, and to these gentlemen the formation and present
condition of the society is largely due.

A few remarks relating to those who have done and are doing
so much in the local paths of science may not now be out of
place. To some of these reference has already been made.
I believe in every instance it is interesting to note the work
accomplished has been as a hobby, and quite apart from the
professional callings of the respective authors.

To a large extent bygone Hull naturalists and scientific men
are now known by the amount of work they published. There
were doubtless many who were very influential and did good
and conscientious work of whom we know but little, simply
because they were’ reluctant to put pen to paper. Unless one
places the results of his work in some permanent form, it soon
becomes lost to the world—a couple of generations usually
suffices to delete him altogether from scientific history.

One of Hull’s foremost scientific worthies was unquestionably
William Spence, F.R.S., F.L.S. Though.not born at Hull,* he
was so intimately connected with the town, and accomplished so.
much work whilst residing at Drypool, that he cannot well be
omitted. Locally, he was probably best known as a partner in
the firm of Blundell, Spence & Co., and as the first Editor of
the Hull ‘ Rockingham,’ a noted Whig newspaper, which started
in 1808 and survived till 1843. In 1807 he wrote a pamphlet,
formerly well known, entitled ‘ The Radical Cause of the Present
Distress of the West Indian Planters pointed out, and the
Inefficacy of the Measures which have been hitherto Proposed
for Relieving them Demonstrated.’ This was followed by
‘Britain Independent of Commerce,’ a work which established
his reputation as a political economist, and other similar pro-’
ductions. To naturalists Spence will be for ever known for the
remarkable production, ‘An Introduction to Entomology; or,
Elements of the Natural History of Insects,’ published in four.
volumes between 1815 and 1826.7 This was in conjunction
with the Rev. William Kirby. The fourth volume contains an

* Born at Bishop Burton, near Beverley.

+The delay in publishing the volumes was on account of Spence’s
ill-health, which also necessitated his leaving Hull for the South of England

about 1819.

Naturalist,

Sheppard: Hulls Contribution to Science. 239:

engraving. of Spence as frontispiece, and my copy (which was
a presentation copy to the Holderness Agricultural Society) also
has his autograph. The work has been several times reprinted,
in England and abroad. In 1809 he commenced writing scientific
papers, and in that year submitted a ‘ Monograph of the British
Species of the Genus Choleva’ to the Linnzan Society. Some
‘ Observations on the Disease in Turnips,’ termed in Holderness
‘Fingers and Toes,’ were read to the Holderness Agricultural
Society in 1811, and printed at their request in the following
year. This runs into 20 pages. Later, he was president of this
Holderness society.* In 1811 the ‘Rockingham’ contained an
able article from his pen on the ‘ Pleasures and Advantages to
be Derived from the Establishment of a Botanical Garden at
Hull.’ Spence died in 1860. A fine marble bust by Marachetti
is in the Hull Museum, and there is a portrait in the office
of Messrs. Blundell, Spence & Co., Beverley Road.

A contemporary of Spence was Adrian Hardy Haworth,
F.L.S. (1767 to 1833), who also made his mark as a botanist
and an entomologist. Like Spence, also, the work for which
he will be remembered by scientific men deals with butterflies
and moths, and was in four parts. The ‘ Lepidoptera Britannica’
contains in all about 640 pages. Haworth was born at Hull
of an old and well-connected family which had been for many
years engaged in mercantile pursuits. He was articled to a
solicitor, ? but in consequence of Mr. Frost’s death his clerkship
was not completed. He then ‘retired to Cottingham, where he
resided a few years and then married.’ He afterwards went to
Chelsea, where ‘ Lepidoptera Britannica’ was written.

About the year 1812 he resolved to return to his native
place, Cottingham, and thither he repaired with the greater
part of his collection of natural history objects. During his
short stay at that place (for he only resided there about five
years) he was principally instrumental in forming and arranging.
systematically the Botanic Gardens at Hull. The neighbour-
hood of London was, however, evidently the field most adapted

* Other scientific papers of his are :—‘On an Insect which is Occasionally
very Injurious to Fruit Trees,’ ‘Vulgar Errors among Gardeners respecting
Insects being Destroved by Cold,’ ‘Observations relative to Dr. Carns’s
Discovery of the Circulation of the Blood in Insects,’ ‘ Remarks on Planting
Trees and Shrubs in Masses of one Species,’ and numerous others, printed
in the ‘Gardeners’ Magazine,’ the ‘Magazine of Natural History,’ the
‘Transactions of the Horticultural Society,’ etc.

+ The first part was printed in 1803 and the last in 1828.

+ Mr. Frost, father of the historian.

1903 July )

240 Sheppard: Hull’s Contribution to Science.

to a mind so ardently endued with the love of scientific pursuits ;
accordingly he soon again left his native county, and resided at
Chelsea till 24th August 1833, the date of his death. He died
of cholera.

Haworth was a voluminous writer, and, in addition to his
papers read before the Linnzan, Entomological, and Horticul-
tural Societies (of all of which he was a member), he contributed
no fewer than thirty-one articles to the ‘ Philosophical Magazine’
between 1823 and 1833. These were mostly descriptions of
new species of succulent plants from South Africa, which
Haworth says were ‘flourishing in the Royal Gardens at Kew,
and [were] all sent thither from their native wilds by their
discoverer, Mr. Bowie, our Gracious Sovereign’s most successful
collector of succulent plants.’

In connection with these descriptions Haworth’s early train-
ing at the Hull Grammar School stood him in good stead ;
they are all written in Latin.

Haworth had a genus of plants named after him (Haworthia,
allied to the genus A/oé), and the species, Mesembryanthemum
Haworthit. In entomology his name will ever be remembered
by Haworth’s Minor (Celena Haworthit) and others.

Between 1814 and 1817 Haworth wrote a lengthy poem,
entitled ‘Cottingham,’ part of which was printed. Twenty-four
pages were in the possession of his grandson, the late Col.
Haworth-Booth, but I understand that there are at least 116
pages in existence. The poem professes to be a history of
‘Cottingham from the earliest times, and refers inter alia to other
items of more general interest.

Peter William Watson, F.L.S. (1761 to 1830), also educated
at the Hull Grammar School (under the Rev. Joseph Milner), had
a great interest in many branches of science and was also an
accomplished artist. The work that will keep his memory green
amongst all scientific men was ‘ ‘‘ Dendrologia Britannica,” or
trees and shrubs that will live in the open air of Britain
throughout the year.’ This is contained in two octavo volumes,
and was printed at Hull in 1825, five years before his death,
and the numerous and beautifully-coloured plates greatly
enhance its value. In connection with its preparation he had
the advantage of the very fine collection in the Hull Botanic
Gardens, and of this he made full use. Beyond ‘ Dendrologia
Britannica’ Watson does not seem to have left much for our
edification.

(To be continued.)

Naturalist,

THE NATURALIST, 7903:

a

ie

Cita, *

“ eae r :
eo ee Pg
iy eS,

PLATE VIIa.

Naturalists at Filey.

Yorkshire

241
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT FILEY.
30th MAY—ist June 1903.

No doubt the glorious weather immediately preceding the ex-
cursion was largely responsible for the success of the 172nd
meeting of the Union at Filey. On the Saturday morning
about two dozen members started at Speeton Station for the
cliffs, joined by Mr. C. G. Danford, of Reighton, who has
recently made some important ‘finds’ in the Speeton and
Kimeridge Clays. Unfortunately, a thick mist obstructed
what would have been a glorious view of the Speeton Cliffs,
and this also hung about throughout all the excursion, with the
exception of a few hours on the Monday afternoon.

On reaching the shore the party took a southerly direction,
and found that the sea had bared a magnificent section in the
red chalk, about 120 yards long, one of the finest exposures that
has been visible for many years. From it the characteristic
fossils were freeiy gathered.

The Speeton Clay, to the north of the gap in the cliffs, has
been wretchedly poor for collecting for some time, owing to
landslips, etc. Mr. Danford pointed out an exposure of the
‘Coprolite bed,’ at the base of the series, however, which was
new to most of those present. The remainder of the after-
noon was occupied in examining the drift and boulders around
Filey Bay.

In the evening over thirty members met at Foord’s Hotel,
under the chairmanship of Mr. G. T. Porritt. A paper by the
Rev. W. C. Hey, entitled ‘Shore Collecting .at Filey and Scar-
borough,’ was read by Mr. T. Petch. In this an appeal was
made for more workers amongst the marine fauna and flora.
Mr. J. W. Stather gave an address on some recent geological
discoveries in the district, in which he referred to Dr. A. W. Rowe’s
work on the chalk zones; to Mr. Danford’s record of a nearly
complete skeleton of /chthvosaurus thyreospondylus, from the
Kimeridge Clay at Speeton, a new record for the county ;*
and the glacial striz on the limestone underlying the Boulder
Clay im the vicinity. of Filey ‘Bong. Some ‘of these’'he’ had
himself recorded. He also referred. to recent advances in
the study of the ice-borne erratics. A paper by the Rev.
E. “‘M. Cole, entitled ‘Roman Remains near Filey,’ was
read by the secretary. This described the relics found after
a landslip onthe north side of Carr Naze, in 1857. Mr. A.

*See ‘The Naturalist,’ 1902, p. 170.

1903 July 1. Q

242 Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey.

White gave a description of an opossum which had recently
been caught alive in Leeds, having been imported in a crate
of bananas. Interesting discussion followed the various ad-
dresses, and the hope was generally expressed that the reading
of papers might be continued at future week-end meetings of the
Union.

On the following day Mr. T. Petch, with a small following,
visited the Brig in search of marine life ; the botanists took the
south shore of Filey Bay, and the geologists went to Scarborough
by train, and joined the members of the Leicester Literary and
Philosophical Society in a ramble around Castle Hill, under the
guidance of Mr. C. Fox-Strangways, of H.M. Geological Survey.
The change in the appearance of this grand piece of cliff, in

Filey Brig.

consequence of the ‘ marine drive’ in course of construction, was
not generally appreciated by the visitors.

In the afternoon the party assembled at the museum, where
some of the type specimens collected years ago by some of
Yorkshire’s foremost geologists, were described by the leader.
The visitors were informed that steps were to be taken to
classify and re-arrange the exhibits. It is to be hoped that the
museum possesses a big cellar! An interesting collection of
local freshly-gathered wild flowers, in vases, labelled and localised,
met with general appreciation, and the plan might be followed
with advantage in other museums.

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey. 243

On Monday morning the members were early astir. Each
train brought more arrivals, and by noon over a hundred
members and associates were present, as well as a few teachers,
members of the East Riding Nature Study Committee, with
their secretary, the Rev. R. G. Pyne. _ It was also most
gratifying to find a large proportion of the Union’s older
workers present.

One party, accompanied by a number of the county’s leading
botanists, took the cliffs to the south of Filey. Mr. Petch had
a larger following with him on the Brig than on the previous
days, and no doubt another visit would have ‘converted’ some
of the members to the study of marine zoology. The lepi-
dopterists, conchologists, etc., devoted their attention to the
slopes of the cliffs, and elsewhere. Perhaps the largest
party consisted of geologists and would-be geologists who
examined the cliffs between Filey and Cayton Bay, headed by
Mr. J. W. Stather and Mr. W. H. Crofts. The Calcareous Grit,
forming the Brig, proved particularly productive of fossils,
and yielded a nautilus, three species of ammonites, and a
host of univalves, echinoderms, brachiopods, and lamelli-
branchs. The small urchin, Achinobrissus scutatus, was very
plentiful on the weathered ledge of rock immediately under the
boulder clay. On the Brig the ‘ Ball-bed,’ with its characteristic
concretions, and ramifying root-like structures, was pointed out,
and could be traced for some distance in the cliffs. The crump-
lings in the upper layers of limestone, due to ice-pressure, were
also well seen.

After examining the Brig the cliffs were ascended, and
traversed along the top to Gristhorpe Bay, when the beach was
again taken and followed as far as the pumping station in
Cayton Bay, where wagonettes awaited the arrival of the
members and conveyed them back to Filey. The well-known
plant-beds in the Estuarine series, the fault at Red Cliff, and
the grand exposure of Cornbrash, Kellaways Rock, Oxford Clay,
and Calcareous Grit were pointed out, though the time at the
disposal of the party did not admit of much collecting. A few
interesting erratics were noted, particulars of which will
eventually appear in the Boulder Committee’s Report.

Towards tea-time the members assembled at Foord’s Hotel,
Filey, but in such numbers that the two largest rooms available
could not contain them all. The landlord, however, seemed to
have an unlimited larder, fortunately. Afterwards, the meeting
was held in the open air behind the hotel, the President occupying

1903 July x

244 Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey.

an upturned tub in place of a chair. On the roll-call being
called it was found that eighteen societies were represented.
Reports of the work accomplished were given by the various
officers, particulars appearing below. A vote of condolence with
the family of the late Samuel Chadwick, F.G.S., formerly of
Malton, was passed. Thanks were tendered to those who had
assisted in the excursion, and to the president for his services.
Three new members were elected.

A few remained in the district the following day, examining
the chalk in the vicinity of Flamborough.

For the vertebrate section Mr. Riley Fortune reports that
the principal attraction was the birds at Speeton and Bempton,
but unfortunately a dense sea ‘fret’ which prevailed all the time
prevented a fair view being obtained. From enquiries made of
the ‘climmers’ we learn that the birds are later than usual in
laying this year, and that they appear to start later every season.
The usual species are in strong force, and it is particularly
gratifying to find that the beautiful Kittiwake is steadily in-
creasing in numbers. A good many Starlings (which seem
to be at home everywhere) were feeding their young in the
cliffs.

A few members visited the cliffs on Tuesday, and were
rewarded by having a fine day. They were greatly interested
in seeing the Herring Gulls on the look out for eggs. These
robbers sailed along the face of the cliff, and directly they
‘spotted’ an egg impaled it upon their beaks and flew out to sea
with it. They then dropped it, and dived and secured it, and
then enjoyed the fruits of their ‘commandeering’ expedition.

Tree Pipits were exceptionally numerous, and about the
gorse and bramble bushes on the cliff top south of Filey
warblers were very abundant, Sedge Warblers and Whitethroats
especially so. The Swallow tribe was very scarce, but this
seems to be the case all over the county. Swifts, however, are
plentiful. It may be interesting to note that in a shed visited
north of Filey no fewer than fourteen pairs of birds had their
temporary home, and fourteen nests, containing either eggs or
young, were built therein. A pair of Starlings had, as usual, built
their nest in the bulb of the pump used for watering the engines
in Filey Station, and their young were just about ready to fly.

To the south of Filey is a charming ravine known as
Hunmanby Gap. <A narrow footpath runs the whole length
of this, and the Thrushes had converted the path into perfect
shambles. It was literally strewn with broken snail shells, and

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey. 245

many of the stones upon which the shells were broken in order

to extract. the contents were quite slimy from constant use.
The following is a complete list of species observed; most

of the birds were found nesting, and had either eggs or young :—

MAMMALS (7).

Pipistrelle Bat. Mole. Water Vole. Rabbit. Hedgehog.
Shrew. Hare.
BirDs (48).
Missel Thrush. Wren. Corn Bunting. Rock Dove.
Song Thrush. Pied Wagtail. Yellow Bunting. Stock Dove.
Blackbird. Meadow Pipit. Skylark. Pheasant.
Whin Chat. Tree Pipit? Starling. Partridge.
Redbreast. Swallow. Jackdaw. Waterhen.,
Whitethroat. Martin. Carrion Crow. Lapwing.
Garden Warbler. Sand Martin. Rook. Oystercatcher.
Willow Wren. Greenfinch. Swift. Herring Gull.
Sedge Warbler. Sparrow. Cuckoo. Kittiwake.
Hedge Sparrow. Tree Sparrow. Kestrel. Guillemot.
Great Tit. Chaffinch. Cormorant. Razorbill.
Blue Tit. Linnet. Ring Dove. Puffin.
AMPHIBIA (1). REPTILIA (1).
Frog. Common Lizard.
FISHES (5).
Lesser Weever. Short-spined Sea Bullhead. Blenny.
Common Dab. Salmon.

Mr. T. Stainforth adds that on the cliffs north of Filey many
lizards were seen running actively about. One of the party
secured a specimen by its tail, whereupon the creature snapped
off this seemingly unnecessary appendage, and escaped.

For the conchologists Mr. J. E. Crowther reports that his
section included the Rev. W. C. Hey, Messrs. W. Denison
Roebuck, T. Petch, and T. Castle.

Considering the number present, and that several of the
members spent the week-end in the district, the result of their
work is perhaps not so good as might have been expected.
Altogether, the number of species noted was 32, made up of
7 slugs, 16 land and g fresh-water species. The most note-
worthy of these is Amalia sowerby¢, found near the railway
station by Messrs. Hey and Roebuck; Pupa anglica, by Mr.
Petch (which had not been previously recorded for the district
south of Filey), and a large form of Limncea palustris, found by
Mr. Castle in one of the ponds on the cliffs south of Filey.
Hlelix nemoralis was very abundant and variable; Mr. Castle,
who devoted special attention to this species, noting no fewer
than 19 varieties of colour and banding. The following is
a complete list of the species recorded :—

1903 July 1.

240 Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey.

Arion ater.
Arion subfuscus.
Arion minimus.

Flelix aspersa. Cochlicopa lubrica.
Helix nemoralis. Succinea putris.
Helicigona arbustorum. Planorbis fontanus.
F[lelicella cantiana. Planorbis sptrorbis.
Flelicella itala. Planorbts contortus.
Flelicella virgata. Limnea peregra.
Limnea palustris.
Limnea truncatula.

Arion circumscuptis.
Amalia sowe rbyt.
Agriolimax agrestis.
Agriolimax levis.
Vitrina pellucida.
V7tria cellaria.
Euconulus fulvus.
Vallonia pulchella.

flygromia riufescens.
Hygromia hispida.
Pupa anglica.
Pupa cylindracea.
Clausilia bidentata.

Spherium corneum.
Pisidium fontinale.

Amongst the Lepidoptera very little appears to have been
accomplished. Mr. Stainforth notes that the larve of Zygena
lonicere were abundant on the cliffs north of Filey.

Mr. M. L. Thompson writes that the Yorkshire Coleoptera
Committee was never before so well represented as at this
meeting, amongst those present being the Rev. W. C. Hey,
Messrs. E. G. Bayford (chairman), H. Ostheide, Pearson,
Stainforth, and the Secretary. They investigated various parts
of the cliffs and shore, the dry part of the Brig, and some
ponds on Filey cliffs. The following beetles were met with
in their respective habitats :—

Cicindela campestris L.
Nebria livida F.

Elaphrus cupreus Dutt.
Badister bipustulatus F.
Bradycellus distinctus De}.
Harpalus puncticollis Payk.
Pterostichus strenuus Panz.
Anchomenus albipes F.
Anchomenus viduus Panz.

var. Mestus Duft.

Bembidium anglicanum Sharp.
Bembidiunt littorale Ol.
Bembidtum nitidulum Marsh.
Trechus minutus F.

Dromius linearis Ol.

Haliplus ruficollis De G.
Celambus inequalis F.
Celambus confluens F.
fydroporus lineatus F.
fydroporus palustris L.
fydroporus erythrocephalus L.
fydroporus pubescens Gy ll.
fydroporus planus F,

Agabus bipustulatus L.
Dytiscus marginalis L.
Gyrinus natator Scop.

Hydrobius fuscipes L.

Anacena globulus Pay.
Anacena limbata F.
Laccobtus stnuatus Mots.
Limnebius truncatellus Thoms.
Helophorus brevipalpis Bedel.
flelophorus aquaticus L.
Chetarthria seminulum Herbst.
Flenicocerus exsculptus Germ.
Octhebius pygmeus F,
Stenus speculator Er.

Stenus flavipes Steph.

Stenus pubescens Steph.
Oxvtelus laqueatus Marsh.
Oxytelus sculpturatus Grav.
Rhizobitus litura F.
Meligethes A-neus F.
Meligethes picipes Sturm.
Enicmus transversus Ol,
Corticaria denticulata Gyll.
AMicrambe vint Panz.
Atomaria mesomelas Herbst.
Agriotes pallidulus I).

Athous Lemorrhotdalis ¥.
Dolopius marginatus L.
Telephorus Lemorrdalis F.
Phedon tumidulum Germ.
Prasocuris phellandrii L.

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey. 247

Longitarsus luridus Scop. Phyllobius pomone Ol,
Crepidodera rufipes L. Barynotus obscurus F.

Apion dichroum Bedel. " Tanysphyrus lemne ¥F.

Apion pist F. Mecinus pyraster Herbst.

Apion humile Germ. Poophagus sisymbrii F.
Phyllobius oblongus L. Ceuthorrhynchidius troglodytes ¥.

With regard to Nebria livida, Mr. Stainforth points out
that it is gratifying to confirm previous reports of this species
at Filey, though it did not occur plentifully. The specimen
recorded was found about half-a-mile south of Filey, by
detaching loose pieces from the clay cliffs, about five feet from
the beach. It is interesting to note that this species occurs in
suitable places along the entire Yorkshire coast, and up to a few
years ago could be taken on the shore of the Humber estuary
near Hull.

The Tiger Beetle (Czc¢ndela campestris) was very abundant
on the clay cliffs above Filey Brig, and the sandy part of the
cliffs were dotted over by the burrows of the larve, which
could be obtained in plenty by carefully digging a few inches
down.

Besides those mentioned below, the botanical section included
Dr. W. G. Smith, Messrs. M. B. Slater, J. J. Marshall, and J. F.
Robinson. The last writes:—The margin of the bay south of
Filey is a portion of the East Riding that appears to have had
scanty attention paid to it by the botanist. So it was an agree-
able surprise to the party who made their way towards Primrose
Valley and beyond, to find there was a remarkably fine bit of
almost virgin soil to investigate. Notwithstanding its boulder-
clay character, the much-slipped and undulating strip of land
between cultivation and the sea is very fertile indeed, and
productive of a host of flowering plants. Gorse* (whin or
furze) in such golden glory as is rarely to be seen elsewhere,
blossomed in dense profusion, almost hiding its stunted bushes.
Although not all in flower there were noted on the ground
traversed Parnassia, Sanguisorba officinalis, Eupatortum, Alche-
milla vulgaris, Orchts mascula, the only bright-flowered species
of orchis to be seen hereabouts, and Habenaria viridis. Of the
higher cryptogams there was a fair quantity of Pterzs, Aspidium,
Lastrea dilatata, Equisefum maximum, E. arvense, EF. palustre,
and &. dimosum. The two last were most conspicuous in the
frequent ponds that are found in hollows on this boulder-clay
tract; and with them were growing Cenanthe fistulosa, Meny-
anthes in its first pale pink, fringed flowers, Sparganium simplex,

* Also particularly fine on the slopes near Gristhorpe Bay.

1903 July 1.

248 Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey.

Tris, Potamogeton natans, etc. But the associations of plants in
these ponds seemed to vary considerably. On marshy ground
the following were found :— A nagallis tenella, Pinguicula vulgaris,
Pedicularts palustris (some specimens with pure white flowers),
Eriophorum latifolium, Juncus effusus, and J. glaucus.

The slopes of Primrose Valley bear a particularly interesting
association of plants, quite the like of which we do not know of
elsewhere in the East Riding.

It includes the following :—Vvola hirta, V. Riviana, Polygala
sp. ? Geranium sanguineum, Ulex europaeus, Genista tinctoria,
Lathyrus montanus, Sptrea Filipendula, Poterium sangutsorba,
Rosa spinosissima, Serratula tinctorta, Carlina vulgaris, and
Stachys Betonica (every plant infested with the characteristic
brown micro-fungus). Of these, the Geranium, Spirea, Rosa,
and Svachyvs were certainly dominant and about equally so.

Several bryologists attended this excursion, and devoted
their attention to the cliffs south of Filey, and entirely in the
East Riding.

Mr. W. Ingham reports :—The Sphagna or bog mosses
appear to be entirely absent from these boulder clay cliffs, as
none were seen. Of other mosses a good number was noted,
all being on the top of the cliffs in damp and shady places, none
being seen on the vertical faces. The mosses noted on three
miles of cliffs southward are :—fvsszdens taxzfolius Hedw.,
Ff. bryotdes Hedw., Ditrichum flexicaule Hpe., Dicranella
heteromalla Schp., D. varia Schp., Ceratodon purpureus Brid. ;
Barbula tophacea Mitt., both a very tall state, known as forma
luxurians Braithw., and the normal state in abundant fruit ;
B. unguiculata Hedw., Wersta viridula Hedw., Trichostomum
crispulum Bruch., Zortula subulata Hedw.; Zygodon viridissimus
R. Br., and Ulota phyllantha Brid., still existing on a tree in
Primrose Valley; Webera albicans Schp.; Bryum pseudo-
triquetrum Schweg.; Bryvum capillare L., near V. rosulatum
Mitt., Zhucdium tamarisctnum B.&S., Pleuropus sericeus
Dixon, Camptothectum lutescens B.&S., Brachythectum albicans
B.&S., B. rutabulum B.&S., B. velutinum B.&S., B. purum
Dixon, Zurhynchium prelongum B.&S., £. striatum B&S.,
E. rusciforme Milde, Amblystegtum serpens B.&S., A. filictnum
De Not, Ayvpnum polygamum Schp. H. Stellatum Schreb. ;
H. aduncum Hedw., var. Anezffii Schp., H. cuspidatum L.,
and AZ. commutatum Hedw., found by Mr. Marshall in fine fruit,
and with its stems encrusted with lime, as is nearly always the
case with this moss. This species has only once previously

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey. 249

been recorded for the East Riding. Its habitat at Filey is most
singular, as pointed out by Mr. Marshall, as the plant is usually
associated with dripping limestone rocks.*

These cliffs are not a suitable home for Hepatics, and few
only were noticed, viz. :—Dplophyllum albicans L., Lophocolea
bidentata ., Kantia trichomanits ., Frullania dilatata L.,
Jungermanita turbinata Raddi., Aneura latifrons Lindb., and
another with the name doubtful at present. Five species of
mosses and two of Hepatics were added to those already known
from these cliffs, and Mr. Marshall deserves credit for adding
three of the former and both the latter.

The mycological contingent consisted of Messrs. T. W.
Woodhead, T. Petch, C. H. Broadhead, W. Haley, and the
secretary of the Mycological Committee, Mr. C. Crosland, who
writes :—-Large fungi, as a rule, not appearing in any quantity
until the month of August, were not looked for. One exception,
however, the St. George’s mushroom, Zyicholoma gambosum,
comes in spring, and was met with in pastures at Gristhorpe,
and on the cliffs at Filey. Collybia velutipes, a semiparasitic
agaric, was also noted growing in clusters from one of the
branches of a sickly Wych elm.

Attention was given to the discovery of minute species and
plant diseases. Thirteen of the latter were met with, some very
prevalent. The coltsfoot, all along the cliffs, both north and
south, was badly infested with Puccrnza poarum, and every plant
of wood betony, in the first valley to the south, with Puccinia
betonice. Here, a wild-rose bush was nearly smothered with
the orange uredo spores of Phraugmidium subcorticatum. Nearly
all the plants of the thistle, Carduus arvensis, on the cliffs, were
covered with Puccinta suaveolens pustules, even to the very
youngest leaves. We did not see much of the marsh marigold
rust, only near the bog-bean and bur-reed pond beyond the
encampment field.

In a branch of the valley a patch of most productive ground
for saprophytic micro species was found. The place was a moist
bank adjoining a small, rapidly-running rill. The vegetation
was typical of such a spot, the plants most in evidence being
(in order of predominence) codlins-and-cream, meadow sweet,
marsh marigold, the grass Deschampsia cespitosa, angelica, fig-
wort, iris, the sedge, Carex riparia, and sprinklings of one or
two others. The community appeared to be a very happy and

*Mr. Ingham adds that he has Hypnum commutatum in his herbarium,
gathered at Filey in August 1897, and less than ten minutes’ walk south.

1903 July 1.

250 Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey.

healthy one, none of the plants being in the least diseased. (On
the other side of the rill rose-campion was attacked by Puccinza
lychnidearum.) It was the dead, out-of-sight plant debris, the
remains of last year’s growth, hid by the new vegetation, that
we had to get at and examine before finding anything. Seven-
teen species of saprophytes, minute but all in fine condition,

rewarded a search of a few square yards.
and Dasyscyphau virginea occurred in great abundance.

flelotium cvathordeum
The

mint rust was seen in a garden, and the mallow rust by the
roadside, both near the shore at Filey.
The: following is a list of the species found :—

BASIDIOMYCETES.

Tricholoma gambosum, in pastures.

Collybia velutipes, on living Wych
Elm.

Moycena capillaris, on decaying herb.
stems.

Mycena stylobates, on rootstock of
Meadow Sweet.

Pleurotus variabilis, on dead leaves.

Stropharia semiglobata, on cattle
dung.

Clavaria unctalis,on dead Umbellifer
stems.

Phlebia vaga, on dead Ulex stems.

Corticitum incarnatum, on dead Ulex
stems, common.

UREDINE.

Puccitnia galit, A£cidium stage, on
Crosswort.

Puccinia calthe, AXcidium stage, on
Marsh Marigold.

Puccinia pimpinelle, A cidium stage,
on Cow Parsnip.

Puccinia menthe, AAcidium stage, on
Garden Mint.

Puccinia poarum, AXcidium stage, on
Coltsfoot.

Puccinia suaveolens, Uredo stage, on
Thistle (C. arvensis).

Puccinia oblongata, Uredo stage, on
field Wood-rush.

Puccinia lychnidearum,Uredo stage,
on Red Campion.

Puccinia betonice, on wood betony.

Puccinia bunitz, on Earth-nut.

Puccinia malvacearum, on
Mallow (JZ. sylvestris).

Marsh

Phragmidium fragariastrum, AECi-
dium, on barren Strawberry.

Phragmidium subcorticatum,
dium, on Wild Rose.

PYRENOMYCETES.

AE Ci-

Lophiostoma caulium, on dead stems
of Epilobium hirsutum.

Spheria complanata, on dead herba-
ceous stemis.

Spherella rumicis, on living leaves
of Cowdock.

DISCOMYCETES.

Spherospora trechispora, on the
ground among moss.

Flelotium cyathoideum, on
herb. stems, common.

Mollista dilutella, on dead stems
of Epilobium hirsutum.

Mollisia atrata, on dead stems of
Meadow Sweet.

Belonidium deparculum, on
stems of Meadow Sweet.

Dasyscypha virginea, on dead herb.

dead

dead

stems, common.
Dasyscypha albo-testacea, on dead
grass stems.

Dasyscypha punctoidea, on dead
stems of Zpzlobium hirsutum.
Dasyscypha fugiens, on dead rushes.
MYXOMYCETES.

Stemonites Friestana,.

Perichena depressa.

Lycogala epidendron.

Craterium confusum.

Didymium effusum (Link) Rost.
HyYPHOMYCETES.

Botrytis fasicularis, on Ulex stems.

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey. 251

Under the head of marine biology Mr. T. Petch writes:
A profitable week-end was spent in exploring the Brig, though
more workers were sorely needed. On the Monday, with the
assistance of several conchologists and ‘unattached’ members,
mollusca received more attention than on the previous days, and
thirty-five species (dead and alive) were observed, incltiding
most of those previously recorded.* Some beautiful iridescent
Eumargarita helictna var. fasciata excited general admiration.
Egg clusters of various species and the ribbons of Zo/zs were
abundant, whilst the enormous numbers of young Myéclus con-
trasted strongly with the scarcity of adults. Chrton (Acantho-
chites) fascicularts was taken, but Craspedochilus cinereus
(= Chitton marginatus) is the prevailing species.

In crustacea, Galathea strigosa was found on the Spittal,
nests of Podocerus were observed on Tubularia, and Amathilla
sabint Was common in the fishing cobles. /dotea marina showed
marked protective colouration, closely matching the Fucus and
differing altogether from the grey specimens of the Humber
ditches. The usually abundant Porcellana longicornis was not
seen. Pycnogonids were represented by Pycnogonum Littorale,
and one specimen each of Phoxichilus spinosus and Phoxichilidium
coccineum, but a general order to ‘hunt for spiders’ failed to
produce any further examples of the last two. Actinia mesem-
bryvanthemum was abundant everywhere, Zealza crassicornts was
rare on the parts examined, and Sagartia, probably troglodytes,
was fairly common in hollows beneath the Fucus. The
Hydrozoa, Polyzoa, and worms which were collected have not
yet been examined. Particulars of these will be given shortly.

It was disappointing to find such a small attendance of
marine zoologists. The idea that this work can only be
carried on at exceptionally low tides is quite erroneous; on the
contrary, it may safely be said that in the present state of our
knowledge of the fauna and flora of the Yorkshire coast, a visit
to Flamborough, Filey, etc., at any low tide will reveal some
form or habit with which the observer is unacquainted ; and only
by the experience and knowledge gained between average tide
levels can we profitably utilise the opportunities afforded: by
exceptional tides.

We are indebted to the photographer, Mr. H. L. Kettle, for
permission to reproduce the photograph of some of the members
taken at Filey (Plate Vila), and to Messrs. A. Brown & Sons for
the loan of the block on page 242. DS:

* “The Naturalist,” Vol. 1X.,, p. 72:

1903 July 1. ;

ty

or

to

LINCOLNSHIRE FRESHWATER MITES.

C. F: GEORGE, M-°R.C:-S:,

Kirton-in-Lindsey, Lincolnshire.

Arrhenurus nonforpicatus n.sp. This mite is of a brick-
red colour, and is in external anatomy very much like Arrhenurus
Jorpicatus Newman. It has the same thick hair-pad on the inner
side of the second joint of the palpus; the petiole is also much

/

Arrhenurus nonforpicatus n.sp.
Upper figure, Dorsal surface.
Lower figure, Tail much magnified.

the same, but it does not possess
the forceps-like formation at the
end of the tail so characteristic
of A. forpicatus. A glance at the
figures of the two mites will show
clearly what I mean. 4d. forpicatus
is a fairly common mite, but I have
only met with one specimen of the

Arrhenurus forpicatus Newman.

mite I am describing, so that it
must be \pretty rare. Mr7Soar
kindly drew the figures from my
specimen. I may say that we
have two varieties of forpicatus,
both fairly common, one a dark
green colour, the other red, but

not the same kind of red as nonforpicatus. However, colour,
though useful, is not always to be relied on; not only does it
differ in the same mite at: different periods of its life cycle, but
mites anatomically alike, differ in colour, in different districts.
Such is especially the case with regard to Diplodontus, which is
usually of a bright scarlet, but in some localities it is of a dirty

yellow.

Naturalist,

bo

30
NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY AND ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE
CAYTHORPE AND LEADENHAM DISTRICT.

HENRY PRESTON, F:G:S.;
Grantham ; President of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union.

THE rock formations examined and described during the visit
of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union to the Grantham district
in August 1902 consist of the Lincolnshire Limestone which
forms the Cliff Hill; the Northampton Sands and the Upper
Lias Clay forming the western slope of the cliff escarpment,
and the Marlstone Rock-bed, which is here worked extensively
for Ironstone. Samples also were seen of the sandy and
micaceous clays of the Middle Lias underlying the Marlstone.
The dip of the strata is mainly to the south-east, and the beds

WE

Fold in the Marlstone Rock near Hough Mill, Caythorpe, Lincolnshire.

lie conformably upon each other, save in a case where the
Lincolnshire Limestone has a decided dip towards the west in
consequence of underground denudation. In this case some
springs which issue on the western slope of the escarpment
have cut away the Northampton Sands and top beds of Upper
Lias and let down the Limestone.* The Ironstone consisted
originally of ordinary Limestone, which subsequent depression
brought in contact with subterranean water capable of depositing
carbonate of iron. An uplift of the rock and denudation then
brought these beds to the earth’s surface, where carbonated
atmospheric water in the form of rain changed the soluble
carbonate into the insoluble oxide of iron, in which form it is
now worked. Folds and, large fissure cracks occur in the

*See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 59, 1903, pp. 29-32.

1903 July 1.

254 Braim.: Pied Flycatcher in Yorkshire.

Marlstone; the illustration (Fig. 1) shows a good anticlinal
fold near Hough Mill, west of Caythorpe, and the sandy clays
of the Middle Lias are well-exhibited beneath the bent rock.

Numerous type fossils of the Marlstone can be collected
from heaps of road-metal along the Pottergate Road, and these
include several interesting examples of Zerebratula punctata,
showing the brachial loop when broken open.

Several fine examples of early British pottery ‘have been
dug up in the Ironstone workings. One small ‘Incense Cup’
of particular interest is illustrated below.

Two Views of ‘Incense Cup’ found at Caythorpe Ironstone Workings.

It is a thick, coarse, partially baked vessel about '% inch thick,
the internal diameter being 2 inches, and 1 inch deep. With
the exception of the inside, it is covered with snort, zig-zag
lines of ornamentation, the design being made with a pointed
stick or similar instrument. Besides the early British urns and
other vessels, various Roman and Saxon bronze fibule and
other personal ornaments have been turned up in the workings,
many of which are now in the Nottingham Castle Museum.

PIED FLYCATCHER IN YORKSHIRE.

ep ES IRGACIONI::
Pickering.

I rrrsT made the acquaintance of this interesting little bird in
April in the early fifties on a bitterly cold Sunday afternoon.

I noticed a bird drop to the ground, so light, so fluffy, and
so unlike any I had seen before that I started from my seat by
the fire, rushed to the window, jumping over obstacles on the
way, and was in time to see a beautiful male of the above
species on the sloppy road.

That stormy night a tragedy happened in the bird-world,
and on the following morning I, who until that time had never

Naturalist,

Braim.: Pied Flycatcher in Yorkshire. 25

ur

seen a Pied Flycatcher, had the fortune or misfortune to pick
up, drowned ina water-tank, one male and three females.

Since this dramatic introduction I have been specially inter-
ested in the bird-—in its habits and local distribution. I long
had the impression that it was a very rare bird, but I find that
everywhere in North Yorkshire it may be met with in suitable
places. Contrary to the habit of its spotted relative it affects
the tops of the highest trees as its hunting ground, but, accord-
ing to observations I have been able to make, it nests near the
ground and never in the higher part of the tree.

On two occasions as I have watched them, lying on my
back, a bird has dropped from a great height and tumbled into
a hole in a tree within a few yards of where I lay. I say
‘tumbled’ and ‘dropped’ advisedly, as these words seem best
descriptive of their movements.

In certain positions and lights their white brows do not
show, and all that is seen is a little ball of black feathers
floating about. This no doubt is the bogie man which the insect
mothers point out to keep ‘in order their unruly youngsters.

At such high elevations as the Flycatchers frequent their
notes are difficult to identify, the incessant chatter of their lively
associates increasing the difficulty; once only have I been
sufficiently near to be certain that the bright, lively ‘chzp’ was
from this bird. This sound is quite unlike the soft, swiping,
pensive note of the spotted species which on its arrival in spring
makes you fancy that you are near fledgling Robins calling to
their parents to hurry up with the next meal.

Its distribution in North Yorkshire is most likely co-exten-
sive with the division of the county. At Briggswath, near
Whitby, where I first met with it, in the Woodlands, the Carrs,
in the Esk Valley ; on the Earl of Mulgrave’s estate; in Eegton,
Glaisdale, and Fryup Woods; at Goathland, Newton Dale,
Pickering, Kirbymoorside, and Helmsley, where it holds high
revel in Duncombe Park. The dales on the Earl of Feversham’s
splendid estate appear to be specially attractive as breeding
grounds. Bilsdale, Farndale, and the smaller dales where tall
trees abound are also favourite haunts. Scarborough, on Lord
Londesborough’s estate ; Hackness to Langdale End; Hoving-
ham, Gilling, Newbury Park, Coxwold to Whitestone Cliff, and
the lordly domain of Castle Howard are included in its summer
homes. It probably is to be found all over Cleveland and in
the neighbourhood of Masham.

It would be interesting to many readers of ‘The Naturalist’
to have other areas indicated where the Pied Flycatcher
breeds.

1903 July 1.

256

DIATOMS IN HOTHAM CARRS, NEAR NORTH CAVE.

Ro He SPHILIP:
Full.

ON the occasion of.the recent excursion of the Hull Scientific
Club to Newport I took a gathering of Diatoms from a ditch in
the low-lying country between the Chalk Wolds and the Market
Weighton canal, described on the map as Hotham Carrs.
On examination under the microscope it was found to consist
chiefly of a beautiful form of Surzre//a, figured and described in
Peragallo’s ‘ Diatomeées Marines de France’ as Surirella medulica
Pet. It appears to be a. variety (of S.> cons/7zeza) Wesmue
(S. Srzzthzz Ralfs), distinguished from the type form by its
straight sides. Peragallo records this variety as found by him

in brackish water at Médoc, a place in the South of France
well known to claret drinkers. Van Heurck states that Swrzrella
Smithit is recorded for brackish waters in England by Wm.
Smith, Combes, and Stolt, and in Ireland by O’Meara. No
previous freshwater records appear to be known, yet here we
find it abundantly ina ditch at least five miles from the Humber,
and in country that has not been overflowed by the tide for at
least a century, and probably for much longer. | It is interesting
to note the survival of a brackish-water form under such con-
ditions. A small percentage of the frustules show a curious
distortion caused by an indentation on one side of the valve,
as shown in the lower figure. Peragallo’s plates show similarly
distorted: forms of Swzzrella labelled as distinct species, 5S.
rentformis Grun. being a distortion of S. gemma Ehr., and
S. Neumeyeri Jan. of S. fastuosa Ehr. .

Naturalist,

THE NATURALIST, 1903. Prater VIII.

Cliffs near Gristhorpe.

to
out
“I

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

Geological Rambles in East Yorkshire, by Thomas Sheppard,
F.G.S. A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Hull.

The energetic Hon. Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union here gives us a work of very high interest and value.
Yorkshire is a county in which there is room for much rambling,
and though it contains more acres than there are letters in the
Bible, there is hardly an acre from which the well-instructed and
alert intelligence may not gather food for pleasant thought and
lessons helpful to his growth in knowledge. Especially from
the rocks and soils ranging in date from the Paleozoic to the
Pleistocene, here carved into bluff coast-cliffs, faulted it may be
and contorted, there rising into mountains or spread out as

Sanwick Nab.

a carpet of tenacious clay or friable loam, may we gather lessons
that will minister at once to our pleasure and our profit.

But we need a guide or we shall wander on, missing both of
these. Now Mr. Sheppard offers himself as a guide, and he is
unquestionably a guide of the right sort. For such purposes there
are two species of guides to be specially eschewed. There is the
man who does not rightly know the subject on which he presumes
to instruct us. His knowledge has been out of date for the last
ten years—a small space of time in geology, but an enormous
period in our knowledge of geology at the present rate of
progress. And then there is the man whose knowledge is
1903 July r. R

258 Reviews and Book Notices.

all right, but who cannot get it out of him in such a way as to
benefit us. It comes out in the form of awful polysyllabic words
which belong to a language of which we know nothing, and
which therefore repel us, and convey to us no meaning. Most
of our would-be guides belong to one or other of these two
classes. Mr. Sheppard does not. He knows his Yorkshire and
he knows his geology. His knowlege is well up-to-date, and
he does not employ verba sesquipedalia when a monosyllable will
equally well serve his turn. He starts from the Spurn and takes
us right round the coast to Redcar, gossiping pleasantly the
while regarding the ‘solid’ geology, and the geology which is
not solid. Then he takes us back to the mouth of the Humber
and thence to the top of the Wolds, from which, having learnt
all about them, we wander back into Holderness, and finish at
Paull, which is doubtless a nice quiet place at which to rest after
so long aramble. And a rest we shall surely want, because not
only will our minds be full to overflowing with hard facts need-
ing digestion, but our bags will be full of fossils and fragments
of ‘travelled rocks’—the planets of the geological world—which
migrated ages ago, as though seeking a more congenial climate,
from Scandinavia or the Scotch or Cumbrian mountains.

There is not a dull page in Mr. Sheppard’s book, which, by
the way, contains some 250 pages with over 50 illustrations in
the best style, a geologically coloured map of the district, and
a full index. As we read the author's accounts of recent
discoveries in the area with which he deals, we feel that though
there is no assertion of the guorum pars magna fut yet his own
geological work in the area has been of considerable importance.
Doubtless in the future he will, by original investigation, help
on the geological knowlege of the district of East Yorkshire,
but possibly in this respect he will do nothing more effective
than he has done in writing the work before us, for we trust
that it will whet the appetite of many a tyro for knowledge of
the earth’s crust and of the successive changes which it has
undergone, and that the stimulus received from it will result in
the production of a large band of intelligent and enthusiastic
workers to add their labours to those of that body of Yorkshire
geologists which is now far in advance of any similar body in
any other county. The book ought to find its way into the
hands of everyone who spends a holiday on the Yorkshire coast,
while it is still more interesting to all who dwell in East
Yorkshire. It will form an admirable companion for both
classes of readers.

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 259

We only venture to make one criticism. We should have
liked to have seen the nomenclature of the fossils brought more
completely up-to-date. But we feel sure that a second edition
will soon be called for, which may be even better than the first.
But the book as it stands will be as valuable and indispensable
to the learned geologist visiting the locality as to the general
reader who makes his first acquaintance with geological science
by a perusal of its pages.

For the specimen illustration and plate we are indebted to

the publishers. fsa S|
ee

The Victoria History of the Counties of England.—Northamp-
tonshire.—Entomology. Archibald Constable & Co. Limited.

We have received the Entomological portion of another of these county
histories, which, like the two already noticed in this journal, is edited
by Mr. Herbert Goss, F.L.S., Secretary to the Entomological Society of
London. Compared with the two previous histories (Hampshire and
Surrey), one cannot help noticing the meagreness of this list, which shows
clearly how little is yet known of the insect fauna of Northamptonshire.
The only order, indeed, which seems to have been fairly well worked is the
Lepidoptera, and that only applies to the ‘ Macros,’ the ‘ Micros’ having
evidently been almost neglected. We notice, indeed, the entire absence
from the list of three species which we took ourselves at Barnwell Wold in
June 1881, and which were duly recorded in the ‘ Entomologist’s Monthly
Magazine,’ and certainly ought not to have been overlooked. We allude
to Nola cristulalis, Botys lanceolalis, and Pterophorus galactodactylus, the
first and last of which were tolerably common. The part is got up in the
same admirable manner as its predecessors, under the same editorship ;
but its chief use should be as a stimulus to the local entomologist to remove
the reproach from a county which, from our own experience and knowledge,
must be a productive area in this branch of its natural history.—G. T. P.

— 0>¢e —

Nature Studies (Plant Life), by G. F. Scott Elliott. Crown 8vo.,
pp. Vil.+352. Blackie & Son. 3s. 6d.

The author states that ‘this book is written with a view of helping those
non-professional lovers of ‘Nature Study’ who are really interested in the
mystery of plant life.’ To such the book will not only be helpful but
stimulating, and will suggest to them many new lines of thought and work.
It will also be found useful for the professional nature student, who often
is not really interested in the mysteries of plant life, but if he were to
read carefully through these pages, and use his eyes aright, could not fail
to become interested. The work is illustrated by numerous diagrams,
usually very clear and striking, also several from photographs. Bionomics
is its dominant feature, and in this respect reminds us of several with
which American botanists have recently made us familiar. Field
botanists, wishing to become acquainted with the numerous biological
problems necessary for successful survey work, will find here much of
value. Teachers too will obtain many hints from its pages which will serve
to fill with interest the dry morphological details of many text books. It is
essentially an account of living things as distinct from a mere glossary.
We can heartily recommend the work to all students who wish to widen
their conceptions of plant life. The author has had considerable experience
as traveller, collector, and teacher, and although at times speculative, we
can generally rely on his version of the facts. Unfortunately, he has
attempted to cover a very wide field, and consequently several important
features have been summarily dealt with.

1903 July 1.

260

Reviews and Book Notices.

Mineralogy: an Introduction to the Scientifc Study of Minerals.

By Henry A. Miers, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., etc.

with two coloured plates and 716 illustrations in the text.

Macmillan & Co. 1902. Price 25s.

In this handsome volume Pro-
fessor Miers offers to the student of
mineralogy a text-book of a kind
which has long been a desideratum,
and we do not doubt that it will be
heartily welcomed by students and
teachers alike. The author points
out in his preface that certain im-
portant branches of mineralogy,
viz., those dealing with the origin,
occurrence, associations, and geo-
logical relations of minerals, have
been excluded; and accounts for
their omission by the consideration
that they are of sufficient magnitude
to deserve a separate volume. We
hope that we may regard this not
merely as an apology, but as a
promise. Apart from this the work
is admirable as a text-book almost

Aragonite from Cumberland.

8vo., pp. Xviii. +585 ;
London:

Witherite from Hexham.

as much for what it omits as for
what it includes. The judgment
shown in this respect marks it as
the production of one who is a
successful teacher no less than a
practised mineralogist.

The principal bulk of the volume
divides into two nearly equal parts ;
the one devoted to the properties of
minerals in general, the other deal-
ing with the more important mineral
species severally. The general part
begins with a discussion of crystal-
line form and an account of the six
crystallographic systems, and pro-
ceeds to the conjunctions of crystals,
twinning, vicinal faces, and the
measurement of crystals on the
goniometer. This covers the geo-
metrical properties of crystals.
The next section treats of the
crystallophysical properties, such
as elasticity, cohesion, etc., and
especially the optical characters.
These are described lucidly and
sufficiently fully, the author prefer-
ring to make use of the ‘indicatrix,’
though he does not entirely discard
Fresnel’s ellipsoid. There remains
those properties, such as_ specific
gravity and specific heat, which are
not specially related to crystal form,
and the chemical properties cf
minerals, of which a useful summary
is given. Particularly acceptable is
the chapter devoted to isomorphism,
vicarious replacement, etc., contain-
ing much material which the student

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 261

will be glad to have in a collected form. This general part of the book
concludes with chapters on the description and determination of minerals ;
but there are two appendices, one on the thirty-two classes of crystals and
the other, rather tantalising in its brevity, on theories of crystal-structure.

In the second part of the work the author has constantly borne in mind
the difference between a text-book and a book of reference, and has
judiciously abstained from hampering the accounts of the several minerals
with a mass of details which no student could hope to remember. Thus,
instead of a long list of localities for each species, we have two or three,
with some note of the mode of occurrence of the mineral in each case.
There is further a due proportion observed in the prominence given to the
several minerals, and the relationship subsisting between different species
are clearly brought out. A number of tables appended to the volume will
be found of great value in the discrimination of minerals by mensurable
properties. They include tables of mean refractive index, of birefringence,
of optic axial angle, and of specific gravity, the minerals being arranged
in each case according to the property specified.

The book is well illustrated throughout. A new and admirable feature
is a number of shaded drawings of actual crystals or groups of crystals,
examples of which we are permitted to give here. Another interesting
illustration is a coloured plate of the interference-figure of a section of
orthoclase printed by the three-colour collotype process.—A. H.

nek 2 ck el

Country Rambles. By W. Percival Westell. London: H. J.
Drane. 1903. tos. 6d. This work is apparently a verbatim reproduction
of the author’s diary, kept during the year 1goo. It contains entries for
every day in the year, which have reference principally to Hertfordshire.
The notes are chiefly ornithological, though, on dates when nothing unusual
has turned up, references to the weather, or the absence of certain birds,
etc., are included. A great number of the entries are of a very trifling
character, and make the perusal of even a few pages very irritating—
‘Lovely day. Most birds singing.’ ‘I was tempted out in the garden
early by the brilliant sunshine, and did a bit of gardening,’ etc., etc. The
book is exceptionally well illustrated by photographs and drawings, the
former being usually very good, though it is difficult to see in what
Way some are connected with the work. The numerous photographs
illustrating various phases of bird life are particularly interesting.
Photographs of the Punjaub Wild Sheep, Ibex, Tiger, etc., were rather
unexpected, but apparently are the result of a visit made by the author to
the Zoo. The book has the advantage of an index, from which it appears
that some of the commoner birds, etc., have been referred to an enormous
number of times—in one instance over a third of the number of daily
entries. On looking them up we find usually the bare statement that the
bird was, or was not, seen or heard. ‘Country Rambles’ is evidently the
work of an enthusiast, who must be congratulated on having kept so
complete a diary, and on having it published.

a > ee

Part 29 of the Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, issued
(together with Part 28) to the members for 1902, has been published. It
contains the Rev. W. Fowler’s presidential address for 1901, the goth and
41st Annual Reports of the Union and lists of members, Reports of the
Soppit Memorial Committee, and reprints of the 1901 and 1902 excursion |
programmes. It can be obtained from the Secretary of the Y.N.U. at the
Museum, Hull. The price to non-members is one shilling.

Oo -

The Birmingham and Midland Institute Scientific Society has issued
a most valuable volume of ‘ Records of Meteorological Observations taken
at the Observatory, Edgbaston, 1902,’ by Mr. A. Creswell. Price 2s. The
volume contains numerous charts.

1903 July 1.

262

FIELD NOTES.

BIRDS.

Bullfinch near Horncastle.—<A remarkable feature in this
neighbourhood in recent weeks has been the great number of
Bullfinches (Pyrrhula europea). 1 have sometimes seen from
20 to 30 in the hedgerows during a walk of a couple of miles. —
J. Conway Wa tter, Langton Rectory, 13th March, 1903.

Woodchat Shrike at Speeton.—On Saturday, oth May,
I saw a fine male Woodchat Shrike (Lanius pomeranus) among
the furze bushes on the broken ground on what is known as the
Speeton Middle Cliff. I was sitting at the time, and the bird
came and perched on the top of a bush some twenty paces off.
Having often seen this easily-recognisable Shrike in other
localities (out of England) I think that I can hardly have made
a mistake in my identification of this somewhat rare species.—
C. G. DANForRD, Reighton.

Lincolnshire Bird Notes.—On 17th May igo2 I and my
son Dennis put a Corn-Bunting ((/z/zarza miliaria) off her nest
under a bush in a ditch by the road from Kirton Lindsey to.
Redbourne. The nest contained three half-incubated eggs. On
the 13th May this year we found another nest in the same place
which also contained three slightly-incubated eggs. It is not
likely that either season eggs had been taken from the nest,
which is well away from any village. We should not have
discovered it had we not been studying a form of the variety
albo-fasctata of Helix aspersa which occurs in the broken
Lincolnshire Limestone bed in the ditch at the spot. Three
eggs two years running is exceptionable. In Redbourne we
saw two pairs of Whinchats (Pratincola rubetra), which are not
nearly as common as in the late sixties and early seventies. —
E. AprR1IAN WoopRuFFE PEACOCK, Cadney, Brigg.

———_#<+e___

MOLLUSCS.

Snails on Roof of Bridlington Priory Tower.— When our
Driffield Naturalist Club was visiting Bridlington Priory on
Saturday, 2nd May 1903, a boy of the party secured at least
a dozen Hygrania hispida of varying sizes which he had found at
the top of the very high tower. Unfortunately they were all dead
specimens. Probably the wild winter had been too much for
them. They were in a fair state of preservation considering

their position and exposure.—E. P. BLackBurn, Driffield.
Naturalist.

Field Notes. 263

Amphipeplea glutinosa at Tetney, Lincolnshire.—Amphz-
peplea glutinosa has once been recorded for Lincolnshire, namely,
in ‘The Naturalist,’ 1894, p. 68, where mention is made of
a single specimen found floating seawards with the water of the
Mar Dyke at Saltfleetby All Saints. The object of the present
note is to record the existence of a considerable assemblage of
this curious and beautiful Pulmonate at Tetney, where it was
found by Mr. C. S. Carter and the writer on 17th April 1902.
It occurred in a drain of good size by the left of the road
running from the village to the lock (by the right of the road at
this place is the great Tetney Drain); here it was creeping on
the mud in good numbers, and was far more plentiful than
Limnea pereger, L. stagnalis, etc., which occurred with it. In
July of the same year, when the locality was visited by Mr.
Carter and Mr. G. K. Gude, F.Z.S., only two or three young
individuals and a few dead shells were found; and fears were
entertained as to the permanence of the colony. In April last,
however, when Mr. Carter, Mr. Roebuck, and the writer were
at Tetney, the animal was again found in all its former
abundance, in various stages of growth, and inhabiting the
drain as before for a distance of about 150 yards. Among the
plants of the place is the curious Bladderwort (U¢ricularia
vulgaris), and in summer the proud heads of Budomus umbellatus
stand high above the water.—H. Wa tiis Kew, London, 25th
May 1903.

Spherium corneum on the Toes of Toads.—On 17th April
1902, the day of the finding of Amphipfeplea as above noted,
Toads were plentiful in the drains at Tetney ; and we secured
five, to the toes of the hind feet of which individuals of Spherium
corneum were firmly affixed. Four carried one shell each, while
the fifth, a small toad, had two full-sized shells on the toes of
the same foot. The molluscs—conspicuous in this position
through the clear water on a dark bottom—were clinging with
great tenacity, as usual in such cases, by closure of the valves
of the shell, between which no doubt the toads had accidentally
intruded their toes. Occurrences of this kind, as the reader
will probably remember, have several times been recorded, this
same Spherium corneum having been found attached not only
to the toes of Toads, but also to those of Frogs, Newts, a
Snipe, the Great Water-Beetle (Dytiscus), the Water-Scorpion
(Nepa), and the larva of a Dragon Fly.—H. WaALLIs Kew,
London, 25th May 1903.

1903 July 1.

264 Field Notes.

LEPIDOPTERA.

Cleveland Lepidoptera.—On 5th July 1902 I took a few
specimens of Asfpzlazes strigillaria, hitherto unrecorded for the
district, on the heathery slopes of the great glacial overflow
valley, Ewe Crag Slack, Danby. Two or three larve of Agrofis
agathina were noted on Ingleby Moor on 21st June. I found
three fine specimens of Se/enia lunaria at rest on grass-stalks in
hedges at Ingleby, Ayton, and Acklam during June, and as
illustrating the backward season Hepzalus humuli was on the
wing, in Middlesbrough Park, on 18th August, my previous
latest date being 5th July 1899. On the few occasions I went
sugaring hardly anything turned up.—FrRaNnkK ELGeEE, Middles-
brough, 28th April 1903.

Liparis salicis near Selby.—When collecting at Bishop’s
Wood, with the Rev. C. D. Ash, of Skipwith, on Saturday, 6th
June, we picked off several larve of Zzparis salicrs from poplar.
I know of no previous record of its occurrence there, though
with so much poplar in the wood it is natural enough to expect
it. On the other hand, the wood has been so well worked for
probably forty years or more, it would be strange for so con-
spicuous a species to have been missed for so long if it existed.
There is an old record for the species at Selby (1864), but I
know of no other for the vicinity until this.—Gro. T. Porritt,
Huddersfield, 8th June 1903.

ey

COLEOPTERA.

Otiorhynchus muscorum Bris. near Carlisle.—On 28th
March this year I took a single specimen of this Weevil from
moss growing in a hedge bottom about three miles from this
city, and a week later a supplementary pair in the same locality.
This is a new record for Cumberland.—Jas. Murray, Carlisle,
27th May 1903.

ee

FLOWERING PLANTS.

Botanical Notes at Grantham.—On the occasion of the
excursion of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union to Grantham,
30th July 1902, a full list of the flora was taken as usual, but
it was rather disappointing, for Z7rigonella purpurascius and
Hypocheris maculata, two of the rarest species of this neigh-
bourhood, were not seen. TZhestum, however, was flourishing
on the old spot on the High Dyke at Fulbeck. Szlene noctifiora
was rather out of place at Caythorpe on the limestone, and must

Naturalist,

Field Notes. 26

un

have been brought with seed. Astragalus danicus and Hippo-
crepis comosa were all along the ‘old street.’ Saxzfraga
tridactylites only in one spot. Caucalis nodosa at Hall's Hill,
Grantham, and C. arvenszs at Little Ponton. Gallium mullugo
at Fulbeck. Asperula cynanchica all along the High Dyke.
Artemisia vulgaris at Leadenham. Cnzicus acaults x arvensts on
High Dyke. Serratula tinctoria, type, near Byard’s Leap. A
pale lilac form of Centaurea Scabiosa was taken by Mr. F. M.
Burton, probably in Fulbeck parish. Secularia was common
in cornfields. Lzthospermum arvense at Fulbeck. Hyoscyamus
on waste ground at Caythorpe Station ; Calamintha clinopodium
at Caythorpe, along with C. arvensis, and the fore albo form at
Byard’s Leap. Galeopsts Tetrahit, and the form /flore-albo, both
on escarpments between Caythorpe Station and ‘The Court.’
Lamium amplexicaule, both the long and short corolla forms, on
the High Dyke, Fulbeck. The subacute-leafed form of Rumex
obtusifolius between Leadenham and Fulbeck. Pariefaria in
Caythorpe village. A curious form of Juncus acutiflorus, pro-
cumbent and rooting at the nodes was found on the bank of
a pond near Caythorpe Station, along with Alopecurus gent-
culatus. Keleria, Festuca rigida, and Bromus erectus on the
High Dyke.—E. A. WoopruFFE PEAcock, Cadney, Sept. 1902.
ss MOAT
MOSSES.

Mosses at Grantham.—Very few mosses were taken on
the occasion of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ visit to Grantham
in July 1902, owing to the dry weather and somewhat hurried
round; nevertheless one turned up, new to Div. 13, viz.,
Encalypla streptocarpa, on the High Dyke. The district is a
good one for mosses; ninety species have been taken in Cay-
thorpe parish alone. The following is a short selection :—
Ditrichum flexicaule Hpe. Barbula rubella Mitt. Butophacea
and Camptothectum lutescens B.&S., limestone pits. TZortula
pusilla Mitt., Z. lamellata Ldb., 7. ambigua Angstr. Bryum
argenteum var. lanatum B.&S., mud capped walls. Orthotrichum
saxatile Milde, stone walls. Zygodon arrzdissimus R.Br. Leuco-
don scturoides Schwegr. Tortula papillosa Wils., T. mutica Ldb.,
on trees. Wezsta crispa Mitt. Pottia minutula Firm., P.
bryordes Mitt. SF vsstdens exilis Hedw., in thin pastures. Poétia
lanceolata C.M. Eurhynchium crassinervium B.&S., £. Swartsit
Hobk. Hypnum chrysophyllum Brid. Climactum dendroides
W.&M., banks and pastures.—S. C. Stow, Grantham, Sept.
1902.

266
CARBONIFEROUS VEGETATION AT BRADFORD.

W. CUDWORTH,
Bradford.

IN consequence of the energy of the members of its various
scientific societies, the neighbourhood of Bradford is being
carefully ‘worked,’ especially as regards its geological features.
To students of geology the immediate district affords ample
opportunity for research owing to the diversity of its physical
features. It is especially rich in the flora of the Carboniferous

Fossil Tree at Bradford.

period, and many examples of the fossil tree (Szgz//arza) and its
connected roots (Ségmuaria) have been unearthed. A well-known
example of this type was discovered at Clayton, two miles from
Bradford, some years ago, and was secured by Professor
Williamson for Owens College, Manchester. Its diameter was
3 feet g inches; the circumference of the largest root, near the
trunk, 6 feet 6 inches. One root hada length of about 16 feet,
and the ramifications of the various root branches spread over
an area of about go feet. This specimen, however, is but one

Naturalist,

Petty; Newts tn Cumberland, 1705. 267

of many found in the Bradford area. Each of the five public
parks possesses an example. The most recent discovery of
this kind forms the subject of the illustration, and was laid bare
in excavating for an extension of the Rawson Place Provision
Market, which is in the heart of Bradford. The specimen was
photographed in situ, but has since been removed to Peel Park,
Bradford. The upright trunk, as usual, had been denuded.
The diameter of the portion of the trunk remaining is about
two feet. The largest root is 15 ft. 6 in. long, another is
13 ft. 4 in., and there are two forks of smaller dimensions. The
thickness of the two roots nearest the trunk is 1 ft. 5 in. and
1 ft. 3 in. respectively, the other roots falling away to g inches,
7 inches, and less.

The fossil was found at a depth of 16 feet, and occurred
under about 8 feet of impure sandstone. It rested upon the
well-known Elland flagstone. The exigencies of the situation
prevented the ramifications of the roots being followed on the
north side.

On the lower floor (upon which the gentleman in the illustra-
tion is standing) were well-defined ripple marks.

Within two hundred yards of this place, no fewer than seven
similar fossil trees were found a few years ago, the stumps
varying in size from 1 ft. 6 in. to 2 ft. 6 in. in diameter.

$<

AM PHIBIA.

Newts in Cumberland, 1705.—I have no proof that the
words in italics below really represent newts, but as in 1705 it
is probable that the bait employed would be either minnows or
other small fry or worms, which newts readily take, I give the
record here as for newts.

A question in ‘Notes and Queries’ was answered by Lord
Aldenham by a suggestion that the words were a mis-reading
of water-evett, which, in his lordship’s early schoolboy days in
Somersetshire, was used for the ‘water-lizard’ (‘Notes and
Queries, 6th June 1903, p. 451).

Bishop Nicholson writes in his diary :—‘June 18 (1705).
Munday.—Early to meet Mr. Gibbon at W. Gasgarth’s:
whence we went to Threlkeld Tarn, to fish (as it prov’d) for
nothing but Water-Emmets, no fish being ever known to live in
y‘ cold Lake.’ Nicholson’s Diaries III., Zvans. Cumb. and Westm.
Antig. and Archeol. Soc., N.S. Iff., p. 14 (1903).—S. L. PETTY,
Ulverston, 6th June 1903.

1903 July 1.

268
NORTHERN NEWS.

The third Field Day of the Durham County Naturalists’ Union will be
held in Upper Weardale on 11th July, in connection with which an interesting
programme has been arranged.

A new British Vztrea (V. rogersz) is described by Mr. B. B. Woodward
in the April number of the ‘ Journal of Conchology.’ It is from Cheshire,
and named after the late Mr. T. Rogers, of Manchester, who first found
British specimens in 1870.

The annual meeting of the Barrow Naturalists’ Field Club was held in
April. From the report sent to us the society appears to be in an excep-
tionally flourishing condition. The membership is now nearly 300, no fewer
than 90 new members having been elected during the year. Mr. Harper
Gaythorpe, who has done so much for the society, was re-elected President.

Messrs. W. West and G. S. West have sent us a copy of their excellent
*Notes on Freshwater Algz.—III.,’ reprinted from the ‘Journal of Botany,’
which includes several northern county records. The paper is accompanied
by three plates, in which the following species of interest to our readers are
figured :—Conferva affinis Kutz (Yorkshire and the Lake District) ; Chlovo-
botrys regularis West (generally distributed through British Sphagnum-bogs),
and J/neffigiata neglecta West and G. S. West.

The annual report of the Halifax Scientific Society indicates that the
society continues to do useful work. An increase in the membership and
attendances at the meetings is recorded. It is suggested that the society
should issue ‘Annual Transactions’ in place of the ‘ Halifax Naturalist,’
which has now been issued for seven years.

From the reports of various Yorkshire natural history societies to hand
it is pleasing to note to what a large extent the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
Winter Lecture Scheme has been taken advantage of. Whilst they have
not been of great advantage to the Union, directly, there is no doubt that
the societies have benefited.

The Bradford Scientific Association has made a new departure in its
work by appointing sections for definite study during the summer months.
These are under the leadership of capable men and no doubt good will come
of the venture.

‘The Report on the Eruptions of the Soufriére, in St. Vincent, in 1902,
and on A Visit to Montagne Pelée, in Martinique.’ Part I., by Dr. Tempest
Anderson and Dr. J. S. Flett, has been issued by the Royal Society (Phil.
Trans. A., Vol. 200, 1903, pp. 353-553, plates 21-39).

Mr. J. Beanland, of 7, Oulton Terrace, Horton Road, Bradford, asks for
any information about G. P. Nicholson, a botanist who collected and
exchanged a large number of Yorkshire plants between the years 1823 and
1834. He has recently seen Nicholson's herbarium, which is in an excellent
state, in bound volumes, and contains many of the very best Yorkshire
plants, viz., Hutchinsia petrea, Sedum villosum, Scheuchzeria palustris,
Cypripedium calceolus, Aspidium lonchitis, etc., etc. His correspondents
include Tatham, Hooker, Rev. — Harriman, Rev. — Wilson, and Thompson.

The title of the ‘Manchester Geological Society’ has been altered to
‘The Manchester Geological and Mining Society.’

The Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society visited Scarborough
for Whitsuntide, and an admirable pamphlet of ‘ Descriptive Remarks,’ by
C. Fox-Strangways, was issued in connection with the excursion.

The 73rd meeting of the British Association will be held at Southport
from Wednesday, 9th September 1903. The president-elect is Sir Norman
Lockyer, K.C.B., F.R.S. Professor W. W. Watts, M.A., is the president
of the Geological Section, and Mr. A. C. Seward, M.A., F.R.S., is president
of the Botanical Section.

Naturalist,

269
DURHAM DIPTERA.

Rev, W. J. WINGATE,
St. Peter's Vicarage, Bishop Auckland.

ABOUT six or seven years ago, when old Natural History tastes
had been revived by country residence after years of town work,
I thought how stupid it was not to know anything about the
common flies which crowded the windows in summer. So
I turned my attention to the Diptera, and since then I have been
collecting in the county of Durham only. The following, com-
prising 559 species and varieties, are those I have caught and
been able to identify with reasonable certainty up to the present.
Of course there are many more not yet identified. Several
which puzzled me have been named or checked by experienced
dipterists, and I have especially to thank Mr. Austen, Col.
Yerbury, Mr. Collin, Mr. Henderson, Mr. Wainwright, Herr
P. Stein, and Mr. Grimshaw for their kind help from time to
time. I am sending all the specimens to the Newcastle Museum
to form the nucleus of a collection of the Diptera of Durham
and Northumberland. I shall be glad to help to the best of
my ability any beginner taking up the study of the Diptera.
Begin young. I wish I had begun younger. But better late
than never, only—begin. I would like to have one fellow
worker at least in the two counties.

I should also be greatly obliged if any Durham entomologists,
collecting in other orders, would send me any peculiar Diptera
that they may catch, or that, to their disgust, may appear in
their breeding cages. I have already received several Tachinidae,
which I have not seen on the wing, from an enthusiastic local
lepidopterist, Mr. Greenwell. But I do not want Ichneumons
or anything except two-winged flies.

My collecting has been chiefly in two localities—one inland—
round Bishop Auckland and up Weardale, and one near the sea.
The following is the character of the different localities :—

LOCALITIES.

NortH DurHAM. Gzbside, too-400 ft. Wooded estate on
the Derwent, about 7 miles south-west of Newcastle. J/arley
flill, 500-700 ft. On the ridge east of Gibside; rather bare
colliery district.

SoutH DurHam. An interrupted strip 4-12 miles broad along
the southern border. Beginning from the sea: (1) Hesleden.

1903 July tr.

270 Wingate: Durham Diptera.

Shore, flowery sea banks, sandhills, wooded dene, and farm
land, about 3 miles north of Hartlepool. Collected mostly during
the holiday month of August. Gap of about 16 miles not
examined except at Wynyard. (2) Bishop Auckland, 350 ft.—
Practically the small plot of ground round this vicarage. (3)
Belburn, 350 ft.—Strip of wodd and stream below Auckland.
(4) Escomb, 350 ft.—Wooded Wear banks above Auckland.
(5) Evenwood. (6) Gibsonees. (7) Raby. (8) Barnard Castle.—
Wooded river banks and parks 300-500 ft.—South of Auckland.
(9) Harperley, 4oo ft.—Wooded Wear banks. (10) Shipley, 400-
700 ft.—Wooded glen with bog at the top. (11) Shull, 600-
goo ft.—Pine woods with streams. (12) Bollihope, 700-goo ft.
—A dale running into Weardale. (13) Stanhope, 700-900 ft.—
Wooded dene. (14). Waskerley, 700-1,300 ft.—Wooded glen
and moorland. (15) Wearhead, 1,000-1,500 ft.—High dales
and moors. All from 2 to 15 except 7 and 8 are in Weardale
and its tributaries. .

ARRANGEMENT.—This is founded on Mr. Verrall’s ‘ List of
British Diptera,’ second edition, the appearance of which some
time ago was most welcome.

I have added a few notes on certain species to which the
asterisk calls attention.

Fam. *MYCETOPHILIDA.

Mycetophila punctata Mg. Common.

Mycetophila cingulum Mg. Bishop Auckland, window, two ?s, Oct.-
Nov. 1901.

Glaphyroptera fascipennis Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?, Sept. 1900.

Lasiosoma hirtum Mg. Bishop Auckland, two és, May 1goo.

Sciophila ornata Mg. Shull, one ?, September rgoo.

Macrocera fasciata Mg. Gibside. one 9? ; Bishop Auckland, one ?,
July 1900.

Bolitophila fusca Mg. Stanhope, one 9, May igoo.

Bolitophila cinerea Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g and one?, May 1900;
Harperley, one g, June 1900.

Fam. BIBIONIDA.

Scatopse notata L. Bishop Auckland, six ¢. May 1900; Hesleden, one g,
Aug. 1900.

Scatopse brevicornis Mg. Hesleden, one g, Aug. 1g00.

Dilophus febrilis L. Hesleden, Bishop Auckland, Evenwood, Bollihope,
Wearhead, one 6 each, June-Aug. 1897-1901.

*Dilophus femoratus Mg. Bishop Auckland, one 9? ; Evenwood, one 2,
June 1897.

Bibio pomone F. Shull, twodés, Sept. 1900; Wearhead, three 6s, Aug.
1901 ; Harperley, one ?, July 1900.

Bibio marci L. Escomb, eight gs and one?, May 1897; Evenwood,
one 2, April 1897 ; Bishop Auckland, one ?, Oct. r1goo.

Naturalist,

Wingate: Durham Diptera. 27

Bibio laniger Mg. Belburn, eight és and two 9s, May 1900; Shull,
one g, 1901; Harperley, one g and one ?, June 1900; Escomb, one ?,
May 1899.

Bibio johannis L. Witton, one 6; Escomb, one g, April 1898; Belburn,
four gs and three ?s, May 1899; Gibsonees, one 6, June 1899: Har-
perley, one 6, June 1900; Hesleden, three gs and three ?s, April rgor.

Fam. SIMULID/E.

Simulium reptans L. Hesleden, eighteen ?s, April 1901.
Simulium latipes Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g, Nov. 1900; one ?, May
1902.
Fam. CHIRONOMID£E.

Chironomus plumosus L. Common.

Chironomus annularis Deg. Hesleden, one 6, Aug. 1900; Harperley,
three ¢s, May 1899.

Chironomus flaveolus Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?, July 1900.

Chironomus pedellus Deg. South Durham, two és.

Chironomus brevitibialis Ztt. Bishop Auckland, one ¢ and one 9, May
1900.

Chironomus pictulus Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g, May 1902.

Chironomus nubeculosus Mg. Bishop Auckland, two 9s and three 9s,
May 1902.

Cricotopus tremulus L. Escomb, one g and one ?, June 1899; Bishop
Auckland, one ?, June 1897.

Cricotopus bicinctus Mg. Bishop Auckland, two gs and nine ?s, May-
June 1897-1900.

Cricotopus annulipes Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g and seven ?s, May
1900; Escomb, one ¢, June 1899.

Cricotopus sylvestris F. Bishop Auckland, five és and four 9s, April
1902.

*“Orthocladius dolens Wik. Gibside, eight gs and one ?, April 1808.

Orthocladius stereorarius Mg. Gibside, one ¢, April 1898; Bishop
Auckland, one ¢, May 1900; Hesleden, three ¢s, Aug. 1900.

Tanytarsus tenuis Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g and three ¢s, April,
May, and Oct. 1897-1900.

Tanytarsus flavipes. Gibside, three ¢s and two 9s, April 1808 ; Bishop
Auckland, one g, April 1898; Harperley, four gs, May 1899.

Metriocnemus fuscipes Mg. Bishop Auckland, nine gs and one @,
March 1903.

Tanypus varius. Hesleden, one ¢, April 1901; one 9, Aug. 1900.

Tanypus nebulosus Mg. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1900; Bishop Auckland,
three ¢s, Sept. 1902.

Tanypus choreus. Hesleden, one ¢, Aug. 1900.
Tanypus carneus. Bishop Auckland, one ?, May 1897.
Tanypus melanops Mg. Belburn, one 3, May 1900.

Fam. CULICID/.

Culex nemorosus Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?, July 1900.

Culex pipiens L. Bishop Auckland, one g and two ?s, Jan.-Nov. 1900-
1902; Hesleden, one ?, April 1go1.

Culex ciliaris L. Bishop Auckland, one g and one? , May and Aug. 1900.
Fam. DIXIDZ.

Dixa aprilina Mg. Gibside, one g, April 1898.

1903 July x.

272 Wingate: Durham Diptera.

Fam. PTYCHOPTERIDA.
Ptychoptera contaminata L. Hesleden, one g, Aug. 1899; Waskerley,
one 6, April rgor.
Ptychoptera lacustris Mg. Bedburn, one ?, July 1902.
Ptychoptera albimana F. South Durham, three gs, 1899.
Ptychoptera scutellaris Mg. Bishop Auckland, one 6, June 1902.

Fame LIMNOBID-.

Limnobia quadrinotata Mg. Gibside, one ¢.

Limnobia nubeculosa Mg. Bishop Auckland, one 6 and one ?, May
1900; Harperley, one 6, June 1900; Raby, three és and two?s, May
1901; Barnard Castle, one 9, June rgotr.

Limnobia flavipes F. Shipley, one g, April 1898; Hesleden, one g and
two @s, June 1902.

Limnobia tripunctata F. Shipley, one ¢, April 1898; Hesleden, one 6
and two ?s, Aug.; Bishop Auckland, two gs and two 9s, June 1902.

Limnobia trivitta Schm. Hesleden, four gs and four 9s, Aug. Igor.

Dicranomyia modesta Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g and one ?, June
1902.

Dicranomyia chorea Mg. Common everywhere.

Dicranomyia dumetorum Mg. Hesleden, two és and one 2, Aug. 1902.

Rhiphidia maculata Mg. Bishop Auckland, two és and one ?; Shull,
one g: Raby, one 9; Wearhead, one 9, June-Sept. 1897-1901.

Antocha opalizans O.Sack. Bishop Auckland, one 6, June 1902.

Empeda flava Schum. Bishop Auckland, one g, June 1902.

Empeda nubila Schum. Bishop Auckland, two gs and two 9s, May 1902.

Gonomyia, apparently two species, possibly tenella Mg. and scutellata
Ege. Hesleden, és and 9s, Aug. 1902.

Acyphona maculata Mg. Hesleden, one g and one 2, Aug. 1902.

Molophilus appendiculatus Staeg. Bishop Auckland, Harperley, Hesle-
den, four gs and four 9s, June-Aug. 1902.

Molophilus propinquus Egg. South Durham, one 6; Brancepeth, one
9, June 1902; Hesleden, two ?s, Aug. 1902.

Molophilus bifilatus Verr. Hesleden, one ¢, Aug. 1900.

felons obscurus Mg. South Durham, one ¢; Hesleden, one 92,
Aug. 1902.

Rhypholophus lineatus Mg. Stanhope, two 6, May 1goo.
Rhypholophus nodulosus Mcq. Bishop Auckland, one g, May 1900;
Hesleden, one 6, Aug. 1909; Stanhope, one 2, May 1900, common.

Rhypholophus varius Mg. Wearhead, two 6s, Aug. 1900.

Rhypholophus hemorrhoidalis Ztt. Wearhead, one 6, Aug. Igor.

Erioptera flavescens Mg. Wearhead, one 6, Aug. 1901; Brancepeth,
one g and three 2s, June 1902.

Erioptera macrophthalma Lw. Hesleden, one ?, June 1goo.

Erioptera teenionota Me. Bishop Auckland, May 1900.

Erioptera fuscipennis Mg. Bishop Auckland, four gs, May igoo.

Erioptera trivialis Mg. Wearhead, four 6s, Aug. t901 ; Hesleden, one
@, Aug. 1899.

Lipsothrix errans Wik. Belburn, one ¢ and one ?, June 1808.

Idioptera pulchella Mg. Wearhead, two gs, Aug. 1go1.

Dactylolabis gracilipes Lw. WHarperley, two gs, June 1900.

Limnophila Meigenii Verr. Waskerley, one 9, July r1got.

Limnophila dispar Mg. Harperley, three gs, June rgoo.

Limnophila lineola Mg. South Durham, one 9.

Naturalist.

Wingate: Durham Diptera. 273

Limnophila lineolella Verr. Wearhead, one 2, March 1901; Bedburn,
one 6 and one 92, July 1902.

Limnophila ochracea Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, July; Hesleden,
two és and three 9s, Aug. 1902.

Limnophila discicollis Mg. Bedburn, one 6, July 1go2.

Limnophila lucorum Mg. Bedburn, two gs and two @s, July 1902.

Limnophila nemoralis Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?, July 1900; Wear-
head, one 6, Aug. 1901; Hesleden, two 6s, Aug. 1902.

Trichocera annulata Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢ and two @s, Nov.
IQOI.

Trichocera hiemalis Deg. Common in winter.

Trichocera fuscata Mg. Common in winter.

Trichocera regelationis L. Common in winter.

Ula pilosa Schm. Stanhope, one 6, May; Harperley, one ¢, June 1goo.

Dicranota bimaculata Schm. Hesleden, one ¢ and one ?, April 1901.

Amalopis immaculata Mg. Shipley, three gs, May 1898; Bishop Auck-
land, one ?, 1902.

Amalopis unicolor Schm. Harperley, one ¢, June 1902.

Pedicia rivosa L. Gibside, one ¢, 1896; Hesleden, two ¢s, July 1900.

Fam. TIPULIDA..

Pachyrrhina crocata L. Bedburn, two @s, July 1902.

Pachyrrhina histrio F. Bishop Auckland, two gs, July 1900; Hesleden,
one ¢g and three 9s, Aug. 1889.

Pachyrrhina maculosa Mg Bishop Auckland, two ¢s, Bollihope, one
?, June 1897-1901.

Pachyrrhina cornicina L. Bishop Auckland, two gs; Harperley, one? ,
June 1902.

Pachyrrhina guestfalica Westh. Bishop Auckland, one ?, July 1got.

Pachyrrhina analis Schm. Bishop Auckland, one g, July 1902.

Pachyrrhina quadrifaria Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?, July ; Hesleden,
one ¢ and four 9s, Aug. 1goo.

Paciyrrhina lunulicornis Schm. Bishop Auckland, one ¢; Harperley,
one 6, June 1go2.

Pachyrrhina annulicornis Mg. Harperley, one ¢, June 1902.

Tipula pagana Mg. Shull, four gs, Sep. 1goo.

Tipula confusa V. d. Wulp. Shull, two gs, Sept. 1900; Wearhead,
six 6s and two ¢s, Aug. gol.

Tipula longicornis Schm. Bishop Auckland, one ¢; Harperley, two és
and two ?s, June 1go2.

Tipula truncorum Mg.? Bishop Auckland, one ?, June 1901.

Tipula hortensis Mg. Bishop Auckland, two gs, June 1897-1901 ; Har-
perley, one ?, June 1g01 ; Waskerley, one 9, April igor ; Raby, one
and two 9s, May igor.

Tipula varipennis Mg. Wearhead, two és, June 1g01; Barnard Castle,
two @s, June 1gol.

Tipula scripta Mg. Wearhead, one g, Aug. 1901; Harperley, one 4,
June 1902.

Tipula plumbea F. HUarperley, one ¢, June i901; one ¢, June 1902;
Bedburn, one g and one 2, July 1go2.

Tipula lunata L. Harperley, three ¢s and two ?s, June 1go2.

Tipula lateralis Mg. Bishop Auckland, two gs; Bollihope, two ¢s;
Harperley, one ?, June 1900; Waskerley, one ?, July 1901; Hesleden,
four ¢s and two 9s, Aug. 1900; Wearhead, two ?s, Aug. 1901.

1903 July r. Ss

274 Wingate: Durham Diptera.

Tipula vernalis Mg. WHarperley, one g, June 1900; Bollihope, one ?,
June 1901; Waskerley, one ?, July 1901; Belburn, two 9s, Aug. 1898.

Tipula vittata Mg. Harperley, one ¢, June 1900; Belburn, one 9, April
1900; Raby, one 9, April 1900.

Tipula gigantea Schrk. WHarperley, one 6, June 1900; one g, June 1902;
Shull, one ¢, July 1902.
Tipula Iutescens F. Bishop Auckland, one g, July 1900; South Durham,
one ?; Harperleyv, one 6, June 1902; Hesleden, two gs, Aug. 1902.
Tipula oleracea L. Bishop Auckland, one g, June 1900; Hesleden, one
?, Aug. 1899, common.

Tipula paludosa Mg. Hesleden, two gs and two 9s, Aug. 1900; Wear-
head, four 6s and four 9s, Aug. got.

Tipula fascipennis Mg. Hesleden, one g, Aug. 19090; Harperley, two
3s, June 1902.

Tipula peliostigma Schum. ? Bishop Auckland, one ?, June 1go2.

Tipula ochracea Mg. Barnard Castle, one g, June 1900; Bishop Auck-
land, five gs, June 1900-1901.

Fame (REM PED As:

Rhyphus fenestralis Scop. Bishop Auckland, four ?s, July 1900-1901 ;
Hesleden, one ¢. ‘

Rhyphus punctatus F. Bishop Auckland, two ¢s and one 9, June 1900 ;
Shull, one 2, Sept. 1900; Hesledeg, one 2, Aug. 1goo.

Fam. STRATIOMYIDA.

Chrysonotus bipunctatus Scop. Hesleden, two 2s, Aug. 1899.

Sargus flavipes Mg. Hesleden, three gs and one ?, Aug. 1899-1900.

Sargus cuprarius L. Bishop Auckland, one ?, June 1897; Hesleden, two
6, Aug. 1902.

Sargus iridatus Scop. Bishop Auckland, three gs and five 9s; Was-
kerley, one 6; Evenwood, one 6, June-July 1897-1901.

Microchrysa polita L. Bishop Auckland, four gs and four 9s; Hesle-
den, one 6, July-Aug.

Michrochrysa flavicornis Mg. Bishop Auckiand, four gs and one 9,
June-July 190).

Beris vallata Forst. Bishop Auckland, one 9, July rgoo.

Beris chalybeata Forst. Bishop Auckland, eleven gs and nine ?s, May-
June 1897-1900.

Beris geniculata Curt. Bishop Auckland, two gs and two 9s, June-July
1900-1901 ; Hesleden, two 6s and one 2, Aug. 1902.

Fam. TABANIDA.

Hzematopota pluvialis L. Wearhead, five 2s, Aug. 1897; Waskerley,
one g and one 2, July igor.
Therioplectes montanus Mg. Waskerley, one 2, July 1901.
Therioplectes solstialis Mg. Bishop Auckland, one 9.
Tabanus autumnalis L. Bishop Auckland, one gand two ¢@s, July 1899.
Chrysops ceecutiens L. Escomb, one ?; Bishop Auckland, six 9s, July
1897-1902.
Bani Pah As,

Leptis scolopacea L. Bishop Auckland, one g and two ?s; Wearhead,
one 6, June 1899-1901 ; Gibside, one 9? ; Waskerley, two ¢s, July 1901.

Leptis tringaria L. Hesleden, five gs and three ?s, July-Aug. 1899-1900 ;
Bishop Auckland, one g, July rgor.

Leptis conspicua Mg. Common at Hesleden in August.

Naturalist,

Wingate: Durham Diptera. 275

Leptis lineola F. South Durham, one @.

Chrysopilus auratus F. Hesleden, three gs and one 9; Shull, one 4
and one 9; Belburn, one 9; Bishop Auckland, one g and one 2, June-
Aug. 1899-1901.

Symphoromyia crassicornis Pz. Bishop Auckland, two 9, July 1g00-2.

Fam. ASILIDAEZ.

Dioctria rufipes Dee. Bishop Auckiand, five §s and seven 9s; Barnard
Castle, one 2; Harperley, one ?, June 1897-1900.

Philonicus albiceps Mg. Heselden, two gs and one ?, Aug. 1990.

Fam. BOMBYLIDE.

Bombylius major L. Gibside, three gs and one ?, April 1896; Hesleden,
four gs and ten 2s, April 1901.

Fam. THEREVIDAE.

Thereva nobilitata ¥. Hesleden, two gs and four ?s, Aug. 1902.
Thereva annulata F. Hesleden, six ¢s and four 9s, Aug. 1902.
Fam. EMPIDA.

Hybos grossipes L. Hesleden, four gs, Aug. 1900; Shull, one ¢, Sept.
1900; Wearhead, three §, Aug. 1901; Bishop Auckland, one 6, July
1901. ‘

Hybos femoratus Mill. Wearhead, one g, Aug. 1901.

Cyrtoma spuria Flin. Harperley, one 2, June 1goo.

Rhamphomyia nigripes F. Evenwood, two 6s; Harperley, one ¢;
Wearhead, one 2, June-Aug. 1897-1901.

Rhamphomyia sulcata Flin. Hesleden, one ¢ and one ?; Bishop Auck-
land, three gs and two 9s; Escomb, one ?; Waskerley, one ?, May-
July 1897-1901.

Rhamphomyia dentipes Ztt. Bishop Auckland, four ¢s and one ?,
May-June 1897.

Rhamphomyia variabilis Fin. Wearhead, three gs, Aug.; Shull, one g
and three 9s, Sept. 1900.

Rhamphomyia umbripennis Mg. Bishop Auckland, two és and one ?,
June-July 1901.

Rhamphomyia flava Fin. Hesleden, one g and seven 2s, July-Aug. 1990.

Empis tessellata F. Common everywhere.

Empis livida L. Hesleden, eight gs and nine 9s, Aug. 1899-1900.

Empis borealis L. \earhead, one ?, June 1go1.

Empis stercorea L. Harperley, one ?, June 1900.

Empis trigramma Mg. Common everywhere, May-Aug.

Empis punctata Mg. Bishop Auckland, six ¢s and four 9s; Harperley,
three $s; Escomb, one g, May-June 1897-1900.

Empis pennipes L. Bishop Auckland, one 2, June 1900.

Empis vernalis Mg. Hesleden, two gs and one 9; Harperley, one ¢;
Bishop Auckland, two 9, June 1900.

Empis vitripennis Mg. Shull, one ¢, Sept. 1900.

Empis chioptera Fin. Bishop Auckland, two ¢s, May 1900.

Hilara maura F. Common, May-June.

Hilara manicata Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, July 1900.

Hilara quadrivittata Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?, June 1go1.

Hilara chorica Fin. Escomb, three ¢s, May-June 1899.

Hilara thoracica Mcq. Bishop Auckland, two gs, June-July 1901.

(Edalia holmgreni Ztt. Bishop Auckland, two 9s, June rgor.

1903 July x. e

276 Wingate: Durham Diptera.

Oxydromia glabricula Flin. Hesleden, one 6; Bishop Auckland, two Zs
and two 9s; Shull, one 9, April-Sept. 1900-1901.

Clinocera fontinalis Hal. Bollihope, one 2, June 1gor.

Clinocera bistigma Lurt. Wearhead, one ¢ and three 9s, Aug. gor.

Ardoptera irrorata Flin. Bollihope, one ¢, June got.

Chersodromia arenaria Hal. Hesleden, two gs and two ?s, Aug. 1900.

Tachydromia flavipes F. Bishop Auckland, seven 6s and five 9s, May
1897 and 1900; Stanhope, one g, May 1900; Evenwood, one 2 , May 1897.

Tachydromia cursitans F. Hesleden, one ¢, Aug. 1899; Bishop
Auckland, two 9s, July 1900-1901.

Tachydromia bicolor ¥. Hesleden, one g, Aug. 1899.

Fam. DOLICHOPODID.

Psilopus platypterus F. Bishop Auckland, one ?, July 1goo.

Neurigona quadrifasciata F. Barnard Castle, one ?, June 1goo.

Dolichopus atripes Mg. Waskerley, one ¢ and one ?, July 1901.

Dolichopus vitripennis Mg. Waskerley, seven és, July igor.

Dolichopus atratus Mg. Waskerley, five gs and five 9s, July 1got.

*Dolichopus picipes Mg. Bedburn, five gs and two @s.

Dolichopus plumipes Scop. Waskerley, twelve és; Wearhead, two és,
July-Aug. 1901.

Dolichopus pennatus Mg. Harperley, one ¢, June 1902.

Dolichopus popularis W. Bishop Anckland, one 6; Bedburn, two és
and three ?s, June-July tgo2.

Dolichopus urbanus Mg. Bedburn, two és, July 1902.

Dolichopus griseipennis Stan. Hesleden, two gs and one ¢, Aug. ;
Bishop Auckland, two és, July 1899-1901.

Dolichopus trivialis Hal. Bishop Auckland, two gs and one 9, July;
Hesleden, three 6s and one ?, July-Aug. ; Waskerley, one 6, July;
Wearhead, two ¢@s, July 1899-1901.

Dolichopus brevipennis Mg. South Durham, two és.

Dolichopus zneus Deg. Common.

Hercostomus nigripennis Fin. Wearhead, one g, Aug. 1gor.

Gymnopternus cupreus F\n. Bedburn, one ¢, July 1902.

Gymnopternus zrosus Flin. Waskerley, eight ¢s; Bishop Auckland,
one ¢, July 1900-1901.

Chrysotus gramineus Flin. WHesleden, one ?, Aug. 1goo.

Argyra diaphana F. Bedburn, one 2, 1902.

Argyra argentina Mg. Belburn, one g, July 1897; Wearhead, one ¢,
Aug. 1901.

Syntormon pallipes F. Hesleden, one 6 and one 9, Aug. 1got.

Xiphandrium caliginosum Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g, May 1goo.

Xiphandrium monotrichum Lw. Bedburn, one gand one 2, July ——.

Scellus notatus F. Bishop Auckland, one g, June 1900; Hesleden, four
9s, Aug. 1899-1900.

Hydrophorus precox Lehm. Hesleden, one g and four 9s, June-Aug.
1900; Wearhead, one 6, Aug. Igor.

Liancalus virens Scop. Wearhead, one ¢, Aug. 1901.

Campsicnemus curvipes Hesleden, one ¢, Aug. 1900.

Fam. LONCHOPTERIDZAL.*
Lonchoptera punctum Meg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, March 1598;
Harperley, two @s, April 1900; Belburn, one ¢, May 1900.
Lonchoptera trilineata Zit. Gibside, one 2, April 1898; Bishop Auck-
land, March 1898; Harperley, one ?, April 1goo.

Naturalist,

Wingate: Durham Diptera. 277

Lonchoptera lacustris Mg. Gibside, one § and one ?, April 1898;
Harperley, two 9s, April 1900; Bishop Auckland, two 9s, Feb. and
March 1898.

Lonchoptera tristis Mg. Bishop Auckland, three 2s, Jan. 1902.

Fam. PUADY PEZIDAE.
Callimyia speciosa Mg. Bishop Auckland, two 4s, June 1got-2.

Callimyia amoena Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g, June; one ?, Sept. ;
Hesleden, one 6, Aug. 1902.

Fam. PIPUNCULIDE.

Verrallia pilosa Ztt. Harperley, one 2, June 1900.
Pipunculus furcatus Egg. Barnard Castle, one ?, June rgot.
Pipunculus terminalis Thoms. Bedburn, one ¢, July 1902.
Pipunculus campestris Ltr. Hesleden, one g and one?, Aug. 1900 and

1902; Bishop Auckland, one ?, Sept. 1902.
Pipunculus pratorum Fln.? Hesleden, two ?s, Aug. 1902.
Pipunculus campestris Ltr. Hesleden, one 2, August 1900.
Pipunculus pilosus Ztt. WHarperley, one ?, June 1goo.

Fam. SYRPHIDZE.

Pipizella virens F. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1902.

Pipiza noctiluca. Belburn, one g, June 1898; Bishop Auckland, three
2s, June-July 1gor.

Liogaster metallina F. Bollihope, one ?, June igor.

Chrysogaster hirtella Lw. MWHarperley, two ?s, June; Bedburn, three
?s, July; Hesleden, one 9, Aug. 1902.

Chilosia maculata Fln. Belburn, eight gs, June 1898-1899.

Chilosia sparsa Lw. Hesleden, one ¢, May 1899.

Chilosia pulchripes Lw. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1899; Harperley, one
2, April 1g00.

Chilosia variabilis Panz. Harperley, one 2, April 1900; Co. Durham,
one @.

Chilosia intonsa Lw. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1899.

Chilosia illustrata Har. Hesleden, ten gs and five 2s, July-Aug. 1899-02.

Chilosia impressa Lw. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1899.

Chilosia albitarsis Mg. Belburn, two ?s and one 2, June 1898; Hesle-
den, one g and one ?, Aug. 1899; Evenwood, one g and one ?, June
1899 ; Harperley, one g and one ?, June 1900; Bishop Auckland, three
2s, June-July 1899-1901.

Chilosia fraterna Mg. Gibsonees, one g, Aug. 1897.

Chilosia vernalis Fln. Hesleden, three gs, Aug. 1899.

Chilosia proxima Ztt. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1899.

Platychirus manicutus Mg. Very common.

Platychirus peltatus Mg. Belburn, one g and two 9s, June-July;
Wearhead, one ¢, July 1897; Escomib, one ?, April 1898.

Platychirus scutatus Mg. Very common.

Platychirus albimanus F. Very common.

Platychirus clypeatus Mg. Common.

Platychirus angustatus Ztt. Wesleden, common at rushes.

Pyrophena granditarsa Forst. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1902.

Pyrophzena rosarum F. Harperley, one ?, June 1902.

Melanastomum mellinum L. Very common.

Melanastomum scalare F. Very common.

1903 July r.

278 Wingate: Durham Diptera.

Leucozona luwcorum L. Gibsonees, one g, Aug. 1897; Belburn, two ds,
June 1898; Hesleden, one 9, Aug. 1900.

Ischyrosyrphus glaucius L. Gibside, one g and four ¢s, Aug. 1896;
Wearhead, one 9, Aug. 1901; Hesleden, six 9s, Aug. 1899; Shipley,
two @s, July 1900.

Catabomba pyrastri L. UHesleden, six gs and six 9s, Aug. 1899; Gib-
side, one 9? ; Barnard Castle, one ?, June 1goo.

Catabomba selenitica Mg. \Wearhead, one g, Aug. igor.

Syrphus albostriatus Fin. Hesleden, one ¢ and one 9, Aug. 1899;
Gibside, one 9, Aug. 1896; Bishop Auckland, one 9, July 1900,

Syrphus albostriatus var. confusus. Bishop Auckland, one ¢ and one
?, July 1901.

Syrphus tricinctus Fin. Hesleden, one g and one 9, Aug. 1899; Har-
perley, one ¢, June 1900; Gibside, two 9s, Aug. 1896.

Syrphus venustus Mg. Evenwood, four gs and one @, June 1897-1899;
Bishop Auckland, two 9s, June 1887; Belburn, one g and two @s, June
1898-1899 ; Barnard Castle, one ?, June 1goo.

Syrphus lunulatus Mg. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1902.

Syrphus vittiger Ztt. Hesleden, one g and one 9, Aug. 1899; Gibside,
one 9, Aug. 1896; Shipley, one 9, May 1898; Harperley, one 9, June
1900; Wearhead, one ?, Aug. Igor.

Syrphus grossulariz Mg. MHesleden, eleven 9s, Aug. 1899; Gibside,
three 9s, Aug. 1896.

*“Syrphus ribesii L. Very common.

*“Syrphus vitripennis Mg. Common.

Syrphus latifasciatus Mcq. \Wearhead, three ¢s and one 9, Aug. rgor.

Syrphus corollz E. Common.

Syrphus luniger Mg. Common.

Syrphus bifasciatus F. Bishop Auckland, three ?s, June 1897-18g9.

Syrphus balteatus Deg. Very common.

Syrphus cinctellus Ztt. Gibside, one g and one ?, Aug. 1896; Hesle-
den, one 6 and nines, Aug. 1899; Shull, two 9s, Sept. 1900; Shipley,
one 2, July 1930.

Syrphus cinctus Flin. Bishop Auckland, one g and one 92, July tgor.

Syrphus auricollis Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g, July 1897.

Syrphus auricollis var. maculicornis Ztt. Hesleden, one gand one@?,
Aug. 1899.

Syrphus umbellatarum F. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1899.

Syrphus compositarum Verr. Hesleden, four 9s, July-Aug. 1Sgo.

Syrphus labiatarum Verr. Hesleden, one g, Aug. 1902.

Sphzrophoria scripta . MHesleden, thirteen ¢s and twelve ?s, Aug.
1899-1900.

Spherophoria scripta var. nigricoxa Ztt. Hesleden, three gs, Aug.
1899-1900.

Spherophoria menthastri L. WHesleden, three ¢s, Aug. 1899-1900 ;
Wearhead, two és, Aug. 1901.

Spherophoria menthastri var. picta Mg. Hesleden, four gs and eleven
9s; Bishop Auckland, Wearhead, etc., 1897-1901.

Sphezrophoria menthastri var. teniata Mg. Wearhead, one ¢, Aug.
1901; Heselden, one 6, Aug. 1902.

*Baccha elongata F. Hesleden, one g and seven 2s; Bishop Auckland,
two @s, June-Aug. 1897-1901.

Sphegina clunipes Fln. Shipley, one 2, July 1900.

Ascia podagrica F. Very common.

Ascia floralis. Bedburn, two ¢s and three @s, July 1902.

Naturalist,

Wingate: Durham Diptera.

iS)
~I
Vo}
©

Brachyopa bicolor F\n. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, May 1901.

Rhingia campestris Mg. Common.

Volucella bombylans L. Witton, one g, July 1897; Shull, one @, Sept.
1900; Gibside, one ?.

Volucella bombylans var. plumata. \Wearhead, one 2, Aug. 1901.

Volucella bombylans var. (a) hxemorrhoidalis. Wearhead, one ¢,
Aug. 1897.

Volucella pellucens L. Common.

*Eristalis eneus Scop. Hesleden, one 9, Aug. 1898.

Eristalis tenax LL. Very common.

Eristalis intricarius L. WHesleden, eight gs and five 9s, Aug. 1899-1900.

Eristalis arbustorum L. Very common.

Eristalis nemorum L. Hesleden, one g, Aug. 1899; Wearhead, one ¢,
Aug. 1901.

Eristalis pertinax Scop. Very common.

Eristalis rupium F. Hesleden, one g and one ?, Aug. 1898-1900; Gib-
side, one ?; Gibsonees, one? , Aug. 1897; Wearhead, six?, Aug. 1901.

Eristalis horticola Deg. Gibsonees, one ¢, Aug. 1897; Hesleden, one 4
and two @s, July-Aug. 1899.

*Myiatropa florea L. Hesleden, one ¢, Sept. 1900; Gibsonees, one 2,
1897; Bishop Auckland (Greenhouse), one@, 19th April; Bishop Auck-
land (Greenhouse), one 2, 23rd May Igoo.

Helophilus pendulus Mg. Hesleden, four ¢s and two 9s, Aug.-Sept.
1899; Wearhead, one ¢, Aug. 1901; Gibside, two és, Aug. 1897.
Merodon equestris var. narcissi F. Bishop Auckland, two 4s, July 1gor.
Merodon equestris var. validus Mg. Bishop Auckland, two 4 s, June 1900.

Criorrhina floccosa Mg. Bishop Auckland, two ?s, June 1899-1900.

Xylota segnis L. Common.

Xylota lenta Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g, June 1899.

Xylota sylvarum L. Bishop Auckland, one g, July roor ; Harperley,
one 9, July 1900; Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1900.

Xylota abiens WV. Gibsonees, one ¢, Aug. 1897.

Syritta pipiens L. Very common.

Chrysochlamys cuprea Scop. Hesleden, five 9s, Aug. 1899.

Arctophila mussitans F. Hesleden, five ¢s and one 9, Aug. 1898;
Shull, one 6, Sept. 1900.

Sericomyia borealis Fin. Gibside and Wearhead, twenty ¢s, Aug. 1596
and 1901.

Sericomyia lappona L. Wearhead, one ¢, June igor.

Chrysotoxum arctuatum L. Hesleden, two és, Aug. 1599.

Chrysotoxum bicinctum L. Hesleden, two 9s, Aug. 1899.

Fam. CONOPIDA.

Myopa buccata L. Harperley, two és and two@s, June 1900; Bollihope,
one 9, June 1gol.

Fam. TACHINIDA:.

Ceromasia spectabilis Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g, July 1got.

Gymnochezta viridis Fln. Escomb, one g, May 1897

*Parexorista fugax Rnd.? Bishop Auckland, two ¢s (bred), Oct. 1899.

*Parexorista grossa R.<R. Waskerley, one ¢, July tgor.

Blepharidea vulgaris Fin. Bishop Auckland, two?s; Harperley, one ?,
May-Aug. 1900-1901.

Phorocera cilipeda Rnd. Bishop Auckland, one gand one? , Aug. 1901.

1903 July 1.

280 Wingate: Durham Diptera.

Aporomyia dubia Fin. Bishop Auckland, one g, May 1got.

Somolia simplicitarsis Ztt. (rebaptizata Rnd.). Hesleden, two 9s,
Aug. 1990.

Melanota volvulus F. Hesleden, seven gs and one ?; Gibside, one 3,
July-Aug. 1896-1901. ;

Olivieria lateralis F. Hesleden, two és and six ?s, July-Aug. 1899-1900.

Micropalpus vulpinus Fl\n. Hesleden, one ?, July 1899.

Micropalpus pictus Mg. Shull, one g, July 1900.

Erigone rudis Fin. Hesleden, two gs and one ?, July-Aug. 1899-1900 ;
Shull, common, July 1902.

Erigone consobrina Mg. Hesleden, two g, Aug. 1900.

Plagia ruralis Fin. Hesleden, one g and one 2, Aug. 1goo.

Urophylla seria Mg. Bishop Auckland, one 6, July 1902.

Digonocheta setipennis Fin. Bishop Auckland, three gs and one 3,
May-July, 1899-02.

Thryptocera crassicornis Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?; Wearhead,
one 2, July-Aug. 1900-1901.

Siphona cristata F. Belburn, two gs and one ?; Bishop Auckland, one
3; Evenwood, one ?, May-July 1897-1900.

Siphona geniculata Deg. Marley Hill, two gs; Wearhead, one 4;
Hesleden, two 9s; Gibside, one 9, Aug.-Sept. 1896-1901.

Stevenia maculata Fin. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. igoo.

Brachycoma devia Fin. Hesleden, one 2, Aug. 1900.

Cynomyia alpina Ztt. Harperley, one ¢, May 1go2.

Cynomyia mortuorum L. Harperley one g; Bishop Auckland, one ?,
June-July 1899-1900.

Onesia sepulchralis L. Hesleden, five ¢s and six 9s; Wearhead, one
3; Bishop Auckland, one g, May-Aug. 1899-1901.

Onesia cognata Mg. Hesleden, two gs and one ?, Aug. 1goo.

Sarcophaga carnaria L. Common everywhere.

Sarcophaga atropos Mg. Hesleden, two gs and two ?s, Aug. 19090.

Sarcophaga cruentata Mg. Hesleden, two 6s and one ¢, Aug. 1900.

Fam. MUSCID.

Stomoxys calcitrans L. Hesleden, five ¢s and five 9s; Bishop Auck-
land, one g and two 92s, April-Oct.

Hoematobia stimulans Mg. Hesleden, one g, Aug. 1900; Bishop Auck-
land, two gs, June 1902.

Pollenia vespillo F. Wearhead, one g and one ?, Aug. Igor.

Pollenia rudis F. Many localities, five gs and five 9s, March-July.

Mysospila meditabunda F. Stanhope, one g; Hesleden, one g and two
9s, April-May 1900-1901.

Graphomyia maculata Scop. Hesleden, four ¢s and two 9s, July-Aug.
1899-1900.

Musca domestica L. Hesleden and Bishop Auckland, four ¢s and one ?.

Cyrtoneura stabulans Fin. Hesleden, one ¢; Bishop Auckland, one ¢
and three 9s.

Cyrtoneura pabulorum Fin. Wearhead, one ?, Aug. 1got.

Morellia simplex Lw. Common everywhere.

Morellia hortorum Fin. MHesleden, three gs and two 9s; Wearhead,

one @, July-Aug. 1899-1901.

Mesembrina merediana Mg. Hesleden, five gs; Belburn, one ¢ and
two 9s; Marley Hill, one ¢ and one 9; Wearhead, one g and four @s,
June-Aug.

Naturalist,

Wingate: Durham Diptera. 281

Pyrellia cyanicolor Ztt. Marley Hill, two @s.

Pyrellia lasiophthalma Mcg. Bishop Auckland, six gs and four ?s;
Harperley, one ¢; Marley Hill, one 9, April 1900-1901.

Protocalliphora greenlandica Ztt. Very common, especially at Bishop
Auckland.

Calliphora erythrocephala Mg. Very common.

Calliphora vomitoria L. Common, but not so common as erythrocephala.

Euphoria cornicina F. Many locals, not uncommon.

Lucilia cesar L. Very common.

Lucilia sericata Me. Hesleden, one g and one ?, Aug. 1900.

Lucilia ruficeps Mg. Bishop Auckland, one g and one ?, June 1goo.

Fam. ANTHOMYID.

Polietes lardaria F. Common everywhere.

Polietes albolineata Fin. Evenwood, one ¢ and two @s, June 1897;
Hesleden, eight ¢s and five 9s, Aug. 1899; Wearhead, one ¢, Aug.
1901.

Hyedotesia incana \VW. Bishop Auckland, three gs, May 1897; Wear-
head, three gs and two @s, Aug. Igol.

Hyedotesia Iucorum Fin. Escomb, three gs and one 2; Bishop Auck-
land, one ¢; Gibside, one 9; Stanhope, one ¢; Hesleden, one 4,
March-May 1898-1901.

Hyedotesia marmorata Ztt. Wearhead, one ?, Aug. 1901.

Hyedotesia serva Mz. Escomb, one §; Evenwood, one 9, May 1897-
1899; Bishop Auckland, two gs and two @s, June 1902.

Hyedotesia nivalis Rnd. Wearhead, one ¢, Aug. 190i.

Hyedotesia obscurata Mg. Wynyard, one 6, May 1902.

Hyedotesia variabilis Fin. WHarperley, one ¢, June 1902.

Hyedotesia longipes Ztt. Wynyard, one g, June 1902.

Hyedotesia umbratica Mg. Belburn, one 6, May; Bishop Auckland,
one @, June 1900; Wearhead, two gs, June igor.

Hyedotesia lasiophthalma Mcq. Hesleden, two 9s; Shipley, one 9,
May-Aug. 1900.

Hyedotesia rufipalpis Mcq. South Durham, one ¢.

Hyedotesia populi Mg. Hesleden, one ¢, Aug. 1900; Bishop Auckland,
four 9s, June-Sept. 1897-1901.

Hyedotesia variegata Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?, June 1902.

*Hyedotesia palida F. Shipley, three ¢s, July 1900.

Alleostylus flaveola Fin. Bishop Auckland, two @s, July 1902.

Mydea vespertina Flin. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, May 1902.

*Mydea nigritella Ztt. Bishop Auckland and Bedburn, five 6s, March-
July 1897-1901.

Mydea urbana \g. Hesleden, one g and one 9, Aug. 1900; Bishop
Auckland, three 9s, June 1897-1901.

Mydea tincta Ztt. Shull, one ¢, July rgo2.

Mydea pagana F. Wearhead, one g and one ?, Aug. 1gol.

Mydea impuncta Fin. Bishop Auckland and Wearhead, six gs and six
9s, May-Sept.

Mydea separata Mg. Harperley, two gs, June; Brancepeth, one 4,
June; and Shull, one 9, July 1902.

Sphecolyma inanis Fin. Bishop Auckland, one ?, July 1902.

Spilogaster nigrinervis Ztt. Bedburn, one ¢, July 1897; Harperley,
one @, June igo2.

Spilogaster duplicata Mg. Hesleden, six gs and five 9s; Wearhead,
Shull, and Shipley, one 3, May-Aug. 1899-1901.

1y03 July 1.

282 Wingate: Durham Diptera.

Spilogaster communis Dsy. Hesleden, one ¢, Aug. 1900; Shull, one?,
Sept. 1900.

Spilogaster duplaris Ztt. WHarperley, one g, July rgoo.

Spilogaster ciliatocosta Ztt. Shull, one ¢, April 1900.

Limnophora compuncta WW. Wearhead, two gs, June ‘gor.

Limnophora solitaria Ztt. Bollihope, one ¢, June; Wearhead, one 4,
Aug. 1901.

Melanochila riparia Fin. Wearhead, one g, Aug. 1901

Macrorchis meditata Fln. Wearhead, one g, Aug. 1901; Bishop Auck-
land, one g and two @s, June rool.

Hydrotea occulta Mg. Bishop Auckland, six ¢s, May and Aug. 1goo.

Hydrotea irritans Fin. From swarms at Waskerley, two gs and two 9s,
July 1901.

Hydrotea dentipes F. Very common.

Ophyra leucostoma W. Hesleden, six 6s, Aug. 1899; Bishop Auckland,
one @, July 1900.

Drymia hamata Fin. Hesleden, twelve ¢s and five 9s, July-Aug. 1899-
1900.

Trichopticus hirsutulus Ztt. Wearhead, five gs and two 2s, Aug. igor.

Trichopticus pulcher Mde. Wearhead, two gs and one 9, June and
Aug. I9ol.

Hydrophoria conica WW. Bishop Auckland, five gs and three 9s, June
1897.

Hydrophoria linogrisea Meg. Bishop Auckland, four 3s and one 9, Apl.-
June 1897-02.

Hylemyia variata Fln. WHesleden, two gs and six 9s, Aug. 1899-1900;
Shull, one g and three 9s, Sept. 1900.

Hylemyia seticrura Rnd. Hesleden, three gs and one ?, Aug. 1899-
1900.

Hylemyia pullula Ztt. Hesleden, three ¢s, Aug. 1900.

Hylemyia strigosa F. Common everywhere, twelve gs and eight @s.

Hylemyia nigrimana Mg. Stanhope, two gs, May 1990; Bishop Auck-
land, one g and one 2, June rgo2.

Hylemyia coarctata Flin. Hesleden, three 9s, Aug. 1900.

Mycophaga fungorum Deg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢ and one 9, Aug.

Lasiops adelphe Kow.? Bishop Auckland, one ¢ and one 2, May 1go2.

Lasiops ctenoctema Kow. Bishop Auckland, eight gs and one 9, May
1897 to 1902.

Anthomyia pluvialis L. Bishop Auckland, one ?, June 1900; Hesleden,
one @, July 1900.

Anthomyia radicum L. Bishop Auckland, nine gs and four 9s, May-
June; Hesleden, five gs, Aug.

Chortophila trapezina Ztt. Harperley, one ¢, June 1900.

Chortophila sepia Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, April 1900.

Phorbia floccosa Mcq. Bishop Auckland, two ¢s, May 1900-2.

Phorbia pudica Rnd. Belburn, one ¢, May 1go0.

Phorbia intersecta Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, May 1902.

Phorbia trichodactyla Rud. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, May 1902.

Phorbia ignota Rnd. Bishop Auckland, thirteen gs, March-May 1902.

Pegomyia rufipes Flin. Bishop Auckland, two gs and two 9s, April-
May 1902.

Pegomyia transversa ln. South Durham, one @.

Pegomyia bicolor WW. Bishop Auckland, one ~ and four 9s, May-July
1897-1901.

Naturalist,

Wingate: Durham Diptera. 283

Pegomyia nigritarsis Ztt. Bishop Auckland, four ¢s and five 9s, May-
June r1g00-1901.

Homalomyia hamata Mcq. Brancepeth, one 2, June 1902.

Homalomyia manicata Mg. Bishop Auckland, two ¢s, May 1go0, April
1902.

Homalomyia scalaris F. Bishop Auckland, eight és, May-Oct.

Homalomyia canicularis L. Bishop Auckland, one ¢ and four 9s, May;
Evenwood, two és, May; Hesleden, two 2s, Aug. 1goo.

Homalomyia aérea Ztt. Wynyard, one ¢, May 1002.

Homalomyia coracina Lw. Shull, one g, Sept. 1900.

Homalomyia serena Flin. Bishop Auckland, three és and one 9, May
1900-2.

Homalomyia incisurata Ztt. Bishop Auckland, one g, May 1900.

Azelia Macquarti Steg. Bishop Auckland, three gs and one 9, May
1902.

Azelia Zetterstedti Rnd. Hesleden, one g and one ?, Aug 1900;
Bishop Auckland, one ¢, May 1900.

Azelia triquetra \V. Stanhope, one ¢, May igoo0.

Azelia aterrima Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, May 1902.

Ceelomyia mollissima Hal. Belburn, one g, May 1900.

Caricea tigrina F. Shull, five gs and two @s, Sept. 1900.

Caricea intermedia Flin. Bishop Auckland, Harperley, Shull, Bedburn,
five 6s and one ?, June-July rgo2.

Ceenosia elegantula Rnd. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, July 1902.

*“Ceenosia tricolor Ztt. Bishop Auckland, Hesleden, three ¢s and two
Qs, July-Aug. rgoo.

Coaenosia sexnotata Mg. Hesleden, two gs and one ¢, Aug. 1900;
Waskerley, one g, July t901; Bishop Auckland, one g, July rgo1.

*Lisporephela alma Mg. Escombe, one g, April 1808.

Fucelfia fucorum Fin. WHesleden shore, three és and seventeen 95,
April-Aug. 1900-1901.

Fucellia maritima Hal. MHesleden shore, two és and four 9s, June-
Aug. igoo.

Fam. CORDYLURIDA.

Parallelomma albipes F\n. Bedburn, one ?, July 1902.

Amaurosoma tibiella Ztt. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, May rgor.

Norellia spinimana Fin. Hesleden, two és and three ?s, Aug. 1g00.

Spathiophora hydromyzinz Fin. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1900.

Scatophaga inquinata Mg. Bishop Auckland, three ¢s and three 9s,
May-July 1900.

Scatophaga lutaria F. Everywhere, thirteen ¢s and seventeen @s,
May-Oct.

Scatophaga stercoraria L. Everywhere, sixteen ¢s and twenty-five @s,
April-Oct.

Scatophaga squalida Mg. Belburn, one g; Stanhope, one ¢; Bishop
Auckland, one g and four 9s; Gibside, one ?; Harperley, three @s,
April-June 1900-1901.

Fam. PHYCODROMIDZ.

Orygma luctuosum Mg. Hesleden shore, two gs, Aug. 1900.

Fam. HELOMYZIDE.

Helomyza rufa Lw. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1899; Bishop Auckland, one
2, March 1900.

1903 July r.

284 Wingate: Durham Diptera.

Helomyza pectoralis Lw. Hesleden, one g, Aug. 1900.

Helomyza similis Mg. Wearhead, Harperley, five gs, April and Aug.
1901.

Helomyza lzxvifrons Lw. Harperley, one g, April 1900; Shull, two gs.
and two 9s, Sept. 1900.

*“Helomyza ustulata Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, 9th March igor.

Helomyza montana Lw. Shipley Glen, one ?, July 1goo.

Helomyza zetterstedtii Lw. Shipley, three 9s, July-Sept. 1900.

Helomyza montana Lw. Shipley, one 2, July rgoo.

Helomyza palida Fin. Bishop Auckland, five gs and six 9s, June-July
1897-1901.

*Helomyza parva Lw. Shull, one ?, Sept. 1900.

Blepharoptera serrata \:. Bishop Auckland, twelve gs and three 9s,
March-July.

Blepvharoptera iners Mg. Hesleden, two 9s, Aug. 1899; Harperley,
two ?s, April 1900.

Tephroclamys rufiventris Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢ andtwelve ¢s,
March-Aug. 1898-1900.

Fam. SCIOMYZIDA.
Neuroctena anilis Fin. Bishop Auckland, three gs; Hesleden, three ¢s,
July-Aug. 1900.

Dryomyza flaveola F. Bishop Auckland, Shull, Harperley, six gs and
two 2s, June-Sept. 1900-1901.

Sciomyza albocostata Fin. Hesleden, one g, June 1900.

Sciomyza cinerella Fin. Hesleden, two gs, June-Aug. 1899-1900.

Tetanocera elata F. Hesleden, two gs and one ?, Aug. 1899-1900.

Tetanocera lzvifrons Lw. Bedburn, one 9, July 1902.

Tetanocera punctulata Scop. Hesleden, one g, Aug. 1902.

Limnia rufifrons F. Hesleden, five ¢s and three 9s, July-Aug. 1889-
1900.

Elgiva dorsalis F. Hesleden, one ¢, Aug. 1900.

Fam. PSILID.

Psila fimentaria L. South Durham, one 9.

Psila rufa Mg. Hesleden, one g and one @, June 1goo.

Psila palida. WHesleden, one ¢, June 1goo.

Psila nigricornis Mg. Bishop Auckland, two gs, May; Greenhouse,
one g, Feb. 1900.

Psila villosula Mg. Hesleden, one ¢, Aug. 1900.
Loxocera aristata Pz. Hesleden, one 9, Aug. 1899.

Fam. MICROPEZIDAE.

Calobata cibaria L. Bishop Auckland, one gand two @s, June-July igot.
Calobata petronella L. Bishop Auckland, five gs and one ?, June-July
1897-1901.
Fam. ORTALIDZ.
Pteropectria afflicta Mg. Hesleden, eight gs and seven 9s, Aug. 1899-
1902.
Pteropectria nigrina Mg. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1899.
Pteropectria frondescentiz L. Waskerley, one g, July 1901 ; Hesleden,

five $s and four ?s, Aug. 1902.
Fam. TRYPETIDAE.
Acidia cognata W. Bishop Auckland, one ?, July 1go1.

Naturalist,

Wingate: Durham Diptera. 28

wn

Acidia heraclei L. Bishop Auckland, ¢, April 1902.

Spilographa Zoé Mg. Bishop Auckland, three gs and two @s, April-
June 1902.

Trypeta onotrophes Lw. Hesleden, three gs and one ?, Aug. 19090.

Urophora solstitialis L. Hesleden, four §s, Aug. 1902.

Sphenella marginata Flin. Hesleden, one g and three 2s, Aug. goo.

Tephrites miliaria Schrk. Hesleden, nine gs and one 2, Aug. 1899-1902.

Tephrites absinthii F. Hesleden, one ?, July 1899.

Tephrites hyoscyami L. Evenwood, one ?, June 1897.

Tephrites vespertina Lw. Shull, one g, Sept. ; Harperley, two?s, April
1g00.

Tephrites bardanz Schrk. Hesleden, ten gs and two 9s, Aug. 1902.

Fam. LONCHAIDA.

Lonchea vaginalis F\n. Bishop Auckland, one g and two @s, June-July
1900-1901.

Lonchea chorea F. Bishop Auckland, one ?, June 1897.

Lonchea albitarsis Ztt. Bishop Auckland, two 2s, July 1900-1901.

Palloptera ustulata Fin. Bishop Auckland, three gs and five @s, July
1900-1901.

Palloptera umbellatarum F. Hesleden, two ?s, Aug. 1899; Bishop
Auckland, two és and six 2s, June-July tgo00-1901.

Palloptera saltuum L. Barnard Castle, one 2, June 1900; Bishop Auck-
land, two $s and one @, June 1go2.

Palloptera arcuata Flin. Bishop Auckland, one g and one ?, June-July
1901; Evenwood, one g, June 1897; Harperley, one ?, June rgoo.

Fam. SAPROMYZID.
Sapromyza lupulina F. Bishop Auckland, one ?, June tgor.
Sapromyza decempunctata Flin. Bishop Auckland, six ¢s and seven ?s,
June-July :gor-2.
Sapromyza pallidiventris Fin. Bishop Auckland, one 9, June 1901 ;
Harperley, one g, July 1902.
Sapromyza obsoleta Fin. Bishop Auckland, two 9s, July 1goo.
Sapromyza rorida Fin. Very common.
Lauxania #nea Flin. MHesleden, Waskerley, Bishop Auckland, six gs
and six 9s, June-Aug.
Fam. OPOMYZIDZE.
Balioptera tripunctata Fin. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, 25th Oct. 1gor.
Balioptera combinata L. Hesleden, two gs and one ?, Aug. 1900.
Opomyza germinationis L. Common everywhere.
Opomyza florum F. Hesleden, one 9, Aug. 1899.
Pelethophila flava L. Bishop Auckland, two gs and one ?, July 1g00.

Fam. SEPSIDZZ.
Sepsis violacea Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?, May 1goo.
Sepsis cympsea L. Everywhere, four males and six 9s, March-Aug.

Nemopoda cylindrica ¥. Bishop Auckland, Hesleden, etc., four ¢s and
two ?s, June-Aug.

Fam. PIOPHILID®.
Piophila casei L. Bishop Auckland, three gs and six 9s, May-July.

Fam. GEOMYZID.
Diastata nebulosa Fin. Shull, one 2, Sept. 1900.

1903 july tr.

280 Wingate: Durham Diptera.

Fam. EPHYDRIDE.
Parhydra aquila Flin. Hesleden, three 9s, Aug, 1899.

Fam. DROSOPHILID.

Drosophila confusa Stzg. Gibside, one 9, April 1898.
Drosophila funebris F. Bishop Auckland, one g, April 1902.

Fam. CHLOROPID<AE.

Meromyza lzta Mg. Hesleden, three gs and six 9s, July-Aug. 1899-
1900.

Centor cereris Fin. Bishop Auckland, one 9, July rg00; Bedburn, three
@s, July 1902.

Chlorops didyma Ztt. Hesleden, two gs and two @s, July-Aug. 1899.

Chliorops scutellaris Ztt. Bishop Auckland, one 9, July igor.

Chliorops teniopus Mg. Hesleden, two ?s; Harperley, one ?; Even-
wood, one 9, May and Aug. 1897-1900.

Chlorops lzta Mg. Bishop Auckland, three 6s and one 9; Belburn,
one @, May-June 1897-1900.

Chlorops scalaris Mg. Hesleden, one 2, Aug. 1900.

Chlorops gracilis Mg. Hesleden, one 2, Aug. 1901.

Oscinis albiseta Mg. Escomb, one 2, June 1899.

Elachiptera cornuta Fin. Gibside, one g and two 9s, April 1898;
Bishop Auckland, three gs and nine 9s, April, May, and Oct. 1990 ;
Harperley, one 9, April; Belburn, two ?s, May 1goo.

Fam. AGROMYZID-.

Agromyza pusilla Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ¢, June igor.
Ochthiphila polystigma Mg. Bollihope, one ?, June root.

Fam. PHYTOMYZIDAS.

Napomyza lateralis Fin. Hesleden, one ?, Aug. 1900.

Phytomyza notata Mg. Bishop Auckland, two gs, May 1990.

Phytomyza flava Mg. Bishop Auckland, one ?, July 1g00.

Phytomyza fuscula Ztt. Bishop Auckland, five gs and four 2s, Feb.
1900.
d Fam. BORBORID-.

Borborus lJongipennis Hal. Bishop Auckland, three gs, May 1900.

Borborus equinus Fin. Very common.

Borborus nigrifemoratus Mcq. Bishop Auckland, one ?, immature,
May 1900.

Borborus geniculatus Mcqg. Bishop Auckland, two gs and one 2, March-
June 1898-1900; Heselden, one 9, April 1901.

Limosina fontinalis F\n. Bishop Auckland, one § and four 9s, March
1900, Jan. 1902.

Limosina lutosa Stnh. Gibside, two gs and one ?, April 1898 ; Harper-
ley, one 6, April 1900.

Limosina pumilio Me. Hesleden, one g, April igor.

Limosina vitripennis Ztt. Bishop Auckland, two ?s, May 1900; one ?,
an. 1902.
‘ Fam. PHORID A.

Trineura aterrima F. Wearhead, four gs, Aug. 1901.

Phora rufipes Mg. Bishop Auckland, four gs and four ?s, April, May.
and Oct. 1900.

Phora incrassata Mg. Hesleden, one ¢, Aug. 1899.

Naturalist,

Wingate: Durham Diptera. 287

Fam. HIPPOSCIDZZ.
Ornithomyia avicularia L. Bishop Auckland, two.
Stenopteryx hirundinis L. Bishop Auckland, one ; Darlington, one.
Melophagus ovinus L. Gibside, five.

NOTES

Mycetophilidz. 1 have taken many other species of Sctara and JMyceto-
phila, but I cannot pretend to name them at present. I shall be very
glad to submit them to any reader of this magazine who may feel
himself qualified to do so.

Dilophus femoratus Mg. ‘This is not given as British in Verrall’s list,
although he gives humeralis Ztt., which has a black thorax with red
humeri. My specimens have the thorax entirely black, and correspond
exactly with both Schiner’s and Zetterstedt’s descriptions of D.
Semoratus.

Orthocladius dolens Wilk. This is as it stands in Verrall’s list, but it
should be O. néveipennis Ztt. I feel sure.

Lonchoptera. The differences between the species are very slight, and
I doubt the specific worth of some of the characters. Zy/ineata Ztt. is
not in the British list, but my specimens have the three broad stripes on
the thorax, which, according to Zetterstedt, easily distinguish it from
all others. Punctun Mg., with yellow thorax, single dorsal line, and
dark abdomen; J/acustris Mg., the small species with dark thorax ;
tristis Mg., the largest of all, with a dark thorax and dark shining
abdomen.

Dolichopus picipes Meg. I take these to be the species meant ‘by
picipes Mg. in the British List. But if that name is to be restricted
to those with very bristly hind metatarsi, then this fly would be
D. fastuosus Hal.

Syrphus ribesii L. and vitripennis Mg. | entirely agree with Mr. Grim-
shaw’'s note in Zhe Naturalist for 1898, p. 102. And I cannot believe
that the minute differences of the ‘tiny black bristles’ and the dark
hind femora in the female constitute any real specific difference. I have
females with plenty of black bristles and dark femora, and others with
yellow femora and very few black bristles, and there seems to be every
gradation between. I do not believe there is any specific distinction,

Baccha elongata F. There is a considerable variation in the amount of
dust on the frons, but there does not seem to me to be any dividing
line, therefore I put them all under elongata. If there be really an
obscuripennis some of the above may belong to it.

Eristalis #neus Scop. This female is peculiar in having the five /7ght
grey stripes on the thorax noted by Verrall in his ‘Syrphide,’ p. 503.
There are also two dark slate-coloured, rather broad stripes on each
side of the narrow centre light stripe. The two pairs of broad light
stripes are broadest in front, ‘disappearing in a point at the suture and
reappearing in a narrow stripe behind, until they die out independently
a little before the scutellum.

Myiatropa florea L. As the last two dates are early for this fly, it is
only right to say that they were caught in a greenhouse. They are
larger ‘and much better developed than the other specimens. The
eieaneas ? does not exceed to mm., the last 2 is fully 14 mm.

Parexorista fugax Rnd. and grossa R.&R. Neither of these is in
Verral's list. The identification is due to Mr. Wainwright, who was
kind enough to look over and name a number of my Tachinide for me.

Hyedotesia palida F. These males belong to the variety with grey
stripes on the thorax and dark marking on the last two abdominal

segments. They were fond of resting on Preris aguilina in a wooded
olen.
>

1903 July 1.

288 Northern News.

Mydea nigritella Ztt. This is a doubtful identification. The spur at the
inner apex of the hind femora is not present, but otherwise the speci-
mens agree with Zetterstedt’s description of nzgritella,

Coenosia tricolor Ztt. There is no fricolor Ztt. in Verrall’s list, but he
has ¢ricolor Meade apparently as a synonyme for elegantula Rnd.
Meade has no fricolor Meade, but has fricolor Ztt., under the genus
Hoplogaster. Herr Stein, of Genthin, assures me that it is certainly
C. tricolor Ztt., the same as he wrote about in the Wiener Ent. Zeitung
for 1897, page 30, and probably the same as Meade's H. f¢ricolor Ztt.,
but different from C. elegantula Rnd., which he also confirmed for me.

Lisporephala alma Mg. New to the British list apparently. The iden-
tification is Herr Stein's.

Helomyza ustulata Mg. This, I believe, is very rare in England, but it
is well marked, and Mr. Collins confirmed my determination. The
specimen is now in Mr. Verrall’s collection.

Helomyza parva Lw. This is a somewhat doubtful identification as the
specimen is in bad condition.

Phytomyza fuscula Ztt. This is not in the British list, but my specimens,
which were bred from mined Cineraria leaves, agree well with Zetter-
stedt’s description.

NORTHERN NEWS.

The Harrogate Corporation has granted the use of the Winter Gardens
for the purposes of a museum.

Mr. E. Hawkesworth has been elected president of the Leeds Geological
Association.

A fine female Badger, measuring 3 ft. from nose to tail, was caught near
Market Rasen on 25th May, according to ‘The Eastern Morning News.”
° J) > 5

Mr. T. A. Coward contributes ‘Bird Notes from Cheshire during the
Winter of 1902-1903’ to the May ‘ Zoologist.’

George Wilkinson, one of the most daring of the ‘climmers’ at Speeton,
and well known to Yorkshire ornithologists, committed suicide early in
May.

The ‘Sixty-ninth Annual Report of Bootham School (York) Natural
History, etc., Society, January 1903,’ is to hand. It is pleasing to find
a school doing so much to further the study of Natural History. The
Report contains much useful information under the heads of Botany,
Conchology, Entomology, Ornithology, etc., which should not be over-
looked by those interested in these subjects.

Judging from the Report of the annual meeting of the Grimsby
Naturalists’ Society, recently held, the Grimsby naturalists are in a flourish-
ing condition. This will probably remain so as long as Mr. A. Smith is the
secretary.

Notes on Cumberland Coleoptera, by H. Britten, and F. H. Day, appear
in the June ‘ Entomologists’ Record.’

The geology of the country near Leicester, by C. Fox-Strangways, has
just been ene by the Geological Survey.

The Annual Report of the Selborne Society refers to the purchase of
Brandelhow, on the shores of Derwentwater, by the National Trust; this
estate of over 100 acres is now secured for public use.

Messrs. Blackie & Son have published an official Report of the Nature
Study Exhibition and Conferences, held at London in July and August last.
Besides the reports of the meetings, etc., the book contains the addresses
of Prof. Miall and Miss Mary Simpson, of the Yorkshire College, and others
well known to our readers.

Naturalist,

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

PIGMY FLINTS.

In a recent issue of the ‘Field Naturalists’ Quarterly,’
Mr. A. E. Johnson, in an interesting paper entitled ‘Rambles on
the Lincolnshire Wold,’ once again brings up the question of the
‘tiny relics of the Stone Age,’ which ‘have proved a stumbling-
block to scientists.” These are the so-called ‘pigmy flints,’ minute
flakes which occur in quantities ‘too great to be classed merely
as workshop debris.’ Implements they possibly may be, but
they are certainly no proof whatever of ‘ Pigmy man,’ and there
is no justification for any ‘Pigmy man Age’! Those who

Pigmy Implements from Scunthorpe.

have paid particular attention to the relics of the past have
not yet found the slightest trace of a pigmy race, and so far not
a single bone of a pigmy man is on record. So far, therefore,
there is no more evidence of a prehistoric pigmy race in England
than there would be to some future archeologist who found
a few pins and match-stalks in a twentieth century rubbish heap.
We are indebted to the Editor of ‘ Field Naturalists’ Quarterly’
for the loan of the block.

PUBLICATIONS OF SOCIETIES
We should like to take the opportunity of urging upon the
Editors of Transactions and Proceedings of local field clubs the

1603 August r. 7

290 Notes and Comments.

importance of printing only such papers and notes as have
a bearing upon the natural history, etc., of the district in which
the respective club is situated. And, as far as possible, original
contributions only should be accepted. The result of an examina-
tion of the various annual publications issued by societies in that
part of the country covered by ‘The Naturalist’ is anything but
satisfactory. Occasionally such reports consist of lists of officers
and members, the titles of lectures, and a balance sheet which
explains the meagreness of the report. Others are larger in
bulk but of no more value, being made up of abstracts of papers
read at the meetings (generally reprinted from newspapers),
dealing with every conceivable subject. Such can be of little
interest to anyone but the lecturers, if to them. Some publica-
tions contain lengthy papers dealing with districts far away from
that worked by the society, and in cases where these are original,
and of value, the unexpected quarter of their publication renders
them frequently overlooked.

SHOULD BE, KEPT LOCAL.

Naturalists and others in search of information relating to
the geology or flora and fauna of any particular district naturally
refer to the publications of the societies situated in that district.
In a few cases they are most likely to be satisfied. Will those
interested please insist on local and original articles only being
published, otherwise the funds of the society will certainly be
wasted in publishing useless material. The number of publica-
tions issued is already appalling, as the bibliographer knows to
his sorrow. But were each to deal with a definite area, their
numbers need not be regretted. We would also implore those
societies about to, commence publishing, not to do so unless
there is every probability of the publications continuing. We
could readily enumerate dozens of scientific periodicals and
Transactions which have come to an untimely end, rendering
access to any important papers they may have contained exceed-
ingly difficult.

WHAT NOT TO PUBLISH.

The above heading is suggested by the recent receipt of the
Report and Proceedings of a ‘ Field Naturalists’ and Archzolo-
gists’ Society,’ at an important city in South Lancashire. About
forty pages of this are devoted to accounts of field excursions,
visits to manufactories, art galleries, etc., etc., some of the places

Naturalist,

Notes and Comments. 291

being very many miles distant from the society’s home. All
this is apparently the work of the president, who is also editor,
leader, botanical referee, lecturer in general, etc. In the whole
of this usually well-written matter, little, if anything, can be
found adding to our knowledge of the fauna or flora of the
proper area for the society’s work, and we doubt if even its own
members read it all. Two articles are illustrated, one being
an account of a ‘unique collection of cactaceous plants,’ with
block from the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle’; tke other being a
description of an excursion to Windermere, illustrated by blocks
lent by the proprietor of the hotel at which the party stayed.
On one of these the hotél is conspicuously indicated. The
remainder of the report is taken up by lists of members, rules,
balance sheet, advertisements for ladies’ hats, furniture, and
other similarly useful information. The price of the volume is
not stated, but no doubt it could be purchased. Opinions on
the nature of publications may vary, but, personally, we would
have preferred seeing a single note recording the occurrence of
some unusual animal or plant in the society’s area, written by
either of its 190 members, rather than the contents of this
56 pp. pamphlet. From a society having an annual income of
over 4120 we should have expected something more substantial.
Under the head of ‘ expenditure’ are some items which, perhaps,
account for the present state of affairs. The greatest amount is
for ‘Fees and honorarium,’ for one individual, and another is
for ‘196 teas at Art Gallery Soirée.’

DR. BATHER AND MUSEUMS.

At the fourteenth annual meeting and conference of the
Museums’ Association, held at Aberdeen in July, the President,
Dr. F. A. Bather, delivered an address on ‘ The Functions of
a Museum.’ He pointed out that at the present day visitors to
museums fell naturally into three classes :—(1) Investigators ;
(2) students of school or college standing, with whom were
joined amateurs and collectors; and (3) the lay public.
Experience suggested that the collections in a large museum
should be arranged in three divisions: (1) a stored series,
accessible only to investigators; (2) an exhibited series,
intended for the instruction of students and for the assistance
of amateurs, freely open to such really interested people, but
. denied to the public, and (3) a smaller series of carefully selected
objects so displayed as to make the utmost appeal to the
general public.

1903 ‘August 1.

292
OBSERVATIONS ON ROOKS.

JULIET V. BLACKBURN,
Driffield.

IN the trees just opposite the room at Driffield in which I
spend much time the Rooks are building. In February, during
a spell of warm weather, some young and reckless birds thought
it was time to set up housekeeping, and great was the gathering
of sticks and quarrelling about eligible sites. But the old birds,
with experience of East Riding springs, ruthlessly threw the
sticks down again and turned the young couples out of the
trees.

During the past winter I have noticed a care for the good
of the community which I had not seen before. After the great
storms in December a Rook ‘ Parliament’ was held, resulting in
all the nests being demolished excepting a few in the most
sheltered trees. As yet the tallest trees have no nests in them,
though six couples, apparently the same as had their nests there
last year, sit in the branches nearly all day and warn off any
others that come prospecting round.

During the winter months the Rooks do not sleep in their
rookeries, and leave their nests at night. Each pair of Rooks
appears to try to be the last to leave. Sometimes they will go
off, and quietly return. These tactics were explained when I
saw two rooks come hurrying back. They pounced upon an
unfinished nest and reduced it to ruins, flinging all the twigs
to the ground except two or three which they carried to their
own nest.

On another occasion I noticed a Rook steal a tempting twig
from a neighbour’s nest. The owners were away, but a dozen
other Rooks noticed the theft, and he was pecked and hustled
about by the community at large until the owners returned and
added their quota of abuse.

Among all the busy, happy pairs in the rookery opposite
there are two sad and solitary birds, whether bachelors or
maidens I cannot say. While the other birds are fetching sticks
they sit and gaze enviously at the nests. When the others come
back they try to look perky and superior, but only succeed in
getting into everybody’s way, and finally are ignominiously
driven out of the trees, only to return as soon as the busy
couples turn their backs.

Naturalist,

293
NORTH OF ENGLAND PSEUDOSCORPIONS.

H. WALLIS KEW, F.Z.S.,
London.

PSEUDOSCORPIONS were known in the South of England in 1665*
— 42 years before the birth of Linnazus—in Scotland in 1817,T
and in Ireland in 1836,{ yet it was not until 1884,|| as far as
I have ascertained, that anything was published concerning
them in the North of England. Even at the present time there
is a Surprising scarcity of information as to their distribution in
the northern counties, where we know as yet but seven of the
twenty species which have been found in these islands.

My object at present is to call attention to these Arachnids,
and to the want of information concerning them; and to ask for
co-operation in a study not only of their distribution but also of
their life-histories and habits. It is surprising that a number
of naturalists state, in reply to inquiries, that they have never
seen these animals; and one gathers that without renewed refer-
ence to books they cannot even recall their appearance or any
facts concerning them. This is the more remarkable since some
of our species are common and apparently generally distributed,
occurring under stones, among dead leaves, and under bark of
trees ; sometimes, moreover, they are found in disused stables
and other abandoned places where animals or birds have been
kept, as well as in old birds’-nests and bee-hives, and even in
old houses among papers and objects of natural history. The
two outline figures accompanying this paper will give a general
idea of the appearance of the creatures; and the key given
below will serve for the approximate determination of the
species. Reliance on the key alone, however, is not desirable—
it might be upset by the discovery of species new to Britain
—and thus before deciding on the identity of a specimen one

*R. Hooke, ‘Micrographia: or Some Physiological Descriptions of
Minute Bodies made by Magnifying Glasses,’ 1665, p. 207; Pl. XXXIII.,
Pig. 2.

+W. E. Leach, ‘On the Characters of the Genera of the Family
Scorpionidea, with Descriptions of the British Species of Chelifer and
Obisium,’ Zoological Miscellany, III. (1817), p. 51.

{R. Templeton, ‘Catalogue of Irish Crustacea, Myriapoda, and Arach-
nida, selected from the Papers of the late John Templeton, Esq.,’ Loudon’s
Magazine of Natural History, IX. (1836), p. 14.

||O. P.-Cambridge, ‘ Pseudoscorpions New to Britain,’ The Naturalist
X. (1884), p. 103.

1g0o3 August 1.

204 Kew. North of England Pseudoscorptons.

must compare it in detail with published descriptions. It is
true that all the Pseudoscorpions are small, and have to be
specially searched for; but their form is so odd, and their
deportment and general proceedings so remarkable, that no one
is likely to regret an acquaintance with them; and it would well
serve my purpose to attempt to name specimens for readers who
may be interested in them. They travel well alive in tubes with
a little moss, or dead in tubes of spirit; and may be addressed
to me in the care of the Union of London and Smith’s Bank,
2, Princes Street, E.C. ;

The principal works used in the preparation of the key,
and of the classified list which follows it, are (1) E. Simon,

Fe

Fiz. 1.—Chelifer latreillii; Fiz. 2.—Chthonius rayi: two of the Pseudoscorpions
(Class: Arachnida; Order Pseudoscorpiones).

Outline diagrams made by the writer from Lincolnshire specimens; much enlarged. The
minute structures of the chelicerze, and most of the hairs are omitted.

Chelifer latreilfii (Sub-order: Panctenodactyli) is known in the north of England in
Yorkshire and Lincolnshire ; and is found in considerable plenty in the ne’ghbourhood of the
coast. Chthoaius rayi(Sub-order : Hemict2nodactyli) is known in the north of England
in the same counties ; and is probably generally distributed throughout the country.

The animals, exclusive of the appendages, are about 3 mm. and 2 mm. in length respec-
tively.

‘Les Arachnides de France,’ VII. (1879), pp. 1-78; (2). L.
Balzan, ‘Voyage de M. E. Simon au Venezuela: Pseudo-
scorpiones,’ Annales de la Société entomologique de France,
LX. (1891), pp. 497-552; (3) O. P.-Cambridge, ‘On the British
Species of False-Scorpions,’ Proceedings of the Dorset Natural
History and Antiquarian Field Club, XIII. (1892), pp. 199-231 ;
(4) H. J. Hansen, ‘Organs and Characters in different Orders

Naturalist,

Kew: North of England Pseudoscorpions. 295

of Arachnids,’ Entomologiske Meddelelser, IV. (1893-4), pp. 137-
251; (5) Lankester [and Pocock], ‘Arachnida,’ Encyclopedia
Britannica, ed. ro, I. (1902), pp. 519-546. In the case of species
with which [I am not acquainted, the characters found in the
key have been taken without verification from the work of the
Rev. O. P.-Cambridge. Some explanation of the terms used
may perhaps be necessary; and it may accordingly be stated
that the chelicere are the appendages of the first pair, the pedz-
palps those of the second pair, and the /egs those of the third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth pairs. The pedipalps and legs consist of
coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia, and tarsus, the last part being
always of two pieces in the pedipalps where its first piece forms
the hand and fixed finger, and its second piece the movable
jinger. In the legs, the femur also may be of two pieces, or it
may have a small part—the ¢rochantin—more or less separated
from it at the base. All the appendages belong to the fore-
body, the dorsal covering of which is the carapace, while the
tergites are the plates of the upper surface of the hind-body. As
regards the local notes in Section III., it must be explained that
the mark ! is used to indicate records which have the authority
of Mr. Cambridge’s specific determinations; while those for
which I am alone responsible are marked with the letter A.

My grateful acknowledgments are due to Mr. Cambridge for
great kindness in naming specimens, from various parts of
England, for many years past.

eis LOVE BREGISE. PSEUDOSCORPIONS:

1. Chelicerze small; carapace rounded in front, with one or two

grooves ; tergites with median division ... Fr nreaee
2. Chelicerz large ; carapace truncated in front, within grooves ;
tergites without median division _... a BoP He Jee 2B
3. Carapace with one groove; first and second legs without
trochantin ae : .. Mtuseorum.
4. Carapace with two grooves ; feo and Eocene ee with trochantin 5
5a Enyes mone * kee ie ts eae find re is ep SPe sens)
6. Eyes two ails ae e a Ae ae ei fh epic Woes
7- Hairs simple ... ae es ae ae hd fa me ag
8. Hairs clavate... ia Lae aa nee ar ae bd Seen ab
9. Hand distinctly longer than broad; fingers equal to hand in
length ae : , 3 ee nodosus.
10. Hand nearly or Le as cibpardh as lone’; ae ers shorter than
hand ae ; ore insuetus.
it. Hand very tumid, but SH ly foneee tien nae fingers equal to
hand in length , ... sats of ... clmicotdes.
12. Hand less tumid, distinctly ioe than Besusie fingers (at least
the movable one) a little longer than hand ere Bs bite EES

1y03 August 1.

ios)
ars

estica:
=

Go GH) WW
SI OH

Kew. North of England Pseudoscorpions.

Hairs strongly and uniformly clavate... ao ... phaleratus.
Hairs less strong, many simple .. ise “ioc a dubtus.
Hairs clavate oe ane 3G aay ae oe cE oe
Hairs simple ... do a8 Soe oe She ae latreillr?,
Pedipalps robust... 58 30% bbe Bae aaa ae soo 1S)
Pedipalps long, slender... sis Be she ss it pee)
Fingers shorter than hand; hairs on cares mostly obtuse, if
any clavate a Se subruber.
Fingers equal to hand in i lenges Hains on _pedipalps generally
Clavaten 2: ... meridianus.
Pedipalps much aLtenestees nin ie very slightly (if at all)
shorter than femur si oa .. hermannt.
Pedipalys generally stouter, with ana * ngrt es (not greatly)
shorter than femur set ... cancrotdes.

First and second legs with oe ia two pieces and tarsus of two

pieces; fingers curved.. 3 aan ees
First and second legs with femee of two pieces eam Peis ine one
piece ; fingers straight or nearly so... des 2a a = 283
Eyes two ee a is 200 weg et 38 ine song 27
Byes fours ieee si des ie a oe Se 9-29)
Pedipalps with fae as lone as femur; fingers as long as hand
cambridgii.
Pedipalps with tibia distinctly shorter than femur ; fingers longer
than hand.. a ee 3 356 a lubricus.
Fingers short, otrone: saanesee equal fee no more than equal) t
hand in length ... of ae eee eue sul
Fingers long, less strong, Ponsiiaeenyy, ioneee tan Hanae
MLUSCOrUM.
Hand robust ; femur of pedipalps shorter in proportion
sylvaticum.
Hand less robust, somewhat oval; femur of eae longer in
proportion to tibia = ... maritimum.
Hand with depression at base of face Ancor Sgneere but slightly
longer than hand as ike tetrachelatus.
Hand without depression ; fingers mae longer than hand.. Been SS)
Hand unicolorous with rest of pedipalp; fingers straight ... i) PBF
Hand deeply coloured ; fingers very slightly curved... tenuis.
Distance between eves equal to their diameter orthodactylus.
Distance between eyes nearly double their diameter ws TAI.

AULIST JO DHE BREUISH SPECIES) MARKEE DE TORSO
THOSE KNOWN IN THE NORTH. OF, ENGLAND

Class : ARACHNIDA.
Order “PSEUDOSCORPIONES.
Sub-Order: Panctenodactylz.
Family : CHELIFERID/L.
Sub-Family : Chetridiine.

x 1. Cheiridium museorum (Leach), 1817.

Nz aturalioe

x
Ny

Ww

a ie

ew. North of England Pseudoscorpions.

ty
Ne)
“I

Sub-Family : Cheliferine.
Chernes nodosus (Schr.), 1803.
Chernes insuetus Cambr., 1892.
Chernes cimicoides (Fabr.), 1793.
Chernes phaleratus (Simon), 1870.
Chernes dubius Cambr., 1802.
Chelifer subruber Simon, 1879.
Chelifer meridianus L. Koch, 1873.
Chelifer cancroides (Linn.) 1761.
Chelifer hermanni Leach, 1817.
Chelifer latreillii Leach, 1817.

Family: GARYPIDAE.

[Unrepresented in Britain. ]

Sub-Order : Hemictenodactyli.
Family : OBISIIDAE.
Roncus lubricus L. Koch, 1873.
Roncus cambridgii L. Koch, 1873.
Obisium sylvaticum C. L. Koch, 1837.
Obisium maritimum Leach, 1817.
Obisium muscorum Leach, 1817.

Family: CHTHONIID,

Chthonius tetrachelatus (Prevs.), 1790.
Cathonius tenuis L. Koch, 1873.
Chthonius orthodactylus (Leach), 1817.
Chthonius rayi L. Koch, 1873.

COUNTY RECORDS AND BIBLIOGRAPHY.

NORTHUMBERLAND.

[Mr. Cambridge (3) mentions having received Chelifer
fatreillii from near Berwick-on-Tweed; but this is probably
a mistake for North Berwick (Haddingtonshire), whence Mr. H.
Crowther sent specimens to Mr. Cambridge in 1882*, |

See oe

*“H. Crowther, ‘ Chelifer Degeerii C. Koch [=C. latreillit], a species new
to Britain.’ Hardwicke’s Science-Gossip, XVIII. (1882), p- 277; Zoologist
(3), VI. (1882), p. 465.

1903 August 1.

208 Kew: North of England Pseudoscorpions.

CUMBERLAND.

Chernes nodosus. Carlisle: on the leg of a fly (F. O. P.-
Cambridge) !

Obisium muscorum. Carlisle, Armathwaite, Wreay; com- :
mon in the woods among dead leaves (F. O. P.-Cambridge) !

DURHAM AND WESTMORLAND.

{No records. |

YORKSHIRE.

Chernes nodosus. Bradford: on the leg of a fly (R. H.
Meade)! Bradford: on the leg of a house-fly (W. West)!
Leeds: in a book in a library (G. Hainsworth) !

Chelifer latreillii. Spurn Point: under a log of wood on
the sands (H. E. Johnson)!

Obisium muscorum. Aysgarth: under stones, April 1903
(F. W. Wilson), &.

Chthonius rayi. Aysgarth: under stones, April 1903 (H.
Wilson), &.

LANCASHIRE.

[No records. |

CHESHIRE.

Chernes nodosus. Bowdon: on the leg of a house-fly on
a window, August 1894 (T. A. Coward), K., Chester: on the
lee of a house-fly, August 1899 (E. J. Muspratt), «A. . The
specimens are in the Chester Museum.

DERBYSHIRE AND NOTTINGHAMSHIRE.

[No records. |

LINCOLNSHIRE.

Cheiridium museorum, Raventhorpe (J. Beaulah)! Kirton-
in-Lindsey : in great numbers in a deserted sparrow’s nest in
ivy on a cottage, July 1877 (Dr. George)!

Chernes nodosus. Near Kirton-in-Lindsey : four mounted
in a slide (Dr. George)! Louth: on the leg of a fly caught on
the wing in a warehouse, September 1900 (J. Larder)! Gains-
borough: on the leg of a fly on one of the windows in Highfield

House (A. P. Burton) !

Naturalist,

Kew. North of England Pseudoscorpions. 299

Chernes cimicoides. Scotton Common: found by Mr.
J. Porter under the bark of a willow (H. E. Johnson)!

Chelifer Jatreillii, Mablethorpe: under bark of. dead
wood in a fence, October 1886 (H. W. Kew)! Mablethorpe:
June 1893 (W. F. Baker). Mablethorpe: under an old boot,
August 1900 (R. W. Goulding). Trusthorpe: under pieces of
woud (CC, 5. Catter, “A.” Chapelyst. Leonards: ‘plentiial
. 2. Mason)" Saltiieetby St. Clements ; under pieces of
wood, April r901 (H. W. Kew), XK. Cleethorpes, Donna
Nook, Saltfleetby St. Clements, Mablethorpe, Trusthorpe,
Sutton-le-Marsh, Huttoft, and near’ Chapel St. Leonards:
plentiful, April 1903 (H. W. Kew), &. In all cases on or
about the sand-hills and warrens of the coast: under objects
lying on the sand or sandy soil; under the bark of maimed
stumps of Sea-Buckthorn and Elder, and of dead branches
in fences, &c.

Obisium muscorum. Welton-le-Wold: among dead beech
leaves, April 1901 (H. W. Kew)!

Chthonius tetrachelatus. Tetney: under pieces of chalk
in the defences of the sea-bank south of the Haven, April 1903
(C5. Carter). i:

Chthonius rayi. Broughton, near Brigg (J. Beaulah)!
Kirton-in-Lindsey: under stones in garden (Dr. George)!
Trusthorpe: under pieces of wood on the sandhills (C. S.
Carter)! North Ormsby: under flints in a chalk-pit (C. S.
Carter)! Louth: under stones in garden; Maltby Wood:
under a log; Welton-le-Wold: among dead beech leaves;
Hubbard’s Valley: under pieces of chalk, April 1901 (H. W.
Kew), K. Torksey: found by Mr. Carter under a lump of
gypsum, June rgor (E. A. W. Peacock). Scunthorpe: found
by Mr. Carter under a’stone;. July 1902 (E. A.W. Peacock):
Tetney: with C. ¢etrachelatus as above noted, April 1903 (C. S.
Carter), A. Louth: under stones in garden in Bridge Street,
May 1903 (C. S. Carter).

BIBLIOGRAPHY.
(1) CAMBRIDGE, O. P.- ‘Pseudoscorpions New to Britain.’ The
Naturalist, X. (1884), p. 103. [Chernes nodosus, Bradford and

Leeds. |

(2) Kew, H. W. ‘ Chelifer De Geerit Koch near the Lincolnshire coast.’
The Naturalist, 1886, p. 339. [Chelifer degeerit=C. latreillii,
Mablethorpe. ]

(3) CAMBRIDGE, O. P.- ‘On the British Species of False Scorpions.’
Proceedings of the Dorset Natural History and Antiquarian Field

1903 August 1.

300 Yorkshire Naturalists at Goathland.

Club, XIII. (1892), pp. 199-231. [Chetridium museorum, Lincoln-
shire; | Chernes nodosus, Cumberland and Yorkshire; Chelifer
latreillii, Northumberland (?) and Lincolnshire; Odzsium mus-
corum, Cumberland. |

(4): RoEBuck, W. D. The Naturalist, 1893, p. 172. [Chelzfer latreillii,
Mablethorpe. ]

(5) Baker, W. F. ‘Foundation of a Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union.’
The Naturalist, 1893, p. 261. [Chelifer latreillii, Mablethorpe. ]

(6) GouLpiInG, R. W. ‘Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union at Mablethorpe.’
The Naturalist, 1901, pp. 151-4. [Chelifer latreillii, Chthonius
rayt. |

(7) Kew, H. W. ‘Lincolnshire Pseudoscorpions: With an Account of
the Association of such Animals with other Anthropods.’ The
Naturalist, 1901, pp. 193-215. [Cheiridium museorum, Chernes
nodosus, Chelifer latreilliz, Chthonius rayt.|

(8) JOHNSON, H. E. ‘East Riding Pseudoscorpions.’ Transactions of
the Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club, I. (1901), p. 228.
[| Chelifer latreilliz, Spurn. }

(9) CAMBRIDGE, F. O. P.- ‘The Victoria History of the County of
Cumberland,’ I. (1g01), p. 157. [Chernes nodosus, Obistum mus-
corum. |

(10) PrEAcock, E. A. W. ‘Lincolnshire Naturalists at Torksey.’ The
Naturalist, 1902, pp. 133-8. [Chthontus rayi.|

(11) PEaAcock, E. A. W. ‘Lincolnshire Naturalists at Scunthorpe.’ The
Naturalist, 1902, pp. 375-380. [Chthonius rayi. |

lO ——————

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT GOATHLAND.

GOATHLAND, Fen Bogs, and Murk Mire Moor were visited by
about fifty members and associates of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union on Saturday, 27th June. Goathland, itself, has recently
been ‘improved’ by golfers, and is assuming the garb of
a suburb of a busy city. Once outside the village, however,
this aspect is gone, if not forgotten, and typical Yorkshire
moors, for the most part in their natural condition, extend for
miles and miles, to the great delight of the student of
Nature.

The fauna and flora of this wild tract were investigated by
a party led by Messrs. J. T. Sewell and W. Ingham. Fen Bogs
proved a glorious hunting ground for this section.

The geologists, under the leadership of Mr. P. F. Kendall
and the Rev. J. Hawell, visited Murk Mire Moor. Sections were
few, and fossils were fewer, and hammers and bags were hardly
needed ; yet the geologists had a ‘field day’ such as will not
soon be forgotten. They were on ground which has recently
been brought prominently before the. geological world by the

Naturalisi,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Goathland. 301

remarkable investigations of Mr. Kendall* in connection with
the lakes formed by the damming up of the valleys by ice during
the Glacial Period. From various points during the day’s
ramble the sites of the old lakes were pointed out, with their
accompanying phenomena, the ‘overflow channels.’ At Castle
Hill was perhaps one of the most remarkable examples of
erosion met with during the ramble ; its extraordinary position
and surrounding channels of various heights being readily
accounted for on Mr, Kendall’s theory. It seems strange that,
although the various phenomena upon which Mr. Kendall bases
his conclusions have been carefully and accurately mapped for
years, their true interpretation has only just been made.

A few erratics were noted on the moors, particulars of which
will no doubt appear in the ‘ Boulder Report.’

After tea, which was held at the Goathland Hotel, Mr. W.
Denison Roebuck presided at the general meeting, when reports
on the work accomplished were given by the Chairman and
Messrs. J. Waddington, M. L. Thompson, W. Ingham, M. B.
Slater, P. F. Kendall, and the Rev. J. Hawell. A Viper, which
had been secured during the afternoon, was exhibited, and some
shells of Helix nemoralis, as broken and fed upon by hedgehogs,
were also shown.

A few members stayed the week-end in the vicinity, and
these assembled on the Saturday evening, under the chairman-
ship of Mr. E. Hawkesworth to hear the promised papers, ‘ An
Oolitic Plant Bed in North Cleveland,’ by the Rev. J. Hawell,
and ‘The Birds of the Goathland District,’ by Mr. T. Stephen-
son. Both these will appear in ‘The Naturalist.’

The following day being even hotter than the first, there
was a general disinclination for very much exertion. The
morning was spent in the vicinity of Mallyan Spout, where the
botanists found plenty to occupy their attention. In the woods
close by some of the members made their first acquaintance with
the Stink-horn (Phallus impudicus), half a dozen being in full
growth near an old tree stump. One was gathered for the
secretary of the Mycological Committee, but was not carried
far! In the afternoon, by the friendly help of a waggonette,
some of the outlying parts of the moors were visited. On the
heather a large Dragon-fly, identified by Mr. Porritt as Cordule-
gaster annulatus, was secured.

The following reports on results of the excursion have been
received :—

“See ‘ The Naturalist,’ January 1903, pp. 14-16.

1903 August 1.

302 Yorkshire Naturalists at Goathland.

For the botanical section, Mr. W. Ingham, B.A., writes that
the most interesting flowering plants noticed, chiefly in Fen
Bogs, were :—Schollera Occycoccus, Ranunculus hederaceus,
Menyanthus trifoliata, Valertana dioica, Comarum palustre,
Orchis latifolia, Habenaria bifolia, Drosera rotundijolia, Pingut-
cula vulgaris, and Myrivphyllum verticillatum floating in large
masses in the stream by the railway line, and accompanied by
Scirpus fluttans. On the dry moorland was S. cespitosus,
and here also, but especially in Fen Bogs, was an interest-
ing variety of Sedges, as follows :—Carex ptlulifera, C. syl-
vatica, C. pulicaris, C. ovalis, C. ampullacea, C. paniculata,
C. fulva, C. stellutata, C. flacca, C. vulgaris, and C. pallescens.
The Fen Bogs were also especially rich in the SAhagna or bog
mosses, the chief being (named according to the new system
by Warnstorf) Sphagnum molluscum, in fruit; S. rubellum
vars. rubrum, versicolor, and violaceum; S. acuttfolium vars.
flavo-rubellum and versicolor; S. subnifens, in abundant fruit,
with vars. flavo-rubellum, pallescens, and versicolor; S. teres
var. zmbricatum ; S. recurvum var. amblyphyllum, in extensive
masses in the shallow pools; S. compactum var. imbricatum,
common on dry moorland by the side of the bog ; S. zrundutum,
in large masses in the shallow pools; S. Gravefzz, by side of
rill; S. rufescens, abundant in the pools ; S. cymbzfolium var. fusco-
rubescens ; S. papillosum var. normale f. conferta, in fruit; and
S. medium of two vars., purpurascens and glauco-purpurascens.
Vast quantities of Zypnum commutatum grow on the steep sides
of the bog, as also masses of the hepatics Scapania undulata and
Scapania purpurascens.

Mr. Slater found at Mallyan Spout the mosses Georgva
Browniana and Heterocludium heteropterum, and the hepatics
Harpanthus scutatus and a rather large form of Chzloscyphus
polvanthos. This district is extremely rich in all the departments
of bryology, due to the wonderfully-varied surface and light,
shade, and moisture.

Mr. M. L. Thompson, F.E.S., reports that Mr. HH. Ostheide
and himself found this upland district a good one for coleoptera,
and, with the assistance of Mr. J. T. Sewell, a large number of
species was noted. Working over Goathland Moor, many of
the common moorland beetles were met with, including the
brilliant Carabus nittens, so characteristic of our heaths. On
arriving at Fen Bogs additional species occurred on the heather,
birches, and sallows growing in that locality. The full list is as
follows :—

Naturalist,

Sutcliffe: Notes on F. UNL.

Cicindela campestris L.
Carabus nitens L.
Notiphilus aquaticus L.
Leistus ferrugineus L.
Nebria brevicollis F.
Dyschirius globosus Herbst.
Bradycellus cognatus Gy.
Bradycellus similis De}.
Plerostichus madidus F.
Calathus flavipes Foure.
Calathus melanocephalus L.
Olisthopus rotundatus Payk.
Bembidium atroceruleum.
Laccobius sinuatus Mots.
Limnebius truncatellus Thoms.

Helophorus brevipalpis Bedel.

Cercyon hemorrhoidalis Herbst.

Quedius molochinus Grav.
Xantholinus linearis Ol.
Othius fulvipennis F.
Anthobium torquatum Marsh.
Adalia bipunctata L.
Coccinella ro-punctata L.
Brachypterus urtice F.,
Epurea deleta Er.
Meligethes eneus F.
Meligethes viridescens F.
Enicmus transversus Ol.
Byturus tomentosus F.
Byrrhus pilula 1.
Aphodius lapponum Gyll.
Aphodius rufipes L.

Geotrupes sylvaticus Panz.

Athous hemorrhoidalis F.
Adrastus limbatus F.

Agviotes obscurus L.

Agriotes pallidulus Ml.
Dolopius marginatus L.
Corymbites quercus Gyll.
Cyphon coarctatus Payk.
Cyphon pallidulus Boh.
Lampyris noctiluca L. (larva).
Telephorus lituratus F.
Telephorus bicolor F.
Telephorus paludosus Fall.
Telephorus flavilabris Fall.
Rhagonycha linbata Thoms.
Malthodes marginatus Satr.
Grammoptlera tabacicolor De G.
Pogonocherus bidentatus Thoms.
Lema lichenis Voet.
Cryptocephalus labiatus L.
Phytodecta pallida L.
Luperus rufipes Scop.
Lochmea suturalis Thoms.
Flaltica ericetéi All.
Crepidodera ferruginea Scop.
Crepidodera rufipes L.
Otiorrhynchus picipes F.
Strophosomus lateralis Pa yk.
Phyllobius urtice De G.
Phyllobius viridieris Laich.
Anoplus plantaris Naez.
Ceuthorrhynchus erice Gyll,
Ceuthorrhynchidius troglodytes F

TS!

i.

FUNGI.

A New British Fungus.—I found a parasitic fungus—
Plasmopara pusilla (Schrét)—on Geranium pratense at Embsay,
near Skipton, on Whit-Monday last. This species has not
previously been recorded for Great Britain. Since then I have
found this fungus in plenty on the same host-plant on the banks
of the river Aire near Esholt. This, together with the following,
were kindly identified by Mr. Massee, of Kew.—J. E. SuTcLiFFE,
Bradford.

A New Host for a Fungus.—During the Whitsuntide
holidays I was fortunate enough to find a species of Plasmopara,
i.e., P. densa (Schrét) at Cockit-Moss, Giggleswick, growing
on Rhinanthus crista-gall’, this being a new host-plant for
the fungus.—J. E. Surciirre, Bradford.

1903 August tr.

304
edgar FRESHWATER MITES.

GF. GEORGE, M.R.CS.,
Kirton-in-Lindsey, Lincolnshire.

Arrhenurus leuckarti Piersig. This appears to be one of
the rare water mites. It was first described by Dr. Piersig in
1894 in Zool. Auz, v. 17, p. 114. It belongs to that savant’s
second division of the Avrhenur?, i.e., the appendage to the
body is not cylindrical, or like a
tail, but broadest at the posterior
end, and somewhat narrower
where it joins the body, and
with a central, projecting petiole
arising from its ventral side; in
external anatomy it resembles
‘A. maculator Miller’ (a figure
and description of which may be
found in ‘Science Gossip’ for
December 1882, p. 272)5 othe
large, horn-like projections, on
the central portion of the posterior
part of the back, are united at
the base, and only divided at the
summit, as in A. maculator; the
hyaline membrane is also similar
to that of ‘maculator,’ but the
petiole is very different, and forms

Arrhenurus leuckarti Piersig. the easily-recognised distinction

between the two mites; in ‘zacu-
lator’ it is chisel-shaped, with a slightly-curved posterior edge,
the external angles being only a little blunt, whilst in ‘Zeuckartz’
it is broadened at the extremity and rounded and without angles,
unlike any well-known object I can think of (see lower figure) ;
in colour it is bluish-green. I have not heard of its being found
elsewhere in England. Mr. Soar drew the figures from one of
my specimens ; he also gave me the measurements, which are :—
Length of body, 1°12 mm.; breadth of body, 0°72 mm., length

Ol petioles ovraeaminn. "BL eee
BIRDS.

Curlew Sandpiper in Durham.—A couple of specimens
of the Curlew Sandpiper (Ancylochilus suburquatus) were shot on
the coast between Sunderland and Seaham on 12th December
1902.—J. W. Fawcett, Satley, Darlington, rst April 1903.

Naturatist,

(oy)
(2)
Lo7T

LINCOLNSHIRE GALLS.

Rev. EDWARD ADRIAN WOODRUFFE-PEACOCK, L.Th., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
Vicar of Cadney; Hon. Sec. Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union,
AND
Miss S. C. STOW,
Brandon, Grantham.

(Continued from ‘ The Naturalist,” May 1903, p. 186.)

Diplosis botularia Wtz. On Fraxinus excelsior L., S. Div. 13, Court
Leys, September 1902; Div. 14, Cranwell, 1902; Div. 15, Brandon,
September 1902; Sapperton, September 1902, }.

Diplosis pyrivora Riley. On Pyrus communis (Hezzel Pear of old
gardens), N. Div. 3, Cadney Vicarage garden, June 1902, *.

Dryophanta divisa Alder. On Quercus pedunculata, S. Div. 13, Court
Leys, October 1902, +.

Eriophyes galit Karp. On Galium verum L. and G. Aparine L., S.
Div. 13, Court Leys, 23rd September 1902, +.

Eriophyes goniothorax Nal. On Crategus monygna Jacq., S. Div. 13,
Court Leys, 1902; Div. 15, Sapperton, September 1902, +.

Eriophyes macrochelus Nal. On Acer campestre L., S. Div. 15, Brandon,
September rgo2, fF.

Eriophyes macrorhyncus Nal. On Acer campestre L., N. Div. 3, Cadney,
June 1902, *; S. Div. 13, Caythorpe, September 1902; Haddington,
1902; Div. 14, Cranwell, October 1902, +.

Eriophyes marginatus. On Salix alba L., N. Div. 2, Bottesford, 1901, *.

Eriophyes piri Nal. On Pyrus communis (Hezzel Pear of old gardens),
N. Div. 2, Bottesford, 1899-1901, *.
Eriophyes rudis Canest. On Betula alba, N. Div. 2, Bottesford, 1864 ;
. Broughton, 1872; Div. 3, Housham, 1891-1902, *.
Eriophyes similis Nal. On Prunus spinosa L., N. Div. 3, Cadney, 3oth
August 1902, *; S. Div. 13, Haddington, September 1go2, +.

Eriophyes tiliz Nal. On Tilia europea, N. Div. 2, Bottesford, 18096;
Scawby, 1899, *.

Eriophyes tristatus var. erinea Nal. On /uglans regia, N. Div. 2,

Bottesford, 1902, *; S. Div. 13, Court Leys, September 1902, +; Div. 15,
Sapperton, September 1902, Thomas Stow.

Eurytoma hyalipennis. On Ammophila arundinacea, N. Div. 4, Clee-
thorpes; Div. 9, Mablethorpe; Div. 11, Ingoldmells, and at other places
on Coast, 1901, *

Hormomyia Fagi Hartig. On Fagus sylvatica L., N. Div. 2, Bottesford,
1899-1902, *.

Livia juncorum Latr. On Juncus lamprocarpus, N. Div. 3, Cadney, 1893, *;
Div. 10, Woodhall Spa, October 1901, +; S. Div. 18, Spalding, August
1go1, t.

Mecinus pyraster Herbst. On Plantago lanceolata L., S. Div. 14, Rauceby,
13th August rgo2, +.

Nematus gallicola Steph. On Salix alba L., N. Div. 3, Cadney and
Housham, *; S. Div. 13, Court Leys, 1902; Div. 15, Brandon, 1902, +;
on Salix Caprea L., N. Div. 2, Bottesford and Broughton, 1902; Div. 3,
Cadney, goth August 1902, *; on Salix cinerea L., N. Div. 2, Broughton,
1902; Div. 3, Cadney, 1902, *; S. Div. 13, Haddington, September,
1902, t; on Salix fragilis L., N. Div. 3, Bigby, 1899 and 1go2, *.

1903 August 1. uU

3006 Peacock and Stow: Lincolnshire Gatlls.

Neuroterus lenticularis Oliv. On Quercus pedunculata, S. Div. 13,
Court Leys, October 1902, +; Haddington, 29th September 1902,
Thomas Stow.

Neuroterus numismatis Oliv. On Quercus pedunculata, S. Div. 13,
Court Leys, October 1902, +; Haddington, z9th September 1902,
Thomas Stow.

Pemphigus bursarius Koch. On Populus nigra L., N. Div. 6, Lincoln,
in a garden on High Street, July 1901, +.

Phyllocoptes acericola Nal. On Acer Pseudo-platanus L., N. Div. 2,
Bottesford, 1895-99, *; S. Div. 14, Cranwell, October 1902; Div. 15,
Sapperton, September, 1902, ¢.

Phyllocoptes fraxini Nal. On Fraxinus excelsior L., N. Div. 2, Bottes-
ford, 1875-1902, *; S. Div. 14, Cranwell, October rgoz2, +.

Phyllocoptes Thymi Nal. On Thymus Serpyllum Fr., S. Div. 13, Leaden-
ham, August 1902, *; S. Div. 14, Cranwell, October 1902; Div. 15,
West Willoughby Quarry, August 1902, *.

Polycystis violz Bremi. On Viola sylvatica, S. Div. 14, Cranwell,
October 1902, +.

Retinia resinella L. On Pinus sylvestris, N. Div. 2, Bottesford Moors,
1874; Broughton, 1893-1900, *. .
Rhodites eglanteriz Htg. On Rosa canina L., N. Div. 2, Bottesford,
1893; Div. 3, Cadney, 1902; Div. 5, Redbourn, 4th September 1902, * ;
S. Div. 13, Court Leys, September 1902; Haddington, 1902; Div. 15,

Brandon, September 1902, +.

Rhodites nervosus Cam. On Rosa canina L., N. Div. 8, Cadney, July
1902, *; S. Div. 13, Court Leys, 1902; Haddington, 1902; Div. 15,
Brandon, September 1902, f+.

Rhodites rose Htg. On Rosa canina L., N. Div. 1, Amcotts, 1877;
Eastoft, 1874; Div. 2, Bottesford, 1869; Scunthorpe, 11th July 1902 ;
Div. 3, Cadney, 2nd July 1902, *; S. Div. 13, Fulbeck, 1896, *; Court
Leys, 1902; Haddington, September 1902; Div. 14, Cranwell, October
1902; Div. 15, Sapperton, September 1902, +.

Rhodites rubiginosz. On Rosa rubiginosa, N. Div. 1, Haxey Turbary,
1899; Div. 2, Bottesford, 1876; Frodingham, 1899, *.

Rhopalosiphum ribis L. On Ribes nigrum L., N. Div. 2, Bottesford,
1902; Div. 3, Cadney, 1902, *; S. Div. 13, Court Leys, 27th September
1902, tf.

Schizoneura lJanigera Haus. On the orchard apple tree, S. Div. 13,
Court Leys, October rgo2, +.

Schizoneura ulmi L. On Ulmus montana, N. Div. 2, Bottesford, 1893 ;
Div. 3, Cadney, 1891-1902, *.

Trichopsylla Walkeri. On Rhamnus catharticus L., S. Div. 13, Court
Leys, September 1902; Div. 14, Cranwell, October 1902; Div. 15,
Sapperton, September 1902, +.

Urophora cardui L. On Cnicus arvensis Hofftm., N. Div. 3, Cadney,
August 1900, *

Urophora solstitialis L. On Centaurea nigra L., N. Div. 2, Hibaldstow,
August 1901, *; S. Div. 13, Caythorpe, October 1902, +.

Xestophanes potentillz Cam. On Potentilla reptans, N. Div. 2,
Broughton Wood, 16th August 1902, *; S. Div. 13, Court Leys, 25th
October 1902, f.

Eriophyes fraxini Nal. On Fraxinus excelsior L., S. Div. 15, Brandon,
20th September 1902, +

(Concluded. )

Naturalist,

HULL’S CONTRIBUTION TO SCIENCE.

Te SHEPPARD EGS:
Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union; Curator of
the Municipal Museum Huil.

(Continued from ‘The Naturalist.’ July 1903, p. 240.)

George Norman, who died in 1882, belongs to another
generation of naturalists, but was one of a hard-working party
who flourished in Hull a generation ago. He spent a great
deal of his time in his favourite pursuit, entomology ; though he
was much interested in botany (including the Diatomacez) and
other branches of natural history, and accomplished some sound
work in connection therewith. He spent part of his life in
business as a merchant, together with his brother, Mr. T. A.
Norman, in Wilberforce House, High Street; but he preferred
the country and the study of Nature to crowded thoroughfares
and business anxieties. And who would not? So being in
comfortable circumstances Norman was able to follow his own
inclinations.

In this neighbourhood George Norman collected butterflies
and moths, though his most valuable results in this direction
were achieved elsewhere. He had certain books, which were
his ‘working’ books, and it is from his numerous notes and
records on their pages that we are able to form some idea of
what he accomplished. *

It was in Scotland and Canada that Norman accomplished
his most valuable entomological work; and as the places he
visited were almost new ground at that time, he obtained quite
a large number of rare and interesting specimens, several of
which were new records for the localities, and in many instances
new to science. Some of these were named after him; for
example, amongst the Canadian specimens we find Perigrapha
Normant, Agrotis Normaniana, Noctua Normantana, Lithophane
Georgi, and Crocigrapha Normant.

Norman’s best entomological specimens are now preserved
at the British Museum.

* A copy of Stainton’s ‘ Manual of British Butterflies and Moths’ is a fair
example of the style of Norman’s work. Not only are there notes, addi-
tional localities, etc., on almost every page, but he has taken photographs
(natural size) of a large proportion of the moths described therein, and
pasted them in the margin of the book. In some cases there are four or
five such photographs on one page.

1903 August 1.

308 Sheppard: Hull's Contribution to Science.

J

His most important published work was unquestionably his
List of Local Diatoms, three editions of which were issued.
This has been of very great service to later workers, and at the
time it was first issued it was by far the most important list of
its kind in the country.

Although the study of diatoms was such a favourite one with
so many naturalists during Norman’s time, he was able to make
several additions to our knowledge on the subject. Some new
species which he found were named after him; others he named
in honour of his friends and fellow-workers, Sollitt and Harrison.
For example, there are Cosctnodiscus Normant, Pleurosigma
Normant, Odontidium Harrisoniz, and Aulacodiscus Sollittianus.

Norman’s excellent microscope and his collection of several
hundred slides are now preserved in the Museum in Albion
Sneek.

Though it is manifest that he took a keen interest in botanical
matters, I have not been able to find that he published anything
relating to that subject. He has, however, supplied others with
material. He hada great liking for ferns, exotic and British,
and had a very fine collection of the former in his greenhouses.
A great number of the excellent illustrations in Lowe’s ‘ Ferns,
British and Exotic’ (8 vols., 1855-1860), are from specimens
supplied by Norman, and the author states he is indebted to
him ‘for many plants and fronds of rare ferns, as well as for
the loan of several valuable foregn works upon the different
Filices.’

That he also did some work amongst the local plants is only
what we might have expected. Fortunately, his records, in his
own handwriting, are preserved in two books—‘ The Botanist’s
Manual’ (Sheffield, no date), and Baines’s ‘ Flora of Yorkshire.’
This latter contains Norman’s dated signature (1845), and the
records will presumably date from that time. Mr. J. F. Robinson
has carefully examined both books, and finds that in many cases
Norman’s records are the earliest for several East Riding plants,
whilst in others they are additions to the East Riding Flora.

Between 1843 and 1864 Norman regularly contributed to
the ‘Zoologist’ particulars of the local occurrences of uncommon
mammal, bird and fish.

Contemporary with him were Robert Harrison and J. D.
Sollitt, both able naturalists, who indirectly accomplished much
work in connection with the Literary and Philosophical Society

* Of the value of these probably no one can speak with more authority
than Mr. R. H. Philip, who has spent many months in examining them.

Naturalist,

Sheppard: Hull’s Contribution to Setence. 309

and other local institutions. Harrison was the honorary Curator
of the Hull Museum, and by his energy many notable local
natural history specimens were secured for the collections. Both
Harrison and Sollitt were enthusiastic diatom hunters, as already
pointed out, and if the naming of new species in their honour
goes for anything, they have at any rate been inscribed on the
permanent annals of science.

Reference should be made to the two Aldersons—father and
son. Of John Alderson (1758 to 1829) Charles Frost wrote :-—
‘The name of this much valued individual cannot be mentioned
in connection with literature and science without combining with
it a grateful recollection of his endeavours, on every occasion,
to place this town at least on a level with other large towns in
the scale of intellectual as well as commercial importance, by
impressing on the minds of the rising generation the necessity
of mental exertion and of encouraging liberality of sentiment
and conduct.’ Though not a native of Hull, the best part of his
life was spent there. The first stone of the Mechanics’ Institute
was laid by his hand. He was the first president of that insti-
tute, as also of the Literary and Philosophical Society. In 1802
he made a great effort to establish a commercial college at
Hull, which, however, fell through.* Some of his papers have
already been briefly referred to in these notes. His first pro-
duction was an essay on ‘The Nature and Origin of the Contagion
of Fevers,’ printed in Hull in 1878. Like Spence, he contributed
papers to the Holderness Agricultural Society, Alderson’s notes
printed in 1802 being on the improvement of poor soils. To
him a statue was erected, which is now in front of the Hull
Infirmary.

The fourth son, James, succeeded his father in practice, and
in addition to various technical papers on diseases of the
heart, etc., wrote one of local interest in 1825, namely, an
**Account of a Whale of the Spermaceti tribe cast on shore
on the Yorkshire Coast on the 28th April, 1825.’ This was
printed in the Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical
Society.

Reverting to the Botanical Gardens for one moment, the
success which these for a time enjoyed was greatly due to the

* At this Alderson was greatly disappointed, and we find him stating
that ‘so cold and indifferent were all the higher ranks who were addressed
on that subject that I had no small occasion for the good opinion of my
literary friends, to moderate the effects of the mortification I was made
to feel.’

1903 August 1.

310 Sheppard: Hulls Contribution to Scvence.

work of James Craig Niven (1828 to 1881). His appointment
at the Hull Gardens gave him an opportunity of laying them
out in sucha manner that they were of the greatest possible
service to the botanists of the country. In 1866 a catalogue
of the hardy herbaceous and Alpine plants then in cultivation
numbered upwards of 6,000 species, and took rank as one of the
most extensive in the country, a fact of which the town at that
time might well be proud. Niven also lectured at the Hull
School of Medicine, and his interesting discourses resulted in
much good botanical work being accomplished. To Varley’s
botanical magazines Niven contributed extensively, and he
edited a re-issue of Maund’s ‘ Botanical Garden,’ in six volumes.
He did all in his power to encourage the poorer classes to
cultivate plants, even when the space at their disposal consisted
of nothing more than the windows and window sills. The matter
was taken up in earnest by the working classes, and to aid them
Niven issued a very useful pamphlet, ‘Instructions for the
Growth of Plants and Bulbs in Windows.’

The foregoing is by no means an absolutely complete record
of Hull’s best scientific worthies and their work, but the chief ones
have been enumerated. Perhaps a more living interest would
be attached to these notes if a brief reference were made to the
scientific work now being accomphshed in the town. Of the
local scientific societies mention has already been made, and
whilst these have long lists of members, it by no means follows
that they all can be looked upon as hard workers. As in the
case of so many similar societies, the bulk of the work falls upon
the shoulders of a few, and the very existence of the societies
depends upon the exertions of these.

Perhaps the most substantial contribution to local scientific
literature that has been made recently is ‘The Flora of the East
Riding,’ published a few months ago. This was compiled by
Mr. J. F. Robinson, who at present holds the position of
President of the Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club.
Mr. Robinson has been connected with local scientific societies
for many years, and his work contains a complete account of
the various plants to be found in the East Riding, prefaced by
chapters on the Physiography, Topography, and Meteorology
of the district. The volume extends to over 250 pages, and is
the result of many years’ practical work in the field.

Another remarkable production made its appearance in 1901
through the efforts of Mr. R. H. Philip, who has also been
through the presidential chair of the local Field Club. This

Naturalist,

Sheppard: Hull’s Contribution to Science. cee

was an account of the 600 odd species of microscopic forms
of life known as Diatoms, written in conjunction with Mr.-
F. W. Mills, F.R.M.S., and was based on the list formerly
printed by George Norman. This is unquestionably one of the
finest local lists ever issued, and has the unique feature of an
illustration of every species enumerated. Again on the Natural
History side, Mr. E. W. Wade, an enthusiastic ornithologist,
has issued an account of the ‘Birds of Bempton Cliffs,’
illustrated by numerous photographs taken by himself whilst
dangling at the end of a rope over the edge of those steep chalk
cliffs. Of the working-man type of naturalist, Hull has a local
‘Thomas Edwards’ in Mr. J. W. Boult, a working stonemason.
Mr. Boult has taken a great interest in entomology, and the
enthusiastic manner in which he has pursued his hobby reflects
every credit upon him. Though the nature of his occupation
necessitates his being at work at very early hours, this does not
debar him from frequently being out even still earlier in search
of his winged friends, nor prevent him from spending all night
in the woods ‘sugaring.’ His collection at the present time is
an exceedingly valuable one, and it is perhaps worth mentioning
that some years ago he supplied the Yorkshire College with
a very fine series of British lepidoptera. He has prepared an
account of the lepidoptera of the Hull district.* Other Hull
writers who have contributed to local natural science are: Mr.
H. M. Foster, a scientific angler; Mr. N. F. Dobrée, who has
devoted his attention to the Noctue; Messrs. T. Stainforth and
H. E. Johnson, enthusiastic coleopterists; Mr. T. Audas,
a vice-president of the local Field Club and an enthusiastic
ornithologist ; and the late C. W. Russell, another ‘ working-
man’ naturalist, who was the first to give an account of East
Yorkshire coleoptera, and whose exceptionally fine specimens
now adorn the local collection in Albion Street.

In the geological field, Mr. J. W. Stather, the secretary of
the local Geological Society, has accomplished much good work,
a small proportion of which has been placed on record in the
Transactions of his Society. In the same publication will be
found notes by Dr. Walton, Mr. W. H. Crofts, and others on
interesting local geological topics.

The names just enumerated by no means represent a com-
plete list of the local workers in natural science. There are
others equally enthusiastic, although they have preferred using

* This has been printed in the Transactions of the Hull Scientific and
Field Naturalists’ Club.

1903 August 1.

312 Hawell: An Oolitic Plant Bed tn North Cleveland.

their influence in the encouragement of others rather than
publishing papers on their own account.

No account of Hull’s place in science would be complete
without a brief reference to the extraordinary extent to which
the commercial world is at last realising how necessary it is to
keep abreast with the times. The large manufactories, ship-
building yards, etc., for which Hull is so famous are recognising
to the full the advantages to be derived from having properly
trained scientific workmen. The paint, oil, soap, and other
industries are more and more alive to the importance of having
properly trained analysts. Electricians are daily increasing in
numbers in the manufactories, workshops, and municipal under-
takings, and the day is not far distant when, at any rate from a
commercial aspect, Hull’s scientific attainments will equal those
of any other provincial city. The present excellent Technical
Schools, Hymers College, Grammar School, and Higher Grade
Schools, and even the public elementary schools, are paying
more attention to the scientific training of the scholars, the
result of which cannot but be beneficial to the whole community.
The pity is that the importance of this training was not appre-
ciated more in former years. From the commercial aspect,
therefore, we have every reason to be hopeful for the future of
Hull’s scientific position; but with regard to the natural sciences
it is highly probable that any progress made will be due princi-
pally to the individual efforts of enthusiastic naturalists. It is
hoped, however, that the opening of the public Museum last
year, and the course of instruction now being given there to
scholars, may prove advantageous, and may do a little towards
demonstrating to Hull’s future citizens the truth of Words-

rth’s words— ;
WOR P “To the solid ground

Of Nature trusts the mind which builds for aye.’
(Concluded. )

Se Oa
AN OOLITIC PLANT BED IN NORTH CLEVELAND. *

Rev. J: HAWELL, M.A., F.G.S.

I HAVE recently been engaged in investigating certain plant-

bearing beds in the North Cleveland area, and possibly some

account of the results of the work may not be without interest.

Some years ago my. friend Mr. J. M. Meek,-of Redeai;

brought me some specimens of fossil plants which he had
* Read at the Goathland Meeting, 27th June 1903.

Naturalist,

Hawell: An Oolitic Plant Bed tn North Cleveland. ang

obtained from the northern face of the Upleatham outlier. They
consisted mainly of portions of fronds of W7lliamsonia and
Tentopieris, and interested me greatly, since the rock seemed
full of the plants laid one upon another, whilst I had previously
never met with more than a very few badly-preserved specimens
of Williamsonza foliage, and none of Zenzopferis or of any other
plant except Aguzsetites columnaris in the whole of the Lower
Oolitic area of Cleveland. I was anxious, accordingly, to know
the precise spot from which these interesting plants had been
obtained, but Mr. Meek’s description of the locality did not enable
me to find it. A little more than a year ago, however, Mr. Meek
very kindly accompanied me to the place, and we obtained
several specimens. Shortly afterwards, having obtained per-
mission from Lord Zetland’s agent to investigate further, I took
aman with me to help to work out the specimens, and on that
and various subsequent occasions we obtained more specimens
than we could bring away, and I have now a large amount of
material.

The locality from which Mr. Meek obtained his plants, and
from which most of my specimens have been derived, is the old
Marske Quarry, situate one mile due south of Marske, and
about 500 feet above sea level. The first specimens which
I obtained, and the great majority of those which I have since
collected, have been derived from a spoil heap at the west end
of the quarry, consisting of material thrown aside by the work-
men whilst uncovering the sandstone which formed the raison
d’étre of the quarry. According to the six-inch geological map
the section at the point consists of —Carbonaceous shale 15 feet,
coal 2 inches, sandstone 20 feet. I have not observed the two
inches of coal, and the base of the sandstone is not visible, but
the measurements may be taken as approximately correct. The
surface of the sandstone is, however, very irregular, and the
stone itself is current-bedded, and so much sprinkled with
ferruginous nodules, mostly concretionary, and varying in
diameter from half an inch to half a foot, that I believe the
working of it at this point ceased more than twenty years ago.
The plants are mainly in the ‘Carbonaceous shale’ overlying the
sandstone, and occur in the greatest profusion immediately
above it, in what would much more appropriately be termed
ferruginous shales. In fact, the best specimens have been
obtained from a somewhat shaly or at least fissile ironstone, so
compact and tenacious that blocks 18 inches in length and about
6 inches in thickness have been obtained from the spoil heap

1903 August 1.

314 Hawell: An Oolitic Plant Bed in North Cleveland.

after lying in it for twenty years or more within a foot or two of.
the surface, still in good unweathered condition.

Although I have so far obtained my largest and finest
specimens from the spoil heap, I have been able to trace the
plant-bearing shales right round the quarry. Here and there
concretionary box-stones occur in lines or otherwise, and pretty
plant-impressions may be found on these boxes. Near the
east end of the quarry the thickness of shale remaining is
small, and it is covered by glacial drift, and apparently disturbed
to a small extent by the passage of the glacier. It is not
improbable that in the glacial deposits to the south-eastward
ferruginous shales with plant remains may be found which could
be referred with some amount of probability to this hillside as
their place of origin.

With the help of Mr. A. C. Seward’s valuable monograph on
the Jurassic Flora of Yorkshire and other works I was able to
identify most of the plants obtained on the occasions of my first
two or three visits, but one plant appeared to be quite distinct
from any species of which I could find figure or description.
I therefore wrote to Mr. Seward to ask him if he would kindly
look at it. He very kindly expressed his willingness to do so,
and accordingly I forwarded specimens of the supposed novelty,
taking the opportunity to send at the same time other specimens,
of some of which I was desirous to have his confirmation of my
determination.

After having looked through the parcel he wrote on 16th
December last, ‘I have looked over the specimens of plants
with much enjoyment; they are, many of them, exceedingly
good, and the preservation of venation and other characters is
unusually perfect. . s+. The most interestine ‘type, repre-
sented by two or three specimens, is Dectyozamites—a genus not
hitherto found in Britain and, speaking from memory, confined
to India, Japan, and Bornholm.’ Mr. Seward also expressed his
desire to describe some of the specimens, and it was ultimately
arranged that he should write for the Geological Society of
London a paper on Ductyozamites, and that I should prepare
a paper on the other plants and the plant-bed generally. Mr.
Seward’s paper was read on 25th February last.* He has paid
me the compliment of naming the new species Dyctyozamites
Hawellt, He pronounces it to belong to Nathorst’s group of
the Cyvcadophyta. It was probably a Cycad, but there is so far

*See Quart. Journ. Gecl. Soc., No. 234, 1903, pp. 217-233, for detailed
description of the species.

Naturalist,

Hawell: An Oolitic Plant Bed tn North Cleveland. 315

nothing to show whether it belongs to one or other of the two
subdivisions Cycadales or Bennettitales.

Of the genus Dictyosamites only two species were previously
known, Dictyosamiles falcatus from the Rajmahal series of
India, and D. Johnstrupi from Bornholm. Of D. falcatus two
varieties, var. dz7sfans and var. grossinervis, have been recorded
from Central Japan. The cropping up of this genus in rocks of
approximately the same age in areas of the earth so widely
sundered is of extreme interest. Mr. Seward in his very
valuable and suggestive paper shows how this Lower Oolitic
flora as a whole has a remarkable similarity of character over a
great portion of the world’s surface, a fact which had not
previously been at all adequately realised, in great measure
owing to the circumstance that the same genera and species, or
genera and species most closely related, have in different regions
received entirely different names.

This world-wide sameness of the Jurassic flora is in strong
contrast not merely with the wide differences between the
vegetation existing in different parts of the world during the
Tertiary epoch, but also with the like state of things existing
during Paleozoic time. It is even possible to trace the origin
of this Jurassic flora to the Permo-Carboniferous Glossopteris-
flora of the Southern Hemisphere, while the origin of the
Tertiary and recent floras are at present entirely untraceable.

I have presented the two figured specimens of Dictyozamites
flawellt to the South Kensington Museum, but very recently
I have obtained from Marske a specimen of the species which is
in most respects better than the figured types. In developing
this I came upon a specimen of Ginkgo dzgttata—the first
example of that species which has occurred to me. To develop
the Dictyozamites farther would be to destroy this interesting
specimen, and therefore I propose to leave it as itis until I come
upon another specimen of the Ginkgo.

The species which I have so far identified from Marske—
with the help of Mr. Seward—are the following :—7Z7eniopteris
vittata Brong., Z. major L.&H., Williamsonia gigas L.&H.,
W. Pecten Phill., Nzlssonza tenuinervis Nath., WV. mediana Leck.,
N. compta Phill., Dictyozamites Hawellt Seward, Sagenopterts
Phillipst Brongt. var. major Seward, Otozamites Ferstmanielé
Zigno, O. parellelus Phill., guzsetztes columnaris Brong.,

Cladophlebts denticulata Brong., Ginkgo digitata Brong.,
Gymnosperm Seed (Beania ?). There are probably one or two
others which are so far undeterminable.

1903 August 1.

316 Hawell: An Oolitic Plant Bed in North Cleveland.

Some of these have been recorded both from the Lower
Estuarine plant bed of the Yorkshire coast and from the plant
bed of the Middle Estuarines, viz. :—guzsetites columnarts,
Tenwopteris vittata, Williamsonia pecten. It appears as though
the general facies of the Marske plants had more in common
with that of the flora of the Middle Estuarines of Gristhorpe
and Cloughton than with that of the plants recorded from the
Lower Estuarine Series of Hayvburn Wyke, Staintondale, Salt-
wick, and Whitby. I believe the only two species in my list
which are named in Mr. Fox-Strangway’s list from the Lower
Estuarines, and are not in the Middle Estuarine List, are
Otrzamites parallelus and Wrllzamsonia gigas, while in his list
from the Middle Estuarine Beds occur the names of Swgenopleris
Phillipst, Nilssonia compta, N. mediana, N. tenutnervis, Taeni-
opteris major, and Ginkgo digitata, none of which are recorded
from the Lower Estuarines. I cannot find that Vz/ssonza has
been recorded at all from the Lower Estuarine Series of York-
shire, and specimens are extremely plentiful at Marske.

This question needs much more investigation than I have so
far been able to give to it, and it is possible that I may be able
to trace a succession of plant horizons at Marske. I am
inclined to believe, however, that the same plants were living in
the neighbourhood throughout the Estuarine period, and that
further investigation will show that most of the plants which
have so far been found only in the upper or the middle division
are really common to both. I was disposed to think that the
Marske plant bed was probably below the horizon of the Eller-
beck marine bed, which has not been traced on the Upleatham
outlier, and almost certainly of the age of the Lower Estuarines,
but at present I have an open mind on the subject, and it may
ultimately seem probable—for I doubt whether we can prove
one thing or another—that it was contemporaneous with both.
I hope to be able to trace this bed, or at least beds more or
less contemporaneous with it, over other portions of the
Cleveland moorland area. Plants occur in other localities
apparently on much the same horizon, and some of these
localities I propose to visit soon and try to work out a probable
theory as to the conditions which prevailed when these plants
were deposited, apparently in quiet lagoons or channels,
separated temporarily from the neighbouring sea where tides
and currents made perpetual motion.

The splendid state of preservation of many of the Marske
plants encourages me to hope that evidence of considerable

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 4r7

value in more than one direction may be obtainable. In one
case I found a leaf of MW2e#£liamsonta pecten bored by some
organism. On another slab I have obtained a suggestion that
Seward’s variety major of Sagenopterts Phillipst may really be a
distinct species of Sagenopferis, even if it is a Sagenopteris at all.

SSS A SS

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

A List of the Lepidoptera found in the Counties of Cheshire,
Flintshire, Denbighshire, Carnarvonshire, and Anglesea. By
George O. Day, F.E.S.

We hail with much pleasure the appearance of another northern local
list of lepidoptera. As its title implies, the area included is large—no less,
indeed, than 2,878 square miles ; and what strikes one at once is the com-
paratively small number of localities mentioned for so large an extent of
country, for while some districts have evidently been fairly well worked, in
large tracts little or nothing seems to have been done. The list as a whole
makes a fairly good show, but undoubtedly a great many species which
must occur still remain to be discovered and chronicled. We are at a loss
to understand, however, why our author has recorded several species,
universally acknowledged as distinct, as varieties. Czdaria russata and
C. immanata are bracketed together as one; and the same applies to
Oporabia autumnata and O. filigrammaria, to Eupithecia succenturiata and
£. subfulvata, and to £. innotata and E. fraxinata. For these errors there
is no excuse, and the last two especially, except ina somewhat close resem-
blance in the i imago stages, have nothing whatever in common, the larvze
not even belonging to the same group of. Eupithecian larvee. And, in York-
shire at any rate, no one who knows C. russata and C. zmmanata well, can
have the slightest doubt as to their distinctness. It is possible that
O. autumnata may not be a specifically distinct species, but even in that
case it would, we consider, not be a form of fi/igrammaria, but of dilutata.
We think, too, that a mistake has been made in adopting the nomenclature of
Standinger and Rebel, as it is altogether strange to British lepidopterists,
and is not at all likely to be extensively used by the present generation of
students. Who, we wonder, would ever recognise in Zephroclystia goos-
senstata our little friend EHupithecita minutata,; or in Agrotis primule our
equally familiar Noctua festiva ? And there are dozens of similar cases.
The absurdity is forcibly realised when we find Dezlephila galii changed to
D. gallii! As the species takes its name from its food plant, Galzum, it is
obvious that a mere misprint has been followed. We notice, too, that the
variety fuscata of Hybernia progemmaria is given on the authority of
Harrison, whereas we were present ourselves when the form was first
brought forward and named by Mr. S. L. Mosley. We have seen this
mistake elsewhere.

The list, which is well got up and clearly printed, is issued under the
auspices of the Chester Society of Natural Science ; and notwithstanding
what we consider to be its defects, it will be of the greatest value i
lepidopterists working in the area treated of, and to all” interested in the
geographical distribution of our British lepidoptera. We heartily congratu-
late the Chester Society on its production.—G, T. P.

— @>e —

The fourth quarterly record of additions to the Hull Museum (Publication
No. 13, one penny) has just been issued. It contains an illustrated account
of the large striated boulder just placed in front of the Museum, and
particulars of antiquities, etc., added to the collections during the three
months.

1903 August 1.

FIELD NOTES.

MOLLUSCS.

Mollusca at Caistor, Lincolnshire.—The following is a
complete list of the mollusca noted at Caistor on the excursion
of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union on 28th August 1902 :—

Arion ater Crosby Pond, Hundon, and Pelham Wood.

Agriolimax agrestis. Common everywhere.

Vitrea (Hyalinia) cellaria var. albina. Pelham Wood.

Pyramidula (Helix) rotundata. Pelham Wood.

Vallonia (Helix) pulchella. Pelham Wood.

Helix aspersa. Croxby, Hundon.

Helix nemoralis var. libellula. undon, Pelham Wood, Nettleton.

Var. rubella. undon, Pelham Wood.

Helix hortensis var. lutea. Hundon.

Helicigona (Helix) arbustorum. Croxby, Hundon, Pelham Wood.

Var. minima. Hundon.

Var. flavescens. Hundon, Pelham Wood.

Var. alpestris. Pelham Wood.

Hygromia (Helix) rufescens. Hundon, Pelham Wood.

Var. albocincta. Hundon, Pelham Wood.

Hygromia (Helix) hispida. Nettleton, Hundon, Pelham Woods.

Var. hispidosa. Nettleton, Pelham Wood.

Helicella (Helix) caperata. Pelham Wood.

Helicella (Helix) itala. Rothwell, Caistor.

Helicella (Helix) virgata. Croxby, Thorseway, Caistor.

Buliminus obscurus. Nettleton, Pelham Wood.

Pupa muscorum. Nettleton.

Cochlicopa lubrica var. ovata. Pelham Wood.

Succinea putris. One, Hundon.

Succinea elegans. One, Caistor.

Limnea peregra. Hundon.

Physa fontinalis. Croxby Pond.

Velletia lacustris. Croxby Pond.

Spherium lacustre. Croxby Pond.

Pisidium fontinale. Croxby Pond.

Pisidium pusillum. Caistor.

Pisidium obtusale. Croxby Pond.

Pisidium nitidum. Croxby Pond.

Planorbis albus. Croxby Pond.
=) Ss CARDERS Wout.

Mollusca at Grantham.—Of the 67 species of Mollusca
noted at Grantham on the occasion of the excursion of the
Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union on 30th July 1902, the following,
which have been verified by Mr. J. W. Taylor, are the best :—
Arion circumscriptus, Great and Little Ponton; Lzmax flavus,
Court Leys; Vitrea radiatula, one at Great Ponton ; Heliczgona
lapicida (dead), Great Ponton; Helicella cantiana, High Dyke,
Great Ponton; Pyramidula rupestris, Great Ponton, on Lincoln-

Naturalist

Field Notes. 319

shire limestone wall top; Vertigo pygmea, Little Ponton; Balea
perversa, Hall’s Hill; Ceczltioides acicula, one on railway
embankment, Little Ponton ; Planorbzs albus, Grantham canal;
P. vortex, river Witham at Grantham; Pészdium henslowanum,
one, Grantham canal; Unio tumidus, Syston Lake; Drezssensia
polymorpha, Grantham canal.—-E. A. WoopRuFFE PEaAcock,
Cadney, September 1902.

Nest and Eggs of Limax flavus.—On the 6th July my
friend Mr. R. Deans, of 126, Woodhouse Lane, Leeds, showed
me a cluster of thirteen eggs in a shallow depression on the
surface of some earth in a wickerwork basket used for growing
a plant. The depression was most evidently excavated for the
purpose, oval or squarely oval in shape, about half an inch in
depth, two inches long, and about an inch wide. The eggs were
symmetrically oval with both ends blunt, about 6 x 4 mm., clear
and translucent. There were slime tracts on the basket, and
I asked Mr. Deans what kind of slugs he had in his back garden.
He said they were large ones, whitish in colour. Search was
made, and at once resulted in finding an example of Lamax
flavus, the Cellar-Slug, with the usual markings but very pale
colour, being indeed ochre-white rather than the usual strong
amber-yellow tinge. I record these notes, partly because it is
so seldom we have any such records, partly because of the early
date, the Continental authors usually giving it later, in August
and September.—W. Denison Roesuck, Leeds, 15th July 1903.

Limax cinero-niger at Careby, Lincolnshire.—Among
other mollusca taken at the Careby meeting of the Lincolnshire
Naturalists’ Union was Lzmax cinero-niger from below the bark
of a dead tree in the old camp moat. It is a new record for
S. Lincs. 53.—E. ADRIAN WooDRUFFE PEACOCK, Cadney, Brigg.

sees eae
FLOWERING PLANTS.

Lincolnshire Plant Records.—Lvriophorum vaginatum,
near the now dry duck ponds on Scotton Common, on peat,
April 1903, by the Rev. W. W. Mason and myself. Peck
records it for the Isle of Axholme in 1815; Mr. F. A. Lees
for Linwood in 1878. There are no other records. Poa com-
pressa var. subcompressa, on wall top on Cornbrash, 26th July
1899, Dorrington, Rev. W. W. Mason. Poa compressa var.
polynoda, on wall top, Lincolnshire Limestone, Wilsthorpe,
19th June r901, Rev. W. W. Mason. These have remained
unnamed till the last few weeks.—E. A. WooprRuFFE-PEACOCK,
Cadney, Brigg.

1903 August tf.

Gs
ty
O

NORTHERN NEWS.

A batch of useful ‘ Notes from the Manchester Museum’ has been for-
warded to us by the Director, Mr. W. E. Hoyle, M.A., D.Sc. This consists of
reprints of papers dealing with specimens in the Museum, etc., by Professor
W. Boyd Dawkins, Mr. J. Ray Hardy, and the Director. Two of the
publications, dealing with Manx Geology (reprints of papers in the Quarterly
Journal of the Geological Society), are of particular interest to our readers.

North Lincolnshire has recently lost its oldest naturalist in Charles
Scoffin Holgate, J.P., farmer, of Low Risby, Roxby. He was born in 1819,
and was a keen and observant naturalist, as well as sportsman, throughout
his life. He was a gentleman decovman, being a master of the art of
securing wild fowl by strategy. He hada fine collection of North Lines.
Lepidoptera, but unfortunately the specimens are not dated and localised.

Mr. T. Aveline, F.G.S., one of the earliest field geologists attached to
the staff of the Geological Survey, died in May last. His principal
geological work was accomplished in the Lake District.

Mr. C. T. Clough has a paper in the June ‘ Geological Magazine’ entitled
‘The Disappearance of Limestones in High Teesdale.”

The annual report of the Nottingham University College Free Public
Libraries and National History Museum Committee for 1902-3 records the
recent gift of an extensive series of skins, skeletons, skulls, and horns of
South African mammals, presented by Lieut.-Col. Birkin, D.S.O.

The occurrence of the Pintail inland in Cheshire, and of the Dotterel
at Sealand, in the same county, is recorded in the June ‘ Zoologist.’

Mr. J. W. H. Harrison records Vespa austriaca for Durham in the July
*Entomologists’ Record.’

Entomologists will be pleased to notice the advertisement on the cover
relating to the issue of a second edition of Porritt’s Yorkshire Lepidoptera.
Since the first edition in 1883 much additional information has been
accumulated by the author which will be included in the new edition.
Intending subscribers should send in their names at once. The price will

be 6s. 6d.

We would also draw attention to the opportunity of purchasing the
Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at greatly reduced cost
as set forth on the cover. These transactions include most important
papers and memoirs relating to Yorkshire. Full particulars of the contents
of each part can be obtained from the Secretary of the Union, Hull.

A revised syllabus of lectures for the winter, in connection with the
Y.N.U. lecture scheme, is in preparation, and will shortly be obtainable
from the Secretary.

A full-grown male Beluga (Delphinapterus leucas) was captured at the
mouth of the Tyne on June roth.

The third field-day of the Durham County Naturalists’ Union was held
at Stanhope and Wearhead on Saturday, 11th July. Sixty-eight members
attended in spite of most unfavourable weather. Attention was devoted
chiefly to geology, under the leadership of Messrs. Watson, Peart, and
Thompson, and visits were paid to Burtree-ford, Copthill Quarry, and the
Sedling Mine. Later in the day, under the guidance of Mr. Hull, the party
proceeded to Rogerley Quarries and Frosterley, where numerous specimens
were found of Corals, Crinoids, Brachiopods, and Cephalopods. After tea
the Secretary (Rev. W. J. Wingate) read, for Mr. W. M. Egglestone, an
interesting paper on the rocks of the district, with special reference to the
Whin Sill.

In the July ‘Zoologist’ the White. Wagtail is recorded in the Isle of
Man, and the Rough-legged Buzzard and Montagu’s Harrier in Derbyshire.

Naturalist,

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

PHOTOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY.

The second issue of British Geological Photographs, pub-
lished by the British Association Committee, has been sent out
by the Secretary, Prof. W. W. Watts. It includes 18 half
plates, four quarter plates, and four whole plates, and each
photograph is accompanied by detailed particulars. In this
series it is pleasing to find a good proportion of north country
views, from negatives made by Mr. Godfrey Bingley and Prof.
E. J. Garwood. There are views of important sections in
Teesdale, Yorkshire, Lancashire, Nottinghamshire, and West-
morland in the series. Almost as valuable as the photographs
themselves are the excellent descriptions (sometimes accom-
panied by explanatory diagrams). One of these (by Prof.
Garwood) is given below, together with one of the sketches.

HIGH FORCE, TEESDALE:

This is a classical waterfall, described by Sedgwick in 1823,
Wm. Hutton in 1831, and Phillips, 1836. The fall is 70 feet
high, over the Whin Sill, which is here intrusive in the Lower
Yoredale Beds. The photograph shows the chief fall (A) near
the right bank of the Tees. It is working along a joint in the
hard Whin which forms the protective cap to the fall; when in
flood surplus water also pours through a second joint near the
left bank (B). The undercutting of the limestone is shown by
the caves and the hanging icicles; the gorge below bears

The Whin Sill, at the High Force.

1903 September rc. w
903

322 Notes and Comments.

testimony to the recession of the falls. The section, as will be
seen by the key figure, is as follows :—

Wz. Whin Sill She Me mi nee ae “ joa G10) ic
S2. Shale, thinning out... 2 oe
Wii. -- Wibine =. acy > Olas
S1. Shale, altered, with Saperred oremane ARE ey 96
Hard Limestone, with pyrites : si 3) 5p

L. , Hard, fossiliferous, crinoidal himestone: a Stoo 20

Coraline limestone...

lon

The limestone is altered and saccharoidal to a distance of 35 feet
below the base of the whin; the latter is of the normal type
described by Teall. See Sedgwick, Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc.,
1823; W. Hutton, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. North Durham, 1832,
p. 6; Phillips, ‘Illustraticns of the Geology of Yorkshire,’ 1836,
Pt 2;-pl- xxin 3 Phillips, “ Yorkshire Rivers; ctc., 1655. ps a,
pl:-8. Teall, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., Vol. xl., 1884, p. 640:

ROOTS OF MEDULLOSA ANGLICA.

Mr. E. A. Newell Arber has contributed an important paper
to the March ‘Annals of Botany,’ in which the structure of
a specimen of MZedullosa anglica, probably from the Lower Coal
Measures at Stalybridge, is figured and described. The specimen
is in the Binney collection in the Woodwardian Museum, Cam-
bridge. His examination has resulted in a more complete
knowledge of the thin-walled tissues which lie between the
xylem and the periderm. The most noteworthy points are: the
presence of a thin zone of phelloderm, the structure of the
phloem, and the discovery of lateral sieve-plates on the phloem-
elements of both the stem and roots. The first British specimens
of Medullosa (a genus of Paleozoic plants belonging to the
Cycadofilices) were described by Dr. Scott in 1899.

A COMMON BUZZARD’S NEST.

In the ‘Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary
and Philosophical Society,’ issued on 30th July, Mr. R. W.
Ellison has an interesting note ona nest of the Common Buzzard
in the Lake District. Notwithstanding the increasing persecu-
tion of gamekeepers and collectors, and the removal of large
tracts of forest, the bird still exists in the Lake District, ‘and
Mr. Ellison has been able to make interesting notes on the
habits of the birds. The accompanying photograph (Plate IX.)
shows a typical Buzzard’s nest, the block having been kindly
lent by the Manchester Society.

Naturatist,

IX.

PLATE

THE NATURALIST, 1903.

Common Buzzard’s Nest.

ae pe naa ne ie a ea

=

<n e
*
~

a

jAenar Ee -

‘ ‘ 7 : “+
; A 7 jag Pas \ \%
¢ = } ae i % ieee

lay - t -

uke : eek ET ae
1a : -
re at .s :
a
: i
wid
a ‘

:
;
‘
; seer ne 5,
Fie ea eo
“+ :
i eee

Notes and Comments. 323

DERBYSHIRE LIMESTONES.

Mr. H. H. Arnold-Bemrose is continuing his excellent work
on the sections exposed during the construction of the Ashbourne
and Buxton branch of the London and North Western Railway.
Records of this description, made whilst the cuttings are fresh,
are of the greatest possible value. One noticeable feature in

Anticline and Syncline in Mountain Limestone; Alsop-en-le-Dale Cutting.

connection with these cuttings is the numerous folds into which
the massive beds of Mountain Limestone have been thrown on
the western side of the southern extremity of the Pennine Chain.

The results of Mr. Arnold-Bemrose’s researches appear in
the ‘Geological Society’s Quarteriy Journal’ for August, and
we are indebted to the author and the Society for the use of the
illustration.

MEETING OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION AT SOUTHPORT.

The Southport Corporation and the Local Committee are
working hard to secure a successful meeting of the British
Association beginning on Wednesday, gth September. Under
the editorship of Dr. G. W. Chester and Messrs. G. E. Johnson
and F. H. Cheetham the scientific portion of the ‘ Handbook’

1903 September 1.
fo)

24 George - Lincolnshtre: Freshwater Mites.

1S>)

promises to be exceptionally interesting. Excursions in the
vicinity will be numerous, so that those who are not so fond of
garden parties, etc., will be able to occupy their time profitably.
The Friday evening discourse will be delivered by Dr. R. Munro:
on ‘Man as Artist and Sportsman in the Paleolithic Period,’
and on Monday evening Dr. A. W. Rowe will discourse on
‘The Old Chalk Sea, and Some of its Teachings.’

so

a

LINCOLNSHIRE FRESHWATER MITES. —

C. F. GEORGE, M.R.C.S.,

Kirton-in-Lindsey, Lincolnshire.

Arrhenurus compactus Piersig. This uncommon water
mite very much resembles at
first sight, A. ornatus. It was
first described by Professor
Piersig in 1894 (see Zool.
Anz, Ve 595. Spi az lies
colour is bluish-green, and the
back humps are considerably
separated from each other. The
obvious distinguishing mark
between this mite and A.
ornatus is the structure of the
petiole, which does not possess
the sharp- pointed, lateral
angles seen in the petiole of
ornatus, and is in consequence
more circular or club-shaped;
the central tooth, or bag-like
formation, is very prominent.
These parts are well shown in
Mr. Soar’s figure, but are best
seen when the creature itself is
examined under the micro-
scope, either alive or in pre-
servative solution. Mr. Soar’s.
measurements are :—Length,

Upper figure, Dorsal surface of Mite. 0'96 mm.; breadth, O72 mm. ;
Lower figure, Ventral surface of tail,

more highly magnified.

Arrhenurus compactus Piersig.

length of petiole, o715 mm.
I have not heard of its being
recorded by any other observer in Great Britain.

Naturalist,

PARTRIDGE MOTHERHOOD.

Rev. J. CONWAY WALTER,
Florncastle.

In a meadow adjoining Roughton Hall, near Horncastle, Lin-
colnshire, a Partridge this season made her nest in a slight
depression of the surface. The meadow was presently mown,
one of the mowers passing his scythe over without injuring her,
and unaware of her presence, the depression still having grass
enough to hide the nest. The field was afterwards ‘ fedded,’
i.e., the hay was tossed about by a machine, which again passed
over the bird, leaving her still unscathed and unmoved. Next
the field was horse-raked, the rake passing over the nest with
the same result. After this one of the haymakers accidentally
nearly put his foot into the nest. This drove her off. The
squire happened to be near and saw her fly away. He imme-
diately went to the spot and found the nest, with the unusual
number of 19 eggs. He removed all the hay some distance
away to prevent her being again disturbed. He then watched,
and within a quarter of an hour he saw her quietly return to the
nest. About ten days afterwards she brought off 17 young out
of the 19 eggs, two addled eggs remaining in the nest. Of course
as the hatching time draws near, a bird, feeling the young lives
beneath her, will sit very close; but surely this persistence in
sitting, some ten days before hatching, and after no less than
four trying ordeals, was a remarkable instance of fidelity to
maternal instinct.

[The late E. T. Booth in his ‘Rough Notes on Shooting’
mentions an instance of a Ptarmigan sitting so close as
to allow a luncheon party to partake of a meal within arm’s
length, and the bird only rose off its nest when a strap,
being adjusted to a pony’s harness, fell on its back.—Eps. |

Bs ggg Ps
FLOWERING PLANTS.

Plants near Caistor, Lincolnshire. —Among the 180 plants
noted at the Caistor and Pelham Woods meeting of the Lin-
colnshire Naturalists’ Union, on 28th August 1902, were the
following :—Papaver hybridum, Sagina procumbens, Geranium
pyrenaicum (Nettleton), Frlago spathulata, Artemtsia vulgaris
(and at Barnetby), Cnzcus setosus, Origanum vulgare, Sieglingia
decumbens, Asplentum ruta-muraria, and Chara hispida, Gera-
nium pratense (Croxby churchyard).—E. ADRIAN WoOoODRUFFE
Peacock, Cadney, Brigg.

1903 September t.

326

RAVEN’S NEST ON LOUTH STEEPLE, ETC., 1693.

C. S. CARTER, M.C.S.,

Louth, Lincolnshire.

WHEN arranging various papers in the portfolio belonging to
the Louth Antiquarian and Naturalists’ Society, I found a curious
note, and still more curious and interesting question and answer
about a Raven’s nest on Louth Steeple, and the Sutton Whale, in
‘The Athenian Mercury,’ Saturday, tst April 1693. The follow-
ing is a copy of it :—

‘QUESTION 3. Zhere’s a Raven has built a Nest tn the North-
West Pinnacle of Louth Church, zz Lincolnshire (which church
7s 57 foot higher than Bow), the like has not been remember’d of
60 years, and above: Some People look upon it as Ominous, Your
Thoughts are destr'd on the Matter ?

‘ANSWER. The Business is a great way off, and therefore as
the Old Woman said, it mayn’t be ¢vwe. But true or false, ’tis
scarce worth the while to go so far for satisfaction, since be it
Raven or Owl, or what it will, ’tis all one, and signifies no
more, We believe, than that the Raven was willing to choose
the best place she cou’d find for a Prospect for herself and her
Young Ones. As for anything Ominous in’t, We think it’s only
fit to be laughed at with the Old Auguries, for it can signifie
nothing that we know of either Maturally, or by Lnstitution ;
and, indeed how shou’d a Azrd know more than a Jan, and
how foretell others /uées, that does not know its own. whether
it shall be shot or starv’d or what end ’twill come to. As
Messulam in Josephus Wittily said, when he took his Bow and
Arrows, and kill’d the Azrd out of which the Soothsayvers were
going to fetch Miracles. By the way poor Lzncolnshire is very
unlucky of late, for this it seems is the second direful Omen that
Wise Mr. 4706 has discover’d in’t within these few weeks, the
Sutton Whale being full as famous as the Louth Steeple-Raven ;
tho’ We confess, had this Raven, like a Halycon, Swum down
the River, and built its Vest in the Sea, and this Gentle Whale
flown o'er the Mountains tops—Topt the Woulds, and been Ship-
wrackt on the Northwest pinnacle of Louth Church, there had
been then Something in the business if not very ommznous, yet
very wonderful, and wou'd have well deserv’d the notice of the
Chronicle as well as Athenian Mercury.’

Naturalist,

327
NOTES ON YORKSHIRE BRYOPHYTES.
I. PETALOPHYLLUM RALFSII.

F. CAVERS, B.Sc.,
Yorkshire College, Leeds.

IN a brief note which appeared in ‘ The Naturalist’ in July 1go1
Mr. W. Ingham recorded the discovery in Yorkshire of the ex-
ceedingly rare liverwort Petalophyllum Ralfsit (Wils.) Gottsche,
which he found growing on Coatham Marshes, in company with
a species of Pallavicinia. The latter is itself a rare and interest-
ing liverwort, and will form the subject of a later paper, but
whereas the Pallavicinia grows in abundance and forms crowded
patches, Petalophyllum occurs very sparingly, an isolated plant
being found here and there on carefully teasing out the rosettes
of Pallavictnia. Last year Mr. Ingham was kind enough to
send me numerous dried specimens of the Padlavicinia, and
later supplemented this material by sending a large supply of
living plants. A few specimens of Petalophyllum were present
in this Coatham gathering, and a few more were kindly sent by
Mr. W. H. Pearson, who collected this plant in Anglesey, again
in company with a species of Padllavictnia (P. hibernica var.
Welsoniana).

Petalophyvllum Ralfstt is probably the rarest of the known
species of Hepatic, having up to the present time been found
only in about six localities and invariably in very small quantities.
It was first collected in Anglesey (1830) and near Penzance (1842)
by John Ralfs, and was first described and figured by Wilson
Enelish betany,” Pl 2750, Fic. 16; E.Be Suppli,. Pl 2872).
It was afterwards recorded from two localities in Ireland: one
in Co. Dublin, the other in Co. Kerry. PP. Ralfsiz has recently
been collected by Massalongo* in Italy, apparently the only
hitherto recorded instance of its occurrence outside of the British
Islands. In all cases it grows in damp sandy ground near the
sea. In 1886 Trabutt described as a new species of Fossombronia
(7. corbuleformis) an Algerian plant which appears to be in
reality a Petalophyllum, allied to if not identical with P. Ralfsiz.
Two other species have been described from Australia and New
Zealand.

* Sulla scoperta in Italia del Petalophyllum Ralfsii Gott., Bull. della Soc.
bot. ital., 1902, p. 37.
+ Revue bryologique, 1887, p. 12.

1903 September r.

328 Cavers: Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes.

The shoot of P.. Ralfsiz, which is about 1 cm. in length, is
roughly triangular in outline, having a basal cylindrical stalk-
like portion, 3—5 mm. long, and spreading out above into
a fan-like expansion, sometimes forked once in front (Fig. 1).
The broad, flattened portion bears on its upper surface numerous
thin lamelleze or leaves, which are arranged in two lateral series
and run obliquely outwards and forwards, each starting from
near the middle line and almost reaching the margin of the
plant. The cylindrical basal part of the stem grows obliquely
upwards through
the sand in which
it is embedded,
whilst the flat-
tened leaf-bear-
ing upper portion
spreads out hori-
zontally over the
surfaces Ehie
basal portion is
nearly circular in
cross-section
(Fis 25eI)rand
consists of prac-
tically uniform
tissue, the super-
ficial cells bear-
ing irhizords:
which spring
from almost the
whole of the
stem-surface. In
longitudinal sec-
tions, the central

Fig. 1.—Plant as seen from above. x 8. cells are seen to

be longer and

rather narrower than the outer ones, and their walls show

numerous oval or slit-like pits. There is, however, no definite

conducting strand, and on placing plants with the lower end

dipping into coloured liquids, it was found that the staining

solution passed with uniform rapidity through the central and
peripheral tissues.

An interesting feature observed in the Coatham plants is the

occurrence of abundant branching fungal hyphe in the stem.

Naturalist,

Cavers: Notes.on Yorkshire Bryophytes. 329

The fungus was found to extend throughout the whole of the
lower portion of the stem, but in the upper expanded portion it
is confined to a ventral zone immediately within the superficial
layer of cells (Fig. 2). The hyphz were frequently seen to
traverse the rhizoids and penetrate the inner cells, in which
they become branched and coiled in an intricate manner, often
entirely filling the cell-cavity. Here and there the hyphe bear
swellings, but the vesicles are not nearly so large as in the fungal
zone or mycorhiza of the Marchantiacee, e.g., Hegatella, Pretssia.

Fiz. 2.—I.-III. Successive transverse sections of the stem, X 20; m, mycorhizal
r > A ; Pas a
zone. IV. Part of I., x 50, showing fungal hyphz traversing the rhizoids and
ramifying in cells of mycorhizal zone. V. Two cells containing hyphae, x 350.

In passing towards the upper or leaf-bearing region, the
stem becomes flattened above and below, with an oval cross-
section, the rhizoids at the same time becoming confined to the
lower surface (Fig. 2, II., III.). Further upwards, the lateral
Wings appear as horizontal outgrowths, level with the flattened
upper surface of the stem, of which they are simply lateral
expansions. These wings consist for the greater part of three
or four layers of cells, thinning out at the margin to a single
layer. The wings increase in breadth from behind forwards
and then diminish again towards the anterior end of the shoot,
where there is a shallow notch occupied by the apical growing-
point. In the apical region, the lower surface of the stem bears
numerous small scales, arranged in two longitudinal rows ; each

1903 September 1.

330 Cavers: Notes on Vorkshtre Bryophytes.

scale consists of a triangular plate or ribbon of cells, the apex
of the triangle bearing a few long mucilage hairs. Further
back, these scales become withered, and none are to be found
on the older parts of the stem, their function being simply that
of keeping the growing-point moist.

The leaves stand on the flattened wings of the stem (Fig. 3),
but sometimes encroach upon the thick median portion or
‘midrib’ or may even extend across the middle line, in which
case the leaves of the opposite sides may join and form a
continuous lamella reaching across the whole plant. Each leaf
slopes forwards so as to overlap the next leaf in front, and
occasionally we find two or more of the leaves on the same side
of the plant becoming joined by a membranous outgrowth from
the stem-surface. The leaf consists of a single layer of cells,
forming a ribbon which is often about 20 cells in maximum

Lhe»

Fig. 3.—Transverse section through the middle of the leaf-bearing region of the
plant. L., leaves; M., mycorhiza; Rh., rhizoids, x 20.

breadth and gradually narrows at either end; the free margin
is usually even, but sometimes lobed, irregularly toothed, or
thrown into folds. The cells of the leaf are usually hexagonal
in surface view, and contain numerous large chlorophyll-grains ;
chlorophyll is also present, but sparingly and in smaller grains,
in the superficial cells of the stem. It is obvious that the
development of these leafy appendages on the upper surface of
the stem serves not only to increase the area of green assimi-
lating tissue but also to form numerous cavities in which water
can be retained.

The growth of the shoot takes place by means of a single
apical cell, which has the form of a three-sided pyramid; in
transverse sections through the growing-point this cell is seen
as an isosceles triangle, the shorter side being nearest to and
parallel with the ventral surface of the stem (Fig. 4, II.). From

Naturalist,

Cavers: Notes on VYorkshtre Bryophvtes. 331
this cell three sets of segments are cut off, the ventral segments
giving rise to the axial portion of the stem, with the rhizoids
and scales, whilst the lateral segments give rise to the leaves
and to the lateral wing on which the leaves are carried, as well
as to the sexual organs. Each lateral segment shows at an
early stage a division into an upper portion which gives rise
to a leaf and a lower portion which contributes to the formation
of the expanded wing of the stem. Each ventral scale arises as
a club-shaped mucilage-hair, borne on a stalk-cell which soon
divides actively and forms a narrow plate of cells; the original

Fig. 4.—I. Longitudinal section through apex of stem, showing the tuberous swell-
ing (T.) behind and below the growing-point (G.P.). II. Transverse section of
growing-point, showing the apical cell (X.). On either side are the young leaves
(L.); below are two mucilage-hairs in cross-section. III. Part of a longitudinal
section through the growing-point. L., leaves; M.H., mucilage-hairs. IV. Two
cells in the tuber, showing densely granular contents. I., x 20; IL, III., x 150;
LWis eX 350;

mucilage-hair is carried out on the apex of this plate, the
marginal cells of which also grow out to form similar hairs
(Besa tbo lik Mall.).

Lindberg,* in a brief note on Petalophyllum, suggested that
the lamelleze, together with the lateral expansion bearing them,
arise by the fusion of overlapping leaves, and that only the thick
median portion of the shoot is to be regarded as the stem, but
careful examination of the plants by means of sections, especially

* Manipulus Muscorum secundus, 1874, p. 390.

1903 September t.

Ree Cavers: Notes .on Yorkshire Bryophytes.

of the apical growing-point, entirely bears out Leitgeb’s view*
that the lamella alone represent the leaves, and that the wing
which carries them is simply a lateral expansion of the stem.

The excellent general account. given -by Leitgeb in his
‘Untersuchungen’ is based chiefly on his investigation of P.
Preissit, though he also examined a few plants of P. Ralfsiz.
Leitgeb found that in P. Prezsszz the apical cell was of the
wedge-shaped or ‘two-sided’ type, only two lateral series of
segments being cut off, as in Fossombronia, whereas in P. Ralfsii
the apical cell is tetrahedrai, as in the majority of the leafy
Jungermanniales. He states that in other respects the two
species closely agree, but in the specimens of P. Radfsiz
examined by me the posterior portion of the shoot is quite
cylindrical and shows no trace of the marked dorsal groove
described and figured by Leitgeb in P. Predssi7.

An interesting feature in the biology of Petalophyllum is the
formation of tubers containing reserve food-materials. Leitgeb
describes and figures plants of P. Predssz/ in which the anterior
end of the shoot is prolonged into a cylindrical tuberous out-
growth, though he gives no details as to the contents of these
protuberances. In P. Ralfsezz I have not observed any out-
growths of this kind, but have found tubers of another type,
closely similar to those described and figured by Campbell? in
Geothallus tuberosus, an interesting Californian species which
also shows a striking resemblance to Pedalophyllum in general
structure and in habitat. Lindberg states that during the
summer months the plants of P. Ralfszz become partially or
completely buried in the sand, but Mr. Ingham, who has visited
the habitat of this species on Coatham Marshes at frequent
intervals throughout the summer, informs me that, so far as his
experience goes, the sandy soil in which the plant grows, in
company with Padlavicinia Flotowiana, does not at any time of
the year become dried up but is invariably moist and spongy,
and that the plants do not become buried in the sand but are
sheltered by short grass and other vegetation. The tubers
referred to are found in plants collected in summer ; on section-
ing a plant taken in May or June, the tissue of the stem,
immediately behind the growing-point, is found to have become
thick and fleshy, forming an ovoid tuber which projects from
the ventral surface and bears numerous rhizoids. In sections

* Untersuchungen iiber die Lebermoose, Heft 3, p. 127.
+ ‘The Development of Geothallus tuberosus,’ Annals of Botany, Vol. 19,
1896, p. 489.

Naturalist,

‘Cavers: Notes on VYorkshtre Bryophytes. ey
(Fig. 4, I., IV.) the cells in this region are seen to be densely
filled with granular contents, giving the reactions of oif and of
proteid matter, but not of starch. The outer layers of the stem
form a sheath or envelope to the tuber, two or three cells in
thickness; these cells are flattened and are usually almost
empty, but sometimes contain fungal hyphae, which may pass
inwards and ramify through the densely granular cells of the
tuber. Later in the year, the more delicate parts (leaves, etc.)
become withered and discoloured and ultimately disappear, but
the tuber remains intact and afterwards grows out to form
a new plant, giving rise to a cylindrical process which passes
over into the normal leafy shoot.

The sexual organs and the sporogonium of Pedalophyllum
agree closely with those of Hossombronia. In the male plant the
antheridia are scattered along the upper surface of the midrib ;
in the female plant the archegonia occur in groups on the
lateral wings of the stem, standing between the leaves. The
antheridium is nearly spherical and is borne on a short stalk ; it
is covered by a scale which may be either hood-like, growing
forwards over the antheridium, or tubular, growing up around
the antheridium as a sheath. Frequently, as noted by Leitgeb,
the sheaths or scales of adjacent antheridia grow up together so
as to form a network of chambers, each containing a single
antheridium. Each female plant bears several groups of arche-
gonia, standing one behind another and on both sides of the
midrib. According to Leitgeb each group may contain as many
as twelve archegonia, but I have never found more than eight,
whilst most of the groups examined contain only five or six of
these organs. Each group is at first surrounded by a number
of narrow scales or leaf-like outgrowths from the stem-surface.
Should one or more of the archegonia be fertilised the perianth
begins to grow up as a tubular sheath which surrounds the
whole group of archegonia and lies immediately within the ring
of scales. As the perianth grows upwards some of the scales
(involucral leaves, female bracts) are carried up on its outer
surface, so that the mature perianth bears externally a number
of leaf-like appendages. Between the archegonia there grow
out numerous club-shaped hairs which secrete mucilage.

The large spherical capsule is borne on a well-developed
stalk which ends below in a conical swelling or foot; the
margins of the foot grow upwards round the base of the seta,
so as to be heart-shaped in longitudinal section, as in Ped/z.
When the capsule is mature the seta becomes elongated and

1903 September 1.

334 Cavers : Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes.

may reach a length of over 3cm. ‘The capsule-wall consists of
two layers of cells, those of the outer layer being flattened and
devoid of fibrous thickenings, whilst the large cells of the inner
layer bear incomplete rings or U-shaped fibres, the thickenings
being found on the inner and lateral walls and failing on the
outer walls of the cells. When the capsule has been carried up
by the elongation of the seta the upper half of its wal! breaks
up into irregular fragments, which become detached, exposing
the mass of spores and elaters and leaving the lower half of the
wall as a cup with toothed margins. Each of the dark-brown
spores bears on its outer surface a series of ridges which form
a network; the elaters are long and tapering at both ends, and
show two or sometimes three spiral fibres.

So far as the structure of the sporogonium is concerned
Petalophyllum closely resembles Fossombronza, but until Camp-
bell’s discovery of the Californian plant already referred to,
Geothallus tuberosus, Petalophyllum was regarded as an isolated
genus, by reason of the peculiar organisation of the gameto-
phyte. Between Petalophyllum Ralfstt and Geothallus there is a
remarkably close agreement, so far as the gametophyte 1s con-
cerned. In both cases the shoot consists of a basal cylindrical
portion, spreading out anteriorly to form a fan-shaped expansion
which carries on either side a series of parallel lamella (leaves).
Moreover, Geothallus is distinguished by the formation of tubers
exactly resembling those here described for P. Ralfszz. The
two genera differ widely, however, in the organisation of the
sporogonium. In VPefalophyllum the seta grows out to a
considerable length, the cells forming the capsule-wall bear
well-developed thickening-fibres, and the spores are accom-
panied by long spirally-thickened elaters. In Geothallus the
sporogonium is much simpler and resembles that of Sphero-
curpus ; the seta is very short and narrow, the capsule-wall is
devoid of fibrous thickenings, and the elaters are represented
only by slightly-elongated sterile cells scattered amongst the
spores. It is, of course, an open question as to whether much
stress should be laid upon the characters of the gametophyte in
considering the affinities of these Anacrogynous forms, for not
only do tubers occur in several genera of Hepatice (e.g., Azccza,
Fossombronia, Anthoceros) besides Petalophyllum and Geothallus,
their production being characteristic of xerophytic or sand-
inhabiting forms, but Campbell* has observed specimens of
Spherocarpus terrestris which instead of being strictly thalloid,
as is usual in this genus, had developed leaf-like appendages
somewhat similar to those of Geothallus or Petalophyllum.

*Notes on Spherocarpus, Erythea, May 18g6.
; Naturalist,

RHCETIC BEDS AT LINCOLN.

HM. BURTON, E.L.5; E2G=s,,

Gainsborough.

THAT the Rhoetic beds would be encountered in the new boring
for water at Lincoln, which is intended to reach the Bunter, was
a foregone conclusion.

On the 7th August I had the pleasure of examining, with
Mr. J. H. Teague, the engineer in charge, the cores which had
been brought up in executing the work, and the following is
a short summary of the Rheoetic portion.

Unfortunately only those cores are preserved which appeared
to show decided changes in character, and the intervening beds
can only be conjectured, so that a detailed description of the
beds is impossible.

After passing through 640 ft. of the Lower Lias, including
20 ft. of the planorbis zone, with its characteristic fossil, at the
base (in itself a matter of considerable interest, as the members
of this zone are very little in evidence in this part of the county),
a smooth, pale-blue, laminated stone, without fossils, was met
with, in all probability of Rhoetic formation ; but whether it can
be classed as the highest of the Rheoetic beds in this area, or
whether it forms a narrow band at the base of the Lower Lias,
the beds succeeding it must have represented the sandstones
and shales of the Upper Rheetic strata, for, 14 ft. below it—at
a depth of 654 ft.—the next core, preserved, is a narrow block,
barely 2 in. thick, of the usual ‘black shales’ of the Rheetic
beds, crowded with characteristic fossils, and freely speckled
throughout with large mica-scales.

These black shales, with the other Rhoetic deposits below
them, carried the bore down 22 ft. further, to the depth of
676 ft., when, as the next preserved core showed, the grey beds,
which are now classed by some geologists as Rheetic, appeared,
continuing down, for 23 ft. further, to the red marls of the
Keuper, which were reached at a total depth of 699 ft.

No trace of the bone beds, nor of the pyrites, so abundant
in the Lea cutting, could be seen.

It is much to be regretted that so little has been preserved
in sinking this shaft, but, from the evidence we have, we are
justified in putting the total thickness of the Rhcetic beds in the
neighbourhood of Lincoln (including the grey beds) as about
59 tt.

1903 September 1.

336 Stephenson: Birds of the Goathland Drstrict.

Depth of bore.
ft.

Lower Lias ie ae = he 640
Upper Rheetic beds : re 04 e 654
Black Shales, etc. ; A, a 22 676
Grey beds ... 23 699
Total thickness. 59
Keuper ys es oy ce oo re =
ee

BIRDS OF THE GOATHLAND DISTRICT.*

T. STEPHENSON,
Whitby.

Spotted Crake. Porzana porzana. Has been shot in Newton
Dale.

Common Curlew. Numenius arquatus. Breeds regularly on
Goathland Moor.

Dipper. Cinclus aquaticus. Breeds in the district.

Mallard Duck. Anas boscas. Breeds occasionally in Fen
Bogs.

Teal Duck. Nettion crecca. A few vears ago bred at Randy
Mere, Goathland.

Peregrine Falcon. Falco peregrinus. The late Canon Atkin-
son said it used to breed on Killing-Nab Scar, Goathland.
One trapped at Goathland a few years ago.

Common Heron. Ardea cinerea. Was been seen in the
neighbourhood during the breeding season.

Kingfisher. Alcedo ispida. Breeds in the district.

Merlin. Falco A@salon. Said to breed annually. Female
taken at Goathland in 1895.

Nightjar. Caprimulgus europzus. Breeds in the district.

Ring Ouzel. Merula torquata. Breeds on Goathland Moor.

Short-eared Owl. Asio accipitrinus. Said to breed in the
neighbourhood.

Golden Plover. Charadrius pluvialis. Breeds in the district.

Raven. Corvus corax. Seen on Stape Moor ten years ago.

Common Redshank. Totanus calidris. Has been shot at

Goathland.
Redstart. Ruticilla phoenicurus. Sometimes seen in the
district.

Reed-Warbler. Acrocephalus streperus. Has been known
to nest in Fen Bogs.

Woodcock. Scolopax rusticola. Has bred in the district this
season.
Green Woodpecker. Gecinus viridis. Breeds in the district.

* Read at Goathland, 27th June 1903.

Naturalist,

337
IMPROVEMENTS OF GROUSE MOORS.

J. A. HARVIE-BROWN, F.R.S.E., F.Z.S.,
Larbert.

THE recently-issued pamphlet on ‘ The Improvement of Grouse
Moors,’* calls for some remark, as the views given differ some-
what from those held by some naturalists who live on the
moors. The author also tells us much, I think, certainly not
known before !

One thing I utterly disapprove of, viz., the introduction of
‘all-Yorkshire stock’ to a place like Shetland, where 300 brace
were put down upon the recommendation of an English specialist
for, I am told, a fee of £50 or guineas. A// were Yorkshire
birds, brought from the finest treated heather in England to
the rank old unprepared heather-ground of Shetland, and put
down there en masse. I do not know positively who the
specialist was; but the writer of the pamphlet would do well if
he would record the results of that introduction! It would
distinctly have been wiser to have gradually introduced birds
from Caithness, or the West of Scotland, with possibly a few
Yorkshire cocks besides, than to have put down a ‘ pack’ of 300
brace of Yorkshire ‘ high-flyers.’. Where are those 300 brace of
Yorkshire grouse now which were introduced a year or two ago ?

At the present day mz/es of old heather are burned—and it is
not ‘a forgotten thing of a barbarous past,’ but a ‘modern
improvement’ of ‘modern specialists.” It makes deer-grass for
two or three years, and for ever destroys all future growth
of heather, as it is burned down to the roots, and the voofs no
longer give off the voung shoots which the writer of the
pamphlet erroneously calls ‘seedlings!’ (p. 13). And sheep are
called the ‘greatest enemies the grouse have to contend with.’

I could write much more as a Scotsman writing for Scot-
land’s interests, against crude ideas of a few year’s experience.

Burning to the root makes grasses grow first, on such
ground, which are sweet and succulent for deer for a very few
years. Then, up springs the first seedlings of the bracken,
which in turn will seed and sow wf ¢he hills, until there is no
‘deer-grass’ left. The chain of destruction is as follows :—

(1) Burned old heather root and branch—not left with root,

* Rural Studies Series, No. 3, by Rev. E. Adrian Woodruffe Peacock,
L.Th., F-L.S., F.G.S., M.C.S.,: Vicar of Cadney, Soil; Grass, and Game
Specialist, 16 pp., Louth, 1903.

1903 September 1. x

338 Harvie-Brown - Improvements of Grouse Moors.

and stems only scorched, for grouse—but burned out by voot and
branch, for deer: because deer do not like to tread on heather
stumps ; and because grass will not grow where Stumps are left,
but voung sweet heather recurs.

(2) Deer-grass succeeds and yields fine deer-food for a few
years. ‘We don’t want the grouse,’ says the deer-stalker of the
present day, who pays 2535 for a stac-

(3) The grass gets vank and whzte, and may again be burned ;
but burning will not destroy or affect the bracken-roots or the
bracken seed, which is the sure resultant in many hillsides of
the killing out of heather. If rank and white, deer won’t look
at it.

(4) The bracken seed of too years, on any old crofting-
ground or ‘lazy-bed,’ sprouts and grows, seeds, and sows, up
to the furthest skyline, in many places well known to me.
Where, formerly, 450 brace of grouse were shot, xow, not four
brace of birds can be met with in a day’s walk in June or July!
I can instance some of these if need be! In ten years or fifteen
—I venture to prophesy, from what I know of certain places—
there will be no heather; no deer-grass fit for deer ; but bracken
and rabbits only.

(5) The author of the pamphlet blames sheep! Highland
cattle were once in evidence. Then, black-faced native sheep—
‘moor-sheep’ fe calls them! Then came Cheviots—‘ pale-faced
marsh sheep’ let me call them, for want of a better name. Now,
both Cheviot and black-faced are mingled. But sheep have
given place to deer, and one almost continuous vast ‘ /ashzon-
able’ deer-forest extends from Cape Wrath to the northern
borders of Argyll.

Yet long ago—1835-8—when Sir Francis Mackenzie of Gair-
loch lived (and Anew his property) he had plenty of both deer
and grouse—as 1 can prove from his own letters written there,
in the heyday of his wise management. Mow, a.D. 1903—
‘Look over the march fence ’—desolation and temporary deer-
grass!! Wait a little, and I venture to prophesy from facts
I have already ascertained, there will soom be bracken and
rabbits, rabbits and bracken. And perhaps by that time some
new fashion may come in, when rabbits will be classed as the
highest value of wild animals for sport.

Far from there being a continuance of a ‘ barbarous past’ in
the conduction of our Highland properties, there is a crudessence
of ignorance by men not born and bred there, and who are
unaccustomed to the management of the land. . To those who

Naturalist,

Petch: Some. Holderness Myxomycetes. 339

have lived (and learned) to manage Highland properties, and
who still know how to do so, the folly and suicidal burning of
vast stretches of old. heather is a sight sickening and heart-
breaking, done to please the fashion which makes a stag worth
the fancy price of 430. Tom, Dick, and Harry may—nay
‘must ’—shoot stags, just as nine-tenths of holiday anglers needs
must go and kill dons (literally) of ‘ sea-trout tidal kelts’ in April,
May, and even June, before the true ‘clean run’—i.e., clean run
from the real salt water—come with the spring-tides and floods
of July.*

What has become of the succulent so-called ‘reindeer-moss,’
good early spring deer-food, and what has become of the heather
which formed part of their winter-feeding? Burned out, sir—
burned out. Suicidal policy! Bracken and rabbits, rabbits and
bracken—say, twenty years’ hence, when I will likely not be
alive to see it—‘from Cape Wrath to Finisterre’ (or at least
to the southernmost stretch of the N.W. Highlands).

SOME HOLDERNESS MYXOMYCETES.

T. PETCH, B/Sc:, B.A.,
Hedon.

DurinG the Christmas vacation of 1902 the casual discovery of
a Myxomycete on the Humber lands led me, in the absence
of other occupation, to investigate a few likely places in the
neighbourhood of Hedon in the hope of finding more. Hedon
is situated at the edge of the Humber alluvial flats which,
without the protection of the banks, would be inundated by
nearly every tide; and as is usual in such districts, modern
agriculture allows only a few trees in the hedgerows or an
occasional spinny in some odd corner, planted, in this case,
within the last hundred years. Want of time prevented any
investigation of the more wooded morainic hills of Paull. All
the following species were collected within a mile of Hedon,
and the list merely indicates what may be expected in the imme-
diate neighbourhood of an average village during the last week
of the year.

*Yet ‘The Field’ (published in Zondon)! and even our friend's (Mr.
Marston's) ‘ Fishing Gazette’ publish record-takes of tidal kelts from Ythan
in the east, to the Hebride Isles, in April, May, June; and the syndicates
and the hotels advertise ‘early sea-trout’ (‘early Scottish sea-trout’ if you
must have it full) as inducements to green and Holiday anglers.

1903 September 1.

340 Petch: Some Holderness Myxomycetes.

The first specimen was Dictydiethalium plumbeum Rost.,
gathered on hawthorn branches in a dead fence near the Humber
Bank on 24th December. On 26th December a ‘stick-heap’
within the borough, consisting of branches from the elms of the
adjacent rookery and tree trunks from the adjoining fields
yielded Badhamita macrocarpa Rost., Physarum nutans Pers.,
Physarum compressum Alb. & Schw., Zrichia varia Pers., Mar-
garita metallica Lister, all on elm; Dectydiethalium plumbeum
Rost., on hawthorn; Perichena depressa Libert, on ash; Didy-
mium aifforme Duby, on nettles; and a decayed ash in a hedge
gave Comatricha obtusata Preuss, and Perichena populina Fries,
in abundance.

On 209th December, a fallen willow, aslant a ditch, at Rose
Hill, provided Stemonztis fusca Roth., Comatricha obtusata Preuss,
Cribraria aurantiaca Schrad., Protrichia flagellifera Rost., Mar-
garita metallica Lister, Trichta varia Pers. on a decaying
fungus; and a group of old willows, surrounded by decaying
branches, near Newton Garth, yielded Comatricha obtusata
Preuss, Physarum nutans Pers., Trichia varia Pers., Proto-
trichia flagellifera Rost. abundant, Margarita metallica Lister,
Arcyria punicea Pers., A. flava Pers., A. albtda Pers. on
worked wood, and two other doubtful species.

On 1st January 1903, I found that the ‘ bedding,’ or make-
shift fence of dead thorns, often built to protect a recently-cut
hedge, formed an admirable substitute for the heaps of leaves
and twigs of more wooded districts. All contained the ever-
present three which head the last list; whilst one, older than
the others, gave in addition Chondrioderma radiatum Rost., two
sporangia; Dictydiethalium plumbeum Rost., on hawthorn ;
Licea flexuosa Pers., abundant on worked wood; Enterzdium
olivaceum Ehren., Trichia fallax Pers.; Arcyria albida Pers., on
worked wood; ad. zncarnata Pers., on worked wood; Margarita
metallica List., Prototrichia flagellifera Rost.

Up to this date the weather had been very mild ; AZLyosotes
palustris, Alliarta, Heracleum, Anthriscus sylvestris, Bellis,
R. acris, and Geranium dissectum were in flower on 27th Dec. ;
but now the delayed frost killed the immature Myxomycetes and
made further search somewhat suicidal. On 3rd January, how-
ever, Perichena variabilis Rost. and Didymium difforme were
found in abundance on poplar and hawthorn leaves by the road-
side in the town, apparently just developed. Some of the
Perichena had ripened on feathers.

Naturalist,

Kew: Two-Banded Shell of Helicigona arbustorum. 341

The lists given, though involving much repetition, illustrate
the ubiquity of several species and the evident concentration of
species in suitable localities. The favourable patches in an
unfavourable district are richer than equal areas in a district of
which every part invites attention.

On a visit to Rose Hill, rith April 1903, Retecularta lyco-
perdon Bull. was observed on the willow noted above.

> <>—___—

NOTE ON A TWO-BANDED SHELL OF HELICIGONA
ARBUSTORUM FROM WENSLEYDALE.

H. WALLIS KEW,

London.

My friend Mr. F. W. Wilson, who has been spending a fort-
night in Wensleydale, has returned with a shell of Flelicigona
arbustorum which has been pronounced by Mr. Taylor to be
the most interesting specimen of this species as yet seen by
him, It was found, on 5th May 1903, on the roadside near the
stepping-stones at Aysgarth; and is represented in the accom-
panying figure, which has been drawn for me by Mr. J. Green.
The shell differs materially from the type in one respect only:
namely, in having, in addition to the band usually present,
another band midway between the normal one and the suture.
The two bands are nearly coextensive, and on a part of the
body-whorl the additional one is as
distinct, or nearly as distinct, as that
in the normal position; in parts it is
less sharply defined, but both are dis-
tinctly traceable side by side over the
greater part of the spire, the additional
_band being lost only a little before the
merging of the normal band in the
dark colouring of the apex. In some
Helicigona arbustorum Helicoid snails the presence or absence

v. bifasciata. Aysgarth. of a band, it must be admitted, is not

of great importance ; but in Helzczgona

arbustorum the occurrence of an unexpected additional band is
certainly of much interest. Of the thousands of specimens
which have been seen by Mr. Taylor from various parts of these

1903 September 1.

342 Kew: Snails and Spiders on Towers.

islands, all hitherto have been single-banded or bandless ;* and
I am indebted to Mr, G. K. Gude for the opinion that similar
conditions prevail in all the numerous varieties—and in the
immediate allies—of Helicigona arbustorum in-continental Europe.
Beyond the section to which this species belongs, however, but
still within the genus AHelzc7zgona—and the fact is of special
interest in the present connection—there are many species with
bands placed similarly to those of the Aysgarth shell; and
having in addition still another band a little below the periphery.
These shells have the supra-peripheral band of Heliczgona arbus-
torum with one above and one below it; and this three-banded
condition may be said to be typical of Helzczgona, which never
presents the five bands of Helzx. It is perhaps desirable to give
the two-banded form of Helcigona arbustorum a varietal name:
this is the view of Mr. Gude; and as the opinion of one admitted
by Pilsbry to the first rank of Helicologists is worthy of due
respect, I have ventured to propose a name for our shell, in
the hope that renewed search in the neighbourhood of Aysgarth
and elsewhere in Wensleydale may result in the finding of
further specimens.

Helicigona arbustorum v. bifasciata v.n. Resembling the
type, but having two bands; one normally placed, the other
midway between it and the suture. Aysgarth: 5th May 1903
(F. W. Wilson); in the collection of Mr. G. K. Gude.

—_ > -——_—
SNAILS AND SPIDERS ON TOWERS.

H. WALLIS KEW,

London.

THE readers of ‘The Naturalist’ are doubtless grateful to the
Rev. E. P. Blackburn for his interesting note (p. 265) of the
finding of at least a dozen shells of Hygromia hispida of varying
sizes at the top of the high tower of Bridlington Priory. It is
perhaps reasonable to conclude that these shells, though dead,
represented a temporary establishment of the snail in this

*The late Mr. Mansel-Pleydell in his ‘Land and Freshwater Mollusca
of Dorsetshire,’ Proceedings of the Dorset Natural History and Antiquarian
Field Club, VI. (1885), p. 109, notes under H. arbustorum ; ‘Houghton Wood
(shell smaller, with three brown bands round the last whorl)’; and a similar
entry appears, without further particulars, in the same author's ‘ Mollusca
of Dorsetshire,’ 1898, p. 12. It would be well to be assured that there is
no possibility of error here, and to know the condition and position of the
bands. My endeavours to trace the specimen, however, have not been
successful.

Naturalist,

Kew: Snails and Spiders on Towers. 343

remarkable situation ; and one is naturally led to inquire as to
the origin of the colony. In this connection we may recall that
early in 1890 Mr. Heathcote saw a fine specimen of Limnea
truncatula—a water-snail—crawling on the top of the tower of
St. James’ Church, Preston, 90 or more feet from the ground.
As regards land-shells, Captain Farrer has noted the occurrence
of the beautiful little Helicoid snail Vallonia pulchella on the
moss-grown roof of an old mill at Bassenthwaite; Mr. S. C.
Cockerell has recorded the finding of Balea perversa and Cary-
chium minimum high up under the clerestory windows of the
Cathedral at Beauvais; and further the late Mr. E. L. Layard
discovered among the collections of Wollaston a box containing
a lot of fine adult Helix muralis, evidently collected by
Wollaston, and labelled in his well-known handwriting : ‘from
the top of St. Peter’s at Rome.’ In some cases of this kind it
is conceivable that molluscs spreading generation after genera-
tion by ordinary progression may ultimately reach the odd
situations in which they occur; this, however, is obviously
impossible in the case of the Zzmncea; and though it is difficult
to exclude the possibility of capricious action by man, it is
probable, I think, that we see in most of the cases the result of
accidental dispersal by winged creatures, presumably birds.
Daws build in the tower at Preston, and it is suggested that
one of them brought up the water-snail on a stick used for its
nest; similarly it occurred both to Mr. Cockerell and Mr.
Layard that the colonies to which they refer had probably been
established by pigeons, which are supposed to have carried up
the molluscs on their nesting materials. Captain Farrer, more-
over, believed his Vallonta to be bird-carried, since he failed to
find the creature on the ground surrounding the mill. We have
a further reference to St. Peter’s by Dr. McCook, who records
the finding of a number of spiders of the genus Zfezra
[Araneus] in their orb-webs on the topmost railing of the dome.
Here, however, we have not to rely on accidental transport,
since the aeronautic habits of spiders, more especially the
young, furnish them with an efficient means of dispersal.
Taking up an exposed position facing the breeze, elevating the
hind-body, and allowing silk to be carried from the spinnerets,
they are soon afloat, and may be conveyed to great distances as
well as to great heights. This is a subject which much
interested our celebrated Lister, who tells us that he saw some
sailing spiders at York in 1669 with their lines entangled on the
pinnacles of the highest steeple of the Minster.

1903 September 1.

344

SHORE-COLLECTING NEAR SCARBOROUGH
AND FILEY.

Rev. W. C. HEY, M.A.,

West Ayton, near Scarborough.

Ir is a pity that almost all naturalists—even those who live by
the shore—prefer to study the plants and animals of the land
rather than the plants and animals of the sea. I admit there is
more beauty, more variety, and more sentiment about spring
flowers, than about the most elegant seaweed—though the
briny scent of the fucus is to me quite as delightful as the
fragrance of violets—but in some classes of anzma/ls the sea
stands easily first. In fishes, molluscs, crustaceans, and zoo-
phytes the freshwater is very far behind the sea.

No doubt a principal reason why people shirk marine studies
is because the best results can only be obtained by dredging,
and dredging is not only a very expensive amusement, but is
also accompanied by a ‘queer sort of up-and-down motion,’
which has such extraordinary effects upon some individuals
(even naturalists) that they would gladly give up the sea and all
the things that therein are for one square yard of dry land.

However, a good deal may be done by shore-collecting,
for we may secure the productions of ¢hree zones of life without
leaving terra firma. We have frst the plants and animals
whose home is between ordinary tide marks; secondly, those
which are uncovered only at spring-tides; and ¢hzrdly, those
which are torn from deeper water in stormy weather, and
deposited upon the beach when the waves subside. Scarborough
is a fairly good place for the first and second class. Filey is an
excellent locality for the third.

Beginning at the top of the first zone, the first mollusc we
meet with is a tiny periwinkle Lzttorina rudis var. saxatilis—
that is the ‘rock-loving’ periwinkle—well named, because its
favourite dwelling-place is in the crevices of cliffs, often in
places where it is only wetted with the spray of ordinary high
tides. It is common in the south bay, and used to be still
commoner round the Castle Hill before Scarborough’s crowning
vandalism had taken form. A little further down, on the scars,
we find two other periwinkles, Zz¢torina lidtorea, the species
commonly eaten, and Z. ob/usata, easily known by its perfectly
flat spire. This species presents great variety of colour and

Naturalist,

Hey: Shore-Collecting near Scarborough und Filey. 345

markings, yellow, green, or brown, and sometimes richly banded,
at others reticulated with a darker colour. In the variety of
colour it presents it may be compared with the He/zx nemoralis
of our lanes.

The Dog Whelk (Purpura lapillus) is very common between
tide marks. Only two reversed specimens of this shell are
known, and one of them was picked up years ago at Scar-
borough and came into Mr. Bean’s possession. Not long ago
I received a letter from a gentleman at Flamborough saying he
had got a reversed specimen of the Dog Whelk. I asked him
to forward it by registered post, which he did. It proved, how-
ever, to be only a reversed specimen of the Common Whelk
(Buccinum undatum), which is far from rare. Why reversed
varieties should be common in some species and very rare in
others is a curious point which requires some elucidation.

No shell is more conspicuous between tide marks than the
Common Limpet (Patella vulgata), much used for bait, and
commonly called ‘ Flithers.’. One species of Chzton (sometimes
called Sea-Woodlouse) is very common in this zone under
stones, Craspedochilus cinereus. Gibbula (= Trochus) cineraria
is also common in these rock pools, the shell which, after it has
been rubbed by the waves, appears all pearl, and is in this
condition often called ‘silver churches.’

The Common Starfish (Uvraster rubens) and the Dog Crab
(Carcinas menas) abound in this zone. In winter the female is
found with a great mass of orange-coloured spawn tucked
under her tail. It appears as though crabs were once very
like lobsters, but some millions of ages ago, had received
a shock which had caused them to clap their tails to their
bellies like a frightened dog, and had kept them there ever
since. Sea-anemones are collected for bait at Scarborough,
and the fishermen give them a highly-descriptive name—‘ Scar-
paps.’

The next zone, disclosed only at spring-tides, introduces us
to a host of new forms. Here we find in great abundance at
Scarborough two species of Pholas which live in holes they
have excavated in the softer rocks. They are very easily
collected on the north shore by the aid of a chisel, as they
burrow in great numbers in the clays of the estuarine series
which there form the scars.

Zirphea crispata is the larger species, with very widely-
gaping valves. It is a northern shell and occurs in the shelly
patches in the Basement Boulder Clay at Bridlington. The
1903 September I.

346 Hey: Shore-Collecting near Scarborough and Filey.

other kind is Barnea candida, a frail shell with. the. valves
meeting almost the whole length of the shell.

Three limpet-shaped shells can easily be found in this zone :—
Helcron pellucidum, an Olive-coloured shell, with bright blue rays
(a most rare colour in shells), is always found on the fronds of
the great olive sea-weed Laminaria digitata, a plant which does
not grow higher than the low-water mark of neap tides. The
other little limpets are the two species of Acm@a—A. testudinalis,
a pretty shell marked with white and brown which is hardly
known south of this latitude, and A. virginea, a much smaller
pink-rayed species. It is common in the sort of lagoon near
White Nab, which, I understand, was formed by the excavation
of the great slabs of rock which were floated over the Bay to
form the outer pier.

Another species of Chzton occurs in this zone, both in the
north and south bays, viz.:—Acanthochites fauscicularts, easily
known by the bristly tufts of hair which stand up on either
side.

Two crabs are conspicuous. The Edible Crab (Cancer pagurus)
abounds, but is seldom found of any size till deeper water is
reached. Individuals may often be met with in dark crevices,
which are quite soft, having just shed their shells.

The other very conspicuous crustacean is the Porcelain Crab,
a small active animal with a round carapace and one claw about
four times as big as the other, which gives it an exceedingly
ludicrous appearance.

The very sluggish Spider Crab, Hyas araneus, is also common
at Scarborough, a creature so tranquil-minded that the sea-weed
and small creatures of various kinds with which it clothes itself
in order to escape the observation of its enemies, often flourish
as well upon its back as upon the solid rock.

The brittle star of this zone is Ophiocoma rosula. Its arms
writhe and twist like serpents, and upon the slightest provoca-
tion are flung off in the hope that its would-be captor may
mistake a part for the whole, so that it is far from easy to
procure perfect specimens.

I will now leave the Scarborough rocks and convey you in
imagination to Filey Beach, for very little is to be got on Scar-
borough Sands. Such shells as are dislodged in rough weather
doubtless get broken up for the most part upon the scars. At
Filey you have a long stretch of smooth sand from the Brig
on the north to the chalk cliffs on the south, entirely free from
rock.

Naturalist,

Hey : Shore-Collecting near Scurborough and Filey. 347

Many people have an idea that stormy weather is the time
for shore-collecting. This is a mistake. When a strong wind
blows from the sea the beach is often as bare as a ball-room
floor. It is afer the sea and the wind have subsided that old
Ocean casts up his treasures, and shells and crabs and sea-weed
from considerable depths are laid at the feet of the delighted
collector. Hitherto, we have noticed only univalves. On the
beach we find chiefly bivalves that burrow in sand from low
water to a depth of many fathoms. . At Filey, no species is
commoner than Mactra Stultorum, which is cast up alive in large
numbers. The normal form is adornéd with ray-like markings.
A plain, almost white, variety is called czverea.

Equally abundant is the small thick shining Donax anatinus
(=D. vittatus da Costa). The paper-like shells which strew
the sands in such vast numbers are two species of Zed/zna,
tenuts and fabula. The former presents all shades of yellow,
orange, and pink; the latter is uniformly white. Perhaps the
most beautiful bivalve that occurs at Filey is Gard (= Psammodbra)
Jerroensis. The valves are adorned with crimson rays, some-
what suggestive of the glories of an autumn sunset, when the
shell is wet and struck by a sunbeam. Two of the very biggest
bivalves the British fauna possesses may be found at Filey after
very rough weather, viz., Lutrartza elliptica and Cyprina
wslandica. The former possesses siphons of extraordinary
length, from which it can eject water with amazing force; the
other shell is the kind which our grandmothers often used as a
scoop for sugar and other small groceries.

Every visitor to the seashore notices the Razor shells.
Three species occur at Filey. The common large one is
Ensis (=Solen) stligua; the tiny fragile one is Cudltellus
(= Solen) pellucidus. Ensts ensis, a medium-sized, much-curved
species also occurs, but it is not so common as people think ;
the young of sz/zgua is frequently mistaken for it.

I should like to record the occurrence of Zhracza fragilis
(=papyracea) at Filey, both dead and alive, for it has not been
included in any recent lists of Yorkshire shells. Venus striatula
(=V. gallina Linn.) is one of the most abundant shells on Filey
beach.

A curious crab is always found on Filey beach after storms
—Corystes cassivelaunus—called the Mask crab, because the
carapace bears on it markings which have a ghastly resemblance
to a human face. The male has enormous claws, perhaps for
fighting purposes like the huge jaws of the stag beetle, or

1903 September tr.

348 Patterson: Beluga at Scarborough.

perhaps to give a firmer hold of the female like the dilated
forefeet of the water beetles (Dy/zscus).

Another deep-water crab often cast up is the cleanser
swimming crab, Portunus depurator. In this genus the last
joint of the largest pair of legs is flattened out like a paddle,
suggesting comparison with similarly modified legs in the
predaceous water beetles (Hydradephaga).

The beautiful crimson 12-rayed Starfish which is often seen
on the beach is Solaster papposa. Not unfrequently the rays
are as many as I4.

I have hitherto mentioned only the larger objects to be met
with on the beach, but it will afford also plenty of work for
those who use a microscope. To find the tiny molluscs of our
seas, gather a few handfuls from the deposits of fine coal which
so often lie upon the beach, dry it thoroughly before the fire,
and then spread it out upon a sheet of paper in the sunlight.
If you run over it with a magnifying glass you will almost
certainly find a quantity of delicate little shells, especially
species of Rzssoa and Cylichna, as well as the fry of larger
species which are often remarkably different in appearance from
the full grown mollusc.

This paper gives but a very brief summary of a few of the
interesting and beautiful things which the shore-collector can
easily gather and study. Our marine fauna and flora have
really received such scanty attention that there can be very little
doubt that any careful observer living on the coast might add
much valuable and interesting information to our present stock,
and I have no doubt that many a treasure is brought in on the
fishermen’s lines only to ‘waste its sweetness’ (?) in a malo-

dorous ashpit.

MAMMALIA.

Beluga at Scarborough.—On the 1oth instant I saw in the.
bay at Scarborough an example of the Beluga (Delphinapterus
leucas), about eighteen to twenty feet long. It was about one
hundred and twenty yards off the sea wall of the Spa grounds
when I saw it first, it being almost high water at the time.
I saw it eight or ten times whilst walking parallel to its course
on the length of the enclosure on the sea front; it was almost
milk-white. This appears to be the first record of this species
for Yorkshire.—Sir Roperr Lioyp PaTrTrerson, Croft House,
Holywood, County Down, Aug. 1903.

Naturalist,

RIVER FLIES
AS THE FOOD OF THE PIED FLYCATCHER
AND OTHER BIRDS.

Miss MARY L. ARMITT,

Rydal, Westmorland.

Tue Pied Flycatchers are in June at their busiest time of family
life, as their youngsters are feathering and growing fast. In
one nest by the river’s brink seven little ones are crowded in
a heap, only to be counted by the mottled heads, the yellow
beaks, and the spreckled breasts. They may be heard squeal-
ing hungrily as they anticipate and take the food which the
parents bring. This food is almost all gathered from the river,
and is mostly the product of its waters. Certain river flies
I have long known to be a favourite food with these birds, and
three species of them, very similar in appearance, have been
kindly named for me by Mr. G. T. Porritt. They are Chloro-
perla grammatica, a large yellow-green species often seen
sticking in the beak of the bird ; Lsopteryx tripunctata, a smaller
species; and J/sopteryvx torrentium, a darker one, which is
doubtless also taken. This year I noticed the first appearance of
these flies on May 30th, quite a week later than last year, and
since then they have been very abundant. At noon they may
be seen rising from the river in numbers, their four wings
glittering in sunshine. They make a diagonal course to the
foliage, where they creep about, their large wings folded flat.
On cold, cloudy days (of which we have had a few without
rain) they rise less. The Pied Flycatcher then appears a some-
what sluggish bird, drifting from rock to rock in the low-
running stream, and apparently picking up the flies where they
lie. But on sunny days it takes them in swift flight from tree
to tree, or snaps them off the leaves.

This is not the only food, however, that the bird carries to
its youngsters. Their diet is varied, and appears to be more
various when the nest is placed farther from the water. Small,
hard morsels, that look like beetles, are often taken to the nest,
and I have been able to distinguish the Brackenclock (PhyJlo-
pertha horticola) and a brown beetle (Lagria hirta.?) when these
are abundant. Spiders, too, are taken. These are almost
certainly the Zycose, or wolf spiders, which the bird watches

1903 September 1.

350 Armitt: River Flies.

for, as it does the beetles, from some low bough, darting then
to pick them from the ground. The small May-fly, when abroad,
is caught too. . ;

The Pied Wagtails, that have a nest likewise close by, also
take large toll of the river flies. The antics of the parent bird
over the water as it catches them are amusing to see. Instead
of taking them in an easy smooth passage from one perch to
another, as the Pied Flycatcher does, it stands on a mossy stone
balancing its long tail till it spies one of the shining morsels in
air. It then springs upward to give chase, fails at the first shot,
follows in a gyrating but ever ascending course till it catches
the prey, and drops again to a stone, to repeat the performance.
Nine times in succession (without counting its start) did 1 watch
the bird make a successful pounce, before it returned to its nest.
Its beak was then loaded with glittering wings, and from the
way in which it adjusted its burden from time to time on a stone,
it seemed as if the victims were alive and struggling.

It is strange that the Spotted Flycatchers, that are also
feeding their nestlings at hand, do not come to the river for
these flies, but hawk apparently for smaller fry in dry places.
Nor do the Chaffinches ever take them, though the Chaffinch
dearly loves a May-fly, and turns quite into a fly-catcher when
a small species of these Aphemere begin to emerge, from late
March days onward; watching for and snapping them up as they
rise from the water to seek some vantage post where they may
doff their last skin. In fact, it is upon the soft green caterpillar
that the Chaffinch relies almost solely as the food of its nestlings,
and it is the same with the Titmice. But these birds have been
hard put to it this year, when caterpillars have been almost 727 ;
and it was, perhaps, as well that a good many of them had short
or entirely lost broods, through the addling of the eggs by chill,
damp weather. However, one thriving (probably because later)
brood of nine Blue Titmice are now being fed, and rarely do I
see a green grub carried in. The food taken in is mostly small
beetles, spiders, and the larve of moths, with an occasional perfect
moth. The spiders are probably the Amaurobius szmilis, which
lurks everywhere in the crevices of the house-stones. I watched
parents of earlier broods search continually ‘the eaves and
crevices, and picking out morsels. Though the Blue Titmice feed
largely themselves on this diet in the autumn, when spiders are
fat and egg-bag's are abundant, it is not usual for them to feed
their nestlings with it. But this year it is a case of ‘necessity
knows no law.’

Naturalist.

MARINE ZOOLOGY AT FILEY.

TD. PETC, B:Sc.,762A.,
Hedon.

THE following have been identified in the material collected
on the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union excursion, at Filey, on rst
June.

Many of the mollusca were represented by empty shells only.
Corystes was obtained from the fishing boats, and Coryne pusilla
with Campanularia volubilis from shrimp nets ; Merzne, Nephthys,
Crrratulus, and Avrenicola were offered for sale for bait. The
other species were found on the Brig.

To the list of Hydrozoa gathered on the tide-mark (‘ The
Naturalist,’ September 1897, Vol. 21, pp. 275-6) may be added

Halectum halectnum and Coppina arcta.

Porifera.
Grantia compressa.
Halichondria panicea.

Hydrozoa.

Clava multicornis.
Coryne pusilla.

C. van benedenii.
Syncoryne eximia.
Tubularia indivisa.
Obelia geniculata.

O. gelatinosa.

O. longissima.
Campanularia volubilis.
C, integra.

C. flexuosa.
Gonothyrza loveni.
Opercularella lacerata.
Lafoéa dumosa.
Sertularella rugosa.
Sertularia pumila.

Actinozoa.

Tealia crassicornis.

Actinia mesembryanthemum.

Sagartia (troglodytes ?).

Echinoidea.

_Echinus miliaris.
Uraster rubens.
Solaster papposa.
Ophiocoma rosula.

1903 September 1.

Nemertini.
Amphiporus lactifloreus.
Lineus marinus.

L. gesserensis.

Polycheta.
Harmothoé imbricata.
Lepidonotus squamatus.
Sthenelais boa.

Nereis pelagica.

N. fucata.

Nephthys ceca.
Nerine coniocephala.
Glycera capitata.
Cirratulus tentaculatus.
C. cirratus.

Lanice conchilega.
Pectinaria belgica.
Arenicola marina.
Siphonostoma diplochaitos.
Spirorbis nautiloides.
S. borealis.

Filigrana implexa.

Gephyrea.
Phascolosoma vulgaris.

Polyzoa.
Eucratea chelata.
Membranipora pilosa.
M. pilosa var. dentata.
M. lineata.

M. aurita.
M. lacroixii.

to

ios)
on

Umbonula verrucosa.
Cribrilina punctata.
Mucronella peachii.
Schizoporella unicornis.
S. hyalina.

Flustrella hispida.
Alcyonidium hirsutum.
Bowerbankia imbricata.
Pedicellina cernua.

P. gracilis.

Crustacea.
Hyas araneus.
Corystes cassivelaunus.
Portunus depurator.
Carcinus moenas.
Cancer pagurus.
Eupagurus bernhardus.
Galathea strigosa.
Crangon vulgaris.
Dexamine spinosa.
Amathilla homari.
Podocerus variegatus.
Amphithoé rubicata.
Gammarus marinus.
Corophium grossipes.
Idotea marina.
Jeera albifrons.
Janira maculosa,
Ligia oceanica.
Balanus balanoides.
Chthamalus stellatus.
Verruca stroémia.

Pantopoda.
Pycnogonum littorale.
Phoxichilus spinosus.

Phoxichilidium coccineum.

Mollusca.
Craspedochilus cinereus.

Gaythorpe : Growth of an Oak.

Acanthochites fascicularis.
Tonicella ruber.

Anomia ephippium.
Mytilus edulis.

Pecten opercularis.
Cyprina islandica.

Kellia suborbicularis.
Tellina tenuis.

T. fabula.

Macoma balthica var. carnaria.

Donax vittatus.
Dosinia lupina.
Venus gallina.
Tapes pullastra.
Cardium echinatum.
Ensis siliqua.
Saxicava rugosa.
Zirphzea crispata.
Patella vulgata.
Helcion pellucida.
Acmeza testudinalis.
Eumargarita helicina
var. fasciata.
Gibbula cineraria.
Calliostoma zizyphinus.
Lacuna divaricata.
Littorina littorea.
L. rudis.
L. obtusata.
Cingula trifasciata.
Trivia europza.
Buccinum undatum.
Neptunia antiqua.
Purpura lapillus.
Nassa incrassata.
Eolis papillosa.
Doto coronata.

Pisces.

Centronotus gunnellus.

i a a

FLOWERING PLANTS.

Growth of an Oak.— When looking at the grave of my
grandfather (a Halifax man) at Tarporley, Cheshire, a short
time ago, I found that an Oak tree planted near the grave by
my father and grandfather in 1833, had increased in diameter
since then 17 inches. It is now 54% inches in circumference
three feet above the ground.—HARPER GAYTHORPE, Barrow-in-

Furness.
Naturalist,

ios)

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT BOWES.

O Brignal’s banks are wild and fair
And Greta’s woods are green,

And you may gather garlands there
Would grace a summer queen.

Bowes, the place chosen for the August Bank Holiday week-
end meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, has not always
been the small, quiet village that it is to-day. It has a history
of particular interest. The Romans had a camp there, on the
side of a road which is still the main road in the district. A fine
Roman bath, in a field near the church, was visited by the
members. As an example of the regard paid to antiquities by
the average villager, it should be stated that at the present time
the bath is used as a quarry from which ready-hewn stones are
obtained for building walls with! A Saxon font in the church
(though supported on a Roman altar) is evidence of a settlement
of Saxons. The Normans, too, had a stronghold at Bowes, the
thick-walled keep and moats being still in fair preservation,
though the former has suffered at the hands of nineteenth
century vandals in search of cheap building material. In more
modern times the village had some name on account of the four
boarding schools there kept; one of these was the Dotheboys
Hall, kept by Squeers, referred to in ‘ Nicholas Nickleby.’ The
inhabitants of Bowes, however, do not seem to possess that
regard for Dickens which the average person does. Sir Walter
Scott, also, in his ‘ Rokeby,’ has added further interest to the
district. The very Inn at which the members stayed was an old
coaching house, and is but little altered since the days when the
coaches swung round the corner into the courtyard. There are
certainly more stables and out-houses than are now required,
some of which appear neglected, but the Inn itself is but little
changed.

In such a district, with fine weather and jovial companions,
it is only natural that the Yorkshire naturalists had a very
pleasant time on their 174th excursion. Most of the members
assembled on Friday evening, and in such numbers as to cause
considerable anxiety to the landlord as to bedroom accommoda-
tion, notwithstanding the fact that an additional house had been
secured for the party. By the following evening every available
bed in the village appeared to have been secured, although the
party only numbered about thirty.

On Saturday the members started from Lartington Station,
and taking Deepdale at the viaduct, followed it up past Nab

~ 1903 September 1. Y

354 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

Falls, then over the Rigg and the moors to Bowes, the route
presenting such a variety of conditions that a naturalist might
find much of value, no matter in what particular study he was
interested. In Deepdale, near the falls, Mr. E. Hawkesworth
obtained a fine tooth of Petalodus hastingst@, over an inch
across, this was from a slab of limestone. In the river were
large quantities of St. Cuthbert’s beads—broken sections of the
stems of encrinites, weathered from their softer matrix.

The Rigg is a ridge of rock resembling an enormous roche
moutonnée, running east and west. On this a successful search
was made for stria, two or three striated surfaces being found
on the topmost ridges. One of these was of particular interest,
as it exhibited a continual scratch, over 30 feet long, which was
deeper towards the east, and also had a series of semi-lunar
fractures, at right angles to the striz, each being larger than
the preceding, the last one being over a foot across. These
fractures had apparently been caused by a large boulder em-
bedded in the glacier, as it travelled due east over the Rigg.
The same ice-stream had carried the boulders of Shap granite,
a few of which were noted on the ramble. .

On Saturday evening a meeting, held at the Unicorn Hotel,
was presided over by Dr. R. Braithwaite. Mr. W. Denison
Roebuck referred to an effort that was being made to form
a natural history society in the district. Mr. J. J. Burton read
a paper ‘On the Geology and Archeology of the District,’ in
which many interesting questions were raised. <A discussion
followed in which several members took part. Dr. Braithwaite
then gave a brief address on ‘The Study of Mosses,’ paying
particular attention to nomenclature. He also urged as many
as possible to take up that interesting subject. Mr. M. B.
Slater exhibited and described some specimens of ‘the Pride of
Teesdale’ (Potentilla fruticosa) which he had gathered in Tees-
dale the previous day.

The following day the members had a pleasant ramble up
Sleightholme beck to the ‘Trough’ (where are some curious
pot-holes), over the moors and back to Bowes. In the evening”
the plants collected during the two previous days were examined
and compared.

On Monday the party divided: some walked to Kilmonds
Scar and Rutherford Bridge, others took a conveyance. The
bryologists, whé were particularly well represented, were rein-
forced and accomplished much good work. The woods and
fields also yielded a rich harvest to the mycologists.

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes. 5

ion

=
-e

At the meeting held in the paddock behind the Unicorn Hotel,
on Monday evening, Mr. W. Denison Roebuck presided. After
votes of thanks were passed to the landowners and to those
who had assisted in the excursion, various reports of the work
accomplished were given by Messrs. Hawkesworth, Robertshaw,
T. A. Lofthouse, McLean, Gibbs, Slater, Farrah, and the chair-
man. Some of these follow as appendices. Mr. Hawkesworth
referred to the general geological structure of the district, and
enumerated the more important finds made on the excursion.
Mr. A. G. Robertshaw reported that the lepidopterists had not
had much success ; he personally had not seen a single butterfly,
and the moths noted were all common ones. The two species
not localised in the following list were taken by Mr. Lofthouse
near Bowes :—

Hepialus sylvanus L. Bowes. Camptogramma bilineata L.
Eupethecia pulchellatus St. Deepdale.
Small larva in flowers of fox- Tanagraatrata L. Deepdale.
glove. Crambus tristellus. General.
Melanippe fluctuata L. Bowes. Phlyetaenia lutealis.

For the Coleoptera, Mr. Robertshaw also reported that the
results of the excursion were meagre, though no great effort at
collecting had been made. Mr. Roebuck had found the Death
Watch (Anobéum pertinax L.) in great quantities in his bedroom.
The following were noted :— .

Pterostichus vulgaris. Bowes Castle. Geotrupes slercovarius. Bowes.
Necrophorus ruspater. Hylobius abietis.
Sleightholme-Beck.

On Monday evening, towards midnight, a small but gallant
band complied with a request made by Mr. Roebuck, and armed
with a lantern, sticks, and the key of the castle, visited the old
Norman keep behind the vicarage in search of slugs. For half
an hour or so it appeared as though the president’s previous
visits had robbed the castle of all its molluscan treasures. An
examination of the walls, however, revealed specimens of
Limax flavus var. rufescens and other species, referred to in
Mr. Roebuck’s report.

Altogether the Bowes excursion can be looked upon as most
successful. The various branches of the Union’s work were well
represented, and the results are particularly valuable from the
fact that so little had been previously accomplished in the
immediate neighbourhood.

The two photographs accompanying these notes were taken
by Mr. J. W. Farrah, and to his father, Mr. John Farrah, we
are indebted for the blocks. ES:

1903 September 1.

350 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

(APPENDIX A.)

BIRDS AND MAMMALS IN THE BOWES DISTRICT.
KENNETH MACLEAN.

A more suitable day for an excursion could not have been
selected than August Bank Holiday. The heat of the sun was
tempered with a strong breeze ; vou could walk without fatigue
and rest without fear of catching cold. From a naturalist’s
point of view an ideal day in an ideal district.

Down the beautiful Greta Valley it was interesting to watch the
numbers of birds, Willow Wrens, Chiffchaffs, Tits, Flvcatchers,
and many others, all busy destroying the pestilent little gnats
which were so freely inserting their poison into different parts
of our anatomy. I could not help thinking how unbearable
these beautiful stream-side rambles would be were it not for the
enormous appetites and restless energy of those beautiful little
feathered friends of mankind. The birds were joined in these
gnatting expeditions by many large Dragon Flies.

Most of the birds seen were such as could be observed in
any good day’s ramble, but others were noticed which are by no
means common. For instance, the Dipper, Green Woodpecker,
Pied Flycatcher, Heron, Jay, Kingfisher, and several others can
no longer be considered common.

Quite a colony of House Martins exists in the village of
Bowes, and many bright little faces were peeping out of their
mud nests. Evidently they were just contemplating exercising
for the first time those wonderful wings which, in the course of
a few weeks, were to bear them so far away from their native
village.

A family of Pied Flycatchers (.luscicapa atricapilla) were
seen, the young in a very interesting stage of feathering ; many
white patches were showing on the back, and on the wing-
coverts streaks of yellowish white were observable.

I was pleased to see so many Corn Buntings (Zmberiza
miliaria). This bird is generally called the Common Bunting,
and during our walk at Bowes it certainly was the most common
ot the Bunting family; but in nine districts out of ten, twenty
Yellow Buntings may be seen to one Corn Bunting.

During the day I saw fifty-four different kinds of birds, and
to those I have added six, which I had not seen myself, from
Mr. Farrah’s list, making in all sixty observed during the excur-
sion, as under :—

Naturalist.

Vorkshtre Naturalists at Bowes. 357

Starling. Carrion Crow. Great Tit.
Blackbird. Rook. Cole Tit.
Thrush. Jackdaw. Blue Tit.
Greenfinch. Pewit. Wren.
Brown Linnet. Ring Ouzel. Dipper.
House Martin. Willow Warbler. Heron.
Swallow. Chiffchaff. Garden Warbler.
Sand Martin. Whitethroat. Gold Crest.
Sparrow. Stock Dove. Tree Creeper.
Lark. Ring Dove. Grouse.
Tree Pipit. Rock Dove. Water Hen.
Meadow Pipit. Missel Thrush. Sparrow Hawk.
Corn Bunting. Robin. Bullfinch.
Yellow Bunting. Redstart. Herring Gull.
Corn Crake. Pied Wagtail. Curlew.
Flycatcher (Spotted). Yellow Wagtail. Sandpiper.
Flycatcher (Pied), Magpie. Swift.
Hedge Sparrow. Woodpecker (Green). — Snipe.
Whin Chat. Partridge. Kingfisher.
Wheat Ear. Pheasant. Jay.
Mammalia. The following were noticed :—
Footmarks of the Otter. Field Vole.
Rabbit. Water Vole.
Hare. Longtailed Field Mouse.
Shrew. Brown Rat.
Mole. Squirrel.

I made an attempt to obtain a specimen of the Field Vole
(Arvicola agrestis). A dog came out of a hayfield with the tail
of one hanging out of its mouth. I seized the tail and pulled,
but the dog pulled harder and swallowed the body, leaving the
caudal appendage only as my share.

FisH :—Trout, Minnow, and Eel.

AMPHIBIA :—Frog and Toad.

(APPENDIX B.)

NOTES ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE BOWES
EXCURSION.

W. DENISON ROEBUCK, F.L.S.

While the total number of species collected on the Bowes
excursion, 1st to 3rd August 1903, was not very large, several
of the observations made were of considerable interest. In the
quarry at Kilmonds Scar Aygromia hispida was abundant. The
hummocky ground here looking favourable for the occurrence
of Helicella ttala, a careful search resulted in Mr. J. W. Farrah
finding several, and Mr. E. Hawkesworth also met with it.

1903 September 1.

358 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

Here also occurred Pupa cylindracea, and Mr. Farrah found
Flelix nemoralis. In Deepdale Mr. Hawkesworth collected
Hygromia hispida commonly. The Sleightholmedale collections
were made by Messrs. Hawkesworth, T. Gibbs, T. Sheppard,
and A. Robertshaw, who found Clausilia bidentata and Pyra-
midula rotundata commonly. Cochlicopa lubrica was also found
there by Mr. Hawkesworth, and Azeca tridens, Vitrea alliaria,
V. crystallina, and Arion ater v. nigrescens by Mr. Gibbs. A
thrush-stone in this dale vielded fragments of Helzx horfensis
and Helicigona arbustorum to Mr. Sheppard. On the Greta at
Brignal Banks Mr. Gibbs found Clauszlza bidentafa, which also
occurred along with Cochlicopa lubrica, Pyramidula rotundata,
Helix hortensts, Agriolimax agrestis, Arion hortensis, and Limax
arborum to the writer, in the beech wood near Greta Bridge.
The Rev. John Hawell and Mr. T. Ashton Lofthouse collected
Balea perversa and Pyramidula rupestris on the Kilmonds Scar
route.

On the excursion programme the occurrence some twenty
years ago of gigantic examples of Arzon afer among the nettles
there was noted. This time a very large example of the
same species was found along with a gigantic Limax maximus,
and Agriolimax agrestis, Arion hortensts, A. circumscriptus,
Pyramidula rotundata, Hygromia hispida, Vitrea cellaria, V.
alliaria, and Pupa cylindracea were tound, the interior of the
Castle, covered as it is with loose stones and rank vegetation,
being quite a paradise for mollusca. A night search made by
Mr. Sheppard with a lantern yielded further results in abund-
ance of typical though small examples of Zzmax arborum and
numerous specimens of L. flavus var. rufescens. This last 1s
perhaps the best find made on the excursion, for not only does
it add the species to the fauna of the vice-county York N.W.,
but the specimens, full grown, are the most richly coloured and
characteristic examples of the var. vwfescens which I have ever
seen. The variety had hitherto only been placed on record for
four vice-counties, and one of these Bowes Castle examples will
probably furnish a sitting for the coloured plate illustrating the
species in Mr. Taylor’s Monograph. Mr. Sheppard states that
the slugs were found, after considerable search with a lantern,
crawling on the inside of the walls at about 8 or to feet height,
and opines that they had emerged from the cracks in the stones
of the wall. The total list of mollusca collected included 7 slugs
and 15 land shells (22 altogether), and not a single water-shell
was noted, no search having been made for them.

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes. 359
(APPENDIX C.)
THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF BOWES.

JOHN FARRAH.

It is not my intention to write a string of dry scientific names
in the body of this article ; if these appear at all it will be at the
end, in a list to themselves, where they will stand in stern
forbiddingness, the bugbear of many a would-be botanist. Bowes
is delightfully quiet and restful, and I pray God that it will for
ever remain so. The motor-car——the latest curse inflicted upon
the country—is comparatively rare. I used to have a contempt
for cyclists; now I am beginning to respect them. They glide
along noiseless and stinkless, and comparatively dustless, and
the tinkle of their bells is heavenly music compared with the
horn of the motor.

Just now I wish for the descriptive power of Scott or Richard
Jefferies, so that I might do slight justice to the many charms
of this historic and picturesque part of grand old Yorkshire.

Some of us arrived on Friday, the 31st July. Our first walk
was to the Castle. Very little of the original structure remains,
but that which does remain is grand and grim.

The first plant to attract our attention was the common or
deadly Hemlock, the umbellifer that is credited as being the one
that closed the career of Socrates, and, let us hope, ushered him
into a better world than this—I don’t say a more beautiful one.

Sweet Cicely grew luxuriantly on the north side of the ruin ;
it has the taste of aniseed, and was used in the concoction of
salads and for flavouring cakes long before candied lemon was
thought of or the spices of the East were brought tous. The
smell is said to attract bees, and many beekeepers rub the
inside of an empty hive with the leaves in order to induce
a swarm to enter. Along with it in great profusion grew the
blue Meadow Cranesbill (so named from the exceedingly long
beak, which plays a most important part in the distribution of
the seeds), the common Nettle, tall Cock’s-foot-grass, False
Oat-grass, and many other more lowly grasses, and forming
a carpet for them was the Mouse-ear Hawkweed, with flowers
of bright orange, silvery fringed foliage, and ivory midrib.
Purple-clustered Bellflower and golden Stone-crop also gladdened
our eyes. The dry limestone ‘courses’ of the walls, where
one would think that even the lower forms of plant life couldn't
exist, reveal Maidenhair Spleenwort with feathery frond, and
Wall-rue in clustered leathery tufts. On the walls about, where
1903 September Ta

360 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

mosses have grown and decayed, leaving a matrix of virgin soil
as the heritage of higher forms of plant life, we find in abundance
the withered stems of the vernal Whitlow Grass; to the foot-
stalks are still attached the middle valve, an exact miniature of
the silvery ‘Honesty’ used for decorating the rooms of poor
and rich.* The two outer valves of the Whitlow Grass sprang
off one dry day last April; the seeds then set at liberty are now
snugly ensconced in the crevices of the walls ; when the sunshine
of February comes round they will wake up and repeat the
process.

Several other species of Crucifers are here in company—
Shepherd’s Purse, hairy Rock Cress, thale Cress, and hairy
Bitter Cress. Here and there on these walls are the rosettes of
several Hawkweeds, but as yet no flowers. Rue-leaved Saxifrage
is also abundant upon old walls: Gerarde calls it ‘ Naile Grass,’
and adds—‘ it hath been taken to heale the disease of the nailes
called a whitlow, whereof it tooke his name, as also naile wort.’

Many of the walls surrounding the houses and gardens in
Bowes are now clothed thickly with the remains of the lowly
plants I have named, which helps one to imagine how beautiful
they are in the months of April and May. Their profusion
is indicative of a very pure atmosphere. The breezes are, I
think, the balmiest that I have ever breathed. All the time we
were there fresh air and fresh winds and sunshine were abundant.
It was a grand treat to stand in the midst of haymakers hard at
work under these conditions, and drink in as much as possible
of the re-invigorating air.

The lane-sides were a constant source of delight, or I should
have said road-sides, for they are broad, the roads themselves
are not wide, but they are wide enough for the traffic, and are
kept in excellent repair; plenty of hard limestone abounds for
this purpose. It is owing to this fact in a great measure that
vegetation on the wide grass margins that line each side of the
roads is so abundant and varied. Many of our rarer wild
flowers grow in the greatest profusion, yet they are quite
normal in form and colour. This cannot be said of very many
plants that grow in narrow and steep-sided valleys or gorges
where moisture is usually abundant. This appears to be the
case in Deepdale, judging from several specimens brought in by
various members. Here the giant Bell-flower, or Throatwort as
I like to call it, grows to a very large size and produces

*Tt is called ‘Honesty’ from its transparency. We can see through
it. From this I conclude that it did not originate in Yorkshire.

Naturalist,

THE NAT ORALTS IT, 1003; PLaTE X,

Veterans,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.~ 361

abundance of fine blooms, but these lack the rich colour of
those grown in more exposed. and drier habitats. But, again,
in Deepdale the blooms of the melancholy Thistle are the largest
and finest in colour that I have ever seen. The student of nature
has yet many problems to solve.

Returning to the question of the road-side vegetation, I attri-
bute its abundance, variety, and constancy to the following
causes :—First, pure air, which, owing to the elevation—about
a thousand feet—is always in motion; the result of this is that
wind-fertilised plants are invariably pollinated. Second, insect-
fertilised plants receive constant attention, because of the
number of nectar-producing flowers. Third, all the roads have
at each side a high well-built stone wall—hedges are the excep-
tion; these act as a flue, along which the wind can career, and
does. It acts as a road sweeper in dry weather, clearing to
right and left the pulverised limestone and the dried horse
droppings, which, combined, make a rich manure. At the same
time all.ripe seeds are dispersed, first in one direction then
another, many. of them eventually find a congenial resting-place
in the new and fertile layer of soil deposited by the winds.
Thus the species are perpetuated, and that in increasing
numbers, and the area every year is extended. Walls are better
propagators of plants than hedges, for the very obvious reason
that the wind cannot rush through them. Let me here say that
wind is at one and the same time the greatest enemy and the
greatest friend to vegetation. It is a very easy matter to tell
the sunny or shady side of a road by the vegetation, especially
a stone-walled road. A wall absorbs more of the sun’s heat
than a hedge, consequently it gives off more heat than a hedge,
and the plants benefit to a corresponding degree.

The road from Bowes to Rokeby stretches in a long straight
line for about four miles, and for all practical purposes runs due
east and west. This is the road with which I made myself best
acquainted during my short stay at Bowes. Its fascination was
so great that though I started twice to go as far as Rokeby
I never reached there.

My first ramble along this road was in the company of Dr.
Braithwaite and Mr. Slater, both of them renowned and veteran
bryologists—one of them over eighty, the other nearing it—and
of our most worthy President. This fact alone is sufficient to
impress upon one’s memory the delights then experienced.

The main body of the naturalists had gone to Deepdale.
The weather was glorious, brilliant sunshine, fresh west wind,

1903 September t.

362 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

and magnificent cloud effects. Occasionally a huge rain cloud
obscured the sun for a few minutes, sprinkling upon the land-
scape and upon us a few drops as a parting blessing before
being absorbed into the surrounding atmosphere. Stately piles
of cumulus, like snow-capp’d mountains, ranged in irregular
order the circle of the horizon, no words can describe the
subtlety of their colouring, and only the pencil of a Turner
could faintly depict them. Under these conditions life is ideal,
and we feel sorry that there are not more lovers of nature and
fewer jerry-builders.

About two miles from Bowes is ‘ Hulands’ Quarry (what is
the etvmology ?), on the north side of the road; here we turned
in, and moss gathering, snail and slug hunting, and flowering
plant observations were for some time most enthusiastically
carried on, then, after mental requirements were partly satisfied,
the grosser part of our nature called for attention. After lunch
the photographer of the party secured portraits of the worthies
mentioned. Wild Thyme bloomed in glorious profusion, much
to the delight of the bees and ourselves. Autumnal Gentian or
Felwort was abundunt, but the most forward plants had not yet
unfolded their five-toothed corollas. .

On the road-sides, in damp places, Marsh Ragwort flaunted
its golden stars; they were large enough to fill with envy the
breast of the horticulturist. Great Hedge Bedstraw climbed the
walls and covered the bushes with its snowy, honey-scented
blossoms for miles along the road ; its cousin, Yellow Bedstraw
or Cheese-Rennet, abounded on the dry banks and hung care-
lessly from many a crevice in the dry limestone rock. This
plant was formerly used in the manufacture of cheese, but now
the cheesemaker procures a substitute from the chemist. In the
Bowes district a large quantity of cheese is made; and every-
where this plant is abundant, but few if any of the people know
its properties. The railway has ousted the stage coach, and
the chemist has ousted the herbalist.

A delightful feature of this road is the great number of
small quarries that line its sides. These form a portion of the
roadside, into which you can walk from the grass verge by
a gentle slope; presumably they were opened for the purpose
of getting stone with which to repair the road close by. Many
years must have elapsed since they were worked, for Nature has
claimed them, and has in her wantonness and waywardness
made of them ideal rock-gardens, which appeal far more to the
student of Nature than any man-made collection of plants,

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes. 363

wonderful and interesting as many of these are, yet they always
bear the stamp of artificiality more or less, and the naturalist
turns to his wildings to make his soul rejoice. This, I think,
proves that a genuine naturalist is only a_partly-reclaimed
savage ; it is impossible for a real naturalist to love conven-
tionality or even to tolerate it. The floors of these little dells
produce a thick crop of tall grasses, to whose stems cling the
tendrils of the Tufted Vetch and the Meadow Vetch, the rich
purple of the flowers of the one, and the bright yellow of the
other, intermingled with the sober shades of the many grasses,
form a delightful sight.

None of these natural rock-gardens on account of the lime-
stone formation hold water, but in a damp, shady corner of
some of them is a bed of huge-sized Nettles. Do any of my
readers eat Nettles? I mean young ones that appear in
February and early March. Try them when the time comes
round ; boil them, strain them dry, add salt, pepper, and butter—
don’t forget the last—and with well-fed English roast beef they
are fine. This common plant, which loves the habitations of
man, for you seldom find it far away from them, was formerly
in England and Scotland put to many uses which are now
obsolete. The fibre was made into thread, woven into sheets,
tablecloths, etc. The roots produce a yellow dye which was
used in colouring yarn and staining Easter eggs.

The sides are clothed with Giant Bedstraw, clustered Bell-
flower, Lady’s Fingers, Hoary Ragwort, Slender-flowered
Thistle, Goat’s-beard, Great Knapweed with blooms of large
size and rich colour, here and there a rose bush and a bramble
bush; but this particular part of the district of Bowes is very
thinly populated with members of the Rose family. Why? Any
fool can ask a question, but frequently it requires the wisdom of
a philosopher to answer it.

‘Good King Harry,’ ‘ All-good,’ or ‘ Oak-leaved Goosefoot’
is another useful plant that I often met with on this roadside.
Like many other useful things, this plant is not showy or
attractive ; many people call it a ‘docken,’ but under its humble
guise lie many virtues. Try it in early spring, when the foliage
is young; in my opinion, and that of many of my friends, it is
infinitely superior to the sweated and _ artificially produced
Spinach sold by greengrocers, a large hamper of which when
boiled does not fill an ordinary vegetable dish. ‘Ther’s nowt
in it,’ as a gardener once said to me.

1903 September r.

364 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

Common Bistort, Snake-weed, Patience Dock, Pull Dock,
Easterledges, etc., is another most useful and appetising
vegetable, a near relative to ‘Good King Harry.’ It was
noticed growing at Brignall Banks by Mr. Gibbs. It grows
abundantly in several places near Harrogate, and each spring
my family and myself partake of it freely, and enjoy it.

The meadows that remained uncut undulated in response to
the wind. Rough Hawkbit, with large golden discs, formed
a vivid contrast to the dark purple clubs of the Great Burnet.
Both these plants were abundant in the meadows generally.
Great Burnet used to be cultivated extensively in most of
our Yorkshire dales as a fodder plant ; for some reason it has
fallen into disfavour with the farmer, but it still persists, and in
doing so forms a curious yet beautiful object when growing in
quantity as it does at Bowes amongst our native grasses. We
missed from the meadows the upright Buttercup, Black-knap-
weed, and the silver and gold of the Great Ox-eye, or Moon-
penny, which are so abundant upon water-holding clayey
subsoils. One of the prettiest sights was a bed of Watercress
in full bloom. It was quite fifty yards long by three yards wide,
with a large pond at the upper end filled with the same plant,
and fed by a copious spring of very clear water. It flows in
Hogarth’s ‘ Line of Beauty.’ The Cress quite filled the brook
and repeated its contour. So dense were the flowers that no
water could be seen, and the sight from the hillside a short
distance away was charming, but at the same time puzzling.
Close acquaintance revealed the identity of our well-known friend,
and an excellent photograph was obtained of it in all its glory.
Thousands of blooms of the Forget-Me-Not intermingled,
but so dense were the flowers of the Crucifer that these were
only observable at close quarters.

Bowes and its neighbourhood is by no means thickly wooded,
yet in the village there are many fine specimens of the Sycamore
and the Ash, some of them of exceptional size, particularly so
when we remember the elevation. The number of species of our
native forest trees is limited, especially fine individual specimens.
I don’t remember seeing anything like a respectable Oak. In
Sleightholme-dale is a very fine group of the Norwegian Spruce.
Mr. Gibbs, in his report to me says, the Ash is the ‘ prevailing’
tree, and I quite agree with him.

My thanks are now given to all members present for their
courtesy in bringing specimens and recounting ‘finds.’ If any
or all of them can add to the list I shall be glad. During a stay

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes. 365

of a few days it is possible only to make a very superficial
botanical survey, and I would here point out that it is quite
as important to note the plants that don’t appear—sometimes
more so—as it is to register those that do appear.

I should like to persuade the rising generation of botanists
to study Watson and Baker on the distribution of our flora, and
each one to concentrate his observations on the plant phenomena
of his respective district. The mere making of a list of plants
is the alphabet of botany, and is, of course, absolutely necessary
to a beginner. He must learn to know his plants, but after
that we want to know why certain plants grow in one habitat,
and not in another which appears to be quite as suitable. Then,
again, we want to know their economy—that is to say, the
purpose that each serves where it grows. When this is done
it will throw more light upon the question of cultivating plants
that are necessary to the well-being of mankind. This
includes the production of the most suitable food required for
the consumption of the domestic animals that supply us with
the meat which has become absolutely necessary to the majority
of people who reside in northern latitudes. I want the botanical
members of the Y.N.U. to take up the study seriously, and
not only as a pastime. If this was carried out in its entirety
Iam sure that the land contained in the United Kingdom would
produce sufficient food to amply feed its present population.

An enormous gain would thus be made upon the conditions
now prevailing. One thing in particular I should like to warn
the young student against, and that is spending too much time
in determining varieties and sub-species, for no plant, especially
a wild plant, will grow to the order of a botanist, no matter how
eminent that botanist may be. Nature often appears to take a
delight in teasing and puzzling her students, but eventually
those who are faithful to her reap their reward. The minute
differences that exist between many described species of roses,
brambles, and willows are so slight as not to warrant the
distinctions made. Life is so short that I think it unwise to
spend it in describing characters that often are not permanent.
We might as well try to describe each separate blade of vrass,
for no two are exactly alike. Finality must be acknowledged,
why not draw the line at the point I have tried to indicate, and
hark back with the intention to learn more of the knowable and
the useful. With the object of mere collecting no thoughtful
botanist has any sympathy. The collector could, if he would,
often explain why certain plants are rare, but on the other hand
1903 September oe

3006 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

he can seldom tell you anything of their life history. His
cupidity uses all the time and energy at his disposal.

When out to observe don’t go too far or too fast ; haste does
not go hand in hand with scrutiny and discrimination.

I have outstript the bounds of an ordinary botanical report,
but I have done it with the object of trying to rouse the flowering
plant members. This section has done little work, with one or,
perhaps, two exceptions, for several years. The Moss men and
the Fungus men have done good and lasting work, true; they
have better chances of finding new species than has the flowering
plant man. But if every species is known, there is still a lot to
learn about each. Let us try to learn it.

And Nature, the dear old nurse,
Took the child upon her knee,
Saying, ‘ Here is a story book
Thy Father hath written for thee.
Come wander with me,’ she said,
‘Into regions yet untrod,
And read what is still unread
In the manuscripts of God!’
And he wandered away and away
With Nature, the dear old nurse ;
Who sang to him night and day,
The rhymes of the universe.
LONGFELLOW on AGassIZ.

Yes; Bowes is a delightfully restful place. I am looking
forward to going there again. The only person I saw in a
hurry during my stay was our most respected President, and he
was then going to catch the train to Lartington. Bowes is
God’s country !

The following is a list of the principal plants seen. The
nomenclature is that of the third edition of ‘ Hooker’s Student’s
Flora of the British Islands,’ Macmillan & Co. 1884. The author
in his preface says :—For the plants regarded as composing the
British Flora proper I have mainly followed the *‘ London Cata-
logue of British Plants,’ Seventh edition, 1874; being fully
satisfied that I should thus best serve the interests of British
Botany :—Ranunculus fluitans, R. flammula, R. acris, R. repens,
R. bulbosus, Caltha palustris, Papaver Rheas, Capsella Bursa-
pastoris, Draba verna, Cardamine pratensis, C. hirsuta, Nastur-
tium officinale, Sisymbrium thalianum, Sv alliaria, Heltanthemum
vulgare, Viola canina, V. lutea (also the purpled flowered variety),
Polygala vulgaris, P. depressa, Silene inflata (this plant lingers
sparingly ; a survival of the corn-growing era), Lychnis flos-

Naturalist,

Vorkshire Naturalists at Bowes. 367

cuculi, L. diurna, Sagina procumbens, Arenaria serpyllifolia,
Stellaria media, S. holostea, S. graminea, Cerastium glomeratum
(this is another struggling survivor from the corn age; we
found it growing sparingly on the accommodation roads, where
competition was not vigorous), Cerastium ¢riviale, Linum cath-
articum, Tilia parvifolia, T. grandifolia, Hypericum quadrangu-
lum, HH. pulchrum, H. hirsutum, Acer pseudo-platanis,
Geranium sylvaticum, G. pratense, G. columbinum, G. Roberti-
anum, G. lucidum, Ulex europaeus, Genista tinctorta, Ononts
arvensis, Anthyllis vulnerarta, Medicago lupulina, Trifolium
repens, T. pratense, T. procumbens, 7. minus, Lotus corniculatus,
L. major, Hippocrepis comosa, Vicia cracca, V. sepium, Lathyrus
pratensts, Prunus spinosa, P. Padus, Spirea ulmaria, Geum
urbanum, G. rivale, G. intermedium, Potentilla anserina, Fragaria
vesca, Rubus tdeeus, R. fruticosus, R. leucostachys, R. Kehleri,
R. corvlifolius, R. caestus, Rosa mollissitma, R. cantna (Bramble
bushes and Wild Rose bushes are rarely met with on the lime-
stone in the immediate neighbourhood of Bowes), Sanguzsorba
officinalis, Potertum Sanguisorba, Alchemilla vulgaris, Crategus
oxyacantha (not frequent; I don’t remember seeing the Crab
Pyrus malus?), Pyrus aucuparia, Epilobtum augusttfolium, LF.
hirsutum, E. montanum, FE. palustre, Circea lutetiana, Ribes
grossularia, Sedum acre, abundant. (On cottages in old villages
it is usual to see a big clump of House-leek, but I did not see
any at Bowes; it is still used as a cure for ‘thrush,’ an infantile
complaint often occurring immediately before they cut their
teeth; the juice is squeezed out of the fleshy leaves on to the
gums and has a cooling effect.) Saxzfraga tridactylites, Chryso-
splentum opposttifolium, Sanicula Europea, Contum maculatum,
Bunium flexuosum, Stlaus pratensis, Angelica sylvestris, Hera-
cleum Sphondylium, Torilis Anthriscus, Anthriscus sylvestris,
Cherophyllum temulum, Myrrhis odorata, Sambucus nigra,
Lonicera Periclymenum, Galium verum (very abundant), G.
cruciatum, G. palustre, G. saxatile, G. mollugo (in the greatest
profusion), Asperula odorata, Valeriana officinalis, Scabiosa
succisa, S. columbaria, Tragopogon pratensis, Leontodon hispidus,
L. autumnalis, Lactuca muralts. Sonchus asper, Hieracium Pilo-
sella, H. murorum, Taraxacum officinale, T. palustre, Lapsana
communis, Arctium minus, Carduus tenucflorus, C. lanceolatus,
C. ertophorus, C. palustris (also variety with white flowers),
C. arvensis, C. heterophyllus, Centaurea nigra, C. Scabiosa, Peta-
swes vulgaris, Tussilago Farfara, Solidago virga-aurea, Senecio
vulgaris, S. erucifolius, S. Jacobea, S. aquaticus, Bellis perennis,

1903 September tr.

368 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, Matricarta inodora, Achillea
Ptarmica, A. mullefolium, Campanula rotundifolia, C. latifolia,
C. glomerata, Erica Tetralix, E. cinerea, Calluna vulgaris, V acct-
mum myrtillus, Ilex aquifolium, Fraxinus excelsior, Gentiana
amarella, Veronica anagallis, V. Beccabunga, Veronica officinalis,
V. chamedrys, V. arvensis, V. Buxbaumiu, Euphrasia officinalis,
Rhinanthus Crista Galli, Pedicularts sylvatica, Scrophularia nodosa,
Digitalis purpurea, Mentha hirsuta, M. arvensis, Thymus serpyl-
lum, Origanum vulgare, Teucriwm Scorodonia, Ajuga reptans,
Stachys Betonica, Prunella vulgaris, Myosotis repens, M. cespitosa,
M. versicolor, Pinguicula vulgaris, Primula veris, Lysimachia
nemorum, Plantago major, P. media, P. lanceolata, Chenopodium
Bonus-Henricus, Polygonum Bistorta, P. aviculare, Rumex obtusi-
folius, R. aquaticus, Euphorbia Peplus, Mercurialis perennis,
Urtica urens (abundant in gardens and waste places in the
village), Urtica dioica, Ulmus montana, U. campestris, Quercus
Robur, Fagus sylvatica, Corylus avellana, Alnus glutinosa, Betula
alba, B. verrucosa, Populus alba, Salix caprea, S. phylictfolia,
Pinus sylvestris, Taxus baccata (in Sleightholmedale, and there
is a very fine specimen in the garden of the Unicorn Inn),
Listera ovata, Orchis maculata, Allium ursinum, Juncus con-
glomeratus, J. effusus, J. glaucus, J. acutiflorus, J. squarrosus,
Luzula sylvatica, L. pilosa, Eleocharis cespitosa, Anthoxanthum
odoratum, Phleum pratense, P. Boehmert, Alopecurus pratensis, A.
geniculatus, Agrostis canina, A. vulgaris, Aira cespitosa, A. flexuosa,
Avena flavescens, Arrhenatherum avenaceum. Holcus lanatus, H.
mollis, Melica uniflora, Glyceria aquatica, G. fluitans, Poa annua,
P. pratensis, P. trivialis, P. nemoralis, Briza media, Cynosurus
cristatus, Dactylis glomerata, Festuca ovina, F. gigantea, Bromus
erectus, B. asper, Brachypodium sylvaticum, Lolium perenne,
Nardus stricta, Polypodium vulgare, Cystopteris fragilis, Lastrea
Filix-mas, L. dilatata, Athyrium Filix-femina, Asplentum Tricho-
manes, A. ruta-muraria, Scolopendrium vulgare, Blechnum boreale,
Pteris aquilina, Equisetum arvense, E. palustre.

All the above plants have been seen and identified by several
observers, amongst them Dr. Braithwaite and Mr. Slater, who
know the flowering plants as well as they know the mosses and
hepatics.

The absence of plants that accompany corn growing is
particularly noticeable. No corn whatever is grown within
some miles of Bowes, the meadows and the pastures are kept
well manured and in good order, and heavy crops of grass are
produced. It is interesting and instructive to note how soon

Naturalist,

XI.

PLATE

NATURALIST, 190}.

THE

‘yonqacy uosiuad “AA {4931S “GA (W ‘ave UNeIG “A AG ‘Yessy UYor
S'T'S.4 4noy

me,

je

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes. 369

these weeds of cultivation cease to appear after the plough is
put aside, and proves how necessary the assistance of man is to
enable them to live; when left to themselves they are soon
overcome by stronger and more aggressive neighbours. Doubt-
less there are large quantities of the seeds of these plants lying
dormant under the beautiful green carpet that surrounds Bowes,
and if ever the sod is turned again the probability is that they
will re-appear, many of them in large numbers, for the vitality
of the seeds of many species of plants is very remarkable.

Not a single Potamogeton was noted ; this may be accounted
for by the non-existence of ponds or slow-running streams.

The Sedges, too, were equally scarce, so far as I know not
one was seen ; these are facts that require solving. Many other
instances of absence could be adduced, but I hope I have said
sufficient to provide food for a little thought which may produce
fruit at future meetings.

(APPENDIX D.)
MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF BOWES AND DISTRICT.

WILLIAM INGHAM, B.A.

The week-end excursion to Bowes has proved a very great
success with these plants.

It is of interest to note that the Harpidioid Hypna were
entirely absent from the routes traversed, and that the Sphagna
or bog mosses were seen only in crossing over the moor from
Sleightholme Beck. Even these latter were scarce and of four
species only, viz., Sphagnum cymobzfolium, S. acutifolium var.
viride, S. fimbriatum, and S. recurvum var. mucronatum. It
will be of advantage if I give the mosses and hepatics in classes,
according to the routes traversed. They are as follows :—

1. WALLS NEAR Bowes.—S#arbula unguiculata Hedw., BP.
revoluta Brid., Zortula tntermedia Berk., 7. muralis Hedw.,
Grimmia pulvinata Sm., Orthotrichum anomalum var. saxatile
Milde, Bryum capillare L., B. cespitictum L., Rhacomitrium
canescens Brid., Eucalypta streptocarpa Hedw., Weckera com-
planata Hiibn., Plewropus sericeus Dixon, occurring in very large
masses everywhere around Bowes, and forming the dominant
moss of the district. I believe that nowhere in Yorkshire is
this moss found in such abundance as at Bowes; Amblystegium
filictnum DeNot and Amd. serpens B.&S. by the road-side, and
Hypnum cupressiforme L., next in abundance to Pleuropus
sericeus.

1903 September 1. Zz

370 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

2. GILMANSCAR CLiFFS.—The most interesting moss here is
Encalypta rhabdocarpa Schwgr., which I found growing on
carbonaceous shale on the Friday, and on the cliffs facing the
Greta. On the next day Mr. Slater and Dr. Braithwaite found
the same moss in a quarry on the opposite side of the cliffs.
Both gatherings were in fruit. Another moss, new to North
Yorkshire is Wezsza crispata C.M., which is dominant on the
shale. I have found this rare moss in Weardale and in the
Jackdaw Crag Quarry, Tadcaster. Other mosses of the cliffs
are Barbula rubella Mitt., B. revoluta Brid., Tortula tntermedia
Berk. c.fr., Fvsstdens virtdulus Wahl. c.fr., Encalypta strepto-
carpa Hedw., Frsstdens dectpiens DeNot., Grimmia apocarpa
Hedw., Déitrichum flexicaule Hpe., Mntum rostratum Schrad.,
Bryum capillare L., Anomodon viticulosus H.&T., Trichostomum
tortuosum Dixon, Camptothectum lutescens B.&S., Pleuropus
sericeus Dixon, Neckera complanata Hiibn., Plagiothectum syl-
vaticum B.&S., Amblystegium filicinum DeNot., Brachythecitum
rutabulum B.&S., Hypnum cuspidatum L., and AH. molluscum,
There were two hepatics :—Plagiochila asplentoides and Porella
platyphylta L.

3. DEEPDALE.—(1) Mosses.—Dzychodontium pellucidum Schp.,
Tortula subulata Hedw. approaching 7. angustata Wils.,
Grimmia apocarpa v. pumila Schimp., Wezsta rupestris C.M.,
Fissidens adtontotides Hedw., F. taxtfolius Hedw., Grimmza pul-
vinata Sm., Barbula spadicea Mitt., Dicranella varia Schimp.,
D. squarrosa Schimp., Trichostomum tortuosum Dixon and 7.
tenutrostre Ldb., Dicranum scopartum Hedw., Orthotrichum
cupulatum Hoffm. and O. anomalum v. saxatile Milde, Mnium
punctatum L. and M. undulatum ., Barbula tophacea Mitt.,
Webera albicans Schimp., Barbula cylindrica Schimp., Porotrz-
chum alopecurum Mitt., Lsothectum myurum Brid., Cliomactum
dendroides W.&M., Bryum pseudo-triquetrum Schwg., Philonotis
fontana Brid., Fontinalis antipyretica L., Heterocladium heterop-
terum B.&S.; a Ulota, barren; Plagiothecitum denticulatum
B.&S., P. depressum Dixon, Brachythectum rutabulum B.& S. and
B. rivulare B.&S., Hypnum palustre L., H. unctnatum Hedw.,
H. cupresstforme L., Neckera complanata Hiibn., Brachythectum
plumosum B.&S., Eurhynchtum crassinervium B.&S.; Barbula
rigidula Mitt., with its characteristic gemma; Wezsza tenuis
C.M., in fruit; Avsstdens pusillus Wils. var. madidus Spruce,
Barbula rubella Mitt., Anomodon vtticulosus H.&T., Brachy-
thectum velutinum B.&S., Cinclodotus fontinaloides IP Blog
Plagiothecitum undulatum B.&S., Amblystegium filicinum DeNot,

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes. ant

Eurhynchium Swartstt Hobk., £. prelongum B.&S., FE. striatum
B.&S., &. rusctforme Milde., Hypnum commutatum Hedw. c.fr.,
HI. molluscum Hedw., H. commutatum var. virescens Schimp.,
HT. uncitnatum Hedw. c.fr., Mylocomium triquetrum B.&S.,
Fumariahygrometrica, Ceratodon purpureus, Ditrichum flexicaule,
and Aypnum Schrebert Willd. (2) HeEpartics.—Plagiochila
asplenioides L. var. Dillenit Tayl., Marsupella emarginata var.
minor Carr. and type, Chzloscyphus polyanthos L., Jungermanta
riparia Tayl., Blepharostoma trichophyllum Dill., Nardia scalaris
Schrad., Cephalozia Lammerstana Hiben., Scapanta nemorosa
L., Wetsgeria conjugata Lindb.

Mr. Barnes, who knows the district well, reports the following
interesting and rare mosses, chiefly from Upper Deepdale :—-
Mnium stellare, Seligeria setacea, Bartramia tthyphylla, Bryum
lacustre, B. conctnnatum, Orthotrichum obtustfolium, O. tenellum,
O. fastigiatum, Bartramia Cedert, Eurhynchium pumilum and
E. Sprucet, Trichostomum nitidum Schimp., Orthothectum tntri-
catum, Hypnum incurvatum, H. Sommerfeltit, Philonotis calcarea
(found by Mr. Beesley), Amblystegium confervordes, and Zygodon
viriadisstmus.

4. SLEIGHTHOLME BeEckK.—(1) Mosses.—Zygodon Stirtont
Schimp., a very rare moss; Z. Mougeotit B.&S., in immense
masses; Barbula fallax Hedw. and B. spadicea Mitt., both in
good fruit; 2B. cylindrica Schimp., B&B. rubella Mitt. ; Wersza
rupestris C.M. c.fr., both tall and short forms; Dzcranella
squarrosa Schimp., Dichodontium pellucidum Schimp., Fusszdens
decipiens DeNot, Polytrichum commune L., Trichostomum
tortuosum Dixon, Dicranum scoparium var. turfosum, Polytrichum
aloitdes Hedw., Rhacomitrium canescens var. ericotdes B.&S.,
Ulota Bruchit Hornsch,, Orthotrichum anomalum var. saxatile
Milde., Rhacomitrium aciculare Brid.; Anomodon viticulosus
H.&T., in immense masses on the upper cliffs; Porotrichum
alopecurum Mitt., Philonotis fontana Brid., MNeckera crispa
Hedw., Climacium dendroides W.& M., Camptothectum lutescens
B.&S., Eurhynchtum crasstnervium B.&S., E. striatum B.&S.,
E. rusciforme Milde., Hypnum falcatum Brid. ; H. commutatum
Hedw., in immense masses; HZ. molluscum Hedw., H. ochraceum
Turn., H. cupressiforme L., Neckera complanata Hibn., Hypnum
palustre L. ; Plewuropus sericeus Dixon, very abundant, carpeting
large stones; AHylocomium triquetrum B.&S. (2) HEpaATics. —
Lejeunea Rossetttuna Massall, a very interesting and rare
hepatic; Porella rivularis Nees, very fine on the upper cliffs ;
Frullanta dilatata L., Lophocolea bidentata L. var., Plagiochila

1903 September 1.

B72 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

aspleniotdes v. Dillentt Tayl., Jungermania riparia Tayl., and
Metzgeria pubescens Schrank.

5. By THE GRETA AND BRIGNALL BANks.—(1) Mosses.—
Dicranum scoparium Hedw. c.fr., D. fuscescens var. falctfolium
Braith., Campylopus fragilis B.&S., Wersta verticillata Brid., a
very rare fruiter, but on Brignall banks in abundant fruit;
Mnium punctatum L., approaching var. elatum Schimp.; Bryum
obcontcum Hornsch., Plagiothectum pulchellum B.&S.; Leucodon
scturoides Schwegr.; Brachythectum velutinum B.& S.; and
Hypnum uncinatum Hedw. c.fr. (2) Hepatics.—This valley
is very rich in hepatics. Those examined are: Lepidozia reptans
L., Kantia trichomanis L., Cephalosia bicuspidata L., Eucalyx
hyalina Lyell, /Jungermania turbinata Raddi, /. bantriensis
Hook., Plagiochila asplenioides L., Scapania nemorosa L., S.
trrigua Nees, and S. curta Mart., the last very interesting and
infested with gemme. The above, for the Greta Valley, do not
represent all the gatherings, but those only that I have examined
under the microscope. The remaining plants unexamined are

chiefly hepatics.
(APPENDIX E.)
MOSS AND HEPATICS IN GRETA DALE.

MM. Bs; SLATER, ELS:

In August 1879 I paid a visit of a few days to Rokeby, and
then explored to some extent the valley of the Greta towards
Bowes. On that occasion I met with a moss growing in a quarry
about two miles from Bowes, which on examination when I got
home I made out to be Ancalypta rhadocarpa Schwegr. The
moss was in such bad condition I did not feel justified in
recording it then as one new to North Yorkshire, although I
felt fairly certain it was the plant. On my visit to Bowes on
this occasion I was naturally very desirous to meet with it again.
In company with my friend, Dr. R. Braithwaite, we made a special
ramble in search of it, and were fortunate in finding it in much
better condition than when I had previously gathered it in 1879,
and am now able to record it for North Yorkshire. I am at
present unaware that it has previously been recorded for this
division of Yorkshire. It is given by Dr. Braithwaite in his
British Moss Flora for Ingleborough, Yorkshire, found there by
the late John Nowell in 1857, and that, I believe, is the only
Yorkshire record until this one near Bowes. It is known only
from a few localities in Scotland, and Ben Bulben in Ireland,
and consequently is a rare moss in the British Islands.

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes. ars

Moss.—Leersia rhabdocarpa (Schwegr.) Lindb. = Encalypta
rhabdocarpa Schwegr., in a stone quarry near Bowes, August
1879, and again in August 1903 in fruit.

Hepatics, gathered August 1903, in Greta Dale. —/rullania
dilatata (L.) Dum., generally distributed on trees, often near
dwellings, in orchards, etc.; Porella rivularts (Nees.) Lindb.,
bank of the Greta, rare ; Scapanta undulata (L.) Dum.; Scapania
umbrosa (Schrad.) Dum., not a common plant; /ungeomania
riparia Taylor; /Jungeomania turbinata Raddi., plentiful on
stones by the Greta; Lophocolea bidentata(L.) Dum.; Marsupella
emarginata (Ehrh.) Dum., a widely distributed hepatic.

(APPENDIX F.)
FUNGI OF BOWES.

THOMAS GIBBS.

On the Bowes excursion the Yorkshire Mycological Com-
mittee was represented by Messrs. Uriah Bairstow and J.
Williams Sutcliffe, Halifax, and the writer. The Secretary,
Mr. C. Crossland, F.L.S., was unfortunately unable to be
present, but rendered valuable assistance as referee, all
specimens about which there was any doubt being submitted
to him to report on. Mr. R. H. Philip, of Hull, also contributed
notes of Uredinee observed, and other members of the party
assisted as collectors. The routes followed were two, the first
above Bowes, through the rocky gorge of the Sleightholme
Beck; the other by the banks of the Greta below Bowes, past
Rutherford Bridge, and ending in the dense woodlands of
Brignall Banks. Both routes proved fairly productive, nearly
eighty species being observed. Although too early in the year
to expect much from the fields and open ground, a pasture
on the beck side below the Sleightholme gorge yielded several
interesting Agarics, prominent among these being the pink-spored
genera Entoloma, Leptonia, and Nolania. Another feature of the
excursion was the number of species of Myxomycetes noticed,
these including Clathroptychium rugulosum Rost (= Dictydie-
thalium plumbeum of Lister’s Monograph), a somewhat uncom-
mon species of great morphological interest. On Brignall Banks
a rotting branch was seen clothed with miniature forests of
Ceratiomyxa mucida Schreet., its delicate glassy or coral-like
branches forming a lovely object under a pocket lens. The most
interesting Agaric seen was the edible Zactartus deliciosus Fr.,
easily recognised by its deep orange milk, which soon turns

1903 September 1.

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

374

green on exposure to the air. Its appearance would scarcely
lead a novice in fungus eating to experiment upon it, nevertheless
it is said to be one of the most delicious of edible fungi. The Dis-
comycetes noticed were few, and included only common species.

In the following list of the species observed the localities
are indicated by initials, as follows :—B=Brignall Banks,
S=Sleightholme Beck, and G=banks of Greta between Bowes

and Rutherford Bridge :—

GASTROMYCET&.
Lycoperdon bovista L.
L. gemmatum Batsch.
In pastures.

HYMENOMYCETA2.
Amanitopsis vaginata Roze.
Woods, B.
Laccaria laccata B.& Br.
Woods, S.
Collybia velutipes Curt.
On dead wood, B.
C. dryophila Bull.
Among dead leaves, S.
Mycena rugosa Fr.
On dead branch, B.
M. galericulata Scop.
M. speirea Fr.
M. acicula Scheeff.
M. sanguinolenta A.&S.,
All among dead leaves and
branches, G. and B.
Pluteus cervinus Scheff.
On dead wood, B.
Entoloma jubatum Fr.
E. griseo-cyaneum.
E, sericeum Bull.
All in pasture, S.
Leptonia lampropcda Fr.
In pasture, S.
Nolania pascua Pers.
Pastures and woods.
Naucoria melinoides.
In pastures, S.
N. pediades Fr. B.
Galera tenera Scheff.
In pastures, S.
G. hypnorum Batsch.
Among moss, B. and S.
Crepidotus mollis Scheff.
On dead wood, B. and S.
Cortinarius (Telamonia) incisus Fr.
In wood, S.

Agaricus arvensis Scheff.
In wood, S.
A. campestris L.
Stropharia stercoraria Fr.
S. semiglobata Batsch.
Both on dung in fields.
Hypholoma velutinum Pers.
In pasture.
Panceolus phalzenarum Fr.
P. campanulatus L.
Both in pastures.
Auellaria separata L.
On dung in pastures.
Psilocybe foenesecii Pers.
In pastures.
Coprinus comatus Fr.
In pasture.
C. micaceus Fr.
On stump, B.
Hygrophorus chlorophanus Fr.
Among grass B.
H. psittacinus Scheff.
Hy conicus Scop.
In pastures.
Lactarius subdulcis Bull.
L. deliciosus Fr.
Marasmius androsaceus L.
All under firs, B.
Boletus flavus With.
Among grass in wood, B.
B. chrysenteron Fr.
Polyporus squamosus Fr.
Ona stump, G.
P. betulinus Fr.
On birch trunk, B.
P. hispidus Fr.
Fine specimens on ash trunk, Kil-
mond’s Scar.
Poria vaporaria Fr.
P. medulla-panis Fr.
P. sanguinolenta A.&S.

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes. 37

Odontia fimbriata Pers.

All on dead branches.
Clavaria cinerea Bull.

On the ground, B.
Dacryomyees stillatus Nees.

On decorticated wood.

UREDINACEZA&.

Uromyces alchemillz lers.

On Alchemilla vulgaris

Bowes.

Puccinia taraxaci Plow.

On dandelion.
P. menthe Pers.

On mentha near Bowes.
P. poarum Niels.

fEcidium on Tussilago.
Melampsora betulina.

On birch.
M. farinosa Schrcet.

On willow.

PYRENOMYCETA.

Leptospheeria acuta Mont. & Nestl.

On dead nettle stems.
Lasiospheeria ovina Pers.

On dead branch, B.
Xylaria hypoxylon L.

On dead wood.

DISCOMYCETA&3.

Humaria granulata Sace.

On cow dung.
Lachnea scutellata L.

On stick in wet place, S.

near

un

Helotium cyathoideum Bull.
On herbaceous stems.
Mollisia cinerea Batsch.

On dead wood, abundant.
Dasyscypha virginea Batsch.
Frequent on dead wood.
D. acutipila B.& Br.

On dead Juncus, S.
D. hyalina Pers.

PHYCOMYCET 4.

Pilobolus kleinii Van Tiegh.

On sheep dung collected near
Bowes.
MYXOMYCETAE.

Physarum nutans Pers.
On dead wood, G.
Fuligo varians Somm.
On the ground, S.
Leocarpus fragilis Rost.
On dead wood, B.
Stemonites Friesiana De Bary.
On dead wood, S.
Clathroptychium rugulosum Rost.
On dead branch, B.
Trichia fallax Pers.
On dead wood, S.
Arcyria nutans Grev.
A. incarnata Pers.
On dead wood, B.
Ceratiomyxa mucida Schreet.
On rotten wood, B. ; on soil, S.

(APPENDIX G.)
DIATOMS AT BOWES.

R. H. PHILIP.

The gathering of Diatoms made on this occasion included
no special rarities, but only those species usually found in moor-
land districts. The most remarkable thing about them was the
great difference between the Diatomaceous flora of the two
streams examined—Deepdale Beck and Sleightholme Beck.
Both these rise in similar moorland country and flow through
similar geological strata, yet the diatoms found in them are
almost entirely different. In Deepdale Beck Cocconeis pediculus
(unusually fine), Rhozcosphenta curvata, and Synedra pulchella are
the predominant forms. The last two of these species were not
1903 September 1.

376 Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes.

found at all in Sleightholme Beck, and the first was only repre-
sented by a few small-sized specimens. On the other hand, the
principal forms in Sleightholme Beck were Déatoma hyemale,
Amphora ovalis, and Amphipleura pellucida, none of which were
found at all in Deepdale. Of 37 species recorded for Deepdale
and 24 for Sleightholme, 13 only were common to the two
streams, and, with the exception of the ubiquitous Mavicula
vradwsa and Encyonema ventricosum, none of these were very
abundant in either. The explanation of this curious divergence
is to seek, and is not very obvious. A complete list follows :—

Deepdale Beck :—

Achnanthes linearis.
Cymbella affinis.

Nitzschia linearis.

N. vitrea forma major,

C. obtusa. Pinnularia mesolepta.
Denticula tenuis. Pleurosigma Spencerii.
Rhoicosphenia curvata.
Surirella ovalis vars. Crumena

Diatoma elongatum var. tenue.
Encyonema gracile.

E. turgidum.
E. caespitosum.
Eunotia lunaris.

Gomphonema acuminatum.

G. montanum.
G. parvulum.
Nitzschia commutata. -

Sleightholme Beck :—

Amphipleura pellucida.
Amphora ovalis.
Cymatopleura elliptica..
C. Solea.

Diatoma hyemale.
Epithemia sorex.

Common to the two streams:

Cocconeis pediculus.

C, placentula.

Cymbella affinis.

C. cistula.

C. cymbiformis.
Encyonema ventricosum.
Epithemia gibba.

E. zebra.

and minuta.
Stauroneis anceps.
Synedra radians.
S. pulchella.
Tabellaria flocculosa.
Vanheurckia vulgaris.

Epithemia turgida.
Eunotia pectinalis.
Navicula elliptica.
Pinnularia sublinearis.
P. viridis.

Eunotia arcus.

Gomphonema constrictum.

Meridion circulare.

Navicula radiosa.

Synedra ulna and vars. lan-
ceolata, longissima, and
splendens.

In tank at end of Bowes village, near the house said to be the
prototype of Dickens’ Dotheboys Hall :—

Fragilaria virescens.
F. capucina.
Synedra ulna var. obtusa.

Synedra Vaucheriz.
Tabellaria fenestrata.

And a few others previously recorded in the becks.

Naturalist,

XII.

PLATE

THE NATURALIST, 1903.

u0ping *[ ofall

"soMog ‘399q IUpOUIYorIsS

« BORVAL SUbs ME oVivVa 7Vad

es posers ep
case. an ae ae
Sete Sse

¥

a
=

se

ee A

H
5 H
{
i
er
y
f
f ; a
4 i
¢ i
a ;
m
ie
i|
F {
?
t u
; Fi
fa ©
r)
f
I
-
Py a
, i
s i
Sk
& :
4 %
a“ t
ron
, a
fi
’
.

aT
REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

Geographical Distribution of Vegetation in Yorkshire, Part 2,
by Dr. W. G. Smith and W. M. Rankin, B.Sc. ‘The Geographical
Journal,’ August 1903, pp. 141 to 178, with a coloured Map and several
Photographs.

This second part of the survey of Yorkshire includes the
district from Wetherby and Thorp Arch northward to Malham
and the head of the dales of the Wharfe and the Nidd. It rises
to a height of 2,300 feet in Great Whernside (which must not
be confounded with the better-known Whernside at the head of

Gordale Scar.

the Ribble) and includes some of the best-known botanical
stations in the county, such as Malham Tarn, Malham and
Gordale Scars, Arncliffe Clouder, Bolton Woods, and the banks
of the Wharfe at Thorp Arch. There is a great deal of lime-
stone rock, Carboniferous and Permian, so that the flora is
larger and more varied than in the tract included in the first
map. The text includes seven photographs of characteristic
stations, and it is prefaced by a short account of the geology of
the district by Mr. P. F. Kendall, of the Yorkshire College.
The rocks range from the Trias downward to the Silurian, but
the last is only very slightly represented. According to a
1903 September I.

378 Reviews and Book Notices.

pamphlet issued by Messrs. Henry Richardson & Co., of York,
the annual rainfall ranges from 24 inches at York to 61 inches
at Arncliffe, in Littondale. The eastern half of the tract is
made up of low-lying cultivated ground, with a few woods
interspersed. The upper limit of wheat cultivation is at 600-700
feet, and of cultivation other than wheat, at 1,000-1,100 feet.
The western half of the district includes a good deal of wood-
land and moorland. About Malham Tarn, at an elevation of
1,300 feet over limestone, Mr. Morrison planted a million trees,
of which only about fifty thousand have survived. The situation
is unsuitable for larch and Scotch fir, the trees which succeeded
best being sycamore, beech, birch, alder, thorn, wych elm, and
mountain ash. As in the previous paper, a list is given under

Limestone Scars and Scar Wood at Kettlewell.

each kind of locality of its characteristic plants. This district
affords, which the first did not, an excellent opportunity of
estimating the change in the vegetation caused by the presence
of limestone rock. As I said before these maps, with the
accompanying texts, represent a large amount of conscientious
hard work, and should be carefully studied by all who take an
interest in plant distribution. It is much to be hoped that the
committee appointed by the Yorkshire naturalists. may be able
to extend the survey to other parts of the county. It is very
gratifying to find that arrangements have been made by
which separate copies of the maps, with accompanying papers,
can be easily procured at a moderate price, and that these

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 379

have been awarded the Back Bequest for 1903 by the Royal
Geographical Society. I am afraid that a large proportion of
the botanists of the country do not see the Journal of the
Royal Geographical Society. My own contributions to the
knowledge of Yorkshire plant-distribution are dated here 1885.
This is the date of the second edition of my ‘ North Yorkshire,’
issued in the Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,
but this does not differ, except in additional details, from the
first edition, which was published in 1863. We are indebted to
the Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society for permission
to reproduce two of the photographs. J. G. BAKER.
ty yep

Natural History Record Books. By Rev. W. J. Wingate. Bishop
Auckland. 6d.

The Secretary of the Durham Naturalists’ Union has, in
preparing this Record Book, distinctly made a forward step in
the direction of the county surveys proposed in the January
number of ‘The Naturalist.’ The author issues it as an experi-
ment, but we venture to think that the general plan of the
Record Book has come to stay, although minor details may
require to be modified as experience is gained. It may be
described as a composite note-book consisting of a booklet of
instructions and five note-books. The instructions are precise
and clearly set forth the method of using them, and are intended
to be used for observations in five sections of Natural History.
The six booklets pack into one cover, and the whole is by no
means bulky, so that several Record Books may easily be
stowed into one’s pockets. The method of recording is applic-
able to any branch of natural history, and greatly simplifies the
work of recording observations. The whole idea is so excellent
and suggestive, that we heartily recommend Naturalists to see
for themselves by procuring a copy from the author, who issues
the book at a price which must barely-cover the cost of printing,

paper, and preparation. WG. 5S:
— -@e——

ZOOLOGICAL SYNONYMY.

Index Animalium | sive | index nominum quae ab A.D. MDCCLVIII |
generibus et speciebus animalium | imposita sunt | societatibus eruditorum
adiuvantibus | a | Carolo Davies Sherborn | confectus | Sectio Prima

| a kalendis ianuariis, MDCCLVIII | usque ad finem decembris, MDCCC |
Cantabrigiae | e typographio academico | M Dccc 1 |

[Large 8vo., Ix+1195 pages, cloth. ]

It is impossible to over-estimate the value of works of this class to real
scientific investigators, and the sincerest thanks of all such are due to the
learned societies—the British Association, the Royal and the Zoological
Societies—whose. financial aid has made its production feasible, and to

1yo3 September 1.

380 Reviews and Book Notices.

Mr. C. D, Sherborn, the compiler, for the care, the accuracy, and the
precision with which he has carried out a work which has occupied him
eight years.

The enormous mass and extent to which scientific literature has attained
in these latter days is well exemplified by the fact that this portly volume of
Over 1,200 pages only deals with the names which have been applied to the
various forms, species and genera of animals only for the 42 years
extending from 1758, the date of the tenth edition of the Systema Naturz
of Linnzeus, to 1800, and that there are about 61,600 entries. The formid-
able task remains of dealing with the literature of 1801 to 1903, and although
the actual crop of names to be garnered from it may not be equal pro-
portionally, the area of investigation—i.e., the literature to be examined—
is tremendously larger than that of the period dealt with in this first
instalment.

The object of the work is to save the time of systematic zoologists and
to obviate the danger of making needless synonymy by furnishing a full
list of all the names which have been conferred upon animals, and giving
the exact date of each name, together with a reference to the place where
described which shall be intelligible to the zoologist and the layman alike.
This has been so well accomplished that the work is a model of simplicity
and lucidity, and so far as we have been able to test it the entries are not
merely correct, but give all the information needed, and no more than is
necessary.

We are pleased to note that the plan adopted by botanists in the ‘ Index
Kewensis,’ a similar work, of arranging under genera, has not been
followed, the present work having its entries arranged under species, in
harmony with the zoological view that the species is the real and true
entity as regards questions of nomenclature.

One incidental benefit to British science conferred by this work is that
the British scientific libraries have been strengthened by the acquisition of
much literature which, when the preparation of the manuscript commenced,
Was not to be found in England.

In concluding this notice, we wish to emphasise the importance of
dictionary works of this class—and to urge upon all who wish to further
the advancement of science the desirability of adding to their own libraries,
or to those of public institutions in which they take interest, works of the
character of the ‘Index Animalium,’ and to wish Mr. Sherborn—and his
sister—health and strength to complete so great and splendid a monument
of industry, skill, and acumen.

ee See

Insect Folk. Margaret W. Morley. Ginn & Co., London. 204
Pps:

Ways of the Six Footed. Anna B. Comstoch. Ginn & Co.,
London. 152 pp. 2s.

The first of these attractive-looking books is prepared for children and
is written in simple language. It is profusely illustrated, and cannot but
be of interest to young readers. The chapter s are headed :—‘ Our Pretty
Dragon Flies,’ ‘The Grasshopper Tribes,’ etc. Under ‘The Great Bug
Family’ we have ‘A Bad Bug [sketch]. Now, here is a bug we all loathe.
It is round and flat, and reddish-brown in color, and it has a disgusting
odor. But, though we hate this bug, it is very fond of us’!

‘Ways of the Six Footed’ appeals to a little more advanced students,
and is even better illustrated, some of the pictures of insects and land-
scapes being charming. Ants, bees, wasps, grasshoppers, etc., etc., are
dealt with in a very attractive manner. Both can be recommended as
gift books to young naturalists, though several of the illustrations, words,
and methods of spelling will be unfamiliar to English readers.

— ee —

‘ Additional Notes on the Roos Carr Images’ is the title of Hull Museum
Publication No. 14, May 1903. 1d.

Naturalist,

Reviews and Book Notices. 381

The Keighley Corporation Museum has just issued a penny ‘ Guide No. 1,’
presumably the first of a series. It deals with the British birds and, though
not signed, is evidently the work of the Curator, Mr. S. L. Mosley. It
contains eight closely printed pages, and is illustrated. We learn that to
the ordinary visitor to the seaside

‘A Sea-gull flying o’er the deep,
Or perched upon the shore,

A simple ‘ Sea-gull’ is to them,
And it is nothing more.’

—- Go —

‘The Annual Report of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society for 1902’ has
just been issued. Mr. H. J. Wilkinson gives Part 9 of the ‘ Catalogue of
Plants’ in the Society’s herbarium, which includes several northern county
records. Notes on meteorology, recent excavations, and additions to the
museum are also included.

— -©>e—

A portion of a skull and horn cores ot bos primigentus, in very good
state of preservation, has recently been found at New Holland, at a depth
of 20 feet. Along the outside of the horns from tip to tip the measurement
is five feet. The accompanying sketch of the horns is taken from the fifth

Horn Cores of Bos primigenius.

Quarterly Record of additions to the Hull Museum (Publication No. 15) just
issued. The same publication contains an account of a mammoth tusk
found at Brough, and various items of antiquarian interest. It is also
stated that about eighty vases of local wild flowers, gathered fresh, are on
exhibition in the Museum.

Se o> ak

Mosses with hand-lens and microscope, a non-technical hand-book of
the more Common Mosses of the North-eastern United States. Part I., by
A. J. Grant, Ph.D., New York, 1903, price $1, has just been issued. It is
an admirable 4to production of 86 pages, with several excellent plates and
numerous illustrations in the text.

OO
The Report of the Manchester Museum, Owens College, for the year

1902-3 has just been issued. It contains particulars of the extensive work
accomplished during the year at the Museum, with a list of donations, etc.

— poe —

Professor Boyd Dawkins’ paper on the Derbyshire Bone Cave (see ‘ The
Naturalist,’ July, pp. 226-7) has been reprinted as Notes from the Manchester
Museum, No. 16

1903 September 1.

382

FIELD NOTES.

MAMMALS.

White Leveret near Bardney, Lincolnshire.—A white
Leveret is now to be seen in the parish of Goutby, near Bardney.
These white specimens have appeared from time to time in this
neighbourhood for more than 50 years. So far as is known
they first appeared in the parishes of Langton and Woodhall,
and seven years ago I presented a mother and two young,
which had been killed in Langton, to the Lincoln Natural
History Museum, stuffed by Mr. A. Fieldsend, of Lincoln.
They have of late years considerably extended their range; but
it is still only now and then that they recur.—J. Conway
WALTER, Horncastle, 16th July 1903.

——__—_ 6-2-6

BIRDS.
White Herons in Lincolnshire in 1772.—Dugdale’s ‘ Im-
banking and Draining’ (1772), p. 218, says: ‘Dowsdale holt
where many whzfe Herons do breed.’ The locality is just in

Lincolnshire, but the holt and white Herons have gone for ever.
—E. A. W. Peacock, Cadney.

Pied Wagtail’s Nest.—A Song Thrush built a nest in a
pear tree trained to a wall in my garden. When it was com-
pleted, and before any eggs were laid, the gardener working
about it caused the Thrush to forsake its nest. A Pied Wagtail
then took possession and built its nest inside the forsaken
Thrush’s nest and brought off her brood. —Ricup. Paver-Crow,
Boroughbridge, 14th August 1903.

i...

ENTOMOLOGY.

Entomology at Little Bytham, Lincolnshire.—On oth
June, when the Lincolnshire Naturalists visited Little Bytham,
the wet, cool weather was adverse to entomological work. The
following insects noted are, perhaps, worthy of mention :—
Amongst the lepidoptera, Adela degeerella L., a lovely ‘ Long-
horn’ moth; Melanthta albicillata 1. and Bapta temerata Hb.,
two of our most beautiful ‘carpets.’ Along with these some
common ‘ waves’ and tortrices. The coleoptera furnished nothing
of importance, but a rather large colony of the pretty steel-blue
carabid beetle, Zezstus fulvibarbis Dej., which was found under
the bark of a dead tree; alsoina large boletus occurred many of
the common fungus beetles, Apur@a deleta Er. ; Dacne rufifrons

Naturalist,

field Notes. 383

F. and small Homalote. A few common Saw-flies, Zen‘hredo
punctulata, mesomelena, livida, etc.,completed the day’s captures.
The maple leaves were much and prettily galled with Zvzophves
(Phytoptus) macrorhynchus Nal., and fungus attack on various
plants was very perceptible everywhere.—ALFRED THORNLEY,
South Leverton, Lincoln.

Galls at Careby, Lincolnshire (Div. 16).—At the meeting
of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union at Careby, on gth June
1903, the following were noted :—

Andricus curvator Htg., on Quercus robur L.

Cecidomyita Ulmarie Bremi., on Spirea Ulmaria L.

Eriophyes goniothorax Nal., on Crategus monogyna Jacq.

Eriophyes avellane, on Corylus Avellana L.

Eriophyes macrochelus Nal., on Acer campestre L.

Eriophyes macrorhyncus Nal., on Acer campestre L.

Eriophyes galii Karp., on Galium verum L.

Phyllocoptes fraxint Nal., on Fraxinus excelsior L.

Phyllocoptes Thymi Nal., on Thymus Serpyllum Fr.

Rhodites rose Htg., on Rosa canina L.

Xestophanes potentille Cam., on Potentilla reptans.

Galled specimens of the following were taken :—
Euonymus europeus L., leaves.
Hieracium Pilosella L., flower stalk.

which as yet remain unnamed.—S. C. Stow, Grantham.

-#>o

FLOWERING PLANTS.

Abnormal Figwort in Spen Valley.—During the past
week I found on the banks of the Spen at Smithies, Heckmond-
wike, an abnormal specimen of Figwort (Scrophularia nodosa L.)
growing near normal plants of this species. Instead of having
the usual square stem and decussate leaves, this plant has a
six-sided stem and a whorl of three leaves at each node. The
leaves of a whorl spring from alternate faces, and alternate with
each other at succeeding nodes from the base of the stem
upwards. This arrangement is continued to the inflorescence,
a branch arising in the axil of each of the three bracts of a
whorl. The specimen has been placed under the care of Mr. J.
Ackroyd, recorder of the Heckmondwike Naturalists’ Society.—
T. CastTLe, Heckmondwike, 6th July 1903.

Galium Mollugo near. Grimsby. — This plant does not
appear to have been recorded for this vice county (Lincolnshire
N.) many times, and not at all in the Grimsby area. I found
several plants during July in Old Clee village.—ARTHUR SmiItTH,
Grimsby.

1903 September 1,

354

NORTHERN NEWS.

Mr. C. Crossland gives the total number of fungi collected in the Parish
of Halifax as 1,105.

Mr. J. E. Crowther contributes a list of the ‘Mollusca of the Parish of
Halifax’ to the ‘ Halifax Naturalist’ for August.

Mr. J. W. Farrah contributes ‘A Real Holiday’ (an account of a
geological excursion to Horton-in-Ribblesdale) to ‘Westward Ho’ for
July.

The August ‘ Zoologist’ records a Grasshopper-Warbler, Tree Sparrow,
Stockdove, and Water-Rail in the Isle of Man, and the Honey-Buzzard in
Cheshire.

A complaint has been made of the destruction of bird-life in Luddenden
Dean, near Halifax. We trust the local naturalists will take the matter up
and prevent cause for further notice of the matter.

The Technical Instruction Committee of Leeds will support the applica-
tion of the Yorkshire College for the establishment of a University of York-
shire, and will also contribute to its funds in the event of a Charter being
granted.

The University of Birmingham has received a gift of the collection of
shells made by the late Dr. F. Archer, of Liverpool, and his son, the late
Col. Archer. Mr. J. R. B. Tomlin, of Chester, has secured the J. T. Marshall
collection of British shells.

From the Pendleside series of Hodder Place, Stonyhurst (Lancashire),
a new species of Solenopsis [Solenomorpha| has been found. It is described
by Dr. Wheelton Hind in the August ‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geological
Society’ as Solenomorpha major.

Mr. E. L. Gill has demonstrated the occurrence of Keisley Limestone-
pebbles in the Red Sandstone-rocks of the Isle of Man (Q.J. Gas: , August
1903). He also gives a list of fossils oberved in these pebbles, which not
only all belong to the species found in the Keisley Limestone, but they form
a group which would be a characteristic small selection from that horizon.

‘The Marl-Slate and Yellow Sands of Northumberland and Durhka is
the title of a paper by Professor G. A. Lebour in the ‘ Transactions of the
Institution of Mining Engineers’ just issued. The author points out the
difference between the Permians of North-east England and those of the
Midlands, and still greater differences in the Permians of Westmorland and
Cumberland.

We regret to record the death of Mr. R. G. Clayton, of Middlesbrough,
which took place suddenly on 27th June. The eldest son of Mr. John
Clayton, now of Stokesley, he was born at Middlesbrough, where he was
well known and much respected. He took an active part in the affairs of
the town, especially in connection with the Free Library, Museum, and the
Literary ‘and Philosophical Society. He was a member of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union, and has been for many years a most useful and active
member of the Cleveland Naturalists’ Field Club. He was well known as
a keen observer of everything appertaining to mammals and birds, and
contributed to ‘The Naturalist’ and the Proceedings of the Cleveland
Naturalists’ Club.

Naturalist,

(o>)
ie)
un

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

EARLY’ BURIALS.
The barrows, or burial mounds, of East Yorkshire, have long

been famous for their interesting contents, and from the evidence
they afford of the manners and customs of the early inhabitants

Sakae 1 ate:

British Interment from a Barrow at Garton Slack.
1903 October 1. AA

386 Notes and Comments.

of the district. In the Mortimer Museum at Driffield are two
exhibits of exceptional interest and importance, from the fact
that they are precisely in the positions in which they were found.
The first is a British burial (female) from a barrow at Garton
Slack. Behind the skull is a bone hair-pin; a flint scraper
occurs near the teeth, and two flint implements exist in place of
some of the bones of the left foot, which had obviously been
severed at the instep some time before burial. The curious
crouched position of the interment is admirably shown in the
photograph.

AN ANGLO-SAXON INTERMENT.

In Anglo-Saxon times the interments were of a very different
description. Instead of the
objects accompanying the
interments being of stone
and bone, and occasionally
bronze, it is found that they
consist of a large proportion
of iron implements. The
second figure is of a skele-
ton from an Anglo-Saxon
cemetery near Garton
Slack, on the Wolds, and
it will be seen that the
method of interment is of
a totally different character.
The body in this instance
was. interred on its chest,
with the head — twisted
round to the. lett. At he
waist is an iron’ knife,
which had evidently been
inserted in a belt, the iron
buckle of which remains.
Near the pelvis are some
animal bones, evidently the
remains of food placed with
the interment, and at the
feet is a plain globular food
vase. The two illustrations
Anglo-Saxon Interment. are from Mr. Mortimer’s

Naturalist,

Votes and Comments. 387

forthcoming work ‘Forty Years’ Researches in British and
Anglo-Saxon Burial Mounds of East Yorkshire,’ and have been
kindly lent by the publishers, Messrs. A. Brown & Sons.

BOTANICAL SURVEY AT THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION.

Yorkshire naturalists were ‘well in it’ at Southport. Repre-
sentatives from Bradford, Malton, Selby, Leeds, Huddersfield,
and Halifax were rarely absent from Section K, and they sat
through discussions with no end, papers of varying merit, and
‘semi-popular lectures.’ The veterans were in the mood to
enjoy a well-earned leisure, but the younger members had to be
in the fray, and, as might be expected, their topics had all
a bearing on some aspect of botanical survey.

Mr. Rankin (Leeds), in response to a request, brought the
subject of County Botanical Surveys before the Delegates’ Con-
ference on the first day. An hour of the President (Sir N.
Lockyer) had rather taken the edge off the zest for botanical
matters. It was well that the reader was brief and to the point.
We hear that the paper is to be published and circulated for
consideration in quieter moments. At Tuesday’s meeting the
delegates were again reminded of botanical survey, as it was
one of the subjects recommended for local societies in the
scheme submitted by Section E (Geography).

On Friday afternoon ecological subjects were down for
Section K, but none from Yorkshire. An interesting paper was
given by Miss M. C. Stopes, who had observed the drying up of
a small tributary of the Thames, and during two years watched
the aquatic plants being replaced by land plants. The same after-
noon some of the Yorkshire representatives had a word to say
in connection with a paper read at Section E on the Afforestation
of the Waterworks’ Gathering Grounds of Liverpool. What
has been done at Lake Vyrnwy can be done in all our Yorkshire
valleys, and we should then have profitable woodland instead of
moors of low value. At another meeting a paper on the sand-
dune vegetation near Southport, by a Manchester botanist, was
nearly wrecked by an ardent local botanist telling how the
marram grass and the trees were regularly planted by the land-
owners.

Tuesday was a busy day with Botanical Survey. Four
papers on it were read at Section E (Geography) and one at
Section K (Botany), while in the afternoon a large party
examined for themselves the sandhill plants between Southport
1903 October 1.

388 Notes and Comments.

and seaside. At Section E, Mr. C. E. Moss gave a very clear
summary of his investigations into the age and origin of the
peat moors of the Southern Pennines. As the evidence of one
who really knows these peat-mosses the paper is a valuable
one, and it is good to hear that arrangements are being made
for its publication. When it appears there will be material both
for reflection and discussion. A first instalment of ‘A Botanical
Survey of the Basins of the Rivers Eden, Tees, Tyne, and
Wear’ by Mr. F. J. Lewis (Liverpool) was read in his absence.
This paper (and map) is to appear later in the same series as the
recently published papers on Geographical Distribution of Vege-
tation in Yorkshire, and will be an important part of a contem-
plated survey of the Pennines from Derbyshire to the Cheviots.
The vegetation of the moors of Westmorland presents some
striking difference from that of the West Riding. An important
addition is the Sphagnum bog which occurs on large areas north
of Hawes. The discovery of Scots Pine buried in the peat at
about 2,000 feet gives a new aspect to the distribution of this
tree in the uplands of Northern England. The other papers in
Section E were suggestions brought forward by Dr. Darbishire
(Manchester) and Dr. W. G. Smith (Leeds), that travellers and
explorers outside of Britain might give fuller reports on the
plant-life seen by them; the botanical survey work in Britain
was referred to as a guide in the preparation of maps and notes.
The geographers seemed well pleased with their sitting.

On visiting the section for Botany, Mr. Woodhead was
found to be explaining ‘ Methods of Mapping Plant Distribution,’
an outcome of work in the Huddersfield district, on the six-inch
and twenty-five inch scale. By means of maps and lantern
slides it was shown how closely linked the undergrowth of
a wood is to the trees overhead, and how changes in the trees
are closely followed by the ground-plants. There were also
fleeting glimpses of good work done, such as the working out
of the structure of the Bracken on the hillside, as compared with
the Bracken in the open Oak wood and in more deeply shaded
woods. Some careful observation on the life-history of the
Blue-bell seems also to be going on round Huddersfield. But
the section was jaded after a morning amongst fossils and life-
history, the lunch hour was diminishing, and the sandhills excur-
sion set off at 2 p.m. In the President’s own words, however,
the local survey work had come in ‘like a breath of fresh air,’
and the section evidently thought the fresh air was not un-
welcome.

Naturalist,

389
NOTES ON THE VEGETATION OF PONDS.

WILLIAM G. SMITH, B.Sc., Ph.D.,
Yorkshire College, Leeds.

THE vegetation of a number of small ponds near Filey was
a feature of the botanical excursion at the Y.N.U. meeting on
Whit-Monday last. Almost the first pond met with was re-
splendent with a mass of Bog-bean in flower, and, as one after
another pond was visited, it became evident that each had
features peculiar to itself and was quite distinct from any of its
neighbours. This we have endeavoured to show by means of
the three diagrams reproduced. They are prepared from free-
hand sketches of three distinct ponds, and the arrangement of
the vegetation is given as nearly as possible. The diagrams
and notes are given here, not as a complete study, but as the
result of a single day’s excursion. Yet they show points of
distinct interest in the distribution of plants, and will have
served their purpose if they only show what an excellent
opportunity for local survey lies to the hand of those who can
make continued observations on these or similar ponds.

The ponds are situated on uncultivated land about two miles
south of Filey, and are all within a quarter of a mile from the
edge of the boulder clay cliffs. The land surface is irregular
and made up of a series of knolls and ridges, with hollows or
troughs between, which lie approximately parallel to the cliff
edge. In many of these troughs ponds of various sizes have
formed. The three shown in the diagrams are about the same
size, roughly about sixty yards long, and like most of their
neighbours they are long oval in shape. Their features are
best dealt with by taking them one after another.

Fic. 1.—This may be distinguished as the Bog-bean pond
from the great abundance of Menyanthes trifoliata. It is an
example of the pond with open water, a few of which were seen,
and one in particular had only a narrow belt of marginal plants.
The Bog-bean pond occupies a hollow near the cliff edge, from
which it is separated by a single ridge only, so that it may soon
share the fate of an adjacent pond, the outer containing ridge
of which has already gone over the cliff. An outflow channel
is shown at the southern end, but this lies so high that it can
only serve as an overflow channel when the pond becomes full
of water. When the water begins to escape by this overflow-
outflow the pond will have reached its maximum depth, as was

1903 October 1.

390 Smith: Notes on the Vegetation of Ponds.

the case when we saw it. The muddy bottom did not look
tempting for wading, and as an investigation of the ponds was:
not anticipated, we had no means of determining the exact
depth. No inflow channel could be distinguished, the northern
end being a uniform grassy slope. The supply cf water seems
to be maintained by surface drainage, although the clear-water
patch suggests springs, but whether these are probable in the

Bogbean.

Water Horsetail.

Water Dropwort.
Bur-reed.

Water Parsnip.

Slender-beaked Sedge.

(Further explanation in
=>, 415)

Fig. 1.—The Bog-bean Pond.*

boulder clay we leave to be determined. The vegetation was
distributed in an interesting way. Considered generally, it
consisted of a mass of Sedge (Carex ampullacea) at the southern
end, a patch of Water Parsnip (.Szam erectum) at the northern
end of the clear water, and an elongated horse-shoe mass of

*Mr. F. Cavers, B.Sc. (Technical School, Plymouth), kindly assisted in
preparing the drawings from which the blocks are reproduced.

Naturalist,

Smith: Notes on the Vegetation of Ponds. 391

Bog-bean (Menyanthes), Water Dropwort (Qnanthe fistulosa),
Water Horsetail (Zguzsetum limosum) and Bur-reed (Spargantum
simplex). The northern end appeared at first sight to be one
mass of Bog-bean, but on closer examination the slender stems
of the Horsetail and Dropwort were seen to be fairly abundant.
The Bog-bean occurred in the water at this end, and also on the
marshy shores; the plants on land were smaller, and the flowers
in the water looked so much more tempting that most of us
risked wet boots for the rest of the day. Towards the southern
end of the pond the Bog-bean became scattered and confined to
the margin. The Water Dropwort was almost entirely confined
to the northern end. Along both shores Bur-reed was the most
abundant plant, but mixed with it were stems of Water Horse-
tail and a few plants of Bog-bean. Duckweed was present
throughout the whole pond. With the exception of this last,
all the plants have roots and stems embedded in the muddy
bottom, and from these leafing and flowering shoots are sent
up annually. Taken all together they form an aquatic associa-
tion, with at least five sub-associations, viz.: (a) Sedge, (0)
Water Parsnip, (c) Bur-reed, (d) Water Horsetail, (e) Water
Dropwort and Bog-bean. The last-named three, however, are
not well-defined and merge into one another. To explain why
these occupy the position they do would require careful
investigation. One or two points regarding the life of these
pond-plants are, however, fairly evident. The Sedges at the
outflow end occupy the area where fine mud will be deposited at
the sill of the outflow channel; the water is never more than
shallow here, and it is probable that in dry seasons the Sedges
are left on wet mud. The Bog-bean is also most abundant near
the margin, which in drought will be reduced to marsh. The
Bur-reed zone may also become wet marsh. That water does
not often disappear from the centre is indicated by the Water
Parsnip, which is rarely found except in water. Altogether one
might deduce that this pond is not subject to rapid drainage and
that it retains water even in drought.

Fic. 2.—This pond was also full of water, but differs from
Fig. 1 in that it is completely filled with vegetation. At the
southern end an inflow is shown, which was bringing in water
when we saw it. From the appearance of the channel, it does
not always convey water, and only acts as an overflow to some
other pond in the same trough. At the northern end there is
an outflow depression, which acts as an overflow channel to this
pond. The water is probably derived from surface drainage,
1903 October re

392 Smith: Notes on the Vegetation of Ponds.

except in rainy seasons, when there will be some inflow at the
southern end, and the pond will attain its maximum depth when
the water begins to pass through the outflow. The dominant
plants differ from those of the Bog-bean pond—there is no Bog-
bean nor Water Parsnip, but Pondweed and Water Plantain
have a place. The plants are arranged in four well-marked
zones, viz.: (a) a marginal zone of taller species of Rushes

— Bur-reed.

= Pondweed.

== Water Plantain.

= Water Dropwort.

= Rushes.

(Further explanation
in text.)

Fig, 2.—The Pondweed and Water Plantain Pond.

(Juncus); (6) a zone of Water Dropwort (Gnanthe fistulosa),
mixed with Water Plantain (Alzsma Plantago) at the southern
end; (c) a zone of Bur-reed (Spargantium) also mixed with
Water Plantain; (@) a central patch of Pondweed (Potamogeton
natans). The Pondweed lies in the centre towards the northern
end; its leaves were large, and with long leaf-stalks, such as
occur in deep water. From this we suspect that the Pondweed

Naturalist,

Smith: Notes on the Vegetation of Ponds. 393

occupies the deepest part of the pond. In consequence of the
eccentric position of the Pondweed the zones of Bur-reed and
Dropwort are narrow at the northern end, but they are sharply
defined. Towards the southern end both plants lose their
zonal arrangement, and form masses extending across the pond.
The Dropwort, however, is always nearer the shore than the
Bur-reed. It may, therefore, be inferred that the Bur-reed
prefers deeper water than the Dropwort; this was also the case
in Fig. 1. The Water Plantain is an interesting plant in this
pond. It does not form masses like the other plants, but occurs
singly amongst the Dropwort and the Bur-reed. In other
words, the Water Plantain is not a social species, whereas the
other plants shown are social. It is a feature of social species
of plants that they can grow closely together as a mass, and
hold their own more or less completely against all comers.
One can appreciate this in the case of the Pondweed, with its
broad floating leaves lying edge to edge, or overlapping, so as
to occupy the whole surface and shade the bottom, thus checking
the growth of other plants which may try to grow below them.
Amongst trees, the Beech is one of the best examples of this
kind of social plant. The Dropwort, Bur-reed, and Rushes are
also social plants, and it is noteworthy that their long, slender,
erect leaves are similar in form to the grasses which on land are
amongst the most successful of our social plants. Just as the
grasses, with their closely interwoven roots and stems under-
ground, and their close, erect, leafy shoots aboveground, can
keep in check the growth of other plants and maintain a close
sward, so in our pond the Dropwort, Bur-reed, and Rushes
maintain themselves in distinct zones with little mixture. The
Dropwort is not quite so successful as the other two, and
amongst it plants of Water Plantain have found a place and
have also succeeded in gaining ground in the closer Bur-reed
zone. Turning now to the Rushes on the margin. The Rushes
form a close well-marked zone, which at the time of our visit
was standing in water and therefore formed part of the pond-
vegetation. Out of the water there was, however, no scarcity
of Rushes, and from general experience most of us would
regard the Rushes as plants of the marsh rather than water-
plants. The Rush zone of this pond therefore indicates that
part of the margin which is only occasionally under water, and
is generally marsh. From this one may infer that this pond, as
a rule, contains less water than when we saw it. It has a
maximum depth which is determined by the sill of the outflow

1903 October 1.

394 Smith : Notes on the Vegetation of Ponds.

channel. The ebb extends at least to the lower margin of the
Rush zone, but the Dropwort, Water Plantain, and Bur-reed
are all plants which may grow in a wet marsh, and it is probable
that this is the drought condition of that part of the pond
occupied by these plants. From the appearance of the Pond-
weed we should say that its area is never quite free from
standing water.

\|

Iris.

= Pondweed.

Water Sweet-grass.

= Rushes.

= Bur-reed.

ee So Se ee
I|

= Marsh Horsetail.

(Further explanation

in text.)

\ Fig. 3.—A ‘dry’ Pond.

Fic. 3.—This represents what has been a pond but is now so
dry that it might be described as a dry marsh. At the time we
saw it (by no means a period of drought) one could walk over
any part of it. The shape of the hollow is like that of the true
ponds, and there is a distinct outflow channel. There is also an
inflow channel of the kind seen in Fig. 2, namely, an occasional
channel which drains the overflow from some adjacent hollow.

Naturalist,

Smith: Notes on the Vegetation of Ponds. 395

For some reason this pond has dried up. Whether this is due
to gradual raising of the bottom, or to the deepening of the out-
flow so that it drained the pond to the bottom, or to leakage, we
cannot say. The vegetation has interesting features. Near
the centre are patches of two water-plants—the Pondweed
(Potamogeton) and Bur-reed (Spargantum) — restricted to what
are now the wettest spots. The Pondweed has small reddish
leaves with short stalks, the Bur-reed has short narrow leaves ;
unfortunately specimens were not taken for identification. Both
are land-adaptations, and are probably the remains of the original
aquatic vegetation which has been displaced. The other con-
spicuous plants of the pond-hollow are: (a) Water Sweet-grass
(Glycerta aquaticu), occupying the centre except the parts utilised
by the Pondweed and Bur-reed; (0) /rzs pseudacorus at the southern
or inflow end; (c) Marsh Horsetail (Aguzsetum palustre) at the
northern or outflow end; (@) a broad marginal zone of Rushes.
The large patch of Water-grass indicates the part of the hollow
which is occasionally under water. It is a feature of this grass
that it grows well in a moist place liable to inundation. The
Iris and Marsh Horsetail occupy well-defined areas, and both
are typical marsh plants. Altogether the vegetation of this
hollow indicates that it is moist, and even marshy at times, but
is never long under water.

Other examples of dry ponds were found. In one extreme
case a clump of Rushes in the centre was the last remnant of
marsh vegetation, the other plants being intruders from the drier
knolls.

The ponds at Filey are thus instructive examples of aquatic
and marsh vegetation. The ponds themselves show every stage
of transition from ponds of open water to marshy hollows, and
even dry hollows. The vegetation includes examples of the
chief biological groups of aquatic and marsh plants, which may
be summarised as follows :—

(1) Floating plants, e.g., Duckweeds.

(2) Plants rooted in mud, with floating or submerged leaves,
e.g., Pondweed and Water Parsnip.

(3) Plants rooted in mud, with leaves which rise above the
surface of the water. The most successful social species
are those with long erect leaves, e.g., Bur-reed, Iris,
Water-grass, Rushes, and Sedges, and with these the
two Horsetails may be included. The Water Dropwort
is an example of an Umbellifer which, instead of the
broad cut-up leaves of that order, has adopted a narrow

1903 October 1.

396 Clarke: Albino Hedgehog and Mole.

type of foliage closely imitating the Horsetails; this is
partly a result of its aquatic life, partly an adaptation to
meet competition of aquatic plants. The Water Plantain
still retains its broad leaves, but these conform so far to
the general form of rival species in being much longer
than broad and in assuming a more or less erect posi-
tion; as already pointed out, this plant is not a very
successful social species. The trefoil Bog-bean leaf is.
almost unique amongst water-plants, though not un-
common in marsh-plants.

One feature the plants of these pools have in common: they
are all plants which can grow on a muddy bottom; the plants
of a stony or shingly bottom are absent. Another common
feature of the Filey ponds is that the plants are those which
frequent slowly-moving water; the plants of a running stream
or quickly-moving pond or lake are absent. The nature of the
bottom and the rate of movement of the water have consider-
able effect in the distribution of water-plants. No attempt has
been made here to distinguish between true aquatics and plants.
of the marsh. These ponds show how difficult this is, because
many of the plants are adapted for life in standing water or in
wet marsh. Nor have we attempted to deal with the adapta-
tions in internal structure, which are so interesting a feature in
water-plants. This rapid glance over the plant-life of ponds has
only touched the fringe of the matter, and there is ample
material in these ponds and others for a long series of observa-
tions, which if carefully carried out would throw light on obscure
points in pond-life generally. The East Riding especially is a
good field for local botanical work on water-plants.

—_—>¢_—

MAMMALS.

Albino Hedgehog and Mole.—A white Hedgehog, nearly
half-grown, was caught at Goathland on the evening of
1st August. It was a true albino, having the characteristic
pink eyes. The skin was pink also, and the hair, spines, and
nails were pure white. It was not brought to me until 8th
August, when it was in a dying condition, and it only lived a few
hours after it came into my possession. I had a cream-coloured
Mole brought to me on 25th February, which had been caught
at Stainton Dale. It was a light cream colour all over, but
was slightly marked with orange on the forehead and on the
belly.—W. J. CLARKE, F.Z.S., Scarborough.

Naturalist,

397
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT WHARNCLIFFE.

OnE of the few fine days during the ‘summer’ of 1903 was
spent in Wharncliffe Woods, which, notwithstanding their
proximity to thickly-populated towns and cities, still retain
much of their natural beauty. Over thirty members and
associates started from Deepcar Station on the morning of
Thursday, 3rd September, but did not get far into the woods
(which run parallel with the railway) before first one section
and then another was detained in the pursuit of its particular
work, until eventually the geologists, who had landed in a very
unpromising country, wended their way alone to get a view of
the surrounding district from the Crags. Emerging at length
in a clearing on the shoulder of one of the Crags, a grand view
of the Don Valley was obtained, and from this point the
Rev. A. T. Pratt gave a description of the physical features of
the neighbourhood. Many fine old Oaks occur in the
woods; one example, in front of the Wharncliffe Lodge, was
measured by those present, and proved to be sixteen feet in
circumference at a distance of a foot above the ground. From
its decaying trunk a young Birch tree had sprung, and partially
filled the hollow in the Oak by its roots. Members of other
sections having gravitated to this point, the services of the
keeper were secured, and the party went through the park in
quest of the herd of Red Deer belonging to the Earl of Wharn-
cliffe. The deer, however, could not be found, and the search
was almost given up when the herd was unexpectedly met with,
having been hidden amongst the luxuriant bracken. It was
a grand sight—over a hundred of these magnificent animals
hurrying away, helter-skelter, through the trees, down the
rocky slope, and across the green beyond, until fairly out of
reach. Even the photographer, who was perhaps more anxious
than any to get ‘within range,’ was so intent on watching the
graceful movements of the herd that his opportunity for a ‘near
view’ slipped by. The keeper, however, made amends, and,
calling on ‘ Diana’ (a tame doe), that animal obligingly came at
close quarters, and after several unsuccessful attempts at a suit-
able pose, was snap-shotted.

After tea at the Wharncliffe Lodge, about fifty members
attended the meeting, which was held in the open air, under the
chairmanship of Mr. W. Denison Roebuck.

After certain formal business had been transacted, the repre-
sentatives of sections were called upon to give their reports, the

1903 October 1.

398 Yorkshire Naturalists at Wharneliffe.

Chairman having. explained that it was precisely twenty-five
years previously-since the Union had visited Wharncliffe Woods.
A report of that excursion, written by Mr. Roebuck, appears
in ‘The Naturalist’ for October 1878 (pp. 46-48).

Mr. A. White reported for Vertebrate Zoology, and made
particular mention of the herd of Red Deer which the members
had been privileged to see.

For the Conchological Section the Rev. E. P. Blackburn
reports :—On leaving the rest of the party the conchologists
worked downwards to the river, making a very careful examina-
tion of all kinds of likely and unlikely places to find mollusca.
After crossing the railway in the wood beyond we found amongst
dead wood some Hyaliniz, which we took to be Hyvalinia pura,
but these, on subsequent investigation, proved to be immature
specimens of Hyvalinza that were too immature to identify. As
we found one specimen of Hyalinza alliaria at the same spot
they would doubtless be of that species. When we reached the
river we found it in flood, and so were not able to make any
investigation. Stranded above water mark was one dead
specimen of Lzmn@a peregra, very oxidised, which had evidently
been washed down the stream. We found also in the wood on
the way down Avzon ater var. brunnea. It was a fine specimen
and of unusual colouring. Near Wharncliffe Lodge we investi-
gated various ponds, which, except a small one near the house,
used by the cattle for drinking purposes, yielded no results.
Out of this we secured a good number of Pestdium pusillum.
Mr. Bayford, in seeking for insects, secured a Hyalinza excavata,
one of the rarer kinds, which was in good condition, and was
much greener in shade than usual. An Avion ater was also
reported at Deepcar Station, but was not verified by us. These
certified finds make the total number of species secured five,
an increase of four on the record of the previous visit. On no
previous occasion have we ever found so little on an expedition.

Mr. J. Waddington reported that entomclogically the district
had not been productive of a large number of species. His sec-
tion consisted of Messrs. G. T. Porritt, J. Waddington, E. G.
Bayford, A. Whitaker, H. Staniforth, and others. Messrs.
Porritt, W. Tunstall, and B. Morley had made a preliminary
visit to the wood a few days previously.

Mr. Porritt writes :—Very few lepidoptera were seen, and
the best species taken, including both visits, were fine melanic
forms of Boarmia repandata and Cidaria russata, ordinary forms
of Orthosta suspecta, Tryphena fimbria, Xanthia silago, Ephip-

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Wharncitffe. 399

piphora bimaculana, Sericostoma costella, etc., whilst the local
Cymatophora fluctuosa occurred in the larval stage on birch.
Among trichoptera the most interesting find was Crunecia
trrorata, as it confirmed the only previous record of the species
as a Yorkshire insect, nearly forty years ago. Other species
were Limnophilus sparsus (common) and Drusus annulatus.
Among neuroptera the genus /emerobius was well represented
by the six species nzéidulus, micans, subnebulosus, atrifrons,
lutescens, and stigma, the first three in plenty.

The Yorkshire Coleoptera Committee was represented by its
President, Mr. E. G. Bavford, Messrs. H. H. Corbett, M.R.C.S.,
and H. Ostheide. Mr. Bayford reports that very few beetles
were seen. He did not arrive until the afternoon and devoted
his attention to the fungi with indifferent success. The following
beetles have been determined :—

Pterostichus vulgaris L. Serica brunnea L.

Ocypus cupreus Rossi. Rhagium bifasciatum F,

Bolitobius trinotatus Er. In rotten stump.

Cryptophagus lycoperdi Herbst. Apteropeda orbiculata Marsh.
In puff-balls. Strophosomus coryli F.

Common on tree trunks.
For the Botanical Section Mr. H. H. Corbett writes :—Those
members who devoted their attention to the phanerogamic
botany of the district did not start out with any great expecta-
tions of the discovery of new additions to the local flora, nor
even with the expectancy of finding any very rare species. In
past years Salt, Gatty, and others have so thoroughly examined
the ground that rather would one expect to note absentees than
discover additions. The growth of Sheffield, and the consequent
fouling of the air, and increase of the number of visitors to
the woods of Wharncliffe, have probably tended toward the
extermination than increase in local varieties. The flora upon
the Lower Coal Measures is never rich in numbers, and September,
after a cold and wet summer, is not the best time for field botany.
Flieractum boreale Fr. clothed the railway cuttings and embank-
ments with its golden flower heads, while in the woods above it
gave place to its relative A. vulgatum Fr. and another form,
probably referable to HY. sctaphilum Uechtrich. Solzdugo vir-
gaurea L. was frequent, as also were Weckeria claviculata
N.E.Br. and Lugula maxima D.C., while possibly the best find
of the day in the woods was Veronica montana. The ponds in
the deer-park produced a mud-growing form of Ranunculus
peltatus Schrant var. floribundus Bab. and R. Drouetid Godr.,
together with Scirpus lacustris L. As an interesting bit of
1903 October 1.

400 Yorkshire Naturalists at Wharncliffe.

negative evidence, it may be remarked that not a single species
of Carex was seen either in the woods or in the ponds.

Dr. W. G. Smith and Mr. T. W. Woodhead had been at
work in the Botanical Survey Section. Dr. Smith pointed out
that Wharncliffe Wood was probably one of the finest oak
woods in the country.

Mr. Gibbs reports as follows :—The Mycological Committee
was represented by Messrs. C. Crossland (Secretary), A.
Clarke, C. H. Broadhead, and the writer. Wharncliffe Woods
are well known as an excellent collecting-ground for the
larger fungi; consequently, after the recent heavy rains, the
fungus-hunters were looking forward to a productive day’s work.
In this they were not disappointed. Open glades, damp shady
copses, and dead trunks, branches, and stumps were all searched,
and yielded their characteristic species. The grassy banks of
the road through the wood to the Lodge proved very productive
of Bolet?, six species being noticed, these including Soletus
felleus Bull., easily recognised by its flesh-coloured tubes, and
Boletus piperatus Bull., with rusty red tubes, neither species of
every-day occurrence. The damp leaf mould was rich in Russul@
and Lactariz, the finds in the former genus including two pretty
and uncommon species, R. dufea Fr. and &. puellaris Fr.
The most interesting finds on dead wood were Polyporus adustus
Fr., a species somewhat resembling the common Polystictus
versicolor, but differing in its less woody substance and grey
colour, and Calocera striata Fr., a Tremelline distinguished from
its congeners by the wrinkled or striate surface of its small,
lemon-yellow, club-shaped hymenophores. Discomycetes were
scarce, but included one small specimen of the pretty orange
Otidea aurantia (Pers.). The only Myxomycete of interest
noticed was a yellow plasmodium covering stems of grass and
heath Galium. This was found and brought to the writer by
Mr. Waterfall, and afterwards developed into masses of confluent
yellow-green sporangia, an ethalioid form of Physarum virescens
Ditm. The Mycologists were much indebted to some members
of other sections, who picked up and brought to the meeting
specimens of fungi noticed by them. More than one interesting
record was made in this manner, and this fact shows how, at
a general excursion such as this, the several sections may work
together and help one another. In addition to those mentioned
above, the following species were noticed. Species universally
common, and species recorded for the locality either in Lees’
Flora of West Yorkshire or in the recently published first part

Naturalist,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Wharnceliffe. 401

of the Yorkshire Fungus Flora, are not included in the list.
Where no note is made of the habitat of a species, it was found

on the ground in the wood.
noticed, 45 being Agarics.
Collybia platyphylla Fr.
Mycena alcalina Fr.
On dead wood.
M. pullata Berk.& Cke.
Pluteus cervinus Scheeff.
On dead trunk.
Entoloma jubatum Fr.
In meadow.
Inocybe rimosa Bull.
I. asterospora Quelet.
Cortinarius elatior Fr.
Agaricus silvaticus Scheff.
Stropharia stercoraria Fr,
In meadow.
S. zruginosa Curt.

Hypholoma sublateritium Fr.

On stumps.
Lactarius glyciosmus Fr.
L. minimus W.G.Sm.
L, subdulcis Bull.
L. pyrogalus Bull.
L. rufus Scop.
Russula vesea Fr.
R. cyanoxantha Fr.
R. cutefracta Cke.
Marasmius peronatus Fr.

Altogether, about 80 species were

M. erythropus Fr.
M. androsaceus Fr.
On dead twigs, leaves, fern,
ec,
Boletus chrysenteron Fr.
B. subtomentosus L.
B. edulis Bull.
B. scaber Fr.
Poria blepharistoma B.& Br.
Odontia fimbriata Pers.

The last two on dead wood.
Clavaria inzequalis Flo. Dan.
Typhula erythropus Fr.

On dead herbaceous stems.
Stereum sanguinolentum Fr.
Corticium sanguineum Fr.

Both on dead wood.
Thelephora laciniata Pers.

On the ground on dead leaves,

twigs, etc.
Calocera cornea Fr.

On dead trunks.
Helotium scutulum Karst.

On dead herbaceous stem.
Dasyscypha nivea (Hedw.).

On dead trunk.

Mr. M. H. Stiles stated that the Micro-Botanical Section
had done some collecting, but the results could not be ascertained
until the material had been worked out under the microscope.

Mr. Stiles has since reported :—In conjunction with Mr. H.
Moore, of Rotherham, several gatherings were made both
going up the Crags and on the return journey, none of which
were specially productive. At the pond, however, about a mile
from the Lodge, the appearances were more promising, and,
although the prepared slides of diatoms have not been entirely
worked out, the following results have been obtained :—

Amphora ovalis var. affinis. Navicula Iridis var. producta.

Cymbella gastroides. N. Iridis var. amphirynchus.

C. cistula. N. lanceolata.

Navicula Legumen. N. anglica.

*N. radiosa. N. Borealis.

N. cuspidata, N. Bacillum.

N. rhynchocephala. N. ventricosa var. minuta.

N. humilis. N. Stauroptera var. parva.
N, limosa, N. Braunii ?

1903 October 1. BB

402 Yorkshire Naturalists at Wharncliffe.

Navicula major. *Eunotia lunaris.
N. viridis. E. lunaris var. bilunaris,
N. appendiculata. E. exigua.
Pleurosigma Spencerii. Synedra Ulna.
*Gomphonema constrictum S. acus.

var. capitatum. Vanheurckia vulgaris.
G. acuminatum. Fragilaria capucina.
Amphipleura pellucida. *Tabellaria flocculosa.
Cocconeis placentula. Surirella biseriata.
Eunotia arcus. S. robusta.
E. pectinalis var. curta. S. (species unknown).
E. pectinalis var. ventricosa. *Nitzschia sigmoidea.

The forms met with more freely were those thus marked *.
Tabellaria flocculosa was particularly plentiful in the streamlets
on the slopes of the Crags, and WVi¢sschia sigmozdea in the pond.

Desmips.—The pond yielded the following forms :—Des-
midium Schwartst? (plentiful), Pleurotentum trabicula var.
clavata, Clostertum acerosum, C. lunula, and a Docrdium (un-
determined).

Mr. Moore reports :—The following species were found in
the two far ponds in the deer park, the pond near the Lodge,
and a pond on the right-hand side of the road leading to Oughti-
bridge Station. The pond near the Lodge was very prolific in
Anurea aculeata having great variation in the length of the
rear spines, many individuals having a single spine only.
Syncheta pectinata.

S. tremula.

FLAGELLATA.
Anthophysa vegetans.
Peridinium tabulatum.
Synura uvella.

ROTIFERA.

Anuraea aculeata.
A. serrulata.
Notommata aurita.
Rotifer vulgaris.
R. macrurus.
Sacculus viridis. RHIZOPODA.

One specimen. Difflugia proteiformis.

The results altogether were much more satisfactory than we
anticipated.

Mr. E. Hawkesworth stated that the Grenoside rock, though
forming a prominent feature in the Crags, was hardly expected
to yield many geological specimens. Mr. C. Bradshaw referred
to a curious case of current-bedding observed in a block of grit,
and also to some casts of plant-remains in the same rock.

After the meeting most of the members took the opposite
direction to Oughtibridge, from which station the return journey
was made. This gave them a slightly different aspect of these
beautiful woods, and a favoured few heard glowing accounts of

the charms and attractions of Wharncliffe Woods many, many
Le.

!
years ago!
Naturalist,

403
SEARCH FOR HEPATICS AT HAWES.

WILLIAM HENRY PEARSON,

Manchester.

On 3rd August I left home in the early morning for Hawes, and
was joined by two botanical friends, Messrs. Jackson and
Wetton. Time being short, we hastened to what we thought
would be good ground, and made our way to Aysgill Force.
We picked up an old horse shoe, and were followed by a frisky
black kitten, which we had a difficulty in frightening back.
With these good omens we pressed forward through fields, and
finally found our stream, the banks of which were on the one
side ornamented with magnificent tufts of the large Campanula
latifolia, and on the other with beds of C. rotundzfolia, with
flowers the size of which I had never seen before. Our first
collecting was done at a spring by the path side, the margin
of which was clothed with /ungermania riparia Tayl. and the
innermost recesses with large patches of Conocephalus conicus L..,
very fine, but, of course, barren. We walked by the margin of
the stream, finding it impossible to get down to the bed until
we got to the Force, where we descried a path used by fisher-
men. This we with difficulty descended, but found we could
only proceed a few yards on account of the precipitous rocks.
On the other side of the stream were moss-covered boulders,
and the side of the water was green with mosses and
hepatics. We took our boots and stockings off and rolled
our nether garments up as far as we could and got safely
across. Immediately on rocks below the Fall we gathered
patches of the large form of /ungermania riparia, in fine con-
dition, with male flowers. This was the commonest species,
assuming different forms according to the habitat of the plant.
Some of the Continental botanists are disposed to make species
of the smaller forms; certainly when the specimens are dried
they look very different, but I have very little doubt they are
one and the same species, slightly differentiated by their habitat.
On two of the rocks in the stream I collected specimens of
Scapana equiloba (Schwegr.), looking very distinct from the
larger form, which is now known as 5S. aspera Bern. The
colour of some plants was reddish, and very different from
the plants of S. aspera which I had obtained in quantity
at Abergele. Mr. Jackson collected on another boulder
small specimens of Radula complanata (L.), which I thought
1903 October 1.

404 Pearson: Search for Hepatics at Hawes.

at the time might be R. Lindbergi G., as I could only see
with the lens male spikes; under the microscope at home
I found young archegonia immediately above the male
flowers. With some of the hepatics it is hardly safe to ven-
ture the name in the field, as the acute John Nowell used to
say, ‘He would not like to say by this here light,’ when asked
to name some doubtful species whilst collecting. The rarest
species we met with, and that only very sparingly, was Pedzno-
phyllum znterruptum (Nees), found growing closely appressed
to some of the loose rocks and on the cliffs. /ungermania
Bantriensts Hook. var. Muellert (Nees) was next to /ung.
riparia, the commonest species on the rocks. The further con-
sideration of this species leads me to the view that it is distinct
from the type; even the larger forms of it have a different faczes
from the typical form found growing on moss-covered banks
below Dolbadarn Castle, Llanberis, and from the original species
collected by Miss Hutchins in the South of Ireland. Along with
this species was the form of Lophocolea bidentata (L.), with small
acute segments, which I believe is the form Hookeriana of
some authorities. Also growing with other species I found
stems of Cephalozta bicuspidata (L.) and Blepharostoma tricho-
phyllum (L.). On the dripping rocks were fine patches of Pedlea
calycina (Tayl.), growing with fine Aypna, and, on dry rocks,
Preissia commutata (Lindenb.) Nees. One small patch of Mar-
chantia polymorpha L. was also observed. Plagiochila asplentotdes
(L.) var. Dellend? (Tayl.) was growing more or less freely on the
rocks, and on the wet slopes Wardza scalaris (Schrad.). By its
side, creeping over compact tufts of moss was an Aneura, which
I have not been able to identify.

We now found we were unable to proceed further on account
of the steepness of the cliffs and depth of the stream, so we
retraced our steps. We found at Hawes that we had just time
to spend about half an hour at Hardraw Scaur, on the dry
broken rocks to the left of the Fall, where Cystopferts fragilis,
Asplentum Trichomanes, and Scolopendrium vulgare were grow-
ing from the crevices. Here I met with a large patch of Porella
levigata (Schrad.), and further up the valley P. platyphylla (L.)
was somewhat common on the exposed rocks. We were some-
what disappointed at the paucity of the Hepatice in this most
beautiful glen. At Hawes I collected in a small wood on the
left before crossing the bridge Mefsgeria furcata (L.).

I have deposited in the Manchester Museum specimens of
the species collected for future reference.

Naturalist,

405
YORKSHIRE COLEOPTERA IN 1902.

M. LAWSON THOMPSON, F.E.S.,

Saltburn-by-the-Sea ;
Hon. Secretary Yorkshire Coleoptera Committee.
THE season 1902 has not been a very favourable one for the
coleopterist, there being few warm, sunny days during the
summer to bring beetles under observation. Nevertheless a
few really interesting species have been met with. Members
of the committee attended the meetings of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union at Coxwold, Bawtry, Baugh Fell, and Brim-
ham Rocks. At Coxwold (on May roth) I met with 38 species,
a list of which is included in the Rev. T. Ainsworth Brode’s
account of the meeting.* The coleopterists present at the
Bawtry meeting (on July roth) were Messrs. E. G. Bayford and
H. H. Corbett, who did a little collecting in spite of the heavy
rain; 18 species were found.t— Mr. H. Ostheide and the writer
visited Baugh Fell on August 2nd and 4th, and our joint list
contains 50 more or less common species. Brimham Rocks, on
September 24th, proved a fairly good locality, and I met with
35 beetles.

Mr. H. H. Corbett has done some good work in the neigh-
bourhood of Doncaster, and kindly furnishes me with some
notes on the results of his collecting.

The following is a list of the most interesting coleoptera
taken during 1902. I have selected from material before me
only such species for which the Yorkshire records are at present
deficient. Those marked with an asterisk seem to be altogether
new to the county. B.=E. G. Bayford, C:=H./H. .Cerbett,
H.—=W.C. Hey, O.=H. Ostheide, T.=M. iL. Thompson.
Notiophilus substriatus Wat. Cusworth, near Doncaster (C.).
Blethisa multipunctata L. Ryhill Reservoir, near Barnsley, one speci-

men in September (B.).

Badister sodalis Duft. (humeralis Bon.). Edlington, near Doncaster (C.).
Chlznius vestitus Payk. Eight specimens on the cliffs between Brid-
lington Quay and Sewerby (H., ‘ The Naturalist’ for 1g02, p. 259).
Bradycellus placidus Gyll. Wheatley Wood, near Doncaster (B. and C.).

Amara similata Gyll. Doncaster (C.).

Anchomenus marginatus L. Carrhaze Pond, Filey (H.). Cusworth,
near Doncaster (C.). Worsborough Reservoir, near Barnsley (B.).

Bembidium atroceruleum Steph. Hebblethwaite Gill, near Sedbergh

*Aépus marinus Strom. Saltburn, on the coast; under large stones
embedded in shingle at high-water mark, June (T.).

*¢ The Naturalist’ for 1902, p. 283. +‘ The Naturalist’ for 1902, p. 375.
1903 October 1.

406 Milburn: Albino Ring Ousel at Middleton-in- Teesdale.

Metabletus foveola Gyll. Thorne Moor (C.).

Hydroporus morio Dej. and melanarius Sturm. In pools on Baugh
Fell (O.). .

Agabus congener Payk. In a mossy pool on the slope of Mickle Fell,
April (T.).
Cheetarthria seminulum Herbst. Sandal, near Doncaster (C.).

Aleochara ruficornis Grav. Saltburn, at the foot of the sea-banks ; one
specimen in September (T.).

*Homalota occulta Er. Saltburn, in a dead gull on the coast, September
*Homajlota atricolor Sharp. On the moor at Brimham Rocks, September

Phytosus spinifer Curt. Saltburn, common in dead gulls on the coast,
September (T.).

*Tachinus pallipes Grav. Saltburn Wood, in decaying fungi, one
specimen in-September (T.).

Megacronus inclinans Grav. Wheatley Wood, near Doncaster (C.).
Mycetoporus lepidus Grav. Wheatley Wood (C.).

Quedius nigriceps Kr. Wheatley Wood, in wet hay (C.).

Staphylinus stercorarius Ol. Douker (Dovecote) Gill, near Sedbergh (O.).
Philonthus intermedius Boisd. Edlington, near Doncaster (C.).

Philonthus proximus Kr. (succicola Thoms.). Wheatley Wood, in dead
hedgehog (C.).

Othius leviusculus Steph. Sandal Beat, near Doncaster (C.).

Stilicus rufipes Germ. Thorne Moor, near Doncaster (C.).

Oxyporus rufus L. Wheatley Wood (C.). Near Ryhill (near Barnsley),
September (B.).

Lathrimzum atrocephalum Gyll. Wheatley Wood (C.).

*Proteinus atomarius Er. Saltburn Wood, in decaying fungi, Sep-
tember (T.).

Prognatha quadricornis Lac. Wheatley Wood, under bark of elder (C.).
Liodes humeralis Kng. Wheatley Wood, in fungi (C.).

*Scaphisoma boleti Panz. Saltburn Wood, in decaying fungi, Sep-
tember (T.).

Omosita depressa L. Saltburn Wood, in decaying fungi, one specimen
in September (T.).

*Pocadius ferrugineus F. Saltburn Wood, in decaying fungi, Sept. (T.).
Cychramus luteus F. Edlington Wood, near Doncaster (C.).
*Cerylon histeroides F. Wheatley Wood (C.).

Antherophagus nigricornis F. Wheatley Wood (C.). On the moor at
Brimham Rocks (T.).

Cryptophagus lycoperdi Herbst. Abundant in Wheatley Wood (C).
*Apion cruentatum Walt. Dacre, near Brimham Rocks, in Sept. (T.).

i> - <——™

BIRDS.

Albino Ring Ouzel at Middleton-in-Teesdale.—A_per-
fectly white Ring Ouzel was obtained at Stotterley Lane,
Middleton-in-Teesdale (Co. Durham), on 27th July 1903. It is
a bird of the year, and is now in the possession of Mr. W. Walton,
of Middleton.—C. E. Mritspurn, Middlesbrough.

Naturalist,

407
FIELD NOTES.

MAMMALS.

A Stoat’s Larder.—In a Stoat’s nest here a gamekeeper
this spring found, besides the usual remains of young Rabbit
and Hare, the shells of about a dozen eggs of the Common
Lapwing. On comparing notes with a neighbouring keeper, he,
however, ascertained that his experience was not unique. It is
supposed that the eggs were not taken until they were hard set,
and contained young birds, the eggs then being more easily
carried without damage to their contents, and possibly more
welcome to the young of the Stoat. I may add that a small
terrier invaded the hole, and one by one killed and dragged out
the two parents and five young ones. One of the parents at
first emerged from the hole and attacked the dog outside, but,
being slightly bitten, retired within, and declined any longer to
assume the offensive.—EpwArD T. BaLtpwin, Waberthwaite,
Cumberland, 5th September 1903.

eC Les
MOLLUSCS.

Mollusca at Huttoft Bank, Lincolnshire.—On the occasion
of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union Meeting at Sutton-on-Sea,
on 2nd July 1903, special attention was given to freshwater
mollusca in the drains at Huttoft Bank, Div. 11 N. The result
was somewhat disappointing, only about nine species were
noted. With the exception of Aplexa hypnorum, which was in
considerable numbers, they were not very plentiful. The follow-
ing is a complete list of those recorded :—Aplexa hypnorum,
Succinea elegans, Bythinia tentaculata, Limnea peregra, L.
palustris, Planorbis umbilicatus, P. spirorbis, Valvata cristata,
Pisidium obtusale. Near the sandhills numerous Thrush-stones,
at which were remains of Helzx nemoralis, were noted.—C. S.
Carter, 8, Bridge Street, Louth.

pas 7
COLEOPTERA.

Pyroptera affinis near Doncaster.— While sweeping poplars
to-day in Wheatley Wood, I caught Pyroptera (Muls.) affinis
(Payk.) close to the same spot where Mr. Bayford took the
larva of the same insect some years ago.—H. V. CORBETT,
Doncaster, 7th July 1903.

Beetles in Peat.—At pp. 14 and 156 of ‘ Geological Rambles
in East Yorkshire’ Mr. Sheppard refers to remains of coleoptera
having been found amongst peat. It is a matter for regret that

1903 October 1.

408 Field Notes.

these have not been submitted to some competent coleopterist
for identification. Mr. George Darley, of Hatfield, has found
several remains under the peat at Hatfield Chace. The only
species yet determined is Hydrophilus piceus L., the Great Water
Beetle, of which species Mr. Darley was fortunate enough to
find an almost complete skeleton. This example is now in the
possession of Dr. Corbett. To-day this species is restricted, so
far as the British Isles are concerned, to the London district and
adjoining counties.—E. G. Bayrorp, Barnsley.

meee Me

FLOWERING PLANTS.

Notes on Sedbergh Plants.—Ovobanche major Angi. has
been growing here this season on the roots of Broom, and we
have also seen for the first time Saxzfraga Hirculus L. Over
the Westmorland border we have found many specimens of
Paris quadrifolia L. with leaves varying in number from three
to seven.—JOHN HANDLEY, Sedbergh, 16th July 1903.

Plants at Sutton-on-Sea.—At the meeting of the Lincoln-
shire Naturalists’ Union at Sutton-on-Sea, on 2nd July 1903, the
following species were noted on the marine (blown) sand :—
Ranunculus arvensis, Papaver somniferum, P. argemone, Ceras-
tium semidecandrum, and C. arvense, Ononis spinosa, Génanthe
Lachenalit out of place except on the silt, where it was abun-
dant ; Daucus carota approaching gumruzfer, Lyctum barbarum,
Juncus Gerard?, Scirpus maritimus, Agrostis palustris, marttima,
with the sand series of most confusing Agropyrons. A poor
list! The marine silt (estuarine alluvium) within the sand hills
was far richer, including Ranunculus trichophyllus, Genista
tinctoria, Trifolium pratense, perenne (of Sinclair's Hort. Gram.
Wobur.) which has been so foolishly neglected for the foreign
variety sativum; Vicia cracca, tncana, grey white with dense
hairs; both the Szums; Anthriscus vulgaris on both sand and
silt; Achillea Ptarmica, Serratula, Picris echiotdes, Samolus,
Myosotis palustris, and Lithospermum arvense, Rumex fHydro-
lapathum, and lastly /rzs spuria. This lovely species was in
full flower on the old spot, though it cannot now be found
in many cases where it was five years ago. Specimens were
taken for the National Herbaria. —E. ADRIAN WOODRUFFE
PEACOCK, Cadney, Brigg, zoth July 1903.

A Grass new to Britain, and other Plants at Careby,
Lincolnshire.—At the meeting of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’
Union at Careby, on the oth June 1903, 230 species were
observed, and the following species were taken :—Ranunculus

Naturalist,

field Notes. 409°

parviflorus, Cerastium glomeratum and C. semidecandrum, Malva
moschata, Euonymus, Trifolium filtforme, Agrimonia eupatoria,
Pyrus torminalts, Saxtfraga tridactylites, Pimpinella major,
Cnicus ertophorus, C. acaulis, Campanula trachelium, Myosotts
versicolor, and M. umbrosa. Hyoscyamus, Lamium decipiens, and
L. galeobiiolon, Paris, Festuca scturotdes. Along with this last
species, a densely ceespitose grass peculiar to Western Europe
but hitherto not found in Britain, was found. It is Festuca
maritima Linn. or Wardurus unilateralis Boiss. It was taken
on the most arid cornbrash, and will no doubt be found
on similar spots in Rutland and Northamptonshire close by.
At Holywell on the 8th, in addition to the foregoing species
Viburnam Lantana was common in hedges and woods on the
Boulder Clay with Sanzcula europea in abandoned quarries, and
Habenarta chloroleuca on Lincolnshire Limestone. —E. ADRIAN
WooprurFE PEACOCK, Cadney, Brigg, 23rd June 1903.
ae Ye

ALG).

Diatoms at Filey Brig.—On the occasion of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union meeting at Filey, on 1st June, several gather-
ings made by washing from algw and scraping from rocks yielded
the following forms :—

Actinoptychus undulatus Ehr.*

Amphora inflexa Breb.

Amphiprora paludosa W. Sm.

Biddulphia aurita (Lyng) Breb.

Cocconeis scutellum Ehr.*

Coscinodiscus excentricus Ehr., oculus tridis Ehr., radiatus Ebr.

Eupodiscus argus Ehr.

Fragilaria striatula Lyng.*

Licmophora Anglica Kutz.) Grun.,* communis (Heib.) Grun., gracilis

(Ehr.) Grun.*+

Melosira sulcata (Ehr.) Kutz.

Navicula aspera Ehr., didyma Ehr., directa W.Sm., distans W. Sm.,

inflexa (Greg.) Ralfs.,*+ palpebralis Breb., scopulorum Breb.

Nitzchia angularis W. Sm., constricta (Greg.) Grun., sigma var. rigidula

Grun.

Pleurosigma affitne var. Normannt Ralf.

Raphonets amphiceros Ehr. and var. rhombica.

Rhoicosphenta curvata var. marina.*

Schizonema ramosissimum Ag. Smithii Ag.

Synedra affinis Kutz. and var. fasciculata.*

Thalassionema (Synedra) nitgschiotdes Grun.t
Those marked with an asterisk (*) occurred abundantly ; those
marked (7) are additions to the recently-published list of diatoms

for the Hull district.—R. H. Puitip, Hull, 26th June 1903.

1903 October 1.

410 Reviews and Book Notices.

MOSSES and HEPATICS.

Mosses at Caistor.—On the excursion of the Lincolnshire
Naturalists’ Union on 28th August 1902, Miss S. Allett and the
Rev. W. W. Mason collected mosses. Twenty-six mosses and
three hepatics were taken, but as Div. 3 has been fairly well
worked only four mosses and one hepatic were new to the
division, /vsstdens taxitfolius Hedw., Barbula fallax Hedw.,
Amblystegium filictnum De Not., Hypnum commutatum Hedw.,
and Marchantia polymorpha. —S. C. Stow, Grantham.

Mosses at Careby.—A quantity of mosses were taken on
the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union meeting on oth June 1903,
but nearly all were noted at a former meeting at Careby (July
1900). Those not seen then and, as far as I know, new to
Division 16, are :—Funaria hygrometrica Sibth., abundant on a
patch of burnt ground in Monk’s Wood; Zygodon viridissimus
R.Br., Leucodon scturoides Schwegr., Eurhynchium striatum
B.&S., £. piliferum B.&S., £. rusciforme Milde., and Hypnum
molluscum Hedw. The hepatic Plagiochila asplenioides was taken
in Monk’s Wood.—S. C. Stow, Court Leys, Brandon, Grantham.

Dg ie

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

Mr. Arthur Bennett, F.L.S., has sent us a reprint of his valuable paper
on the ‘ Distribution of Peucedanum palustre and Lathyrus palustris in
Britain.’ (Trans. Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society, Vol. 7, Part 4,
1903, pp. 467-476). Mr. Bennett enumerates several Yorkshire and other
northern county records,

mee SO

The Proceedings and Annual Report of the Liverpool Geological Asso-
ciation for 1goI-1902 has just been issued. It contains 42 pages, and reads
rather like a reprint of the Secretary's minute book. We should like to see
more original notes in this publication, and they should have reference to
the Liverpool district.

— ee —

The most valuable paper in the Eighth Report of the Southport Society
of Natural Science, just issued, is the Presidential address of Mr. Harold
Brodrick, dealing with the geology and antiquities of ‘Martin Mere.’ We
should like to see more papers of this character, and fewer of the type of
‘Pond Life,’ ‘Cremation,’ etc., which, interesting in their way, add little or
nothing to our knowledge of the natural history of the Southport district,
the printing of which must be a burden on the society's funds.

> 2 a

Judging from the reports of the various sections printed in the ‘ Annual
Transactions of the Manchester Microscopical Society,’ for 1902, just to
hand, the society is accomplishing excellent work. There are several
papers of general interest (including the presidential address of Prof. S. J.
Hickson), some of which are illustrated by excellent plates. The papers
of particular interest to our readers (though some are rather short) are
‘The Microscopic Structure of Mountain Limestone,’ by J. Barnes, F.G.S.;
“A Visit to the Sound (Isle of Man),’ by A. P. Bradshaw ; and ‘Some Features
of East Lincolnshire, by C. Turner, F.C.S. The Report contains 108
pages and is sold at 1s. 6d.

Naturalist,

Vorthern News. 411

The Thirty-second Annual Report of the Chester Society of Natural
Science, etc. (for 1902-3), is to hand. Nineteen of its 38 pages are occupied
by a list of its 971 members and their addresses. Two items, however, are
of interest. One (occupying half a page) is entitled ‘A few Bird Notes
for the Year,’ by Mr. S. G. Cummings; the other is the Meteorological
Report for 1902, by the Rev. J. C. Mitchell.

———?-.—o

A Naturalist’s Calendar kept at Swaffham Bulbeck, Cambridgeshire,
by Leonard Blomefield, edited by Francis Darwin (20 + 84 pp., cloth), has
just been issued by the Cambridge University Press. The calendar is
founded on observations made between 1820 and 1831, and from these dates
he calculated the mean date and recorded the earliest and latest occurrence
of each phenomenon (plant, insect, bird, etc.). The book will be most useful
for comparison with similar records made nowadays.

iE enon
NORTHERN NEWS.

On 21st September four tourists were killed in trying to climb a difficult
part of Scawfell.

The Rev. W. W. Mason has presented his collection of 200 species of
British Mosses to the Bootle Museum.

Mr. F. Cavers, B.Sc., of the Yorkshire College, Leeds, has accepted an
appointment at the Technical School, Plymouth.

‘The Halifax Naturalist’ for August contains an introduction fo the
Fungus-Flora of Halifax, by Mr. C. Crossland, F.L.S.

Mrs. E. J. Collingwood Wilson, of Scarborough, has bequeathed £200
to the Mayor and burgesses of Scarborough for the Museum.

Mr. S. L. Mosley has recently made a tour round several museums, and
gives a brief account of them in ‘Nature Study’ for September. The Museum
at Derby ‘is very poor, and a disgrace to the town.’

The same journal contains a record of Sabine’s Gull on the Yorkshire
coast, on the authority of Mr. C. Jeffreys.

Indications of contamination in Cleethorpes oysters having been dis-
covered, the beds have been closed until steps can be taken to remove the
cause of infection. The Grimsby sewage outfall is only two miles away.

Ina report of an account of a recent excursion of the Barrow Naturalists’
Field Club to Millom, Mr. Harper Gaythorpe gives a description of an ex-
tensive poaching affray in Broughton Park, Lancashire, so long ago as 1552.

In connection with the Cumberland Educational Committee a Summer
Holiday Course of Lectures in Nature Study, for teachers, has recently
been given, under the direction of Mr. T. Postgate. This was largely
botanical, and was supplemented by field rambles. The course proved
highly successful, and will no doubt be repeated.

During the last two years Mr. W. Mark Pybus, the president of the
Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-
Tyne, has given a review of the society’s field work as his presidential
address. This example might well be followed by other presidents, par-
ticularly as the subject necessitates their attendance at the field meetings.

About 1,000 acres of land in the valley of the Trent, near East Ferry,
about nine miles from Gainsborough, is to be ‘reclaimed.’ Arrangements
are being made for the area to be ‘ warped’ and transformed from ‘ waste’
to useful agricultural land. The district has long been known asa favourite
haunt of wild fowl, and all naturalists will regret the loss of still another
slice of ‘natural’ England.

1903 October 1.

412 Northern News.

Mr. W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., of the Edinburgh Museum of Science
and Art, is spending a month on a lightship in order to study the phenomena
of bird migration on the coasts of Britain. Encouraged by the importance
of the scientific results obtained during his sojourn in the Eddystone Light-
house in the autumin of 1901, Mr. Clarke has stationed himself upon the
Kentish Knock Lightship, which is situated off the mouth of the Thames.
He hopes to have exceptional opportunities for observing the east to west
autumnal movements across the southern waters of the North Sea.

Probably the first book on birds which treats them in anything like a
modern scientific spirit, and not from the medical point of view adopted by
the earliest writers, is ‘De Historia Avium,’ by William Turner, published
at Cologne in 1544. Turner was born at Morpeth, in Northumberland, but
frequently had to take refuge on the Continent. In the opinion of Mr. A. H.
Evans, Turner's work bears evidence of a knowledge of his subject, ‘ which
would be distinctly creditable even to a modern ornithologist.’ The
Cambridge University Press has recently published a translation of this
early ornithological work, which will be of great service to all naturalists
interested in bird life.

A recent issue of ‘The Spectator’* contains an excellent article on the

subject of ‘The Natural Gardens of the River Eamont,’ which divides
Cumberland from Westmorland. It is pointed out that this natural garden
has not sprung up by itself; it has been made, in part, by the spates and
floods of the river. Such a garden, also, ‘must be on land not cultivated,
and which cattle do not browse. This is secured on the banks of the
Lower Eamont by the margin between the high flood mark and the normal
level of the river, and by the exquisite survival of moor and crag known as
Udford Rocks. There are, in fact, two wild gardens adjacent, each look-
ing on the clear and flowing river—-the upper, or rock garden, and the
lower, or herbaceous border, with line behind line of flowers, following the
course of the river. Sometimes the rocks descend to the waters, and there
the gardens mingle, harebells and stonecrops, and tiny wild pink geraniums
growing on the sunny banks of red-grey rocks, round whose feet the waters
swirl; while by their sides, springing from the moist river soil, grow tall
mauve campanulas and masses of meadow-sweet. Nor must it be forgotten
that on the north or cool side of the gorge are a series of natural ferneries
and moss grottoes, hanging above the flower line.’

The first principle in the naturalist is the love of Nature, and this was
possessed in an eminent degree by the Rev. Richard Wilton, M.A., Rector
of Londesborough, who entered into rest on the roth of August, at the age
of 76. He wasa native of Doncaster. As a poet he is widely known by
his sonnets, which rank so highly that they enrich all recent anthologies.
I have taken up at random ‘Sungleams,’ for a quotation to justify his claims
to the recognition of the ‘ Naturalist,’ and from abundant passages I select
the following :—

‘Nature, be thou my minstrel, ever nigh
To minister thy tranquilising aid;
At sultry noontide or in evening shade,
Lend me thy solace when I droop or sigh.
Play to me, minstrel, in the whispering wind,
The rippling water, and the rustling tree,
And smooth and harmonise the ruffled mind.’
Canon Wilton will be long remembered as a lover of men and of the Nature
in which they moved.
We think of you, as tenderly we take
Your volumes, rich with Nature’s outward grace,
And if a sigh the breathing pages shake,
‘Tis wrought of time and memory's embrace:
Dear unto you, from Nature's living face,
Smiled the deep wisdom that the green years make.

* 29th August, pp. 307-8.

Naturalist,

1g
BIBLIOGRAPHY :

Papers and Records published with respect to the Natural History
and Physical Features of the North of England.

GEOLOGY AND PALAEONTOLOGY, 1901.
Compiled and edited by

THOMAS SHEPPARD, F.G.S.

Particulars of papers, etc., omitted from the following’ list
will be gladly received and included at the commencement of
the 1902 Bibliography. Every effort will be made, however, to
ensure these lists being as complete as possible.

The lists for 1902-1903 are almost ready, and will be pub-
lished as soon as possible, and it would render them more complete
if editors of periodicals, secretaries of societies, and especially
authors of papers in local journals, etc., would send copies to
the editor at the Museum, Hull. Reprints and authors’ separate
copies should bear the name of the publication, the number of
the volume or part, the ovzgznal paging, and the actual date
of publication.

As regards dating, we would suggest to editors and secre-
taries that care be taken to give the actual date of publication
on the wrapper of all parts of journals and transactions ; there
is often difficulty and uncertainty. Bibliographers would greatly
appreciate attention to this point.

The Watsonian vice-counties are adopted throughout these
bibliographies as more convenient and uniform in extent than
the political counties; those comprised within the North of
England are the following :—

54, incon S.+ 44, Mineola N.; ‘56;, Notts.; 57, Derby} sd,
Cheshire; 59, Lancashire S.; 60, Lancashire W.; 61, York S.E.;
62... Mork NN. Eo 63; York S.-W; 64, York Mid. W..%.65,. York
N.W.; 66, Durham; 67, Northumberland S.; 68, Cheviotland ;
69, Westmorland with Furness and Cartmel; 70, Cumberland;
and 71, Isle of Man; with their adjoining seas.

Previous instalments of the Bibliography of Geology and
Paleontology have appeared as follows :—

For 1884, in ‘Naturalist,’ Dec. 1885, pp. 394-406.

» 1T8Bs, ss Nov. 1886, pp. 349-362.
33) LOO, oa June 1888, pp. 178-188.
yy: LOST, =f Feb. 18809, pp. 61-77.

1903 October 1.

414 Bibliography: Geology and P.leontology, 1901.
For 1888, in ‘ Naturalist,’ April-May 1890, pp. 121-138.

i LSSO; A Nov. 1890, pp. 339-350.

so, LOOO: an Oct.-Nov. 1891, pp. 313-330.
ser LOOM ed July-Aug. 1892, pp. 219-234.
workao2, és Sept. 1893, pp. 265-270.

¢ NOGA 5 Sept.-Oct. 1898, pp. 273-2096.
eT Sod, March-April 1899, pp. 81-103.
iu SROOSs +6 Oct.-Nov. 1899, pp. 305-324.
sg LOGS, a June 1900, pp. 173-191.

mt LOOT; ‘n Jan.-Feb. 1901, pp. 17-36.
GLLOOS, Ar Oct.-Nov. 1901, pp. 305-324.
me LSQO; iB Oct 1902; pp-317-384

i5m. OOO; is April, 1903, pp. 141-160.

I have to thank Mr, W. Denison Roebuck, F.L.S., and
Mr. Alfred Harker, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., for assistance.

1899.
ANON. [not signed]. YORK S.W.

The Cadeby Main Colliery, near Doncaster, Yorkshire. Trans.
Inst. M.E., Vol. 18, 1899, pp. 311-312.
P. GRIFFITH. ICING=ESs
City of Lincoln Water Supply. Report on proposed Boring at
Boultham, 1899, pp. I-13.
CC. Es DE, RANGE: FURNESS.
The Geology of Furness. Trans. N. Engl. Inst. M. and M. Eng.,
Vol. 48, 1899, pp. 157-165.
1900.
S. L. PENFIELD AND W. E. FORD. CUMBERLAND AND LANc. N.

Eirige interessante Ausbildungsweisen von Calcitkrystallen
[with crystallographic details of calcite from Egremont (‘ butterfly’
twins) and Pallaflat in Cumberland ans Stank Mine in Lancashire].
Zeits. fiir Kryst., Vol. 33, pp. 513-522, Pl. 16, 1900.

1901.

ANON. [not signed]. LANc. S.
Edward Ward [Obituary Notice; states that Ward took ten
thousand photographs of geological sections, etc., exposed during the
construction of the Manchester Ship Canal]. Sci. Goss., Oct. 1901, p. 147.
ANON. [not signed]. Lanc. S., CHESHIRE.
Field Meetings [of the Liverpool Geological Association, to
Thurstaston, Meols, Burton Point, Eastham, and Billinge]. Ann. Report

Liverp. Geol. Assn., Session 1900-1901, publ. 1901, pp. 9-15.

ANON. [not signed]. YorK N.E.
Catalogue of the Mesozoic Plants in the Department of Geology,
British Museum . . .. by A. C. Seward, F.R.S. [Review of]. Nature,
4th April rgor, pp. 537-38.
ANON. [not signed]. NORTHERN COUNTIES.

Eminent Living Geologists: Professor Charles Lapworth, LL.D.,
F.R.S., F.G.S., of the Birmingham University. [Brief references to
his w ork on the graptolites, etc., of the Lake District, etc.]. Geol. Mag.,
July 1901, pp. 289-303.

Naturalist,

Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, 1901. 415

ANon. [not signed]. DERBYSHIRE, YORKSHIRE.
[Review of] Catalogue of the Bateman Collection of Antiquities
in the Sheffield Public Museum. Prepared by E. Howarth. Geol.
Mag., Jan. 1901, pp. 37-40.
ANON. [signed ‘W. H.’]. DERBYSHIRE,
[Review of] The Scenery and Geology of the Peak of Derbyshire.
By Elizabeth Dale [Summarises the contents of the various chapters,
etc.]. Geol. Mag., Feb. 1go1, pp. 89-93.

ANON. [not signed]. York S.E.
[Review of] Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United
Kingdom. The Cretaceous Rocks of Britain. Vol. I. The Gault and
Upper Greensand of England. By A. J. Jukes-Browne. 1900 [see
Bibliography for 1900 under A. J. Jukes-Browne]. Geol, Mag., Feb.
1901, pp. 82-80.

ANON. [not signed]. York Mip W. AnD S.W.
Some Yorkshire Claypits [an account of the Coal-measure clays
and shales of the neighbourhood of Leeds, with sections of various pits].
Quarry, Vol. 5, 1901, pp. 515-524.
ANON. [not signed]. CHESHIRE, YORK N.E. AND S.E., DURHAM.
The Lost Land of England [describing the encroachment of the

sea upon both west and east coasts during historic times]. Strand
Magazine, Oct. tgo1, Vol. 22, pp. 398-408, with illustrations.

ANON. [signed ‘ Overwhelmed Recorder’ ], YorK Mip W. anv S.W.

The Fish Fauna of the Millstone Grits [letter criticising Dr.
Wellburn’s paper in a previous number]. Geol. Mag., June 1gor, p. 286.

G. ABBOTT, DuRHAM.
The Concretionary Types in the Cellular Magnesian Limestone of
Durham [suggesting their division into five primary forms, viz., rods,
bands, rings, balls, and modified spheres, and eggs, and discussing their
probable mode of origin]. Geol. Mag., Jan. 1901, pp. 35-36; Rep. Brit.
Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 737-738.

WILLIAM ACKROYD. LAnc. S., YORK S.W.
On the Circulation of Salt in its Relation to Geology [points out

that during a storm in 1839 tons of salt per acre were spread over
Lancashire and Yorkshire which had been brought from the Irish Sea}.
Geol. Mag., Oct. 1901, pp. 445-449.

WILLIAM ACKROYD. YorK S.W.
Researches on Moorland Water. Part II. On the Origin of the
Combined Chlorine. Journ. Chem. Soc., Vol. 79, 1901, pp. 673-674.
WILLIAM ACKROYD. YorK Mip W. AND S.W.
On the Distribution of Chlorine in West Yorkshire [gives
analyses of waters from the Wharfe, Aire, Calder, etc., so far as the
chlorine is concerned]. Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901),
Pp- 694-695.
WILLIAM ACKROYD. YORK S.W.
On a limiting Standard of Acidity for Moorland Waters [refers
to the acidity of the moorland waters and its effect—plumbism]. Rep.
Brit. Assn. (Bradford), rg00 (publ. 1901), pp. 695-696.
THEODORE ASHLEY. YORK S.W.
Notes on the Occurrence of the Adwalton Stone Coal and the
Halifax Hard Coal [gives details of the beds and of the overlying and
underlying strata]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2,
IQOI, pp. 253-260.
1903 October 1.

416 Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, 19071.

U. Bairstow. YORK S.W.
Local Land Movements [with illustrations from photographs and
drawings of faults around Halifax]. Halifax Naturalist, Oct. 1901,

pp. 76-82; Dec. 1901, pp. 1or-105.
W. BALDWIN. ANG Ss
On Prestwichia rotundata found at Spartk Bottoms, Rochdale,
Lancashire. Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 27, 1901, pp. 149-154.
J. BARNES. Lanc. S.

Is there an Unconformity at Castleton between the Limestone
and Shales? Trans. N. Staff. Field Club, Vol. 35, 1901, pp. 114-125.

J. BARNES AND W. F. HOLROYD. DERBYSHIRE.
On the Origin of Pebbles occurring in a Conglomerate found in
the Carboniferous. Limestone near Windy Knoll, Castleton. Trans.
Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 27, 1901, pp. 82-94.
J. BARNES AND W. F. HOLROvyD. YORK S.W.
Notes on a Fossil [Cyrtoceras] found in the Shales below the
Millstone Grit, Pule Hill, Marsden. ‘Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 27,
1901, pp. 156-159.
H. C, BEASLEY. CHESHIRE.

Some Recent Exposures of the Keuper Marls at Oxton (Cheshire).
Proc. Liverp. Geol. Soc., Vol. 9, 1901, pp. 68-74.
H. C. BEASLEY. CHESHIRE.
Notes on Type-Specimens of Cheirotherium Herculis (Egerton).
Proc. Liverp. Geol. Soc., Vol. 9, 1901, p. 81. ‘

L. L. BELINFANTE [edited by ; not signed]. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Geological Literature added to the Geological Society’s Library
during the year ended December 31st, 1900. London, pp. 1-182, 1901.

T. G. BONNEY. YORK S.E.
Yorkshire Boulders [Letter in reference to J. W. Stather’s paper
in a previous number]. Geol. Mag., Feb. 1901, p. 95.
T. G. BONNEY. YORK, N.E. AND S.E.
Names for British Ice-Sheets [Letter in criticism of G. W. Lamp-
lugh’s notes under the same heading in a previous number]. Geol.
Mag., April, 1901, p. 187.
T. G. BONNEY. YORK N.E. AND S.E.
Names for British Ice Sheets [A further Letter on this subject].
Geol. Mag., July, 1901, p. 332.
M. W. BROWN. DuRHAM.
Excursion to the Seaham Collieries. Trans. Inst. M. Engineers,
Vols 205) 1901 pp: 273-275.
M. W. BROWN. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Subject-Matter Index of Mining and Metallurgical Literature for
the year 1900, pp. 1-8, Igor.
S. S. BUCKMAN. YORK N.E.
Homceomorphy among Jurassic Brachiopoda. Proc. Cotswold
Naturalists’ Field Club, 1901, Vol. 8, Part 4, pp. 231-290; Review in
Geol. Mag., July 1901, pp. 326-327; see also Geol. Mag., Oct. 1901, p. 478.
W. LOWER CARTER. YorK Mip W.
The Underground Waters of North-west Yorkshire. PartI. The

Sources of the Aire [gives result cf the investigations of the Yorkshire
Geological and Polytechnic Society]. Geol. Mag., Feb. 1901, pp. 75-77;
Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 735-737:

Naturalist,

THE NATURALIST, 1903. PLate XIII.

: AI7
NOTES AND COMMENTS.

WASHINGTON TEASDALE, 1830-1903.

At the ripe age of 73, whilst attending the meeting of the
British Association at Southport in September, Mr. Washington
Teasdale, of Leeds, was seized with an illness which resulted in
his death a few days later. A familiar figure is thus removed
from the meetings of the various scientific societies, not only in
his native city, but also from larger associations in different
parts of the country. He was principally interested in astronomy
and photography, in connection with each of which he devoted
much labour and research. He was one of the pioneers of
photography in this country, and it was to him and to Mr.
Ramsden that the credit was due of founding in Leeds what
was actually the first photographic society in the world. He
always retained his interest in photography, kept himself in
close touch with its progress, and familiarised himself with
every new process that was brought forward. His camera was
his invariable companion in his travels, and was constantly in
use. He was one of the first to adopt the modern method of
illustrating lectures by lantern slides, and has given several
hundred lectures on various scientific subjects to societies
throughout the country. Teasdale was a Fellow of the Royal
Astronomical Society and of the Royal Meteorological Society,
and founder and President of the Leeds Astronomical Society,
and also contributed to the welfare of the Leeds Naturalists’
Club and Scientific Association, the Leeds Institute, and the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, of which he was a member from
the first. Another of his hobbies was the microscope, and he
possessed an extensive and varied collection of slides. It is
indeed this science of microscopy which was his point of con-
tact with the scope of action of ‘The Naturalist,’ and as the
populariser of this instrument he did good yeoman service to
the naturalists of Yorkshire. He was what he himself called
a ‘brass and glass man,’ in contradistinction to the users of the
instrument, who were in similar parlance the ‘slug and bug
men,’ these being the two categories of individuals who in con-
junction formed the Royal Microscopical Society of London and
other societies of like aims. The accompanying illustration
shows Teasdale at work with his own invention, the Field
Naturalists’ Microscope. It is from a photograph taken in
August last, lent by Mr. W. Denison Roebuck, who has also
kindly supplied most of the information in this notice. Not
being a great writer, we have little of Teasdale’s work left to us
in a permanent form. But he appreciated and studied the

1903 November 1. cc

418 Notes and Comments.

work of others, and frequently purchased and distributed to his
friends copies of any work that particularly pleased him. In
Teasdale, Yorkshire Naturalists had an enthusiastic and interest-
ing companion, and one who was ever ready to give the benefit
of his knowledge to others. He leaves a place in the intellectual
life of Leeds which can never be occupied in the same manner
by anyone else, and at the meetings of the scientific societies
of the town and among his own intimate circle of friends his
amiable, cheery personality and the enthusiasm with which he
ever associated himself with every worthy cause will be held
long in affectionate remembrance. His wife and only child died
some years previously.

PREHISTORIC TODMORDEN.

The recently-opened museum at Rochdale has acquired an
interesting collection of local relics of the pre-Roman occupation
of the district. Amongst these are some fine British vases from
Todmorden, shown in the accompanying illustration. They were

British Vases from Todmorden.

found by Messrs. T. Wilkinson and Robert Law in 1898 within
an earth-circle locally known as ‘the Frying-pan.’ Amongst
them are cinerary urns, containing cremated human remains,
and the curious small vessels, known to antiquarians as ‘Incense-
cups.’ <A description of the objects appears in the October
‘Reliquary,’ the proprietors of which have kindly lent the block.

Naturalist,

Notes and Cominents. 419

THE SOUTHPORT HANDBOOK.

The ‘Handbook of Southport and District,’ prepared for the
recent meeting of the British Association is a useful guide to the
geology, natural history, etc., of the district. It is also of con-
venient size and attractive in appearance. It contains the work of

(b) Prehistoric Canoe from the Bed of Martin Mere.

various authors, under the general editorship of Messrs. Chaster,
Johnson, Brodrick, and Cheetham. The Southport Society of
Natural Science has also rendered valuable aid in its preparation,
At the end are two maps, one being a geological sketch map of
the district. The volume is well illustrated, two of the blocks
1903 November I.

420 Notes and Comments.

being reproduced herewith by the kindness of Mr. Hillman and
Mr.. H. Brodrick. It is a pity, however, that there is not more
uniformity in the size, etc., of these various handbooks. Each
year the handbook is of different size, colour, and thickness.

DANES’ GRAVES.

Dr. W. Wright has recently subjected a collection of 22
British skulls from the so-called Danes’ graves, near Driffield,
to a careful examination, and gives the result of his work in a
paper in the journal of the Anthropological Institute, recently
issued. The skulls, which are in the Driffeld Museum, belong
to a mixed people, and probably date from the early part of the

Front and side views of a Skull from the Danes’ Graves.

Iron Age. In the author’s opinion the occupants of the Danes’
graves were the direct descendants of the British Neolithic race,
who lived comparatively unmixed through the lengthy Bronze
Age, or they were settlers from the Continent belonging to a
race which was more or less identical with that of the British
neolithic dolichocephals. The latter hypothesis is the more
likely one. Dr. Wright’s paper is accompanied by elaborate
and carefully prepared tables giving cranial and facial measure-
ments, indices, etc., of the various skulls, and several photo-
graphs, two of which are here reproduced by the kindness of
the Institute.

Naturalist,

421
LINCOLNSHIRE FRESHWATER MITES.

C. F. GEORGE, M.R.C.S.,

Ktrton-in-Lindsey, Lincolnshire.

Pionides ensifer (Koenike) Sig Thor. This small but very
remarkable mite has been the subject of much thought to
systematic writers and students of water mites. In 1895 it was

Pionides ensife* (Kocenike) Sig.Thor.

described by Koenike under the name of Prona ensifera ; in 1897
Piersig described it as Pzona ensiformis, and in 1901 as Laminipes

1903 November 1.

422 Glacial Problems tn Yorkshire and Lincolnshire.

ensifer. Sig Thor, however (see ‘ Nyt Magazin for Naturvidens-
kaberne’ B. 41, H.I. Kr. ania 1903), considers that the genus,
‘Laminipes’ of Piersig, cannot be established, and that this mite
ought to be separated from the other mites with which hitherto
it has been associated, and proposes the name Pronzdes enszfer.
As far as my own opinion is of any value I agree with him.
The most remarkable thing about this mite is the large and very
conspicuous swordlixe bristle to be found at the distal end of the
fourth joint of the hind leg. The mite, in other respects, agrees
fairly well with the general characters of ‘ Pzona Neum’ or
‘Laminipes Piersig.’ Mr. Soar’s drawings, which were made
from my specimen, are sufficiently characteristic to enable any-
one to recognise the mite when met with.

Fig. 1.—Dorsal surface of mite.
Fig.
Fig.

3
Fig. 4.—Genital aperture plates and discs.

.—Ventral surface.

bo

.—Fourth and fifth joints of last leg much magnified.

Fig. 5.— Maxillary palpus

Measurements :—Length, 0°88 mm.; breadth, 0°68 mm.;
length of palpus, 0°36 mm.; length of first leg, 0°88 mm.; length
of second leg, 1°0 mm.; length of third leg, 0°68 mm. ; length of

fourth leg, 1°04 mm.
<><

GLACIAL PROBLEMS IN YORKSHIRE
AND LINCOLNSHIRE.

At the recent meeting of the British Association a preliminary
report of the Committee (consisting of Messrs. G. W. Lamp-
lugh (Chairman), J. W. Stather (Secretary), F. W. Harmer,
P. F. Kendall, Clement Reid, and Thomas Sheppard) appointed
to investigate the estuarine deposit at Kirmington, Lincolnshire,
and to consider its position with regard to the Glacial deposits,
was presented.

A favourable opportunity having presented itself during the
summer, operations were undertaken to investigate the beds
underlying the estuarine deposit, by means of boring, and the
results obtained are of such general interest that it is proposed

to continue the work.

While it would be premature to enter into a detailed account
of the investigation, it may be advisable to state briefly the

Naturalist,

Glacial Problems tn Yorkshire and Lincolnshire. 423

problems which are involved and the results already obtained.
Attention was first called to the fossiliferous nature of the
deposit by Messrs. Wood and Rome in their paper on the
‘Glacial and Postglacial Structure of Lincolnshire and York-
shire,’ in which they refer to it ‘as a portion of the Hessle Clay
formation.’ Mr. Reid gives a fuller account of the bed in his
Survey Memoir on the ‘Geology of Holderness’ (p. 58), stating
that, though the sand underlying the warp probably rested
directly on the chalk, the deposit was an estuarine clay of
‘Interglacial’ age. Mr. Lamplugh some time later* made
passing reference to the Kirmington section, and suggested
that the bed was probably older than any of the Yorkshire
Glacial deposits.

The warp, which is well exposed in the brickyard, is situated
on a low hill about 80 feet above sea-level. The upper portion
has yielded a few species of estuarine shells, but, as recent
investigations have shown, freshwater shells occur in a peaty
bed at its base. It is proposed to investigate the fauna and
flora of this bed very carefully.

Below the warp a few feet of sand is exposed in the brick-
yard, but until the recent boring was put down there was no
information as to the underlying bed. The boring proved
a thickness of 72 feet of stiff purple clay, with foreign stones,
evidently a Glacial clay, and then 11 feet of silt, sand, and fine
chalk rubble, below which it was impracticable to carry the
boring without tubing the hole, for which the appliances were
not at hand.

As boulder clay is seen at one corner of the pit to overlie
the fossiliferous warp, there seems no doubt that the bed lies
between two Glacial deposits, but it is highly desirable that the
section should be carried downward to the chalk.

Thanks are due to Mr. J. Villiers, of Beverley, who very
kindly put the boring down at his own cost ; also to the Earl of
Yarborough (landlord), Mr. Harvey (tenant), and Mr. B. P.
Hankey (agent).

The Committee was reappointed, with a grant of 450. In
addition to the Kirmington section, the deposits at Bielbecks,
Fulford, and Sewerby are also to be investigated.

ji Was:

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 47, 1891, pp. 384-431.

1903 November t.

424

OCCURRENCE OF LAPHYGMA EXIGUA

NEAR KEIGHLEY:
AN ADDITION TO THE YORKSHIRE FAUNA.

THOMAS FIELDHOUSE,
Bradford.

ON 22nd September last in the Keighley (Yorkshire) district,
whilst searching with my lamp for the female of Scofosza
dubitata, my attention was attracted by a small Noctua flying
at the light. I secured eight specimens, which, on examination,
I thought to be Laphygma exigua. 1 sent specimens to Mr.
J. W. Carter, Bradford, and to Mr. G. T. Porritt, Huddersfield,

who confirmed my conclusion.

Mr. Fieldhouse sent me for examination three of the speci-
mens referred to in the foregoing, whilst still on the setting
boards, and there is no doubt whatever as to their identity.
The moth has always been regarded in Britain as one of our
greatest rarities, and confined almost exclusively to the coast
of the south of England. Indeed, prior to these specimens of
Mr. Fieldhouse’s only three examples appear to have been
recorded north of the London district—two in Pembrokeshire
and one at Liverpool.—G. T. P.

ee

LEPIDOPTERA.

Death’s Head Hawk Moth near Skelmanthorpe.—A fine
male Death’s Head Hawk Moth (Acherontia atropos) was caught
in a house in the village of Scissett, in this township, on 26th
September. This is the first occurrence of this species in the
neighbourhood of Skelmanthorpe in my experience.—B. Mor ey,
Skelmanthorpe, 1st October 1903.

Vanessa cardui at Sutton-on-Sea, Lincolnshire.—While
at Sutton-on-Sea from 24th September to the 1st October I was
surprised to see scores of specimens of the Painted Lady (Vanessa
cardut) about the shore and neighbouring villages. Many of the
specimens were absolutely perfect, as if freshly escaped from the
pupa, while others were rubbed as if from a Continental flight.
I never saw a specimen near a plant of Cnzcus lanceolatus, on which
the larva and imago feed, but the thistle was fairly rare and
past honey-producing. The plant most frequently visited was
Leontodon autumnalis, in two cases only Hypocheris radicata.—
E. ApRIAN WoopRUFFE PEACOCK, Cadney, Brigg, 5th Oct. 1903.

Naturalist

i eae La ¥

XIV.

PLATE

NATURALIST, 1903.

»

TRETE

‘NOSNIMLY

Wl

‘SUA

"NVNSHYHD “N

ry) “AOU

f OEM

‘S'T a ‘HUSsVIN “D

HTSNTHH LV SL

‘AMUVIO “VW

‘“S°T 7 ‘ANVIssoug

JOTOOAN

io)

aS
to
YL

FUNGUS FORAY AT HELMSLEY.

CHARLES CROSSLAND, F.LS.,
Halifax; Hon. Sec. Y.N.U. Mycological Committee.

THE 176th Meeting of the Union consisted of the Annual
Fungus Foray. It was held at the charming little town of
Helmsley, North-east Yorkshire, for the investigation of the
woods and pastures in that neighbourhood. Lord Feversham
kindly threw open his extensive grounds at Duncombe Park
and other estates in the vicinity for this purpose. The head-
quarters were at the Royal Oak, where all necessary books and
instruments were located. The whole of the Mycological Com-
mittee, with one exception, were present. (Mr. Wager’s
duties called him away on the Monday morning.) Other
members of the Union who took part in the proceedings were :
John Farrah, F.L.S., Harrogate; R. H. Philip and T. Sheppard,
F.G:S., General Secretary, Hull ; and W. A. Thwaites, Masham ;
about twenty in all.

Prof. G. T. Atkinson, Cornell University, New York, U.S.A.,
attended the meeting and proved a most welcome addition to
the company. Prof. Atkinson is one of the leading American
mycologists. His visit to Europe is for the express purpose ‘of
becoming acquainted with the interpretation of Europeans of
their own species of fungi, to take notes on them in their fresh
state, and to collect and preserve as many different kinds as
possible for the herbarium at Cornell University for future
reference and study of spores and structural characters in
comparison with American forms.’ A capital temporary oven,
of Prof. Atkinson’s own design, was fitted up at the local
plumber’s for drying specimens. Numerous photographs of
fungi were taken.

Mr. Clarke took photographs of one or two new British
species to be mentioned later.

One of the most prolific hunting grounds was the broad belt
of old beech woods encircling the well-stocked deer park and
the Hall. These were twice visited. -Much of this ground is
free from bracken and dog’s mercury ; it is moist and covered
with decaying sticks and rich humus, just the right kind of
place for our purpose. In some places these woods reach down
to the river. The majority of the trees here are very old and
are beginning to exhibit signs of decay. Many are now being
attacked by parasitic fungi which will speedily sap their remain-

1903 November 1.

426 Crossland: Fungus Foray at Helmsley.

ing vitality. We noticed several of these actively at work in
this direction. Not’far away from each other were Armillaria
mucida, Fomes fomentarius, and Bulgaria polymorpha, all on
separate living beeches; the first and last were pushing out
their fructification through the bark all round the trees for
a distance of 20 to 30 feet up the trunks, presumably following
the cambium layer. These sporophores are allowed to ripen
and produce myriads of spores, which will be distributed by
wind, insect, or other agency, and infect other trees if perchance
the spores alight in a wound or crack in the bark, or on the
unprotected end of a broken branch. One living beech was
attacked by a Pleurofus on one side and Homes fomentarius on
the other. Avmzllaria mellea is also at work, and in the park
Pholiota squarrosa is attacking many of the fine ashes in great
force. Other tree diseases seen in the district and more or less
plentiful were Homes annosus, on pine stumps; F. zgnzarzus, on
plum and other trees ; Polyporus hispidus on ash trees in hedge-
rows ; Polyporus betulinus, on birches; Frstulina hepatica, on
oaks; Afirneola auricula-jude, on elder (in one place only,
between Rievaulx and Duncombe Park); and WNectria cinna-
barina, on young horse-chestnut. The latter had killed a nine
or ten years old tree, the end one in a row planted by the beck
side in High Street, February 1898; the next one above is also
affected and doomed ; the disease appears in the form of ‘ bright
coral-like warts about the size of a millet seed’ thickly studding
the surface of the bark; this fungus also flourishes freely on
both living and dead branches of beech, sycamore, lime, ete.
Beech appears to be its favourite host or habitat. Axoascus
deformans was noted on plum trees.

One feature of the meadows and pastures was the immense
quantity of Aygrophorus sp., notably, nzveus, pratensis, and
puniceus, the latter occasionally four to five inches across, an
unusual size. As will be seen by the list, many others of this
genus were noted ; eburneus was common in the woods; a few
specimens of sczophanus were found in the ‘common’ pasture
south of the town. Aygrophorus melizeus, a well-marked, straw-
coloured, thin species, brought by Philip, Sheppard, and party
from Rievaulx, constitutes a new British record. J/arasmius
lagopinus, picked up by Needham and Thwaites, is also new to
Britain.

A deep-blue #xZoloma, collected by John Farrah from near
the temple on the terrace overlooking Rievaulx Abbey, proves
to be new to science. On a casual examination it was taken to

Naturalist,

Crossland; Fungus Foray at Helmsley. 427

be Entoloma ardosiacum ; a closer inspection, however, showed
the spores to be elliptical and smooth. This, and other points,
separate it from its nearest allies, &. ardostacum (Bull.) and
FE. Bloxami B.&Br., both of which have globose-nodulose
spores; neither does it agree with any other known species.
It will henceforth be known as Entoloma Farraht, after its
discoverer.

It is hoped that descriptions and figures of all new species
recently found in Yorkshire will appear in this journal shortly.

The above three discoveries at one foray emphasize the fact
that our knowledge of the British Fungus Flora is as yet far
from complete. It may also be mentioned that in connection
with the Exhibition of Fungi organised by the Royal Horti-
cultural Society a visit was paid to Epping Forest by G. Massee,
A. Clarke, and the writer. Among the numerous interesting
species there observed Mr. Clarke picked up Collybia planipes
Brig., another species new to Britain.

All through the foray there was an almost entire absence of
the ordinary mushroom. Horse mushrooms, Agaricus arvensis,
were reported in plenty in Riccaldale; MJelunospore generally
were rarest. On the contrary, Cortznarit have been much
commoner than usual; also the genus Tricholoma.

The following species were noticed growing in rings or
segments of rings :—J/arasmius oreades, of course; Clztocybe
geotropa, in the park; C. nedularis, in a moist grassy place
towards the margin of an open portion of the beech wood
adjoining the park; Mygrophorus niveus, in pastures ; Hydnum
repandum, in the beech wood. Not a single specimen of
Amanita muscaria was met with. A new feature to us was
the quantity of Clavarie@, both woodland and pasture species.

The beautiful Helotium citrinum was exceedingly common
on moist, partially decayed, fallen branches, and appeared to
select branches not less than 1 to 1% inches diameter. The
short grass on the terrace at Rievaulx was thickly studded with
Mitrula viride. M. olivacea was also found in plenty on moist
mossy banks in the opener parts of the beech wood.

The routes laid down in the circular for the various days,
viz., Duncombe Park and Woods, Beckdale, and Ashdale, were
not strictly adhered to. The glowing accounts from Rievaulx
caused that place to be substituted for Ashdale on the Wednes-
day, one of the objects being to try and find more of Antoloma
Farraht. A rare Scleroderma, S. geaster, and a few other
interesting species rewarded this extra visit.

1903 November 1.

428 Crossland: Fungus Foray at Helmsley.

At the Y.N.U. meeting at Helmsley, August 1884, Pluteus
ephebius was found and formed a first British record. The same’
species has been met with again this time.

All the species except those from Rievaulx were gathered
within a mile of Helmsley, consequently it is not considered
necessary to name each particular locality. A wooded corner of
Duncombe Park was visited each morning before breakfast by’
Needham and Thwaites with excellent results.

We are much indebted to Mr. H. Slater, the very able school-
master, for making arrangements for the visit, and for advice as
to the most suitable places to investigate. Mr. Slater has also
sent the writer about 130 species during the summer, 44 of which
were not seen during the foray, as they appear earlier in the
season; these are marked in the list with an asterisk. The
total number, including the two species new to Britain and one
new to science, is 430; fifteen are new Yorkshire records. There
are fewer micro-species than usual. Prof. Atkinson’s interest
being almost entirely concentrated on the Agaricacez, this
group received most attention from the members present on
that account, hence the smaller forms, which usually receive
special notice, were somewhat neglected. However, it was a
pleasure, when parting time came, to hear the Professor express
himself as being most highly satisfied in every way with the
results of his visit. Sweden, Germany, and France are the
other European centres where he intends comparing mycologists’ .
interpretations of species.

Consignments of fungi were forwarded by the President of
the Union from Malham; A. R. Warnes, M.S.C.1., Hull; J. H.
Holland, F.L.S., Ryde, Isle of Wight; and H. Mellor, Nether
Thong. J. Needham brought a quantity from Hebden Bridge,
and W. A. Thwaites from Masham. Atmospheric conditions
were upon the whole favourable. Rain fell during the evenings
and night-time; collecting was interrupted on one day only,
and then but three of the party returned to shelter; these,
however, made good use of the time by overhauling specimens
on the table that might otherwise have been neglected and
wasted; the remainder braved the elements and justified their
pluck by returning with well-filled baskets. Conditions for
a fungus foray were, as Mr. Slater’s forecast stated, ‘ideal.’

Three of the papers announced on the circular, viz.:—
‘Bacteria in their Relation to the Higher Plants,’ by G.
Massee, F.L.S., V.M.H.,; President of the section; *Some
Recently Noticed Coprophilous Fungi,’ by Thos. Gibbs; and

Naturalist,

Crossland: Fungus Foray. at Helmsley. 429

‘A Demonstration of Some Methods of Preparing Illustra-
tions of Fungi,’ by A. Clarke, were. given. Mr. Cotton: was
unavoidably prevented from attending the meeting, but a short
abstract of his paper on ‘ Pure Cultures of Fungi from Orchid
Mycorhiza’ will be printed, also J. H. Holland’s continuation of
his paper on ‘Economic Fungi,’ the first portion of which was
given last year at Egton Bridge. On the Saturday evening
Mr. Massee gave an interesting informal talk, illustrated by
large coloured drawings, showing that in many cases what have
been considered as entities are, in reality, only separate stages
in the life-cycle of one fungus. He dealt specially with a Nectria
and its Hyphomycete forms, which attack and rot potatoes stored
in ‘pies’ and other places for keeping.

A number of photographs, stereoscopic and other, and
coloured drawings of fungi, were exhibited.

Mr. Massee was re-elected President, and C. Crossland
Secretary, with a Committee of seven, for the coming year, viz.,
Rev. W. Fowler, Messrs. W. N. Cheesman, A. Clarke, A. D.
Cotton, Thos. Gibbs, J. W. Sutcliffe, and H. W. T. Wager,
aes:

It was decided to recommend to the Executive Upper Tees-
dale as the place of meeting for 1904 (24th-29th September).
The main reason for recommending this somewhat out-of-the-
way district is that no fungus foray has hitherto been held in
North-west Yorkshire.

A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Lord Feversham
for allowing the members the privilege of visiting his estates.

H.=Helmsley. R.=Rievaulx. *=Collected by Mr. Slater,
prior to the foray.

BASIDIOMYCETES. S. verrucosum Pers. R.

S. geaster Fr. R.

(GASTROMYCETES.) hyphallas Fe
Sphzrobolus Tode. Ile sifnmyarausliews (Ea): VSik5 IR
S. stellatus. H.

On rotting wood. (HYMENOMYCETES.)
Lycoperdon Tournf.

L. saccatum Vahl. H. AGARICACE 2.
L. gemmatum Batsch. H., R.
L. pyriforme Schzfi. H., R. Agaricee.
be opis Leucospore.
In pasture.
*L. nigrescens Vitt. H. Amanita Pers.

In pasture. AG) ViTOSaulita Et.
Scleroderma Pers. A. phalloides Fr. H., R.

So valsare rs gE, IR: *A. pantherina (DC.) Fr. H.

1903 November t.

430

*Amanita excelsa Fr. H.

A.

rubescens (Pers.) Fr. H.

Amanitopsis Roze.

A.

vaginata (Bull.). H., R.
Form fulva Scheff. H.

Lepiota Fr.

* ie

procera (Scop.). H.

L. rachodes (Vitt.). R.

L. excoriata (Scheff.). R.

L. Friesii (Lasch). H.

L. acutesquamosa (Weinm.). H.

L. hispida (Lasch.). R.

vrerista tay ((AscsS:) se ilmixe

L. carcharia (Pers.). H., R.

L. cinnabarina (A.&S.). H.

L. granulosa (Batsch.). H., R.

L. amianthina (Scop.). H.

Armillaria Fr.

A. mellea (Vahl.). H., R.
Common on various trees.

A, mucida (Schrad.). H.

On living beech trees.

Tricholoma Fr.

Sl Shishi

SI ISI bs) i} isl iS

Tr:
ane
li.

. vaccinum (Pers.).

. sulphureum (Bull.).

. resplendens Fr. H.

On the ground in beech wood.

*, spermaticum Fr. H.

. acerbum (Bull.). R.

. albobrunneum (Pers.). R.
. ustale Fr. H.

eEStamls ue teem

. rutilans (Scheeff.). R.

Near R.

On the ground in fir wood.

. Murinaceum (Bull.). H.
. terreum (Scheeff.).

Jl. IRS
Common in beech and

woods.

. Saponaceum Fr. H.

lalos 8

.inamoenum Fr. H.
. carneum (Bull.). H.

In pasture.

. album (Scheff.). R.
. personatum Fr,
. nudum (Bull.). R.

. panzolum Fr. H.

. grammopodium (Bull.). H.
. melaleucum (Pers.).

Ilo URS

Var. polioleucum Fr. H.
sordidum Fr. R.
peedidum Fr. H.
lixivium Fr. R.

other

Crossland: Fungus Foray at Helmsley.

Clitocybe Fr.

C.

Ole OiG@

nebularis (Batsch.) H.
In beech wood, in a ring, among
dead leaves.

. cerussata Fr. H.
. fumosa (Pers.). R.
. pergamena Ck. H.
. Maxima Fr,
- geotropa (Bull. ).

Eieypix
Ble Tk
In park in segment of a ring.

. inversa (Scop.). R.
. brumalis Fr.
. laccata (Scop. ).
Var. amethystina Bolt. R.

Eee
Kirkdale, H.,R.

Collybia Fr.

QT ONGQiGiGiG Ge Gre

. radicata (Bull.).
. platyphylla Fr. H.
. fusipes (Bull.). H.

. maculata (A.&S.).

. butyracea (Bull.). H., R
. velutipes (Curt.). R.

. confluens (Pers.). R.

. tuberosa (Bull.) H., R.

. acervata Fr. H.
. dryophila (Bull.).

lalog IRs

FL. Re

IBlog Je

Mycena Pers.

M.
M.
M.
M.
M.

M.

Var. calopoda Fr.

. sanguinolenta Fr.
. galopoda Fr. H.

. epipterygia Fr.

pura Pers. H.
pseudopura Ck. H.
flavoalba Fr. H.
lactea (Pers.). H.
rugosa Fr. H.

On dead trunk.
galericulata (Scop.). H., R.
Common on stumps.

Hey Re

On stumps.

. polvgramma (Bull. ).
. pullata B.&Cke. H.
aleailinal Hye welds

. ammoniaca Fr. R.

. filopes (Bull.). H.

. amicta Fr.

Kirkdale.

Among moss.

. acicula (Scheff.). H.
. heematopoda Fr. H.

On dead branches.

IBhag Is

Among dead twigs, etce., in

woods.

dala Se

In pasture and open wood.
Naturalist,

Crossland: Fungus Foray at Helmsley. 431

M. tenerrima B. R.
On larch twigs.
M. corticola (Schum.). H.
M. capillaris (Schum.). H., R.
Omphalia Fr.
O. umbellifera (L.). H.
O. fibula (Bull.). Kirkdale, H., R.
O. bullula Brig. H.
Pleurotus Fr.
P. dryinus (Pers.). H.
P. ulmarius (Bull.). R.
*P. lignatilis Fr. H.
*P. mitis (Pers.). H.
P. tremulus (Schzff.). H.
*P. septicus Fr. Kirkdale, H.
P. cyphellzeformis (B.). R.
Rhodospore.
Pluteus Fr.
P. cervinus (Scheeff.). H., R.
On and about rotting stumps.
P. ephebius Fr. H.
On rotting stump.
Entoloma Fr.
- lividum (Bull.). H.
- prunuloides Fr. H.
. helodes Fr. H.

Bom &

. Farrahi Mass. & Cross. Sp. nov.
Among grass on the terrace
overlooking Rievaulx Abbey.
~sericellum) Fr. Ela Re
- sericeum (Bull.). H., R.
-nidorosum Fr. H.
- Speculum Fr. H.
Clitopilus Fr.
C. prunulus (Scop.). H.
Leptonia Fr.
L. lampropoda Fr. H.
L. incana Fr. H.
L. asprella Fr. R.
Nolanea Fr.
N. pascua (Pers.).
In pastures.
N. mammosa (L.). _H.
In pasture.
Eccilia Fr.
E. rhodocylix (Lasch.). H.
Ochrospore.
Pholiota Fr.
P. squarrosa Mull. H., R.
At the base of live ash trees.
Var. Mulleri Fr. H.
1903 November tr.

comeo i eoimies]

Jealop dee

P. mutabilis (Schzeff.), H., R.
Common about dead stumps.

P. marginata (Batsch.). H.

P. unicolor (Fl. Dan.).

Inocybe Fr.

I. lanuginosa (Bull.).

I. pyriodora (Pers. ).

I. mutica Fr. H.

I. rimosa (Bull.). H., R.

I. asterospora (Quel.). H.

I. geophylla (Sow.). H., R.
Common among grass on the

margins of woods.

Hebeloma Fr.

H. sinapizans Fr. H., R.

H. crustuliniforme (Bull.).
Common in the woods.

Isle
alos IR

alba 18%
H. longicaudum (Pers.). R.
Flammula Fr.
F. alnicola Fr. H.
F. hybrida Fr. H.
F. sapinea Fr. H., R.
Naucoria Fr.
N. badipes Pers. H.
N. temulenta Fr. H.
Galera Fr.
G. tenera (Scheeff. ). leans
In pastures.
G. spartea Fr. H.
G. hypnorum (Batsch.). H., R.
Common among moss.
Tubaria Sm.
T. muscorum (Pers.). H.
Among moss.
Crepidotus Fr.
C. mollis (Schzeff.). H.
Bolbitius Fr.
B. flavidus Bolt. H.
B. fragilis Fr. H.
In rich pasture.
B. titubans (Bull.). R.
In pasture.
B. conocephalus (Bull.). R.
Cortinarius Pers.
C. (Phlegmacium) varius
(Scheeth.)) Hi.
C. (Phleg.) cyanopus Fr. H.
C. (Phleg.) largus Fr. H.
C. (Phleg.) russus Fr. H.
C. (Phleg.) purpurascens Fr.
Var. subpurpurascens
(Batsch.). H.

Jes
oS)

Cortinarius (Myxacium) elatior Fr.

. (Inoloma) hircinus Fr. R.
(Inol.) pholideus Fr. R.

. (Dermocybe) ochroleucus

(Scheeff. ).

(Derm.) decumbens (Pers.).

. (Derm.) camurus (Bull. ). H.
(
(

@-Gue

Derm.) caninus Fr. H.
Derm.) sanguineus Fr. R.

. (Derm.) cinnamomeus (L.). R.
. (Derm.) orellanus Fr. H.

. (Telamonia) torvus Fr. H.
(Tela.) evernius Fr. R.
(Tela.) hinnuleus Fr. R.
Tela.) hemitrichus Fr. H.
Tela.) rigidus Fr. H., R.
Tela.) paleaceus Fr. H.

Hyer.) bicolor Cke. R.
Hyer.) leucopus (Bull.). H.
Hyer.) detonsus Fr. H.
. (Hygr.) acutus (Pers.). R.
Melanospore.
Agaricus L.
A. angustus Fr. R.
A. arvensis Scheff. H., R.
A. campestris L. H., R.
Var. silvicola Vitt. R.
A. silvaticus Schzeff. H.
Stropharia Fr.
S. zruginosa (Curt.). Vlog IRs
S. albocyanea (Desm.). R.
S. stercoraria Fr. H., R.
S. semiglobata (Batsch.).
Hypholoma Fr.
H. sublateritium (Scheff.). R.
H. capnoides Fr. R.
H. fascicularis (Huds. ).
Panzolus Fr.
P. phalzenarum (Bull. ). Isl.
P. campanulatus (L.). H., IRS
*P. papilionaceus (Bull.). Hs
Anellaria Karst.
A. separata (L.).
Psilocybe Fr.
P. sarcocephala Fr. R.
P. semilanceata Fr. H., R.
P. spadicea Fr. H.
P. foenisecii (Pers. ).
Psathyra Fr.

*P. conopilea Fr. H.

QQ aa Gr GierGiaerGiorGio GG @

lala 18S

Jalen, Wes

Vallogy 18s

H.
R

(
(
(
. (Hydrocybe) saturninus Fr. H.
(
(
(

Crossland: Fungus Foray at. Helmsley.

P. spadiceogrisea (Scheeff.). Hy.
P. pennata Fr. H. |
Psathyrella Fr.

P. subatrata Fr. H.

P. gracilis Fr. Eastmoor, H.

P. disseminata (Pers.). H., R.
Py atomata iin) Es, Re
Coprinus Pers.

©, comatus Hr Hi:

C. ovatus (Scheeff.). H.

C. atramentarius Fr. H., R.
C. niveus Fr. H.
G@omicaceus (Bulls)s) El. Re
C. lagopus Fr. H.
@yradiatus ((Bolt:)5 9 He. Re
C. ephemerus Fr. H.

C

Pplicatilisl(Cucts) See

Gomphidius Fr.
*G, gracilis Berk. H.

Paxilleez.

Ie eee ate Fr.

. eburneus (Bull.).
melizeus Fr. R.

First British record.

H. glutinifer Fr. R.
H. pratensis (Pers.). H., R.
H. virgineus (Wulf.). H., R.
H. niveus (Scop.). H., R.
H. sciophanus Fr. H.
H. letus Fr. H.
H. coccineus (Scheeff.).
HH. miniatus) Hr Ei Re
H. puniceus Fr. He; R-
H. obrusseus Fr. H.
H. conicus (Scop.). R.
H. calyptrzformis Berk.
H. chlorophanus Fr. H.

He. RS

Valog, 18S

lala dS

H. psittacinus (Scheff.). H., R.
H. unguinosus Fr. R.

He nitratus (Pers.). “Hi:
Paxillus Fr.

P. lepista Fr. R.

P. involutus (Batsch.). H., R.

Lactariee.
Lactarius Pers.
L. turpis (Weinm.). H.
L. blennius Fr. H., R.
L. pyrogalus (Bull.). H.
L. chrysorrheus Fr. R.
L. pergamenus Fr. H.
L. vellereus Fr. H.

Naturalist,

:
ae NC kT a Pay ,
ie as

XV.

PLATE

NATURALIST, 7903.

THE

‘WVHGAAN “ff

“SULIVMH

‘dVAHAVON “HL ‘O

Sag

alAGU als

AWISINT

+

Vy

MM

‘AVUUNVY “WAY NHO[

“MVHSLUAPOY °H “V

1H

I

V

SLSIDOTOOAN

*
SS

Crossland: Fungus Foray at Helmsley.

. deliciosus L.
Kirkdale and Eastmoor.

L. pallidus Pers. R.

Ee quetus Fry Ho, R-

L. glyciosmus Fr. H., R.
L. volemus Fr. H.

L. subdulcis Bull. H., R.
*L. camphoratus Fr. H.
L. subumbonatus Lind. H.
Russula Pers.

R. nigricans Bull. H., R.
R. densifolia Secr. H.

R. semicrema Fr. R.
*R. chloroides Kromb. H.

R. purpurea Gillet. H.

R. cutefracta Cke. R.
*R. vesca Fr. H:

R. cyanoxantha Scheff. H., R.
XR. emetica Fr. H., R.
R. ochroleuca Fr. H., R.
R. granulosa Cke. H.

R. fragilis Pers. H.
*R. integra Fr. H.
R. armeniaca Cke.
R. puellaris Fr. H.
R. lutea Fr. R.

1a ley Wee

Cantharellee.
Cantharellus Pers.
log UPS
Stubzeformis: Pry Elsi:
infundibuliformis Fr. H.
aurantiacus Fr.
Nyctalis Fr.
N. parasitica Fr.

cibarius Fr.

A900

Marasmiee.

Marasmius Fr.
M. peronatus (Bolt.). H., R.
M. oreades (Bolt.). H., R.
M. plancus Fr. R.
M. fuscopurpureus (Pers.). R.
M. Vaillantii Fr. H.
M. lagopinus Fr. H.

First British record.
M. ramealis (Bull.). H., R.
M. rotula (Scop.). H.
M. androsaceus Fr. H., R.
M. splachnoides Fr. R.

Lenzitez.

Lenzites Fr.
L. flaccida Bull. R.

1903 November 1.

Eastmoor, H.

POLYPORACEA:.
Boletee.
Boletus Dill.
*B. luteus L. Eastmoor.
*B flavus With. H.

B. chrysenteron Fr. Kirkdale,

leler 18

. subtomentosus L. H.
. variegatus Swartz.

. badius L.
. edulis Bull. Kirkdale.

. felleus Bull. R., H.

. laricinus Berk. H.

. scaber Fr. Eastmoor, R.
Fistulina Bull.
F. hepatica Fr.

elon ae

Don WW We

Fe Rs
Polyporee.

Polyporus Mich.

*P. fuscidulus Fr. H.

. Squamosus Fr.

Siehewehe ial

-giganteus Fr. H.

. dryadeus Fr.

. hispidus Fr. H.

IGLIS Pius Hii ealw:

. nidulans Fr. H.

. betulinus Fr.

SAGustuseHine el.

. chioneus Fr. H., R.

P. czsius Fr. R.

eoiaciaciacila-ilacilasMlasiasBaciias

Fomes Fr.

F. ulmarius Fr. R.

F. igniarius Fr. H., R.
F. annosus Fr. H., R.

F. ferruginosus Mass. H., R.
Polystictus Fr.
P. versicolor Pr. H., R.

Pe hirsitusebic.. , HL.
Poria Pers.
P. vaporaria. H., R.
P. blepharistoma B.& Br. H.
Trametes Fr.
T. suaveolens Fr. R.
Dedalea Pers.
D. quercina Pers.
D. confragosa Pers.
On birch.

HYDNACEA2.

Hydnum L.
H. repandum L. H., R.

DD

433

Eastmoor, H.

J

Hydnum alutaceum Fr. H.

H. niveum Pers. H., R.

CLAVARIACEE.

Clavaria Vaiil.

. fastigiata L. H.

. muscoides L. H., R.

) cinerea bulla sH., R-

. cristata Holmsk. H., R.
. rugosa Bull. H., R.

. Kunzei Fr. R.

. spinulosa Pers. H., R.

. fusiformis Sow. H., R.

. dissipabilis Britzl. H.

. vermicularis Scop. H., R.

CiGiGiGiG @rGiG Giere

. fumosa Pers. H., R.
Wlicula birt pile
Typhula Pers.

T. erythropus Fr. H.
Pistillaria Fr.

P. quisquilaris Fr. H.

os
2

THELEPHORACE:.

Craterellus Fr.

C. cornucopioides Pers. H., R.

Stereum Pers.

S. hirsutum Fr. H., R.
S. sanguinolentum Fr. ele
S. spadiceum Fr. H.
Corticium Fr.

C. sebaceum (Berk.). H.
C. comedens Fr. R.
Hymenochete Lev.

H. rubiginosa Lév. R.
Cyphella Fr.

C: capula. Fr. H.
Thelephora Ehbrh.

T. laciniata (Pers.). H.

TREMELLACE.

Hirneola Fr.

H. auricula-judz Berk. R.
Exidia Fr.

E. glandulosa Fr. R.
E. albida Brefeld. R.
Tremelia Dill.

*T. lutescens Pers. H.
T. mesenterica Retz. R.
Calocera Fr.

C. viscosa Fr. H., R.
C. cornea Fr. H., R.

434 Crossland: Fungus Foray at Helmsley.

Dacryomyces Nees.
D. deliquescens Duby. H.
D. stillatus Nees. H., R.

UREDINACE<E.

Melampsoree.
Melampsora Cast.
M. helioscopize (Pers.). H.
On Euphorbia peplus in garden,
M. farinosa (Pers.). R.
On Salix caprea.
Coleosporium Lév.
C.\sonchi (Pers.). “H., R:
On Tussilago farfare.

Puccinee.
Uromyces Link.
U. poz Rabh.
On Ran. ficaria. May.
*U. alchemillz (Pers.). H.
On Alchemilla vulgaris. May.
Puccinea Pers.
P. menthz Pers. H.
On garden mint.
P. saniculz Grev. R.
On Sanicula europea.
P. hieracii (Schum.). R.
*P. betonicz (A.&S.). H.
On Stachys betonica. July.
JPy loxavanin JOKE, sl.
On Bunium flexuosum. May.
P. veronicz (Schum.). R.
On Veronica montana,
P. malvacearum Mont. R.
P. glechomatis D.C. R.

On Nepeta glechoma.

USTILAGINACEA:.

Urocystis Rabh.
*U. anemones (Pers.). H.
On Anemone nemorosa. May.

ASCOMYCETES.

(PYRENOMYCETES. )

Spherotheca Lév.

S. pannosa Lévy. H.
Spherella C.&D.

S. rumicis Desm. H.
Sordaria C.& DeN.
*S, curvula DeBary. H.
*S. fimicola (Rob.). H.

she

Naturalist,

Crossland: Fungus Foray at Helmsley. 43

a7)

Xylaria L.

X. hypoxvlon L. H., R.
X. polymorpha Grev.
Eutypa Tul.

Bevlata tule sr
Phyllachora Fckl.
P. graminis Fekl. H.
Nectria Fr.

anemone rhizomes, but none
had sent up either a leaf- or
R. flower-stalk.
Helotium Fr. (in part).
. claroflavum (Grev.). H.
. ferrugineum (Schum.). H.
. lenticulare (Bull.). H.
. citrinum (Hedw.). H., R.

Cocco

N. cinnabarina Fr. H., R. . moniliferum (Fckl.). H., R.
*Epichloé Pers. . cyathoideum (Bull.). H., R-
E. typhina Pers. H. July. H. scutulum (Pers.). H.
Claviceps Tul. H. renisporium Ellis. H.

C. purpurea Tul. H. H. fagineum (Pers.). R.

On Lolium perenne. Chlorosplenium Fr.

C. zruiginosum (kd. H., R.
Mollisia Fr.

M. cinerea (Batsch.). H.
Dasyscypha Fr.

D. virginea (Batsch). H.

D. nivea (Hedw.). H., R.
D. calycina (Schum.). R.

(DISCOMYCETES. )
HELVELLACEA®.

Morchella Dill.
*M. esculenta Pers. H. May.
Leotia Hill.

a lnibpicammersa silent in Belonidium M.&D.
Helvella L. B. Clarkeii Mass. & Crossl.
H. crispa Fr. H., R. *B. pruinosum (Jerd.).

H. lacunosa Afz. R.
Mitrula Fr.

M. viride Karst. R.

M. olivacea (Pers.). H.
Geoglossum Pers.

ASCOBOLACEA:.

Ascophanus Boud.
*A. minutissimus Boud. H.

*A. equinus (Miill.). H.

G. glabrum Pers. R., H. Ascobolus Pers.
A. furfuraceus Pers. H., R
PEZIZACEA:. A. immersus Pers. H.

Peziza Dill.

*P,. repanda Wahl. H.
P. pustulata Pers. H.
Otidea Pers. (in part).
O. leporina (Batsch.). H.

May.

O. phlebophora (B.&Br.). R.

O. alutaceaz (Pers.). H.
O. aurantia (Pers.). R.
Humaria Fr.

Saccobolus Boud.

*S. depauperatus (B.&Br.). H.

BULGARIACE 42.
Coryne Tul.
C. sarcoides (Jacg.). H., R:
PHACIDIACEA:.
Rhytisma Fr.
R. acerinum (Pers.). H., R.

H. granulata (Bull.) Sacc. -H., I HYSTERIACE2..
Fr.

ror i a Se Gloniopsis DeN.

. coprinaria (Cke.). ee eee ick H

L. scutellata (L.). H., R. eg oan age: Ae

L. hemispherica (Wigg). =
Sclerotinia Fckl. H. PHYCOM YCETES.
*S, tuberosa (Bull.). H. May. MUCORACE4:.

On Anemone nemorosa bed in
woodland part of Duncombe
Park. Where the fungus was
growing there were plenty

Mucor Mich.

*M. mucedo L. H.
Spinellus Van.T.
oh S. fusiger. H., R.
1903 November tr.

436 Flowering Plants.

Syzygites Ehrh. Sepedonium Link.
S. megalocarpus Ehrh. H. S. chrysospermum Fr. H., R.
Pilobolus Tode. Isaria Pers.
P. crystallinus Tode. H., R. I. farinosa Fr. H.
CYSTOPODACE4=. 5
MYXOMYCETES.
Cystopus Lev.
C. candidus Lév. H. Fuligo Hall.
s *F. varians Somm. H.

PERONOSPORACEE. Leocarpus Link.

Phytophthora DeBary. L. fragilis Rost. H.

P. infestans DeBary. H. Spumaria Pers.

DEUTEROMYCETES, — stemonitis DeBary.

SPHA:RIOIDACEZ2. S. Friesiana DeBary. H.
Phyllosticta Pers. Tubulina Pers. (in part).
P. ruborum Sacc. H. T. cylindrica (Bull.). H.

On living bramble leaves. Trichia Hall.
Septoria Fr. T. fallax Pers. H.
S. rosarum West. H. T. varia Rost. H.
On living wild rose leaves. Arcyria Hill (in part).
A. punicea Pers. H.

HYPHOMYCETE. A. incarnata (Pers.). H.
Botrytis Mich. Lycogala Mich.

B. fascicularis. H., R. *L. epidendron Rost. H.
oe

FLOWERING PLANTS.

Late Flowering of the Elder.—On Saturday last, roth
October, I saw in the open near Mirfield a large and tall Elder
bush (Sambucus nigra) in full bloom. This seems very unusual
at such atime. I never remember the forest trees generally to
look so fresh and green in leaf at this time of the year as now ;
some of the oaks especially look almost as bright and clean as
in July, consequent, no doubt, on the cold and wet summer.—
Geo. T. Porritt, Huddersfield, 14th October 1903.

Plants at Claxby Wood.—On the occasion of the visit of
the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union to Claxby Wood (Div. 7),
on the 31st of July 1903, about two hundred species and varieties
of plants were noted, of which the following are the best :—
Berberis vulgaris, two or three bushes in roadside hedge. S¢e//-
arta uliginosa, Chrysoplentum oppositifolium, and C. alterntfolium
were not seen on this visit, but taken in April last. Geum
urbanum x rivale, Lycopsis, Myosotis sylvatica, Hyoscyamus,
Veronica montana, Dipsacus pilosus, Equisetum maxitmum.—
E. ADRIAN WoopruFFE PEacock, Cadney, Brigg, 8th August
1903.

Naturalist,

437
ON THE PRESERVATION OF MARINE
ANIMALS.

H. C.SORBY, LLD., F.R:S., etc.,
Sheffield.

THOUGH for some years I have been appointed Chairman of the
Section of Marine Biology of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,
I have so far done nothing to advance its objects. This is not
because I have taken no interest in the subject, but because at
the time of our meetings I am residing on my yacht occupied
with marine studies in a distant part of the country. The
following is a short account of the sort of work I have been
carrying on for many years, and possibly some of our readers
may find portions of it a suitable study for themselves.

About twenty years ago my attention was directed mainly to
the determination of the number per gallon of the various free
~ swimming animals and plants in both fresh and salt water. At
that time so little notice was taken of this kind of work that
1 did not continue it for more than a few years; but, since then,
very much attention has been directed to such organisms under
the name of plankton; though often more with relation to the
nature of the material than to the number of the organisms per
gallon. I have lately been engaged in collecting together and
discussing all my observations, hoping soon to publish full
particulars, since the results seem to be of much interest.

Nearly fifteen years ago it occurred to me that it would be
possible to dry marine animals on glass and mount them in
Canada balsam to be used as lantern slides. I have thus
prepared a good many hundred specimens, belonging to nearly
all those groups of marine organisms which are not too large or
too small for the purpose. In some cases great difficulties had
to be overcome before satisfactory results could be obtained,
but by perseverance nearly all have been overcome, so that in
many cases not only the form and colour but even much of
the anatomical structure can be seen when they are used in
a lantern. In most cases the natural colour has not sensibly
faded in a dozen years when so kept as not to be exposed to
strong daylight. There are, however, cases in which the struc-
ture is better seen by destroying some generally diffused pig-
ment by the action of strong sunlight, and leaving another
which shows important detail. I cannot now enter into par-

1903 November 1.

43 Sorby: On the Preservation of Marine Animals.

ticulars, since nearly every: animal requires special treatment,
and what is desirable in one case would be ruinous in another.
Animals thus mounted as lantern slides form admirable museum
specimens, and I have a collection of about 85 species, illus-
trating the fauna of the Thames estuary, arranged over white
paper in a series of shallow trays and drawers, so as to form
a very compact and ornamental museum, showing many facts
far better than specimens preserved in alcohol or formalin ; and,
besides this, they can be at once examined under a microscope
with moderate powers, since it is possible to preserve much of
the natural structure.

In 1899 it occurred to me that some animals might be kept
to advantage in liquids of higher refractive power than alcohol,
so that they might be more transparent, and the internal struc-
ture seen; and also that some liquid might be found which
does not dissolve out or destroy the natural colours like alcohol
or formalin do. This has led me into a wide field of research,
since it has involved many experiments with colouring matters,
and the study of the action on them of light, with or without the’
combined influence of air. The difference in the behaviour of
different coloured animals in different liquids has been found
very remarkable, and, though the colours are often faded by
light, yet in a few cases they are altered in tint and actually
made darker. So far the chief liquids employed have been
undiluted glycerine and a concentrated solution of lump sugar,
What is wanted is some preservative liquid which has no solvent
power for the colouring matters or chemical action on them. In
many cases undiluted glycerine has given most excellent results,
though its affinity for water is somewhat too strong. Animals
which soon become nearly white in alcohol or formalin have
retained their colour more or less perfectly for some years when
not exposed to strong sunlight, and, in some cases, even when
exposed to it as much as possible. A few, but only a few, pig-
ments fade even when kept in the dark, but what is remarkable
and requires further study is that in the case of some crustacea
a deep red or orange pigment is developed, or at all events made
apparent. In some species this occurs when they are kept in
a concentrated solution of sugar, but in others does not, so that
the animals remain as when alive, but fade in alcohol or formalin
and become too dark and falsely coloured in glycerine. For this
reason syrup is very good, but it sometimes ferments or turns
mouldy in a very puzzling manner, owing to conditions which so
far I have been unable to understand.

Naturalist,

Sorby: On the Preservation of Marine Animals. 439

On the whole, the more I have studied the preservation of
the natural colour of animals, the more complicated it seems to
become. It is really a very special branch of chemistry, and
i often feel that so much depends on what may seem a trifle,
that a very simple thing may at any time change failure into
perfect success. Though very much remains to be learned, yet
in my collection I have many specimens showing the natural
beautiful colours and looking as when alive, which have been
kept for some years, whereas similar specimens preserved in the
usual way became white and opaque in a few months, days, or
even hours, according to the kind of animal or liquid used.
The glycerine must, however, be undiluted, and the animals
transferred to a fresh lot after they have lost their contained
water, since its action is often quite different when any material
amount of water is present.

In concluding this part of my subject, I ought to allude
to the results of experiments made with the view of killing some
animals in a fully-expanded condition. In many cases the use
of menthol is remarkably satisfactory. Though so slightly
soluble in sea water it gradually stupifies and kills most animals,
and the chief difficulty is to know when they are really dead, so
that when put into diluted formalin there is no vital contraction.
Some Actiniz and Chetopoda are good examples of this use of
menthol. I have specimens of Actinoloba dianthus and Tealia
crasstcornis permanently preserved in formalin, as fully expanded
as when alive, and similar specimens in concentrated glycerine
retaining their natural colour. In some cases menthol is of no
use, since the animals contract and die contracted. In a few
instances fresh water is the best poison, but may cause abnormal
swelling by diffusing into the tissues.

This year (1903) I have been much occupied in carrying out
a new method for preparing marine worms as permanent micro-
scopical objects, so as to show not only the larger arteries and
veins but all the minute capillaries, filled with their own deep
red blood. I had in years gone by partially succeeded in doing
this, by quickly drying the specimens on glass, but in most cases
the time required for drying was. so.long that many or even all
the vessels were lost by decomposition. The plan I have lately
found very successful is to get rid of the water, which amounts
to about 7% of the weight of the animals, by keeping them for
a time in a concentrated solution of lump sugar. Into this the
water rapidly diffuses, and, if ‘they are not kept in it more than
a day, there is no material back diffusion of the syrup, even

1903 November 1.

440 fley: Boulders at Ayton.

into the delicate pseudopodia. The adhering syrup is removed
by blotting paper and by washing in concentrated glycerine,
which is quickly removed by blotting paper, and the rest washed
off by absolute alcohol, and the dry animal finally mounted in
Canada balsam. Glycerine might be used instead of syrup, but
gives rise to more objectionable back diffusion. I cannot pretend
to describe all the necessary detail, which must to some extent
vary with the particular species of worm, but I may say that,
when all is properly carried out, surprisingly good objects can
be obtained showing the most minute blood vessels, like exquisite
injected preparations, and far better than when the animals are
alive. The character of these vessels varies greatly in different
genera, and there is a marked and characteristic difference in
different species of the same genus. So far I have seen no reason
to think that the specimens will deteriorate by keeping, since those
made three months ago are as good or better than they were at
first. I have applied this system to very few other animals than
Annelids, but possibly some modification of it may turn out
valuable in other cases by getting rid of all the contained water
by diffusion under antiseptic conditions, without risk of decom-
position.

I trust that what I have now described will, at all events,
show that there is a wide field for research in connection with
my subject outside the ordinary routine methods of biological
study.

ae

GEOLOGY.

Boulders at Ayton.—As I was recently walking up a lane
which runs from East Ayton to Seamer Moor, the roadmen
called my attention to a large boulder which had just been
rolled out of an adjacent field, having been struck by the plough.
I had it moved to my garden, and turned the hose on it, when it
proved to be a fine mass of Shapfell granite (confirmed by
Mr. P. F. Kendal). Its dimensions are about 20 x 18 x 12 in.,
and the men who moved it said it weighed over 20 stones. It
occurred on rather high ground where an excavation made
some years ago shows that about nine feet of glacial sands and
gravels rest upon the Corallian rocks. I have not seen a large
mass of Shapfell granite at Ayton before; basaltic boulders are
the commonest, and fine grained granite also occurs, as well as
one rich in iron pyrites. —W. C. Hey.

- Naturalist,

ar 7 * 4 7
ieee Saal Leeetthes bie r
A /

mh A
i Jali

Wah A
Lael
i

Pirate XVI.

THE NATURALIST, 1903.

Face del:

Pallavicinia Flotowiana (Nees) Schiffner.

441

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE BRYOPHYTES.
Il. PALLAVICINIA FLOTOWIANA.

F. CAVERS,, B.Sc.

Tue hepatic from Coatham Marshes which is described in the
present note, and for numerous dried and fresh specimens of
which I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. W. Ingham, is
a Pallavictnia (sub-genus Mérckia). It agrees closely with
P. Flotowtana (Nees) Schiffn. (syn. P. Aibernica Hook. var.
Wilsoniana Carr.), but the following description, based on the
writer’s examination of a large number of plants, will be found
to differ in some points from those given by Schiffner* and
Warnstorf.t The plants grow in crowded patches on sandy
soil. Each plant (Plate, J.-III.) is from 10 to nearly 30 mm.
long and 3 to 5 mm. broad. The shoot or thallus branches
dichotomously, but the forking takes place relatively seldom,
usually once or twice only. There is a broad midrib, the
posterior portion of which is bares and cylindrical, and which
bears on its lower surface numerous whitish rhizoids. Anteriorly,
the midrib bears on either side a broad thin wing which is
sharply curved upwards at the margin and is thrown into
numerous folds. This folding, which is usually fairly regular
and gives the plant a neat, crisped appearance, is simply due to
the more active growth of the marginal region of the wing; the
margin itself usually remains entire, but is sometimes slightly
lobed. :

At the apex of each branch of the thallus there is a deep
notch, the bottom of which is occupied by the growing point,
consisting of a short transverse row of wedge-shaped initial-
cells. From the ventral surface, immediately behind the row of
initial-cells, there arise numerous filaments, each consisting of a
single or partly double series of cells and ending in a club-
shaped mucilage-cell, which curves upwards over the growing-
point.

The posterior portion of the thallus, consisting of the cylin-
drical midrib, is roughly oval in cross-section, the dorsal surface
being flattened and the ventral rounded. The midrib is from 15
to 20 cells in thickness, and on tracing forwards a series of

* Schiffner, V., ‘ Untersuchungen iiber Mérckia Flotowtana und iiber das
Verhaltniss der Gattungen Woérckia und Calycularia zu einander.’ Césterr.
Bot. Zeitschrift, 1901.

+ Warnstorf, C., ‘Moose’ in ‘Kryptogamenflora der Mark Branden-
burg,’ p. 99.

1903 November 1.

442 Cavers : Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes.

cross-sections, the thin wing is seen to arise on either side as an
expansion of the uppermost layers of cells of the midrib. The
greater part of the wing consists of a single layer of cells, but
where it joins the midrib it is usually several (2-4) cells thick.
All the cells of the wing contain abundant chlorophyll grains.
The same is the case with the upper epidermis of the midrib ;
chlorophyll is present in smaller quantity in the two or three
layers immediately below this, but the greater part of the midrib
consists of colourless tissue. The cells towards the upper sur-
face of the midrib contain numerous starch-grains, whilst those
nearest the lower surface are usually traversed by fungal hyphae,

LAM,

Fig 1.—I]. Transverse section through base of plant. II. Similar section taken
further forwards. St., conducting strands of midrib; M., mycorhizal zone ;
R.H., rhizoids; Lam., lamina or wing of thallus; Mid., midrib. xX 25.

forming a well-developed mycorhizal zone (Fig. 1). Many of
the cells of the ventral superficial layer grow out as long thin-
walled colourless rhizoids, often containing fungal hyphee which
pass upwards into the compact tissue of the midrib.

The most interesting feature in the structure of the thallus is
the presence in the midrib of two lateral strands, the function of
which is that of conducting water, and which may be regarded
as corresponding with the more highly differentiated strands
found in other species of Padlavicinia (e.g., P. Lyelliz). In an
interesting paper published recently, Mr. Tansley* remarks: ‘In
specimens (of P. hzbernica) from Hooker’s type from Lough-

* Tansley, A. G., and Chick, Miss E., ‘ Notes on the Conducting Tissue-
system in Bryophyta,’ Annals of Botany, Vol. 15, 1901, p. 7.

Naturalist,

Cavers + Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes. 443

bray, Co. Wicklow, and in specimens from Yorkshire, of quite
different habit,, which Mr. W. H. Pearson tells us agree with
Gottsche’s Mérckia hibernica, we have found the tissue of the
midrib quite homogeneous without any trace of an axial strand.
In another plant, however, kindly sent us by Mr. David McArdle,
of the Royal Glasnevin Botanic Gardens, from sandy flats at
Malahide, Co. Dublin, under the same name, but which he
places under var. Wilsontana Carrington, we find two distinct
lateral strands in the midrib, each consisting, in transverse
section, of about twenty cells, which do not differ from the

Fig. 2.—Part of Fig. 1., II., x 7o.

surrounding tissue in width or in the thickness of their walls.
These walls, however, are distinctly brown in the unstained
condition, and hold aniline stains more strongly than the sur-
rounding tissue. On longitudinal section many of the strand-
cells do not differ greatly from the neighbouring cells, but they
tend to be longer, and some are of considerably greater length.
. . . . Inthe absence of living material on which to experi-
ment we regard these strands as very primitive water-conducting
channels.’ In all the Coatham plants of which sections were
examined, the midrib showed two lateral strands, corresponding
in position with the strands described by Mr. Tansley in the
Malahide specimens. In the Coatham plants, each strand

1903 November 1.

444 Cavers : Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes.

consists of about a dozen cells in cross-section, whilst on
longitudinal section each cell is seen to be many times longer
than wide (Figs. 2, 3). As a rule, these strand-cells give the
reactions of lignified cell-walls, becoming deep-red when treated
with phloroglucin, and yellow with aniltne chloride, but in some
cases the lignin-reactions are feeble or absent. The strand-cells
are somewhat narrower than those of the surrounding tissue,
from which they stand out clearly in sections. At first sight
they appear to contain nothing but water, whilst the surrounding
cells contain abundant starch-grains or sometimes densely-
woven fungal hyphe. Closer examination shows that each
strand-cell is lined by a thin layer of protoplasm, which lies on
the inner surface of the cell-wall, and is especially well seen

Fig. 3.—Part of a longitudinal section of the midrib, traversing one of
the conducting strands. On either side of the elongated hyaline strand-
cells are the cortical cells, packed with starch grains. X 180.

when the cells are plasmolysed with salt solution. In the
posterior portion of the midrib the strand-cells are usually
found to be devoid of a nucleus, but further forwards, in the
younger parts of the shoot, each strand-cell shows a large
nucleus, generally ovoid or flattened and applied to the cell-wall ;
apparently the nuclei at a later stage become broken up and
disappear.

In stained longitudinal sections, the lateral walls of the
strand-cells show here and there areas of oval or rounded
outline, where the membrane is very thin, and sometimes,
especially in the bare hinder region of the midrib, actual open-
ings or pores are seen. The cross-walls between the strand-
cells are usually much thinner than the longitudinal walls, and
are frequently perforated, so that the cells placed end to end are
put in open communication.

(Zo be continued.)

Naturalist,

EARTILY will all malacologists
welcome the appearance of
the second part of the second
volume of Taylor’s ‘Monograph
of the Land and Freshwater
Mollusca of the British Isles,’
which has just been published.
The first volume dealt with the
‘structural and general’ aspect
of the mollusca. The volume
now appearing deals with the
History, Diagnosis, Reproduc-
tion and Development, Food,
Habits, Variation, and Geo-
graphical Distribution of each
species. The particulars are
remarkably complete, and the
maps and _ illustrations add

still further to the value of the work. Mr. Taylor has also

introduced the happy idea of illustrating his account of each

The Goyt Valley, near Whaley Bridge.

species with a view of a typical locality, and an initial letter with
a portrait of some well-known conchologist. The block at the

1903 November 1.

446 Field Notes.

beginning of this note represents a frequent contributor to these

pages, and appears at the head of the description of Lzmax

arborum. The second illustration-is a well-known locality of

L. cinereo-niger. An excellent -coloured plate showing the

varieties of Z. maximus also appears in the part recently issued.
eee tk cone

FIELD: NOFES:

FUNGI.

Lifting Power of Fungi.—A case of the remarkable lifting
power of fungi occurred at Harrogate during the month of
September. I noticed a circular patch of asphalt about nine
inches in diameter, situate in a footpath used by hundreds of
people every day, but just outside the beaten track, to be raised
considerably. Upon lifting off the crust of asphalt I was sur-
prised to find the cause to be a cluster of Coprinus atramantarius.
Digging out was a difficult matter ; the stems were from two to
four inches long, the base of each being firmly embedded in
the concrete foundation of the path.—JouHNn Farran, F.L.S.,
Harrogate, 29th September 1903. :

2 ==
GEOLOGY.

Belemnites at Caistor.—Amongst a collection of belemnites
forwarded to Mr. C. G. Danford, of Reighton, collected from the
Lower Cretaceous bed near Caistor, Lincolnshire, recently, he
has recognised four varieties which also occur in the Speeton Clay
at Speeton. These are Belemnites lateralis, B. subquadratus, B.
Russrensis, and B, explanatus. The identification of these Speeton
types of belemnites in Lincolnshire is of interest.—J. W. STATHER,
Hull, September 1903.

Analysis of Yorkshire Chalk.—The following analysis of
a piece of Middle Chalk from Little Weighton has been made
for me by Mr. T. Fairley, and may be worthy of record :—

Water -.. io “e ee ae Se irs’ joleye (eral
Organic Matter cms TRE Wear ri | CHES 0
Calcium Silicate sc a fe pe = eo) i
Oxide of Iron and Alumina... sia sya mORRS “f
Calcium Carbonate .... oe: oe - ae Q6527, a
Maenesium Carbonate ee si Pe) HOMO SY oy hee
Phosphoric Acid By. sf a ee CONOr 46
100°00 :

—R. Dannatt, New Holland.

Naturalist,

447
GEOLOGY AT THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION.

THERE were many papers read in Section C (Geology) at the Southport
Meeting of the British Association of interest to readers of ‘The Naturalist.’
The presidential address of Prof. W. W. Watts was entitled, ‘The Functions
-of Geology in Education and in Practical Lite.’ Prof. Watts considers that
the time has come when geologists should make a firm and consistent
stand for the teaching of their science in schools, technical colleges, and
universities.

Mr. G. W. Lamplugh described the recent geen ry of ‘ Land-shells in
the Infra-glacial Chalk-rubble at Sewerby, ne - Bridlington.’ The shells
belong mainly, if not entirely, to Pupa muscorum, and occur about eight
feet deep in the landwash which lies upon the buried sea-beach and is
covered by the glacial drift.

Mr. J. Lomas grave a description of the ‘Geology of the Country around
Southport,’ in which he particularly referred to the Keuper Marls and the
glacial beds, and also to the post-glacial features around Southport.

‘Martin Mere’ was the title of a communication made by Mr. Harold
Brodrick, in which he gave a summary of his remarks in the ‘ Handbook to

Southport.’
2 ae Fossil Flora of the Ardwick Series of Manchester’ was described
by Mr. E. A. Newell Arber. He pointed out that the Binney collection and

other facil plants from the Ardwick Series had recently been re-examined,
and further identifications had been made. The flora is found to belong to
a palzobotanical horizon known as the Upper Transition Series, which is
antecedent to the true Upper Coal-Measures.

Amongst the Committees of the Association much work is being accom-
plished. The fourteenth report of the Geological Photographs Committee
shows that a record number of prints has been received. Amongst these
the northern counties are represented as follows :—Cheshire, 23 ; Cumber-
land, 4; Derbyshire, 1; Durham, 19; Lancashire, 1; Northumberland, 3;
Westmorland, 4, and Yorkshire, 60. Yorkshire, as usual, heads the list,
though we fail to find any reference to the Yorkshire Geological Photo-
graphs Committee in the report. Special mention is made of the Yorkshire
photographs by Mr. Godfrey Bingley and Mr. W. Jerome Harrison, and of
Dr. Abbot's Durham photographs.

The report of the Committee for the investigation of the Flora and
Fauna of the Trias was prepared by Mr. J. Lomas. So far the Committee's
investigations have been confined to a consideration of the fossil footprints,
in connection with which much has already been accomplished.

Dr. Wheelton Hind, in his report on the Life-Zones in the British
Carboniferous rocks, complains of the smallness of the grant at his Com-
mittee’s disposal. Details are given of some borings put down between
the river Lune and river Balder, tributaries of the Tees.

The Committee appointed to make ‘Observations on Changes in the
Sea Coast of the United Kingdom’ has presented a report which is one of
the most useful of their valuable reports that has been issued for a long
time. It includes a summary of all previous reports, dealing with the
whole of the coastline of our islands. This enormous work was undertaken
by Mr. John Parkinson, of Cambridge, and that portion relating to the
North-east coast of England is particularly interesting.

The report of the Erratic Blocks Committee was presented bye Mirs aes Ee
Kendall, the Secretary. It includes a summary of the records from all
previous reports, which will be most useful to those interested in glacial
geology. We hope shortly to print the Yorkshire portion in ‘The
Naturalist... The records are given in alphabetical order of localities under
headings of counties. The Northern Counties are represented by the
following numbers :—Northumberland, 4 localities ; Durham, 16; Cumber-
land, 3; Westmoreland, 25; Lancashire, 45; Yorkshire, 275; Cheshire, 54;
Derbyshire, 8.

Particulars of the work of the Committee appointed to investigate the
deposit at Kirmington will be found on another page,

1903 November 1.

448
NORTHERN NEWS.

Mr. J. W. Baldwin contributes a few notes on the ‘Land Shells of the
Turton District’ to the October ‘ Journal of Conchology.’

Seals still seem to be common on the East coast. During the last few
weeks they have been recorded at Aldborough, Bridlington, and other
places.

A Nature Study Exhibition and Conference in connection with the East
Riding Nature Study Committee is to be held at Beverley, on Saturday,
21st November.

Judging from various reports there appears to have been quite an
invasion of the Painted Lady (Vanessa carduz) along the east coast towards
the end of September. In some places they were seen in great numbers.

The Rey. J. Conway Walter informs us that an Albino Hare has been
shot in the parish of Kirkstead, and sent to Mr. Stafford Walter, of Horn-
castle, who has also received a young Crossbill shot at Asgarby, near
Horncastle, by mistake for a sparrow.

A model of a piece of field work that might with advantage be followed
up by various field clubs throughout the county is to be found in the
‘Halifax Naturalist’ for October. This is a short paper on *‘ The Dis-
tribution and Association of Mosses and Hepatics in the Parish of Halfax,’
by C. Crossland, F.L.S.

The July ‘Essex Naturalist’ records (p. 85) that a fine specimen of
the British Marten (JZustela martes L.) had been presented to the club's
museum by Mr. T. E. Harting. The animal was killed in Wastdale,
Cumberland, in October 1887, and had been engraved by Mr. G. E. Lodge
for a plate in ‘ The Zoologist,’ 1891.

An exceedingly valuable paper on ‘ Bird Migration in Solway’ appears
in ‘The ‘Nanas of Scottish Natural History’ for October, from the pen
of Mr. Robert Service. The author finds that the dates of arrival of the
spring migrants are earlier on the west coast of England and Scotland than
on the same latitude of the east coast.

At the meeting of the Royal Horticultural Society held in the Drill Hall,
Victoria Street, London, on 15th September, Dr. M. C. Cooke gave a lec-
ture on ‘Edible Fungi.’ In connection with this an exhibit of Yorkshire
fungi was made by the Secretary of the Yorkshire Mycological Committee.
At the same meeting Mr. C. Crossland, F.L.S.,; was arden a Banksian
silver medal for his exhibit of fungi.

At a recent meeting of the Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Society,
Mr. T. Petch stated that about fifty species of Mycetozoa had been dis-
covered in the East Riding during the past year, chiefly in the neighbour-
hood of Hedon and Aldborough. With a view to the publication of a com-
plete list of these organisms for this area, Mr. Petch will be glad to receive
specimens, or information of previous records, etc. These should be
addressed to 97, Fillebrook Road, Leytonstone, E.

The papers of particular interest to our readers in the ‘ Southport Hand-
book’ are:—‘ Analyses of Southport Water,’ by J. C. Thresh; ‘Meteorology,’
by J. Baxendell ; ‘Geology,’ by H. Brodrick and E. Dickson; ‘ The Ribble
Estuary,’ by Eh Dickson; ‘Botany,’ by W. H. Stansfield and H. Ball;
‘ Hypopitys monotropa Crantz,’ by H. Ball; *Mosses and Hepatice,’ by
J. A. Wheldon; ‘ Foraminifera,’ By. G. W. Chaster; ‘Lepidoptera,’ by
E. N. Pierce and J. R. Charnley ; ; ‘Coleoptera,’ by G. W. Chaster and
E. J. Burgess Sopp; ‘ Aranez,’ by A. R. Jackson ; ‘ Mollusca,’ by G. W.
Chaster ; ‘Marine Fauna and Fisheries,’ by Prof. W. A. Herdman and J. GC;
Thompson; ‘The Vertebrate Fauna’; ‘Martin Mere and its Antiquities,’
by H. Brodrick ; ‘Archeology,’ by W. Brunt; and ‘The Life and Works of
Rev. Jeremiah Horrox,’ by G, Napier Clark.

Naturalist,

449
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ SOCIETIES.

Tue following particulars have been extracted from the last
annual returns supplied to the Secretary of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union by the various affiliated societies. It will
be seen that for the 31 societies there is a total membership
of 2,648, or an average of 85 members for each society. We
trust that the future will show an increase in these figures, as
well as in the number of affiliated societies.

|

g blue
Name of Society. | es as BS | E28 Meetings. Publications.
he | 4 & | < aa)
Ackworth School Natur: ne E. B. Collinson, Ack- | 7o | 1/6 Fort- —
History Society. | worth School, near | nightly
| Pontefract. | during
term.
Barnsley Naturalists’ and| H. Wade, 10, Pitt Street,| 132 | 10/6, | Fort-
Scientific Society. Barnsley. | 6/-and} nightly. |
| Ble |
Bradford Naturalists) and| F. Jowett, Gilstead,| 66 | 4/-, Fort- | =
Microscopical Society. | Bingley. e.f. x/-) nightly. |
Bradford Scientific Asso-| E. J. Sutcliffe, 256, Kill-| 217 |5/-and) Weekly. | =
ciation. | inghall Road, Brad- 2/6 | |
ford. |
‘Clayton West Naturalists’) F. Lawton, Carlton Ter-| xx | 2/- Monthly. |
Society. | race, Skelmanthorpe, |
Huddersfield. |
‘Cleveland Naturalists’ Field} T. A. Lofthouse, 62,| x10} 5/- | Monthly.| Annual
Club. Albert Road, Middles- | | | Proceedings.
brough. | |
Craven Naturalists’ Asso-| T. H. Holmes, 2, Craven 98 | 10/6 | Monthly.) --
ciation. Terrace, Skipton. & 2/6 |
Darlington and Teesdale G. Best, 20, Bondgate,| 61 | 5/- | Weekly. | _
Naturalists’ Field Club. Darlington. |
DoneasterScientificSociety., H. H. Corbett, 9, Priory. EZAa i 3/On) Hocts) —
| Place, Doncaster. | | nightly.
Elland Naturalists’ Society. | M. Conder, 2 Timber | 26 | 5/- Fort- _
| Street, Elland. | nightly,
Halifax Scientific Society. | F. Barker, 31, Hall) 148] 2/6 | Fort- * Halifax
Street, Halifax. | nightly. Naturalist,’
| | bi-monthly.
Heckmondwike Naturalists’) F. G. Stansfield, jun., 30 | 4/- Fort- | =
Society. 27, Francis street, | nightly.
| Heckmondwike. | | |
Huddersfield Naturalists’; W. Ek. L. Wattam, 54,) 132 | 4/- | Monthly.|Annual Report.
and Photographic Society.. ‘Towngate, Newsome,
Huddersfield. |
Hull Scientific and Field|T. Sheppard, F.G:S:,| 177 |5/-and| Fortnightly Annual
Naturalists’ Club. The Museum, Hull. | 3/- n weekly f Transactions.
| in winter,
Hull Geological Society. Je We Stather,) FGess 76 | 5/- | Monthly.| Annual
| 16, Louis Street, Hull. Transactions.
Leeds Conchological Club. | W. Denison Roebuck, 8 | Levy. | Monthly.

PALS hy) Se Lalyiale |
Park Road, Leeds. |

Leeds Co-operative Natu-| W. Ingleby, 43, Regent 75 t/- | Weekly. _
ralists’ Field Club. Park Terrace, Leeds.

e.f.=Kntrance fee.

1903 December r. EE

450 Field Notes.
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ SOCIETIES—continued.
ae & Sige
Name of Society. Nicdeet of BSE EBs Meetings. | Publications.
At S| Sen Ai
|
Leeds Geological Associa-| W. Parsons, Horsforth, 77 | 5/- | Monthly.) Transactions
tion. Leeds. occasionally,
Leeds Naturalists’ Club| W. M. Rankin, B.Sc., g2 | 6/- Fort- _—
and Scientific Associa-; 41, Wellclose Terrace, nightly.
tion. Leer
Malton Naturalists’ Society.| Rev. J. R. Young, 9, g2 |5/-and) Fort- |Annual Report.
eect Mount, Malton. | 2/6 | nightly.
Milnsbridge Naturalists’) B. Goldthorpe, 12,|) 150) to/-, | Weekly. ane
Society. Spring Gardens, Milns- | |5/-, 2/6)
bridge. | and 1/-|
Ravensthorpe Naturalists’ | H. Parkinson, 2, Garden 43 | 1/3 | Monthly. —
Society. Terrace, Ravensthorpe.
Ripon Naturalists’ Cluband| B. M. Smith, Dulce] 62] 4/- | Monthly.| -
Literary and Scientific) Domum, Ripon. | |
Association. | | |
Rotherham Naturalists’ | G. Howard, Sitwell Vale, az |s/-and| Fort- 7
Society. Moorgate, Rotherham. | 2/6 | nightly.
Scarborough Field Natu-| E. B. Lotherington, 17,| 83) 4/-, | Fort- | =
ralists’ Society. Grange Avenue, Scar- e.f. r/-| nightly.
borough. |
Scarborough Philosophical! H. Ascough Chapman, EGO) | Yan, Ev ery 34 laste Report.
and Archzological| 13, Westborough, Scar- 10/-
Society. borough. and 5/-| winter.
Sheffield Naturalists’ Club.| C. Bradshaw, I°.C.S.,| 166 | 1o/- | Monthly. Annual Report.
Public Museum, Shef- | and s/-
| field. |
Thirsk and District Field) R. T. Tennant, York 63 | 2/6 Monthly. | —
Club. | City and County Bank,
| Thirsk. | |
Wakefield Naturalists’) H. G. Townsend, Myrtle. 34 | 2/6 | Fort- | _
Society. House, Altofts, Nor-| nightly in
| manton. winter. |
West Vale Naturalists’| J. W. Denton, Green| 52 eS
Society. | Lane, West Vale, near |
aie
York and District Field) Rev. T. A. Brode, B.A., 60 | 4/- Fort- —
Naturalists’ Society. 2 panics Grove Street, | | nightly. |
York. |
e.f.=Entrance fee.
<>

BIRDS.

Swallow’s Nest and Eggs in August.—On roth August

a Swallow’s

nest containing four egg

Garth, Aldborough, East Yorks.—T. Prercu, Hedon.

Bird Migration Notes from Flamborough. —The first flight
of Woodcock occurred on the Yorkshire coast on 9th October, and
several were flushed in different parts of Flamborough Headland.
On the previous day the wind had been easterly, bringing over

a large

migrants.

which was shot.—T. H. NELson, 13th October 1903.

s was found at Thorp

number of Golden-crested Wrens and other small
Two Rough-legged Buzzards also appeared, one of

Naturalist,

451

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE BRYOPHYTES.
Il. PALLAVICINIA FLOTOWIANA.

F. CAVERS, B.5c., F.L.S.

(Continued from ‘The Naturalist’ for November, p. 444.)
Wuenre forking of the thallus takes place, each strand becomes
broader and then divides into two, which pass into the branch
on the corresponding side; at this point a cross-section shows
four strands lying side by side.

The actual proof that these strands serve to conduct water
was obtained as the result of some simple experiments. Plants
were fixed with the posterior end of the midrib dipping into
watery solutions of eosin and other stains. It was found in
every case that the coloured liquid travelled through the strand-
cells much more rapidly than through the surrounding cells.
As arule about half an hour sufficed for the staining solution to
travel nearly the whole length of the thallus and to become
recognisable in sections taken a little behind the apex, whilst
the stain diffused gradually through the tissue around and
between the strands. A more striking result was obtained in
the following way :—A plant was fixed upright with its lower
end in a watery solution of potassium ferricyanide, and after
a short time (10-20 minutes) rinsed in water and dipped for
about the same time in a watery solution of ferrous sulphate.
It was then placed in alcohol, when the midrib showed clearly
two dark-blue streaks, indicating the position of the precipitate
(‘Turnbull’s blue’). Sections showed that the precipitate had
been deposited in the strand-cells, where the two solutions had
mingled. When the plant had been dipped in each solution for
a longer time, the cells around the strands also contained a good
deal of the precipitate.

The plants from Coatham were cultivated for several months
in shallow, glass-covered dishes, kept moist and well-exposed to
the light. They remained healthy and produced new branches,
but it was found that the latter usually showed no trace of
conducting-strands, the tissue of the midrib consisting of nearly
uniform cells. There was no trace of lignification in the cell-
walls, nor of any elongated cells in the position usually occupied
by the strands, and on cutting off these new branches and
dipping the cut end in staining solutions, the latter were found
to rise slowly and uniformly through the tissue of the midrib.
It is obvious that when the plants are kept in constantly moist
surroundings there is no longer any necessity for the differentia-

1903 December 1.

452 Cavers: Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes.

tion of tissues adapted for the conduction and storage of water,
such as would be the case when growing on sandy soil and
exposed to periods of drought. The writer has observed
analogous modifications in the internal structure of other thal-
loid Hepaticee which had been cultivated indoors in the same
manner. In Fegatella conica the large mucilage-sacs normally
present in the midrib are poorly developed or absent in plants
grown under cover and kept constantly moist. In the case of
Pretssta commutata the dark-coloured@ and thick-walled fibres
which are so characteristic of the plant in its natural habitat
were found to be absent from the midrib of the new branches
produced under cultivation in moist surroundings.

The antheridia and archegonia are borne on separate plants,
which scarcely differ in other respects. In the male plant

Pig. 4.—Transverse (I.) and longitudinal (II.) sections of a male plant, showing the antheridia
An.) and the scales (S.) covering them ; Rh., rhizoids. I. x 25, II. x 7o.

(Plate, I.) the antheridia are produced in large numbers on
the upper surface of the midrib. Each antheridium is nearly
spherical, with a short stalk, and is covered by a scale which
arises immediately behind it and grows forwards like a hood
(Fig. 4). These scales have their free margins cut up into
irregular pointed lobes, and sometimes several of them grow
together, as in Petalophyllum, so as to form a network of
chambers, each occupied by an antheridium. The antheridia
are usually accompanied by mucilage-hairs (paraphyses), each
consisting of a single row of cells.

Naturalist,

Cavers ; Notes on Vorkshire Bryophytes. 453

The archegonia are developed in groups, of which there may
be several on the same plant, standing on the dorsal surface of
the midrib. Each group contains several (1o-20) archegonia,
and is at first surrounded by a number of narrow, scale-like
outgrowths from the surface of the midrib, together with
mucilage-hairs. The scales become later joined at the base
and grow together, forming a short toothed sheath (involucre)
around the group. The archegonia standing nearest the apex
of the thallus are the youngest in the group, and a fairly com-
plete series of stages in the development of these organs may be
observed in a single group. After a time there appears, within
the toothed involucre, a ring of tissue which grows up and
gives rise to an inner sheath (perianth), the margin of which is
entire or slightly lobed. Should none of the archegonia in
the group be fertilised, the perianth remains very short, but
immediately fertilisation occurs the growth of the perianth is
resumed and it soon becomes much longer than the involucre,
which remains as a fringe round its base (Plate; II.).

A longitudinal section through a half-ripe sporogonium shows
a well-marked division into capsule, seta, and foot (Fig. 5, I.).
The foot is conical and penetrates the tissue of the midrib; the
seta consists of longitudinal rows of short cells. In the capsule
the wall is seen to consist of 4-6 (mostly 5) layers of cells, the
outer layer being nearly as thick as the inner layers taken together
and consisting of large cells, roughly cubical in form (Fig. 5, I1.).
The elaters and spore-forming cells show a fairly regular arrange-
ment in alternating longitudinal rows. A similar section through
a ripe sporogonium still enclosed in the calyptra shows that the
short and broad cells of the seta are packed with small starch-
grains. The cells forming the outer layer of the capsule-wall
(Fig. 5, III.) now have their lateral walls thickened and coloured
deep brown, whilst the cells of the inner layers have lost their
protoplasm and become flattened and disorganised, so that the
capsule-wall consists practically of a single layer of large oblong
cells. The outer and inner tangential walls of these cells remain
thin, but the radial walls are greatly thickened and of a deep
brown colour. Towards both the base and the apex of the cap-
sule, however, some of the inner cells of the capsule-wall persist,
and in these regions we find on the inner surface of the large-
celled layer a number of narrow cells, the walls of which often
bear irregularly ring-shaped brown thickening-bands.

The capsule eventually bursts.through the calyptra and is
carried up to a height of 30 mm. or more by the elongation of

1903 December tr.

424 Cavers: Notes on Vorkshire Bryophytes.

the seta. This elongation takes place in a few days and is due
simply to the rapid growth in length of the cells already formed,
the starch-grains being used up in the process and ultimately
disappearing. The dehiscence of the capsule takes place by
two, three, or four longitudinal slits extending from the apex to
the base. When there are two slits, each of the two valves
of the open capsule is notched (Plate, IV.). Sometimes the
dehisced capsule shows three valves, one notched, the others
entire (Plate, V.); or there may be four entire valves. In any

Ld,

Fig. 5.—I. Longitudinal section of perianth (Per.) with a nearly ripe sporogonium, enclosed in
its calyptra (Cal.), Caps., capsule; Iny., involucre; Ar., unfertilised archegonium; S., seta,
and F., foot of sporogonium. II. Part of transverse section through wall of young capsule.
III. Similar section of mature capsule. IV. Spore. V. Elater. I. x 25; II. and III. x 180;

1V. and V. X 250.

case, the examination of the ripe but intact capsule shows that
the wall is marked by four longitudinal lines which meet at the
apex and in which the cells are relatively thin-walled. The
actual dehiscence may occur along all of these lines or only
along two or three of them.

Naturalist.

Hey: Mutilla europea near Scarborough. 455

The spores, which measure on an average 0°04 mm. in
diameter, have a thick outer coat (exospore) which is covered
with irregular ridges, sometimes connected so as to form a net-
work (Fig. 5, IV.). The elaters are o-2 to 0°3 mm. long and
about o‘OI mm. in maximum diameter, and show two or some-
times three spiral bands. Occasionally one meets with branched
Y-shaped elaters, and both at the apex and the base of the
capsule there occur some elaters differing from the others in
being attached to the inner surface of the capsule-wall. These
fixed elaters are usually shorter and wider than the free ones,
and sometimes show annular instead of spiral thickening-bands.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

I. Male plant, from above, showing the broad midrib covered by
toothed scales (male bracts), each of which forms a hood over an anther-
idium, x 5. II. Female plant, from above. Six archegonial groups are
seen. In the four younger groups the archegonia are surrounded by the
involucral leaves (female bracts), the perianth not yet being developed ; in
the two older groups the perianth is represented as being transparent, to
show the half-ripe sporogonium within it, x 5. III. Female plant, bearing
two ripe sporogonia ; in each case the seta has become elongated, carrying
up the capsule, which has not yet dehisced, x 5. IV.andV. Ripe cap-
sules, showing different modes of dehiscence, x 8. VI. Upper portion of
one of the valves of a capsule, x 4o.

——————

MUTILLA EUROPAEA NEAR SCARBOROUGH:
AN ADDITION TO THE YORKSHIRE FAUNA.

Rev. W. C. HEY,
West Ayton.

A SPECIMEN of JMJudilla europea, a solitary ant, was taken on the
moors, near Scarborough, this summer. When I first saw it
I was undecided as to its identification. Mr. W. Denison
Roebuck, to whom the specimen was forwarded, has submitted
it to Mr. Saunders, who confirms Mr. Roebuck’s identification.
The insect does not appear to have been recorded north of
Colchester previously ; the New Forest and the sandy regions
(i.e., Bagshot Sands) of Surrey, Dorset, Hants, and Berkshire,
are its usual habitats in England. It is strange that the identical
moor upon which this J/uéz//a was found has also yielded to me
many examples of insects of a much more northern type than
those usually found near Scarborough.

1903 December 1.

456
XYLOPHASIA ZOLLIKOFERI

AT MIDDLESBROUGH:
ANOTHER ADDITION TO THE YORKSHIRE LIST.

T. ASHTON LOFTHOUSE, F:E.S.,
Linthorpe, Middlesbrough.

Ir being fine and mild in the early part of Saturday, 26th Sept.
last, and it being my intention to be from home during the
afternoon, I left instructions for ‘sugar’ to be put on a few
posts and stems of trees in the garden at Linthorpe, Middles-
brough. When I arrived home in the evening I examined it
and took a noctua off which I could not make out from anything
in my collection or from any of the works on Lepidoptera at my
disposal. After taking it off the setting-board I sent it through
to my friend Mr. G. T. Porritt, who, after examining it and
comparing it with insects in his collection, was unable to deter-
mine it, but he suggested it might be Xv/ophasia zollikoferi,
and he advised me to send it to Mr. C. G. Barrett for
determination. Mr. Barrett, after examining it, was uncertain
as to the species, and he kindly took it to South Kensington
Museum, and he along with Sir George Hampson, Bart., com-
pared it with the European Noctuids in that collection, with
the result that they pronounce it to be Xyvlophasia zollikoferi,
a species of which Mr. Barrett says, ‘There is -one certain
previous British specimen in Mr. Doubleday’s collection in
Bethnal Green Museum, and it is said one other.’ It is perhaps
worthy of note that the insect was taken in the latter part of the
week in which the invasion of Vanessa cardu? occurred in this
district, along with other parts of the east coast, some of them
being seen in my garden.
> >

HYMENOPTERA.

Camponotus herculaneus at Hull.—In September 1902
a specimen of this large ant was taken on,the Western Dock
Reservation at Hull. This waste ground is made up of sweep-
ings from the various Hull Docks, and, consequently, many
animals and plants are found upon it which have been brought
to. this country with cargo. The above-named specimen is an
addition to the British list, but, as. explained, it has doubtless
been brought into this country by shipping.—T. STAINFORTH,
The Museum, Hull.

» Naturalist,

457
BOTANICAL NOTES FROM THE LANCASHIRE COAST.

J. A. WHELDON, F-L.S.,
Liverpool.

Boranists will regret to learn that extensive schemes are in
contemplation for the further exploitation of the Lancashire
coast. Ainsdale is to be converted into a thriving watering
place, with a pier and extensive promenades, and connected
with Formby on one side and Birkdale on the other by electric
tram lines.

Those who visited Southport during the recent meeting of
the British Association would sadly note how bricks and mortar
and dreary promenades had encroached on the flowery sandhills.
As a matter of fact, for some time now Formby and Ainsdale
have afforded better results to the plant collector than the
classical Southport dunes. If the projected new watering-place
thrives as well and grows as rapidly as our other Lancashire
coast resorts have done, another decade will witness the dis-
appearance of several plants from this, their last, stronghold in
the district. Those which delight in the drier parts of the
sandhills will no doubt linger for many years, but those
dependent oh the spongy, marshy hollows will soon disappear
before any extensive scheme of drainage. The most interesting
plants of the latter class are confined to a somewhat narrow belt
of ground, and as seaside towns are prone to extend mainly in
a thin line along the sea front, there can be little doubt that the
vegetation will be rapidly affected in an adverse manner. | Field
clubs would be well advised to secure specimens of the rarer
insects and plants for the local museums before it is too late, as
appears already to be the case with £rythrea littoralis Sm. and
Spiranthes autumnalis. Plants doomed to very early destruction
are Cochlearia anglica and danica, Scirpus rufus and Chara con-
traria; and Viola Curtist? is much less abundant than of old.
The following plants still grow, some of them in great abundance,
near Formby and Ainsdale: Pyrola rotundzfolia, Hypopitys multe-
flora, Centunculus minimus, Erythrea littoralis and E. pulchella,
Epipactis palustris and latifolia, Eleocharis uniglumis, Scirpus
cernuus, S. caricis, and rufus, Carex Ctdert, Equisetum varie
gatum and Selaginella selaginoides. These are all plants that
the proposed new conditions are bound to affect, as also the
curious many-flowered maritime form of Parnassia palustris,

1903 December tr.

458 Wheldon: Botanical Notes from the Lancashire Coast.

at present so very plentiful. Sarfsza viscosa will probably
linger longer, as it is very partial to and appears to grow
most freely in the zone where cultivation and barren sand
dunes battle for supremacy. I saw all the plants mentioned
above during the present season in the vicinity of Formby or
Ainsdale.

The mosses of the district are equally noteworthy. During
the summer of 1893, I found Bryum neodamense growing
sparingly amongst Hypnum Wilsont and H. lycopodzoides near
Formby ; and in greater profusion, Amblyodon, Meesea, a large
form of Barbula tophacea, Bryum uliginosum, B. Warneum,
B. lacustre and B. pendulum. On a later date I had the pleasure
of taking Dr. Braithwaite and Mr. Beesley over the same ground,
when we saw a little Brywm neodamense in a fresh locality, this
time growing amongst Hypnum intermedium ; we also noticed a
little Bryum calophyllum. On this occasion the most interesting
discovery was Philonotis caicarea, in small quantity, but bearing
male flowers. This species is new to the local Florula, and an
addition to the list of those of our sandhill plants, which in other
localities affect a calcareous soil, the necessary lime being in the
present instance supplied by shell debris. That very handsome
moss, Hypnum lycopodiotdes was noticed with stems 15 inches in
length !

On visiting the locality a few weeks later, with Mr. D. A.
Jones, the Bryum neodamense, and other Brya that had lined the
ditch sides, and the PAzlonot’s, were gone; and the aquatic
hypna much less plentiful, most of the ditches having been
‘cleaned.’ But nearer the shore we saw in abundance ABryum
Warneum and B. calophyllum, the latter finer and in greater
profusion than I have ever seen it. Anthoceros punctatus still
exists near Formby, and I recently found it fruiting freely in
damp fallow fields near Aintree, accompanied by fzccza glauca.

Most of the above notes were made since the list of mosses
in the British Association Handbook for 1903 was compiled. In
that list I stated that Fvss¢dens virtdulus had disappeared from
the locality near Walton. I have since found it fruiting freely in
a new station near Aintree.

As the flora is slowly but surely altered, no doubt many of
the very interesting species of beetles and lepidoptera, for which
the district is noteworthy, will also be lost; but these appear to
have been carefully investigated, and no doubt many local
naturalists have several good things which will perhaps soon be
unattainable in the district.

Naturalist,

459
FIELD NOTES.

BIRDS.

Rough-legged Buzzard and Bohemian Waxwings near
Hull.—During the last few days a fine Rough-legged Buzzard
and several Bohemian Waxwings have been seen within the
borough of Hull.—T. SHEPPARD, 2nd November 1903.

Late Stay of Swifts near Bradford.—I noticed a Swift
flying about at Baildon Green, near Bradford, on 1st October
1903. It was apparently an adult bird. No trace of the bird
was seen on passing the same place about the same time a day
or two afterwards. Mr. Alf. Walker informs me that he saw two
Swifts at Hawksworth, near Bradford, on 16th September, and
I saw over a dozen near Otley on 5th September.—E. HARPER,
Bradford.

[The late stay of the Swift this vear has been noticeable
throughout the country.—Ebs. |

Red-Spotted Bluethroat at Tees Mouth (Co. Durham).
—QOn 19th September a rush of small immigrants took place
at the Tees Mouth, the slag walls and sand hills being tenanted
by Gold Crests, Robins, Redstarts, Pied Flycatchers, Willow
Wrens, Chiffchaffs, Whinchats, Wheatears, and Pipits in vary-
ing degrees of abundance. Mr. C. Braithwaite, of Seaton
Carew, when shooting at the Tees Mouth near the North Gare
Breakwater, noticed a bird unlike any of the above in one of the
holes, which flew into some long grass and was lost among the
tall growth. On the following day the bird was met with in
the same place, skulking among the bent grass, and was shot.
It proved to be a young male Red-Spotted Bluethroat (Cyanecula
suecica), and therefore is, as far as I can ascertain, the first
authenticated instance of its occurrence in Durham. <A Willow
Wren and Chiffchaff, obtained on the sea wall during this rush,
belong to the small yellow backed and the large dark form
respectively.—C. MiLBurN, Middlesbrough.

=...

ARACHNIDA.

Argyroneta aquatica near Hull.—Quite a large and
thriving colony of this interesting spider has been observed
in Ryde Street Brickpond, situated within a stone’s throw of
the outskirts of the city of Hull. Those taken constructed
their curious nests under water, and bred quite freely in
captivity.—H. M. Foster, Hull.

1903 December 1.

460 Field Notes.

East Riding Pseudoscorpions.—Chthonius ravi was taken
amongst sticks at Tansterne, near Aldborough, 8th August,
and on the same date Chezridium museorum was found in a
glass of water on the dinner table at Thorp Garth, Aldborough.
Mr. H. Wallis Kew, who has kindly identified both, states
that the latter is an addition to the Yorkshire list.—T. PrErcn,

Hedon. er

MOLLUSCS.

Arion ater var. alba L. in North Lancashire.—On the
evening of either the 21st or 28th of June last (a Sunday) my
daughters brought to me three white slugs. As I could not make
them out they were forwarded to Mr. W. Denison Roebuck.
He writes that they are Arion ater var. alba L., the Limax albus
of the Syst. Nat. of 1758. The specimens were taken at random
from what was evidently a brood, on the hedge-bank between
Swarthdale and the end of the lane to Swarthmore Hall.
Possibly some may survive the winter and turn up next season.
As Mr. Roebuck says there are not many records for the variety
in Britain, it may be new to V.C. 69, I have heard that a
similar slug was seen at Blawith, near Coniston Lake, last year.
—S. L. Petty, Ulverston, 18th August 1903;

ee AR
LEPIDOPTERA.

Laphygma exigua.—Referring to the record of Z. ex?gua in
Yorkshire (Nat., November 1903, p. 424) a singular coincidence.
occurs in a simultaneous record of the species in another journal
(Ents. Mo.. Mag., November 1903, p. 281), There we read that
four specimens were taken by Mr. W. C. Boyd, also ‘at light’
near Chelmsford on 23rd September, that is the day following
Mr. Fieldhouse’s captures. Mr. Boyd states that although he
has worked ‘light’ for about twice a week in September for ten
years in that locality the insect had never turned up before.
These two records, I think, point strongly to an immigration of
the species over the country this year: in the first place, because
out of the twelve specimens captured only one was in really fine
condition, all the others being more or less worn; and in the
next place because I cannot hear of a single example having
been seen in any of.its known breeding haunts on the south
coast, although in its hitherto. most prolific locality (in South
Devon), and where I have taken it myself in different seasons,
my friend and often collecting colleague, Mr. J. Jager, worked
almost specially for it during nearly the whole of the past

Naturalist,

Field Notes. 401

September. It may be of interest here to mention that although
Mr. Jager did not get ex7gua, he took on the same ground, on
23rd September, a perfectly fresh specimen of Ophzusa stolida,
a very beautiful Noctuid quite new to Britain. —GeEo. . PORRITT,
Huddersfield, 5th November 1903.
———_o4e——_-
FLOWERING PLANTS.

Orobanche rubra Sm.—In July 1897, while looking over
collections of local flowers at the Tealby flower show, I came
across an Orobanche 1 did not know. Miss E. F. Lewin took it
in May 1897, in Cawthorpe Wood, near. Louth. I sent it on to
Mr. Arthur Bennett. He forwarded it to Dr. G. Beck, author
of the recent ‘ Monograph der Gatting Orobanche.’ I have now
received a note of its name from Mr. Bennett. It appears that
Dr. Beck names it O. alba Stephan in Willd. Sp. Pl. iii., 350,
date 1800; that is O. epzthymum DC., 1805, and O. rubra Sm.,
1805. But that is not all, though it is a new addition to the
flora of N. Lincs., 54. Hitherto O. rubra has always been found
in Great Britain, parasitical on Thymus serpyllum, on the soil of
Trap rocks. Cawthorpe Woods stand on Purple Boulder Clay
according to the East Lincolnshire drift map. As far as my
experience goes, it is most unlikely that Thymus should be found
on Boulder Clay, unless the wood contains an isolated patch of
Sandy Glacial Gravel not shown on the map. It is a rare
species, only recorded for 14 vice-counties besides Lincolnshire. —
E. ApriAN WoopruFFE Peacock, Cadney, 12th October 1903.

———#$e—_—_
MOSSES.

Tortula ruralis var. arenicola on the Yorkshire Coast.—
During a recent visit to Bridlington I came across a large
quantity of Zortula ruralis var. arenicola on the cliffs to the
south. I think this moss is very common on the sandy shores
of the East Coast. Mr. Barnes first recorded it as a Yorkshire
moss at Saltburn. Since then Mr. J. F. Robinson and myself
have several times gathered it, and I found it in good fruiting
condition at Spurn at the last Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
meeting there. At Bridlington it was all barren, but gave quite
a characteristic appearance to the cliff sides. —J. J. MARSHALL,
2nd November 1903.

ieee Pee oe
FUNGI.

Filey Meeting: Correction.—By an oversight Pleurotus variabilis
was given in the list of fungi instead of Claudopus variabilis (Naturalist,
July 1903, p. 241).—C. CROsSLAND, Halifax.

1903 December 1.

462

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The ‘Annual Report of the Huddersfield Naturalist and Photographic
Society for 1903’ is to hand. It contains a few brief notes on the
ornithology, botany, and lepidoptera of the district. An appeal is made
to the members to wipe off a very small debt, which will surely be successful.

sen <>

The Fifth Quarterly Record of additions to the Hull Museum (publi-
cation No. 16, A. Brown & Sons, Hull, 1d.) has just been issued. It is
principally occupied by ‘Roman Remains from Lincoln’ and other anti-
quarian matter. There are, however, records of local geological and
natural history specimens recently added, including details of the very
fine model of Flambro’ Headland, showing the zones in the chalk, presented
to the Museum by Messrs. A. W. Rowe and C. Davies-Sherborn.

Fi a

‘Bird Notes and News’ is a circular issued periodically by the Society
for the Protection of Birds, 3, Hanover Square. The October issue con-
tains many items of interest to naturalists. It is recorded that 127 persons
were convicted during the year ending 3oth July for offences under the Wild
Birds’ Protection Act. In addition there were ten convictions for cruelty to
wild birds, such as neglecting to kill injured Seagulls. We sincerely trust
that the remark that a Yorkshire ‘naturalist’ has offered £2 tos. for
a single clutch of Stone Curlew is not correct.

—> >

NORTHERN NEWS.

Notes on coleoptera in Cumberland in June, by H. Donisthorpe, and
coleoptera at Southport, by T. H. Beare, appear in the October ‘Ento-
mologists’ Record.’

In the October ‘ Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine’ Mr. G. T. Porritt
gives an account of his boating expedition in the Norfolk Broads in search
of 4’schna isosceles.

‘Notes on the Natural History of the Isle of Man,’ with lists of species,
appear in the October ‘Nature Study,’ from the pens of Messrs. S. L. Mosley
and W. E. L. Wattam.

Prof. Augustus Radcliffe Grote, M.A., the entomologist, who has done
so much for American entomology, died on 12th September. He was
a native of Liverpool.

At a recent meeting of the York and District Field Naturalists’
Society, Mr. S. H. Smith exhibited a blind worm (Angu?s fragilis ), caught
on Skipwith Common on 13th September.

The Annual Meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union will be held
at Sheffield, by invitation of the Sheffield Naturalists’ Club, on Friday,
29th January. The Sheffield Society is doing its best to ensure the
meeting being a success.

Mr. G. H. Caton Haigh contributes notes on the migration of birds in
North-east Lincolnshire during the autumn of 1902 to the October
‘Zoologist.. In the same journal Mr. W. J. Clarke records three
Grampuses at Filey on goth August.

Mr. Philip A. Burton informs us of interesting instances of Starlings
as imitators. A pair of Starlings built their nest in a grating above the
master’s seat in a school near Rugby. The male bird could crow as
loud as any cock, and also w histled, 3 in evident imitation of o Seah s whistle
of his playfellow. On another occasion his father (Mr . M. Burton)
was gardening, and heard a Starling imitate the full song sa a blackbird.
His sister also heard a Starling feebly trying to imitate the bark of a dog.

Naturalist,

463
BIBLIOGRAPHY :

Papers and Records published with respect to the Natural History
and Physical Features of the North of England.

GEOLOGY AND PALAZONTOLOGY, rgor1.
Compiled and edited by
THOMAS SHEPPARD, F.G.S.

(Continued from * The Naturalist’ for October 1903, p. 416.)

W. LOWER CARTER (Secretary). YORKSHIRE, ETC.
Secretary’s Report, 1900 [On the Excursions, etc., of the York-
shire Geological and Polytechnic Society]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and

Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901, pp. 275-315-

Wn. CaAsuH. NORTHUMBERLAND, ETC.

In Memoriam. Walter Percy Sladen, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

Born at Meerclough House, Halifax, Yorkshire, goth June, 1849; Died

at Florence, Italy, 11th June, 1900 [Brief references to his Geological

work]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901,
pp- 261-274.

W. J. CLARK. NOTTINGHAMSHIRE.

The Permo-Carboniferous Boundary, and what we learn about it
from the Sealand and Thurgarton Boreholes. Proc. Chester Soc. Nat.
Science, 1g00-rg01 (publ. rgo0r), pp. 27-30.

GRENVILLE A. J. COLE. DURHAM.
Concretions of Calcite in Magnesian Limestone [Letter in reference
to the composition of the botryoidal masses of Limestone of Durham].

Geol. Mag., April, 1901, pp. 187-188.

E. MAULE COLE. YorK S.E.

Water-spouts on the Yorkshire Wolds [describes the effects of

various water-spouts on the chalk and subsoil]. Trans. Hull Sci. and
Field Nat. Club, Vol. 1, Part 4, 1901, pp. 225-228 (3 plates).

M. COSSMANN. YORKSHIRE, ETC.

‘*A Monograph of British Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata,
Part 5" [by Wheelton Hind; Review of]. Revue Critique de Paléozoologie,
July, 1901, pp. 135-136.

W. H. CROFTS. York S.E.
Notes on Sections exhibited during the Excavation of the
Alexandra Dock Extension, Hull [in the glacial and post-glacial beds].
Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901, pp. 245-252.

W. H. CROFTS. VORK 5.55.

Sections at the Alexandra Dock Extension, Hull [Summary of

above paper]. Rep. British Assn. (Bradford), 1g00 (publ. 1901), pp. 764-765.
S. W. CUTTRISS. York N.W.
The Caves and Pot-holes of Ingleborough and the District [Points

out that the entire surface drainage of Ingleborough is swallowed up by
the limestone, and not a single stream from the higher levels continues
an uninterrupted course to the valley below]. Geol. Mag., Feb. 1901,
pp- 77-79; Brit. Assn. Report (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 734-735:

1903 December 1.

464 Bibliography - Geology and Paleontology, rgor.

J. R. DAKYNs. YORK MIp. W. AND S.W.
Origin of Coal [describes the geological structure of parts of
Yorkshire, and briefly refers to its bearing on the discussion on the
‘Origin of Coal’ which took place at the Bradford Meeting of the British
Association]. Geol. Mag., March 1901, p. 135.
J. R. Dakyns. YORK S.E.
Cheviot Porphyrites in the Boulder-clay of East Yorkshire [Letter
confirming the opinion expressed by Mr. Stather that many of the East
Yorkshire Porphyrites have been derived from the Cheviots]. Geol.
Mag., March 1901, p. 143.
CHARLES DAVISON. Lanc. S.
On the British Earthquakes of 1900 [describes the effect of the
‘Doubtful earthquake’ at Pendleton, near Manchester, on 7th April 1900].
Geol. Mag., Aug. 1901, pp. 358-362.
J. DICKINSON. LANc. S.
Notes on Castle Irwell, Pendleton, Manchester. Trans. Manch.
Geol. Soc., Vol. 27, 1901, pp. 161-162.
J. DICKINSON. LANC. S.
Notes on the Geological Survey of Manchester. Trans. Manch.
Geol. Soc., Vol. 27, 1901., pp. 133-135.
G. Dunston. See ‘A. Wilson.’
A. R. DWERRYHOUSE. YorK MIp W.
The Movements of Underground Waters of Craven. First Report
of the Committee [Interim report read at the British Association Meeting
at Bradford]. Geol. Mag., Feb. 1901, pp. 72-75; also Rep. Brit. Assn.
(Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 346-349.
GERTRUDE L. ELLES AND ETHEL M. R. Woop. LAKE DISTRICT.
A Monograph of the British Graptolites. Partl. Dichograptide,
pp. 1-54, Pl. I.-IV. [describing fifteen species of Didymograptus from the
Skiddaw Slates, of which two, viz., D. untformis and D. simulans are
new]. Palzeontogr. Soc., 1901, Vol. 55.
al) OSE: YorK S.W.
Geology of the Thorncliffe District, South Yorkshire [describing
especially the several coal-seams, mostly belonging to the Middle Coal-
Measures]. Brit. S. Mining Students’ Journ., Vol. 23, 1901, pp. 69-77.
ARCHIBALD GEIKIE. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Summary of Progress of the Geological Survey of the United
Kingdom for 1900, pp. i.-vil. + 1-181, 1901.
W. GIBSON. CHESHIRE.
On Rapid Changes in the Thickness and Character of the Coal-
Measures of North Staffordshire [briefly refers to the synclinal of coal-
measures beneath the Cheshire plain}. Geol. Mag., Feb. 1901, pp. 79-80;
Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 743-744.
WALCcoT GIBSON. NOTTINGHAMSHIRE.
On the Character of the Upper Coal-measures of North Stafford-
shire, Denbighshire, South Staffordshire, and Nottinghamshire; and
their relation to the Productive Series. Quart. Journ., Geol. Soc.,
Vol. 57, 1901, pp. 251-266 ; Abstract in Geol. Mag., May rgo1, pp. 237-238.
EDWARD GREENLY. YORK S.E.
Recent Denudation in Nant Ffrancon, North Wales [briefly refers
to the effect of the waterspout on the chalk at Langtoft, in East Yorkshire].
Geol. Mag., Feb. 1901, pp. 68-69.
A. GREENWELL. DERBYSHIRE.
The Derbyshire Chert-Mining Industry. Quarry, Vol. 6, 1901, pp. 24,
27, 28, and 31.

Naturalist,

Bibliography « Geology and Paleontology, 1901. 405

E, HAWKESWORTH. YorK Mip W.
Wetherby Re-visited by the Yorkshire Naturalists [Geological
notes on the excursion]. Naturalist, Nov. 1901, pp. 326-327
S. N. HARRISON. ISLE OF MAN.
Report of the Geological Section. Yn Lioar Manninagh, Vol. 2, 1901,
pp. 198-200.
NORTHUMBERLAND, YORK N.W., DERBYSHIRE,
WHEELTON HIND. CHESHIRE, ISLE OF MAN.
A Monograph of the British Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata,
Vol. Il., Part I., pp. 1-34, Pl. I.-VI. [describing species of Pinna,
Pteronites, Leioptera, Actinoptera, and Posidonomya, including two new
species of Lezoplera, viz., grandis and longirostris|. Palzeontogr. Soc.,
Vol. 55; see also Revue Critique de Paléozoologie, April, 1902, pp. 73-74
(criticism by M. Cossman).
WHEELTON HIND (Secretary). LaNc, S., YORKSHIRE, ETC.
Life-Zones in the British Carboniferous Rocks.—Report of the
Committee [Gives result of the year’s work and suggests lines for further
research]. Rep. Brit. Assn., 1900 (Bradford), publ. 1901, pp. 340-342.
ISLE OF MAN, LANC. S., YORKSHIRE,
WHEELTON HIND AND J. ALLEN HOWE. DERBYSHIRE.
The Geological Succession of the Beds below the Millstcne Grit
Series of Pendle Hill and their equivalents in certain other parts of England
[shows that the peculiar change in type which Carboniferous rocks
undergo in passing from north to south is due entirely to physiographical
conditions, and not to contemporaneous faulting]. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., Vol. 57, 1901, pp. 347-404; Abstract in Geol. Mag., April 1901,
pp- 185-186, and Nature, 21st March, igor, pp. 506-507.

B. Hosson. NORTHERN COUNTIES,
Correlation Tables of British Strata. Manchester Museum. Owens
College. Museum Handbooks, pp. 1-2, tables 1-19, 1901.
PHitiep HOLLAND. See ‘ Frank Rutley’ and ‘T. Mellard Reade.’
W. F. HOLRoypD. See ‘J. Barnes.’
Jo HowsArRtH. See = Percy BF. Kendall’
J. ALLEN Howe. See ‘ Wheelton Hind.’
T. MCKENNY HUGHES. YORK Mip W.
Ingleborough. PartI. Physical Geography [a minute description
of the geology and physical geography of the Ingleborough neighbour-

hood, illustrated by plans, sections, and photographs]. Proc. “Yorks.
Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. :4, Part 2, 1901, pp- 125-150.

W. R. JONEs [compiled by ; not signed]. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Geological Literature added to the Geological Society’s Library
during the Year ended December 31st, 1900. London, pp. 1-182, 1901.

ALBERT JOWETT AND HERBERT B. MUFF. YORK Mip W. Aanp S.W.
A Preliminary Note on the Glaciation of the Keighley and
Bradford District [under headings, (1) General View of the Surface
Features of the Area, (2) Characteristics of the Glacial Deposits and
Striz, (3) Maximum Extent and Direction of Movement of Glacier, and
(4) The Extra- Glacial Drainage]. Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900
(publ. 1901), pp. 756-759.
P. F. KENDALL eo YORKSHIRE, LINCOLNSHIRE, CHESHIRE.
Erratic Blocks of the British Isles.—Report of the Committee
[contains many important records of erratic blocks, principally from
members of the Yorkshire Boulder Committee]. Rep. Brit. Assn. (Brad-
ford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 343-346.

1903 December t. =

466 Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, rgor.

Percy F, KENDALL AND HERBERT B. MUFF. " York N.E. anp S.E.
Evidences of Ancient Glacier-dammed Lakes in the Cheviots
[refers to the distribution of Cheviot rocks in the drifts of the Yorkshire
Coast]. Geol. Mag., Nov. 1901, pp. 513-515.
Percy F. KENDALL AND J. H. HOWARTH. YORK S.E;
Additions to the Records of the Yorkshire Boulder Committee’s
Fourteenth Year's Report, 1899-1900 [Particulars of records of East
Yorkshire boulders accidentally omitted from previous list]. Naturalist,
July 1901, pp. 217-218.
P. M. C. KERMODE. ISLE OF MAN
Irish Elk Remains.—Fourth Report of the Committee [gives
results of further excavations]. Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ.
1901), PP. 349-350-
ROBERT KIDSTON. NORTHUMBERLAND, YORKSHIRE, AND NOTTs.
The Flora of the Carboniferous Period [deals with the Ferns,
Equisetites, and Calamites, and illustrates with numerous beautiful
photographs of specimens from the Yorkshire, Northumberland, etc.,
Coalfields]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901,
pp. 189-230.
WSS dels TIA! ISLE oF MAN.
Notes on the History of the Foxdale Mines [1892]. Yn Lioar

Manninagh, Vol. 2, 1901, pp. 32-33-

W. H. KirTTOo. ISLE OF MAN.
Feather Ore (Plumesite) [1892]. Yn Lioar Manninagh, Vol. 2, 1901, p. 33-
HERBERT KYNASTON. CHEVIOTLAND.

Notes on the Volcanic Rocks of the Cheviot Hills [prepared for
the Society’s excursion to Wooler in July, 1900]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and
Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901, pp. 183-188.

G. W. LAMPLUGH. VORKS SS: hy, ING:

Note on the Age of the English Wealden Series [refers to a

Lower Cretaceous rocks of Speeton and Lincolnshire]. Rep. Brit. Assn.
(Bradford), 1g00 (publ. 1901), pp. 766-767.

G. W. LAMPLUGH. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Names of the British Ice-Sheets of the Glacial Period jsuggests
the terms ‘East British Ice Sheet,’ ‘West British Ice Sheet’ for the
terms ‘Scandinavian Ice Sheet’ and ‘Irish Sea Ice’ respectively]. Geol.
Mag., March 1901, p. 142.
G. W. LAMPLUGH. YorK N.E. anp S.E.
Names for British Ice-Sheets [Letter replying to Prof. Bonney].
Geol. Mag., June rgo1, pp. 284-285.
Ropert Law AnD WM. SIMPSON. YORKSHIRE.
Report on the Drift Deposits of Mythoimroyd {describes excava-
tions made in a gravel terrace on the south side of the Calder, with
details of boulders, etc., excavated]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc.,
Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901, pp. 231-236.

G. A. LEBOUR. NORTHUMBERLAND, ETC.

Richard Howse, M.A. Born1821. Died 1901 [Obituary notice;

refers to his work on the geology of Northumberland, etc.]. Geol. Mag.,
Aug. 1901, pp. 382-384

J. Lomas. YorK Mip W.
On the Construction and Uses of Strike- Maps [Referring to the
map of the district around Clitheroe, etc., in illustration]. Geol. Mag.,
Jan. 1901, p. 343 Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1go1), PP: 742-742.

“Natur alist,

Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, gor. 407

JOSEPH Lomas. ISLE OF MAN.
Notes on a Geological Excursion to the Isle of Man [1892].
Yn Lioar Manninagh, Vol. 2, 1901, pp. 22-29.
JosepH Lomas. CHESHIRE.
The Occurrence of Estheria and Plant Remains in the Keuper
Marls at Oxton, Birkenhead. Proc. Liverp. Geol. Soc., Vol. 9, rgor,
pp- 75-80.
JOSEPH LoMas. Lanc, W. AND S.
On Pre-Glacial Land-Surfaces near Preston. Proc. Liverp. Geol. Soc.,
Vol. 9, 1901, pp. 94-100.
EH. Louis. DURHAM.
Note on a Mineral-Vein in Wearmouth Colliery. Trans. Inst.
M.E., Vol. 12, 1901, pp. 127-129, and Trans. North Eng. M. and M. Eng.
Soc., Vol. 51, 1907, pp. 35-37-
EDWARD A. MARTIN [not signed]. VOR Sub.
The Mortimer Museum at Driffield [Review of T. Sheppard’s
Catalogue]. Sci. Goss., Jan. 1901, p. 249.
Epwarp A. MarTIN [not signed]. DuRHAM.
A Boulder Monument [Shap granite erratic erected at Darlington
to the memory of the late Dr. Manson]. Sci. Goss., Jan. 1901, p. 249.
EpWaArD A. MARTIN [not signed]. DERBYSHIRE.
Columnar Structure in Clay-slate [from the Shipley Colliery,
Derby ; brief note referring to an exhibit to the Geological Society]. Sci.
Goss., Feb. 1901, p. 287.
EpwWarp A. MartTIN [not signed]. YORES.E.
New Record from the Kellaway Sands [refers to the Cryptocleidus
remains found by T. Sheppard]. Sci. Goss., Feb. 1901, p. 287.
W. W. MIDGLEY.
The Flora of the Carboniferous Rocks. Journ. Manch. Geol. Soc.,
Vol. 16, 1901, pp. 202-206.
F. W. MILLS AND R. H. PHILIP. YORK S.E.
The Diatomacez of the Hull District [includes records and figures
of specimens from the sub-fossil lacustrine deposits of Holderness, ete. ].
Trans. Hull Sci. and Field Nat. Club, Vol. 1, Part 4, rgo1, pp. 157-22
(17 plates); also issued as separate pamphlet, London, igor.
C. AINSWORTH MITCHELL [not signed]. YorkK Mip W.
Barium in Boston Spa Water [records a recent analysis by Mr.
P. Richards, in which soluble barium is recognised in the waters of
Boston Spa]. Sci. Goss., July 1901, p. 54.
Jas. MONCKMAN. YORK S:W.
The Glacial Geology of Bradford, and the evidence obtained from
recent excavations of a limestone tract on the south side of the valley
[details of sections in drift, etc., exposed during the construction of
toundations and sewers, and their bearing on the glacial geology of the
district, with full lists of boulders]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc.,
Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901, pp. 151-158.
J. MONCKMAN. YorK S.W.
Notes on Some Recent Excavations in the Glacial Drift in Bradford.
Rep. Brit. Assn., 1900, pp. 754-755-
HORACE WOOLASTON MONCKTON. York N.E.
On some Landslips in Boulder-clay near Scarborough [refers to
flow structure, etc., in the clay caused by slipping].. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., Vol. 57, 1901, pp. 293-296; Abstract in Geol. Mag., Aug. 1901,
p. 380.

1903 December 1.

468 Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, 1go1.

HERBERT B. Murr, See ‘Albert Jowett’ and ‘P. F. Kendall.’

G. S. NARES. LaAnc. S., CHESHIRE,
Report on the present state of the Navigation of the River Mersey,
1901, pp. 1-22.
E. T. NEWTON. YORK S.E.
British Pleistocene Fishes [records remains of the Perch (Perca
fluviatilis Linn.) in the lacustrine deposits at Hornsea and Withernsea ;
and Codfish (Gadus morhua Linn.) from the Pre-glacial beds at Sewerby].
Geol. Mag., Feb. 1901, pp. 49-52.
RicHARD D. OLDHAM. LAKE DISTRICT.
On the Origin of the Dunmail Raise (Lake District) [Points out
that the principal valleys in the Lake District may be subsequent, not
consequent, in origin, and gives reasons for this conclusion]. Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 57, 1901, pp. 189-197; Abstract in Geol. Mag.,
March, 1901, p. 141; and in Nature, 21st Feb., 1901, p. 411.
R. D. OLDHAM. CUMBERLAND,
Beach Formation in the Thirlmere Reservoir [describes the
formation of beaches around this reservoir]. Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford),
1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 763-764.
R. D. OLDHAM. CUMBERLAND, WESTMORLAND.
The Basal (Carboniferous) Conglomerate of Ullswater and its
Mode of Origin [concludes that it is a torrential deposit, formed on
dry land near the foot of a range of hills]. Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford),
1900 (publ. 1go1), p. 764.
OWNERS OF THE MIDDLESBROUGH ESTATE [supplied by]. YorK N.E.
Sections of Borings for Salt near Middlesbrough [details of boring
1,440 feet deep given]. Proc. Cleveland Nat. Field Club, Vol. 1, No. 3,
Ig01, pp. 82-83.
EDWARD ADRIAN WOODRUFFE PEACOCK. Line. NN.
Lincolnshire Naturalists at Horncastle [Brief geological notes].
Naturalist, Feb. 1901, pp. 51-55.
E. ADRIAN WOODRUFFE PEACOCK. Linc. N.
Helix cantiana: Its Range and Soil Preferences in North Lincoln-
shire [Brief reference to the relation of the shell to the subsoil}.
Naturalist, Aug. 1901, p. 232.
H. W. PEARSON. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Oscillations in the Sea-level [From data extending as far back as
B.C. 300, endeavours to prove that there have been oscillations in the
level of the sea all over the northern hemisphere every 300 years ;
numerous pieces of evidence quoted from the northern counties].
Geol. Mag., 1901, April, pp. 167-174, May, pp. 223-231, and June,
pp- 253-265.
1s lel, leseneies Sree Pla, Wve iIlliSs:
H. PRESTON. LINC. S.
{Geological Notes on the Excursion of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’
Union to Lincoln, describing sections in the Lias, Oolites, etc.|. Naturalist,
Sep. 1901, pp. 257-259-
HENRY PRESTON. Linc. N.
Lincolnshire Naturalists at Scunthorpe [Describes and figures
sections in the Lias from which the ironstone is worked, etc.] Naturalist,
April 1901, pp. 109-114.
HENRY PRESTON, LINCOLNSHIRE.
Lincolnshire Naturalists at Little Bytham [Describes and figures
sections in the Lower Oolites, etc.] | Naturalist, Feb. 1901, pp. 57-62.

Naturalist,

Bibliography : Geology and Paleontology, rgor. 469

T. MELLARD READE, Lanc. S.
Sand-blast of the Shore and its Erosive Effect on Wood [describes
and figures pieces of oak and pine which had been subjected to natural
sand-blast on the sandhills at the Altmouth]. Geol. Mag., May tgor,
Pp- 193-194.

T. MELLARD READE. Lanc. S.
Another Section of Keuper Marls at Great Crosby, Lancashire
[exposed in a well section under 35 feet of Boulder Clay]. Geol. Mag.,

Sept. 1901, pp. 417-418.
T. MELLARD READE AND P. HOLLAND. LAKE DIsTRICT.
The Green Slates of the Lake District, with a theory of Slate-
Structure and Slaty cleavage. Proc. Liverp. Geol. Soc., Vol. 9, 1901,
pp- 101-127.
F. R. COWPER REED. Yor«K S.E.
The Geological History of the Rivers of East Yorkshire, being
the Sedgwick Prize Essay for the year 1900 [The essay is divided into
five sections: (1) General Characters of East Yorkshire; (2 ) Geological
Structure ; (3) Physical History ; (4) The Present Rivers and their Rela-
tion to the Geological Structure ; (5) The History of the Relations of the
Rivers to the Geological Structure]. London, 1g00, 103 pp. Reviewed
in Geol. Mag., Aug. 1901, pp. 370-371.
JOHN RHODEs. YORK Mip W.
Note on the Discovery of a Silicified Plant Seam beneath the
Millstone Grit of Swarth Fell, West Riding of Yorkshire [at Swarth Fell
and two miles north-west of Hawes Junction]. Geol. Mag., Nov. 1901,
Pp. 520.
Austin F. ROGERS. CUMBERLAND.

Mineralogical Notes, No. 2 [Calcite from Frizington, showing
a new form]. Amer. Journ. Sci. (4), Vol. 12, pp. 42-48 [44], 1901.

FRANK RUTLEY. WESTMORLAND.

On Some Altered Tufaceous Rhyolitic Rocks from Dufton Pike

(Westmorland) [describing specimens from the Borrowdale Volcanic

series which constitutes the central mass of Dufton Pike, and the interest

attaching to them is their alteration, which is probably due to solfataric

action]. Analyses by Philip Holland. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 57,
1901, pp. 31-373 Abstract in Geol. Mag:, Jan. 1901, PP: 44-45:

A. E. SAUVAGE. YorK Mip W. AND S.W.
(1) ‘On the Genus Megalichthys, Ag.; its history, systematic
position, and structure’’; (2) ‘On the Occurrence of Strephodus sulcidens
in the Yorkshire Coal Measures”; (3) ‘On Rhadinichthys monensis,
<gerton, and its distribution in the Yorkshire Coalfield” [Three papers
by E. D. Wellburn; reviews of]. Revue Critique de Paléozoologie,
April 1901, pp. 68-69.
De. SCOnt. Lanc. S.
On the Presence of Seed-like Organs in certain Palzozoic Lycopods
[describes specimens found by Messrs. Wild and Lomax in the Ganister
beds of the Lower Coal-Measures of Lancashire]. Rep. Brit. Assn.
(Bradford), 1909 (publ. 1901), pp. 945.
Dele Ss COM 1. ‘NORTH OF ENGLAND.
The Primary Structure of certain Paleozoic Stems referred to
Araucarioxylon (refers to specimens from the ‘ North of England.’] Rep.
Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 945-946.
De Scot

On the Structure and Affinities of Fossil Plants from the
Palzozoic Rocks. IV. The Seed-like Fructification of Lepidocarpon,

1903 December 1.

470 Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, 7901.

a Genus of Lycopodiaceous Cones from the Carboniferous Formation.
Summary in Geol. Mag., April 1901, pp. 174-175.
DA sic Gifeonsaulh YORK N.E.
[Review of] Catalogue of the Mesozoic Plants in the Department
of Geology, British Museum (Natural History). The Jurassic Flora:
I. The Yorkshire Coast. By A. C. Seward [See under ‘A. C. Seward’
in 1900 Bibliography]. Geol. Mag., June 1901, pp. 274-276.
H. G. SEELEY. CUMBERLAND.
[On a Skull of Equus fossilis from Keswick]. Abs. Proc. Geol. Soc.,
1901, pp. 23-24.
A. C. SEWARD. YORK NE:
The Jurassic Flora of East Yorkshire [giving the names of over
fifty species frcm the Gristhorpe beds; the result of an examination of
the specimens in the Natural History Museum, Paris, and in several
museums in England]. Geol. Mag., Jan. 1901, pp. 36-37; Rep. Brit. Assn.
(Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 765-766.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YORK S.E.
A Fossil Walrus in Holderness [records the re-discovery of remains
of Trichechus rosmarus L. from the Holderness glacial gravels]. Trans.
Hull. Sci. and Field Nat. Club, Vol. 1, Part 4, 1901, p. 250.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YORK SE.
Yorkshire Coast Erosion Committee. Report for 1899 and 1900
[refers to the extent of denudation on the Holderness coast, ete. |].
Naturalist, April 1901, pp. 125-128.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YorK S.E.
Geology of the Neighbourhood of Brough, East Yorkshire [describes
the Liassic, Oolitic, Cretaceous, and Pleistocene beds, and gives a Biblio-
graphy]. Naturalist, May 1901, pp. 129-144.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YOrK S.E.
[Boulders of Shap Granite, etc.,in] Burstwick Gravel Pit, Holderness.
{In ‘Additions to the Records of the Yorkshire Boulder Committee's
Fourteenth Year's Report’]. Naturalist, July 1901, p. 217.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YORK S-E.
Yorkshire Naturalists at Brough [describes the geological sections
visited, one of which is figured]. Naturalist, July 1901, pp. 219-229.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. YORK N.E.
Yorkshire Naturalists at Wykeham [geological notes on the sections
and boulders noticed]. Naturalist, Oct. 1901, pp. 298-301.
THOMAS SHEPPARD. NORTHERN COUNTIES.

Bibliography : Papers and Records published with respect to the
Natural History and Physical Features of the North of England. Geology
and Paleontology, 1897 [contains titles, summaries, etc., of 200 papers and
books}. Naturalist, Jan. 1901, pp. 17-36.

THOMAS SHEPPARD. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Bibliography: Papers and Records published with respect to the
Natural History and Physical Features of the North of England. Geology
and Paleontology, 1898 [contains titles, summaries, etc., of 204 papers and
books]. Naturalist, Oct. 1901, pp. 305-320, Nov., pp. 321-324.
WILLIAM SIMPSON. YORK S.W.
Glacial Drift Deposits at Mythoimroyd [with sections, analysis of
boulders, etc.]. Halifax Naturalist, Dec. 1901, pp. 93-96.

Wm. Simpson. See ‘ Robert Law.’

Naturalist,

Bibliography : Geology and Puleontology, 1901. 471

HARRY SPEIGHT. YORK Mip W.
Upper Wharfedale, from Otley to Langstrothdale [with incidental
notes on the physical features and geology], 518 pp., 1901.
JOHN W. STATHER. YORK S.E.
Notes on East Yorkshire Boulders [gives details of a careful
examination of several thousand large and small boulders on the York-
shire coast]. Proc. Yorks. and Geol. Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901,
PP: 237-244-
J. W. STATHER. YORK S.E.
On the Glacial Phenomena of the North-east Corner of the Yorkshire
Wolds [From observations in the vicinity of Hunmanby is led to assume
that an ice-sheet occupied the North Sea, the margin of which only
slightly overtopped the wolds and did not extend far across]. Rep. Brit.
Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), p. 760.

J. W. STATHER. YorK N.E. AND S.E.

[Boulders at] Atwick, Kirkmoorgate [etc., in ‘Additions to the

Records of the Yorkshire Boulder Committee's Fourteenth Year's
Report’]. Naturalist, July, 1901, pp. 217-218.

J. W. STATHER. YORK N.E. Anpb S.E.
The Source and Distribution of the Far-Travelled Boulders of East
Yorkshire [giving the results of the work of the East Riding Boulder
Committee, and pointing out interesting facts in reference to the relative
numbers of the different kinds of rock at various points along the coast].
Geol. Mag., Jan. 1901, pp. 17-20; Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1g00 (publ.
1901), pp. 759-760.
A. L. STEAVENSON. DURHAM.
The Carboniferous Limestone Quarries of Weardale [summary of
an address to members of the North of England Inst. Mining Engin. }.
Quarry, Vol. 6, pp. 779-781; Trans N. Engl. Inst. M. and M. Eng., Vol.
51, I901, pp. 23-31.
A. STRACHAN. YORKSHIRE.
Succession of Strata in the Yoredale Rocks [Letter replying to

Mr. Dakyns’ remarks in a previous number]. Geol. Mag., April igor,
p- 188.

AUBREY STRACHAN. CHESHIRE.

On the Passage of a Seam of Coal into a Seam of Dolomite [in the

Seven-Feet Seam of the Wirral Colliery]. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol.
57, 1901, pp. 297-306; Abstract in Geol. Mag., Aug. 1901, pp. 379-380.

J. J. Harris TEALL. CHEVIOTLAND.
The Evolution of Petrological Ideas [Anniversary Address of
President. Notes the resemblance in chemical composition of the quartz-
felsite dykes of the Cheviots to the glassy base of the andesitic lavas, and
suggests that these dykes represent the residual mother-liquor from the
magma of the lavas]. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., May, Vol. 57, 1901,
pp. lxii-Ixxxvi.

R. H. TIpDEMAN. Lanc. S., YORK Mip W. AND S.W.

Notes on the Geology of Clitheroe and Pendle Hill [Notes prepared
for the General Meeting and Field Excursion of the Society in May 1900].
Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901, pp. 178-182.

R. H. TIDDEMAN. YorRK Mip W., DERBYSHIRE.

On the Formation of Reef Knolls [re-stating his views previously
expressed, and replying to criticisms of Mr. J. E. Marr]. Geol. Mag.,
Jan. 1901, pp. 20-23; Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901),
PRs 748-742:

1903 Wece:nier i.
3

A472 Bibliography: Geology and Paleontology, rgor.

C. O. TRECHMANN. WESTMORLAND.
Note on a British Occurrence of Mirabilite [at Kirkby Thore,
associated with gypsum]. Min. Mag., May, too1, Vol. 13, pp. 73-74.
W. Y. VEITCH. YorkK N.E.
Sections of borings for Salt near Middlesbrough [two borings,
1,300 and 1,676 feet respectively; details given]. Proc. Cleveland Nat.
Field Club, Vol. 1, No. 3, 1901, pp. 83-86.

T. WARD. CHESHIRE.
‘‘The remarkable subsidences which have often occurred in and
around the town of Northwich, in Cheshire” [due principally to mining
in the upper bed of rock-salt] (a paper recently issued by the Institution
of Mining Engineers). Nature, 28th March rgor, p. 523.
W. WATTS. YORKSHIRE, ETC.
Report of the Delegate to the Meeting of the British Association

for the Advancement of Science, at Bradford, September 1900. Trans.
Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 28, rgo1, pp. 67-74. :
W. W. Watts (Secretary). NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Photographs of Geological Interest in the United Kingdom. Tenth
Report of the Committee [Particular mention is made of the Yorkshire
photographs by Mr. Godfrey Bingley; prints have also been received
from Derbyshire, Durham, Lancashire, Lincoln, Nottingham, and West-
morland]. Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 350-369.
, EpGar D. WELLBURN. YORK S.W., LANG. S.
On the Fish Fauna of the Millstone Grits of Great Britain
[enumerates the various records of fish remains froni the different beds
of the Millstone Grits, and describes, but does not figure, some new
species]. Geol. Mag., May igor, pp. 216-222. [For notice of this, and
the following two papers, by H. E. Sauvage, see Revue Critique de
Paléozoologie, Jan. 1902, pp. 8-9. |
EpGAarR D. WELLBURN. YorK S.W.
On the Fish Fauna of the Yorkshire Coal Measures [gives details
of the various fish remains found in the various beds, and ‘Tables of Fish
Remains showing their Stratigraphical Distribution’]. Proc. Yorks.
Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901, pp. 159-174.

EDGAR D. WELLBURN. YorK S.W.
On the Occurrence of Fish Remains in the Limestone Shales
(Yoredale) at Crimsworth Dean (Horse Bridge Clough), near Hebden
Bridge, in the West Riding of Yorkshire [describes specimens of Cladodus
mirabilis Agassiz, Orodus elongatus Davis, and Elonichthys aitkeni
Traquair]. Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., Vol. 14, Part 2, 1901,
PP- 175-177:
EpGAR D. WELLBURN. YorRK S.W.
On the Pectoral Fin of Caelacanthus [describes a specimen of
C. tingleyensis, Davis, from the Cannel Coal, Middle Coal-Measures,
Tingley, Yorkshire, and compares it with a fossil from the Talbragar
Beds, New South Wales, described by A. Smith Woodward]. Geol.
Mag., Feb. 1901, pp. 71-72.
EDGAR D. WELLBURN. YORK S.W.
On some Fossil Fish from the Millstone Grit Rocks [Summary of
address delivered to section ‘C’ British Association, Bradford meeting’.
Geol. Mag., Feb. 1901, pp. 80-81; Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), tgoo0 (publ.
1901), p. 750.
EpGAR D. WELLBURN. YorkK S.W. AND Mip W.
On the Fish Fauna of the Yorkshire Coalfields [describing the fish

remains from the Lower and Middle Coal-Measures, and recording several

Naturalist,

Northern News. 473

new fish-bearing coal shales, thus extending the distribution and vertical
range of the Yorkshire coal-fishes]. Geol. Mag., Janeagot, p: 375 Sep:
Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900, publ. 1901, pp. 749-750.
W. H. WHEELER. YorK S.W., Linc. S., LANCASHIRE, ETC.
The Commercial uses of Peat [refers to the extensive peat deposits
at Hatfield Chase, etc]. Nature, 18th April 1901, pp. 590-591.
W. H. WHEELER. YorK S.E.
The Source of Warp in the Humber [contends that the Humber
warp is entirely made up of particles brought down by the rivers, and not
in any way from the material derived from the Holderness cliffs]. Geol.
Mag, Dec. 1901, pp. 568-570.
A. WILSON AND G. DUNSTON. LANCHONG
Section of Strata above the Barnsley Coal, passed through in
the Borehole at South Carr (Lincolnshire). Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc.,
Vol. 27, 1901, pp. 58-64.
J. E. WILSON. YorK S.W.

Rep. Brit. Assn. (Bradford), 1900 (publ. 1901), pp. 755-750.
ETHEL M. R. Woop. See ‘ Gertrude L. Elles.’
H. Woops. YORK S.E.

A Monograph of the Cretaceous Lamellibranchiata of England.
Part III. Monogr. Palzont. Soc., Vol. 55, 1901, pp- 113-144.
A. SMITH WOODWARD. York N.E.
Catalogue of the Fossil Fishes in the British Museum (Natural
History). Part IV.; pp. xxxix. +636. London, 1got.
HENRY WOODWARD. Lanc. S., DERBYSHIRE.
Note on Some Carboniferous Trilobites [refers to specimens from
South Lancashire, and describes and figures specimens of Griffithides
longiceps Portlock, var. angusta H.W., from Derbyshire, now in the
Sheffield Museum]. Geol. Mag., April 1901, pp. 152-154.

H. WoopWarD AND H. B. WOODWARD. NORTHERN COUNTIES.
Table of British Strata, 1 p. and 4 tables, 1901.
—<—<—>+

NORTHERN NEWS.

The Rev. J. Conway Walter informs us that on November 3rd, in the
parish of Haltham, near Horncastle, a Sparrow laid an egg. The weather
was fine and mild.

In ‘The Field’ for the roth October Mr. F. Boyes reports the recent
abundance of the ‘Painted Lady’ in East Yorkshire, and also records
‘large numbers’ of the ‘Clouded Yellow’ at Spurn. He likewise reports
the shooting of a solitary Snipe near Foston, on goth September. In the
same issue Mr. T. H. Neison, writing from Flamborough, notes the abund-
ance, on 21st September, of the ‘Painted Lady’ along the whole coastline,
from Durham to Kent. There seems to have been an unusual migration
this year.

Dr. H. R. Mill, writing to the Zimes on Thursday, 29th October, says :—
‘This is the certainty, now established, that 1903 is to prove the wettest
year since Mr. Symons established his first rain-gauge in Camden Town
in 1858. During the period of 46 years there were six complete years
in which the rainfall exceeded 30 in., and of these the wettest was 1875,
with 34°08 in. The rainfall for the portion of 1903 from ist January to
27th October amounts to 34°61 in., so that, to use a phrase which seems
to carry much significance to the general mind, the record is broken.’

1903 December 1.

CORRESPONDENCE.
GREAT SPOTTED WOODPECKER.

Some birds of this species are white on the under parts, others brown.
Can anyone explain the meaning of this difference? It seems not to be
a matter of sex orage. ! used to think the brown birds were from smoky
localities, but I have a very brown one from Ayrshire. Is it a matter of
season? Are the white birds newly moulted.—S. L. MOosLey.

GROUSE MOORS AND DEER FORESTS.

Mr. J. A. Harvie-Brown asks for information about Grouse in Shetland.
He would also like to know how to maintain ‘deer-grass’ in the Scotch
forests.”

My information regarding Shetland was up to 2nd September last.
So far as I know no English specialist advised that ‘300 brace’ should
be put down, or advised the use of English grouse at all—he knew Scotland
(after a residence of years) too well to make such a mistake. It happened,
I was informed at the time they were required, English grouse could be
obtained and Scotch were not on the market. Many of the Scotch moors
also were suffering badly from the ‘grouse disease,’ and further south this
was not the case that year. The supply imported was in proportion to the
area to be stocked. It was calculated that so many would die on transit,
for, as well as the land journey from Yorkshire to Aberdeen, there was
a sea voyage of 185 miles. It was also estimated that a certain proportion
would succumb to a much damper, if warmer, insular climate. The circum-
stances of the case turned out exactly as foreseen in every way. The birds
set free in batches (not put down en masse) on the Lunna estate have
multiplied as expected, and have spread over the suitable heather of the
archipelago. There was no reason why they should not. The birds intro-
duced and their descendants ‘are met with here and there all over the
islands on suitable ling-covered spots. It is impossible to estimate their
numbers, but the experiment has succeeded, and grouse shooting will begin
in Shetland next season (1904).’

Turning to deer forests! I suppose, if deer pay better than grouse,
sheep, or Highland cattle, the moor-soil owners are justified in making the
best of their own properties. Ling, or Heather—as it is called provincially

—(Calluna erica), does not multiply from root shoots above ground, or by
underground runners. It grows from seed and seed alone. <A burnt
stump may put out a fresh growth, but all new plants come from seed.
Evervw here on the moors the older generation of plants is dying off and
a newer springs up from seed to court destruction, if a moorland is over-
stocked with sheep. The fresh growth from old roots not killed by fire, if
continually eaten off by sheep finally ends in the destruction of the plants.
Want of knowledge about plant growth in relation to soils alone accounts
for the peculiar state of certain Scotch deer forests, described so accurately
by Mr. Harvie-Brown. The thousands of acres of ‘blackland’ in a high
state of cultivation which surround me suggest ‘an own-countryman ’
solution of this deer forest difficulty. The moorland plants cannot resist
ns ; and where ‘Tom, Dick, and Harry’ are willing to pay £35 per stag to

a Scotch forest-owner, there should be no difficulty about cost. Firing is
even a matter of indifference, but ling and bracken die away before it, ‘and
good ‘sheep grasses’ take their place.’ I dare not name this remedy as
a southerner, but Andrew Steele's ‘ History of Peat-Moss,’ Edinburgh, 1826,
contains it, and the late James F. W. Johnston ‘ writ a whole book about
it.’ If ocular demonstration regarding it is wanted a visit to Lunna, Isle of
Shetland, will prove invaluable to all deer forest owners. They understand
certain things perfectly in Shetland, and nothing better than the improve-
ment of moss-turf. I, who have made it a special study, have never seen
better results than I saw there.— E. ADRIAN WOODRUFFE PEACOCK, Cadney,
Brigg.

**The Naturalist,’ September, p. 337.

Naturakst,

CEASSEFTED

_
I
un

INDEX.

COMPILED BY W. DENISON ROEBUCK, F.L.S.

It is not an index in the strict sense of that term, but is a classi-
fied summary of the contents of the volume, arranged so as to be of
assistance to active scientific investigators, the actual titles of papers
not being regarded so much as the substantial nature of their contents.

CONTRIBUTORS.

Armitt, Miss Mary L., 94, 349.
Baker, John Gilbert, F.R.S., F..S., 221,

377-
Baldwin, E. T., 407.
Bayford, E. G., 166, 399, 407.
Bennett, Arthur, F.1.S., 4.
Binstead, Rev. C. H., 113.
Blackburn, Rey. E. Percy, 200, 262, 398.
Blackburn, Mrs. Juliet V., 292.
Boynton, Thomas, 61.
Braim, John, 254.
BorLtone PeaiVicge rl Se. FaGis.5 Ol, 93.) 235
Burton, Philip A., 462.

(Carry ErOts |e \WVapaMcA. sho San 2Oy5 5, Lol.

Garter, GaS:, 30; 3155. 320, 407.

Castle, Thomas, 383.

Cavers, F., B.SC., 169, 208, 327, 441, 451.

Cheesman, W. Norwood, F.1.s., IOI.

Clarke, W. J., 396.

Cole, Rev. FE. Maule, M.A., F.G.S., 73.

Corbett, Herbert H., M.R.C.S., 47, 120,
129, 399.

Corbett, H..V., 129, 407.

Crossland, Charles, F.L.S., 24, 88, IIo,
110, 177, 200, 249, 425, 461.

Crowther, John E., 245.

Cudworth, William, 266.

Danford, C. G., 262.
Daniel, George, 192.
Dannatt, R., 446.

Elgee, Frank, 264.

Farrah, John, F.L.S., 359, 446.

Fawcett, J. W., 78, 91, 91, 91, 91, 92, 92,
92, 93, 93, 94, 94, 121, 130, 216, 304.

Fieldhouse, Thomas, 424.

1903 December 1.

Fortune, Riley, F.z.s., 244.
Hester, He Ms, 223; 459:
Fowler, Rev. Wm., M.A., 200.
Friend, Rev. Hilderic, 21.

Gaythorpe, Harper, 352.

George, Charles Rey CoSi3 (O35, Ulely mei,
215, 252, 304, 324, 421.

Gibbs, Thomas, 373, 400.

Gregson, Wm., F.G.S., 73.

Handby, J. Walling, 28, 20.

Handley, John, J.p., 408.

Harker, Alfred, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., 260.
Harper, E., 459.

Harvie-Brown, J. A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S., 337-
Hawell, Rev. John, M.A., F.G.S., 257, 312.
Hawkesworth, Edwin, 199.

Hewett, Wim., 62, 62, 93.

Hey, Rev. W. C., M.A., 128, 130, 344, 440,

455-
Foland yliseele, WolesS-,) 15 7.
Howarth, James Henry, F.G.S., 72, 76.
Ingham, Wim., B.A., 79, 191, I9I, 248, 302,
369.

Johnson, F. E., F.c.s., 28. :

Keegan, 0s"©., LL. D.5.2203

Kendall, Percy F., F.G.S., 71, 72.

Kew, H. Wallis, F.Z.S., 263, 263, 293, 341,
343:

Lamplough, Edward, 412.

Lees, F. Arnold, M.R:C.S.; 25.

Linton, Rev. W. R., M.A., F.1.S., 63:
Lofthouse, T. Ashton, F.E.S., 62, 94, 456.
Loten, P. W., 61, 180.

476

Classified Index.

CONTRIBUTORS—continued.

MacLean, Kenneth, 356.
Macturk, G. W. B., 75.
Marshall, J. J., 461.
Massee, George, F.L.S., 17.
Milburn, C. E., 406, 459.
Moore, H., F.R.M.S., 402.
Morley, B., 424.

Mortimer, J. R., 201.
Mosley, S. L., F.E.S., 474.
Mioss; (©. E358:SG.,) 123:
MUU; wEle eB. peBsSCag ibaGoSa 74s
Murray, James, 62, 62, 264.

Nelson, Thomas H., M.8B.0.U., 61, 87, 91,
128, 189, 450.
Nettham, J. Arthur, 189.

Patterson, Sir Robert Lloyd, 348.

Paver-Crow, Richard, J.p., 382.

Peacock, Edward, F.S.A., 78.

Peacock, Rev. Edward Adrian Woodruffe,
INbilashy MoEnehs Gis, ZO, UAHA UAT, fs
AO, AV, BOS Biter, BO}, Ano, 2s, aye),
383, 408, 408, 424, 436, 461, 474.

Peacock, Max E., 182.

Pearson, William Henry, 403.

Retchy Ghomas,) BSC.) B-Aj S75n Zbl) BRO;
351, 450, 460.

Petty, S. Lister, 30, 56, 85, 95, 104, 190,
190, 267, 460.

Philip, R. H., 256, 375, 409.

Pickard, Joseph Fry, 45.

Porritt, George T., F.L.S., F.E.S., 126, 126,
129, 259, 264, 317, 398, 424, 436, 460.

Preston, Henry, F.G.S., 30, 253.

Riddelsdell, Rev. H. J., M.A., 167.
Robertshaw, A. G., 355-
Robinson, J. Fraser, 75, 248.

Roebuck, W. Denison, F.1L.S

-, 105, 319,

=

357: 3
Rotheray, Lister, 133.

Sheppard, Thomas, F.G.s., 28, 29, 75, 109,
123, 140s; 190,217,225, 233, 2400,
353, 397, 413, 459, 463-

Shutfrey, Rev. W. A., M.A., 92.

Simpson, William, F.G.s., 76.

Slater, Matthew B., F.L.S., 187, 372.

Smith, Arthur, F.L.S., F.E.S., 20, 30, 122,
383.

Smith, William G., BSC. 54 PH.D) 5 5sue5ia
89, 379, 389. |

Sorby, Henry, Clitton, ils: sbRas-sieher

437:
Speight, Harry, 108.
Stainforth, T., 246, 456.
Stather, John W., F.G.S., 75, 422, 446.
Stephenson, Thomas, 29, 336.
Stiles, M. H., F.R.M.S., 401.
Stow, Miss S. C., 28, 129, 130, 185, 265,
395, 410, 410.
Style, Rev. George, M.A., 76.
Summerfield, Rev. R. A., B.A., 91, 92.
Sutcliffe; Jo Ease303.) 308)

Thompson, M. L., F.E.S., 246, 302, 405.
Thornley, Rev. Alfred, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S.,
117, 382.

Walter, Rev. J. Conway, 28, 91, 93, 262,
325; 382, 448, 473-°

Walton, F. Fielder, F.G.s., 76.

Wattam, W. E. L., 190

Webb, W. M., 164.

Wheldon, J. A., F.L.S., 63, 63, 63, 130, 130,
130, 457-

Wilson, Albert, F.L.S., 63.

Wingate, Rev. W. J., 269.

BOOK, NOTICES.:

ZOOLOGY.

Sherborn, C. D.—Index Animalium, 379.

West, G. S.—Freshwater Rhizopods and
Heliozoa, 127.

Zoological Record for 1901, 96.

MAMMALIA.

Adams, L. E.—Contribution to our Know-
ledge of the Mole, 70.

Birps.

Hepburn, T.—Sea-birds and Plovers in
Lancashire and Cumberland, 64.

Hett, C. Louis.—Glossary of Popular
Names of British Birds, go.

Wade, E. W.—The Birds of Bempton
Cliffs, 86.

MOLLUSCA.

Adams, L. E.-—Census of British Land
and Freshwater Mollusca, 188.

Naturalist,

Classified Index.

477

BOOK NOTICES—continued.

Hoyle, W. E.—British Cephalopoda, their
Nomenclature and Classification, 90.
Taylor, J. W.—Monograph of Land and
Freshwater Mollusca of British Isles,

97 and 445.

INSECTS.

Comstoch, Anna B.—Ways of the Six
Footed, 380.

Goss, Herbert. —Entomology of the Victoria
History of Northamptonshire, 259.

Miall, L. C.—Aquatic Insects, new edition,
E27.

Morley, Margaret W.—Insect Folk, 380.
LEPIDOPTERA.

Barrett, C. G.—Lepidoptera of the British
Islands, Vol. 8, 126.

Day, Geo.. O.—List of Lepidoptera of
Cheshire, Flintshire, etc., 317.

Robson, J. E.—Catalogue of Lepidoptera
of Northumberland and Durham, 126.

FLOWERING PLANTs.

Bennett, Arthur.—Distribution of Peuce-
danum palustre and Lathyrus palustris
in Britain, 410.

Bradford Societies. —Manningham
and its Trees, 88.

Elhott, G. F. Scott. —Nature Studies (Plant
Life), 259.

Green, C. Theodore.—Flora of Liverpool
District, 123.

Kobinson, J. F.—Flora of East Riding of
Yorkshire, 57.

Smith, W. G., and Moss, C. E.—Geo-
graphical Distribution of Vegetation in
Yorkshire, J. G. Baker, 221.

Smith, W. G., and Rankin, W. M.—
Geographical Distribution of Vegetation
in Yorkshire, Part 2, J. G. Baker, 377.

Weiss, F. E.—Tylophora radiculosa at
Halifax, 60.

Park

MossEs AND HEPATICs.

Grant, A. J.—Mosses with
etc., 331.

Lett, H. W.—List of Hepatics of British
Isles, 187.

Wheldon, J. A., and Wilson, A.—Papers
on Mosses and Hepatics, 95.

Hand-lens,

FUNGI.

Massee, Geo.—European Fungus-Flora:
Agaricacez, 88.

1903 December 1.

ALGA.
Mills, F. W., and Philip, R. H.—Diato-

macez of Hull District, 2

West, W., and West, G. S.—Freshwater
Algee of North Ireland, 60.

West, W., and West, G. S.—Notes on
Freshwater Algze, III., 268.

GEOLOGY, ETC.

Barnes, Jonathan.—Papers on Derbyshire
Rocks, 65.
Clak, J. E.—-Article on Lake Vickering,

Dickinson, Joseph.—Blackpool and the
Subsoil, 31.
Dwerryhouse, A. K.—Glaciation of Tees-
dale, Weardale, and Tyne Valley, 14.
Kendall, P. F.—G lacier Lakes in Cleve-
land, 14

Lee, John.—Geology of Great Whin Sill,
60.

Liverpool
ings, 127.

Lomas, J.—Quartz Dykes near Foxdale,
Isle of Man, 95.

Miers, H. A.—Mineralogy :
tion, 260.

Moore, Samuel.-—Toadstone in Derbyshire,

Geological Society.—Proceed-

An Introduc-

Pickstone W.—Sections of South Lanca-
shire Coalfield at Pilkington and Bury, 64.

Read, C. H.—Guide to Antiquities of the
Stone Age, 98.

Sheppard, T. — Geological
East Yorkshire, 257.

Stather, J. W.—Striated Rock Surface at
Sandsend, RR:

Rambles in

SOCIETIES’ REPORTS.

Bootham School (York) Nat. Hist. Soc.—
Report, 288.

Bradford Public Library. —Natural History
Catalogue, 27.

Cleveland Nat. Field Club.—Proceedings,
Vol. 1, Part 4, 161.

Halifax Naturalist.——60.

Huddersfield Naturalist and Photographic
Society.-—Annual Keport for 1903, 462.

Hull Museum Publications.—-(Nos. 9, 10,
iii) AOS (INK es toy: (UNH 18) she
(No. 14) 380, (No. 15) 381, (No. 16) 462.

Leeds Astronomical Society.—1oth Report,
for 1902, 188.

Liverpool Biological Society.-—Proc. and
Trans., Vol. 16, 65.

Liverpool Nat. Field Club.—Proceedings
for 1902, 188.

BOOK

London City Entomological and Nat. Hist.
Society. —Trans. for 1902, 188.

Manchester Field Naturalists’ Society. —
Report for 1901, 90.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical
Society. —Memoirs, 90.

Manchester Microscopical Society—
Annual Report, 90.

Manchester Field Club. — Proceedings,

Part 1, 163.

Northamptonshire Nat. Hist. Society.—
(Quarterly Journal, 189.

Northumberland and Durham Natural
History Transactions, Vol. 14, Part 1,
127.

Notts and Derbyshire Naturalists’ Quar-
terly, 27.

Nottingham Naturalists) Society.—5o0th
Report, 188.

Rochdale Lit. and Sci. Society.—24th
Report, 191.

Southport Soc. of Nat. Science.—Seventh

Report, 95.
Southport Meeting of British Association. —
Handbook, 410.

Classified Index.

NOTICES—continued.

United States Publications, Various, 125.

Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic
Society. —Transactions for 1902, 27.

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. — Trans-
actions, Parts 28 and 29, 261.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Brown, A. & Sons.—Pocket Map of East
Riding, 26.

Goulding, k. W.—Martin Lister, M.D.,
FO RSS., 25.

Palmer, W. T.—Lake Country Kambles,
go.

Peacock, E. A. W.—Thoroughbreds and
their Grass Land, 30, 127.

Roth, Filibert.—First Book of Forestry,
So.

Webb, W. M.—Article on Nature Study,
164.

Westell, W.
261.

Wingate, W. J.—Natural History Record
Books, 379.

Wilson-Barker, D.—Ciouds and Weather
Signs, 27.

Percival. —Country Rambles,

LEW SEEA TIONS:

ALGA.

Surirella constricta var. medulica, 256.

ARACHNIDA.

Arrhenurus compactus Piers., 324.

Arrhenurus ferpicatus Newm., 252.

Arrhenurus leuckarti Piers., 304.

Arrhenurus mantonensis George,
216.

Arrhenurus membranator Thor., 83.

Arrhenurus nonforpicatus George, n.s
252.

Arrhenurus pyriformis George, n.sp., 215.

Chelifer latreillit Leach, 294.

Chthonius rayi L. Koch, 294.

Piersigia limophila Protz., 112.

Pionides ensifer (Ncen.), 421.

n.sp.,

3IRDS.

Buzzard’s Nest, Lake District, Pl. 9, facing
22.
Guillemots on Hateley Shoot, Bempton,
87.
Herring Gull’s Nest, near Whitby, 161.
White’s Thrush, Luddenden Dean, 68.

BoranitcAL LANDSCAPES.

Askern Pool, Hippuris vulgaris, 163.
Bromborough, Water Lilies, 123.
Cheshire Coast, Submerged Forest, 162.
Crimsworth Dean, Cottongrass Moor, 222.
Gordale Scar, Mountain Pasture, 377-
Hightown Sandhills, Coast Vegetation,
123.
Kettlewell Scars, Scar Woods, 378.
Walshaw Dean, Grass Heath in Moorland
Valiey, 221.

GEOLOGICAL VIEWS.

Alsop-en-le-Dale—Anticline and Syncline
in Mountain Limestone, 323.

Arco Wood Quarry, near Setue, 36.

Bowes, Pot-holes in Sleightholme Valley,
Pl. 12, facing 376.

Caythorpe, Fold in Marlstone, 253.

Crosby, Gypsum Boulder, 419.

Doncaster, Geological Map, 48.

Eller Beck, Fen Bogs, Glacial Valley,
ite

Filey Brig, 242.

Gristhorpe. Cliffs, Pl. 8, facing 257.

High Force, Whin Sill, 321.

Naturalist,

Classtfied [ndex.

ILLUSTRATIONS —continued.

Kelsey Hill, Erratic Boulders, 100.

Peak Forest, Metamorphosed Limestone, |
two views, 65. |

Sanwick Nab-—Chalk Cliffs, 257. |

MAMMALS.

Mole’s Burrows—Plan and Elevation,

Wie

MINERALOGY.

Aragonite, Cumberland, 260.
Witherite, Hexham, 260.

MOLLUSCA.
Helicigona arbustorum var. bifasciata
Kew, 341.
Interesting Northern Shells, Pl. 1, facing 99.
Limax cinereo-niger. —Goyt Valley locality,
445.

nov.

MossES AND HEPATICS.

Fegatella conica, four figures, 169-175.
Frullania, two species, 214.

Pallavicinia flotowiana, five figures, 442-
444, 452, 454, and Pl. 16, facing 441.
Petalophyllum ralfsii, four figures, 328-331
Preissia commutata, two figures, 210-211.
Reboulia hemispherica, two figures,

PHY
Riccia glauca, 172.
Ricciocarpus natans, 173.
Targionia hypophytla, 200.

212-

PAL4O-BOTANY. |

Fossil Tree, Bradford, 266.

PALAO-ZOOLOGY.

Mammoth’s Tusk, Brough, 194.
Footprints on Sandstone Slab, Storeton, 66.

SPECIES. ANID, VARS, NEW.

IN
ARACHNIDA.
Arrhenurus mantonensis George, Lincs.,
216 and figures.
Arrhenurus nonforpicatus George, Linecs.,

253 and figure.
Arrhenurus pyriformis George, Lincs.,
_and figures.

215

1903 December 1.

PORTRAITS AND GROUPS.

Bootham Boys on a Nature Study Excur-
sion, 164.

R. Braithwaite and M. B.
Pl. 10, facing 361.

Samuel Chadwick, Pl. 5A, facing 225.

Four F’s.L.S. at Bowes, Pl. 11, facing 368.

Fungus Foray at Helmsley.—Leaders, PI.
14, facing 425; Helpers, Vl. 15, facing

Slater at Bowes,

433:

Adrian Hardy Haworth, Pl. 5, facing 217.

Charles P. Hobkirk, Pl. 2, facing 105.

H. Wallis Kew, 445. :

George Norman, VI. 6, facing 233.

William Spence, Pl. 7, facing 233

Washington Teasdale, Pl. 13, facing 417.

Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey, Pl. 74,
facing 241.

PREHISTORIC ARCHASOLOGY.

Arrowhead, Neolithic, Bridlington, 99.

Boat and Warrior Crew, Scandinavian,
Ancient Model, Roos Carrs, 193; and
Pl. 3, facing 193.

Bone, Prehistoric drawing of horse, 99.

Bronze Axes, British, Furness, 165.

Canoe, Prehistoric, Martin Mere,
AIO.

Cup and Ring-Marked Boulder, Rombald’s
Moor, 69.

Devil’s Arrows, North Arrow, 34.

Earthworks, Ancient, Towtop irk, Cum-
berland, 228.

Flint Implements, Pigmy, Scunthorpe, 289.

Incense Cup, Caythorpe [ronstone Work-
ings, 254.

Jet Ornaments from East Yorkshire Barrows,
twelve figures, 202-205 ; and IL. 4, facing
201.

Skull, Danes’ Graves, Driffield, two figures,
420.

Skulls showing Disease, East Yorkshire,
Prehistoric, 195.

Vases. British, Todmorden, 418.

Lancs..

TQ SCIENCE DESCRIBED

THIS VOLUME.

MOLLUSCA.

Helicigona arbustorum var. bifasciata

Kew, 341 and figure.

nov.

LUNGI

Entoloma Farrahi Mass. and Crossl., 427.

480

SPECIES AND VARS. NEW TO
IN THIS

ALG.

Surirella constricta var. medulica Per., 256.

ARACHNIDA.

Arrhenurus compactus Piers., 324.
Arrhenurus leuckarti Piers., 304.
Arrhenurus membranator Thor., 83.
Piersigia limophila Protz., 111.
Pionides ensifer (IXcen.), 421.

CYCAD.

Dictyozamites hawelli Seward, 314.

Classified Index.

BRITAIN BROUGHT FORWARD
VOLUME.

FLOWERING PLANTS,

Festuca maritima L. = Nardurus unilater-
alis Boiss., 409.

Hehanthemum chameecistus var.
Reich., 46.

discolor

FUNGI.

Hygrophorus melizzeus Fr., 426.
Lachnea fimbriata Quel., 110.
Marasmius lagopinus Fries, 426.
Plasmopara pusilla (Schrot.), 303.

HEPATIC.

Kantia submersa Arnell, 63.

CHESHIRE.

Arachnida: Localities for Chernes no-
dosus, If. Wallis Kew, 298.

Birds: Knot at Bowdon, 95; Pintail
inland, and Dotterel at Sealand, 320;
Honey-Buzzard in Cheshire, 384.

Flowering Plants: Carex ovalis and
C. curta at Birkenhead, J. A. Wheldon,
63; Keview of Green’s Flora of Liverpool
District, C. E. Moss, 123-125; Cerastium
tetrandrum near Liverpool, J. A. Whel-
don, 130; Rubus macrophylloides at
Eastham, J. A. Wheldon, 130; Salvia
verticillata at Birkenhead, J. A. Wheldon,
130; Growth of an Oak, at Tarporley,
H. Gaythorpe, 352.

Geology and Palzontology: Biblio-
graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160;
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
473-

Illustration of Slab of Sandstone with
footprints, probably from Storeton, 66 ;
note on Papers published by Liverpool
Geological Society, 127.

Hymenoptera: Ccelioxys mandibularis

on the Cheshire Coast, new to Britain,
W. Gardner, 32.

Lepidoptera: Review of Day’s List of
Lepidoptera of Cheshire, G. T. Porritt,
317-

Meteorology: Mitchell’s observations at
Chester in 1901, 32.

Mollusca: Vitrea rogersi in Cheshire,
268; View of the Goyt Valley locality
for Limax cinereo-niger, 445.

Mosses: Varieties of Hypnum riparium

and H. aduncum at Birkenhead, J. A.
Wheldon, 63.

Personal Notices: Memoir of Thomas
Comber, 31; paper on Cheshire birds
by T. A. Coward, 288.

Palzo-Botany: Roots of Medullosa
anglica at Stalybridge, 322.

| Phy siography: Earthquake in Cheshire,

192.
Societies: 26th Annual Report of Lan-
cashire and Cheshire Entomological

Society, 188 ; Chester Society of Natural
Science, 32nd Report, 410.

CUMBERLAND.

Arachnida: Chernesnodosusand Obisium
muscorum near Carlisle, etc., H. W. Kew,
208.

Birds: Bewick’s Swan on the Solway,
132; Black-headed Gull in Cumberland
in 1705, S. Lister Petty, 190; Common

3uzzard’s Nest in the Lake District,

322 and Pl. 9; Lapwing’s Eggs eaten
by Stoats at Waberthwaite, FE. T. Baldwin,
407; Rk. Service on Bird-migration on
the Solway, 448.

Coleoptera: Micotrogus picirostris in
Gelt Woods, Cumberland, J. Murray, 62;
Coleoptera near Carlisle in 1902, J.

Naturalist,

Classified Index.

481

CUMBERLAN D—continued.

Murray, 62; mention of papers on beetles
at Lazonby Fell and Barron Wood, 96;
Pselaphus dresdensis in Cumberland,
F. H. Day, 191 ; Otiorhynchus muscorum
near Carlisle, J. Murray, 264.

Crustacea: Lake District Occurrences
of Cladocera noted. 224.

Flowering Plants: G. C. Druce’s
work at Keswick, 31 ; Ononis repens on
the Cumberland Coast, S. L. Petty, 190;
Article in ‘Spectator’ on the Natural
Gardens of the River Eamont, 412.

Geology and Palzontology: Bibli-
ography for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160,
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
473:

EK. A. Newell Arber’s work on fossil
flora of Cumberland Coalfield, 31;
Glacial Boulders on the N.W. Coast,
H. G. Mantle, 32; photograph of Sub-
merged Forest on the Cheshire Coast,
162.

Mammals: Stoat feeding on Lapwing’s
Eggs at Waberthwaite, E. T. Baldwin,
407; Marten at Wastdale in 1887, 448.

| Mineralogy: Figure of Aragonite from
Cumberland, 260.

Mollusca: Helix aculeata at Bassen-
thwaite figured, 98; Vallonia pulchella
on a mill-roof at Bassenthwaite, H.
Wallis Kew, 343.

| Museums, etc.: Nature Study Lectures
at Carlisle, 411.

Personal Notices: Notes by H. Brit-
ten, H. Donisthorpe, and F. H. Day
on Cumberland Coleoptera, 288, 462 ;
Death of W. T. Aveline, 320.

| Prehistoric Archzology: Ancient
Earthworks at Bampton, Penrith, Miss
Noble, 228 and figure.

Reptiles and Amphibians: Newts in

Lepidoptera: Cupido minima, large Threlkeld Tarn in 1705, S. L. Petty,
form in Cumberland, R. South, 32. 267.
DERBYSHIRE:
Bibliography: Notice of Notts and | Mammals: Mammals noted in Cave-

Derbyshire Naturalists’ Quarterly, 27.

Birds: IF. C. R. Jourdain’s Notes on
Derbyshire Ornithology, 1900-1902,
mentioned, 95; Rough-legged Buzzard
and Montagu’s Harrier in Derbyshire,
320.

Geology and Palzontology: Bbiblio-
graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160 ;
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
473-

Sections of Derbyshire Limestones,
normal and metamorphosed, J. Barnes,
65; Cave-remains at Doveholes, W.
Boyd Dawkins, 226; EI. H. Arnold
Bemrose’s work on Derbyshire Lime-
stones, with figure, 323.

remains of Pliocene age at Doveholes,
W. Boyd Dawkins, 226.

Mollusca: Sinistrorse Helix rotundata at
Castleton, 96; view of the Goyt Valley
locality for Limax cinereo-niger, 445.

Museum: S. L. Mosley’s opinion of the
Derby Museum, 411.

Physiography :

Earthquake in Derby-
shire, 192.

Prehistoric Archeology : Paleolithic
drawing of horse’s head from Cresswell
Crags figured, 99.

| Worms: Notes on Derbyshire Annelids,
H. Friend, 21-22.

DURHAM.

Birds: Eider Duck at Stanhope, J. W.
Fawcett, 92; fight between Heron and
Peewits in Weardale, J. W. Fawcett, 93 ;
Little Bunting at Durham, 95; Raven
at Seaton Carew, T. H. Nelson, 189;
Little Stint at Sunderland, J. W. Fawcett,

1903 December 1.

216; Curlew Sandpiper near Sunder-

land, Je W. Fawcett, 304; Albino
Ring Ouzel at Middleton-in-Teesdale,

C. E. Milburn, 406; Red-spotted Blue-
throat at the Tees Mouth, C. Milburn,

459-

GG

Classified [ndex.

DURHAM—continued.

482
Diptera: Durham Diptera, a detailed
list, W. J. Wingate, 269-288.

Flowering Plants: Orchids of the
Derwent Valley, J. W. Fawcett, 121-122;
Saxifraga stellaris at Bollihope, Wear-
dale, J. W. Fawcett, 130.

Geology and Palzontology : Biblio-
graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160 ;
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-

Pe hd

Notice of Lee’s Geology of the Great

Whin Sill, 60; Shap Granite Boulder

near Darlington, 224; Geology of High

Force, with sketch, 321.

Hymenoptera: Vespa austriaca in
Durham, 320.

Lepidoptera: Poplar Hawkmoth at
Ryton, J. W. Fawcett, 94; notice of

Robson’s Catalogue of Lepidoptera of

Mammalia : Common Seal at Tecsmouth,
TE Nelsons 61; at Warn ee
Nelson, 91; at Seaton Sluice, J. W.
Fawcett, 91; and at Seaham [tarbour,
J. W. Fawcett, 91 ; Otters in the Wear,
J. W. Fawcett, 91; Beluga Whale at
mouth of Tyne, 320.

Mollusca : Pisidium henslowanum figured
from Cockerton, Darlington, 98.

_ Museums: Sunderland Museum, 95.

_ Personal Notices: C. T. Clough’s
paper on Disappearance of Limestones
in High Teesdale, 320.

Reptiles and Amphibians: linged
Snake in Pelaw Woods, J. W. l‘awcett,
93-

Societies: Proposed Union of Durham
Naturalists, W. J. Wingate, 132; Durham
County Naturalists’ Union and its pro-
posed work, 224; Annual .Meeting of

Northumberland and Durham, G. T. | — Darlington Nat. Field Club, 224; Durham
Porritt, 126. Naturalists’ Union, 268, 320.
LANCASHIRE.

Bibliography : List of articles in British
Association Handbook for Southport, 448.

Coleoptera: Mention of paper on South-
port beetles in 1902, 96.

Ferns and Fern=Allies: Equisetum
variegatum and Selaginella selaginoides
near Formby, etc., J. A. Wheldon, 457.

Flowering Plants: Four new records,
31; Carex ovalis and C. curta near Ain-
tree, J. A. Wheldon, 63; Vaccinium
vilis-idzea from Clougha Pikes in Motley
Herbarium, J. A. Wheldon, 63 ; Cotone-
aster at Silverdale, S. Lister Petty, 95;
Ambrosia artemisizefolia and Vicia villosa
at St. Anne’s-on-Sea, 96; Keview of
Green’s Flora of Liverpool District, C. E.
Moss, 123-125; Cerastium tetrandrum
near Liverpool, J. A. Wheldon, 130;
Changes in the Flora of the Lancashire
Ceast about Southport, J. A. Wheldon,
457-458

Geology and Palzontology : Biblio-
graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160 ;
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
47 3-

Notice of papers published by Liver-
pool Geological Society, 127; Heaton

Park Bore-hole,
ceedings of British
port, 447.

Hane Geological pro-
Association at South-

Lepidoptera: *iention of E. B. Hobson’s
List of Southport Lepidoptera, 95 ;

Laphygma exigua near Liverpool, G. T.
Porritt, 424.

Mollusca: Monstrosities of Planorbis
spirorbis, Limnzea stagnalis, and Vivi-
para contecta from Lancashire, figured,
98 ; Limneea truncatula on top of c hure h-
tower at Preston, H. Wallis Kew, 343;
Solenomorpha major near Stonyhurst,
384.

Mosses and Hepatics: Varieties of
Hypnum riparium and H. aduncum
near Aintree, J. A. Wheldon, 63; INantia
submersa at Cockerham, a new British
ITepatic, A. Wilson and J. A. Wheldon,
63; Changes in the Moss-Flora of the
Southport Coast-line, J. A. Wheldon,
457-458.

Museums, etc.: Report of Manchester
Museum, 27; Birds in Blackburn
Museum, 32; Southport Observatory,

Notes from Manchester Museum

320; Report of Manchester

32 :
ne sticed,

Naturalist,

Classified Index.

483

LANCASHIRE—continued.

Museum, 381; W. W. Mason’s gift of
Mosses to Bootle Museum, 41.

Personal Notices: Nobel Prize to
Major Ross for malarial research, 32:
F. Archer’s shell-collections acquired
for Birmingham, 384; J. W. Baldwin’s
paper on “Turton Land Shells, 448 ;
T. H. Beare’s Captures of Coleoptera
at Southport, 462; Death and Liverpool
Birth of Prof. A. k. Grote, 462.

Prehistoric Archeology: British
Vases from Todmorden, 418; Prehistoric
Canoe from Bed of Martin Mere figured,

Naturalists’, Literary and Philosophical,
and Microscopical Societies, 90 ; Awards
of Wilde and Dalton Medals at Man-
chester, 95; Conference on Higher
Education at Manchester, 96; a New
Manchester Field Club, 163; 26th
Report of Lancashire and Cheshire
Entomological Society, 188; Notice of
Proceedings of Liverpool Nat. Field
Club for 1902, 188 ; 24th Annual Report
of Rochdale Literary and _ Scientific
Society, 191; Change of Name to Man-
chester Geological and Mining Society,
268; British Association at Southport,

419. 268-323; Proceedings of Liverpool
Societies: Manchester Scientific Geological Association, 410; Southport
Societies, 31; Report of Liverpool Society’s Eighth Report, 410; Trans-
Geological Association, 31; Notice of actions of Manchester Microscopical
publications of Manchester Field Society for 1902, 410.
LINCOLNSHIRE.

Algze: List of Diatoms collected at Clee,
Grimsby, A. Smith, 122.

Arachnida: Zora maculata and Oonops
pulcher near Grimsby, A. Smith, 30;
Arrhenurus membranator at North
Thoresby, new to Britain, figured, C. F.
George, 83; Piersigia limophila at
Manton, figured, C. F. George, 111-112;
Arrhenurus pyriformis George and A.
mantonensis George, both new to science,
at Manton, C. F. George, 215-216 and
figures; A. nonforpicatus George, new
to science, and A. forpicatus, Kirton
Lindsey, C. F. George, 252 and figure ;
Pseudo-scorpions in Lincolnshire, with
localities, H. Wallis Kew, 298-299 ;
Arrhenurus leuckarti at Kirton Lindsey,
new to Britain, C. F. George, 304;
Mite-galls in Lincolnshire, Be No Wie
Peacock and Miss S. C. Stow, 305-306;
Arrhenurus compactus at Kirton Lindsey,
-. F. George, 324 and figure ; Arachnid
Galls observed by L.N.U. at Careby,
Miss S. C. Stow, 383; Pionides ensifer
at Kirton Lindsey, C. F. George, 421
and figure.

Birds: Fork-tailed Petrel at Grimsby, 29;
Flamingo at the mouth of the Welland,
F. M. Burton, 61; Bittern, Long-tailed
Duck, Eider, and Great Shearwater
in Lincolnshire, F. M. Burton, 93;
Rough-legged Buzzard near Boston,
W oodcock, Wild Duck and Wild Geese
near Horncastle, J. C. Walter, 93 ; Birds

1993 December 1.

frequenting Pollard Willowsat Bottesford,
Max Peacock, 183; Grantham Bird
Notes, J. A. Nettham, 189-190; Bullfinch
near Horncastle, J. Conway Walter, 262;
Nidification of Bunting and Whinchat
near Redbourne, E. A. W. Peacock, 262:
Maternal Fidelity in Partridge near
Horncastle, J. Conway Walter, 325;
Raven’s Nest on Louth Steeple in 1693,
C. S. Carter, 326; Breeding of Jackdaws
in towers at Preston, H. Wallis Kew,
343; White Herons at Dowsdale in 1772,
E. A. W. Peacock, 382; Winter Egg-
laying of Sparrow near Horncastle,
J. Conway Walter, 473.

Coleoptera: Pogonus luridipennis at
Saltfleet, etc., C. cot Carter, 30; Galls o
Coleoptera in Tacolashixe,, Be CAC WE
Peacock and Miss S. C. Stow, 185-186,
305-306; Beetles observed by L.N.U.
at Little Bytham, A. Thornley, 382.

Diptera: Dipterous Galls in Lincolnshire,
E. A. W. Peacock and Miss S. C. Stow,
185-186, 305-306; Dipterous Galls ob-
served. by L.N.U. at Careby, Miss
S. C. Stow, 383.

Ferns and Fern Allies: Equisetum
hyemale at South Kelsey, E. A. W.
Peacock, 140; Asplenium rutamuraria
and Chara hispida near Caistor, E. A.
W. Peacock, 325; Equisetum maximum
at Claxby Wood, E. A. ‘W. Peacock,
47a}

484

Classified Index.

LINCOLNSHIRE—continued.

Fishes: Stickleback in the East and West

Fens, 1799 and 1902, E. A. W. Peacock,
29; Fishes at roots of the Pollard Willow
at Bottesford, Max Peacock, 184.

Flowering Plants: Samphire at Salt-
fleet, etc., C. S. Carter, 30; Rosa canina
at Caythorpe, Miss S. C. Stow, 129 ;
Sambucus ebulus at Ropsley, Miss S. C.
Stow, 130; the Pollard Willow at
Bottesford, Max Peacock, 182-185 ; Host-
plants of Lincolnshire Galls, E. A. W.
Peacock and Miss S. C. Stow, 185-186,
305-306 ; Utricularia vulgaris and Bu-
tomus umbellatus at Tetney, H. Wallis
Kew, 263; Botanical Notes by L.N.U.
at Grantham, E. A. W. Peacock, 264-265 ;
Various plant-records, E. A. W. Peacock,
319; Plants observed by L.N.U. near
Caistor, E. A. W. Peacock, 325; Galls
observed by L.N.U. at Careby, Miss
S. C. Stow, 383; Galium mollugo near
Grimsby, A. Smith, 383; Plants observed
by L.N.U. at Sutton-on-Sea, E. A. W.
Peacock, 408; Festuca maritima, new
to Britain, and other plants observed by
L.N.U. at Careby, E. A. W. Peacock,
408; Cnicus lanceolatus, Leontodon
autumnalis and Hypocheeris radicata at
Sutton, as attractive to Butterflies, E.
A. W. Peacock, 424; Plants noted by
IDNR aie (Clasdoye Wool, 1, as) Wc
Peacock, 436; Orobanche rubra near
Wouths anew LomVaGs |S4. le ASW.
Peacock, 461.

Fungi: Geaster bryantii near Caistor,
W. Fowler, 200.

Geology and Palzontology : Biblio-
graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160 ;
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
473:

Boring at Caythorpe, H. Preston, 30;
Geology and Archzology of Caythorpe
and Leadenham, H. Preston, 253-254 and
figures ; Rheetic Beds at Lincoln, F. M.
Burton, 335-330; Investigation of the
Estuarine Deposit at Kirmington, J. W.
Stather, 422-423.

Hemiptera: Hemipterous Galls of Lin-
colnshire, E. A. W. Peacock and Miss
S. C. Stow, 185-186, 305-306.

at Little Bytham, 383; I1ymenopterous
Galls observed by L.N.U. at Careby,
Miss S. C. Stow, 383.

| Lepidoptera: Lepidopterous Galls in

Lincolnshire, E. A. W. Peacock and
Miss S. C. Stow, 305-306; Lepidoptera
noted by L.N.U. at Little Bytham,
A. Thornley, 382; Vanessa cardui at
Sutton-on-Sea, E. A. W. Peacock, 424.

| Mammals: Albino and Black Rabbits

near Horncastle, J. Conway Walter, 28 ;
Otters at Barrow Haven, T. Sheppard,
28; Badgers at Sapperton and Lenton,
S. C. Stow, 28; and near Spilsby, J. C.
Walter, 91; Mammals frequenting Pollard
Willows at Bottesford, Max Peacock,
183-184; Badger at Market Rasen, 288 ;
Whale in 1693 at Sutton, C. S. Carter,
326; Horn Cores of Bos primigenius at
New Holland, with figure, 381; White
Leveret near Bardney, |]. Conway Walter,
382.

| Mollusca: Testacella scutulum near Cais-

tor, E. A. W. Peacock, 128; Ebelix
aspersa var. albofasciata near Kedbourne,
E. A. W. Peacock, 262; Amphipeplea
glutinosa, etc., at Tetney, H. Wallis
Kew, 263; Spheerium corneum on the
toes of Toads at Tetney, H. Wallis Kew,
263; Mollusca observed by L.N.U. at
Caistor, C. S. Carter, 318; Mollusca
observed by L.N.U. near Grantham,
F. A. W. Peacock, 318; Limax cinereo-
niger at Careby, E. A. W. Peacock, 319;
Mollusca observed by L.N.U. at Huttoft
Bank, C. S. Carter, 407; Sewage con-
tamination of Cleethorpes Oysters, 411.

Molluscan Palzontology: Belemnites

speetonensis and B._ brunsvicensis in
Lincolnshire, 96; Terebratula punctata
in Marlstcne near Caythorpe, H. Preston,
254; Belemnites at Caistor, J. W. Stather,

440.

Mosses: Mosses near Grantham by

L.N.U., Miss S.C. Stow, 265; Mosses
and Hepatics observed by L.N.U. at
Caistor and at Careby, Miss S. C. Stow,
410.

Museums: Proposed Museum at Lincoln,

Hymenoptera: Ringing Bees near Kir- 6A

ton-in-Lindsey, E. Peacock, 78; C. F.
George, 131; Bedeguars at Caythorpe,
Miss S. C. Stow, 129; Hymenopterous
Galls in Lincolnshire, E. A. W. Peacock
and Miss S. C. Stow, 185-186, 305-306 ;
Sawflies and Galls observed by L.N.U.

Personal Notices: Sir Isaac Newton’s
parentage, 31; Death of Charles S. Hol-
gate, 320; G. H. Caton-Haigh’s Paper
on Bird Migration, 462; P. A. Burton’s
Notes on Birds at Rugby, 462.

Naturalist,

Classtfied Index.

LINCOLNSHIRE

Physiography: Reclamation of 1,000
acres in Trent Valley near East Ferry,
4Il.

Prehistoric Archeology: Early British
Pottery in Ironstone Workings near
Caythorpe, H. Preston, 254 and figure ;
Pigmy Flint Implements at Scunthorpe,
with figure, 289.

Reptiles and Amphibians: Toads
and Pollard Willows at Bottesford, Max

ISLE, OF

Birds: White Wagtail in the Isle of Man,
320; Grasshopper Warbler, Tree Spar-
row, Stockdove, Water-rail in the Isle,
384.

Geology and Palzontology : Biblio-
graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160,
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
473-

485
-continued.

Peacock, 184; Bivalves attached to the
toes of Toads at Tetney, H. Wallis Kew,
| 2sKe
| Rhizopods: Gromia stagnalis a Lincoln-

shire species, G. S. West, 127.

Societies: Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union

Annual Meeting, 64; Presidential Ad-

dress, Equipment of the Field Naturalist,

A. Thornley, 117-120; Annual Meeting

of Grimsby Naturalists’ Society, 288.

MAN.

| J. Lomas on Quartz Dykes near Fox-

| dale, noticed, 95; G. W. Lamplugh’s
work in Man, and his Memoir on its
Geology, 196; Keisley limestone pebbles
in red sandstone of Isle of Man, 354.

Personal Notices: S. L. Mosley and

W. E. L. Wattam’s Papers on Manx
Natural History, 462.

NORTHUMBERLAND.

Arachnida: Chelifer degeerii at Ber-
wick, H. Wallis Kew, 297.

Fishes: Sturgeon landed at North Shields,
J. W. Fawcett, 78.

Flowering Plants: Orchids of the Der-
went Valley, J. W. Fawcett, 121-2.

Geology and Palzontology: Biblio-
graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160 ;
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
473-

Lepidoptera: Poplar Hawkmoth in
Northumberland, Corbridge and Corn-
Hil aleWeeebawcett, 04): Notice sof

Robson’s Catalogue of Lepidoptera of
Northumberland and Durham, G. T.
Porritt, 126.

Mammals: Seal at Bamburgh, J. W.
Faweett, 91; Otter at Warkworth, J.
W. Fawcett, 92; Beluga Whale at
mouth of Tyne, 320.

Mineralogy: Figure of Witherite from
Hexham, 260.

Museums: Report on the Newcastle
Museum, noticed, 96.

| Personal Notices: Death of G. P.
Bulman, 224; paper by G. A. Lebour
| on Marl-slate and Yellow Sands of
Northumberland and Durham, 384;
William Turner and his Historia Avium,
412.

| Societies: Formation of the Northern

Scientific Club at Newcastle, 192; T’resi-
dential Address to N.H. Society, 411.

NOTTINGHAMSHIRE.

Bibliography: Notice of Notts and
Derbyshire Naturalists’ Quarterly, 27.
Crustacea: Crayfish at Mansfield, J. W.
Carr, 29 ; some Nottinghamshire Terres

trial Isopoda, J. W. Carr, 55; Crayfish
at Shireoaks, S. L. Petty, 104.

Fungi: Three additions to the Notts list,
JEW; (Carrsrsi-

Geology and Palzontology: Biblio-
graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160 ;

1903 December 1.

| and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
| 473.

| Museums: Edward Bailey’s gift to
Mansfield for a museum, 132; Annual
Report of Nottingham Museum, 320.

| Physiography: Earthquake in Notts,
192.

Societies: 5oth Report of Nottingham
Naturalists’ Society, 188.

486

Classified Index.

WESTMORLAND AND LAKE LANCASHIRE.

Arachnida: Lycosa and Amaurobius
similis as food of Pied Flycatcher and
Blue Tit at Rydal, Mary L. Armitt,
350-351.

Birds : Common Buzzard’s Nest in Lake
District, 322 and Pl. 9; River Flies as
Food for Pied Flycatcher and other birds
at Rydal, Miss M. L. Armitt, 349-350.

Coleoptera : Cionus scrophulariz in Lake
Lancashire, S. Lister Petty, 30; and at
Grasmere and Rydal, Miss M. L. Armitt,
94; Phyllopertha horticola and Lagria
hirta as food of Pied Flycatcher at Rydal,
Miss Mary L. Armitt, 349.

Crustacea: Mention of paper on Lake
District Occurrences of Cladocera, 224.

Diptera: Galls of Cecidomyia, Eriophyes,
and Diplosis in Lake Lancashire, S.
Tester RettysnsO:

Ferns: Protest against sale and extermina-
tion of Parsley Fern, 131.

Flowering Plants: Scrophularia nodosa
in Lake Lancashire, 5. Lister Petty, 30;
North Lancashire Gall Notes in 1902,
S. Lister Petty, 56-57 : North Lancashire

3otanical Notes in 1902. S. Lister Petty,
84-86; Scrophularia nodosa at Rydal,

Miss M. L. Armitt, 94; multiflowered
Paris near Sedbergh, J. Handley, 408 ;
article in ‘Spectator’ on the Natural
Gardens of the River Eamont, 412.

Geology and Palzontology : Biblio-
graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160 ;
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
473-

Hemiptera: Galls of Aphis, Brachycolus,
and Siphocoryne in Lake Lancashire,
S. Lister Petty, 56-57.

Mollusca: Vertigo alpestris at Holker,
C. H. Moore, 192; Arion ater var. alba
at Swarthdale, S. L. Petty, 460.

Mosses: Hypnum incurvatum at Kendal,
C. H. Binstead, 113.

Neuroptera and Trichoptera:
Various species mentioned as food of
Pied Flycatcher at Rydal, Mary L.
Armitt, 349-350.

Prehistoric Archeology: Find of
British Bronze Axes at Urswick-in-
Furness, 164-165 and figure.

Societies: Annual Meeting of Barrow
Naturalists’ Field Club, 268 ; Excursion
of Barrow Club to Millom, 411.

YORKSHIRE.

Algz: Mills and Philip’s Diatomaceze of
Hull District noticed, 27 ; Aulacodiscus
sollitianus in the river Hull, T. Sheppard,
235; Surirella constricta var. medulica
in Hotham Carrs, new to Britain, R. H.
Philip, 256; Shore-collecting at Scar-
borough and Filey, W. C. Hey, 344-
348; Diatoms observed by Y.N.U. at
Bowes, R. H. Philip, 375-376; Diatoms
and Desmids observed by Y.N.U. at
Wharncliffe, M. H. Stiles, 401-2; Dia-
toms observed by Y.N.U. at Filey Brig,
k. H. Philip, 409.

Arachnida: Tseudo-scorpions in York-
shire, H. Wallis Kew, 298; Argyroneta
aquatica at Hull, H. M. Foster, 459;
Two Pseudo-Scorpions at Aldborough,
Holderness, T. Petch, 460.

Bibliography : Bradford Public Library,
Natural History Catalogue, 27.

Birds : Sparrowhawks, Jays, and Mag-
pies in gamekeeper’s hoard at Kirk
Smeaton, T. Sheppard, 29; Black Kite

near Whitby, T. Stephenson, 29 ;-Cross-
bill at Horton-in-Ribblesdale, J. Walling
Handby, 29; a lost British goose (Anser
paludosus Strickland) found again, 33;
Notes on Holderness Birds, T. Petch,
37-45; Little Bustard at Kilnsea, P. W.
Loten, 61; T. H. Nelson asks for in-
formation on Grey Geese, 64; White’s
Thrush at Luddenden Dean, with illus-
tration, 68; review of Wade’s Birds of
Bempton Cliffs, T. H. Nelson, 86-87 ;
Kingfisher at Ripon, R. A. Summerfield,
92; Golden Eagle in Upper Wharfedale,
W. A. Shuffrey, 92; Great Spotted
Woodpecker at Middlesbrough, J. W.
Fawcett, 92; albinos of Starling at
Weaverthorpe, Blackbird at Heming-
brough, and Linnet at Buckton, W.
Hewett, 93; notice of prospectus of
Nelson’s forthcoming book, 99; Black
Kite near Whitby turned out Montagu’s
Harrier, T. H. Nelson, 128; East Riding
County Council order for varying close-
time and protecting Spurn Point and

Naturalist, ©

Classified Index. 487

YORKSHIRE—-continiued.

Hornsea Mere, 132; Schools and Bird
protection in East Yorkshire, 132; Cor-
morant at Sedbergh, W. Morris, 132;
photograph of Herring Gull’s nest near
Whitby, 161; Great Spotted Wood-
pecker near Spurn, P. W. Loten, 189;
fight between Starling and Bat at Hug-
gate, G. Daniel, 192; Birds noted by
Y.N.U at Cowthorpe, T. Sheppard,
197; Unusual Nidification of Thrush and
Blackbird at Driffield, 224; Birds ob-
served by Y.N.U. at Filey, 244-5; Range
and Habits of Pied Flycatcher in York-
shire, J. Braim, 254-255; Woodchat
Shrike at Speeton, C. G. Danford, 262 ;
Death of George Wilkinson, the ‘ clim-
mer,’ at Speeton, 288 ; Observations on
Rooks at Driffield, Juliet V. Blackburn,
292; Birds of Goathland District, T.
Stephenson, 336; Protest against intro-
duction of Yorkshire Grouse to Scottish
Moors, J. A. Harvie-Brown, 337-339;
Reply by E. A. W. Peacock, 474;
Birds observed by Y.N.U. at Bowes,
K. MacLean, 356-357; Pied Wagtail
occupying Thrush’s Nest near Borough-
bridge, R. Paver-Crow, 382; [Protest
against Bird Destruction in Luddenden
Dean, 384; Sabine’s Gull on the Coast,
411; Crossbill near Horncastle, J. Con-
way Walter, 448; Swallow’s Nest and
Eggs in August near Aldborough, Hold-
erness, T. Petch, 450; Migration Notes
from Flamborough, T. H. Nelson, 450;
Rough-legged Buzzard and Waxwings
near Hull, T. Sheppard, 459; Late Stay
of Swifts near Bradford, E. Harper, 459 ;
Rush of Immigrants at the Tees Mouth,
C. Milburn, 459; Solitary Snipe near
Foston, 473.

Celenterata: Hyalonema parellela fossil
near Doncaster, H. H. Corbett, 49;
Fossil Sponges found by S. Chadwick,
225; Sea-anemones observed by Y.N.U.
at Filey, IT. Petch, 251; Ccelenterates
collected by Y.N.U. at Filey, T. Petch,
351-

Coleoptera: Pogonocherus bidentatus
near Doncaster, H. H. Corbett, 129;
Ocypus similis near Doncaster, H. V.
Corbett, 129; Beetles and _ Electric
Light at Barnsley, E. G. Bayford,
166; Beetles observed by Y.N.U. at
Filey, 246; Beetles observed by Y.N.U.
at Goathland, M. L. Thompson, 302-
303; Beetles observed by Y.N.U. at
Bowes, A. G. Robertshaw, 355; Beetles
observed by Y.N.U. at Wharncliffe,

1903 December 1.

E. G. Bayford, 399; Report on York-
shire Coleoptera in 1902, M. L. Thomp-
son, 405-406; Pyroptera affnis near
Doncaster, H. H. Corbett, 407 ; Kemains
of Hydrophilus piceus under peat at
Hatfield Chace, E. G. Bayford, 407.

Crustacea: Species observed by Y.N.U-
at Filey, T. Vetch, 251; Shore-collect-
ing at Scarborough and Filey, W. C.
Hey, 344-348; Crustacea observed by
MON US atihiley,) 0 .Petchy 352:

Echinoderms: Echinobrissus scutatus
in the Calcareous Grit at Filey, 243;
Shore-collecting at Scarborough and
Filey, W. C. Hey, 344-348; Echino-
derms found by Y.N.U. at Filey, T-
Petehy 351:

Ferns and Fern-Allies: Xenophyton
radiculosum near Halifax, root of a
Lepidophloios, 60; F. W. Oliver on
identity of Sporocarpon ornatum and
Lagenostoma physoides at Halifax, 95 ;
West Yorkshire (Craven) Botanical
Notes, Lister Rotheray, 139-140; Ferns
and Equisetums observed. by Y.N.U. at
Biley;et) Hs a kobimson, =247);melenns
observed byw aN Uss sate Bowes: Je
Farrah, 359-308; Ferns noticed at
Hardraw Scar, W. H. Pearson, 404.

| Fishes: Great Destruction of Immature

Sea-fish at Hull, 31 ; Pike at 1lemphone
Lock, H. M. Foster, 223; . Fishes
observed at Filey by Y.N.U., Rh. For-
tune, 245; Centronotus gunnellus at
Filey, T. Petch, 352 ; tooth ‘of Petalodus
hastingsize in Deepdale, T. Sheppard,
3543 “Fishes observed by Yun: Useat
Bowes, K. MacLean, 357.

| Flowering Plants: Botanical Survey

Work, Wm. G. Smith, 5-13 ; Helianthe-
mum chamecistus var. discolor near
Thorner and Grassington, an undescribed
British variety, J. F. Pickard, 45-46;

deiailed notice of Robinson’s East Riding
Flora, W. G. Smith, 57-60; Sedum
villosum near Ingleton, W. R. Linton,
63; Botanical Survey of Yorkshire, 67 ;
Review of pamphlet on Manningham
Park, Bradford, and its trees, 8S; Tree-
Planting by Halifax Corporation, 95;
Polygala amarella at (Grassington, and
a monstrosity of Geum rivale from Long
Preston, 96 ; Omphalodes verna natural-
ised in Forge Valley, W. C. Hey, 130;
West Yorkshire (Craven) Botanical Notes,
Lister Rotheray, 133-140; photograph
of Hippuris vulgaris at Askern Pool, 1633

488

Classified Index.

YORKSHIRE—continued.

notice of Smith and Moss’s paper on
Geographical Distribution of Vegetation
in Yorkshire, 166; Further Notes on
Yorkshire Plants in the Bicheno Her-
barium at Swansea, H. J. Riddelsdell,

167-168 ; various host-plants mentioned
in list of fungi of Masham and Swinton,
C. Crossland, 177-181 ; Purple variety of
the Wood Anemone near High Hoyland,

W. E. L. Wattam, 190; John Clayton
on the age of the Cowthorpe Oak, 191;

Viola ericetorum at Roche Abbey, 192 ;

Polygala amarella at Grassington, W.
West, 192; the Cowthorpe Oak visited
by Y.N.U., T. Sheppard, 196: observa-
tions there on the Dandelion and Greater
Stitchwort, T. Sheppard, 199; Review
of Smith and Moss’s paper on Geo-
graphical Distribution of Vegetation in
Yorkshire, J. G. Baker, figures, 221-223 ;
Plants observed by Y.N.U. at Filey,
fo is Robinson, 2 247-248; Plants observed
by Y.N.U. at Goathland, W. Ingham,
302; Khinanthus crista-galli near Gig-
gleswick, J. E. Sutcliffe, 303; Plants
observed by Y.N.U. at Bowes, John
Farrah, 359-369; Review of Smith and
Rankin’s paper on Geographical Distribu-
tion of Vegetation in Yorkshire, J. G.

Baker, 377-379 and 2 figures ; Abnormal
Figwort in Spen V alley, Abs Casillas 243333
Botanical Survey of Yorkshire discussed
at British Association, 387-388; Detailed
Notes on Vegetation of Ponds at Filey,
W. G. Smith, 389-396 and figures ;
plants observed by Y.N.U. at Wharn-
cliffe, H. H1. Corbett, 399; Campanula
latifolia and C. rotundifolia near Hawes,
W. H. Pearson, 403 ; Orobanche major
and Saxifraga hirculus at Sedbergh, J.
Handley, 408 ; Plants at Helmsley noted
as hosts for fungi, C. Crossland, 425-436 ;
Late Flowering of Elder near Mirfield,
(Ga WS Wess, AeYoy

Fungi: Clavaria flaccida at Mulgrave,
C. Crossland, 24; Issue of first part of
Fungus Flora of Yorkshire, 36; Lyco-
perdon flavosum at Hebden Bridge, and
Humaria roumegueri var. carnosissima
in Crimsworth Dean, C. Crossland, 51 ;
Christmas Afternoon Fungus Ramble
at Stainer Wood, Selby, W. N. Chees-
man, 101-104; Geaster lageniformis at
Cantley, near Doncaster, and Lachnea
fimbriata at Flalifax, C. Crossland, 110;
List of Fungi of Masham and Swinton,
C. Crossland, 177-181, 200; Fungi ob-
served by Y.N.U. at Filey, 249-250, 461 ;
Phallus impudicus at Goathland, T.

Sheppard, 301; Vlasmopara pusilla at
Embsay, new to Britain, J. E. Sutcliffe,
303; new host-plant for PJ. densa near
Giggleswick, J. E. Sutcliffe, 303 ; some

- Holderness Myxomycetes, T. Petch, 339-

341; Fungi observed by Y.N.U.at Bowes, ~
T. Gibbs, 373-375 ; 1,105 fungi in Halifax
Parish, C. Crossland, 384; Fungi observed
by Y.N.U. at Wharncliffe, T. Gibbs,
400-401; Fungus Foray of Y.N.U. at’
Helmsley, and List of Species, C. Cross-
land, 425-436; Lifting Powers of Coprinus
atramentarius at Harrogate, J. Farrah,
440.

Geology and Palzontology: Biblio-

graphy for 1900, T. Sheppard, 141-160 ;
and for 1901, T. Sheppard, 413-416, 463-
473:

Yorkshire Glacier- Lakes, Ps eal
Kendall, 14-16; Y.N.U. in Hessle and
Hull district, 22, 24; Ichthyosaurus
thyreospondylus at Speeton, 26; Notice
of Proceedings of Yorkshire Geological
and Polytechnic Society for 1902, 27 ;
Insect Wings (Borrea) in Barnsley Coals,
J. Gerrard, 31; Striated rock-surfaces
at Sandsend, Gis, Me Mo SHaW Ne, 22.5
Photograph of Arco Wood Quarry near
Settle, 36; Glacial Geology of the
neighbourhood of Doncaster, H. H.
Corbett, 47-50 ; notice of Lee’s Pamphlet
on Geology of Great Whin Sill, 60;
Scottish Rocks at Kelsey Hill and
Burstwick, P. F. Kendall, 71 ; Yorkshire
Boulder and its Sixteenth Year’s Work,
1901-1902, Bs 1. Kendall Vandel:
Howarth, 72-77; Erratic Boulder at
Kelsey Hill, figured, 100; Heavy Land-
slips at Scarborough, 131; Mammoth’s
Tusk, etc., from Brough, 194; geolog-
ical observations made at Cowthorpe by
Y.N.U., E. Hawkesworth, 199-200;
Samuel Chadwick’s geological work in
Yorkshire summarised, 225; Abstract of
paper by A. W. Rowe on the Yorkshire
Chalk, 227; geological observations
made by Y.N.U. at Filey, 241-243;
review of Sheppard’s Geological Rambles
in East Yorkshire, with figure and plate,
J. Hawell, 257-259; geological observa-
tions by Y.N.U. at Goathland, T. Shep-
pard, 300 ; an Oolitic Plant-bed in North
Cleveland, J. Hawell, 312-317 ; Geology
of High Force, Teesdale, with sketch,
321 ; geological observations by Y.N.U.
at Bowes, ate Sheppard, 353-355; Glacial
Problems in Yorkshire and Lincolnshire,
J. W. Stather, 422-423; Boulders at
Ayton, W.C. Hey, 440; analysis of Chalk

Naturalist,

Classified Index.

YORKSHIRE—continued.

from Little Weighton, KR. Dannatt, 446 ;
geological papers at the British Associa-
tion at Southport, 447.

Hymenoptera: Mutilla europea near
Scarborough, an addition to the York-
shire Fauna, W. C. Hey, 455; Campo-
notus herculaneus at Hull, T. Stainforth,
456.

Lepidoptera: Convolvulus Ilawk-moth

at Barlby, W. Hewett, 62; Sphinx
pinastri at Middlesbrough, T. Ashton

Lofthouse, 62; various Lepidoptera new
to Cleveland taken in 1902, T. Ashton
Lofthouse, 94; ITlypsipetes elutata,
Cidaria russata, C. immanata, and
Oporabia filigrammaria as occurring in
Yorkshire, G. T. Porritt, 126; Plusia
bractea at Doncaster, H. H. Corbett,
and G. T. Porritt, 129; Eupithecia iso-
grammata added to the Yorkshire list,

224; list of ten species noted near
Huddersfield in 1902, C. Mosley, 224;
Zygeena filipendule at Filey, T. Stain-

forth, 246; captures of Lepidoptera (4
species) in Cleveland, F. Elgee, 264;
Liparis salicis at Bishop’s Wood, Selby,
G. T. Porntt, 264; Lepidoptera observed
by Y.N.U. at Bowes, A. G. Robertshaw,
355; Lepidoptera observed by Y.N.U.
at Wharncliffe, G. T. Porritt, 398;
Laphygma exigua near Keighley, Thos.
Fieldhouse, 424, 460; Death’s Head
Moth at Scissett, B. Morley, 424;
Xylophasia zollikoferi at Middlesbrough,
an important addition to the Yorkshire
list, T. A. Lofthouse, 456; Abundance
of Painted Lady and Clouded Yellow
m 1903, 473-

Mammals: Otter near Clapham, J. W.
Handby, 28; Cottingham Church-
wardens’ Accounts, I. E. Johnson, 28 ;
Stoats and Weasels in gamekeeper’s
hoard at Kirk Smeaton, T. Sheppard,
29; Common Seal at Teesmouth, T.
H. Nelson, 61 ; at Ulrome, T. Boynton,
61; and at Yarm, T. H. Nelson, 91;
Badger near Ripon, R. A. Summerfield,
91; Beavers in Yorkshire, H. Speight,
108 ; and in East Yorkshire, T. Shep-
pard, 109-110; Remains of Bos primi-
genius in Eolderness, T. Sheppard, 128;
Otters and Badger at Driffield, and Seal
at Bridlington, 132; Fight between Bat
and Starling at Huggate, G. Daniel,
192; Mammoth Tusk, etc., from Brough,
figured, 194; Antlers of Alces machlis
at Barmston and Carnaby Moor, E. T.
Newton, 224; Mammals observed by

1903 December 1.

459
Y.N.U. at Filey, R. Fortune, 2453
Hedgehog at Goathland, T. Sheppard,

301; Beluga at Scarborough, a new
mammal for Yorkshire, RK. L. Patterson,

348; Mammals noted by Y.N.U. at
Bowes, K. MacLean, 357; Albino
Hedgehog at Goathland and Albino

Mole in Staintondale, W. J. Clarke,
396; Red Deer observed by Y.N.U. at
Wharncliffe, T. Sheppard, 397; Seals
at Aldborough and Bridlington, 448;
Albino Hare at Kirkstead, ile Conway
Walter, 448; Grampus at Filey, 462.

| Mollusca: Monstrosities of various species

Mollusca,

Mosses and Hepatics:

from Yorkshire localities, figured, 98 ;
Mollusca observed by Y.N.U. at Cow-
thorpe, E. P. Blackburn, 200; Mollusca
observed by Y.N.U. at lilkae, We 18.
Crowther, 245-246: Hygromia hispida
on Roof of Bridlington Priory, E. P.
Blackburn, 262; Helix nemoralis fed
on by Hedgehogs at Goathland, T.
Sheppard, 301; Nest and Eggs of
Limax flavus at Leeds, W. Denison
Roebuck, 319; New Variety bifasciata
of Helicigona arbustorum from Aysgarth,
Wensleydale, described and figured, H.
Wallis Kew, 341-342; Occurrence of
Hygromia hispida on tower of Bridling-
ton Priory discussed, H. Wallis Kew,
342; Limax flavus var. rufescens at
Bowes, T. Sheppard, 355; Mollusca
observed by Y.N.U. at Bowes, W.
Denison Roebuck, 357-358; Mollusca
observed by Y.N.U. at Wharncliffe,
E. P. Blackburn, 398; Pupa muscorum
in Chalk-rubble at Sewerby, G. W.
Lamplugh, 447. ;
Marine: Yorkshire Fusi,
W. C. Hey, 128; Marine Mollusca
observed by Y.N.U. at Filey, T. Petch,
251; Shore-collecting at Scarborough
and Filey, W. C. Hey, 344-348; Mol-
lusca observed by Y.N.U. at Filey, T.
Petch, 352.

’

Molluscan Palzontology: Belemnites

speetonensis and B. brunsvicensis at

Speeton, 96.

Notice of
Robinson’s East Riding Flora, W. G.
Smith, 59; Mosses and Hepatics of
Baugh Fell, W. Ingham, 79-82 and 191;
Holiday amongst Northern Mosses, at
Chapel-le- Dale, C. H. Binstead, 113-116;
two Hepatics new to Yorkshire, Scapania
rosacea and Kantia submersa, W. Ingham,
191 ; W. Ingham’s paper on East Riding
Mosses and Hepatics mentioned, 192 ;

490

Classified Index.

YORKSHIRE—continued.

keboulia hemispherica on Malham Moor,
and Preissia commutata in Yorkshire,
F. Cavers, 209; Mosses and Hepatics
observed by Y.N.U.at Filey, W. Ingham,
248-249; Mosses and Hepatics observed
by Y.N.U. at Goathland, W. Ingham,
302; Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes, (1)
Petalophyllum ralfsu, F. Cavers, 327-334
and 4 figures ; (2) Pallavicinia flotowiana
from Coatham Marshes, F. Cavers, 441-
444, 441-455 and figures ; Mosses and
Hepatics observed by Y.N.U. at Bowes,
W. Ingham, 369-372: Mosses and
Hepatics in Greta Dale, M. B. Slater,

372-3; Encalypta rhabdocarpa at Bowes
and Ingleborough, M. B. Slater, 372;

Search ‘for Hepatics at Hawes, W. H.
Pearson, 403-404; Tortula ruralis var.

arenicola on the Yorkshire Coast, J. J.
Marshall, 461.

Museums, etc.: Hull Curator’s Lectures
to School-children, 31 ; Nature-study in
East Riding Schools, 32; Bradford
Museum, its future, 35 : Gift of the Dobrée
Collection of European Noctuz to the
Hull Museum, 64; Huddersfield Museum
and Educational Lectures, 99; Kipon
Corporation and the Museum, 131;

Botanical Gardenin Lister Park, Bradford,
224; Harrogate Winter Gardens and
Museum, 288; Guide No. 1 to Keighley
Corporation Museum, 381; proposed
Yorkshire University, 384; Bequest to
Scarborough Museum, 411; Nature Study
Exhibition at Beverley, 448; Ad ditions
to Hull Museum, 462.

Neuroptera, etc. : Cordulegaster annu-
latus at Goathland, G. T. Porritt, 301 ;
Neuroptera and Trichoptera observed by
Y.N.U. at Wharncliffe, G. T. Porritt,

399.

Palzo-Botany : Dictyozamites hawellii
at Marske-by-Sea, a new Yorkshire fossil,
A. C. Seward, 227; Recent discovery of
Fossil Tree in Bradford, W. Cudworth,
266-7 and figure; an Oolitic Plant-bed
at Marske-in-Cleveland, J. Hawell, 312
S71

Personal Notices: Editors of the
Naturalist, B. Maund, W. Holl, B.
R. Morris, F. O. Morris, C. P. Hob-
kirk, G. T. Porritt, W. Denison Roe-
buck, 1; Percy F. Kendall and W.
Denison Roebuck as Presidents of
Y.N.U., 2; Goulding’s Notice of Martin
Lister reviewed, 25-26; Presentation to
Rev. J. H. Mackie, of Sedbergh, 31;

Tempest Anderson on the St. Vincent

and Martinique Eruptions, 32; William
Smith’s East Yorkshire Researches, 32 ;
Death of Rev. T. Wiltshire, 64, and of
George Dent, Harrogate, 64; Mr. N.
F. Dobrée’s collection of European
Noctuze presented to Hull Museum, 64 ;
W. Eagle Clarke’s paper on Migration
of Fieldfare and Lapwing, 95; W. Ing-
ham’s pamphlet on Observations of
Nature, 96; Mr. J. Hopkinson appointed
Secretary of the Ray Society, 96; Mr.

John W. Taylor and the Monograph of

British Land and Freshwater Mollusca,
97; Portrait and Memoir of late C. |
Hobkirk, 3105-108 and Pl. 2; new
edition of Prof. L. C. Miall’s book on
Aquatic Insects, 127; Mr. W. J. Clarke
and his Presidency of the Scarborough
Field Naturalists’ Society, 131; eee
of Mr. C. D. Hardcastle, of ecto
Back Bequest granted to Dr. Wm. G
Smith, 132; C. Crossland and J. Need-
ham and the Flora of a Boulder, 192;
Death of Mr. Edward Birchall, Leeds,
192; Memorial Tower to F. O. Morris
at Nunburnholme, 192; W. H. Crofts,
President of Hull Geological Society,
192; P. F. Kendall on Council of Geo-
logical Society of London, 192; W.
Ingham’s List of Mosses and Hepatics
of the East Riding, 192: W. Ingham as
Secretary of the Moss Exchange Club,
224; Death of James Bedford and A.
Millward, 224; Portrait and Memoir of
late Samuel Chadwick, 225-6 and Pl.
5a: Portrait and Notice of William
Spence, T. Sheppard, 238 and Tl. 7:
of A. H. Haworth, 239-240 and Pl. 5; of
P. W. Watson, 240; Dr. Tempest Ander-
son and his Report on the Martinique and
St. Vincent Eruptions, 268 ; Inquiry for
information concerning G. P. Nicholson,
botanist, 268; E. Hawkesworth, Presi-
dent of Leeds Geological Association,
288; C. Fox-Strangways’ Report on
the Geology of Leicester, 288; Prof.
Miall’ and” Miss Simpson on Nature
Study, 288; George Norman and his
work, T. Sheppard, 307-309 and PI. 6
John Alderson and his work, T. Shep-
pard, 309; James Craig Niven and his
work, T. Sheppard, 310; other Hull
workers, T. Sheppard, 311-312; new
edition of Porritt’s Yorkshire Lepi-
doptera, 320: J. E. Crowther’s paper
on Mollusca of Halifax, 384 5 JERE
Farrah’s account of a holiday in Ribbles-
dale, 384; Death of R. G. Clayton,
Middlesbrough, 384; F. Cavers* ap-

Naturalist,

Classified Index.

491

YORKSHIRE—continued.

pointed to Plymouth Technical School,
411; C. Crossland’s paper on the Halifax
Fungus Flora, 411-448; W. Eagle
Clarke and his. stay on the Kentish
Knock Light Vessel for Bird Migration,
412; Edward Lamplough’s appreciation
of Canon Richard Wilton, 412: Memoir
and Portrait of Washington Teasdale,
417-418, and Pl. 13; Award of Bank-
sian Medal to C. Crossland, 448; T.
Petch and his investigation of East York-
shire Mycetozoa, 448 ; G. T. Porritt’s
Search for AXschna isosceles in Norfolk,

462.

Prehistoric Archeology: The Devil's
Arrows, 34; Cup and _ Ring-marked
Stones on Green Crag, Rombalds
Moor, with figure, 69; Ripple-flaking
in Neolithic Arrowheads, Bridlington,
figured, 99; Model Boat and Warrior
Crew found at Roos Carrs, illus-
trated, 193-194 and Pl. 3; Prehistoric
Bone Disease in East Yorkshire Skulls,
W. Wright,
Early Man, 195; Prehistoric Jet Orna-

ments found in East Riding Barrows,

with figures, J. R. Mortimer, 201-207

and Pl. 4; Early Burials, British and

Anglo-Saxon, at Garton Slack, illustrated,

385-386; British Vases from Todmorden,

418 and figure; British Skulls from the

Danes’ Graves, Driffield, with figures,

420.

Protozoa: <Acanthocystis
Yorkshire species, G. S.
Infusoria observed by Y.N.U.
cliffe, H. Moore, 402.

Reptiles and Amphibians: Frog and
Lizard observed at Filey by Y.N.U.,
RK. Fortune, 245; Viper at Goathland,
T. Sheppard, 301; Frog and Toad ob-
served by Y.N.U. at Bowes, K. MacLean,
357; Blndworm on Skipwith Common,
462.

Scientific History: ‘The Naturalist,’
past and future, 1; the Union’s Past and
Present Presidents, 2; Hull’s Contribu-

paludosa a
WWieStseti2i7 5:
at Wharn-

195 and figures; Teeth of

|

Societies:

and Scientific Worthies, T. Sheppard,

217-220 and Pl. 5, 233-240 and Pls. 6-7;

307-312.

Hull Scientific Club and
Robinson’s Flora of East Riding, 27 ;
Lees’ Flora of West Yorkshire, 32;
Barnsley Naturalists’ Society and York-
shire Naturalists’ Union, 95; Natural
History Survey of Hornsea Mere by Hull
Scientific Club, 131; Yorkshire Geological
Photographs Comnnittee’s work in 1902,
131; activity of Leeds Naturalists’ Club,
132; Report of Leeds Astronomical
Society for 1902, 188 ; Leeds Naturalists’
Club and the fauna and flora of the City,
192; Huddersfield Naturalists’ Society
and its work of 1902, 224; large meeting
of Milnsbridge Naturalists’ Society, 224;
Annual Report of Halifax Scientific
Society, 268; Bradford Scientific Associa-
tion and sections for definite study, 268 ;
visit of Leicester Lit. and Sci. Society to
Scarborough, 268; Annual Report for
1902 of Yorkshire Philosophical Society,
381; of Huddersfield Naturalists’ Society,
462.

Vermes: Nemertean, lolychiet, Polyzoan

and Gephyrid Worms observed by Y.N.U.
at Filey, T. Petch, 351 ; Rotifers observed
by Y.N.U. at Wharncliffe, H. Moore,
402.

| Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: G.

Massee’s paper on Egton Bridge Foray,
17-20; Annual Meeting at Hull, 22-24;
J. H. Holland’s paper on Economic
Fungi read at Egton Bridge Foray, 51-
54; programme for TOOR LO is YING.

at Cowthorpe, T. Sheppard, 196-
ZOOn VoONGU eat bileywlen Sheppards
241-251 and Pl. 7a; Winter Lecture
Scheme, 268-320; Y.N.U. at Goathland,

T. Sheppard, 300-303; Sale of Trans-
actions, 320; Y.N.U. at Bowes, T-.
Sie npards 353-355; Y-N.U. at Wharn-

elites. Sheppard, 402; Fungus Foray
at Helmsley, C. Crossland, 425-436;
Statistics of Societies forming the Union,
449-450; forthcoming Annual Meeting

tion to Science, its Societies, Institutions, at Shefheld, 462.
MISCELLANEA.
Arachnida: Analytic Key to Britisi | Bird Preservation: Editorial notes, 3-4;
Pseudo-scorpions, H. W. Kew, 295-6. Notice of ‘ Bird Notes and News,’ 462.

Bibliography : Publications of Societies,
289; should be kept Local, 290; what
not to publish, 290.

1903 December Le

Botanical Chemistry : The Chemistry

of some Common Plants, P. Q. Keegan,

220-222
22 “)-:

492

Classified Index.

MISCELLAN EA—continued.

Botany of Wales: Plants in Carmar- | Meteorology: Dr. H. R. Mill on 1903

thenshire and Glamorganshire, A. Ben-
nett, 4.

Footpath Preservation Society:
Report for 1899-1901 noticed, 27.

Fungi: The Modern Method of Studying
Agarics, G. Massee, 17-20; Economic
uses of Fungi, J. H. Holland, 51-54, 77.

Geology : Calcrete, a new Term, G. W.
Lamplugh, 32.

i.epidoptera: Laphygma exigua at
Chelmsford, Essex, G. T. Porritt, 460.

Marine Animals: Methods of Preserva-
tion, H. C. Sorby, 437-440.

as the wettest year on record, 473.

| Mosses and Hepatics: Some Points

in the Biology of Hepatic, F. Cavers,
169-176 and 6 figures, 208-215 and 6

figures.

_ Mosses in Scotland: Holiday amongst

Northern Mosses, at
Binstead, 113-116.

KGithiny (Gs Ti

Museums: F. A.
Functions, 201.

Bather on their

Personal Notes: James Motley and his
Herbarium at Swansea, 4.

ERRATA.

Page 200, par. 2, line 4: for LZ. felwus
read ZL. flavus.

Page 355, par. 2, line 4: for Anobrum
Pertinax read 4. paniceum.

Printed by Chorley & Pickersgill, The Electric Press, Leeds and London.

4 of A f P
rae, we .
UL
JANUARY 1903. No. 552.
(Published 3rd January 1903.) (No. 330 of current series.)

oo mae (im (|

iQ
| ac
i f)
", i
Mah,

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED. BY

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,

Museum, Hur; Tecunicat CoLLeGe, HUPpERSFIELD ;
WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.,

PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,

T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.

y: Contents :— PAGES.
Editorial ay, Fe ; oa a aor : if oF ae ae 1-4
James Motley and His Heebariies at Saale pee Bennett, FL.S. ... ae gd
Botanical Survey for Local Naturalists’ Societies—JI%n. G. Smith, B.Sc., Ph.D. SZ
Yorkshire Glacier-Lakes (Ilustrated) ... La <3 is 14-16
The Modern Method of Studying Agarics—G. Miia: FEISS 6 LR Lee .S., WH. 17-20

Notes on Derbyshire Annelids—Rexv. Wilderic Friend Hs ee Ae, “6 ww. 27-22
The Hull Meeting : i
Field Notes ... ot

Bock Notices and Reviews

Northern Notes and News ee
Illustration :—Eller Beck and Fen Bogs ...

LONDON :
A. BROWN & Sons, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C

Ciorrey & Pickersoint, Pie Evecrric Press, CookRIDGE STREET, LEEDS.

PRICE SIXPENCE NET. BY POST SEVENPENCE.
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers, 6s+ Net.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., 2s., 4s. STORE BOXES and INSECT CASES,

COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., 1s. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., 4s., 5s.
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL HAMMERS and CHISELS.
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, 1s., BOTANICAL COLLECTING TINS.
1s. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER, etc.
SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to 1s. 10d. LABEL LISTS, BOOKS, etc., ete.

SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AND BIRDS’ EGGS.

Catalogue, 96 pages, sent Base free on application.

‘1s STRAND, LOM DO, A lS

THE NATURALIST.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated’ elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous’ appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of ali the contents
of ‘The Naturalist’ is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenciature adopted in Te Naturalist will be
—as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priority.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a smali
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in deference to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or Jmnoe rans in each branch
of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Traasactions
and to ali other privileges of the Union.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas.—Life Members receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monographs.

Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.—December.
European Fungus Flora. Agaricaceze. George Massee. [Duckworth & Co. 1902.
The Birds of Bempton Cliffs. E. W. Wade.
[Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club.

Knowledge. December 1902. [H. F. Witherby, Ed., London.
A First Book of Forestry. F. Roth. 1902. [Ginn & Co.
Entomologists’ Record. December 1902. [J. W. Tutt, Editor.
Transactions Entomological Society for 1902. Part III. | Society.
Notes from the Manchester Museum. No. 9. British Cephalopoda. [Committee.
Halifax Naturalist. December 1902. [Halifax Scientific Society.
Naturalists’ Journal. December 1902. [Charles Mosley, Publisher.
Manningham Park and Its Trees. 32 pp. Bradford, 1903. H. E. Wroot.

Irish Naturalist. December 1902. [The Editors, Dublin.
Field Naturalists’ Quarterly. November 1902. [W. Blackwood & Sons, Publ.
Hobbies. No. 372, 29th Nov. ; No. 373, 6th Dec. 1902. [The Publishers.
Nature Notes. December naan. ; {Selborne Society, London.

Journ. Manchester SCS tes Soc. Vol. XVIII. Jan.-March 1902. [Society.
Psyche: A Journal of Entomology. Dec. 1902. [Cambridge Ent. Club, U.S.A.
North American Fauna. No. 22. [E. A. Preble, Washington, 1902.

New Phytologist. November 1902. London, { Editor.
La Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes. Decembre 1902. [Mons. Adrien Dollfuss.
Nautilus. December 1902. [H. A. Pilsbry, etc., Editors.
Geological Magazine. November 1902.

Lake-Country Rambles. W. T. Palmer. [Chatto & Windus, 1902.
Index Animalium. C.D. Sherborn. [Cambridge University Press.
Flora of Liverpool District. C. Theodore Green. [D. Marples & Co. 1902.

ee eel

LAKELAND BIRDS, Studies of. By Mary L. Armitt. SECOND SERIES
now ready, post free Is. 2d.; both series 2s. 3d., from GEORGE MIDDLETON,
Ambleside.

On the ist of every Month, greatly enlarged,
price 1s. Sa.

The Journal of Botany,

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.
Edited by JAMES BRITTEN, F.L.S.

Subse riptions Sor the year, payable in advance,
SixrEEN SHILLINGS, post /ree.

Terms for eee vertisements may be had on
application to the Publishers.

LONDON;
WEST, NEWMAN & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, E.C.

JUST ISSUED,
THE

BIRDS OF BEMPTON CLIFFS.

By EE, W..WADE.
Illustrated by 19 Photographs specially taken by
the Author.

Issued by the Hull Scientific and Field

Naturalists’ Club. *
28 Pages and Plates.
PRICE TWO SHILLINGS NET.

On Sale at A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.,
Hull, and York;
Scientific and
Museum, Hull.

London,
or from the Secretary of the
Field Naturalists’ Club, the

1903.

On the 26th of every Month, price 6d. ; 6s. a year post
Sree to any part of the world.

THE ENTOMOLOGIST:

An (llustrated Journal of General Entomology.
Lithographed Plates by the best Entomological
Artists and frequent Woodcuts.

Edited by RICHD. SOUTH, F.E.S.,
with the assistance of

Rison Web See Ro Billups) pF sEES:.;
W. L. Distant, F.L.S., etc.; Edward A. Fitch,
F.L.S., etc.; F. W. Frohawk, F.E.S.; Martin
Jacoby, F:E:S.; W. F. Kirby, F-.L.S.,. F.E-S. ;
J. H.. Leech, B.A., F.L.S., etc.; Dr. D. Sharp,
F.R.S., etc. ; G. H. "Verrall, FP.E. S.; W. Warren,
M.A., F.E.S.
Lonpvon:

West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, E.C.

NATURE STUDY.

Edited by S. L. MOSLEY.

The most popular Ilustrated Magazine
published in the interests of nature
students (especially beginners). Prepaid
Subscription: 2s. 6d. per annum, post
free to any part of the world. Send
stamp for specimen copy.

A Superior Edition is published at ss.
per annum, with coloured plates. Speci-
men copy sixpence.

THE MUSEUM Press, Lockwood,
HUDDERSFIELD.

A HANDBOOK OF THE
Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire

Being a Catalogue of British Mammals, Birds, Reptiles,
Amphibians and Fishes, showing what species are
or have, within historical periods, been found
in oh COUREY:

W. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., KW. Denison Roebuck, F.L.S.

PRICE 8s. 6d. May BE HAD OF THE AUTHORS,
or OF Lovett ReEvE ¢&& Co., 6, Henrietta
Street, Covent Garden, London.
EXTRACTS FROM REVIEWS:—' The authors of this cata-
logue may take a pride in their work, which has evidently
been executed with most conscientious care. They have
given a short introductory exposition of the principles by
which they have been guided, and an excellent brief sketch
of the physical aspec ts of York shire, and the summary of
the results of their investigation of its Vertebrata. The
little book is a most valuabie contribution to British zoologi-

cal literature." --A vn. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

‘The work is an excellent one of its kind.’—Atiene@um,

Now ready, Svo. cloth, price 6s., post free.

LIST OF
YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA.

By G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S.

Contains copious records of the localities, etc.,
of the 1,340 and micro-
lepidoptera known to inhabit the county; par-
ticulars of local variation in species; with all
other necessary information on the subject.

species of macro-

To be had only from the Hon.
the Yorkshire Naturalists’

MUSEUM,

Secretary of
Union,

HULL.

8vo., cloth, with Coloured Map, price 5s.;
post free 5s. 6d.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Freperic ARNOLD LeEEs, M.R.C.S., etc.

This, which forms the 2nd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams and Vascular Cryptogams.
1x Characez, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258
Lichens, 1,009 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Alge,
making a total of 3,160 species.

May be had from
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

the Hon. Sec. of the

Now ready, complete, Svo. Cloth,

Price 6s., post free.
The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Algz of the County.

By W. WEST, F.LS.,
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.

To be had only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,

MUSEUM, HULL.

Members may havea bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of 1s. 9d.
carriage paid.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

To Subscribers, 7s. 6d. per annum, post free.

THE ANNALS OF

Scottish Natural History.

A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE.

Edited by J. A. Harvey-Brown, F.R.S.E.,
F.Z.S.; Prof. James W. H. Traill, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.; Wm. Eagle Clarke, F.L-S., etc.

This Magazine—a continuation of *The Scottish
Naturalist,’ founded in 187x—was established under the
present editorship in January, 1892, for the purpose of ex-
tending the knowledge of and interest in the Zoology and
Botany of Scotland. The ANNALS is entirely devoted to
the publication of Original Matter relating to the Natural
History of Scotland, and includes Papers contributing to
the elucidation of the Fauna and Flora recent and fossil,
Observations on Life Histories, etc., and Notes recording
the occurrence of uncommon species, and other useful and
interesti acts.

EDINBURGH: DAVID DOUGLAS, ro, Castle Street,

Coloured Edition 10/6 net. Uncoloured Edition
S/- net. Tf by post, sd. extra.

The COLLECTOR’S MANUAL

of British Land and Freshwater Shells.

Containing Figures and Descriptions of every Species,
an Account of their Habits and Localities, Hints on
Preserving and Arranging, &c. ; the Names and Descrip-
tions of all the Varieties and Synoptical Tables, showing
the Differences of Species hard to identify. :

Also, with the permission of the Recorder and
Referees,
The Conchological Society's Census of
Comital Distribution.

By LIONEL ERNEST ADAMS, B.A.
Illustrated by Geratp W. Apams, M.R.C.S.,
Arp. Sicu, F.E.S., and the Author.
SECOND EDITION.

LEEDS: TAYLOR BROTHERS, 1896.

THE ENTOMOLOGISTS’

MAGAZINE.

PRICE SIXPENCE, MONTHLY.
Edited by C. G. Barrett, G. C. Champion,
J. W. Douglas, W. W. Fowler, M.A., F.LS.,
R. McLachlan, F.R.S., E. Saunders, F.L.S., and

Lord Walsingham, F.R.S.

MONTHLY

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains
Standard Articles and Notes on all subjects con-
nected with Entomology, and especially on the
Insects of the British Isles.

Subscription—6s. per annum, post free.

London: GURNEY & JACKSON (Mr. Van Voorst’s
Successors), 1, Paternoster Row.

N.B.—A second series was commenced with
the number for January 1899.

Journal of Malacology.

Established in 1890 as ‘ The Conchologist, a
Journal of Malacology.’

Edited by WALTER E. COLLINGE, F.Z.S.,
President of the Midlard Malacological Society,
with the co-operation of
Dr. Josef F. Babor; The Rey. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.5
Charles Hedley, F.I.S ; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.5.;
B. B. Woodward, F.G.S.

Indispensable to all Students of the Mollusca.

In addition to numerous papers on the anatomy anc

classification of the Mollusca, and on recent and_ fossil
shells, it contains Reviews and Abstracts of all- the
important current publications,
Fully lustrated. Prepaid Subscription, tzs. per
volume.
All communications to
W. E. COLLINGE, Mason University College,

BIRMINGHAM.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

To The Naturalist for 1903 are

payable strictly in advance, and

ARE NOW DUE,

and should be sent to the
Treasurer,

J. H. HOWARTH, F.G.S.,
Somerley,
HALIFAX,
or to the Local Treasurers.

TO GEOLOGISTS.

1903. Ninth Year of Distribution. 1903.

Typical Collections from famed Barton Beds
(Middle Eocene). :

Series 1, 2, 3. Boxed, Named, and Localised.
go Varieties. Over 100 Specimens in each Series.
3s. each on receipt of Postal Orders.

Also Suites of Paris Basin Mollusca
(Eocene and Oligocene).

Boxed, Named, and Localised. 40 Varieties,
6s. 6d.; 100 Varieties, 15s.; by Parcel Post on receipt
of Postal Orders. Ninth Year of Distribution.

R. CHARLES, Naturalist,
Highcliffe-on-Sea, Christchurch, Hants.

FOR

ADVERTISEMENTS

IN THIS JOURNAL

Apply to
JOHN WADDINGTON,

Advertising Coutractor,

38, Great Wilson Street, Leeds.

BINDING CASES.

Cloth cases, gilt lettered, for rgo1,
are to be had at od. each; if by post,
114d. extra,

Cases for previous years can always
be had.

The Naturalist for any year will be
bound up in cloth case for Is. 6d.,
postage, 4d. extra.

Address:
Editors of Tae Naturalist, Museum, Hull.

a,

Please mention ‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

FEBRUARY 1903. No. 553:

(Published Ist February 1908.) (No. 381 of current series.)
wlll | will i i (i Ng
=) ei,

te Do} gi 4

| "
STUN mid, “sil

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,

Museum, Httr; Tecunicat COLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD ;
WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF
J GILBERT BAKER; E.R.S;, E.L-S:, GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.,
PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., . JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents :— PAGES.
Netes and Comments = Si a ae a4 ¥: 33 Re. eh ARTF
Notes on Holderness Birds—7. Peich, B.Sc., B.A. .. 7 4 : 4) eh Pniees
Undescribed British Variety of Cistus—/oseph Fry Pickard... 45-46
Glacial Geology of yas ee aes of Doncaster lustrated)— 7 orbert H.
Corbett, M.R.C ea ES ¥o a é 5 ee a 47-50
Economic Fungi—/. H. I. Holland, 1 20 Bans ae 2m bh SG!
Some Nottinghamshire Terrestrial Isopoda—Pro/ /. IT. Carr, M. PEA ULE SER ee 35
North Lancashire Gall Notes in 1902—S. Lister Petty oe : oF * ee 502577
Reviews and Book Notices ... mi ; nie i a a ra “ wos 5700.
Field Notes .. We 39 x oe ; es * #3 WF. ane i ...50, 61-63
Northern News ... , e a 3 ae ce: oa = a ot: in 64
Illustrations... a fe 3 me pv <A e. ae A a e Sh GO, 4S

LONDON :
A. Brown & SONS, 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.

Cuortey & Pickerscitt, THe Evecrric Press, CooKRIpGE STREET,’ LEEDS.

PRICE SIXPENCE NET. BY POST SEVENPENCE.
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers, 6s. Net.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., 2s., 4s. STORE BOXES and INSECT CASES,
COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., 1s. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., 45., 5S.
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL Sand CHISELS.
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, 1s., BO’ ANE \LLECTING aN

1s. 6d. oz. DRYIN te

SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to 1s. 10d. LAFEL]

SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTs, AN Bim
Catalogue, 96 pages, sent post fi acc :

tbe

ey
Ph nist

36. STRAND. LONDOoOR” WC.

THE NATURALIST.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole’Calendar Year. —

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received. .

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated’ elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous‘ appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of ‘The Naturalist’ is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in The Naturalist will be
—as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of |
priority.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in deference to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions
and to all other privileges of the Unien.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas.—Life Members receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monographs. ’

Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, full.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.-—January.

The Zoologist, December. [West, Newman & Co., Publ.
Seventh Report Southport Society of Natural Science. [The Society.
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., Vol. 47, Part 1. | The Society.
Thirteenth Report British Assn.—Geol. Photographs. [Prof. W. W. Watts.
Report of Committee of Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham,
and Newcastle, 1902. [The Society.
Fifth Interim Report of Brit. Assn. Committee on Bird Migration. [W. E. Clarke.
Geography. Nos. 76-7, Jan. and Feb. 1903. [Manch. Geog. Soc.
La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes, 8 Janvier 1903.
The New Phytologist, Vol. 1, No. 1o. [The Editor.
Hobbies, 2oth Dec., 27th Dec. 1902, 3rd Jan. 1903.
La Naturaleza, Diciembre. [The Publishers.
Le Mois Medico-Chirurgical, Decembre 1902. [The Editor.

Les Phenomenes Des Metamorphoses Internes, Decembre 1902. |The Publishers.
Le Leucocyte et ses Granulations, Hobbies, 1st Nov. and 1oth Jan. [The Publishers.

Nature Notes, January 1903. [Editor.
Nature Study, Jan. 1903. [Editor.
Irish Naturalist, January i903. [Editors.
Lincolnshire Notes and Queries, January 1903. {Editors.
Manchester Microscopical Society, Syllabus, January 1903. [The Secretary.
Notes from the Manchester Museum, No. 8, 1902. [The Museum.
Annals of Scottish Natural History, January 1903. {Editors.
Zoological Record for 1got.

Pro. and Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., Vol. 16, 1902. [The Society.
Australian Museum Report for rgor. [The Museum.
Journal of Conchology, January 1903. ' [The Editor.
Trans. Entomological Society, Part 4, 1902. |The Society.

Proc. Geologists’ Association, Parts 7 and 8, 1902.

Knowledge, January 1903.

Glossary of Popular, etc., Names of British Birds, by C. L. Hett. Sotheran & Co.,
1902. [The Pubishers.

Hobbies, 17th January 1903.

La Nuova Notarisia, Ottobre 1902. -

New Mexico College of Agric. and M. Arts Bull., Nos. 42 and 43.

Nautilus, January 1903.

Geological Magazine, December 1902.

LAKELAND BIRDS, Studies of. By Mary L. Armitt. SeEcoND SERIES
now ready, post free 1s. 2d.; both series 2s. 3d., from GEORGE MIDDLETON,
Ambleside.

THE FUNGUS, FLORA OF
YORKSHIRE.

A Complete Account of the known
Fungi of the County.
By G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., and
C. CROSSLAND, F.L.S.

First Instalment now ready.
- PRICE 1/3 NET.
To be obtained only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the Union,

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,
THE MUSEUM, HULL.

JUST ISSUED,
THE

BIRDS OF BEMPTON CLIFFS.

By -E. W. WADE.

Illustrated by 19 Photographs specially taken by
the Author.
Issued by the Hull Scientific and Field
Naturalists’ Club.

28 Pages and Plates.
PRICE TWO SHILLINGS NET.

On Sale at A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., London,
Hull, and York; or from the Secretary of the
Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club, the
Museum, Hull. 1903.

Now Ready, tn One Volume, Crown Svo. cloth.
Price Five Shillings.

WILD BIRD PROTECTION:
AND NESTING BOXES.

With Illustrations of various Designs of Boxes,
Brackets, etc., that have actually been used by
Wild Birds for Nidification, and a full list of the
Orders made under the ‘ Wild Birds Protection
Acts’ on the application of County Councils,
with the Names of the Species protected.

By JOHN R. B. MASEFIELD, M.A.,

Vice-President of the North Staffordshire
Naturalists’ Field Clio.

Leeps:—TAYLOR BROTHERS, Pus isHers.

NATURE STUDY.

Edited by S. L. MOSLEY.

The most popular Illustrated Magazine
published in the interests of nature
students (especially beginners). Prepaid
Subscription: 2s. 6d. per annum, post
free to any part of the world. Send
stamp for specimen copy.

_A Superior Edition is published at 5s.
per annum, with coloured plates. Speci-
men copy sixpence.

THE MUSEUM Press, Lockwood,
HUDDERSFIELD.

- given a short introd

A HANDBOOK OF THE
Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire

Being a Catalogue of British Mammals, Birds, Reptiles,
Amphibians and Fishes, showing what species are
or have, within histerical periods, been found
in the county.

LY
W. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S.,& W. Denison Roebuck,F.L.S.

PRICE 8s. Gd. May BE HAD OF THE AUTHORS,
OR OF Lovett REEVE & Co., 6, Henrietta
Street, Covent Garden, London.
EXTRACTS FROM REVIEWS :—' The authors of this cata-
logue may take a pride in their work, which has evidently
been executed with most conscientious care. They have
tory exposition of the principles by
guided, and an excellent briet sketch
s of Yorkshire, and the summary of

which they have bee
of the physical aspe

the results of their investigation of its Vertebrata, The
little book is a most valuable contribution to British zoologi-
cal literature." —A 727. & Mas. Nat. Hise.

‘The work is an excellent one of its kind.'—Athene@une.

Vow ready, Svo. cloth, price 6s., post free.

LIST OF
YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA.

By G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S.

Contains copious records of the localities, etc.,
of the 1,340 macro- and micro-
lepidoptera known to inhabit the county ; par-
ticulars of local variation in species; with all
other necessary information on the subject.

species of

To be had only from the Hon. Secretary of
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,

MUSEUM, HULL.

8v0., cloth, with Coloured Map, price 5s.;
post free 5s. 6a.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Frepreric ARNOLD LrEs, M.R.C.S., etc.

This, which forms the 2nd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams and Vascular Cryptogams,
11 Characez, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258
Lichens, 1,009 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Algze,
making a total of 3,160 species.

May be had from the Hon. Sec. of the
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

Now ready, complete, Svo. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the r1,o44
Fresh Water Algze of the County.
By W..WEST> Fass,,
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.

To be had only from the Hon.

SECRETARY of the

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,
MUSEUM, HULL.

_ Members may havea bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of is, ad.
carriage paid.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

4

To Subscribers, 7s. 6d. per annum, post /ree,
THE ANNALS OF

Scottish Natural History.

A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE.
Edited by J. A. Harvey-Brown, F.R.S.E.,
F.Z.S.; Prof. James W. H. Traill, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.; Wm. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., ete:

This Magazine—a_ continuation of ‘The Scottish
Naturalist,” founded in 1871—was established under the
present editorship in January, 1892, for the purpose of ex-
tending the knowledge of and interest in the Zoology and
Botany of Scotland. The ANNALS is entirely devoted to
the publication of Original Matter relating to the Natural
History of Scotland, and includes Pz ipers. contributing to
the elucidation of the Fauna and Flora recent and fossil,
Observations on Life Histories, etc., and’ Notes recording
the occurrence of uncommon species, and other useful and
interesting facts.

EDINBURGH:

DAVID DOUGLAS, ro, Castle Street.

Coloured Edition 10/6 net. Uneoloured Edition
S/- net. If by post, 5d. extra.

The COLLECTOR’S MANUAL

of British Land and Freshwater Shells.

Containing Figures and Descriptions of every Species,
an Account of their Habits and Localities, Hints on
Preserving and Arranging, &c. ; the Names: and Descrip-
tions of all the Varieties and Sy noptical Tables, showing
the Differences of Specie s hard to identify.

Also, with the permission of the Recorder and
Referees,
The Conchological Society’s Census of
Comital Distribution.
By LIONEL ERNEST ADAMS, B.A.
Illustrated by GERALD W. Apams, M.R.C.S.,

Arp. Sicu, F.E.S., and the Author.
SECOND EDITION.

TAYLOR BROTHERS,

LEEDS: 1896.

THE ENTOMOLOGISTS’ MONTHLY
MAGAZINE.

PRICE SIXPENCE, MONTHLY.
Edited by C. G. Barrett, G. C. Champion,
J. W. Douglas, W. W. Fowler, M.A., F.L.S.,
R. McLachlan, F.R.S., E. Saunders, F.R.S., and

Lord Walsingham, F.R.S

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains
Standard Articles and Notes on all subjects con-
nected with Entomology, and especially on the
Insects of the British Isles.

Subscription—6s. per annum, post free.
London: GURNEY & JACKSON (Mr. Van Voorst's
Successors), 1, Paternoster Row.

N.B.—A second series was commenced with
the number for January 1890.

The Journal of Malacology.

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a
Journal of Malacology.’

Edited by WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc.,

President of the Midland Malacological Society,
with the co-operation of

Dr. Josef F. Babor: H. Howard Bloomer; The Rev
A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.; G. K. Gude, F. Charles
Hedley. Evie: Henry Suter; ge . R. Sykes, ee

B. B. Woodw ard, F.G.S., F.L

Indispensable to all siuicaie of the Mollusca.

In addition to numerous papers on the anatomy and
classification of the Mollusca, and on recent and fossil
shells, it contains “Reviews and Abstracts of all the
important current publications.

Fully Illustrated. Prepaid Subscription, t2s. per
volume.
All communications to
The University, BrrainGHam.

W. EF. CoLuinGe

SUBSCRIPTIONS

To The Naturalist for 1903 are

payable strictly in advance, and

ARE NOW DUE,

and should be sent to the

Treasurer,
J. H. HOWARTH, F.G.S.,
Somerley.
HALIFAX,

or to the Local Treasurers.

TO GEOLOGISTS.
1908. Ninth Year of Distribution.

1908.

Typical Collections from famed Barton Beds
(Widdle Eocene).

Series 1, 2,3. Boxed, Named, and Localised.
go Varieties. Over 100 Specimens in each Series.
gs. each on receipt of Postal Orders.

Also Suites of Paris Basin Mollusca
(Zocene and Oligocene).

Boxed, Named, and Localised. 40 Varieties,
6s. 6d.; 100 Varieties, 15s.; by Parcel Post on receipt
of Postal Orders. Ninth Year of Distribution.

R. CHARLES, Naturalist,
Highcliffe-on-Sea, Christchurch, Hants.

FOR

ADVERTISEMENTS

IN THIS JOURNAL

Apply to
JOHN WADDINGTON,

Advertising Contractor,

38, Great Wilson Street, Leeds.

BINDING CASES.

Cloth cases, gilt lettered, for 1901,
are to be had at Od. each; if by post,

Igd. extra.

Cases for previous years can always
be had.

The Naturalist for any year will be
bound up in cloth case for Is. 6d.,
postage, 4d. extra,

Address:
Editors of The Naturalist, Museum, Hull.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

MARCH 1903.

(Published 2nd March 1903.)

No. 554.

(No. 332*of current series.)

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,

Museum, Hutt; Tecunicar. COLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD ;
WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF
J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO:T.. |PORRITT,. F-LS. EBs
PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents: PAGES.

Notes and Comments :—Derbyshire Rocks, Liverpool Biologists, Botanical Survey
of Yorkshire, White's Thrush in Yorkshire, Prehistoric Remains near Bradford,
Moles and their Fortresses —... . | 05-72

The Yorkshire Boulder Committee and its Si ieioenit eae s Work, 1901-1902
—Percy fF. Kendall, F.G S., and /. H. Howarth, F.G.. = ce an

“I
ty

md
Economic Fungi. Supplementary Note—/. 17. Holland, PLS. Firk
Ringing Bees-—ELdward Peacock, I.S.A. ee we a n re 78.
Mosses and Hepatics of Baugh Fell /IV//iam hie BeAw aan aks ‘3 ape O-ae
Lincolnshire Freshwater Mites (IMlustrated)—C. /. George, W.R.C.S. “ 23 87-84
North Lancashire Botanical Notes in 19002—S. Lister Petty : a “ w. 8Y-S6
Reviews and Book Notices .. “. -f ae 4 eS . ee Bt .. 86-90
Field Notes ... Ze ibe : re i j “ we FN, G8, OI-OF
Northern News... , A : : ; 7 %. < oe arc hte O5EOO

Illustrations... e oe = = x ec . F cS 65, 66, 68, 69, 71, 53, 87

LONDON :
A. Brown & Sons, LTD., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.

Cuorrey & PickersGiLtLt, THe Erecrric Press, COOKRIDGE STREET, LEEDS.

PRICE SIXPENCE NET. BY POST SEVENPENCE.
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers, 6s. Net.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., 2s., 4s. STORE BOXES and INSECT CASES,
‘COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., 1s. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., 45., 5s.
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL HAMMERS and CHISELS.
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, 1s., BOTANICAL COLLECTING TINS.

is. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER, ete.
SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to 1s. 10d. LABEL LISTS, BOOKS, ete., etc.

SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AND BIRDS’ EGGS.

Catalogue, 96 pages, sent post free on application.

36, STRAND, LONDON, wc.

THE NSBveavist.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated elsewhere.
Shou!d the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous appearance in another
iournal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of ‘The Naturalist’ is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given. ;

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in Tie Naturalist will be
—as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priority.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names skal! invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in deference to the wishes of our botanicai contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
of botany. : ;

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10,6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions
and to all other privileges of the Union.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas.—Life Members receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monographs. ;

Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec., =
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.— February.

New Phytologist. '_ [Editor.
Thoroughbreds and their Grassland, No. 2, by E. A. W. Peacock.

Friedlzender’s Biicher-Verzeichniss, No. 447. [Friedlander & Sohn, Publ.
Hobbies, 24th and 31st January, 7th and 14th February 1903. [The Publishers.
La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes, 1 Fev. 1903.
Knowledge, February 1903. [| Editor.
Zoologist, January 1903. [West, Newman & Co., Publ.
La Nuova Notarisia, Gen., Apl., Lug. 1902. [Dr. S. B. de Toni, Modena.
Bull. Geol. Institution, Upsala, 1gor. ;
Entomologists’ Record, January 1903. [ Editor.
Eguisetum Hyemale in Westerness, Arthur Bennett. | Author.
Acorus Calamus in England, Arthur Bennett. [| Author.
Journal of Malacology, December 1902. | Editor.
Etomologisk Tidskrift, 1, 2, 3, and 4, 1902.

Nature: Novitates, Nos. 21, 22, 23, and 24, 1902. [Friedlander & Sohn, Publ.
Mem: and Pro. of Manch. Lit. and Phil. Society, Vol. 47, Part II. [Society.
Nature Study, February 1903. [ Editor.
Nature Notes, February 1903. [ Editor.
Irish Naturalist, February i903. | Editor.
Le Mois Scientifique, January 1903. [J. B. Bailli¢re & Fils, Paris.

Revue Bryologique, January 1903. [M. T. Husnot, Cahan.

LAKELAND BIRDS, Studies of. By Mary L. Armitt. SrEcCOND SERIES
now ready, post free 1s. 2d.; both series 2s. 3d., from GEORGE MIDDLETON,
Ambleside.

Carboniferous Fossil Plants.—In answer to repeated requests, and for the
purpose of popularising the study of Fossil Botany, I have decided to issue
Series of Fossil Plants to subscribers. Series A, 50 typical forms, 7s. 6d.
Series B, 50 finer examples, 15s. Orders taken in rotation; payment on
delivery. To Petrologists.—Rock Specimens from Lakeland and South
Scotland, invaluable to Glacialists, from gd. each. Rock Section Cutting
a speciality, either thin slices for finishing or finished micro-slides. List and
particulars tree.—W. H&MINGWaAy, 170, Old Mill Lane, Barnsley.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

To The Naturalist for 1903 are

payable strictly in advance, and

ARE NOW DUE,

and should be sent to the
Treasurer,
J. H. HOWARTH, F.G-.S.,
Someriey,
HALIFAX,
or to the Local Treasurers.

BINDING CASES.

Cloth cases, gilt’ lettered, for “1901,
are to be had at gd. each; if by post,
14d. extra.

Cases for previous years can always
be had.

The Naturalist for any year will be
bound up in cloth case for Is. 6d.,
postage, 4d. extra.

Address:

Editors of Tie Naturalist, Museum, Hull.

THE FUNGUS FLORA OF
YORKSHIRE.

A Complete Account of the
Fungi of the County.
By G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., and

C. CROSSLAND, F.L.S.

First Instalment now ready.

PRICE=1/3 NET.
To be obtained only from the Hon.
- SECRETARY of the Union,

“T) SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,
THE MUSEUM, HULL.

known

Now ready, Svo. clath, price 6s., post free.
a

LIST OF
YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA.

By G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S.

Contains copious records of the localities, ete.,
of the 1,340 species of macro- and ~ micro-
lepidoptera known to inhabit the county; par-
ticulars of local variation in species; with all
other necessary information on the subject.

Yo be had only from the Hon. Secretary of
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,

MUSEUM, HULL.

8vo., cioth, with Coloured Map, price 5s.;
post free 5s. 6d.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Frepreric ARNOLD LeEEs, M.R.C.S., ete.

This, which forms the znd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams and Vascular Cryptogams,
ur Characeaz, 348 Mosses. 1ro8 Hepaties, 258
Lichens, 1,009 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Algze,
making a total of 3,160 species.

May be had from the Hon. Sec. of the
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

A HANDBOOK OF THE
Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire

3eing a Catalogue of British Mammals, Birds, Reptiles.
Amphibians and Fishes, showing what species are
or haye, within historical periods, been found
in the county.

BY
W. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S.,& W. Denison Roebuck, F.L.S.

PRICE 8s. 6d. May BE HAD oF THE AUTHORS,
OR OF LOVELL REEVE & Co., 6, Henrietta
Street, Covent Garden, London.
EXTRACTS FROM REVIEWS :—' The authors of this cata-
logue may take a pride in their work, which has evidently
been executed with most conscientious care. They have
given a short introductory exposition of the principles by
which they have been guided, and an excellent brief sketch
of the physical aspects of Yorkshire, and the summary of
the results of their investigation of its Vertebrata. The
little book is a most valuable contribution to British zoologi-

cal literature.’-—d an, & Maye. Nat. Hise.
‘The work is an excellent one of its kind.’—A theneum.

Now ready, complete, 8vo. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Algz of the County.
ByoW WEST FiSs
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.
To be had only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the :
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,
MUSEUM, HULL.
Members may have a bound copy in exchange

for their parts, for the additional charge of 1s. gd.
carriage paid.

FOR

ADVERTISEMENTS

IN THIS JOURNAL
Apply to
JOHN WADDINGTON,
Advertising Contractor,

38, Great Wilson Street, Leeds.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

TO BE SHORTLY PUBLISHED.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

THE BIRDS OF
YORKSHIRE,

s

AN ACCOUNT OF

THE AVIFAUNA OF THE COUNTY,

BY
THOMAS H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

ASSISTED. BY
.

WM. EAGLE CLARKE, 'F-L.S., M-S:0.0;, FRED BOVE.

AND OTHER LEADING ORNITHOLOGISTS.

This work is based upon an unrivalled and exceptionally com-
plete mass of material. Its scope will be comprehensive, and the
account of each species will include succinct accounts of distribution,
faunistic status, migration, nidification, variation, vernacular nomen-

clature and folk-lore. Numerous illustrations will be included.

The Subscription Price wiil be One Guinea (which will be
increased after publication), and only a very few more will be printed
than subscribed for.

For Prospectus, etc., apply to
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Hon. Sec.,
| Museum, Hull.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

WITH SUPPLEMENT.
APRIL 1903. No. 555.
(Published 1st April 19038.) (No, 333 of current series.)

ull <i) ft { i
n wT

i itt »
THIN Ai "will fi

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

iS SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,

Museum, Hutt; TrcHNICAL COLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD ;
WITH THE ASSISYANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF
J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.,
PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents :— PAGES.

Notes and Comments. (Iflustrated):—An Im; portant Work on Shells, Interesting
Northern Shells, Relics of the Stone ee ‘The Birds of Yorkshire,’ Tudders-

field Museum and Education, An Fast Yorkshire Erratic oe Re ee ws G7-100
Christmas Afternoon’s Fungus Ramble—/I~.V. Chees:nan iP : ee =, TOM-104
In Memory of Charles P. Hobkirk—2. (Portrait) ... a - < if .: 105-105"
Beavers in Yorkshire—Harry Speight... 3 $9 Bie £ .< 108-109
Beavers in East Yorkshire—7Zvomas Sheppard, RG.S. ec a a Ste .. 109-110
Lincolnshire Freshwater Mites (Wlustrated)—C. /. George, V/.N.C.S. a Pat Die L ae
Holiday amongst Northern Mosses—Vev. C. H. Binstead .. s! cet Pee Des aie
Equipment of the Field Naturalist—ev. Alfred Thoriules, 37..1., FE. % oy 5 She ALL EOO
Orchids of the Derwent Valley—/. IV. Fawcet/ Pf x oi x ae =& “yoy-ras
Diatoms near Grimsby—<4rthur Smith, F.L.S., [0 75S., etc. “ a x a5 122
Reviews and Book Notices (lMlustrated) ti oy ae . x xs BEN el Pt cere
Field Notes ... s aN oS; Be it Af: ier = ; JO4, 110, 128-150, 140
Northern News ... ‘ : a * mi a ata:
West Yorkshire Botanical Notes — eae Rothe: ji sh Yana E5140
Se, eres and Palzontology, 1990— Tianic® cSHeApecra, Fi: G.. i i
Illustrations... oe ¥ a i ESOOS O00) C22; SLGs Joe
“LONDON:

A. Brown & Sons, LTD., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.
CHortey & PickersGitt, Tue Evecrric Press, CookrmwGe STREET, LEEDs.

PRICE ONE SHILLING NET. BY POST ts. id.
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers, 6s. Net.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., 2s., 4s. ' STORE BOXES and INS}
COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., is. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., Agee
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL HA}MFERS
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, ts., BOTANICAL CO¥}

1s. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER,
SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to 1s. 10d. LABEL LISTS, RR oa BR is 1908
SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AND BQRDS EGGS.

Catalogue, 96 pages, sent post free on applica

se. STEAD LONDON,

THE NATURALIST.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of ‘The Naturalist’ is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in The Naturalist will be
—as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priority.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in deference to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10,6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to Tie Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions
and to all other privileges of the Union.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas.—Life Members receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monographs.

Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.—March.

Blackwood’s Magazine, March. [ Publishers.
Proc. Academy of Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, Vol. 54, 1902.
Annual Report U.S. Nat. Museum, Smithsonian Institution, 1go00.

Annotationes Zoologice Japonenses, Dec. 1902. | Editor.
Field Nat. Quarterly, No. 5, Feb. 1902. {[ Editor.
Trans. Entom. Soc., London, Part 5, 1902. » [Society.
Ornithologisches Jahrbuch, Hallein, 1903. [ Editor.
Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle, Vol. 12, Part 2,
Vol. 14, Part 1, 1902. [Society.
Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc., Vol. 28, Part 3, 1903. [Society.
Twenty-sixth Annual Report Lanc. and Cheshire Entom. Soc., 1902. [Society.
Catalogue of Library of Lance. and Cheshire Entom, Soc., 1903. [Society.
Hobbies, 21st Feb., 28th Feb., 7th March 1903.
Nature Notes, March 1903. : [ Editor.
Nature Study, March 1903. | Editor.
Irish Naturalist, March 1903. | Editors.
Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc., 1901-2. [Mr. H. C. Beesley.
Fiftieth Annual Report Nottingham Nat. Soc., 1903.
Hull Museum Quarterly Record of Additions, No. 3, Dec. 1902. [Curator.
On some British Freshwater Rhizopods and Heliozoa. [G. S. West.
Nautilus, Feb. 1903. [ Editor.
Aquila, 3oth Jan. 1903. { Editor.
Eine ornithologische Falschung (reprint).
Knowledge, March 1903. | Editor.
British Lepidoptera, Barrett, Vol. 8, 1902. [ Publishers.
Moss Exchange Club Report for 1903. [Wm. Ingham, B.A.

a ee Bee

LAKELAND: BIRDS, Studies of. By Mary L. Armitt. Seconp Series
now ready, post free Is. 2d.; both series 2s. 3d., from GEORGE MIDDLETON,
Ambleside.

Crocodile.—Fine specimen, to ft. 6 in. long, well stuffed, natural teeth. Suit
museum or attractive advertising purpose, only 48.—M. W. EDGLry,
Furniture Dealer, 40 and 41, Fleet Street, London, E.C.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

To The Naturalist for 1903 are
payable strictly in advance, and

ARE NOW DUE,

and should be sent to the

Treasurer,
Jo ns HOWARTH, F.G,S.;
Somerley,
HALIFAX,

or to the Local Treasurers.

BINDING CASES.

Cloth cases, gilt lettered, for rgo1,
are to be had at gd. each; if by post,
i'd. extra.

Cases for previous years can always
be had. ;

The Naturalist for any year will be
bound up in cloth case for Is. 6d.,
postage, 4d. extra,

Address:
Editors of The Naturalist, Museum, Hull.

THE FUNGUS FLORA OF
YORKSHIRE.

A Complete Account of the known
_ Fungi of the County.
By G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., and
C. CROSSLAND, F.L.S.

First Tasteaimedt now ready.

PRICE 1/3 NET.
To be obtained only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the Union,

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,
THE MUSEUM, HULL.

Now ready, Svo. cloth, price 6s., post free
EIST OF
YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA.

By G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S

Contains copious records of the localities, etc.,
of the 1,340 species of macro- and micro-
lepidoptera known to inhabit the county; par-
ticulars of local variation in species; with all
other necessary information on the subject.

To be had only from the Hon. Secretary of

the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,
MUSEUM, HULL.

8vo., cloth, with abe Map, price 5s.;-
post free 5s . 6d.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Freperic ARNOLD LEEs, M.R.C.S., et

This, which forms the 2nd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams : and Vascular Cryptogams.
1r Characez, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258
Lichens, 1,009 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Alge,
making a total of 3,160 species.

May be had from the Hon. Sec. of the
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

A HANDBOOK OF THE
Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire

Being a Catalogue of British Mammals, Birds, Reptiles.
Amphibiz ans and Fishes, showing what species are
or have, within historical periods, been found
in the see

W. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., k W. Denison Roebuck,F.L.S.

PRICE 8s. 6d. May BE HAD OF THE AUTHORS,
OR OF LOVELL REEVE & Co., 6, Henrietta
Street, Covent Garden, London.
EXTRACTS FROM REVIEWS:—' The authors of this cata-
logue may take a pride in their work, which has evidently
been executed with most conscientious care. They have
given a short introductory exposition of the principles by
which they have been guided, and an excellent brief sketch
of the physical aspects of Yorkshire, and the summary of
the results of their investigation of its Vertebrata. The
little book is a most valuable contribution to British zoologi-

cal literature.'—A 77. & Alag. Nat. Hist.
*The work is an exc ellen one of its kind.’—A thenaion

Now ready, complete, Svo. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.
A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Alga of the County.
By W..WEST, -F.L.S:;
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.

To be had only the Hon.
SECRETARY of the

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,
MUSEUM, HULL.

Members may have a bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of is od.
carriage paid.

from

FOR

ADVERTISEMENTS

IN THIS JOURNAL

Apply to

JOHN WADDINGTON,

Advertising Contractor,

38, Great Wilson Street, Leeds.

Please mention

‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

TO BE SHORTLY PUBLISHED.

os

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

THE BIRDS OF
YORKSHIRE,

AN ACCOUNT OF

THE AVIFAUNA’ OF THE COUNTY

BY
THOMAS H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

ASSISTED= BY.
WM. EAGLE CLARKE; F.L.S., M:5.0:U7 FRED -BOYHS:

AND OTHER LEADING ORNITHOLOGISTS.

This work is based upon an unrivalled and exceptionally com-
plete mass of material. Its scope will be comprehensive, and the
account of each species will include succinct accounts of distribution,
faunistic status, migration, nidification, variation, vernacular nomen-

clature and folk-lore. Numerous illustrations will be included.

The Subscription Price wiil be One Guinea (which will be
increased after publication), and only a very few more will be printed
than subscribed for.

For Prospectus, etc., apply to
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Hon. Sec.,

Museum, Hull.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

Gor, &
MAY 1903. No. 556.
(Published Ist May 1903.) (No. 334 of current seri_s.)}

oy wi YD
ui uN hy
al
sul “wlll uli oT mil
h i}

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,
Museum, Hutt; TECHNICAL COLLEGE, HuppersrikLn ;
WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., !'-E.S.,

PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents :— PAGES.

Notes and Comments (lMlustrated):—Herring Gull’s Nest, Coast Erosion, .\ New
Manchester Field Club, Nature Study, British Bronze Axes, Geographical

Distribution of Vegetation in Yorkshire... a oo - ste a .. 161-166
Beetles and Electric Light—/. G. Bayford ... _ 166-107
Further Notes on Yorkshire Plants in the Bicheno Herbarium at Swarsea-

Rev. H. ]. Riddelsdell, M.A. sy 2. 1072168:
Some Points in the Biology of Hepatic (IMustrated)— F Cavers, R. Est ae _ 169-176
Fungi of Masham and Swinton—Charies CrossJand, [°.L.S. 53% en ; we AZZAIST
The Pollard Willow—ax E. Peacock ... we 182-185
Lincolnshire Galls—Aez. E. A. HI. Peacock, 1. Th., r. Ve s, °F. G.S a ) Mixs Soe

Stow ... 2s ot - es an z* Bet .. 185-186
Reviews and Book ‘Notices ey ae fen ee 3s oe x re z .. 187-189
Field Notes ... en oy 3 es . ad t? en aS 6 1&1, 189-191
Northern News _... hs ot a Se ce we Be = a = ... 191-192
IWustrations... oe S ¥ << a ... 461, 162, 103, 164, 165, 169, 172, 173s 174 ATS

ti ON DON :

A. Brown & Sons, LTp., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.

Cuyortey & Pickersoi.r, THe Evecrric Press, CookripGe STREET, Levers.

PRICE SIXPENCE NET. BY POST SEVENPENCE.
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers, 6s. Net.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists andéManufacturers of Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d.,3 4 * ES and Nigen CASES
COLLECTING BOXES, 6dgA NBs. 6d., 45.,
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 z \GICA HAMMERS ee CHISELS.
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS i GOLLECTING TINS.

1s. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER, etc.
SETTING BOARDS, 5d. t@\Xs. L 37S, BOOKS, ctc., etc.

SPECIALITY—BUTXSE: 5 AKND BIRDS’ EGGS.

: Catalogue, 96 pa st on application

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.c.

THE NATURALIST:

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of The Naturalist is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in The Naturalist will be

as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alcerations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priority.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in defzrence to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions
and to ail other privileges of the Union.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas.—Life Members receive a full set of the
/ ransactions and Monographs.

Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications cf the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

Animal Life, March 1903. [ Editor.
Journal of Conchology, April 1903. [ Editor.
Halifax Naturalist, April 1903. [Editor.
Cleveland Nat. Field Club. Proceedings, 1901 (publ. 1903). [Society.
Proc. Manchester Field Club, Vol. 1, Part 1, 1899 (publ. 1903). [Society.
The Story of Lost England, 1903. [G. Newnes, Ltd.
Le Mois Scientifique, Fev 1903. [ Editor.
Nautilus, March 1903. [ Editor.
Kansas University Quarterly, Oct. 1901 and Sept. 1902. [ University.
Hobbies, 14th, 21st, and 28th March, 4th April 1903. [ Editor.
Revue Bryologique, No. 2, 1903. {Editor.
Proc. and Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. of Science, Vol. 10, Part 3, 1902. [Institute.
Naturz Novitates, Nos. 1, 2, and 3, 1903. { Editor.
Wombat, Vol. 5, No. 4, Dec. 1902 (two copies). [| Editor.
Zoologist, March 1903. | Editor.
Entom. Record, March 1903. [Editor.
Eighty-second Annual Report Leeds Phil. and Lit. Society. |Society.
Twenty-fourth Annual Report Rochdale Lit. and Sci. Society. [Society.
Bucher-Verzeichniss, No. 448. [ Friedlander.
Knowledge, April 1903. | Editor.
New Phytologist, goth March 1903. [Editor.
Scientific Proceedings Roy. Dublin Soe., Feb. 1903. [The Society.
Economic Proceedings Roy. Dublin Soc., July 1902. |The Society.
Scientific Transactions Roy. Dublin Soc., Mav 1902 (two). | The Society.
Scientific Transactions Roy. Dublin Soc., Sep. 1902. [The Society.
Scientific Transactions Roy. Dublin Soc., April 1902. {The Society.
Proc. Liverpool Nat. Field Club for 1902 (1903). = =" [Charbs
Line. Notes and Queries, April 1903. ae, [ Editor.
Nature Notes, April 1903. ~AN [ Editor.
Irish Naturalist, April 1903. Sy [| Editor.
Familiar Wild Birds, Part 1, 1903. \ [ Publishers.
Census of British Land.and Freshwater Mollusca | [Conchological Soc.
La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes, Avril 1903. ’ [ Editor.
Moss Exchange Club. Report for 1902. 4 £4 [Secretary.
Mineralogical Magazine, February 1903. eee [ Editor.
Annals of Scottish Natural History;~April1903. [Editors.
Geography, April 1903. [ Editor.

Journal, New York Botanical Garden, March 1902. | Editor.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

To The
payable strictly in advance, and

ARE NOW DUE,

and should be sent to the
Treasurer,
J. H. HOWARTH, F.G.S.,
Somerley,
HALIFAX,
or to the Local Treasurers.

BINDING

Naturalist for 1903 are

CASES.

Cloth cases, gilt lettered, for 1901,
are to be had at gd. each; if by post,
114d. extra.

Cases for previous years can always
be had.

The Naturalist for any year will be
bound up in cloth case for ts. 6d.,
postage, 4d. extra.

Address:
Editors of The Naturalist, Museum, Hull.

THE FUNGUS FLORA OF
YORKSHIRE.

A Complete Account of the known
Fungi of the County.
By G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., and
Cc. Elan yao F.L.S.

First Tagine now ready.
PRICE 1/3 NET.
To be obtained only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the Union,

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,
THE MUSEUM, HULL

Now veady, 8vo. cloth, price 6s., post free.
List OF
YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA.

By G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S

Contains @pious records of the localities, etc.,
of the 1,340 species of macro- and micro-
lepidoptera known to inhabit the county; par-
ticulars of local variation in species; with all
other necessary information on the subject.

To be had only from the Hon. Secretary of
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,

MUSEUM, HULL.

~~
o

10., cloth, with Coloured Map, price 5s.;
post Sree 5s. Od.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Freperic ArRNoLp Lrxrs, M.R.C.S., ete.

This, which forms the znd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams and Vasculz ir Cryptogams,
11 Characez, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258
Lichens, 1,009 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Algz,
making a total of 3,160 species.

May be had from the Hon. Sec. of the
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

To be shortly published.
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

The Birds of Yorkshire,

An Account of
THE AVIFAUNA OF THE COUNTY,

By THOMAS H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., assisted by

WM. EAGLE CLARKE, F.L.S., M.B.0.U., FRED
BOYES, and other leading Ornithologists.
This work is based upon an unrivalled and exceptionally

complete mass of material. Its sc cope will be ¢ omip prehensive
and the account of each species will include succine “t
accounts of distribution, faunistic-status, migration, nidi-
fication, variation, vernacular nomenclature and folk-lore.
Nuinerous illustrations wi'l be included.

The Subscription price will be One Guinea (hich will
be increased after publication), and only a very few mor:
will be printed than subscribed for.

For Prospectus, cte.. apply to TT. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,
Hon, Sec., Museum, Hull.

Now ready, complete, Svo. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Algez of the County.

By W. WEST, F.L.S.,
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.
To be had only the Hon.
SECRETARY of the
YORKSHIRE. NATURALISTS’ UNION,
MUSEUM, HULL.

Members may havea bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of 1s od.
carriage paid.

from

FOR

ADVERTISEMENTS
IN THIS JOURNAL
Apply to
JOHN WADDINGTON,

Advertising Contracior,

38, Great Wilson Street, Leeds.

Now ready, Svo. Cloth, Price 3s. 6d. post jree.
To be had from the Author,
Rev. W. H. PAINTER,
Stirchley Rectory, near Shifnal, Salop.
SUPPLEMENT to the Contribution to

The FLORA of DERBYSHIRE,

INCLUDING ALL THE MOSSES.
Reprinted from ‘ The Naturalist.’

‘Please mention ‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

IMPORTANT NOTICE
TO READERS OF ‘THE NATURALIST.’

In order that our readers may secure the back

numbers of this journal, a

DPE CIAL OF

(FOR A SHORT TIME ONLY)
is ~made..as- follows):

‘THE NATURALIST’ for the years 1892 to
1901 inclusive (ten volumes complete) will be
sent at HALF-A-CROWN A VOLUME, for orders

of four or more volumes.

Odd Volumes may be obtained at 3s. 6d. a

volume.

Copies bound in Cloth Is. 6d. per Volume

extra.

Orders, accompanied by a remittance, should be
Sent; al ONCE HOW oe
4 SS EGP PAGES Sele eee
e -musedm, Jag is ip es

NOTE.—This offer will be shortly withdrawn.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

> a
male as,
JUNE 1903. No. 557.
(Published 1st June 1903.) (No. 835 of current series.)

ni” N4
Wy aw
oT Sa Sa fl
ih

“ill MAN NE,
A
MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,
Museum, Hutt; TECHNICAL COLLEGE, HuppERSFIELD ;

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO:-T;-PORRITT, .E-L:S:,°F-E:S,,
PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents Com PAGES.
Notes and Comments (Illustrated) :—An Early Scandinavian Relic, Mammoth's Tusk
- at Brough, Prehistoric Bone Disease, Teeth of Early Man, Manx Geology ... 193-196
Yorkshire Naturalists at Cowthorpe—7.S. ... . 196-200
Notes on some Prehistoric Jet Ornaments from East Yorkshire (lustrated)—
-R. Mortimer... ... 201-207
Some Points in the Biology af Hepatice (IMustrated)— F Cavers, B. a y . 208-215
New British Water Mites (Ilustrated)—C. /. George, M.R.C.S 3 . .. 215-216
Hull’s Contribution to Science (Plate IHI.)—7homas Shennan BR, G = Ere ... 217-220
Reviews and Book Notices (Illustrated) We Ss fen BBTHORS
Field Notes ... ik c ap Sas x a a Ste va = ... 200, 216, 223
Northern News .... = a a; z29 ies Beane? oF Ss as :8 TE at 224
Illustrations = ws» 193s 194. 195, 202, 203, 205, 209, 210, 217, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 221, 222

Plates II!., 1V., and V.

LONDON :
A. Brown & Sons, Ltp., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.

CuHorctey & PickerscicL, THE Evectric Press, Cookripce STreEet, LEEDs.

PRICE SIXPENCE NET. BY POST SEVENPENCE.
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers, 6s. Net.
EGE EE SS EDEL EDEN SET SLADE TEDL ALLELE DE ALE LIEBE LIENS EN LEBEL A La LEE CAAT BEE IEE II REE EE

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., 2s., 4s. STORE BOXES and INSECT C
COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., 1s. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., 4s.,

NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL HAMME

ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, 1s., BOTANICAL COLLEC
1s. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER, et

SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to 1s. 10d. LABEL LISTS, BOOKS, etq,, eté.
SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AND BIR ase

Catalogue, 96 pages, sent post free on applicati

aS, 1 eae a TON DON,

National “°®

oe

THE NATURALIST.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of The Naturalist is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in The Naturalist will be
—as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priority.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in deference to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions
and to ail other privileges of the Union.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas.—Life Members receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monographs.

Members are entitled te buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., 23rd April 1903. [Society.
Geography, March 1903. [Editor.
Boletin del Cuerpo de Ingenieros de Minas del Peru, No. 2, 1902. [Editor.
Nautilus, Index to Vol. 16, April 1903. [ Editor.
Irish Naturalist, May 1903. [ Editor.
Zoologist, 15th April 1903. [Editor.
Nautilus, April 1903. [ Editor.
Trans. Entomological Society, London, Part 1, 1903. [Society.
Seventeenth Annual Report Selborne Society. | Society.
Nature Studies, Scott Elliot. [Blackie & Son.
Leeds Astronomical Soc. Journ. and Trans., 1902 (No. 10). [Society.
Hull Museum Publications, No. 13 (Quarterly Record, No. 4). [Museum.
Journ. Northants. Nat. Hist. Soc. and Field Club, Nos. 89, 90, and 91, 1902.
[Society.
Entomologists’ Record, April 1903. [Editor.
Pearson’s Magazine, April 1903. ° | Editor.
Le Mois Scientifique, Avril 1903. [ Editor.
La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes, Mai 1903. [Editor.
La Nuova Notarasia, Aprile 1903. [Editor.
Naturz Novitates, April-Mai 1903. [Publishers.
La Naturaleza, Abril 1903. [Publishers.

LAKELAND BIRDS, Studies of. By Mary L. Armitt. SECOND SERIES
now ready, post free 1s. 2d.; both series 2s. 3d., from GEORGE MIDDLETON,
Ambleside.

THE MOST BEAUTIFUL PAPILIO OF THE WORLD:

Papilio blumei, first quality, 9s., and Papilio androcles, very large
specimen, with long tail, at 15s.

Beautiful Century: ‘* Celebes.’’

100 Lepidoptera in about 35 species, with Pap. blumei, Polydorus
sataspes, Ceth. mivina, 32s. Payment in advance or on delivery. All
packed into paper bags. First quality guaranteed.

CARL ZACHER, Berlin S.O. 26, Cottbuserstr. 11, Germany.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

To The Naturalist for 1903 are
payable strictly in advance, and

ARE NOW DUE,

and should be sent to the

Treasurer,
J. H. HOWARTH, F.G.S.,
Somerley,
HALIFAX,

or to the Local Treasurers.

The Journal of Malacology.

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a
Journal of Malacolog'y.’
Edited by WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc.,
President of the Midland Malacological Society,
with the co-operation of
Dr. Josef F. Babor; H. Howard Bloomer; The Rev.
A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.; G. K. Gude, F.Z.S.; Charles
Hedley, F.I.S ; Henry Suter; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. ;
B. B. Woodward, F.G.S., F.L.S.
Indispensable to all Students of the Mollusca.
In addition to numerous papers on the anatomy and
classification of the Mollusca, and on recent and fossil
shells, it contains Reviews and Abstracts of all the
important current publications.
Fully Illustrated. Prepaid Subscription, t2s. per
volume.
All communications to

W. E. Cotuince, The University, BirmMiINGHAM-

THE FUNGUS FLORA OF
YORKSHIRE.

A Complete Account of the known
Fungi of the County.
By G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., and
C. CROSSLAND, F.L.S.

First Instalment now ready.

PRICE 1/3 NET.
To be obtained only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the Union,

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,
THE MUSEUM, HULL.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO READERS OF
‘THE NATURALIST.’

In order that our readers may secure the back
numbers of this journal, a

SPECIAL OFFER

(for a short time only) is made as follows :—

‘The Naturalist’ for the years 1892 to r1gor
inclusive (ten volumes complete) will be sent at
Half-a-Crown a Volume, for orders of four or
more volumes. Odd Volumes may be obtained
at gs. 6d. a volume. Copies bound in Cloth 1s. 6d.
per Volume extra.

Orders, accompanied by a remittance, should
be sent at once to

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., MUSEUM, HULL.

Norte.—This offer will shortly be withdrawn.

To be shortly published.
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

The Birds of Yorkshire,

An Account of
THE AVIFAUNA OF THE COUNTY,

By THOMAS H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., assisted by
WM. EAGLE CLARKE, F.L.S., M.B.O.U., FRED
BOYES, and other leading Ornithologists.

This work is based upon an unrivalled and exceptionally
complete mass of material. Its scope will be comprehensive,
and the account of each species will include succinct
accounts of distribution, faunistic status, migration, nidi-
fication, variation, vernacular nomenclature and folk-lore.
Numerous illustrations will be included.

The Subscription price will be One Guinea (which will
be increased after publication), and only a very few more
will be printed than subscribed for.

For Prospectus, etc., apply to T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.
Hon. Sec., Museum, Hull.

Now ready, complete, Svo. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Algz of the County.

By W. WEST, F.LS.,
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.

To be had only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,
MUSEUM, HULL.

_ Members may havea bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of rs. gd.
carriage paid,

To Subsertbers, 7s. 6d. per annum, post free.

THE ANNALS OF

Scottish Natural History.

~A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE.

Edited by J. A. Harvey-Brown, F.R.S.E.,
F.Z.S.; Prof. James W. H. Traill, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.; Wm. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., etc.

This Magazine—a continuation of ‘The Scottish
Naturalist,’ founded in 1871—was established under the
present editorship in January, 1892, for the purpose of ex-
tending the knowledge of and interest in the Zoology and
Botany of Scotland. The ANNALS is entirely devoted to
the publication of Original Matter relating to the Natural
History of Scotland, and includes Papers contributing to
the elucidation of the Fauna and Flora recent and fossil,
Observations on Life Histories, etc., and Notes recording
the occurrence of uncommon species, and other useful and
interesting facts.

EDINBURGH: DAVID DOUGLAS, 10, Castle Street,

Now ready, Svo. Cloth, Price 3s. 6d. post free.
To be had from the Author,
Rev. W. H. PAINTER,
Stirchley Rectory, near Shifnal, Salop.
SUPPLEMENT to the Contribution to

The FLORA of DERBYSHIRE,

INCLUDING ALL THE MOSSES.
Reprinted from ‘ The Naturalist.’

FOR

ADVERTISEMENTS
IN’ THIS JOURNAL

JOHN WADDINGTON,

Advertising Contractor,
38, Great Wilson Street, Leeds.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

TO BE ISSUED DURING JUNE 1903.

GEOLOGICAL RAMBLES

IN

EAST YORKSHIRE.

BY
THOMAS SHEPPARD, F.G.S.

‘cimen Illustration] Boulder-clay resting on Oolitic Sandstone at Filey. [from ‘ Geological Rambles

This most interesting volume contains 240 pp., size demy 8vo. It is printed
on a Specially-prepared art paper and has over 50 photo. and other illustrations,
the chief of which have been reproduced from photos. by Mr. Godfrey Bingley:
The published price will be 7/6, but readers of ‘The Naturalist’ sending in
their orders direct to the publishers during the current month will be supplied at
the special subscription price of 5/- net.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED,
SAVILE STREET, KING EDWARD STREET, AND DOCK STREET, HULL.

Please mention ‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.
2

WITH SUPPLEMENT.
JULY 1903. No. 558.

(Published 1st July 1903.) (No. 836 of current series.)

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,
Museum, Hutt; TECHNICAL COLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD ;
WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF
J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.,
PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents :— PAGES.

Notes and Comments (Illustrated): :—In Memory of Samuel Chadwick, F.G.S., Cave
Remains in Derbyshire, A New Yorkshire Fossil, The Yorkshire Chalk, Ancient

Earthworks.. . 225-228

The Chemistry of Some ‘Common Plants—P. 0. Reem, Te D. ; . 229-232

Hull’s Contribution to Science (Plates VI. and VII.)—Zhomas Sheppard, | F. G. So 233-240

Yorkshire Naturalists at Filey (Illustrated)—7. S. wee 241-251

Lincolnshire Freshwater Mites (Illustrated)—C. 7. Geiren, MR. G se a 252
Notes on the Geology and Archzology of the Wace a a and Leadenham

District (INustrated)—Henry Preston, F.G.S. . 253-254

Pied Flycatcher in Yorkshire—/. Bratm : wes 254-255

' Diatoms in Hotham Carrs, near North Cave (Illustrated)—Z. H. Piahie a 256

Reviews and Book Notices (Illustrated) ee = ae Pe = is we. 257-261

Field Notes ...

Carboniferous Vegetation at Bradford—W. Chivaith
Northern News ...

Durham Diptera—Rev. Ww. S: Wi rate af eh a
Illustrations = reg a 228, 242,
Plates Va, VI., VII., Vila, and Vill.

LONDON :

CuHortey & PickersGILt, THE Erectric Press, COOKRIDGE STREET, LEEDs.

PRICE ONE SHILLING NET. BY POST ts. 2d.
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers, 6s. Net.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., 2s., 4s. STORE BOXES and INSECT CASES,
COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., 1s. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., 4s., 5s.
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL HAMMERS and CHISELS.
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, ts., BOTANICAL COLLECTING TINS.

1s. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER, ete.
SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to is. 10d. LABEL LISTS, BOOKS, ete., etc.

SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AND BIRDS’ EGGS.

Catalogue, 96 pages, sent post free on application.

36, STRAND, LONDON, w.c.

THE NATURALIST.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of The Naturalist is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in The Naturalist will be
—as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priority.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names, _
but in defzrence to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Traasactions
and to all other privileges of the Union.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas.—Life Members receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monographs.

Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

Nautilus, May 1903. [Editor.
Irish Naturalist, June 1903. [Editor.
Entomologists’ Record, June 1903. [ Editor.
La Naturaleza. [ Editor.
La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes, Mai 1903. [Editor.
Studies in Relation to Malaria (2), by G. H. F. Nuttall and A, E. Shipley. [Authors.
New Phytologist, April and May 1903. [ Editor.
Trans. Entomological Society, 1903. [Society.
Trans. Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Socy., Vol. 3, Part 5, 1900-1902. [Society.
69th Report Bootham School Nat. History, etc. [Society.

Hull Museum Publication No. 14 (Additional Notes on the Roos Carr Images).
[The Museum.
Trans. Burton-on-Trent Nat. Hist. and A. Society, Vol. 5, Part 1, 1903. [Society.
Zoologist, May 1903. [Editor.
Records of Meteorological Observations taken at Edgbaston, 1902. ~
[Birmingham and Mid. Inst. Scientific Socy.

Notes from the Manchester Museum, Nos. 10 to 15. [The Museum.
Nature Notes, May. [Editor.
Entomologists’ Record, May. ; [ Editor.
La Naturaleza, Mayo 1903. | Editor.
Knowledge, June 1903. [Editor.
Cardiff Naturalist Society. Transactions, etc. 1903. [Society.
The Improvement of Grouse Moors. E. A. W. Peacock. [Author.
The Zoologist, June. [Editor.
Nautilus, June. [Editor.
Proceedings of the Geol. Association, Vol. 18, Part 2. { Editor.
Report of Marlborough College Nat. Hist. Socy., 1902 (No. 51) [Society.
Journal of Manchester Geographical Socy., Vol. 18, Nos. 4-6, April to June, 1902.
Societ
Journal of Manchester Geographical Socy., Vol. 18, Nos. 7-9, July to sept 1902. i.
[Society.
Report and Proceedings of Manchester Field Nats.. po Archzologists’ Socy.
for 1902. [Society,

LAKELAND BIRDS, Studies of. By Mary L. Armitt. Seconp Series
now ready, post free Is. 2d.; both series 2s. 3d., from GEORGE MIDDLETON,
Ambleside.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

To The Naturalist for 1903 are
payable strictly in advance, and

ARE NOW DUE,

and should be sent to the

Treasurer,
J. H. HOWARTH, F.G.S.,
Somerley,
HALIFAX,

or to the Local Treasurers.

NATURE STUDY.

Edited by S. L. MOSLEY.

The most popular Illustrated Magazine
published in the interests of nature
students (especially beginners). Prepaid
Subscription: 2s. 6d. per annum, post
free to any part of the world. Send
stamp for specimen copy.

A Superior Edition is published at 5s.
per annum, with coloured plates. Speci-
men copy sixpence.

Museum Press, Lockwood,
HUDDERSFIELD.

THE

8vo., cloth, with Coloured Map, Reduced price

5s.; post free 5s. 6d.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Freperic ARNOLD LEEs, M.R.C.S., etc.

This, which forms the znd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams and Vascular Cryptogams,
11 Characez, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258
Lichens, 1,009 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Algz,
making a total of 3,160 species.

May be had from the Hon. Sec.
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

of the

To be shortly published.
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,

The Birds of Yorkshire,

An Account of
THE AVIFAUNA OF THE COUNTY,

By THOMAS H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., assisted by
WM. EAGLE CLARKE, F.L.S., M.B.O.U., FRED
BOYES, and other leading Ornithologists.

This work is based upon an unrivalled and exceptionally
complete mass of material. Its scope will be comprehensive,
and the account of each species will include succinct
accounts of distribution, faunistic status, migration, nidi-
fication, variation, vernacular nomenclature and folk-lore.
Numerous illustrations wi!l be included.

The Subscription price will be One Guinea (which will
be increased after publication), and only a very few more
will be printed than subscribed for.

For Prospectus, etc., apply to T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.
Hon. Sec., Museum, Hull.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO READERS OF
‘THE NATURALIST.’

In order that our readers may secure the back
numbers of this journal, a

SPECIAL OFFER

(for a short time only) is made as follows :—

‘The Naturalist’ for the years 1892 to 1901
inclusive (ten volumes complete) will be sent at
Half-a-Crown a Volume, for orders of four or
more volumes. Odd Volumes may be obtained
at 3s. 6d. a volume. Copies bound in Cloth 1s. 6d,

per Volume extra.

Orders, accompanied by a remittance, should
be sent at once to

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., MUSEUM, HULL.
Nore.—This offer will shortly be withdrawn.

BINDING CASES.

Cloth cases, gilt lettered, for 1901,
are to be had at gd. each; if by post,
114d. extra.

Cases for previous years can always
be had.

The Naturalist for any year will be
bound up in cloth case for Is. 6d.,
postage, 4d. extra.

Address:
Editors of The Naturalist, Museum, Hull.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

TRANSACTIONS.
28 pp.

CONTENTS: — Presidential Address of Rey.
William Fowler, M.A. (delivered at Wakefield,
1901); Annual Reports and Lists of Members for
1901 and 1902; Reports of Soppitt Memorial
Committee; Reprints of Excursion Circulars for
1901—i902.

1/ me

PRICE
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, HULL.

Part 29.

To be obtained from

Now ready, Svo. Cloth, Price 3s. 6d. post free:
To be had from the Author,

Rev. W. H. PAINTER,
Stirchley Rectory, near Shifnal, Salop.
SUPPLEMENT to the Contribution to

The FLORA of DERBYSHIRE,

INCLUDING ALL THE MOSSES.
Reprinted from ‘ The Naturaltst.’

FOR

ADVERTISEME NTS
IN THIS JOURNAD

JOHN WADDINGTON,

Advertising Contractor,
38, Great Wilson Street, Leeds.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertiséments. ~

NOW READY.

GEOLOGICAL RAMBLES

IN EAST YORKSHIRE.
By THOMAS SHEPPARD, F.G.S.

This most interesting volume contains 250 pp.,
size demy 8vo. It is printed on a specially-
prepared art paper, and has over 50 photo and
other illustrations, the chief of which have
been reproduced from photos by Mr. Godfrey
Bingley. The published price will be 7/6, but
readers of ‘The Naturalist’ sending in their
orders direct to the publishers at once will be
supplied at the special subscription price of
5/= net.

A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Publishers, Hull.

Now ready, complete, Svo. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Algze of the County.

By W. WEST, F.L.S.,
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.
To be had only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,
MUSEUM, HULL.

Members may havea bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of 1s, 9d.
carriage paid.

To Subscribers, 7s. 6d. per annum, post free.
THE ANNALS OF

Scottish Natural History.

A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE.

Edited by J. A. Harvie-Brown, F.R.S.E.,
F.Z.S.; Prof. James W. H. Traill, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.; Wm. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., etc.

This Magazine—a continuation of ‘The Scottish
Naturalist,’ founded in: 1871—was established under the
present editorship in January, 1892, for the purpose of ex-
tending the knowledge of and interest in the Zoology and
Botany of Scotland. The ANNALS is entirely devoted to
the publication of Original Matter relating to the Natural
History of Scotland, and includes Papers contributing to
the elucidation of the Fauna and Flora recent and fossil,
Observations on Life Histories, etc., and Notes recording
the occurrence of uncommon species, and other useful and
interesting facts.

EDINBURGH: DAVID DOUGLAS, 10, Castle Street,

Now complete in One Volume, Cloth, Price £2 2s.

A MONOGRAPH

OF THE

Land & Freshwater Mollusca

OF THE BRITISH ISLES
(Structural and General),
BY
Jew. SPAY GOR; Fe LiSs,

Membre Honoraire de la Soczété Malacologique
de France,
With the assistance of
W. Denison Roebuck, F.L.S., the late Chas.
Ashford, and other well-known conchologists.
Taytor Bros., PuBLISHERS, LEEDS.

CATALOGUE OF THE
LEPIDOPTERA OF NORTHUMBERLAND
AND DURHAM.

By Joun E. Rosson, F.E.S.
Vol. I., Macro-Lepidoptera, pp. 318+
xx., being Vol. XII. of the Natural
History Transactions of Northumber-
land, Durham, and Newcastle-on-Tyne.
In two parts, paper, as issued, price

7s. 6d., from
HON. SECRETARIES,

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY,

NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE.

THE ENTOMOLOGISTS’

MAGAZINE,

PRICE SIXPENCE, MONTHLY.
Edited by C. G. Barrett, G. C. Champion,
J. W. Douglas, W. W. Fowler, M.A., F.L.S.,
R. McLachlan, F.R.S., E. Saunders, F.R.S., and

Lord Walsingham, F.R.S.

MONTHLY

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains
Standard Articles and Notes on all subjects con-
nected with Entomology, and especially on the
Insects of the British Isles.

Subscription—6s. per annum, post free.
London: GURNEY & JACKSON (Mr. Van Voorst's
Successors), 1, Paternoster Row.

N.B.—A second series was commenced with
the number for January 1890.

THE FUNGUS FLORA OF
YORKSHIRE.

A Complete Account of the known
Fungi of the County.
By G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., and —
C. CROSSLAND, F.L.S.

First Instalment now ready.

PRICE 1/3 NET.

To be obtained only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the Union,

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,
THE MUSEUM, HULL.

The Journal of Malacology.

Established in 1890 as ‘ The Conchologist, a
Jonrnal of Malacology.’
Edited by WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc.,
President of the Midlard Malacological Society,
with the co-operation of
Dr. Josef F. Babor; H. Howard Bloomer; The Rev.
A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.; G. K. Gude, F.Z.S.; Charles
Hedley, F.L.S ; Henry Suter; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. ;
B. B. Woodward, F.G.S., F.L.S.
Indispensable to all Students of the Mollusca.
In addition to numerous papers on the anatomy and
classification of the Mollusca, and on recent and_fossit
shells, it contains Reviews and Abstracts of all the
important current publications.
Fully Illustrated. Prepaid Subscription, tzs. per
volume.
All communications to

W. E. Cotvince, The University, BirminGHAM.

SS nese een eee ne ee ee ee ee ——————————a

Please mention ‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

SOS\d
AUGUST 1903. No. 559.

(Published Ist August 1903.) (No. 337 of current series.)

id AP
A
MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,
Museum, Hutt; Tecunicat COLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD ;

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.,

PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents :— PAGES.
Notes and Comments (Illustrated):—Pigmy Flints, Publications of Societies should
be kept Local, What not to publish, Dr. Bather ‘and Museums a Se we. 289-291
Observations on Rooks—/u/iet V. Blackburn ... ‘ rc 292
North of England Pseudoscorpions (IMustrated)—Z. Wallis Rew FZ. S. we. 293-3OO
Yorkshire Naturalists at Goathland—7. S. ... ia wes JOO-3OF
Lincolnshire Freshwater Mites (Illustrated)—C. F. Goonee. MR. Cc s m4 ons 304
Lincolnshire Galls—Rev. Z. A. W. Peacock, L.Th., etc., and Miss S. C. Stow wee GO5=300
Hull’s Contribution to Science—7homas Sheppard, F.G.S. <4 are a vee GOZZIZ
An Oolitic Plant Bed in North Cleveland S i ne m : GLEE?
Reviews and Book Notices ... “¢ sy ei Ae Bs fi oe, oa Wz
Field Notes ... a as aa A Se ee an #e fos a 3O3s 304, GIS-319
Northern News ... re eae 5s Py Ae — A; as ia ts os 20
Illustrations v7 Sr ee a te = i e fe ee BS aie, 204, 3O4
LONDON :

A. Brown & Sons, LTD., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.

Cuortey & PICKERSGILL, THE ELEcTRIC PREss, COOKRIDGE STREET, LEEDs.

PRICE SIXPENCE NET. BY- POST SEVENPENCE.
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers, 6s. Net.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., 2s., 4s. STORE BOXES and INSECT CASE
COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., 1s. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., 45., 5s.
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL HAMMERS and
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, 1s., BOTANICAL COLLECTING TfKS.2

1s. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER, etc.
SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to 1s. 10d. LABEL LISTS, BOOKS, etc4\etc. AUG .

SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AND BIRDS’ EG

Catalogue, 96 pages,.seni sent post free on application.

3c, STRAND, I LONDON, WV:.€o-

Bo ne
onian Ins

National Me

THE NATURALIST.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of The Naturalist is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in The Naturalist will be

—as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priority.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in deference to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions
and to all other privileges of the Union. ¥

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guine7s.—Life ahiesabere receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monger nana. ast

Members are entitled -to’ buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union
at a discount of asper cent. off the published prices.

All.communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.
Germination de L’Ascospore de la Truffe, M. Emile Boulanger, Paris, 1903. [Author.

Knowledge, July 1903. [Editor.
La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes, Juillet 1903. [Editor.
The New Phytologist, June 1903. [ Editor.
Nature Notes, June and July 1903. [Society.
Journal of Malacology, March 1903. [Editor.
Le Mois Scientifique, Juin 1903. [ Editor.
Hull Museum Publications, No. 14, May 1903. [Curator.
Journal of Conchology, July 1903. [Editor.
The Halifax Naturalist, June 1903. [Editor.
Trans. of the Manchester Geological Society, Session 1902-1903, Vol. 28, Parts 5,

6, and 7. [Society.
Nature Study, April, May, and June 1903. [Editor.
Entomologists’ Record, July 1903. [ Editor.
Irish Naturalist, July 1903. _[Editor.
County Naturalists’ Record Book, W. J. Wingate. [Author.
Ornithologisches Jahrbuch, Juni 1903. [ Editor.
Annual Report and Trans. North Staffs. Field Club, 1902-3. [Club.
Insect Folk, M. W. Morley. Ginn & Co. [ Publishers.
Ways of the Six Footed, A. B. Comstock. Ginn & Co. [ Publishers.
Geological Rambles in East Yorkshire, by T. Sheppard, F.G.S. [ Publishers.
Zoologist, July. [ Editor.
Guide to British Birds: Keighley Museum. [Museum.
Nature Study, May and June. [ Editor.
Journal of Conchology, June. [Editor.
Nautilus, July. [Editor.

LAKELAND BIRDS, Studies of. By Mary L. Armitt. Seconp SErIEs
now ready, post free Is. 2d.; both series 2s. 3d., from GEORGE MIDDLETON,
Ambleside.

Crocodile.—Fine specimen, 10 ft. 6 in. long, well stuffed, natural teeth. Suit
museum or attractive advertising purpose, only £8. —M. W. EDGLEy,
Furniture Dealer, 40 and 41, Fleet Street, London, E.C.

8vo., cloth, with Coloured Map, Reduced price
ss.; post free 5s. 6d.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Freperic ARNOLD LEEs, M.R.C.S., ete.

This, which forms the 2nd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams and Vascular Cryptogams,
11 Characez, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258
Lichens, 1,009 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Algz,
making a total of 3,160 species.

May be had from the Hon. Sec. of the
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO READERS OF
‘THE NATURALIST.’

In order that our readers may secure the back
numbers of this journal, a

SPECIAL OFFER

(for a short time only) is made as follows :—

‘The Naturalist’ for the years 1892 to 1901
inclusive (ten volumes complete) will be sent at
Half-a-Crown a Volume, for orders of four or
more volumes. Odd Volumes may be obtained
at 3s. 6d. a volume. Copies bound in Cloth rs. 6d.
per Volume extra.

Orders, accompanied by a remittance, should
be sent at once to

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., MUSEUM, HULL.
Norte.—This offer will shortly be withdrawn.

Now ready, Svo. Cloth, Price 3s. 6d. post free.
To be had from the Author,
Rev. W. H. PAINTER,
Stirchley Rectory, near Shifnal, Salop.
SUPPLEMENT to the Contribution to

The FLORA of DERBYSHIRE,

INCLUDING ALL THE MOSSES.
Reprinted from ‘ The Naturalist.’

FOR

ADVERTISEMENTS
IN THIS JOURNAL
Apply to
JOHN WADDINGTON,
Advertising Contractor,
38, Great Wilson Street, Leeds.

Now ready, complete, Svo. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Algz of the County.

By W. WEST, F.L.S.,
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.

To be had only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’
MUSEUM, HULL.

Members may have a.bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of 1s. od.
carriage paid.

UNION,

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’

To Subscribers, 7s. 6d. per annum, post Sree.
THE ANNALS OF

Scottish Natural History.

A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE,

Edited by J. A. Harvie-Brown, F.R.S.E.,
F.Z.S.; Prof. James W. H. Traill, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.; Wm. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., etc.

This Magazine—a continuation of *The Scottish
Naturalist,’ founded in 1871—was established under the
dresent editorship in January, 1892, for the purpose of ex-
tending the knowledge of and interest in the Zoology and
Botany of Scotland, The ANNALS is entirely devoted to
the publication of Original Matter relating to the Natural
History of Scotland, and includes Papers contributing to
the elucidation of the Fauna and Flora recent and fossil,
Observations on Life Histories, etc., and Notes recording
the occurrence of uncommon species, and other useful and
interesting facts.

EDINBURGH: DAVID DOUGLAS, no, Castle Street,

CATALOGUE OF THE
LEPIDOPTERA OF NORTHUMBERLAND
AND DURHAM.

By JoHN E. Rosson, F.E.S.

Vol. I., Macro-Lepidoptera, pp. 318+
xx., being Vol. XII. of the Natural
History Transactions of Northumber-
land, Durham, and Newcastle-on-Tyne.
In two parts, paper, as issued, price
7s. 6d., from

HON. SECRETARIES,
NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY,
NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE.

THE ENTOMOLOGISTS’

MAGAZINE.

PRICE SIXPENCE, MONTHLY.
Edited by C. G. Barrett, G. C. Champion,
J. W. Douglas, W. W. Fowler, M.A., F.L.S.,
R. McLachlan, F.R.S., E. Saunders, F.R.S., and

Lord Walsingham, F.R.S.

MONTHLY

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains
Standard Articles and Notes on all subjects con-
nected with Entomology, and especially on the
Insects of the British Isles.

Subscription—6s. per annum, post free.

London: GURNEY & JACKSON (Mr. Van Voorst's
Successors), 1, Paternoster Row.

N.B.—A second series was commenced with
the number for January 1890.

The Journal of Malacology.

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a
Jonrnal of Malacology.’
Edited by WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc..
President of the Midland Malacological Society,
with the co-operation of

Dr. Josef F. Babor; H. Howard Bloomer; The Rev.
A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.; G. K. Gude, F.Z.S.; Charles
Hedley, F.I1..S ; Henry Suter; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. ;
B. B. Woodward, F.G.S., F.L.S.

Indispensable to all Studen's of the Mollusca.

In addition to numerous papers on the anatomy and
classification of the Mollusca, and on recent and’ fossil
shel's, it contains Reviews and Abstracts of all the
important current publications,

Fully Illustrated. Prepaid Subscription, tzs. per
volume.
All communications to

W. E. Cotiincr, The University, BirmincHam.

in replying to Advertisements.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE 7
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,

SPECIALLY OFFERED TO REDUCE STOCK.

To all orders given immediately, the ‘ Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union’ will be issued at a quarter of the published price—minimum order 5s. The
following is a list of the parts already published, with their prices. Readers of
‘The Naturalist’ can either buy a set outright at the cost of 158S., or can
complete their sets by selecting any numbers of the Transactions. Detailed
particulars of the contents of the various volumes can be had from the ~

Secretary of the Union, The Museum, Hull.

Published Published Published

Part. Date. Price. l= Part, Date, Price. Part. Date. Price.
the ora si) de Pat.
Teen O77 ZS Ghe te Lies OOs 1-9 21. 1895 1-0
2. 1878 eae’ 12. 1886 3.0 22. 1896 rg
3. 1878 TG 13. 1887 zo 23. oor 123
4. 1879 XE C) 14. 1888 [= 9 24. 1898 Io
5. 1880 2250 15. 1889 re9 25. 1899 Te
6. 1881 2-0. “1 Gr ecrsoo 2-6 26. 1900 wets,
7. 1882 2.0.5? | ei eeOOL f=:9 27. 1901 2 0
8. 1883 26 | 18 1892 eee) 28. 1902 Ting
g. 1884 29 | 19. 1893 0 9 29. 1902 Toro
10. 1885 ff SG aaa. 804. co

Second Edition in the Press, Price 6s. 6d.

LIST OF YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA,

By*-G.-T;-PORRITIT FES Pee

Past-President of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, etc.

The First Edition of this work was published in 1883, and con-
tained particulars of 1,340 species of Macro- and Micro-Lepidoptera,
known to inhabit the county of York.

The Second Edition, now in the press, will contain much additional
information which has been accumulated by the author, including over
50 additional species, together with copious notes on variation (par-
ticularly melanism), etc.

Intending subscribers should send in their names at once to the
Hon. Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, The Museum, Hull.

Please mention ‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

O54 2

SEPTEMBER 10903. No. 560.

(Published 1st September 1908.) (No. 338 of current series.)

st AN)
" y Uy

ui “au so fl

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.

Contents :— PAGES.

Notes and Comments (Illustrated) :—Photography and Geology ; High Force, Tees-
dale; Roots of Medullosa anglica; A Common Buzzard’s Nest; Derbyshire

Limestones ; Meeting of the British Association at Southport oS, we. G2I=324
LincoInshire Freshwater Mites (Illustrated)—C. /. George, M.R.C. x rp aa 324
Partridge Motherhood—Rev. /. Conway Walter, M.A. Fe os ie 25
Raven’s Nest on Louth Steeple, etc., 1603 aS CarteE ECS ee = 326
Notes on Yorkshire Bryepaytc’ (Ilustrated)—F. Cavers, B.Sc. + i vee FATZYI.
Rhetic Beds at Lincoln—/. ™. Burton, F.L.S., F.G.S. —... é <3; oa vee BISGZO
Birds of the Goathland District—7. Stephenson ay S0 326
Improvements of Grouse Moors —/. 4. Harvie-Brown, E.R. See POS is ses GTTAB39
Some Holderness Myxomycetes—7. Petch, B.Sc., SII-B4L
Note on a Two-banded Shell of Helicigona a eemaraik from Wensleydale

(Illustrated)—H. Wallis Kew i oe wee GOLG4Z
Snails and Spiders on Towers—Z. I ‘allis Kew : of wes J4234Z
Shore-Collecting near Scarborough and Filey—Rev. WC. Hey, MASS . 344-348
River Flies as the Food of the Pied Flycatcher and other Birds—Miss ate

Armitt és » 34D-35O
Marine Zoology at 'Filey—7. “Petch, BSc BA. sah Be o4 ae as vee GGTGS2
Yorkshire Naturalists at Bowes—7. S. oss bs 2 <s! No ie see FRIBIO
Reviews and Book Notices ... 4 Bae a te an ae if 77 -GSI
Field Notes ... at Se ee * = S. ae oe ey “325, 348s. 152, 3823 FEF
Ao: ener News... oh 22 ee = S94

ustrations % Pt = 321, 25, J24, 728, 92 F 330» 331, ir 3 SgzSr
Plates IX. X., XI., and XII. IRIs G24, 328, 329, 330, 33, 34, 377 Te

"i N: 4
LONDOI Zona nsittution,

A. Brown & Sons, LTp., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE N
a 2

i oS see b

Cuortey & PICKERSGILL, THE Er.ecTric Press, COOKRIDGE S'

PRICE ONE SHILLING NET. BY POS
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Books

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., 2s., 4s. STORE BOXES and INSECT CASES,
COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., 1s. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., 45., 5s.
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL HAMMERS and CHISELS.
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, 1s., BOTANICAL COLLECTING TINS.

1s. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER, ete.
SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to 1s. 10d. LABEL LISTS, BOOKS, ete., ete.

SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AND BIRDS’ EGGS.

Catalogue, 96 pages, sent post free on application.

So, 2 aa eo. tON DON, WiC.

THE NATURALIST.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.’

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of The Naturalist is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in The Naturalist will be
—as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priority.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in deference to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions
and to ail other privileges of the Union.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas.—Life Members receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monographs.

Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of. the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull,

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.
Maegses with Hand Lens and Microscope, Part I., New York, Dr. A. J. Grout. [Author, |

La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes, August 1903. [Editor.
Naturz Novitates, Nos. 10-13, 1903. | Editor.
Nature Notes, August 1903. [| Editor.
Hull Museum Publications, No. 15 (sth Quarterly Record). [Museum.
Irish Naturalist, August 1903. [Editor.
Mem, and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., Vol. 47, roe We [Society
Natude Study, July and August 1903. [Editor.
Entomologists’ Record, July 1903, J. W. Tutt, F.E.S. [ Editor.
New Phytologist, July 1903, A. G. Tansley, M.A., F.L.S. [ Editor.
Knowledge, August 1903. [Editor.
Mem. and Proc. “Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., Vol. AW Pt IMs OQ03te +L WOCLehV.
Le Mois Scientifique, Mai 1903. [Editor.
Report British Association for 1902 (Belfast), 1903. [ Association.
Report for 1902-3 of Manchester Owens College Museum. [ Museum.
ert August. Lear

Botanical Maps of Vorkstlire:

By Wm. G. Situ, C. E. Moss, and
W. M. RANKIN.

1.—Leeds and Halifax District,
including Bradford, Huddersfield, Wakefield,
and Barnsley.
Il.—Harrogate and Skipton District,

including Boroughbridge, nas and
Grassington.

Maps coloured and mounted on cloth, with
45 pages of descriptive text.
Price 2s. each, post free.

May be obtained from any of the authors or
any bookseller. 3

RARE NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS,

To Museum Curators, Private Co‘lectors, etc.

I have special facilities for obtaining Skins, Eggs, and
live specimens of rare Northern Australian Birds, also
Mammals, Reptiles, Insects, etc., and shall be glad to
execute commissions at reasonable. prices.

J. F. KILGOUR,

Wyndham, North Western Australia.

Now ready, Svo. Cloth, Price 3s. 6d. post free.
To be had from the Author,

Rev. W. H. PAINTER,
Stirchley Rectory, near Shifnal, Salop.
SUPPLEMENT to the Contribution to

The FLORA of DERBYSHIRE,

INCLUDING ALL THE MOSSES.
Reprinted from ‘ The Naturalist.’

8v0., cloth, with Coloured Map, Reduced price
5s. 5 post free 5s. 6d.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Freperic ARNOLD Legs, M.R.C.S., ete.

This, which forms the znd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams and Vascular Cryptogams,
11 Characew, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258
Lichens, 1,009 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Algze,
making a total of 3,160 species.

May be had from the Hon. Sec. of the
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO READERS OF
‘THE NATURALIST.’

In order that our readers may secure the back
numbers of this journal, a

SPECIAL OFFER

(for a short time only) is made as follows :—

‘The Naturalist’ for the years 1892 to 1901
inclusive (ten volumes complete) will be sent at
Half-a-Crown a Volume, for orders of four or
more volumes. Odd Volumes may be obtained
at 3s. 6d. a volume. Copies bound in Cloth 1s. 6d.
per Volume extra.

Orders, accompanied by a remittance, should
be sent at once to z

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., MUSEUM, HULL.
Note.—This offer will shortly be withdrawn.

NATURE STUDY.

Edited by S. L. MOSLEY.

The most popular Illustrated Magazine
published in the interests of nature
students (especially beginners). Prepaid
Subscription: 2s. 6d. per annum, post
free to any part of the world. Send
stamp for specimen copy.

A Superior Edition is published at 5s.
per annum, with coloured plates. Speci-
mcr copy sixpence.

THs Museum Press, Lockwood,
HUDDERSFIELD.

Now ready, complete, Sve. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Algz of the County.

By W. WEST, F.L.S.,
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.

To be had only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,
MUSEUM, HULL.

Members may havea bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of 1s. od.
carriage paid.

To-Subscribers, 7s. 6d. per annum, post free.
THE ANNALS OF

Scottish Natural History.

A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE.

Edited by J. A. Harvie-Brown, F.R.S.E.,
F.Z.S.; Prof. James W. H. Traill, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.; Wm. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., etc.

This Magazine—a continuation of ‘The Scottish
Naturalist," founded in 1871—was established under the
present editorship in January, 1892, for the purpose of ex-
tending the knowledge of and interest in the Zoology and
Botany of Scotland. The ANNALS is entirely devoted to
the publication of Original Matter relating to the Natural
History of Scotland, and includes Papers contributing to
the elucidation of the Fauna and Flora recent and fossil,
Observations on Life Histories, etc., and Notes recording
the occurrence of uncommon species, and other useful and
interesting facts,

EDINBURGH: DAVID DOUGLAS, 10, Castle Street.

CATALOGUE OF THE

LEPIDOPTERA OF NORTHUMBERLAND
AND DURHAM.

By JOHN E. Rosson, F,E.S.

Vol. I., Macro-Lepidoptera, pp. 318+
xx., being Vol. XII. of the Natural
History Transactions of Northumber-
land, Durham, and Newcastle-on-Tyne.
In two parts, paper, as issued, price
7s. 6d., from

HON. SECRETARIES,
NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY,
NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE.

THE ENTOMOLOGISTS’

MAGAZINE.

PRICE SIXPENCE, MONTHLY.
Edited by C. G. Barrett, G. C. Champion,
J. W. Douglas, W. W. Fowler, M.A., F.L.S.,
R. McLachlan, F.R.S., E. Saunders, F.R.S., and

Lord Walsingham, F.R.S.

MONTHLY

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains
Standard Articles and Notes on all subjects con-
nected with Entomology, and especially on the
Insects of the British Isles.

Subscription—6s. per annum, post free.
London: GURNEY & JACKSON (Mr. Van Voorst's
Successors), 1, Paternoster Row.

N.B.—A second series was commenced with
the number for January 1890.

The Journal of Malacology.

Established in 1890 as ‘ The Conchologist, a
Jonrnal of Malacology.’
Edited by WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc.,
President of the Midlard Malacological Society,
with the co-operation of
Dr. Josef F. Babor; H. Howard Bloomer; The Rev.
A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.; G. K. Gude, F.Z,.S.; Charles
Hedley, F.L.S ; Henry Suter; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. ;
B. B. Woodward, F.G.S., F.L.S.
Indispensable to all Students of the Mollusca.
In addition to numerous papers on the anatomy and
classification of the Mollusca, and on recent and fossil
shells, it contains Reviews and Abstracts of all the
important current publications,
Fully Illustrated. Prepaid Subscription, tzs. per
volume.
All communications to

W. E. Coiiince, The University, BirmrnGHam.

a
Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,

SPECIALLY OFFERED TO REDUCE STOCK.

To all orders given immediately, the ‘Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union’ will be issued at a quarter of the published price—minimum order 5s. The
following is a list of the parts already published, with their prices. Readers of
‘The Naturalist’ can either buy a set outright at the cost of 15s., or can
complete their sets by selecting any numbers of the Transactions. Detailed
particulars of the contents of the various volumes can be had from the

Secretary of the Union, The Museum, Hull.

Published | Published | Published
Part. Date. Price. Part. Date. Price. Part. Date. Price.
Sad: s. d. Ss. ade
Tay Zhe It. 1885 it) 21. 1895 10
2. 1878 rig 12. 1886 Bee 22. 1896 Thos)
3. 1878 r*E6 13. 1887 3 uk0 23. 1897 ois
4. 1879 2220 14. 1888 Tg 24. 1808 Io
5. 1880 250 15. 1889 1a) 25. 1899 i990
6. 1881 2x0) 16. 1890 2 6 | 26. 1900 5 0
7. 1882 2'1A6 17. 1891 ieee) 27. 1901 2 0
8. 1883 2°26 18. 1892 Ito 28. “1902 Tims
g. 1884 2) 9 192 1893 ° 9 29. 1902 BY)
10. 1885 pti) 20. 1894 5t oO

Second Edition in the Press, Price 6s. 6d.
LIST OF YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA,

By GT. PORRITT F335. fF ee

Past-President of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, etc.

The First Edition of this work was published in 1883, and con-
tained particulars of 1,340 species of Macro- and Micro-Lepidoptera,
known to inhabit the county of York.

The Second Edition, now in the press, will contain much additional
information which has been accumulated by the author, including over

50 additional species, together with copious notes on variation (par- -

ticularly melanism), etc.

Intending subscribers should send in their names at once to the
Hon. Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, The Museum, Hull.

Please mention ‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

+

f & \ AWN" ere ee

OCTOBER 1903. No. 561.

(Published ist October 1908. ) (No. 339 of current series.)

5
MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,
Museum, Hur; Tecunicat. Co_LeGe, HUDDERSFIELD ;
WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF
J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.,
PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents :— PAGES.
Notes and Comments (Illustrated):—Early Burials, An sagibices Interment,
Botanical Survey at the British Association on as wes G85-388
Notes on the Vegetation of Ponds (Illustrated)—J// ‘illiam G. Smith, B.Sc., Ph.D. 389-396
Yorkshire Naturalists at Wharncliffe—7. S.... “e as Be Bes sa wes 997-402
Search for Hepatics at Hawes—J¥7lliam Henry Pearson ... ask zee ie ws JO3-4OL
Yorkshire Coleoptera in 1902—M. Lawson Thompson, F.E.S. ... =, vei wes 405-406
Field Notes ..__... i pee 4 ey, 4 *. Fee, es 396, 407, 409-410
Reviews and Book tices e, és re ae = sot at ca " wee GIO-411
Northern News .... ‘ wee QUI-gl2
Bibliography: Geology md Palcuntilsey sane’ seats Sheppard: EGS Ss: . 413-416
Illustrations a. “ aes Es oes Bs : aes au 385, 356, 390, 392 394

LONDON :
A. Brown & Sons, LTD., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.

Cuorvey & PickerscGitt, THE ELtectric Press, COOKRIDGE STREET, LEEDs.

PRICE SIXPENCE NET. BY POST SEVENPENCE<< 0 nial Es
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers,

WATKINS & DONCASTER, \
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus and Ca

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., = As. STORE BOXES and INSECT CASES,
COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., 1s. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., 4s., 5s.
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL HAMMERS and CHISELS.
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, 1s., BOTANICAL COLLECTING TINS.

1s. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER, ete.
SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to 1s. 10d. LABEL LISTS, BOOKS, etc., ete?

SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AND BIRDS’ EGGS.

Catalogue, 96 pages, sent post free on application.

s6, STRAND, BonDon, UW Ae

THE NATURALIST.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of The Naturalist is reserved to the proprietors. This will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in The Naturalist will be
—as far as possible—in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priority. a,

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in deference to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions
and to all other privileges of the Union.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas.—Life Members receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monographs.

Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull.

AN: EN TERED YY. SINE Vs My Oe

THE NATURAL
HISTORY OF ANIMALS:

The Animal Life of the World in its various Aspects

and Relations.
BY

J. R. AINSWORTH DAVIS, M.A,

Of Trinity College, Cambridge, and of University College, Aberystwith.

Profusely Illustrated with Full-page Colour and Black and
White Plates, and Engravings in the Text
by Eminent Animal Artists.

In 8 half-volumes, cloth extra, price 7/- net each.

Orders are accepted for the delivery of one volume per quarter. Delivery free.

PROSPECTUS FREE.

THE GRESHAM PUBLISHING -COMPADS-y,
34, Southampton Street, Strand, W.C. ~

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

TO BOTANISTS.

A few Copies of the following ADDRESSES, etc. (some _ reprinted
from the ‘Transactions,’ ‘The Naturalist,’ etc.),

FOR SALE.
Price 6d. each, post free.

All orders, accompanied by a remittance, to be addressed to T. SHEPPARD,
F.G.S., Hon. SEC., THE Museum, Hutt.

1. Inaugural Reid aiie. deteeca a the President, Ry W. Fowler, M.A., in
1877.

On the Present State of our Knowledge of the Geography of British Plants
(Presidential Address). J. Gilbert Baker, F.R.S., ete.

ty

3. The Fathers of Yorkshire Botany (Presidential Address). J. G. Baker,
FoR, ete;

4. Botany of the Cumberland Border Marshes. J. Gilbert Baker, F.R.S.

5. The Study of Mosses (Presidential Address). Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S.

6. Mosses of the Mersey Province. J. A. Wheldon.

7. Strasburger’s Investigation on the Process of Fertilisation in Phanerogams.
Thomas Hicks BuAsy sco.

8. Additions to the Ate ee West Yorkshire. W. West, F.L.S.

9g. Fossil Climates. A. C. Seward, M.A., F.R.S.

10. Henry Thomas Soppitt (Obituary Natect. By C. Crossland, F.L.S.

11. The Late Lord Bishop of Wakefield (Obituary Notice). By William Whit-

well, F.L.S.
12, The Flora of Wensleydale. John Percival, B.A.
13. Report on Yorkshire Botany for 1880. F. Arnold Lees.

Second Edition in the Press, Price 6s. 6d.
LIST OF YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA,

BecG. ft PORRIT EFS, cP

Past-President of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, ete.

The First Edition of this work was published in 1883, and con-
tained particulars of 1,340 species of Macro- and Micro-Lepidoptera,
known to inhabit the county of York.

The Second Edition, now in the press, will contain much additional
information which has been accumulated by the author, including over
50 additional species, together with copious notes on variation (par-
ticularly melanism), ete.

Intending subscribers should send in their names at once to the
Hon. Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, The Museum, Hull.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

The ‘WESTBY’ Series of

PHOTOGRAPHIC SEASCAPES

(PERMANENT CARBON).

ALSO A FEW SELECTED LANDSCAPES.

The late PROFESSOR RUSKIN, LL.D.—

From ‘THE STUDIO.'—‘Mr. Worsley-Benison’s recent additions to his ‘Westby’s’ series of
photographs worthily sustain the high reputation he enjoys. The sea in its ever-changing aspects has.
never been more faithfully or more forcibly recorded than in the examples he has lately submitted to us.
To the marine painter they are of special interest and value.’

Tue Roya. Society’s Ladies’ Conversazione from ‘THE TIMES’ report.—‘Mr. Worsley-
Benison’s series of seascape photographs, enlargements in Carbon, were magnificent examples of photo-
graphic art.’

From ‘THE ART JOURNAL.’—‘ It would be difficult to praise too highly the success with which
the effect of moving, heaving water has been rendered in the superb composition, ‘ Rod/Z on, thou deep
and dark blue Ocean, roll!’ or the beauty of the sw wereine lines of the white sea horses, so transient, so
momentary, yet thus permanently recorded. . . Mr. Worsley-Benison’s sea compositions ‘are
triumphs of artistic arrangement.’

“It is extremely beautiful.’

Extract from Mr. GLEESON Wuite’s Paper, ‘THE SEa, as Mr. WorsLEY-BENISON PHOTOGRAPHS
iT,’ in ‘THE PHOTOGRAM.’—To confess that one is entirely captivated by the literal truth of Mr. _
Worsley-Benison’s really beautiful work is perhaps in a way the finest compliment you could pay him. To
own how admirably he has chosen the spot to pitch his camera, and the moment to expose his plate; to
discuss the admirable development of his pictures, those harmonious skies and accessories, their artistic

‘placing’ within a given space, seems almost impertinent after owning he has made criticism appear
secondary by the sheer beauty of truth.’

Further extracts from private letters of Royal Academicians, and highest eulogiums from the leading
Art and Science Magazines forwarded with the series for inspection on application to Mr. F. H.
WORSLEY-BENISON, ‘MOWBRICK,’ CHEPSTOW.

‘THE FIELD NATURALIST’S QUARTERLY.’

Edited by Dr. GERALD LEIGHTON, F.R.S.E., Author of ‘British
Serpents,’ ‘British Lizards,’ etc.

This New Journal is devoted to all the subjects usually worked by Field Naturalist and kindred
Societies. The Editor has the assistance of prominent writers on Ornithology, Marine Zoology,
Mollusca, Reptilia, Lepidoptera, Entomology, Archeology, Folk-Lore, Botany,,and other special
subjects, and the articles are written from the point of view of the ordinary member of a field club, not
for the specialist or advanced student.

‘Tue Fietp NaTuRALISt’s QUARTERLY’ is published in demy 8vo., with Illustrations, and each
issue consists of about 96 pages.

Annual Subscription, 10s. post free. Single numbers, per post, 2s. 8d.

Subscribers’ names may be sent direct to the publisher,

GEORGE A. MORTON, 42, GEORGE STREET, EDINBURGH.

DO; YOU “WANT

AN INEXPENSIVE CABINET

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO READERS OF
‘THE NATURALIST.’

In order that our readers may secure the back
~numbers of this journal, a

For your Natural History specimens? If
so, write to us for terms and sizes. As we are
manufacturers we can sell at low prices.
We also keep in stock all kinds of specimens of
Birds’ Eggs, Moths, Butterflies, etc.
Send for Price List; it will be worth your while.

J. T. CROCKETT & SON,

7a, Princes Street, Cavendish Square
(Close to Oxford Circus, W.).

SPECIAL OFFER

(for a short time only) is made as follows :—
‘The Naturalist’ for the years 1892 to rgor
inclusive (ten volumes complete) will be sent at
Half-a-Crown a Volume, for orders of four or
more volumes. Odd Volumes may be obtained
at 3s. 6d. a volume. Copies bound in Cloth ts. 6d.
per Vv. ohne extra,
Orders, accompanied by a remittance, should
be sent at once to

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., MUSEUM, HULL.
Nore.—This offer will shortly be withdrawn.

Please mention ‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

NOVEMBER 1903. No. 562.

(Published 1st November 1903, ) (No. 340 of current series.)

ltt 7) i ‘ (mr

ani a rt

Hi
“Milli ii EN

A
MONTHLY JOURNAL OF |}
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,

MRS

Museum, Hutr; TrecHNICcAL COLLEGE, HUDDERSFIELD ;
WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF
J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO. TT; PORRITT;,, F.E.S.,: F-E:S.;
PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G:S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents :— PAGES.
Notes and Comments (Ilustrated):—Washington Teasdale, 1830-1903, Prehistoric
Todmorden, The Southport Handbook, Danes’ Graves a a ae .. 417-420
Lincolnshire Freshwater Mites (Illustrated)—C. /. George, W.R.C.S. se ws. 421-422
Glacial Problems in Yorkshire and Lincolnshire—/. J. S. _... 422-423
Occurrence of Laphygma exigua near poenley: an Addition to thie Yorkshire
Fauna—Zhomas Fieldhouse ... 33 424
Fungus Foray at Helmsley (Hustiated)— Caries eit FL. Saree ns wee $25°4350.
On the Preservation of Marine Animals—JZ. C. Sorby, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. «-« 437-440
Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes (Illustrated)—/. Cavers, B.Sc. aie oe ws $41-444
Reviews and Book Notices (Illustrated)... oy Pes a ae Re 445-446
Field Notes ... : a es 1 oi = a 424, Fee 440, 446
Geology at the British ‘Association Be a ae Me = ot = = 447
Northern News ... : x Ta aR a ea Pe Ws ae 4S

Plates XIII, XIV., XV., ; “and Xvi

LONDON :
A. BROWN & Sons, LTD., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.

Cnuortey & Pickerscirt, THe E_ecrric Press, CooKRIDGE STREET, LEEDS.

PRICE SIXPENCE NET. BY POST SEVENPENCE.
Annual Subscription 6s. 6d. post free; through Booksellers, 6s. Net.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manuiacturers Oi Apparatus and Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 34., 2s., 45. STORE BOXES and oe CASES,

COLLECTING BOXES, 64d., 9d., 1s. 2s. 6d., 3s. 6d., 45; Ss sonia Instiz,,.

NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLOGICAL BANE iby CHISELS. “““, \

ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, 1s., BOTANICAL COL G TINS. id
is. 6d. oz. DRYING PAPER, °. NOV 12 ic

SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to 1s. 10d. LABEL LISTS, B Ks, etc., etc. -

SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AND BI

Catalogue, 96 pages, sent post free on applicati

So. SAIN. LOND GOBE:

GS. y)
tional a
——

THE NATURALIST.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

Distribution of Peucedanum palustre [etc.]in Britain, Arthur Bennett. [| Author.
Liverpool Geol. Association, Proc. and Ann. Rep., 1901-2. [Association.
Botanical Map of Leeds and Halifax Dist., W. G. Smith and C. E. Moss. [Authors.
A Naturalists’ Calendar, L. Blomefield, Cambridge University Press. [Publishers.

Irish Naturalist, September 1903. [Editor.
Nature Notes, September 1903. [ Editor.
Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb., Durham, and Newcastle, Vol. 14, Part 2. [Society.
Field Naturalist’s Quarterly, August 1903. [ Editor.
Germination de L’ascospore de la Truffe. | Author.
Knowledge, September and October 1903. | Editor.
Animal Life, August and September 1903. [Editor.
Ann. Rep. and Trans. Plymouth Institution, 1902-3. | The Institution.
Nature Novitates, July, August, and September 1903. [Friedlander & Sohn.
New Mexico College of Agriculture, etc., Bulletin, No. 44, 45, and 46. [The College.
Bulletin of the University of Kansas, December 1902. [The University.
Chester Society of Natural Science, etc., 32nd Annual Report. [The Society.
Journ. Manch. Geographical Soc., Oct.-Dec. 1902 and Jan.-Mar. 1903.[The Society.
The County Naturalists’ Record Book, Rev. W. J. Wingate. [ Author.
Manchester Microscopical Society, Ann. Rep. and Trans., 1902. _—«[ The Society.
The Breeding of the Arctic Fox, H. de Varigny. [Smithsonian Institution.
Malaria, G. M. Sternberg. {Smithsonian Institution.
Transmission of Yellow Fever by Mosquitoes, do. [Smithsonian Institution.
Forest Destruction, G. Pinchet and C. H. Merriam. [Smithsonian Institution.
Irrigation, F. H. Newell. [Smithsonian Institution.
The Mutation Theory of Prof. de Vries. [Smithsonian Institution.
Life in the Ocean, Kk. Brandt. [Smithsonian Institution.
The Growth of Biology in the XIX. Century, O. Hertwig. [Smithsonian Institution.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia, Vol. 55, 1903. [The Academy.
Nautilus, September 1903. [The Editor.
Zoologist, October. [ Editor.
Eighth Report of the Southport Society of Natural Science. [Society.
Entomologists’ Record, October. [ Editor.
Abstract of paper, ‘Some Recent Observations on British Reptiles.’ [Society.
Barrow Naturalists’ Field Club.—Reprint from ‘Barrow Herald.’ [| Society.
La Feuille Des Jeunes Naturalistes, October. [Editor.
Halifax Naturalist, October. [ Editor.
Flora of Derbyshire, W. Richardson Linton. [ Publishers.
Annals of Scottish Natural History, October 1903. [Editors.
Bird Notes and News, October 1903. ’ | Editors.
Le Mois Scientifique, September 1903. [ Editors.
Lincolnshire Notes and Queries, October 1903. [ Editors.

CHORLEY & PICKERSGILL,

LITHOGRAPHERS, BOOK, MAGAZINE, AND ARTISTIC PRINTERS.
BOOKBINDERS AND ACCOUNT BOOK MANUFACTURERS.
POSTERS A SPECIALITY.

AMBERLEY House, NORFOLK STREET, THE ELectric PREss,
STRAND, W.C. LEEDs.

THIS JOURNAL IS PRINTED BY US.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

8vo., cloth, with Coloured Map, Reduced price
5s.; post free 5s. 6d.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Freperic ARNOLD Lees, M.R.C.S., etc.

This, which forms the 2nd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams and V ascular Cryptogams,
1r Characeze, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258
Lichens, 1,000 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Alge,
making a total of 3,160 species.

May be had from the Hon. Sec. of the
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO READERS OF
‘THE NATURALIST.’

In order that our readers may secure the back
numbers of this journal, a

SPECIAL OFFER

(for a short time only) is made as follows :—

‘The Naturalist’ for the years 1892 to 1901
inclusive (ten volumes complete) will be sent at
Half-a-Crown a Volume, for orders of four or
more volumes. Odd Volumes may be obtained
at gs. 6d. a volume. Copies bound in Cloth 1s. 6d.
per Volume extra.

Orders, accompanied by a remittance, should
be sent at once to

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., MUSEUM, HULL.
Norte.—This offer will shortly be withdrawn.

NATURE STUDY.

Edited by S. L. MOSLEY.

The most popular Illustrated Magazine
published in the interests of nature
students (especially beginners). Prepaid
Subscription: 2s. 6d. per annum, post
free to any part of the world. Send
stamp for specimen copy.

A Superior Edition is published at 5s.
per annum, with coloured plates. Speci-
men copy sixpence.

THE Museum Press, Lockwood,
HUDDERSFIELD.

Now ready, complete, Svo. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Algz of the County.

By W. WEST, F.L.S.,
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.
To be had only the Hon.
SECRETARY of the

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,
MUSEUM, HULL.

Members may have a bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of 1s. gd.
carriage paid.

from

To Subscribers, 7s. 6d. per annum, post free.
THE ANNALS OF

Scottish Natural History.

A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE.

Edited by J. A. Harvie-Brown, F.R.S.E.,
F.Z.S.; Prof. James W. H. Traill, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.; Wm. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., etc.

This Magazine—a continuation of ‘The Scottish
Naturalist,” founded in 1871—was established under the
present editorship in January, 1892, for the purpose of ex-
tending the knowledge of and inte rest in the Zoology and
Botany of Scotland. The ANNALS is entirely devoted to
the publication of Original Matter relating to the Natural
History of Scotland, and includes Papers contributing to
the elucidation of the Fauna and Flora recent and fossil,
Observations on J.ife Histories, etc., and Notes recording
the occurrence of uncommon species, and other useful and
interesting facts,

EDINBURGH:

DAVID DOUGLAS, 10, Castle Street,

CATALOGUE OF THE
LEPIDOPTERA OF NORTHUMBERLAND
AND DURHAM,

By JouHN E. FoEJS:
Vol. I., Macro-Lepidoptera, pp. 318+
xx., being Vol. XII. of the Natural
History Transactions of Northumber-
land, Durham, and Newcastle-on-Tyne.
In two parts, paper, as issued, price
7s. 6d., from
HON. SECRETARIES,
NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY,
NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE.

ROBSON,

THE ENTOMOLOGISTS’

MAGAZINE.

PRICE SIXPENCE, MONTHLY.
Edited by C. G. Barrett, G. C. Champion,
J. W: Douglas, W. W. Fowler, M.A., F.L.S.,
R. McLachlan, F.R.S., E. Saunders, F.R.S., and

Lord Walsingham, F.R.S.

MONTHLY

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains
Standard Articles and Notes on all subjects con-
nected with Entomology, and especially on the
Insects of the British Isles.

Subscription—6s. per annum, post free.
London: GURNEY & JACKSON (Mr. Van Voorst’s
Successors), 1, Paternoster Row.

N.B.—A second series was commenced with
the number for January 1899.

The Journal of Malacology.

Established in 1890 as * The Conchologist, a
Jonrnal of Malacology.’

Edited by WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc.,
President of the Midland Malacological Society,
with ne oe operation of
Dr. Josef F. Babor; Howard Bloomer:
A. H. Cooke, M.A., F. Z8., G. K. Gude, Sar Charles
Hedley, F.1_.S ; Henry Suter: E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S, 3
B. B. W oodward, F, SEunS:

Indispensable to all Students of the Mollusca.

In addition to numerous papers on the anatomy and
classification of the Mollusca, and on recent and_ fossil
shells, it contains Reviews and Abstracts of all the
important current publications.

Fully Illustrated. Prepaid Subscription, tzs. per
volume,
All communications to

W. FE. Cotitincr, The University,

The Rev.

3IRMINGHAM,

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

D... SE ALY Tai 8s (CO! Asie:
ENTOMOLOGICAL PIN MANUFACTURERS,
SMALL_HEADS_AND PERFECT POINTS. WHITE, BLACK, AND GILT.

BIRMINGHAM AND LONDON.

Can be obtained from dealers throughout the world.

Second Edition in the Press, Price 6s. 6d.

LIST OF YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA,

By G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.,
Past-President of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, etc.
Subscribers should send their names to the Hon. Sec. Y.N.U., The Museum, Hull.

‘THE FIELD NATURALIST’S QUARTERLY.’

Edited by Dr. GERALD LEIGHTON, F.R.S.E., Author of ‘ British
Serpents,’ ‘British Lizards,’ etc.

This New Journal is devoted to all the subjects usually worked by Field Naturalist and kindred
Societies. The Editor has the assistance of prominent writers on Ornithology, Marine Zoology,
Mollusca, Reptilia, Lepidoptera, Entomology, Archaeology, Folk-Lore, Botany, and other special
subjects, and the articles are written from the point of view of the ordinary member of a field club, not
for the specialist or advanced student.

‘Tue Frecp NaTuraList’S QUARTERLY’ is published in demy 8vo., with Illustrations, and each
issue consists of about 96 pages.

Annual Subscription, 10s. post free. Single numbers, per post, 2s. 8d.

Subscribers’ names may be sent direct to the publisher,

GEORGE A. MORTON, 42, GEORGE STREET, EDINBURGH.

THE ENTOMOLOGIST:
A Monthly Journal of General Entomology.

J SE ee 9) SY) GR iC A SS Oa ae ae a ee
Assisted by Messrs. Apkry, Distaytr, Firca, Fro1rawk, Jacospy, Krrey, KirKkarpy, Lucas,
Suarp, and VERRALL.

Frequent Woodcuts and Occasional Plate=. Price 6d.

Original Articles by well-known Entomologists; Notes on the Habits and
Occurrence of Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Diptera, etc., Proceedings
of Societies; Reviews, etc. Monthly Lists of Duplicates and Desiderata.

Subscription for the Year, including Double Numbers and Postage to any part of the World.
WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON. —

Now complete in One Volume, Cloth, Price £2 2s. DOE -Y¥iOU2=VWVEEN-E
A MONOGRAPH
ov aie AN INEXPENSIVE CABINET
Land & Freshwater Mollusca For your Natural History specimens? If
OF THE BRITISH ISLES so, write to us for terms and sizes. As we are

(Structural and General), manufacturers we can sell at low prices.

BY We also keep in stock all kinds of specimens of

y 7 = % = ’ s .

J... Wo. TAVEOR “FALLS Birds’ Eggs, Moths, Butterflies, etc.

: ethos Send for Price List; ic will be worth your while:
Membre Honoraire de la Société Malacologique

Bed eragh os cok Sa J. T. CROCKETT & SON,

W. Denison Roebuck, F.L.S., the late Chas.
Ashford, and other well-known conchologists.
Taytor Bros., PusrisHers, LEEDs. (Close to Oxford Circus, W.).

7a, Princes Street, Cavendish Square

Please mention ‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

DECEMBER 1903. No. 563.

(Published 1st December 1903. ) (No. 3417 of current series.

mi) H
; my | wy
aid “uh, |S i
>
f

wlll)

|
HH sll It

et
MONTHLY JOURNAL OF
NATURAL HISTORY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., and T. W. WOODHEAD, F.L.S.,

Museum, Hvutr; TecuNicAL CotteGe, LUppERSFIELD;
WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF
J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S., GEO. T.“PORRITT; F.L. S25 F.E.S:;
PERCY F. KENDALL, F.G.S., JOHN W. TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., WILLIAM WEST, F.L.S.
Contents :— PAGES,
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Societies ... : Ss wee 49-450
Notes on Yorkshire Bryophytes (iiustrate tel ones B. Wes, a L. Ss fi we 45TH45S
Mutilla europza near Scarborough: an Addition to the Yorkshire Fauna-
Rev. W.C. Hey, M.A. as re = a rss BAS ame 455
Xylophasia zollikoferi at Middlesbrough: Another Additiva to the Yorkshire
List i. wa Fé Bs oe i ie on 456
Botanical Notes from thie Lancashire Const ag A. Wheldon, F.L.S. = wee 457-458
Field Notes .., =! at Res re sae % “oh oH ay 450, 456, 459-401
Reviews and Book Notices bi ae 5 - af ug eee = Ss > $62
Northern News ... ae .-» $62, 473
Bibliography: Geology ‘and Paisentalony: PobiLe7 Mais ‘he bhaadl; FB G.S .. JO3-ATZ
- Correspondence ... 2 iy ? be 5a rd a ee ai a x 474
Illustrations af 4525 45-4

Title-page, Preface, List of Plates, List of Contributors, and ind x to ‘thts Volume.

LONDON :
A. BROWN & Sons, LTp., 5, FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.

CHorctey & Pickerseirt, THE E_ecrric Press, LEeps AnD Lonpon.

PRICE SIXPENCE NET. BY POST SEVENPENCE.
Annual acs fs Aaa 6s. 6d. post ees thyenep Booksellers, 6s. Net.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Naturalists and Manufacturers of Apparatus: and- Cabinets.

BUTTERFLY NETS, 1s. 3d., Qs., oS “STORE xES aha ‘INSECH CASES,
COLLECTING BOXES, 6d., 9d., 1s. 2s. BGl., 3s. 6d., 4s., 5s. “%
NESTED CHIP BOXES, 4 doz. 7d. GEOLO CAL_HAMMERS and CHISELS
ENTOMOLOGICAL PINS, mixed, 1s., BOTANICAL COLLECTING TINSs
1s. 6d. oz. DRYING
SETTING BOARDS, 5d. to ts. 10d. LABEL LISTS, Bf sete., ete. 4
SPECIALITY—BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, AN ¢ ee _

aa

Catalogue, 96 pages, sent post free on applicatlot.

a6, STRAW. LONDON, Wi 3...

THE NATURALIST.

SUBSCRIPTIONS to this journal are for the Whole Calendar Year.

DISCONTINUANCE Notices do not take effect till the End of the Year during which
they are received.

COPYRIGHTS, etc.—Articles and notes sent for publication in The Naturalist are
accepted on the understanding that such publication is not anticipated elsewhere.
Should the Author of any short note wish its simultaneous appearance in another
journal mention should always be made of such wish. The Copyright of all the contents
of The Naturalist i reserved to the proprietors. Ths will not prevent reproduction
of any article on leave being expressly obtained from the Editors, and full acknowledg-
ments given.

NOMENCLATURE RULES.—The Nomenclature adopted in The Naturalist will be
—as far as possible —in accordance with the latest standard list or monograph, with such
alterations as are necessary to bring the name into accordance with the strict law of
priorily.

CAPITALISATION OF SPECIFIC NAMES.—Hitherto the rule of The Naturalist has
been the Zoological one, that specific names shall invariably commence with a small
letter, never with capitals. Henceforth this rule will still apply to all Zoological names,
but in def-rence to the wishes of our botanical contributors the specific names of plants
will conform in this respect to the standard catalogue or monograph in each branch
Of botany.

MEMBERSHIP of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, 10/6 per annum, includes sub-
scription to The Naturalist, and entitles the member to receive the current Transactions
and to a‘l other privileges of the Union.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP: Seven Guineas. —Life Members receive a full set of the
Transactions and Monographs.

Members are entitled to buy all back numbers and other publications of the Union
at a discount of 25 per cent. off the published prices.

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Sec.,
T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, Hull.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.
Ornithologisches Jahrbuch, Heft 5, 6. [Victor Ritter von Tschusi.
Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici, Vol. 1, 1903.
{National Hungarian Museum.

Bulletin of the Lloyd Library, No. 6. [C. G. Lloyd, Cincinnati.
Mycological Notes, Nos. 10 to 14. [C. G. Lloyd, Cincinnati.
Les My celium Truffier Blanc. , August 1903. [M. Emile Boulanger.
Hull Museum Publications, No. 16. [Curator,
Journal of Malacology, October 1903. [ Editor.
Entomologist, October 1903. [ Editor.
Entomologists’ Record, October 1903. [ Editor.
Nature Study, October and November 1903. [ Editor.
Nature Notes, October 1903. [ Editor.
Zoologist, October 1903. [ Publishers.
Animal Life, October 1903. [ Publishers.
Man, October 1903. [ Publishers,
La Nuova Notarisia, October 1903. [Editor.
The Little Yellow Bird. » Leaflet, No. 48. [Society for Protection of Birds.
Annotationes Zoologice Japonenses, September 1903. [Tokyo Zool. Society.
Irish Naturatist, November 1903. [Editor.
La. Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, November 1903. [Editor.
Trans. Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club, Vol. 3, No. 1, 1903. |The Club.
Commons and Footpaths Preservation Society, Report for 1902-3. [Society.

Proceedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, Vol. 18, Part 1, r901. [Club.
Proceedings Boston Society of Natural Science, June rg02-March 1903. [Society.

CHORLEY & PICKERSGILL,

LITHOCRAPHERS, BOOK, MACAZINE, AND ARTISTIC PRINTERS.
BOOKBINDERS AND ACCOUNT BOOK MANUFACTURERS.
POSTERS A SPECIALITY.

AMBERLEY House, NorRFOLK STREET, THE ELectric PREss,
STRAND, W.C. LEEDs.
THIS JOURNAL IS PRINTED BY US.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements. .

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

TO BOTANIST Ss.

A few Copies of the following ADDRESSES, etc. (some reprinted
from the ‘Transactions,’ ‘The Naturalist,’ etc.),

FOR SALE.
Price 6d. each, post free.

All orders, accompanied by a remittance, to be addressed to T. SHEPPARD,
F.G.S., Hon. Sec., THE Museum, HULL.

1. Inaugural Address, eine ered by the President, Rev, W. Fowler, M.A., in
1877.

2. Onthe Present State of our Knowledge of the Geography of British Plants

; (Presidential Address). J. Gilbert Baker, F.R.S., ete.

3. The Fathers of Yorkshire Botany (Presidential Address). J. G. Baker,
ERS... eles

4. Botany of the Cumberland Border Marshes. J. Gilbert Baker, F.R.S.

5. The Study of Mosses (Presidential Address). Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S+

6. Mosses of the Mersey Province. J. A. Wheldon.

7. Strasburger's > Inv estigation on the Process of Fertilisation in Phanerogams.
/
homes Hick, B. A., Boe.

8. Additions to the Algz of West Yorkshire. W. West, F.L.S.
9. . Fossil Climates. A. C. Seward, M.A., F.R.S.
o. Henry Thomas Soppitt (Obituary Notice). By C. Crossland, F.L.S.
1. The Late Lord Bishop of Wakefield (Obituary Notice). By William Whit-
well, F.L.S
12. The Flora of Wensleydale. John Percival, B.A.
13. Report on Yorkshire Botany for 1880. F. Arnold Lees, M.R.C.S

Second Edition in the Press, Price 6s. 6d.

LIST OF YORKSHIRE LEPIDOPTERA,

By G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.,

Past-President of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, etc.

The First Edition of this work was published in 1883, and con-
tained particulars of 1,340 species of Macro- and Micro-Lepidoptera,
known to inhabit the county of York.

~The Second Edition, now in the press, will contain much additional
information which has been accumulated by the author, including over
50 additional species, together with copious notes on variation (par-
ticularly melanism), etc.

Intending subscribers should send in their names at once to the
Hon. Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, The Museum, Hull.

Please mention ‘The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements,

JUST ISSVED.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club for the Year 1908.

Epviteo BY T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.
With 11 Plates and Numerous Illustrations in the Text. Price 3/6 net.

CONTENTS oF Vo.tume III., Part I,, 1903.

The Birds of Bempton Cliffs, E. W. Wade; The Marine Fauna of the Humber District and the
Holderness Coast, T. Petch, B.A., B.Se.; Evidences Relating to East Hull, Thos. Blashill,
F.R.1.B.A.; Addenda to the Flora of the East Riding, J. F. Robinson; Dispersal of Shells by
Beetles, Rev. E. P. Blackburn; Preliminary List of Micro-Lepidoptera occurring within eight miles
of Hull, J. W. Boult; Third List of East Yorkshire Coleoptera, T. Stainforth and H. E. Johnson;
Additions to the List of the Diatomacez of the Hull District, R. H. Philip; Notes on the Progress
made by the Club in raor-r 02 and 1992-1903; Short Notes:—The Feathered Thorn (Himera pen-
naria), J. W. Boult; Humber Saltmarsh Plants, T. Petch, B.A., B.Sc.; Plumatella repens in
Holderness, T. Petch, B.A. B.Se.; Nebria lrvtda at Withernsea, T. Stainforth.

TWO IMPORTANT WORKS.

Geological Rambles in East Yorkshire,

By THOMAS SHEPPARD, F.G.S.
247 pages, Demy Svo., suitably bound in Cloth, 7s. 6d.

With over 50 Illustrations from Photographs, etc., by Goprrey BinGiry and others,

and a Geological Map of the District. :
ContTEents.—Introduction—Spurn and Kilnsea—Kilnsea to Withernsea—Withernsea to Hornsea—
Ho:nsea to Bridlington—Bridlington to Danes’ Dyke—VThe Drifts of Flamborough Head—South Sea
Landing to Speeton—Speeton and Bempton—The Speeton Clay and Filey Bay—Filey Brig—Filey Brig
to Gristhorpe—Gristhorpe to Scarborough—Scarborough—Scarborough to Robin Hood’s Bay—Robin
Hood's Bay—Robin Hood’s Bay to Whitby (the Yorkshire Lias)—Whitby to Redcar—The Humber—
Hull to Hessle—Hessle—Hessle to Brough—The Oolites of Brough and South Cave—The Yorkshire
W olds—H olderness— Index.

The Flora of the East Riding of Yorkshire,
Ineluding a Physiographieal Sketch,

By JAMES FRASER ROBINSON.
With a List of the Mosses, by J. J. MARSHALL.

And a Specially Prepared Coloured Geological Map, showing the Botanical Divisions of the District.
253 pages, Demy Svo., bound in Cloth Boards, 7/6. A special Interleaved
Edition has also been prepared for notes, 10/6 net.

The Journal of Botany.—‘ British botanists will find much information in this volume, and will do
well to place it on their shelves.’

Nature.—‘ The Author deserves the thanks of botanists for a compilation which represents much hard
work, and which will serve to stimulate interest in that division of the county, inasmuch as it indicates
a somewhat unexpected wealth and variety of plant forms.’

Know edge.— Among the many local floras published of late years, the present book will take a high
place.”

London: A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 5, Farringdon Avenue, E.C.
And at Hull and York.

‘THE FIELD NATURALIST’S QUARTERLY.’

Edited by Dr. GERALD LEIGHTON, F.R.S.E., Author of ‘British
Serpents,’ ‘British Lizards,’ etc.

This New Journal is devoted to all the subjects usually worked by Field Naturalist and kindred
Societies. The Editor has the assistance of prominent writers on Ornithology, Marine Zoology,
Mollusca, Reptilia, Lepidoptera, Entomology, Archeology, Folk-Lore, Botany, and other special
subjects, and the articles are written from the point of view of the ordinary member of a field club, not
for the specialist or advanced student.

‘Tue Firtp NaTurA.ist’s QuaRTERLY’ is published in demy 8vo., with Illustrations, and each
issue consists of about 96 pages. =
Annual Subscription, 10s. post free. Single numbers, per post, 2s. 8d.

Subscribers’ names may be sent direct to the rublisher,

GEORGE A. MORTON, 42, GEORGE STREET, EDINBURGH.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

A few Copies iof the following Reprints; ‘ADDRESSES, etc. (reprinted
from the ‘Transactions,’ ‘The Naturalist,’ etc.),
FOR SALE.
Price 6d. each, post free.

All orders, accompanied by a remittance, to be addressed to T. SHEPPARD,
F.G.S., Hon. SrEc., THE Museum, HULL.

14. Vertebrates of the Western Ainsty (Yorkshire). Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S.

15. Lincolnshire. John Cordeaux, M.B.O.U.

16. Heligoland. John Cordeaux, M.B.O.U.

7. Bird-Notes from Heligoland for the year 1886. Heinrich Gatke.—C.M.Z.S.

18. Coleoptera of the Liverpool District. Part IV., Brachelytra. John W.
Ellis;-L-RiC.P-.

19. Coleoptera of the Liverpool District. Parts V. and VI., Clavicornia and
Lamellicornia. John W. Ellis, L.R.C.P.

20. The Hydradephaga of Lancashire and Cheshire. W. E. Sharp.

21. The Lepidopterous Fauna of Lancashire and Cheshire. Part I. Rhopalo-
cera. John W. Ellis, L.R:C.P.

22. ° The Lepidopterous Fauna of Lancashire and Cheshire: Part II. Sphinges
and Bombyces. John W. Ellis, L.R.C.P.

23. Variation in European Lepidoptera. W. F. De Vismes Kane, M.A., M.R.LA.
24. Yorkshire Lepidoptera in 1891. A. E. Hall, F.E.S

25. Yorkshire Hymenoptera, third list of species. S. D. Bairstow, F.L.S.,
W. Denison Roebuck, and Thomas Wilson.

26. List of Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Lancashire. Robert Standen.
27. Yorkshire Naturalists at Gormire Lake and Thirkleby Park.

YORKSHIRE NA aa UNION.

BOTANICAL TRANSACTIONS

OF THE YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION
(VOLUME, fT).

A FEW COPIES OF THIS VALUABLE VOLUME CAN BE HAD AT
$s; EACH,.NET, POST FREE.

The Volume contains Reports of the Botanical Section from 1877 to 1888 ;
‘The Moss Flora of the East Riding,’ by H. Franklin Parsons, M.D., F.G.S.;
‘The Liverworts of the East Riding,’ by Richard Spruce, Ph.D., F.R.G.S.;
‘The Flora of Ripon and Neighbourhood,’ by Rev. Henry Slater, M.A., F.Z.S.,
M.B.O.U.; ‘The Fathers of Yorkshire Botany,’ by John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S.,
F.L.S.; ‘ List of Yorkshire Fungi Collected in 1881,’ by George Massee, F.R.M.S.;
‘The Flora of Dewsbury and Neighbourhood’ (with Supplement), by P. Fox Lee.

The Volume is suitably bound in cloth, making a companion volume to Lees’
‘Flora of West Yorkshire.’ It contains 292 pages and plate (Carex pilulifera var.
saxumbra Lees).

Orders, accompanied by a remittance, should be sent at once to

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., HON. SEC., THE MUSEUM, HULL.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements,

THE FUNGUS FLORA OF
YORKSHIRE.
A Complete Account of the known
Fungi of the County.
By G. MASSEE, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., and
C. CROSSLAND, F.L.S.

First Instalment now ready.
PRICE 1/3 NET.

To be obtained only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the Union,

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,
THE MUSEUM, HULL.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

TRANSACTIONS.
128 pp.

CONTENTS: — Presidential Address of Rey.
William Fowler, M.A. (delivered at Wakefield,
1901); Annual Reports and Lists of Members for
1901 and 1902; Reports of Soppitt Memorial
Committee; Reprints of Excursion Circulars for

1901—1932.
PRICE 1/-.
To be obtained from

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., Museum, HULL.

Part 29.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO READERS OF
‘THE NATURALIST.’

In order that our readers may secure the back
numbers of this journal, a

SPECIAL OFFER

(for a short time only) is, made as follows :—

‘The Naturalist’ for the years 1892 to 1901
inclusive (ten volumes complete) will be sent at
Half-a-Crown a Volume, for orders of four or
more volumes. Odd Volumes may be obtained
at 3s. 6d. a volume. Copies bound in Cloth rs, 6d.
per Volume extra.

Orders, accompanied by a remittance, should
be sent at once to

T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S., MUSEUM, HULL.
Note.—This offer will shortly be withdrawn.

NATURE STUDY.

Edited by S. L. MOSLEY.

The most popular Illustrated Magazine
published in the interests of nature
students (especially beginners). Prepaid
Subscription: 2s. 6d. per annum, post
free to any part of the world. Send
stamp for specimen copy.

A Superior Edition is published at 5s.
per annum, with coloured plates. Spec
men copy sixpence.

THE MUSEUM PREss, Lockwood,
HUDDERSFIELD.

Now ready, complete, Svo. Cloth,
Price 6s., post free.

The Alga-Flora of Yorkshire.

A complete account of the 1,044
Fresh Water Algz of the County.
By W. WEST, F.L.S.,
and G. S. WEST, B.A., A.R.C.S.
To be had only from the Hon.
SECRETARY of the
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,
MUSEUM, HULL.

Members may havea bound copy in exchange
for their parts, for the additional charge of 1s. od.
carriage paid.

8vo., cloth, with Coloured Map, Reduced price

5s.; post free 5s. Od.

The Flora of West Yorkshire.

By Freperic ARNOLD Legs, M.R.C.S., ete.

This, which forms the znd Volume of the
Botanical Series of the Transactions, is perhaps
the most complete work of the kind ever issued
for any district, including detailed and full records
of 1,044 Phanerogams and Vascular Cryptogams.
11 Characez, 348 Mosses. 108 Hepatics, 258
Lichens, 1,009 Fungi, and 382 Freshwater Algz,
making a total of 3 “160 species.

May be had from the Hon. Sec.
Y.N.U., Museum, Hull.

of the

To be shortly published.
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,

The Birds of Yorkshire,

An Account of
THE AVIFAUNA OF THE COUNTY,

By THOMAS H. NELSON, M.B.O.U., assisted by
WM. EAG1.E CLARKE, F.L.S., M.B.0.U., FRED
BOYES, and other leading Ornithologists.

This work is based upon an unrivalled and exceptionally
complete mass of material. Its scope will be comprehensive,
and the account of each species will include succinct
accounts of distribution, faunistic status, migration, nidi-
fication, variation, vernacular nomenclature and folk-lore.
Numerous illustrations wi'l be included.

The Subscription price will be One Guinea (which will
be increased after publication), and only a very few more
will be printed than subscribed for.

For Prospectus, etc., apply to ‘T. SHEPPARD, F.G.S.,
Hon. Sec., Museum, Hull.

THE ENTOMOLOGISTS’

MAGAZINE.

PRICE SIXPENCE, MONTHLY.
Edited by C. G. Barrett, G. C. Sah

MONTHLY

J: W. Douglas, W. W. Fowler, M.A

R. McLachlan, | Re eas E. Saunders, F.R.S., and
Lord W. alsingham, F.R.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains
Standard Articles and Notes on all subjects con-
nected with Entomology, and especially on the
Insects of the British Isles.

Subscription—6s. per annum, post free.
London: GURNEY & JACKSON (Mr. Van Voorst's
Successors), 1, Paternoster Row.

N.B.—A second series was commenced with
the number for January 1890.

Please mention ‘The Naturalist ’ in 1 replying to Advertisements.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE
YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,

SPECIALLY OFFERED TO REDUCE STOCK.

To all orders given immediately, the ‘ Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’

Union’ will be issued at a quarter of the published price —minimum order 5s.
following is a list of the parts already published, with their prices.

‘The Naturalist’ can either

buy a set outright at the cost of

The
Readers of
15S., or can

complete their sets by selecting any numbers of the Transactions. Detailed
particulars of the contents of the various volumes can be had from the
Secretary of the Union, The Museum, Hull.
Published | Published Published
Part. Date. Price. Part. Date. Price. Part. Date. Price.
s.. di: Sd Fae (i
Veta Syitet7 fy forms Seem” aes It. 1885 KsG Zi. "ALSOSt way too
2 eeOTO nr tt eh aO 12. 1886 San0 22NF-18QO 5 ag. oy Ik ae
Bee PLOPON mic oal MII NO 13. 1887 20 DBE we USO7 4 oa eS
Togo mies Gy DEN ead amo) 14. 1888 1 9 24; 1898) ...¢* Kato
Bae pLOSOM a ee.e: 2a I5. 1889 I 9 2550 4IGOO Ape tet)
Oe S1sor. =... 2°40 16. 1890 2.0 205 21000 SO
FeO 2am ee inno 17. 1891 19 27 sk 190M oe 2.
Ore MOOR) dees, 2m (0 18. 1892 1 9 28. 1902 ites
g. 1884 2.9 Ig. 1893 0 9 BOu> MOO2y. + cit OO
10. 1885 6 20. 1894 5 0

Coloured Edition 10/6 net. Uncoloured Edition
S/- net. If by post, 5d. extra.

The COLLECTOR’S MANUAL

of British Land and Freshwater Shells.

Containing Figures and Descriptions of every Species,
an Account of their Habits and Localities, Hints on
Preserving and Arranging, &c, ; the Names and Descrip-
tions of all the Varieties and Synoptical Tables, showing
the Difierences of Species hard to identify.
Also, with the permission of the Recorder and
Referees,
The Conchological Society's Census of
Comital Distribution.
By LIONEL ERNEST ADAMS, B.A.

Illustrated by GERALD W. Apams, M.R.C.S.,

Arp. Sicu, F.E.S., and the Author.
SECOND EDITION.

LEEDS: TAYLOR BROTHERS, 1896.

A HANDBOOK OF THE
Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire

Being a Catalogue of British Mammals, Birds, Reptiles,
Amphibians ; and Fishes, showing what species are
or have, within historical periods, been found
in Pe ea

W. Eagle Clarke, F.L.S., & W. Denison Roebuck, F.L.S.

PRICE 8s. 6d. May BE HAD OF THE AUTHORS,
OR OF Lovett REEVE & Co., 6, Henrietta
Street, Covent Garden, London.
EXTRACTS FROM REVIEWS :—‘ The authors of this cata-
logue may take a pride in their work, which has evidently
been executed with most conscientious care. They have
given a short introductory exposition of the principles by
which they have been guided, and an excellent briet sketch
of the physical aspects of, Yorkshire, and the summary of
the results of their investigation of its Vertebrata. The
little book is a most valuable contribution to British zoologi-

cal literature.'"—4 un. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
‘The work is an excellent one of its kind. —d/eneume.

Now complete in One Volume, Cloth, Price £2 2s.

A MONOGRAPH

Land & Freshwater Mollusca
OF THE BRITISH ISLES

(Structural and General),
BY
mews ol ALY I Oe Bele S:,/,

Membre Honoraire de la Société Malacologique
de France,
With the assistance of
W. Denison Roebuck, F.L.S., the late Chas.
Ashford, and other well-known conchologists,
Taytor Bros., PUBLISHERS, LEEDs.

The Journal of Malacology.

Established in 1890 as * The Conchologist, a
Jonrnal of Malacology.’
Edited by WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc.,

President of the Midland Malacological Society,
with the co-operation of
Dr. Josef F. Babor; H. eo Bloomer; The Rev.
A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.; G. K. Gude, F.Z.S,; Charles
Hedley, F.L.S ; Henry Sites 3 . R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S.;
B. B. Woodward, F. 2, BLS:

Indispensable ny i Students of the Mollusca.

In addition to numerous papers on the anatomy and
classification of the Mollusca, and on recent and_ fossil
shells, it contains Reviews and Abstracts of all the
important current publications,
Fully Illustrated. Prepaid Subscription, tzs. per

volume.
All communications to

W. E. Cotiincr, The University, BirMINnGHAM.

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

D2 Po DAY DERE. 2 "G6 Lees

ENTOMOLOGICAL PIN MANUFACTURERS,
SMALL HEADS AND PERFECT POINTS. WHITE, BLACK, AND GILT.
BIRMINGHAM AND LONDON.

Can be obtained from dealers throughout the world.

i els ie RE re ea THE NATURALIST FOR 1903
Rev. W. H. PAINTER, (illustrated),
Stirchley Rectory, near Shifnal, Salop. SUITABLY BOUND IN CLOTH.

SUPPLEMENT to the Contribution to
z PRICE 73. 6d. POSTAGE 6d. EXTRA.
The FLORA oi DERBYSHIRE, To be obtained from the Editors, The

INCLUDING ALL THE MOSSES. Museum, Hull, or from the Publishers, Messrs.
Reprinted from ‘ The Naturalist.’ A. Brown & Sons, 5, Farringdon Avenue, E.C.

THE ENTOMOLOGIST:
A Monthly Journal of General Entomology.

2 SE) ewe ek ST AIR I SS @ See eee
Assisted by Messrs. Apktn, Distant, Fircu, FRoHAWK, Jacosy, Kirsy, Kirkatpy, Lucas,
SHARP, and VERRALL.

Frequent Woodcuts and Occasional Plates. Price 6d.

Original Articles by well-known Entomologists; Notes on the Habits and
Occurrence of Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Diptera, etc., Proceedings
of Societies; Reviews, etc. Monthly Lists of Duplicates and Desiderata.

Subscription for the Year, including Double Numbers and Postage to any part of the World, 6s.

WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON.

BI N D I 8 CAS ES. To Subscribers, 7s. 6d. per annum, post Sree.

Pees THE ANNALS OF
Cloth cases, gilt lettered, for 1903, Scottish Natural History.

are to be had at od. each; if by post, A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE.
14d. extra. Edited by J. A. Harvie-Brown, F.R.S.E.,
e q te bee F.Z.S.; Prof. James W. H. Traill, M.A., M.D.,
Cases for previous vears can alw ays F.R.S., F.L.S.; Wm Eagle Clarke F.L.S., etc
Rida, Poa. . Ka a ae) A bras 5 ‘
be had. Ths Magazine—a_ continuation ‘of ‘The Scettish
Ss A - q Naturalist,’ founded in 7871—was established under the
The Naturalist for any year will be avesent editorship in January, 02, for the purpose of ex-
3 st Gs ‘ending the knowledge of and interest in the Zoology and
bound up) in cloth case for Is. 6d., Botany of Scotland. The ANNALS is entirely devoted to
postag’ ey 4d. extra. the publication of Original Matter relating to the Natural

History of Scotland, and includes Papers contributing to
=e * the elucidation of the Fauna and Flora recent and fossil,
Observations on Life Histories, etc., and Notes recording

Address: the occurrence of uncommon species, and other useful and
interesting facts.
Editors of The Naturalist, Museum, Hull. EDINBURGH: DAVID DOUGLAS, 10, Castle Street,

SUBSCRIPTIONS DO YOU WANT
tore suisse ose | AN INEXPENSIVE CABINET

payable strictly in advance, and x :
For your Natural History specimens? If

ARE NOW DUE so, write to us for terms and sizes. As we are
3 :

manufacturers we can sell at low prices.
and should be sent to the We also keep in stock all kinds of specimens of
Birds’ Eggs, Moths, Butterflies, etc.
Treasurer,

Send for Price List; it will be worth your while.
J. H. HOWARTH, F.G-.S.,

Somerley, J. T/ CROCKETT & SON,

HALIFAX, fa Be Brinces Street, Cavendish Square
or to the Local Treasurers. «a (Clase to Oxford Circus, W.).

Please mention ‘ The Naturalist’ in replying to Advertisements.

thet)
WL?

<—

+
ih
aM
4

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
“WAPTIOOM
3 9088 01206 2964